> Gam baAl, aren 20k He
{ i ix 7 he Tae tok) Fe
Kyla oid ha inp taal ee Y Ry
Swaine Oe cineca a ee!
‘ ‘ RNeasy SP ee
i iS 1 ¥
Se Nn!
Ailes lean nig:
Pike
Nites “i
a
ni
“A mi eh
ee tra
a ee
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THH
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1896.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
) VF
CR Ae
LIST
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
De. Joun Anverson, F.R.S.,
Vice-President,
Wittian = T. Branrorp, Esq.,
E.RS., Vice-President.
Groraze A. Bourencer, Esq.,
E.R.S.
Tur Rr. Hon. Grorar Denman,
Hersert Dever, Esq., F.LS.
Cuartes Drummonn, Esq., Trea-
surer.
Gen. Toe How.
Ferrtpsna, K.C.B.
F. DuCanz Gopman, Esq., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Lr.-Cot, H. H. Gopwin-Avsten,
FE.R.S., Vice-President.
Sir Percy
1896.
COUNCIL.
(Elected April 29, 1896.)
. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President.
Dr. Epwarp Hawitron, Vice-
President,
Proressor Grorar B, Howes.
Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H., Irsy.
Srr Huex Low, G.C.M.G.
Dr. St. Georar Mivart, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Prorressok ALFRED
F.R.S.
Sir THomas Patne.
E. Lort Parcuirs, Esq.
Howarp Saunpers, Esq.
Partie Lurtry Scrater, Esq.,
M.A.,Ph.D., F.RS., Secretary.
Tue Lorn Watsinenam, F.R.S.
Newton,
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Frank EH. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Bartrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian.
Mr. Joun Barrow, Accowntant.
Mr. W. J. Wittiams, Chief Clerk,
LIST
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
®
Page
Awnpruaws, C. W., F.G.S., F.Z.8., Assistant in the British
Museum (Natural History).
On a Skull of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major, from
Samos yiasiaje Sore disaby crepe Helayayorerai ah ae watateiseore car MAN
Avstun, #. E., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural
History). =a
Notes on a Recent Zoological Expedition on the Lower
296
HAST ABOWG Pes, Lee eleh ee ai ered LaeES Usa ae Re caren cane ES 768
Barrert-Hamitron, G. E. H. See Hamitron, G. E. H.
Barrart-,
Barrpert, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.
Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad
(Pipa americana) in the Society’s Gardens:............ 595
iv
Bateson, Wiut1aM, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three Pigeons showing
webbing between the toes
Buppanp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the
Society.
On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands col-
lected by Mr. R. L. Perkins ; with an Appendix on some
new Species of Pericheta, &c.
CeCe
On the Oblique Septa (“‘ Diaphragm ” of Owen) in the
Passerines and in some other Birds
soot ee etree ee eee tee
A Note upon Dissura episcopus, with Remarks upon the
Classification of the Herodiones
.
A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of
Rhynchops
Pen Ce Ce eC Cama
ee aC eC ee Cn
On the Anatomy of a Grebe (chmophorus major), with
Remarks upon the Classification of some of the Schizo-
gnathous Birds
Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part II. A Note upon the Pterylosis of the Barbets and
Toucans
CC Ce
Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part III. On some Points in the Anatomy of the King-
fishers
eo eee eee eer eee er eres ee eter es essere sere seeene
Burripeson, Graf Hans von, C.M.Z.8.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature....
Buriarson, Graf Hans von, C.M.Z.S., and Sronzmann,
JBAN,
On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
in Central Peru. (Plates XIII. & XIV.)
SeOnONOECEC ET Cnr EC CET)
Page
989
194
225
231
299
538
555
603
319
Vv
Brnewam, Lt.-Col. C. T., F.Z.8., F.E.S8.
A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous
Fauna of Ceylon. (Plate XV.) ..........0. ccc eeee
Buanrorp, W. T., LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.8., &c.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological N omenclature ....
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four heads of Ovis
ammon from the North-west Altai, Central Asia, obtained
by Major Cumberland ............. fer Oe OSES
Bovtrneur, GrorcEe Arpurt, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected
by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to
Lake Rudolf. (Plates VII. & VIII.) ................
On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasus.
(abia3 OGL 65 WOKING) 5500000006000 00008500000000
Remarks on the Dentition of Snakes and on the Evolu-
tion of the Poison-fangs ...........2 cece cece cece eens
On the Occurrence of Schlegel’s Gavial (Lomistoma
schlegel) in the Malay Peninsula, with Remarks on the ©
Atlas and Axis of the Crocodilians ..................
On a new Gecko from Penang. (Plate XXXVI.)....
Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Shiré River,
British Central Africa, collected by Dr. Percy Rendall,
and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry H.
Johnston, K.C.B. (Plate XLVII.) ............-+000-
On the Lizards of the Genus Eremias, Section Boulen-
GG soncoceonogs a9cnooob os osnodbesoucoSEDbORSS
Browns, Epwarp T., B.A., F.Z8., Zoological Research
Laboratory, University College, London.
On British Hydroids and Meduse. (Plates XVI. &
DOWILL)) caotoocc00000000) se0000 Riscdl Srepeuy cuantyemusrelaiere
Page
401
321
786
212
548
614
628
767
915
920
459
t
vl
Burtur, Arraur G., Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S8., &., Senior
Assistant Keeper of Zoology, Natural History
Museum.
On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard
Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between the months of January
eml /\joutl ISO, Cais) WI) sccococauconvccbcc0000
On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somaliland
by Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and Col. J. W. Yerbury in 1894
andels9 5a (PlatepX)| aeons or een rac en eee aes
On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.
Crawshay in Nyasaland. (Plates XLI. & XLII) ......
On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land pre-
Page
108
242
817
sented to the Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., -
and collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. (Plate XLIII.)......
CampBripen, Frupuriox O. Pickarp, B.A.
On the Theraphoside of the Lower Amazons: being an
Account of the new Genera and Species of this Group of
Spiders discovered during the Expedition of the Steam-
ship ‘Faraday’ up the River Amazons. (Plates XXXIII.—
9,9. GS DEIN ae AMR RO Mn ae oto OR See oe oe CES
Camprinas, Rev. O. Pickard, M.A., F.BS., &c.
On some new and little-known Spiders (Araneidea).
(PlatesEIT ee hte rk, eet ee
Crawsnay, Riowanrp.
Remarks upon the Gnu of Nyasa-land ............
CunnineuaM, Rosert O., M.D., F.LS., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S.,
Professor of Natural History, Queen’s College, Belfast.
On the Occurrence of a Pair of Supernumerary Bones
in the Skull of a Lemur, and on a Peculiarity in the Skull
of a young Orang
Ce Ce eC
851
716
1006
617
vii
Doxirvus, ADRIEN.
On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans...... 388
Drussmr, H. E., F.Z.S., &e.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Pallas’s ’
Willow-Warbler shot at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk .... 856
Darvon, Hamitron H., F.Z.8., F'.E.S.
Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Bornean
Lycenide, (Plates XXIX.-XKXIL) .............--- 650
Duzo1s, Dr. AupHonseE, Conservator of the Royal Museum
of Natural History, Brussels, Belgium.
Description d’un nouveau Couroucou africain ........ 999
Duruam, Miss M. Enrru.
Notes on the Mode of Feeding of the Egg-eating Snake
(Dasypeltis scabra). (Plate XXXII.) ..........-..--- 715
Epwanrps, Janus, I'.1.8,, and Exwes, Il. J., F.L.8., 1.2.8.
Notice of 1 Memoir containing a Revision of the
European and Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperide. 609
Etwss, Hunry Joun, F.LS., F.Z.8.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature.... 320
Etwzs, Henry Joun, F.LS., F.Z.S., and Epwanrps, JAMzs,
F.E.S.
Notice of a Memoir containing a Revision of the
European and Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hespernde. 609
Friower, Stantay Smyra, 5th Fusiliers.
Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made
in the Malay Peninsula in 1895-96; with a List of °
the Species recorded from that Region. (Plates XLIV.—
D.GI\Vl) adccaacsqodgocdsnogocvgu vedo oodEdoo0 0c 856
Vili
Fiownr, Sir Witt1am Howry, K.C.B., LL.D., F.B.S., &c.,
President of the Society.
_ Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature ....
Forsus, Hnyry Oaa, LL.D., F.Z.8.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature ....
Fowrrr, G. Hervert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of
Zoology, University College, London.
Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the
Faeroe Channel.—No. ¥. (Plate L.)
wee ee we ee tere ee
Gapow, Dr. Hans, F.Z.S.
Remarks on Bone-caves in Estremadura, explored in
INStoL iro tenons Mier rcanere a riceeoena a radia iow en trodia Ooi Borin
Gopman, F. DuCann, F.R.S., and Satvin, Osperr, M.A.,
E.R.S.
On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
adjoining Islands of the West Indies
CeCe CC CC i Cy
Greeory, J. W., D.Sc., F.G.S., Assistant in the British
Museum (Nat. Hist.).
On Lysechinus, a new Genus of Fossil Echinoderms
from the Tyrolese Trias. (Plate LI.)
ee ee ww eee eee sere
On the Classification of the Palwozoic Echinoderms of
‘the Group Ophiuroidea
CR eC OY
Ginruer, Aubert C. L. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., &e.
‘Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Dr. A.
Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to Lake Rudolf.
(Plate IX.)
Cee iC i Cr CC ic, iC i i i array
Page
319
322
991
306
513
1000
1028
ix
Hamizroy, G. E. H. Barrerr-, F.Z.8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, remains of the Norway
Lemming (Myodes lemmus) from Portugal ............
On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a
specimen of the Common Field Vole ................
On the Existence in Europe of Two Geographical Races,
or Subspecies, of the Common Field Vole ............
Hameyson, G. F., B.A., &e., and Wausinewam, Lord, M.A.,
LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S.
On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland.
(lateexny ye cteeiciavac sete ie avers pOdDODOvaGUdODODS
Hansmn, Dr. H. J. (Copenhagen).
On the Development and the Species of the Crustaceans
of the Genus Sergestes ...... cece cet e ce ee sete eevee
Harrert, Henst.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature....
Hitt, Lronarp, M.B.
Remarks on some Experiments on supposed cases of the
Inheritance of Acquired Characters ..................
Hoxprve, R. E.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Aniler of the Cir-
cassian Red Deer, and a pair of Antlers of the Malayan
Sambur abnormally developed ..................000-
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a three-
horned Fallow Deer and a pair of Roebuck’s horns
Houtand, W.J., Ph.D., F.Z.8., F.E.S., &c., Chancellor of
the- Western University of Pennsylvania.
A Preliminary Revision and Synonymic Catalogue of
the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent . Islands,
with Descriptions of some apparently new Species.
(Plates.I.-V.) .......- sistaninslass erecelet ens yaeanenscnins
Page
304
598
599
257
936
319
785
618
855
x
Hoyt, Wittiam Evans, M.A., F.R.S.E.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of
a Snake in the act of swallowing a Mouse ............
Jacony, Martin, I'.E.S,
Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation
in the Beetles of the Genus Calligrapha ..............
Kirsy, F. W., F.LS., F.E.S,
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. .
On some Dragonflies obtained by Mr. and Mrs. Lort
Phillips in Somali-land ............ 5 cess eeee ce eee
Langester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.B.S., &e.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. .
Lirrieron, The Hon. H. 8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a life-sized model of the
Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forstert) ..............
LyprxKer, RicHanp, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8.
Additional Note on the Sea-Otter..................
On an apparently New Deer from North China, in the
Menagerie of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey.
(Plates) XUV IE. & XE.) oe ee ee ee lee ccc
Masor, C. I. Forsytu, C.M.Z.8.
On the General Results of a Zoological Expedition to
Madagascar in 1894-96 ............ obdcopoac0000000
Mrrcuert, P. Coanmurs, M.A., F.Z.S.
On the Intestinal Tract of Birds ............000: 60
A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Qpis-
CLOCNIDUD CHEERS) Go0600000000000000000000000000 66
Remarks on a supposed case of ‘lelegony shown by a
Fox-terrier puppy ........+0+.0s- Vo caooo0d00000 9000
Page
547
224
322
521
320
786
235
930
971
136
785
xi
Mivarz, Sr. Guores, Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S., &e. °
On the Hyoid Bones of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes
CASO 0.00 009.00000000000000n0000000000000n0 aa0000
Neumann, Oscar.
Description of a new Species of Antelope from Fast
INE GodobsodooarspoconcododocadotnaddeoncoRdon
Nawesiein, Miss Marion I., B.Sc.
Observations on the Metallic Colours of the Trochilide
and the Nectarinitde. (Plates XI. & XII.)............
Newton, Atrrep, M.A., F.R.S., I'.Z.S., Professor of Zoology
and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-
bridge.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the type specimen of
Heterorhynchus olivaceus .. 0... 6c cece eee eee ees
Nortu, Atrrup J.,C.M.Z.8., Ornithologist to the Australian
Museum, Sydney.
On the Habits of a Cuckoo in the Gilbert Islands ....
Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., F.L.8., Lecturer on Com-
parative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital.
The Myology of Rodents.—Part IJ. An Account of the
Myology of the Myomorpha, together with a Comparison
of the Muscles of the various Suborders of Rodents
On the Anatomy of Petrogale xanthopus, compared with
that of other Kangaroos .............. oadcd00ndode
Puass, ALFRED EH.
On the Antelopes of the Aures and Eastern Algerian
SAN oocgdgoans0000b00a 0000 000d DODD G0G0GO0000C .
Page
36
192
283
990
934 °
159
683
xii
Satvin, Ossrrt, M.A., F.R.S8., and Gopman, F. DuCanz,
F.RS.
On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
adjoining Islands of the West Indies ................
Souavs, WILLIAM, F.Z.8.
On Walker’s American Types of Lepidoptera in the
Oxford University Museum ..............00 0. cere
Sonarur, Purir Lurney, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Dk dle) Geoovoopgecsoocc 00 cccGGu000000d000
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
damn IBD ooccococasnsbd000000c0n0000d 00000006
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Theyraeray WEG goo0ccnnc0c0co000doene0nosooas ONS
Remarks on the Divergencies between the “ Rules for
naming Animals” of the German Zoological Society and
the Stricklandian Code of Nomenclature ..............
Remarks upon the prospectus of ‘ Das Tierreich ’
Remarks on the appointment of an International
Committee on Zoological Nomenclature ....:......--.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Miedn WII “codacovcddaccdosaongd0s0g00900a0u00C
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens from
Nyasaland, sent home by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.O.B.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of Horns of
the so-called Antilope triangularis........ ..:+sseeeeee
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
April 1896 .....0-. cee cere eee tenet eee ee etna es
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Daguerreotype
Portrait of what was believed to have been the first
Gorilla that was ever brought alive to Europe..........
Pago °
513
634
303
306
400
401
505
506
506
547
xiii
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in
May 1896
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Cercopithecus
stairst from Mombasa
Ce ie ee ee ey
Exhibition of some Water-colour Drawings of African
Antelopes, executed by Mr. H. Caldwell
weet twee ee eee
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of the Gnu
of Nyasaland. (Plate XXVIII.) ...........0.0 e000, :
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
in June, July, August, September, and October 1896....
Remarks on some of the principal Animals recently
noticed in the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne,
Diisseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, The Hague, and
Rotterdam. (Plate XXXVII.)
SC Ck i Cea a rer er arr)
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
November 1896
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two Volumes of
original Water-colour Drawings by Wolf and Waterhouse
Hawkins, from the Knowsley Library
CeCe eC rt ar rar
Snap, Dr. Davin, F.RB.S., F.Z.S.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature....
SHanpp, Eminry Mary.
List of Lepidoptera collected in Somali-land by Mrs. E.
Lort Phillips
seem ew weet we tee te ee nee ee etre ete seces
List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson
Smith during his recent Expedition to Lake Rudolf ....
Sumurpokrn, C. Davis, F.Z.S.
Explanation of the Plan adopted for preparing an
‘Index Generum et Specierum Animalium ’
Page .
608
609
609
616
780
783
981
981
321
523
530
610
XIV
Page
SronzMann, JHAN,and Buriupscn, Graf Haws von, C.M.Z.8.
On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
in Central Peru. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) ............ 322
Trenrmetur, W. B., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of some drawings of two young King-
Penguins (Aptenodytes forsteri) ©... 0.6... cece eee 1
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an actinograph of a
“it owered mar LArtrid Pera ti-tcieriakicreoiererciceiiae 991
Tuomas, OLDFIELD, I'.Z.8., Natural History Museum.
On the Mammals of Nyasa-land: fourth Notice.
(Plates XXXVIIT. & XXXTX.) .................... 788
On the Genera of Rodents: an Attempt to bring up to
Date the current Arrangement of the Order .......... 1012
Tuomson, ARTHUR, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.
Report on the Insect-house for 1895 .............. 240
WatstnaHam, Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and
Hampson, G. F., B.A., &e.
On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland.
QED AG) cobs sg ooodocobbopoopsodoo oon KDDDOObeo~ 257
Wurraker, Joszru §., F.Z.S.
On the Gazelles of Tunisia ...............0.5.00- 815
Winton, W. EL. vz, F.Z.8.
On some Mammals from Ecuador. (Plates XIX. & XX.) 507
On a new Rodent of the Genus Lophuromys from
British East Africa, (Plate XXVII.)................ 607
On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott
Darling in Mashunaland, and Mr, F. C. Selous in
Matabeleland, with short Field-Notes by the Collectors.
GUD 2M) sooohoouansouuuscogoun udaegosscagouean 798
xV
Page
Woopwanrp, A. Smiru, F.Z.8.
“ On some Extinct Fishes of the Teleostean Family
Gonorhynchide. (Plate XVIII.) ...... ........00.. 500
Woonwarp, M. F., Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal
College of Science, London.
Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—
Part II. On the Teeth of certain Insectivora. (Plates
XXIII-XXVI.)
LIST OF PLATES.
1896.
' Plate Page
1.
Il.
Il, -African Hesperiidee ...........0.. cee cee eee ee 2
IV.
v.J
VI. New Lepidoptora from Nyasn-land ...... Boos bo0008 108
WAN PA gaia area iin s esersvsise craps cusses ol nieke ceeyte apostle } 219
WiIAgamaliionous manners race oreer cc ct
UX. Synodontisismrthi . 000. ..ccssenssestsceee sss sees 217
X. Lepidoptera from Arabia and Somaliland .......... 243
ee Metallic colours of Trochilida and Nectariniide .... 283
XII. Dubusia stictocephala ........ cece ec cn cen esnnes ! 399
XIV. Tyranniscus frontalis 20.0.6... cece eee eee eee
XV. Ceylonese Hymenoptera.............2.sereneavees 401
aii British, Madusssuysapinds een 7 Oe 5 ean neal 459
XVIII. Extinct Gonorhynchid Fishes .................... 500
XIX. Pudua mephistophiles 00.0.0... ccc cece cece cues, t
XX. MIchthyomys séderstromt ........... 0.0 cee evens ui
XXI. Fig. 1. Rana camerant; Fig. 2. Pelodytes caucasicus,
XXII. Fig. 1. Salamandra caucasica; Fig. 2. Molge ain
XXIi.
XXV. Development of the Teeth in the Insectivora ..... ».. 557
XXVI.
KXVIL. Lophuromys ansorget .........0 ccc ec e cee c ev ceees 607
XXVIII. Connocheées taurinus johnstont.........0c.eceeaces 616
XXIX.
XXX.) Bornean Lyconide.................00005 aooodcod 650
XXXI.
XXXID. Dasypeltis scabra...... 0... cect cece etn nceees 715
XXXIII.
XXXIV, { Nem Theraphoside from the Lower Amazons ...... 716
XXXV.
Proo. Zoor. Soo.—1896. 6
XViil
Page
Mimetozoon flowert (... ccc cece cece ee eer ceeeees 767
Haliaetus brantchit..... 0.0. cece cence eee nena 784
Papto prwinosus oss cveeccccecevnccccseccceaaes 788
Raphiceros sharpet ..c..cseveevscccccerceeees A
Fig. 1. Georychus darlingi; Fig. 2. Acomys seloust .. 798
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land. (Collected by
Ike, One 74) panc0 09 o0000nb000000000000000C 817
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land. (Collected by
Wb; (OFAPENCI A) goo0c0dc0000000500000000000000
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land, (Collected by
Rib; MANE) odoluclclbonboeogosd0o00N S000 000000000 851
Malay Reptiles and Batrachians. Fig. 1. Gonatodes
penangensis; Fig. 2. Rhacophorus leucomystax ;
Fig. 3. Bufo melanostictus .......0ceeeeeceaee 856
Malay Batrachians. Fig. 1. Rana macrodon ; Fig. 2.
R. erythrea; Vig. 3. R. labialis................ f
Malay Batrachians. Rana luctuosa .............. J
IRD GUADINTD ooco00gd0e0.e ope DoDDDDOODDONN 915
Deer from North China (in Summer pelage) ...... 980
Deer from North China (in Winter pelage) ..-.....
Plankton of the Faeroe Channel.................. 991
Lysechinus and Tiarechinus.....-....eeccevencens 1000
New or little-known Spiders ...............00. .- 1006
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1896.
Page
Gorgyra abure, 3, Head and nouration of ..........6...2 2500 aol
Gastrocheta meza, Neuration and palpi of ...............e.0e 00s 387
Teinorhinus watsont, 3, Neuration of ......... 0.0 cee eee eee eee 40
Rhabdomantis galatia, Neuration of. .......... 00sec eee eee eee 44
Semalea pulvina, Neuration of ....... 0... c see e eevee teen e eens 65
Andronymus philander, Neuration of ........... eee ee cence eee: 81
Choristoneura apicalis, Neuration of..........++.0000+ arate ate 83
Gama galua, Antenne: and palpi of........... 0. cer eee cece eee 84
Cenides dacela, Neuration of.........-... 0c cece eee e et tet ee eene 86
Artitropa erinnys, 5, Neuration of ............. cece eee ete aes 92
Acallopistes holocausta, §, Head and neuration of................ 96
Alligator mississiprensis, Intestinal tract Of ............+0see ee eee 137
Argus giganteus, Intestinal tract of, from a chick after incubation for
Um, CEES. Soooondocboo ppcooeg boon bgondodgoanaD0oonD0NC 188
Casuarius, Intestinal tract Of 6.2.0... eee ee ce tee eens 140
Struthio camelus, Intestinal tract Of............ 00. se ee eee ee ees 141
Colymbus septentrionalis, Intestinal tract of .............- toe tk 142
Eudyptes chrysocome, Intestinal tract of ...........0..0+ sence ee 142
Fulmarus glacialis, Intestinal tract of ........... 0... eee e eee e ee 143
Platalea leucorodia, Intestinal tract of ............. 000. ee eee ees 144
Ciconia nigra, Intestinal tract of ......... 6. eee eee eee 145
Chauna chavaria, Intestine of ......... 0. cece ee eee tee eee eee 146
Cygnus atratus, Intestinal tract of ............ cece eee eee 147
Haliaétus albicilla, Intestinal tract of ........... cece esse ee eee 148
Crex pratensis, Intestinal tract of .............-.-. sees eee ees 149
Cariama cristata, Intestinal tract of............... eee eee eee 150
Numenius arquata, Intestinal tract of ................e eee eee ees 151
Scolopax rusticola, Intestinal tract of ............. 0. essence eeee 161
Larus marinus, Intestinal tract of....... ......0005 sara bieaktne vial OS
Pterocles bicinctus, Intestinal tract of ............000055 oodnOviod 1563
Columba livia, Intestinal tract of 2.0.6.0... cee eee tee eee , 158
Corythaix chlorochlamys, Intestinal tract of.......... dgunonecd te 164
Ara ararauna, Intestinal tract Of. .... 66.6. cece eee eee eee 155
Bubo maximus, Intestinal tract of ..........ese ces eeeeeseeeeee 156
Rhytidoceros plicatus, Intestinal tract of .........0..2eeceeeeeees 157
Page
Colius capensis, Intestinal tract of ........ cece eee eee e eee 157
Parus major, Totestinal tract of 1.0.0... cece eee ee eee ee 158
’ Vole, Masticatory muscles of,.............0 cece eect eee tenes 160
Hamster’s masseter, Superficial dissection of ..........0..+20.005 161
Hamster’s masseter, Deep dissection of ...........-+0. sees sees 162
Heteromys, Masseter of ......... 00. c eect eee e eee e ee e ee neee 162
Bathyergus, Face-muscles of .........6. 0.0 cee cece eee eee eee 163
Rhizomys, Scalene muscles of .......... 60. eee cece eee eee 166
Rhizomys, Shoulder-muscles of............ 0 - eee eee eee ee eee 168
Heteromys, Pouch-muscles of ..........-+ 602s eee eee eee ees 174, 175
Hamster, Neck-muscles of............. 0. ceeeeee sete eee ene eee 176
Pericheta perkinst, Spermiducal gland of .............-++.+--- 200
Pericheta insule, Oviducal pore of ...... 0. ccc eect teen eee 206
SRT ULE oo ob Hu GhaooG on FOOD OHODC DOOD OG G~OoDG00N. 210
Clavius smithii, Teeth Of 1.0... cece cece ene n nee 219
Synodontis geledensis ..... 6.06 cece cece ence tee ee tnt ene 220
Synodontis schal ..... 0. ccc cece nce eee eben teen eens 221
Duck, Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a.... 227
Crow, Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a.... 227
Rook, Abnormal and thoracic viscera of, displayed by removal of
abdominal muscles) sjarieliacl\ieetlele-telsiorsieteleleysiekoteretas stenosis 229
Dissura episcopus, Syrink Of 1... 0... cece e eee eee ees 232
Abdimia sphenorhyncha, Syvinx of «0... .. 0. eee eee ee cere 233
Leptoptilus, Diagram of the syrinx of .......-...-. 0... e ee eee 234
Sea-Otter in walking posture.........0.... eee ees e eee renee eee 235
Nestor meridionalis, Hyoid of ........... 0c cece ee tee eee eee eee 237
Lathamus discolor, Hyoid of... .. 0... 0c cece cece e ene e ee ee 239
Orycteropus gaudryi, Skull of 61.1... eevee eee eee ee eee ees 297
Rhynchops, Muscles of the patagium of ........-.-0.+..-... 008s 300
Larus argentatus, Patagial tendons of..........-++-. sees eee ees 301
Rhynchops, Syvink Of 6.0... cece eee nee eens 3802
Armadillo tenuipunctatus, Upper and underside of cephalon and first
two segments of pereion, and of fifth segment of pleon, pleotelson,
THONOE, Gi ondonesoosoneo0onGgous0doH0opDaD00000000 were. 889
Armadillo depressus, ditto 6.0.66. eee ete ee 390
Armadillo dumorum, Gitto... 6... cece eee eeee 391
Armadillo cinctas, ditto .. 0.0.0... cette eee cette teeter cees 892
Armadillo grenadensis, dittO . 6.6... cece cece tence ete tenes 893
Armadillo silvarum, itto ... 6. cic cence ee eee eens 894
Armadillo zigzag, ditto... 1... eee ee eet ete n ene 895
Armadillo perlatus, ditto . 0... 6... cee e ee eee eee renee es 395
Armadillo viticola, ditto 2... cece ete ee teetteet ee aee 396
Mesarmadillo modestus, QittO oo 26... cece cee ee tee teens 397
Mesarmadillo americanus, dittO 1.0... cece eect ee tee 398
Mesarmadillo reflexus, ditto ...... 0.6 c eee eee eee .. 399
Haplarmadillo monocellatus, ditto... . 6.6.66 v eee eee eee eee, 400
Gorilla, Head of female ........ 0... eee e cece ete te eee e ee eee 505
Pudua humilis, Side and palatal views of the skull of ....,....... 510
XXi
Page
Pudua mephistophiles, Side and palatal views of the skullof .,...: 510
Aichmophorus, Syvinx Of 1.0... 0c cece even ence cence een e anaes 541
Tachybaptes, Syrink Of ......... eee ee cere ee Doauveene as desioondn 541
Synthliborhamphus antiquus, Tensores patagii of ............005% 544
Lunda cirrhata, Tensores patagii of ......... 060 ees e tee eens 545
Ceratorhina monocerata, Tensores patagii of ............2s..0ee 545
Ceratorhina monocerata, Syrink Of ........ 60sec e cece eens 546
Lomvta trotle, Syrink of... 0.0... eee eee eects ... 546
Pelodytes caucasicus, Skeleton of, from a sciagraph, upper and lower
WEL coogovoodooapoodoogoddaDoDtaneoDO Doo UOHOCOURd O00 552
Megalema asiatica, Feather-tracts of ....:..-. 0. cece ee neces 556
Diagram of the tooth-succession in a polyphyodont reptile ........ 583
Diagram illustrating the relation of a molar tooth-germ to the dental
TET iON at ere eRE OST ORES ACL AY CECE Te crc ON HERG IC OREM Och can 5838
Surinam Water-Toads in copuld ......... 0. cece eee eet ete 595
Surinam Water-Toad, after deposition of eggs ..............5055 596
Microtus agrestis, First upper molars of: diagram of typical and
DOOM 5 sonc0c0cccg0900000000000000000000000000 seeeee 598
Halcyon rufa, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of.............+.. 605
Ceryle alcyon, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of......... ...... 605
Sauropatis albicilla, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of .......... 605
Abnormal horns of Wild Goat from the Caucasus................ 618
Opisthocomus cristatus, Intestinal convolutions of ................ 619
Opisthocomus cristatus, Dissection of hyoidean muscles of ........ 622
Opisthocomus cristatus, Thigh-muscles of ...............0es0ees 626
Opisthocomus cristatus, Leg-muscles of,...... dobdnosucdoonseodas 626
Tomistoma, Atlas and axis Of ..........eeee cette neces ee eenes 630
Metriorhynchus, Atlas and axis Of ......... ee essences cere eeees 633
Petrogale, Skull of, showing os antiepilepticum.................. 685
IRR, ASAI OP oonocovon00000G000005000000000000000000000 686
Petrogale, First lumbar vertebra of, with hypapophysis .......... 687
Petrogale, Knee-joint of....... 22... cee eect ee cee te eect eees 690
Petrogale, Lower end of femur of, with ligaments attached........ 691
Petrogale, Ankle-joint of .......... cece cece e eee n wesc nate 692
Petrogale, Pectoral muscles of ....... Ye retss A Le ceVecievarerstaaceisle 696
Petrogale, Muscles of the sole of ..............++0008. Ov0000000 703
Petrogale, Cervical and brachial plexuses of ........ d00000b00000 707
Petrogale, Lumbo-sacral plexus of ...........6:esecueeveeeees . 711
Loder’s Gazelle, 2, Head of.......... 2... cece eee cence eee eee 781
Owisammon, Head! Of- 7.0. cc cnc dscns ee ses cleecin eco vne 787
Adax, Horns’ of, front View, ©. ....0.-:0-s+cec sree se eeverstee 811
“ Rhime,” Horns of......... 0... cece eee eee eet oboogeeoganN 814
ec Adami,” Hornsiof: esis oirec im sinicciels|ecitheieieielsiaysie nsec Senerstee 814
Fallow-deer, Head of Three-horned..........+.....secceseeeees 855
Chromis rend allt 0.60.0. cs seers sre nesses orvetsvuces +o. 916
Oreochromis shiranus .....0..0ccc cece eee et sa nseeetsereetaes 917
“Docimodus johnstont .......+0ccecevecveecvccsrsseceeccs see. 918
Corematodus shiranus ....cccccaccccvccucccecctevesvcccsscrecs 919
Page
Eremias mucronata ......... nada0ddonDG00000009000000000000 922
Eremias erythrosticta .......0....00008 po000G0000 g0000000 .. 924
Eremias smitht ...... hoon eDD 900D0000000000000000 Mea yatoloskelses 925
Eremias striata............4. Gavoasoobooone joono00Gd soo000a | GEMt
E remias brennert .... ccc veer eevee Den AnD oOBE 00000006 000000 929
Lemur, Skull of, from above ..........0 sever ee eens nadogccod se
Orang, Skull of (left side) 1.0.0... eee eee ee eee Rte da 998
Orang, Skull of (right side) ...............5 Honsadheosanaaogs 998
Protaster sedgwicki, Forbes, Structure of the arm of ,........... 1031°
Protaster biforis: a, outline of dise of arms; 6, pair of syngnaths., 1033
Protaster biforis, Diagram of the arm-structure of ............+- 1033
Bundenbachia, Arm-structure Of .......0.. reece cence eee es 1034
Lapworthura, Diagram of the arm-structure of, seen from ventral
BIDS opera stervepe rer ctape ie steress Gia ctokslense siotalctivarsnstatcresbaicucterersbataleretarte 1037
LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.
Page
Acallopistes (Lep.) ............ 95
Acidaliastis (Lep.) ........+.+ 267
Actius (Arachn.) .....0....50008 1000
Andronymus (Lep.) ..... a0 80
Anisaspoides (Arachn.).. 726
Aplectropus (Lep.) ..... 275
Archinola (Lep.) .............. 258
Artitropa (Lep.),.......ssecreeee 92
COsenides (Lep.) ......sc.0eseeeee 85
Corematodus (Pisces)
Orinipus (Lep.) ........... meee
Oycelyrius (Lep.)........+. pocno0ad 830
Dictenus (Lep.)........
Docimodus (Pisces)
Eospondylus (Echinod.) ...... 1039
Friula (Arachn.) .........s0000 1008
Gamia (Lep.) ..csescccsecereseeee . 84
Gastrochsta (Lep.) .. 37
Gorgyra (Lep.) .........s000 we) ol
Haplarmadillo (Orustacea)... 399
\ Harmonicon (Arachn.)......... 765
1896.
: Page
Lapworthura (Hchinod.) ...... 1037
Lysechinus (Echinod.) ......... 1001
Mantoides (Lop.) .sss....ec0ec0. 677
Melodeus (Arachn.) ..... se 768
Mimetozoon (Rept.) ........006 767
Miospondylus (Echinod.)...... 1039
Neodiplura (Arachn.) ..... see 755
Osphantes (Lep.) oos-.----+e wae 46
Parosmodes (Lep.) .......0008 . 45
Phthoropoa (Lep.) s.s.cc00. 282
Platylesches (Lep.) ......+0s00 72
Prosopalpus (Lep.) ......c0e0. 53
-Rhabdomantis (Lep.) ......... 44
Santaremia (Arachn.) ......... 746
Scotinochroa (Lep.) ........6+4 845
Semalea (Lep.) cco. 64
Sturtzura (Hchinod.) ........ . 1034
Teniura (Echinod.) ............ 1088
‘s
Piva lots tan
; iets F
ea :
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
January 14, 1896.
Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1895 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December was 98, of which 57 were
by presentation, 1 by exchange, 34 by purchase, and 6 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 92.
Amongst these attention may be called to the two specimens of
Forsten’s Lorikeet (Z'richoglossus forsteni), obtained by purchase.
Of this scarce Parrot no examples have been previously received
by the Society, and the species appears to be unrepresented in the
British Museum (see Cat. Birds B. M. xx. p. 51).
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier exhibited some drawings by Mr. Frohawk
of two young King-Penguins (Aptenodytes forsteri) in down
plumage, living in the Society’s Gardens.
Proo. Zoot. Soo.—1896, No. I. 1
2 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
The following papers were read :—
1. A Preliminary Revision and Synonymic Catalogue of
the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent Islands, with
Descriptions of some apparently new Species. By W.
J. Hotzanp, Ph.D., F.Z.S., F.1LS., &e., Chancellor of
the Western University of Pennsylvania.
[Received November 6, 1895.]
(Plates 1.-V.)
Having been for a number of years past engaged in the diligent
study of the Lepidoptera of Tropical Western Africa, and having
been compelled in the prosecution of these studies to acquaint
myself with the entire literature of the subject, it has occurred to
me that it might facilitate the labours of others, who may be
tempted to embark upon the same line of investigation, or who
may already be involved in the tangled mazes of the subject, if
I should at least attempt to bring together into one paper the
scattered references to the various species. I have therefore
begun a synonymic catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of the
African Continent and the adjacent Islands, but am led by the
advice of trusted friends to anticipate the publication of the more
extended catalogue by the following paper, in which is contained
a list of a very difficult group of Butterflies included in the
fauna. Jam led the more readily to take this step in view of the
results of the recent labours of Lieut. E. Y. Watson, who, ina paper
recently published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society upon
the Classification of the Hesperiidw (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 3), has laid
solid foundations for the prosecution of systematic researches in
the future. I have in the main followed the classification which
he has suggested in his valuable paper, which, while confessedly
incomplete, and leaving some things to be desired, is, nevertheless,
one of the most notable contributions to the literature of the
subject which has recently appeared. Based, as it is, upon an
accurate and painstaking examination of the anatomical details
and structural peculiarities of the various species represented in
the collections of the British Museum and the magnificent collec-
tion of Messrs. Godinan and Salvin, it may in the main be accepted
as free from the blemishes which characterize much of the work
done in this group by authors, who have relied almost wholly upon
superficial resemblances. In the few cases in which I have
departed from the classification of Lieut. Watson, it has been
because I have been able to make more careful anatomical investi-
gations than it was possible for him to do with the material at his
command. 69 bo
fe maculata, Hpsn., 5, p. 13.
. 5 chrysoglossa, Mab., ¢, p. 14.
6. Padraona zeno, Trim., 3, p. 59.
. 7. Pardaleodes xanthias, Mab., 3, p. 78.
8. Rhabdomantis galatia, Hew., 9, p. 45.
9.. Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl., g, p. 76,
10. Zeinorhinus watsoni, Holl., p- 40.
104
Fig.
Fig.
DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRIOAN
11. Oxypalpus annulifer, Holl., 3, p. 39.
12. ce ignita, Mab., ¢, p. 39.
13. i. ruso, Mab., p. 39.
14. Ceratrichia flava, Hew., 3, p. 79.
15. Rhabdomantis galatia, Hew., 3, p. 45.
16. Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl., 9, p. 76.
17. Prosopalpus duplex, Mab., p. 54.
18. Pardaleodes.reichenowi, Ploetz, 9, p. 76.
19. Parnara micans, Holl., g, p. 63.
20. Osmodes staudingeri, Holl., 9 , p. 42.
21. Pardaleodes bule, Holl., § 2, p. 76.
Prats IV.
1. Osmodes loronia, Hew., 40.
” ” . 40.
3. = thora, Ploetz, 5, p. 40.
4 p thops, Holl., 3, p. 43.
5. a thora, Ploetz, 2, p. 40.
6. ‘i thops, Holl., 9, p. 43. °°
7. es chrysauge, Mab., g, p. 41.
8. Saranyesa aurimargo, Holl., 3, p. 8.
. Osmodes bang-haasii, Holl., ¢, p. 42.
10S. adosus, Mab., g,p. 41.
1l. Parnara subochracea, Holl., 3, p. 63.
12. Pardaleodes parcus, Karsch, ¢, p. 77.
= astrape, Holl. “
13. Osmodes adon, Mab., ¢, p. 41.
14. Pardaleodes xanthioides, Fr
15. Osmodes adon, Mab., °, p. 41.
16. i distincta, Holl., 3, p. 43.
18. ” ” ” g »?P. 35.
19. Pardaleodes sierre, Holl., 3, p. 78.
20. Semalea nox, Mab., 3, p. 66.
21. Trichosemeia (?) hereus, Druce, p. 16.
22. Kedestes (?) lentiginosa, Holl., 9, p. 66.
23, Osmodes lux, Holl., ¢, p. 42.
24. Gorgyra minima, Holl., g, p. 33.
25. Osmodes lux, Holl., 9, p. 42.
N=}
Puate V.
1. Christoneura apicalis, Mab., 3, p. 83.
2. Ploetzia nobilior, Holl., 2, p. 95.
3. Sarangesa theclides, Holl., 3, p. 8.’
4, Eagris fuscosa, Holl., 9, p. 18.
5. Cenides zaremba, Ploetz, 3, p. 91.
6. Baoris statirides, Holl., 3, p. 69.
7. Acallopistes dimidia, Holl., g, p. 97.
8. Eagris denuba, Ploetz, 3, p. 17.
9. Sarangesa eliminuta, Holl., ¢,p. 9.
10. Gorgyra mocquerysii, Holl., $, p. 33.
11. Platylesches amadhu, Mab., 3, p. 73.
12. Abantis efulensis, Holl., ¢, p. 21.
13. Acallopistes holocausta, Mab., ¢, p. 96.
14. Sarangesa thecla, Ploetz, 3, p. 8.
15. Trichosemeia subolivescens, Holl., d, p. 15.
16. Gorgyra subflavidus, Holl., g, p. 34.
17. Baorrs ilias, Ploetz, 3, p. 67.
18, Cenides podora, Ploeiz, 9, p. 86.
= Cenides dacela, Hew., 2.
oll., S, p. 78.
(Jan. 14,
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 105
APPENDIX.
List of the Specific Names which have been applied to the Hesperiidee
of Africa, which are cited in the foregoing paper.
The numbers following the names refer to the serial numbers
prefixed to the species. Names sunk as synonyms are printed in
italics. Where a name has been used correctly and also incor-
rectly applied to another species as a synonym it is placed twice
in the list in order to facilitate reference.
abjecta, 157.
abscondita, 89.
abure, 115.
acteon, 198.
adelica, 61.
adon, 134.
adosus, 136.
egipan, 153.
seschylus, 325.
agylla, 81.
alberti, 226.
albigutta, 202.
albirostris, 210.
albiventris, 122.
alces, 95.
ali, 91.
alveus, 93.
amadhu, 252.
amaponda, 39.
amena, 169.
amygdalis, 310.
anchiises, 327.
andonginis, 324.
andrachne, 62.
annulifer, 129,
anommus, 163.
npicalis, 283.
arbagastes, 330.
arbogastes, 330.
arela, 227.
aretina, 21.
argenteipuncta, 136.
argenteo-gutta, 165.
argenteostriatus, 155.
argyrodes, 228.
argyrospila, 273.
argyrosticta, 273.
ariel, 263.
asterodia, 79.
astrape, 262.
astrigera, 6.
atratus, 32.
atratus, 83.
atrio, 275.
aures, 344,
aurimargo, 19.
ayresii, 246.
balenge, 303,
bang-haasii, 139,
barbere, 191.
basistriga, 286.
batange, 253.
batea, 126.
bauri, 243.
benga, 294.
bernieri, 173.
bicolor, 67.
bicuta, 182.
biguttulus, 111.
binoevatus, 291.
biseriata, 31.
bismarcki, 66.
bixe, 340.
bixe, 341.
boadicea, 33.
bocagii, 334. ©
borbonica, 212.
borbonica, 221. .
bosese, 309).
bouvieri, 15.
brevicornis, 201.
brigida, 44.
brunneostriga, 167.
brussauxi, 323.
bubovi, 126.
buchholtzi, 286.
bule, 261.
crenira, 279.
caffraria, 221.
callicles, 190.
calpis, 279, 295.
camerona, 149.
canopus, 62. _
capenas, 186.
capronnieri, 315.
carbo, 219.
cariute, 182.
carmides, 100.
eatocalinus, 104.
cerymica, 313,
chaca, 187.
chalybe, 341.
chameleon, 251.
charita, 273.
cheles, 154.
chersiag, 184.
chirala, 106.
chrysauge, 135.
chrysoglossa, 34.
cinerea, 221.
coanza, 257.
cqjo, 236.
colattus, 207.
collucens, 32.
colotes, 86.
comus, 307.
corduba, 298,
coroller, 183.
corvinus, 274.
cretadea, 149,
cybeutes, 127.
cylinda, 295.
dacela, 287.
dacena, 296.
dannatti, 49.
debilis, 181.
decastigma, 64.
decolor, 68.
denuba, 58.
derbice, 186.
detecta, 215.
dimidia, 319.
diomus, 77.
diomus, 78.
dispar, 174.
distincta, 140.
ditissimus, 284,
diversata, 115.
diversata, 116.
djeleelee, 1.
lus, 122.
dromus, 74,
duplex, 180.
dysmephila, 312.
edipus, 256.
efulensis, 70.
elegans, 208.
elegantula, 69.
eliminata, 18.
ellipsis, 213.
elma, 96.
elmina, 35.
empyreus, 98,
106
empyreus, 99.
enantia, 150.
ennius, 307.
erinnys, 306.
ernesti, 326.
euryspila, 233.
evander, 276.
exprompta, 5.
falatius, 215.
fan, 270.
fastuosus, 99.
fatuellus, 221.
fatuellus, 212.
fenestratus, 194.
ferox, 78.
fervida, 332.
Festus, 259.
flara, 311.
flava, 273.
flavus, 196.
flesus, 47.
florestan, 329.
forestan, 329.
formosus, 158,
fulgens, 26.
Jurvus, 157.
fuscosa, 55.
galatia, 142.
galena, 26.
galenus, 26.
galesa, 249.
galua, 284.
gambica, 204.
gemella, 213.
gillias, 102.
gisgon, 128.
gonessa, 345.
grandiplaga, 247.
grisea, 7.
hamza, 199.
hanno, 336.
hanno, 337.
harona, 145,
havei, 208.
helops, 307.
hereus, 45,
herilus, 258.
heterochrus, 116.
heterogyna, 61.
heterophyla, 252.
hoehneli, 31.
holocausta, 318.
holtzii, 245.
homeyeri, 38.
hottentota, 201.
hova, 103.
howa, 103.
humbloti, 37.
hyalinata, 52,
DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN
ibara, 208.
icteria, 144,
ignita, 128.
ilerda, 300.
iliag, 224.
ilustris, 28.
incerta, 257.
inconspicua, 208.
indusiata, 123.
inornatus, 162.
instabilis, 114.
insularis, 48.
interniplaga, 29.
iphis, 343.
iricolor, 281.
jamesoni, 57.
Johnstoni, 117.
johnstonii, 255.
jucunda, 328.
juno, 342.
jupiter, 343.
kangvensis, 289,
keithloa, 333.
kingdoni, 102.
kobela, 25.
lacida, 301.
lacteus, 49.
lelius, 24.
laronia, 132.
laterculus, 280.
laufella, 282.
leander, 277.
lefebvrii, 200.
lentiginosa, 195,
leonora, 292.
lepeletierii, 161.
lepenula, 184.
letterstedti, 201.
leucogaster, 71.
leucophxa, 230.
leucopogon, 296.
leucopyga, 107.
leucopygus, 108.
lewcosoma, 149.
leuzex, 92.
levubu, 72.
libeon, 322,
ligora, 265.
limpopana, 152.
linea, 196.
lineola, 197.
lodra, 209.
lucens, 33.
lucetia, 59.
lucidella, 10.
luehderi, 40.
lugens, 2, 228.
lux, 137.
lynx, 177,
mabea, 229.
mabillei, 125.
mackenii, 109.
macomo, 185.
macrostictus, 36,
maculata, 20, 30.
mafa, 82.
ajorelles 9.
malchus, 101.
malgacha, 152.
malthina, 233.
mango, 348.
maracanda, 290.
marchalii, 222.
margarita, 330.
margaritata, 308.
massiva, 298.
mathias, 208.
medetrina, 29,
melancholica, 53.
melania, 3.
melphis, 232.
meninx, 155.
metis, 151.
meza, 126.
micacea, 7.
micans, 217.
micipsa, 208.
midas, 160,
midea, 97.
minent, 178.
minima, 119.
mirza, 172.
mocquerysii, 120.
mohopaani, 208.
mohozutza, 189.
mokeezi, 140.
monasi, 237.
monochromus, 164.
morantii, 143.
moritili, 248.
morosa, 2.
motozi, 11.
motozi, 9.
motozioides, 12.
motozioides, 15,
mucorea, 312,
murga, 244,
namaquana, 64,
nanus, 84,
naso, 347.
neander, 278,
neba, 248.
necho, 337.
neoba, 241,
nerva, 18,
netopha, 236.
nigerrima, 250.
nigricans, 254,
niso, 201.
niveicornis, 240, -
(Jan. 14,
1896.] BUTTHRELINS OF THD FAMILY HESPHRIID AM. ‘107
niveostriga, 193.
nobilior, 317.
nora, 87.
nostrodamus, 200.
nothus, 271.
nottoana, 53.
nox, 220.
nyass@, 236.
nydia, 287.
obumbrata, 202.
occulta, 205.
octofenestrata, 208.
ogowena, 146,
oileus, 94.
olaus, 113.
onopordii, 93.
ophion, 47, 48.
ophiusa, 148.
ophthalmica, 21.
orma, 297.
pallida, 127.
pansa, 326.
paola, 166.
paradisea, 64.
parcus, 262.
pardalina, 171.
pardalinus, 171.
parcechus, 105.
pato, 11.
perpaupera, 4.
pertusa, 14.
phidias, 343.
phidyle, 176.
philander, 276.
philotimus, 23.
phoceus, 272.
phocion, 272.
phyllophila, 56.
picanini, 247.
pillaana, 61.
pisistratus, 331.
placidus, 110.
plistonicus, 22.
ploetzi, 75, 108.
podora, 287.
poutieri, 214,
prodicus, 349.
producta, 278.
proto, 90.
proxima, 35, 305.
pulvina, 219.
pumilio, 200.
punctulata, 179.
pusiella, 264.
pygmeus, 200.
pyrosa, 128.
quadrisignatus, 159.
quaterna, 43.
quaternata, 314,
radama, 170.
ramanatek, 320.
ranoha, 1438,
rara, 60.
ratek, 335.
rega, 268.
reichenowi, 259.
rhabdophorus, 142,
rhadama, 170.
romi, 168.
roncilgonis, 236.
rubescens, 124.
rufipuncta, 239,
ruralis, 295.
ruso, 130.
rutilans, 27.
sabadius, 52.
sabadius, 63.
saclavus, 175.
samborana, 50.
sandaster, 83.
sandaster, 78.
sataspes, 76.
sataspes, 84.
sator, 256.
schulzi, 346.
secessus, 85.
sejuncta, 338.
semialba, 16.
semilutea, 272.
sextilis, 304.
shelleyi, 309 a.
sierrm, 269.
sinnis, 210.
smithii, 51.
soritia, 288.
sosia, 142.
spio, 75.
spio, 73.
splendens, 207.
statira, 234.
statirides, 235.
staudingeri, 138.
stella, 333.
stellata, 178.
stoehri, 293.
subalbida, 46.
subfacatus, 118.
subfiavidus, 121,
subnotata, 239.
subochracea, 216.
subolivesceng, 41.
substrigata, 112.
synastalmenus, 13,
syrinx, 156.
tancred, 339.
tarace, 238.
taranis, 327.
tergemira, 27.
tetrastigma, 42,
tettensis, 63.
thaumas, 196.
thecla, 16.
theclides, 17.
thersander, 265.
thops, 141.
thora, 133.
thrax, 208.
titanota, 147.
transvaalim, 80.
tricerata, 8.
trimeni, 65.
tripunctata, 147,
teita, 164.
tucusa, 188.
umvulensis, 68.
wmbra, 1.
unicolor, 321.
uniformis, 157.
unistriga, 231.
ursula, 218.
valmaran, 331.
varia, 126.
venosa, 68.
venula, 196.
vibius, 268.
vindex, 73, 78.
violascens, 297.
virgula, 197.
waga, 299.
wallongrenii, 192.
wambo, 211.
watsoni, 131.
watsont, 206.
weiglei, 316.
weymeri, 210.
willemi, 154.
woermanni, 27.
santhargyra, 292,
xanthias, 266.
xanthioides, 267.
xantho, 288.
xanthopeplus, 260.
xychus, 288.
xylos, 225.
ypsilon, 101.
zaira, 88.
zambesiaca, 6D.
zambesina, 65.
zaremba, 302.
zeno, 206.
zephora, 242.
zimbazo, 144.
zintgraffi, 284
108 DR. A. @. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
2. On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard
Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between the Months of January
and April 1895. By Arruur G. Burier, Ph.D.,
F.L.S., &e.
(Plate VI.)
[Received December 11, 1895.}
Many of the specimens in the present consignment from
Mr. Crawshay, who remains for the present at his station, Deep
Bay, on the west coast of Lake Nyasa’, were obtained at con-
siderable altitudes, and therefore are of special interest. The only
surprising thing is that comparatively few of the species prove to
be undescribed, though some of the novelties which are in the
collection are of exceptional interest, such as a Neptis represent-
ing a new section in the genus, a pure white species of Hyreus, a
Mylothris which marvellously resembles Phrissura lasti, and a very
beautiful new species of Melittia. Nine species altogether are
described as new.
The novelties are, however, not the only species of interest in
this collection, for it contains the rare Satyrid Aphysonewria
pigmentaria, previously unrepresented in the Museum ; a variety
of Acrea johnstont, which we required; the female of Acrea
vinidia, var. tenella; specimens of A. anacreon tending to link it to
A, bomba (a seasonal form of it) ; a second example of A. periphanes
(seasonal form of A. guillemei); examples of Alena nyasse,
proving that I was correct in speaking of the buff form as a
variety; specimens of Catochrysops glauca, a very beautiful
Lycenid new to the Museum series; the trie female of Castalius
lintza, proving my C. resplendens to be a distinct species ; specimens
of Durbania hildegarda, of which we previously only possessed
one poor example; Larinopoda peucetia, of which the type alone
existed in the Hewitson cabinets; examples of Uranothauma
crawshayt in both sexes; the female of EHpamera sidus, new to the
collection ; both sexes of Teracolus opalescens ; the male of 7. mutans,
which was previously unknown; variations of Cyclopides quadri-
signatus; the female of the rare Hesperid Kedestes capenas;
specimens of Padraona watsont, linking that species to P. zeno;
and the male of JIcterodes roscovittata, which was previously
undescribed.
As with other collections obtained by Mr. Crawshay, most of
the specimens are in good condition, and therefore easily identified :
with the exception of two or three specimens (the descriptive notes
of which may have been lost when they were mounted, or may
never have been written on the envelopes) all were carefully
labelled with the exact locality, date of capture, a popular name
1 About 10° 50'S, lat. See map attached to Sir H. H. Johnston’s paper,
Geogr. Journ, v. p. 193 (1895). vie
PZ51896.Plate VI
EC.Knight del.et hth. West Newman chromo
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land.
1896.} FROM NYASA-LAND. 109
descriptive of the insect, and any other note of interest which
occurred to Mr. Crawshay at the time.
The following is a list of the species in this consignment :—
RHOPALOOBRA.
1. NHOOANYRA YPTHIMOIDES.
Neocenyra ypthimoides, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 646.
3, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, 5th April,
1895.
Q, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
The male is noted as ‘ Black Ringlet” and the female as “ Black
Ringlet. with eyes,” the ocelli being larger in this sex.
2. SAMANTA PHRSPIOUA.
Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1873,
p. 104, pl. i. fig. 3.
@, Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.
¢ , Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd.
“ Dusky Ringlet” (2. C.).
3. MYOALBSIS RHACOTIS.
Mycalesis rhacotis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Myc. pl. viii. fig. 50
(1866).
3 6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyika, Feb. 1st, 1895.
“ Black Ringlet” (J?. C.).
4, PHYSOZNURA PIONR.
Q. Physcenura pione, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix.
figs. 2,3; ¢. Trimen, l. c. 1894, p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 1.
e Q. Periplysia johnstoni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 647, pl. Ix.
fig. 1, ¢.
° 9, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, west coast of Lake Nyasa,
April 3rd, 1895.
“ Black and white Heath” (2. C.).
5, YPTHIMA DOLETA, var.
Ypthima doleta, Kirby, Proc. Royal Dubl. Soc. 1879, separate
copy p. 44.
do, Henga, W. of Lake Nyika, Feb. Ist, 1895.
‘“‘ Brindled Heath ” (R. C.).
A single male, probably representing the dry-season form of
this species; it differs chiefly from the typical form in its inferior
size and the minute ocelli of the under surface.
6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMENTARIA.
Aphysoneuria pigmentaria, Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xx. p. 191
(June 1894). ;
Rhaphiceropsis pringlei, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. S. (Aug. 1894),
pe 336, pl. xix. figs. 1, 2.
110 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,
Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th and 11th, 1895.
This species is new to the Museum series; two examples were
obtained, one in very good condition, the other somewhat worn.
Mr. Crawshay calls it the “ Black-and-white Glade Butterfly.”
7. CHARAXES DRUCHANUS.
Charazes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p.4 (Oct. 1869); Lep.
Exot. p. 26, pl. x. fig. 4.
d, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
The single specimen obtained is the most perfect I have ever
seen, but its chief interest lies in the fact that the markings on
the under surface of the wings are somewhat aberrant; the
differences, if constant, would serve to distinguish it as a species,
but the female received from Zomba shows transitional characters.
Mr. Crawshay notes this as the “‘ Burnt-umber and Silver Swallow-
tail,” but it is one of the “ Emperor” group.
8. JUNONIA SESAMUS.
Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. iv. fig. 3
(1887).
Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, March 1895 (taken by
M. Moffat, Esq., of the Livingstone Mission); Cheni-Cheni Mt.,
6480 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th; Kambwiyi, 3800 feet alt.,
Lower Nyika, April 20th.
“ Violet, scarlet, and black Tortoiseshell ” (22. C.).
9. JUNONIA OHAPUNGA.
Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pl. i. figs. 2,3
(1864),
3, Nyankowa Mt., 5576 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
“ Black scarlet-beaded Admiral” (2. C.).
10. JUNONIA TRIMENTI.
Junonia trimenii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 4.
@, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, W. of Lake Nyasa,
Feb. 4th, 1895.
“ Salmon-coloured Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
11. JUNONIA SIMIA.
Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Hand).
1857, p. 26.
3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd,
1895.
Small Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
12, JUNONIA OALESOBNS.
Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 652.
3g, Watisi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.
“ Scarlet and black Tortoiseshell ” (22. C.).
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 111
13. JUNONIA OBRYNE.
Salamis ceryne, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 46 6 (1838).
od od, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
« British (!) Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
The trivial name is a curious one; there is certainly no British
species of Junonia: memory is a treacherous reed to lean upon.
14. JUNONIA AURORINA.
Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 3.
g, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 5th, 1895.
‘¢ Black and orange Tortoiseshell” (2%. C.).
Prof. Aurivillius considers that J. aurorina, J. milonia=kowara,
J. sinuata, and J. tugela may all be races or local forms of one
species. This is one of the very few points in which I differ from
this admirable Lepidopterist. I think it possible that J. milonia
and J. stnuata may be seasonal forms of one species, and J. tugela
and J. aurorina of another allied species; but I do not see my
way at present to uniting the western and eastern species, which
appear to be constant. Prof. Aurivillius proposes to regard
J. pyriformis as a fifth development of the species, but as both the
western and eastern forms are already provided with probable dry
and wet-season races it would be puzzling to discover under what
category to place this singularly formed type: that it is constant
in its proper locality seems to be demonstrated conclusively by
our seven examples; but it is not safe to dogmatize about the
constancy of African Lepidoptera, and therefore I do not say that
transitional links will not be discovered, which may eventually
unite it to J. aurorina, though, at present, I do not believe that
such links exist.
15. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.
Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexxxviii. A, B (1782).
6 6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. Ist, 1895.
‘« Hirsute underwinged Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
- 16. JUNONIA BLGIVA.
- Junonia elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pl. i. fig. 1 (1864).
do, Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.
*Old-gold and black Admiral” (2. C.).
17. JUNONIA BOOPIS.
Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,-1879, p. 331.
6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. Ist, 1895.
‘¢ Blue underwinged Admiral ” (R. C.).
18. JUNONIA OHBRENE,
_ Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.
é 6, Henga, Jan. 25th, and Ngerenge, Feb. 24th.
_ “ Light brown and black Admiral” (2. C.).
112 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
19. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.
Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761).
3, Chilindi (8 miles S. of Karonga), W. coast of Lake Nyasa,
March Ist, 1895.
“Painted Lady” (R. C.).
20. HYPANARTIA SOH@NEIA,
Eurema scheneia, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329.
3, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 ft. alt., April 9th, 1895.
“ Scarlet Admiral” (2. C.).
The colouring of Hypanartia must be very fugitive ; for speci-
mens never come to hand with scarlet: bands. As I have already
suggested, this will probably prove to be a seasonal form of
H, hippomenes.
21, PsHUDARGYNNIS HEGEMONE.
Argynnis hegemone, Godart. Ene. Meth. ix. p. 258 (1819).
Jaera duodecimpunctata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 2nd ser. part 7,
pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1872).
6, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, April 5th;
9, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., April 11th, 1895.
“Silver-tipped Fritillary. 9 full of bright green eggs” (#. C.).
Nyasa-land appears to be the headquarters of this rare butterfly,
which for many years was unrepresented in the Museum collection ;
it never comes in numbers, but collections from Nyasa usually
contain one or, rarely, two examples, and, as a rule, of the male
sex.
22. HaAMANUMIDA DA&DALUS.
Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).
3, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
' “Dark grey and white Fritillary ” (2. C.).
23. NEPTIS AGATHA.
Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).
d, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 30th; 9, Cheni-Cheni
Mt., 5700 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th, 1895.
“ White Admiral. @ full of bright green ova” (2. C.).
24, Nupris InconeRuA, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)
@. Upper surface dark olivaceous brown, the fringes black at
the extremities of the veins, white between them; primaries with
a minute subcostal white point near the end of the cell, two
(elongated) immediately beyond the cell, and a fourth below the
latter in the lower radial interspace; seven white spots in three
groups crossing the dise much as in NV. marpessa—three subapical
(the first small), two on the median interspaces, and two, separated
by the submedian vein, near externul angle: secondaries crossed
beyond the middle by a tolerably regular white belt, separated by
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 113
the nervures into eight spots, the first of which is smallest: body
black; head, collar, and front of pterygodes spotted with white.
Under surface much paler than above, bronze-brown, with a paler
triangular patch at centre of outer margin of all the wings, and
with the costal area of secondaries paler to just beyond the white
belt; primaries with three white spots forming an elongated
triangle in the cell, four in a semicircle beyond the cell, and seven
crossing the disc as above, but larger; belt of secondaries as
above; pectus black, spotted with white and clothed with tawny
hair; venter fuliginous, with sordid white central stripe; legs
striped with white longitudinally, Fxpanse of wings 59 millim.
Kantorongondo Mt., 15,900 fect alt., Nyika, April 15th, 1895.
“ Black and white Admiral. Grass-green ova” (Zt. C.).
This extraordinary species is represented by a single example,
the wings of which on one side are badly shattered ; it does not
appear to be nearly related to any other species in the genus, but
perhaps should form a distinct section next to N. marpessa,
though in some respects it more nearly resembles the Australian
NN. shepherdi.
25. ATBLLA COLUMBINA.
Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ecxxxviii, A. B;
y. pl. ceexxxvil. D, E (1782).
6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 28th, 1895.
“Common old-gold Fritillary ” (2. C.).
i
=
26. BYBLIA VULGARIS.
Hypanis ilithyia, var. vulgaris, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett.
p. 106.
3, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.
“ Reddish-brown Wall” (22. C.).
This is the form which I have hitherto regarded as B. acheloza ;
but Prof. Aurivillius has pointed out to me that B. cora is that
race, a much rarer form, having the under surface of the second-
aries belted with dull reddish argillaceous. B. vulgaris differs very
little from B. goetzius of Herbst. The species of Acraine in the
present collection are, as usual in African series, well represented,
and in the present instance are of exceptional interest to us.
27. ACRZA JOUNSTONI.
3. Acrea johnstont, Godman, P. Z.8. 1885, p. 5387; 2. Butler,
P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.
Var. semialbescens, Oberth. :
6 6, Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th ; Kondowi, 4110 feet
alt., Lower Nyika, April 12th, 1895.
Var. flavescens=kilimandjara, Oberth. :
3s 6, Kondowi, April 6th and 12th, 1895.
“ Black and white Fritillary. Vlies high, generally far out of
reach ” (J?. C.). :
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1896, No. VIII. &
114 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
No two examples of this species are absolutely alike, and thus
the unfortunate creature has received the following names since
Mr. Godman first made it known :—M. Oberthiir calls it A. pro-
teina, flavescens, semifulvescens, fulvescens, and semialbescens ; Herr
Rogenhofer calls it A. telekiana, confusa, and fallaw ; and Herr
Karsch denominates it A. octobalia: the species thus has ten
names; it divides itself very vaguely into four varieties, as
follows :—
1. A. johnstoni, in which the sexes differ greatly ; the typical
male is described by M. Oberthiir as .A. semifulvescens, and the
typical female as A. proteina.
2. A. fulvescens, Oberth.= A. telekiana, Rghfr.
3. A. semialbescens, Oberth.
4, A. flavescens (if a male)=A. kilimandjara, Oberth.= A, confusa
and A, fallax, Reghfr., and A. octobalia, Karsch,
Tn the last-mentioned form both sexes have adopted the female
dress; but the male sometimes has the spots on the primaries
yellowish.
Acreu is a very variable genus, and it has been the custom of
lepidopterists to regard all the different phases of each species as
distinet ; the genus, when properly studied, reduces itself to about
a third of its supposed magnitude. The triangular black apical
patch, which has been made to serve as a specific character in
several instances, is of no value whatever, being a purely indi-
vidual characteristic dependent on presence or absence of moisture.
28. ACR#A CABIRA.
Acrea cabira, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berlin, 1855, p. 640;
Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. p. 378, pl. 23. figs. 14, 15 (1862).
3d, Chifumya, Lower Nyika, 2Uth April; 9, Munchewi R.,
Lower Nyika, April 8th, 1895.
“ Yellow and black Fritillary. Q full of orange-coloured ova ”
(R. C.).
29, ACR#A VINIDIA.
Acrea vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xi. p. 130 (1874);
Exot. Butt. v. Acr. pl. 7. figs. 45, 46 (1875).
Var. Acrwa acerata, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xiii, p. 381 (1874); Exot. Butt. v. Aer. pl. 7. fig. 44 (1875).
Albino: Acrea tenella, Rogenhofer, Ann. Hof. Mus. Wien
(1891). rf
Acrea abbotii, Holland, Entomologist, Suppl. xxv. (1892).
, Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.
“ Pale orange and black Fritillary ” (22. C.).
This species, like most of the Acree, is very variable, and
especially in the female sex; the present example is straw-yellow,
with the normal black border, subapical bar, and basal marking ;
it may therefore stand as the female of the albino form A. tenella,
a male example of which we have from Kilima-njaro.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. — 115
As an example of the inconsistency of those lepidopterists who
have been styled ‘ Lumpers,” Hewitson’s separation of two
palpable forms of the present species is noteworthy.
30. ACREA EXCELSIOR.
‘ Acrea excelsior, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 192, pl. xvii.
ig. 3.
3 6, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, April 4th and
6th; 9 9, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th; ¢, Lumpi R.
valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.
“‘ Deep-bordered orange and black Fritillary ” (2. C.).
This rare species is one of the most beautiful in the genus.
31. ACREA VENTURA.
Acrea ventura, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877).
3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd ;
2, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
“Orange and black Fritillary.”
32. ACRMHA SERBNA, var. BUXTONI.
Acraa buatoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
p- 395 (1875).
3 6, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 14th, and
Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 1895.
“Small orange and black Fritillary ” (2. C.). <
Whether this is a race or a sectional form of A. serena can only
be decided by breeding it; but with our present extensive series
I find it impossible to regard the following as distinct species :—
A. serena=eponina=janisca = rougetii = manjaca= buatoni = per-
rupta =balina. Probably the Linnean name terpsichore should
stand over -- INTHSTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS.,’ 141
described frequently, were marked by the attachment of a spiral
valve. But the rectal part of the intestine, that supplied by the
{, Struthio camelus ; intestinal tract. #, short-circuiting vessel cut across.
posterior mesenteric vein, is expanded into an enormous coil
swung at the circumference of a semicircular expansion: of its
meseritery. Only in Chauna and in the Eagles and Petrels have
J found the slightest trace of a convergent resemblance to this
feature, but in the latter the subsidiary rectal loops, although sup-
plied by the rectal vessel, lie above the caca.
I have not yet had an opportunity of dissecting a Rhea or an
Apteryx!.
It is plain that, so far as degree of divergence of type in the
alimentary canal goes, the Ratites deserve their accepted place at
the bottom of the avian scale.
CARINATS.
CoLYMBIFORMES.
In these (Podiceps not examined) (fig. 5, p. 142) the duodenal loop
is straight and normal. The circular loop is pulled out into a series
of minor loops that are arranged almost symmetrically round the
middle mesenteric vein. . The yolk-sac vestige lies in front of the
middle point of the series. The last loop of the circular system
1 [In a Rhea americana which I have more recently examined the gut was
intermediate in form between those of Casuarius and Struthio. The anterior
portion resembled Caswarius; the rectum had an expansion recalling that in the
Ostrich, but much less strongly marked.—P. 0. M., March 1896.] ~
142 MR, P, CHALMERS MITOHELL ON THR [Jan. 14,
is longer than the others, as frequently happens when the cca
are relatively short. It is drained partly by the duodenal: vein.
Fig. 5.
Colymbus septentrionalis ; intestinal tract. ., short-circuiting vessel from
duodenal to posterior mesenteric vein cut across.
The last part of the intestine is long and straight, and the poste-
rior mesenteric vein drains the ceca and part of the region in
front of the ceca.
SPHBENISCIFORMES,
In these (fig. 6) the primitive arrangement is disguised by the
enormous length of the gut and consequent complexity of the
Fig. 6.
Eudyptes chrysocome ; intestinal tract. 2, short-cireuiting vessel cut across,
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 143
three parts. In Hudyptcs chrysocome the duodenum forms a
subsidiary system of loops ; in Aptenodytes pennanti a spiral, bearing .
a convergent resemblance to the duodenum of the long-gutted Sea-
Eagles. The circular loop is thrown into an enormous series of
minor folds, about the middle of which, but in a position similar
to that in the Divers, occurs the yolk-duct vestige. The last two
loops are supplied from the duodenal vessel. The posterior part
of the gut is quite like that of the Diver, although the czca are
still further reduced. ;
PROCELLARIIFORMES.
The Northern Petrel (fig. 7) presents several interesting modifi-
cations of the type. The duodenum is compound, the first part
being twisted round the small gizzard, the second part forming a
Fig. 7.
Xp
ZY
iy,
4,
Li?
LY,
eee
< Fone
ate
ss
q
Fulmarus glactalis; intestinal tract. ,
wey Zz “= BOST.SUP.MAS.
ANT.SUP.MAS. | Wey
: " SS st!
POST DEEP MAs.
Masticatory muscles of Vole.
TEMP.
In the Myoxidx and Muride the muscles of opposite sides are
separated by an interval which is often, as in Aus rattus, of
considerable extent. In the Spalacide, on the other hand, the two
muscles rise close together, and the superficial layer described by
Allen ' is distinct and rises by aponeurosis from the sagittal crest.
These animals, moreover, bear out the statement in Broun’s
1 Pr. Acad, Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia, vol. iii. p. 385.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODEN'S. 161
‘Thierreich,’ that the size of the temporal varies inversely with
that of the eyes, for in them the eye is rudimentary while the
muscle is very large (Jthizomys, Georychus, Bathyergus). ;
Masseter.—The four parts of the muscle already described are
present in the Myomorpha, but the posterior superficial and
posterior deep parts are usually difficult to separate satisfactorily.
The anterior superficial portion is constant and rises in front of
the infraorbital foramen, from the side of the maxilla, by a narrow
tendon. It is very strongly marked in the Spalacide, in which
the lower jaw has a broad pulley-like groove under which the
muscle passes to be inserted into the inner surface of the bone;
this arrangement is very well seen in Georychus and Bathyergus.
The anterior deep part shows an intermediate arrangement between
the Sciuromorphine and Hystricomorphine type and throws a
Fig. 2.
:ANT.DEEP MAS.
=> Seruromorphine,
Superficial dissection of Hamster’s masseter.
good deal of light on the morphology of this portion. In the
Hystricomorpha there is a large infraorbital foramen through
which the anterior deep part of the masseter passes to be inserted
by a narrow flat tendon into the mandible opposite, or just in
front of, the anterior cheek-teeth. In the Sciuromorpha the part
which I have hitherto described as “anterior deep” rises from a
vertical groove in front of the zygoma, and passes down to the
same insertion without traversing any bony canal, the infraorbital
foramen being only large enough to allow the passage of the
nerve. As the insertion of a muscle is justly regarded as of more
importance than the origin in determining homologies, I have
hitherto looked upon these two portions as homologous, but the
arrangement in many of the Myomorpha has made me change this
opinion. Inthe Myomorpha the infraorbital foramen is inter-
mediate between the arrangement found in the other two sub-
orders; it is usually present as a vertical slit, through which
passes a small bundle of muscular fibres corresponding to the
anterior deep part of the Hystricomorphine masseter; but in
addition to this there is another slip, corresponding to the Sciuro-
morphine anterior deep part, which rises in front of the zygoma
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XI. 11
162 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON TNE [Jan. 14,
and runs down to be inserted, also by a narrow flat tendon, just
external to the former and covering its insertion. This part is
especially well marked in Heteromys. This arrangement, which is
present in all the genera of the Muride that I have dissected,
shows that, as the two muscles coexist in the same animal, they
cannot be homologous, and I am now of opinion that the so-called
Fie. 3.
ANT. DEEP MAS,
| HysTricomorphine,
ran St
NS
ANT‘ SUP.MAS,
Sczromorphine.,
Masseter of Heteromys.
anterior deep part of the Sciuromorphine masseter is an extension
forward of the posterior superficial plane of fibres. The arrange-
ment in the Spalacide gives a clue to the way in which the infra-
orbital slip appears ; in these animals it is very feebly marked, rises
from the margins of the infraorbital foramen, and runs back to
blend with the temporal instead of having an independent insertion
opposite the anterior cheek-teeth.
Facial Muscles—These muscles are best developed in the
Spalacide, especially in Bathyergus. In this animal the frontalis
is continuous dorsally and laterally with the superficial panniculus,
and the muscles of the small auricle aré extensions from this.
The orbicularis palpebrarum in Bathyergus is very small, corre-
sponding to the feeble development of the eye. ‘The levator labii
superioris corresponds with the description of it in the other
Rodents'. The dilatator naris rises deep to this and passes to the
1 P. ZS. 1894, p. 253.
1896.| — MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 163
side of the nasal aperture. The zygomaticus rises behind and.
below the eye and runs to the angle of the mouth. The orbicularis.
oris is feeble, as the mouth never closes over the enormous lower
incisors, and the infra-labial muscles are hardly developed at all.
Fig. 5.
iF RONTALIS,
Lev. casi,
SUPER, __
Face-muscles of Bathyergus.
This description applies to the other animals examined, with the
exception that a depressor labii inferioris can be made out, and
that the orbicularis palpebrarum is better developed than in the
Spalacide. The other facial muscles, especially the zygomaticus,
are more difficult to separate from the facial panniculus. Windle,
however, made out a levator ale nasi, a dilatator naris, and a
levator Jabii inferioris in Hydromys chrysogaster '.
Buecinator.—-The buccinator has the normal arrangement,
except in Cricetomys and Cricetus: in the former animal I was
unfortunately unable to examine the face owing to its damaged
condition; in the latter the muscle is prolonged into a pouch
which runs back along the side of the neck as far as the scapula,
at its blind extremity a muscular fasciculus is attached to it, which
runs backward to the posterior thoracic spines parallel to the
posterior border of the trapezius, of which it seems a part, as it is
supplied by a continuation of the spinal accessory nerve coming
out of the trapezius. The action of this muscle would be to draw
back the pouch and possibly to assist in emptying it.
Pterygoids.—The description of these muscles already given
applies to the arrangement in the Myomorpha. In the Spalacide,
especially in Bothyergus, the large anterior superficial part of the
masseter is inserted into the inner surface of the mandible above
the insertion of the internal pterygoid, so that the latter seems to
stand out in a more isolated manner than is usually the case.
Digastric.—Distinct Hystricomorphine and Sciuromorphine
types of this muscle have already been described. In the
Myomorpha the type is usually Sciuromorphine, but certain
\ Pp. Z. 8. 1887, p. 54.
11*
164 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON HH [Jan. 14,
animals approach more or less closely to the Hystricomorphine
arrangement.
In Myoxus the type is essentially Sciuromorphine, there is a
distinct central tendon and a tendinous arcade connecting the
anterior bellies of opposite sides; the two anterior bellies, more-
over, are in contact in the middle line. The same arrangement is
found in Gerbillus (where, however, the posterior bellies rise from
the bulla tympani), in Cricetomys, in the Murine (Aus rattus,
M. decwmanus, and M. barbarus), and in Rhizomys among the
Spalacide. In Cricetus, Microtus, Myodes, and Hydromys (Windle)
the central tendon is reduced to a mere tendinous intersection as
in the Hystricomorpha, but the two anterior bellies are still in
close contact. In Bathyergus and Georychus among the Spalacide
a similar arrangement is found, but, as in all other cases, the
double nerve-supply of the muscle is preserved. Heteromys
approaches most nearly to the Hystricomorphine type, since the
two anterior bellies are not in contact and there is no tendinous
arcade; there is, however, a distinct constriction and fendon
between the anterior and posterior bellies.
Transverse Mandibular Muscle—This muscle is present in all
cases ; it is perhaps better developed in the Muridw than in the
other families, When the mylo-hyoid comes far enough forward
the transverse mandibular is superficial to it.
Mylo-hyoid.—The mylo-hyoid is attached posteriorly to the
tendinous arcade connecting the digastrics and to the hyoid bone.
Anteriorly the two muscles usually form a V-shaped border, with
the aperture of the V forward, and do not reach the symphysis. In
Myoxus, Microtus, the Murine (A. rattus, decumanus, and barbarus),
and in Heteromys the muscle extends farther forward than in the
rest and is then deep to the transverse mandibular.
Genio-hyoid.—The two muscles of opposite sides tend to coalesce
posteriorly as in the Sciuromorpha.
Genio-hyo-glossus.—This has the usual attachments ; it is speci-
ally large in Rhizomys.
Styloid Muscles.—The stylo-hyoid has the usual Rodent arrange-
ment in passing deep to the digastric.
In Rhizomys these two muscles are closely blended, while in
Georychus the blending seems to be more complete, for no distinct
stylo-hyoid could be made out. The stylo-glossus rises by tendon
from the posterior part of the bulla; it is very well marked in
Cricetomys, while in Georychus and Bathyergus it rises by tendon
from the stylo-hyal element of the hyoid arch. As in other rodents
the stylo-pharyngeus was not seen as a distinct muscle.
Sterno- and Cleido-mastoid.—In the Myomorpha these two
muscles are perhaps not quite so distinctly separated one from
another as in either of the other suborders.
In Cricetus, Myoxus, Microtus, Myodes, Mus barbarus, M. rattus,
and Heteromys the cleido-mastoid rises from the inner part of the
bony clavicle under cover of the clavicular insertion of the trapezius ;
it is inserted into the curyed line of the occipital bone, close to the
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODEN'S. 165
paroccipital process, by fleshy fibres. The sterno-mastoid has the
usual origin and is inserted by tendon into the base of the par-
occipital process in front of the last muscle ; it is the larger muscle
of the two. In Cricetomys the cleido-mastoid is not covered by
the trapezius at its origin, it is, however, overlapped by the sterno-
mastvid at its insertion. Inthe Gerbille the two muscles are con-
tinuous at their origin, the cleido-mastoid being the larger and
rising from the inner half of the clavicle. Rhizomys resembles
Cricetus, Myoxus, and the Murine in the origin of the cleido-
mastoid being overlapped by the trapezius, and Cricetomys in the
insertion being overlapped by the sterno-mastoid. In Hydromys*
the cleido-mastoid is the smaller muscle and is overlapped at its
insertion by the sterno-mastoid. In Georychus and Bathyergus
the cleido-mastoid is not overlapped by the trapezius ; in the latter
the two muscles tend to fuse as in the Gerbille, but to a greater
extent ; at their insertion they are completely fused and are attached
by a narrow tendon to the base of the paroccipital process.
Sterno-hyoid and thyroid.—In most cases these muscles have the
human attachments. In Bathyergus, however, the sterno-hyoid
, misses the hyoid bone and continues on to the symphysis menti,
in this respect somewhat resembling the arrangement found in
Myopotamus’. In Hydromys the arrangement seems ideutical
with that of Myopotamus °.
Omo-hyoid.—As in the Sciuromorpha the omo-hyoid is always
present in the Myomorpha; it has the same attachments, never, as
far as I have seen, being attached to the clavicle. There is no
central tendon. In Bathyergus the muscle is not attached to the
hyoid bone, but is continued forwards with the sterno-hyoid to the
symphysis menti.
evator Clavicule (Acromio-trachelian).—In all the animals
examined this muscle rose from the anterior arch and transverse
process of the atlas. Its usual insertion is into the acromial pro-
cess, but sometimes it extends to the spine of the scapula. ‘This
description applies also to Hydromys*. In Bathyergus the muscle
is very large and extends from the acromion on to the outer half
of the clavicle at its insertion, in this respect resembling the
Dipodide.
Rectus Capitis Anticus Major and Minor and Longus Colli.—
These muscles have the Hystricomorphine attachments.
Scalene Muscles.—A scalenus anticus, that is a muscle passing
to the first rib in front of the subclavian artery and brachial plexus,
was only seen in the following animals—Gerbillus, Georychus, and
Bathyergus. In these it resembled the same muscle among the
Hystricomorpha, in rising from the basioccipital bone. ‘The sca-
lenus medius and posticus of human anatomy are represented by
one mass, which rises from the transverse processes of all the cer-
vical vertebre, passes behind the brachial plexus, and is inserted into
1 P. ZS. 1887, p. 55.
2 P. Z. 8. 1994. p. 256.
2 P. ZS. 1887, p. 55.
166 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THD [Jan. 14,
the first four or five ribs. In Cricetomys, Gerbillus, Microtus, Mus
rattus, Myodes, and Heteromys the muscle rose from all the cervical
vertebre and was inserted into the first five ribs. In Myowus and
Cricetus it was only inserted into the first four ribs. In Geory-
chus the muscle came from the anterior four cervical vertebre and
was inserted into the first four ribs. In Bathyergus the arrange-
ment was the same except that it reached the fifth rib. In 2thizomys,
although there was no scalenus anticus, the scalene mass was
Fig. 6.
SJ hi... SCALENUS,
lips --- SUBGLANIAN
, ART x BRAGH, PLEX.
Scalene muscles of Rhizomys.
divisible into an anterior and a posterior part: the anterior part
rose from the second to the seventh cervical transverse processes
and was inserted into the first: rib, while the posterior part only
came from the transverse process of the atlas and went to the first
four ribs.
Muscles of the Anterior Extremity.
The Pectoral Muscles.—For purposes of description, and for
comparison with other Rodents, the same four divisions of the pec-
toral mass which have already been defined‘ will be here adhered
to. The chief differences noticed in the Myomorpha are that a is
not so oblique a muscle, and, as its fibres correspond in direction
with those of 6, the two parts are much less easily distinguished
from one another. In Cricetomys, with which Myoxus closely
agrees, a rises from the anterior part of the sternum and runs
horizontally outward to be inserted into the pectoral ridge;
1 P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 259.
1896.] " MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 167
B rises from the whole length of the sternum; y (the abdominal
fibres) are feebly marked; 6 (the part corresponding to the pec- .
toralis minor) comes from the lower true rib-cartilages and runs
forward and outward to the head of the humerus and to the cora-
coid process. Heteromys only differs from this description in
having the abdominal fibres more closely united with the panni-
culus than in any otheranimal. In the Gerbille, aand £ are fused,
while y and 6 unite near their insertion, which is into the capsule of
the shoulder and into the humerus just internal to the pectoral ridge.
The Hamster differs from the last only in having the abdominal
fibres better developed and running quite separately to the cora-
coid process. The Vole closely resembles the Gerbille, but is
remarkable for the great development of the fibres from the
cartilages (6); these fibres unite with y, and are inserted into the
coracoid.
In the Rat and Mouse the arrangement is almost identical with
that of the Gerbille.
In Siphneus Milne-Edwards describes a large and distinct pec-
toralis minor inserted into the coracoid process and coming from
the second rib; this is interesting when one notices the similar
arrangement in the Vole, an animal to which he regards Siphneus
as being more closely related than to the Mole-Rats ’.
Rhizomys resembles Cricetomys except that 9 is larger, rises from
the 2nd to the 7th costal cartilages, and is inserted into the clavicle
as well as the head of the bumerus. Greorychus has a and fused ;
y is inserted into the neck of the humerus; 6 rises from the 2nd,
3rd, and 4th costal cartilages and is inserted into the coracoid and
shoulder-joint.
In Bathyergus the pectoral mass is very large, and resembles the
last in having aand # fused; but near the insertion the posterior
fibres become tucked under the anterior and are inserted deep to
them into the pectoral ridge. The abdominal fibres (y) rise from
the end of the sternum to the middle of the linea alba; they are
inserted together with a large part of the latissimus dorsi into the
capsule of the shoulder. The pectoralis minor (0) rises from the
posterior two-thirds of the sternum and the posterior true rib-
cartilages, and is inserted into the outer half of the clavicle, having
its anterior border in contact with the posterior border of the
subclavius; between these two contiguous borders the external
anterior thoracic nerve emerges to reach the superficial parts of
the muscle.
Sterno-scapularis—In the greater number of the Myomorpha
this muscle is only represented, as in Man, by the subclavius, which
rises from the cartilage of the first rib and is inserted into the
outer half of the posterior border of the clavicle. Georychus and
Bathyergus are the only exceptions which I have met with ; in these
there is a large and distinct claviculo-scapularis, as in the Hystrico-
morpha. In Siphneus, according to Milne-Edwards, the arrange-
ment is the same.
1 «Recherches des Mammifeéres,’ tome i. p. 99.
168 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan, 14,
Deltoid.—This muscle in the Myomorpha has the usual three
parts, but the intervals between them are hardly noticeable ; more-
over, they are all inserted into the humerus at the same point. The
portion rising from the spine of the scapula, instead of being: the
smallest, as in the Hystricomorpha, is usually the largest. This
description applies to all the animals examined, with the exception
that in Bathyergus, Georychus, and Stphneus the intervals are so
ill-marked that the muscle appears single as in Man.
Supraspinatus, Infraspinatus, and Subscapularis——These resemble
the same muscles in the other Rodents in having the human attach-
ments. In some, e. g. Cricetomys, the supraspinatus is larger than
the infraspinatus ; but, as a rule, the reverse is the case. Milne-
Edwards points out that in Siphneus the supraspinatus only occupies
the anterior three-fourths of the fossa, the posterior part giving
attachment to the rhomboid.
Teres Major.—This has the usual attachments, its relation to the
tendon of the latissimus dorsi is variable, and depends on the extent
to which that muscle is wrapped round the lower border of it. In
Myoaus, Cricetus, Rhizomys, Microtus, Mus barbarus, and M, rattus
the teres major is wrapped round by the latissimus dorsi, so that
the latter is inserted anteriorly to it.. In Cricetomys, Georychus,
and Bathyergus the wrapping round is not so complete, and the
teres major is inserted in front of the latissimus dorsi. In Siph-
neus the arrangement seems to be the same.
Teres Minor.—This muscle closely agrees with the description
given of it in the other Rodents. It is very rarely a distinct
muscle, Cricetomys being the only animal in which it could be
described as well-marked. It is interesting to notice that a strong
Vig. 7.
See
INFRA.SPIN. {|
T.MAJOR!
H =
Y
eaten Hh
le Hy} iN y
WE MN
WH Hy
17 /) eh
Shoulder-museles of Phizonys.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 169
ligament was seen in Rhizomys running from the axillary border
of the scapula, between the origins of the teres major and minor,
across the latter muscle to the metacromion process. A similar
ligament has already been described in Lagostomus’.
Biceps Cubiti.—Vhere can be no doubt that, speaking generally,
one of the characteristics of the Myomorpha is a double-headed
biceps. This was noticed in every specimen which I dissected.
Milne-Edwards, however, found only one head in Siphneus, but it
is possible that further investigation may prove that this was
merely an individual variation. In Hydromys Windle does not
notice the condition of the biceps.
As a rule the insertion is into both bones of the forearm, but in
Oricetus and Myoxus the muscle only goes to the radius, while in
Rhizomys the ulna is the only bone to which it is attached. In
Georychus and Bathyergus the two heads are easily separable
down to the insertion by a little force. In the former the coracoid
head goes entirely to the radius, the glenoid head to the radius
and ulna; inthe latter both heads can be traced to both bones.
Coraco-brachialis.—In the Myomorpha the most usual arrange-
ment is to find the second and third parts, described by Wood’,
present; they are, however, fused, and the muscle has one
continuous insertion from the middle of the humerus to the
internal condyle. This description applies to Ithizomys, Siphneus,
Microtus, Myodes, Heteromys, Hydromys, and the Murine. The
Cricetine (Cricetus and Cricetomys) have the same arrangement,
but in addition the first part or rotator humeri is present. In
Gerbillus and Myoaus only the second part was seen.
In Georychus the muscle was absent, while in Bathyergus it
was very small, and was only represented by the second part.
Milne-Edwards says that the muscle is absent in “le Rat-Taupe
du Cap,” by which, I suppose, Bathyergus is meant. In all the
animals dissected, as in other Rodents, the musculo-cutaneous
nerve passes above the second part of the muscle.
Brachialis Anticus.—All the Myomorpha have the external and
internal heads of the brachialis anticus, and these are more or
less completely fused; perhaps Bathyergus shows them most
clearly separated from one another. The insertion, in every case
that I dissected, was into the ulna only, but Milne-Edwards
describes an additional feeble attachment into the head of the
radius in Siphneus.
Triceps and Anconeus.—There is no difference between the
Myomorphine triceps and that of other Rodents. In Cricetomys
it was noticed that the outer head was inserted largely into the
fascia of the outer side of the forearm. Bathyergus resembles
Castor in the great development of the muscle, and in the fact
that it is attached to both sides of the olecranon, as well as to the
top. The anconeus has the usual attachments, and shows nothing
of special interest.
1p. Z. 8. 1894, p. 263.
? Journ. of Anat. vol. i. p. 45.
170 MR. I. G. PARSONS ON ‘IID (Jan. 14,
Epitrochleo-anconeus.—This is present in all the Myomorpha ; it
is supplied by the ulnar nerve.
Pronator Radit Teres.—This muscle agrees with the description
given of it in other Rodents; in Mus barbarus and Cricetus it is
inserted into the second quarter of the radius, while in all the
other animals examined it goes into the middle of that bone.
Cricetomys resembles Scturus in possessing a supracondylar
foramen, but in it the pronator teres does not rise from the supra-
condylar arch, as it does in Sciurus.
Flexor Carpi Radialis—The attachments of this muscle were
normal in all cases. In the Vole, and, to a lesser extent, in all
Rodents, the tendon of this muscle is bound down to the flexor
surface of the radius by a fibrous pulley just below the attachment
of the pronator radii teres.
Palmaris Longus.—The muscle is present and large in Cricetomys,
Cricetus, Microtus, Georychus, Bathyergus, Mus rattus, Siphneus,
and Heteromys; it is inserted into the palmar cartilage or ossicle
and into the fascia of the palm. In Rhizomys and Gerbillus it
is only inserted into the fascia, while in Myovus it is absent.
In Mus barbarus it is developed as a slip from the surface of the
flexor sublimis digitorum, an arrangement which recalls that found
in Coelogenys and Xerus.
Flexor Sublimis Digitorum.—In all the animals examined, except
Myowus, this muscle rises from the internal condyle and forms
the flexor perforatus for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits. In Myovus
it also goes to the 5th digit. Milne-Edwards describes the slip
to the 2nd digit as a distinct muscle in Siphneus.
Flexor Carpi Ulnaris.—This muscle has the usual attachments,
except that in Hhizomys and Bathyergus the origin from the
internal condyle is wanting. The tendon is specially thick in
Georychus.
Flexor Profundus Digitorum.—The deep flexor of the fingers is
composed, as in other Rodents, of two superficial heads from the
internal condyle and of two deep heads from the flexor surfaces
of the radius and ulna. A small slip is given off to the pollex
from the front of the tendon formed by these heads in Cricetomys,
Gerbillus, Microtus, Mus burbarus and rattus, Myodes, Georychus,
Bathyergus, and Rhizomys. In Myowus, Cricetus, and Siphneus
(Milne-Edwards) no tendon goes to the thumb. In Bathyergus
the fibres derived from the different heads were traced downward
through the tendon, and it was found that the two condylar
heads join together to form the superficial part of the tendon,
which gradually winds round the outer side to eventually become
deep.. When the tendon divides into its ultimate five slips for
the four fingers and the thumb, each slip receives fibres both from
the condylar and the radio-ulnar origins. This twisting of the
tendon reminds one of the arrangement of the fibres of the tendo
Achillis’. There are usually four lumbricals which arise from
the flexor surface of the tendon at or before its point of division.
1 Author’s paper, ‘Journ, Anat.’ vol, xxvii. p. 414,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODEN'S. 71
In Microtus, Rhizomys, Bathyergus, and Hydromys, however, only
three lumbricals were seen, the radial one having been suppressed.
Pronator Quadratus.—This muscle is less well developed as a
tule than in the Hystricomorpha, never, so far as I have seen,
extending along the length of the bones. In Myoawus and Microtus
it occupies the middle third of the forearm; in Cricetomys,
Cricetus, and Mus barbarus the lower half. In the Gerbille it
attains its maximum of development, and is attached to the lower
three-quarters of the two bones. In Georychus, Bathyergus,
Rhizomys, and Siphneus it is a very feeble muscle—in the two
former being found only opposite the insertion of the pronator
radii teres, while in the two latter it is represented by a few fibres
between the lower ends of the two bones.
Supinator Longus.—This muscle was wanting in every animal
dissected. Windle found it absent in Hydromys, and Milne-
Edwards says that it is also wanting in Siphneus, Spalax, and
Hdamys. He states, however, that it is present in the Hamster,
and, although it was most certainly absent in the Hamster I
dissected, I take his statement to mean that very occasionally a
supinator longus may be found among the Myomorpha as a
reversion to the Sciuromorphine type.
Extensor Carpi Radialis Longior and Brevior.—In all the
animals examined these muscles had the usual attachments.
‘When there is any difference in size, as in the case of Myoaus,
Georychus, Rhizomys,. and Siphneus, the brevior is the larger
muscle. Milne-Hdwards says that in Georychus and Spalax there
is only one radial extensor, but he does not mention where that
one is inserted. Unless the insertion is carefully looked for the
two muscles may easily be mistaken for one, as they lie very close
to one another.
Extensor Communis Digitorwm.—The only point of interest in
the Myomorphine common extensor is whether it goes to the
fifth digit or not. In Georychus, Bathyergus, Siphneus, and Mus
barbarus no slip is given to the little finger. In Cricetomys two
tendons pass to the middle, and in Rhizomys two to the ring
finger. pail!
ptihege Minimi Digiti.—The insertion of this muscle was into
the fourth and fifth fingers in Gerbillus, Microtus, Myodes, Mus
barbarus, Hydromys, Georychus, Buthyergus, and Rhizomys. In
Bathyergus, however, the tendon to the fourth digit was very
small. In Cricetus it was attached to the third and fifth digits,
while in Myoxus and Cricetomys it only went to the fifth.
Extensor Carpi Ulnaris.—Nothing special was noticed in the
attachments of this muscle. Milne-Edwards describes it as a
double muscle in Siphneus, one tendon going to the base of the
fourth, and the other to the base of the fifth metacarpal bone,
at the same time he does not describe any extensor minimi digiti.
Considering the very constant character of the extensor carpi
ulnaris in Rodents, and the comparative inconstancy of the
extensor minimi digiti, I expect that the explanation of what he
172 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON TH [Jan. 14,
found is that the outer division of his extensor carpi ulnaris is
really the extensor minimi digiti, the tendon of which has lost its
digital attachments and has become inserted into the base of the
fourth metacarpal bone.
Supinator Brevis.—The description of this muscle given in the
other Rodents applies to the Myomorpha, with the exception that
in the latter a sesamoid bone is usually found in the tendon.
The only animals in which this bone was wanting were Bathyergus
and Georychus. The relationship of the tendon of the supinator
brevis to the external lateral ligament of the elbow is interesting,
in some cases, as in that of Buthyergus, there is a well-marked
external lateral ligament, situated behind the tendon, but in
others, of which Cricetomys is an example, the tendon itself seems
to form the lateral ligament, and bas the orbicular ligament
attached to it.
Extensor Ossis Metacarpi Pollicis—In all cases this muscle rises
from both bones, and is inserted into the base of the metacarpal
bone. In the Gerbille its tendon was double. In Cricetus and
Cricetomys it had an extra insertion into the radial sesamoid bone
or palmar cartilage.
Extensor Primi Internodii Pollicis—In every animal examined
this was absent.
Hxtensor Secundi Internodii Pollicis.—This muscle was only seen
in Georychus, where it was well-marked, it accompanied the
extensor indicis and separated on the back of the hand. This
arrangement is practically the same as that already described in
Castor.
Extensor Indicis—As in other Rodents the extensor indicis
rises from about the middle of the back of the ulna, and is inserted
only into the dorsal side of the index, In Myowus it rises from
the top of the back of the ulna close to the olecranon. In the
Vole 1 dissected the tendon had acquired a secondary attachment
to the prominent ridge on the back of the radius at its lower end,
while the part of the tendon between this and the index was
wanting.
Palmaris Brevis—When a palmar ossicle is present, which is
not so often the case as in other Rodents, the muscle is attached
to it. When there is no ossicle it is attached to the palmar fascia.
In AMicrotus and Bathyergus no palmaris brevis was found.
Flexor Brevis Digitorum Manus.—This muscle was found in
Cricetomys, Cricetus, Georychus, and Bathyergus. In the first three
it arose from the palmar ossicle, but in the last from the fascia
just external to the pisiform bone.
Muscles of the Thumb.—In almost all cases the abductor pollicis
can be made out, and has its origin from the palmar ossicle. The
flexor brevis was made out with difficulty in Myoxus, Gleorychus,
and Bathyergus; in the two latter the thumb is provided with a
pair of sesamoid bones, as in all the other fingers. Bathyergus
has a prominent cartilaginous spur on the outer and inner side of
the hand; these probably represent the prepollex and postminimus,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 173
In no case could I satisfy myself of the existencs of an adductor
or opponens pollicis.
Muscles of the Little Finger.—These are not so easily made out
as in the other Rodents. ‘the abductor is present, but is not
double. The flexor brevis is represented by the uluar slip of the
interosseus muscle to the little finger, when there happens to be a
muscle in that position. [ have never been able to find an
opponens, although Windle describes it in Hydromys.
Interosset.—In all the animals examined, except Georychus and
Bathyergus, there were eight interossei, the inner of which forined
the flexor brevis minimi digiti. In these two animals there were
no interossei attached to the fifth finger, although the two
sesamoid bones supposed to be developed in them were present.
Practically the same arrangement was found in the Beaver. In
Cricetomys, Microtus, and possibly in Cricetus, there was an '
adductor minimi digiti, which recalls the figure already published *
of the same muscle in Celogenys. In Rhizomys and Gerbillus
there is an adductor indicis. These two muscles are situated on
a plane superficial to that of the interossei, and I have not come
across any Myomorphine animal which possesses both of them,
although they frequently co-exist in the Hystricomorpha.
Muscles of the Trunk.
Panniculus Carnosus.—In the majority of the Myomorpha the
panniculus corresponds to the rodent type already described.
The sterno-facialis is always present, but seldom large. In
Georychus and Bathyergus the panniculus, especially the anterior
part, is very well developed; in the former the platysma is
very strong and rises from the angle of the mouth and from the
median raphe running back from the symphysis menti, it runs
backward and upward to be lost over the region of the shoulders,
though some of the more posterior fibres are attached to the
metacromial process. When this is removed, the whole length
of the sterno-facialis and epitrochleo-facialis comes into view,
the former rising from the posterior half of the sternum, the
latter from the internal condyle of the humerus; they both run
forward to be inserted into the fascia on the surface of the
masseter. In Bathyergus the sterno-facialis has undergone greater
development, and is continuous posteriorly with the panniculus
of the abdomen; this I have figured, and have pointed out? that it
is a possible foreshadowing of the human sternalis muscle. The
posterior part of the panniculus in Bathyergus is also well marked,
and gets an attachment to the external tuberosity of the tibia and
to the ramus of the ischium. In Heteromys among the Geomyida,
the pouch causes a good deal of modification in the facial
panniculus. The superficial part or platysma rises from the
1 P. Z, 8. 1894, p. 273.
? Journ. Anat. vol. xxix. p. xii.
174 MR. F. @. PARSONS ON TILB - (Jan. 14,
surface of the pouch, and runs backward and upward under the
ear to be lost on the back of the neck. When this is dissected
away, there is seen to be a deeper layer of muscle having exactly
the same direction, and also coming from the surface of the pouch,
By far the larger portion of the outer wall of the pouch is formed
by the sterno-facialis muscle, which is especially thick at the
orifice forming a partial sphincter; the fibres of this muscle run
downward and backward to be inserted into the anterior half of
the sternum, superficial to the pectoralis major. There is no
panniculus in the inner wall of the pouch, which consists solely of
skin covering the masseter and buccinator muscles, with the
--STER=FAG. |
--PLATYSMA.
d
4
Pouch-muscles of Heteromys.
exception of one narrow slip which rises from the mental
symphysis, runs round the inner side of the opening of the pouch,
and when it reaches the lower margin turns sharply outward,
superficial to the fibres of the sterno-facialis, to run to the side of
the neck, where it joins the platysma. This decussation of the
fibres guarding the onter and the inner side of the aperture
gives a powerful sphincteric action by which the pouch can
be closed at will. It is worth while to compare the anatomy of the
pouch in the Geomyide with that in Cricetus, and to notice that,
whereas in the former the pouch,is formed by an invagination of
skin probably perforating the platysma, so as to leave some of
1896. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 175
that muscle on the inner side of the opening, while the pouch
itself is deep to the whole of the panniculus, in the latter the
&,)-~~ OPENING
o SH » 9}-Poucn ,
\SPHINCTER, é
gey or Poucn,
STERNO FACIALIS ,
Pouch-muscles of Heteromys.
pouch is formed by an evagination of the buccinator, to the fundus
of which a slip of platysma has become attached.
Latissimus Dorsi.—Vhis muscle has the same attachments that
it possesses in other Rodents; the dorso-epitrochlearis is always
present, und reaches as far as the olecranon, though in Cricetomys
it is also inserted into the fascia of the forearm.
Trapezius—In most of the Myomorpha as in the Sciuromorpha
there are three separate parts of the trapezius. The first of these,
described by Milne-EHdwards' and by Strauss-Diirckheim as the
clavo-cucullaris, consists of the fibres passing between the occiput
and the clavicle; it is separated from the rest of the muscle by the
levator clavicula, and was found in the following animals :—
Myoxus, Cricetus, Cricetomys, Microtus, Myodes, Mus decumanus,
Heteromys, Bathyergus, and Stphneus. In Georychus and Mus
barbarus, however, this part of the muscle was not seen. The
second part, or acromio-cucullaris, consists of the fibres running
between the ligamentum nuche and the anterior thoracic spines
on the one hand, and the acromial process and spine of the
scapula on the other; it is usually separated from the third part
or dorso-cucullaris by a pad of fat. In all the animals dissected,
these two parts were separate with the exception of Cricetomys
and Myowus.
Rhomboidet.—The rhomboideus capitis is a distinct muscle,
while the major and minor are not separable one from another.
In Cricetus, Myoxus, Microtus, Georychus, Bathyergus, and
Heteromys, part of the rhomboideus capitis rising from the outer
part of the occipital curved line is separated from the rest and runs
to the inner half of the spine of the scapula, covering part of the
supra-spinatus instead of going to the vertebral border.
Serratus Magnus and Levator Anguli Scapule.—The origins of
1 « Ktudes pour servir, &e.,’ p. 94.
176
MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE
[Jan. 14,
these combined muscles in the various animals dissected are the
following :—
Myowus ....... a51910.6.0 5,0 . 2-7 ev
Cricetusi wane 3-7 4,
Gerbillus .....000+ P 2-7 ;,
INERODS “Soocoousagco00 2-7 4
MWB. 30.00000009000000 2-7
Mus barbarus............ = ames
my EMG on 6biso dboo-cOUS 2 Tees
Ehizomys ........ ee eens Bia lee ea
Georychus oo... ..eeeees 3-7 4,
Bathyergus........0e.e0 3-7 ,,
Heteromys .........0000 Qaim.
Te eee eee
Serratus Posticus.—In the Myomorpha the anterior part of this
muscle is always present and well marked ; it is usually inserted
into the ribs from the 4th to the 7th, but in Cricetomys it is
continued back to the 9th, and in Rhizomys to the 11th. In
Georychus and Bathyergus it is inserted into the 6th, 7th, and 8th
ribs. The posterior part of the serratus posticus was only seen in
Microtus, Buthyergus, and Myodes; in the first it was inserted into
the last 4, and in the two latter into the last 5 ribs.
SPLEW CaP. cue
y Bye
" ME a LEV.ANG.SCAP,
th ft fe,
eR
EZ
VEZ p
; 2 ING A :
TR.cout AGN "
Hy ee
INS Lup
TR)
S
Neck-muscles of Hamster.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. V7
Sacro-lumbalis and Longissimus Dorst.—These muscles show
nothing remarkable in their attachments.
Transversalis Capitis et Collii—In Myowus the trachelo-mastoid
or transversalis capitis was absent, in all the other animals both
muscles were found.
Splenius Capitis et Colli.—The splenius capitis rises from the
ligamentum nuche nearly as far forward as the occiput, and
almost entirely covers the complexus; it has the usual attachments.
The splenius colli was not seen at all.
Compleaus.—There is usually a slight tendency to longitudinal
division, but this is not seen in Georychus, Bathyeryus, Myoxus, or
Myodes. Cricetus shows two intersections extending across the
whole muscle, while in Rhizomys they only extend across the outer
hal€ of it.
Tail-Muscles.—In those animals which have tails, the arrange-
ment of the muscles is the same as in other Rodents.
Obliquus Externus Abdominis.—This muscle usually rises from
the posterior nine or ten ribs. ‘The description already given
of it in the other Rodents applies to the Myomorpha, with
the exception that it never runs upward to the first rib with
the rectus. The outer pillar of the abdominal ring is large
and muscular, and is inserted into the whole length of the
body of the pubes, external and parallel to the symphysis. The
inner pillar is thin and fascial. In Cricetomys five or six linez
transverse were seen extending across the muscle from the rectus,
while in Microtus the same thing was also noticed, but much less
distinctly.
Obliquus Internus and T'ransversalis.—These muscles can be
separated with great care. In Bathyergus they are very well
marked, and in that animal the relation of the aponeurosis to the
rectus can be made out, and is found to be asin Man. In Mus
rvattus the scrotal pouches are very large, and are composed entirely
of the internal oblique.
Rectus Abdominis.—In all the specimens of the family of
Muridee examined there was a decussation resembling that already
described in the Octodontide'; this was not seen in Myoarus,
Georychus, or Bathyergus, though it was found in Rhizomys.
Supracostalis.—In no Rodent was this muscle seen.
Psoas Parvus.—The psoas parvus was present in all the
specimens except the Gerbille; in Microtus, Rhizomys, and
Georychus, however, it was small.
Psoas Magnus and Ilkacus.—These, muscles have the usual rodent
attachments. i
Quadratus Lwmborum.—In most of the Myomorpha the quadratus
lumborum does not seem to rise from as far forward in the dorsal
regionas it does in the other Rodents. Itis attached toall the lumbar
vertebra except in the case of Rhizomys, where it only comes from
the first three. -
1 P.Z.S. 1894, p. 280.
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, N: o. XII. 12
178 MR. ¥. G. PARSONS ON tHE (Jan. 14,
Muscles of Posterior Extremity.
Gluteus Maximus, Tensor Fascice Femoris, and Sartorius.—The
description already given' applies perfectly to the Myomorpha; the
tensor fascie and sartorius are, however, as a rule less well marked,
and there is also a closer union between the posterior border of the
gluteus maximus and the anterior border of the biceps femoris.
The bony insertion of the gluteus maximus is into the middle of
the femur except in Cricetus, where it is also attached to the
external supra-condylar ridge of the femur, and in Fhizomys,
where it is attached almost entirely to the third trochanter in the
upper part of the bone. The sartorius and tensor fascia femoris
are best marked in Cricetus, while in Georychus they are practically
absent.
Gluteus Medius and Minimus.—These muscles present no
differences from those already described in other Rodents.
Scansorius.—The scansorius is so closely fused with the gluteus
minimus, that it is only possible to make it out as a distinct muscle
in Cricetomys, though even there the separation is not very
clear.
Pyriformis,—This muscle is also much more closely fused with
the gluteus minimus than in the other Rodents; indeed, the
Myomorpha are remarkable for the unsatisfactory differentiation
of the muscles composing the gluteal mass.
Obturator Internus, Externus, and Gemelli.imThese muscles
correspond to their descriptions in the other Rodents. The
anterior gemellus is always better marked than the, posterior
one.
Quadratus Femoris.—There is usually a very slight tendon at
the insertion, the muscle being triangular as in the Hystricomorpha
and differing from the quadrilateral Sciuromorphine type; it is
always large and distinct.
Biceps Femoris.—In Myoxus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus the
two parts of which the biceps is composed are closely united and
have one continuous insertion, as is the case in the Hystricomor-
phine Rodents. In the other Myomorpha the two parts are easily
separable, as they are in Sphingurus?. When this happens, it is
the upper part which rises from the anterior caudal vertebrae and
is inserted into the outer side of the patella and ligamentum
patellee, while the lower part rises from the tuber ischii and is
inserted into the fascia on the outer side of the leg. In certain
cases, e.g. Cricetomysand Myodes, the upper portion is very closely
connected to the gluteus maximus; while in Cricetus it is so
closely blended with that muscle, that it has already been described
as.a part of the gluteus maximus which is inserted above the
external condyle of the femur.
In Georychus, Bathyergus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys the two parts
are separate from one another and from the gluteal.
1 P.Z.S. 1804, p. 282.
2 P.Z.S. 1804, p. 284.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 179
Semitendinosus.—The normal arrangement seems to be, as in the
other Rodents, that one head should rise from the posterior sacral
and anterior caudal vertebree, while the other comes from the tuber
ischii. Hither of these heads is often wanting. In Georychus,
Bathyergus, and Mus barbarus the head from the tuberosity alone
was found, while in Mzcrotus and Heteromys only the spinal head
was present. With regard to the arrangement in Mus barbarus,
it is interesting to note that Mus ratius has both heads. The
insertion in all cases is the same as that described in the other
Rodents.
Semimembranosus.—The two parts of this muscle are always
present, and correspond. to the description already given in other
Rodents. The semimembranosus proper is quite coustant, always
rising from the tuber ischii and being inserted into the back of
the internal tuberosity of the tibia. The supracondylar slip, as
in the Hystricomorpha, is variable both in size and in origin; its
insertion, however, above the internal condyle of the femur is
quite constant. In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus the
supra-condylar portion rises from the anterior caudal vertebra.
In Cricetus it is small and comes from the caudal vertebree and the
tuber. In the other animals examined it rises from the tuber
ischii only in common with the rest of the semimembranosus
except in the case of Buthyergus, where its origin is more in
common with that of the semitendinosus from the tuber. This
supra-condylar slip is largest in Georychus, where it is greater than
the rest of the muscle; in Bathyergus it is not so large; in Rhizomys
it is only half the size of the rest of the muscle; while in Cricetus
it is quite small. In Hydromys, Windle says‘ that the semimem-
branosus is inserted into the condyle of the femur alone, that is
to say, the main part of the muscle is wanting. His dissection
must of course be repeated, to see whether he had chanced upon
ai individual variation or whether this arrangement is constant
in Hydromys. The nerve-supply of the two parts of the semi-
membranosus is as in other Rodents.
Gracilis.—This muscle is usually double and the two parts have
approximately the attachments described in the Hystricomorphine
Rodents; the anterior muscle usually overlaps the posterior a good
deal. In Myowus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys no separation was seen.
In Georychus and Bathyergus the separation was very marked,
there being quite an interval near the insertion. In Myodes the
interval is greatest at the origin. Hydromys according to Windle
agrees with Myoavus and Rhizomys.
Pectineus.—This muscle corresponds to the account of it in the
other Rodents. In Gerbillus, Cricetus, Myoxus, and Ihizomys the
muscle is double, but I am inclined to regard the inner part as
belonging to the adductor mass, possibly representing the adductor
longus.
Guin Extensor.—In all the animals dissected, the two heads
of the rectus could be made out, though in Rhizomys, Georychus,
1 P.Z.8. 1887, p. 57
12*
180 Mn. #. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14:
and Bathyergus the straight head was reduced to a minimum; the
reflected head has usually some fleshy fibres rising directly from it.
With regard to the other muscles the vastus externus is large and
separate, while the internus is small and closely blended with the
crureus.
Adductors.—The adductor mass in the Myomorpha resembles in
its complexity that of the Sciuromorpha, although one frequently
finds attempts at the more simple arrangement of the Hystrico-
morpha by fusion or non-differentiation of contiguous parts. As
in the other Rodents, the supracondylar slip has been described
with the semimembranosus, to which it undoubtedly belongs.
Perhaps the animal which shows the greatest differentiation is
Cricetomys: in it the mass consists of the following parts: —(1) The
most anterior portion from the ilio-pectineal line to the middle
of the posterior border of the femur by a narrow flat tendon.
(2) Deep to this is another bundle which has the same origin but
comes from rather more of the symphysis and goes to the whole
of the femur as low as the ligamentum patelle. (3) Behind the
last isa thin flat portion rising by tendon from the horizontal
ramus and being inserted into the lower half of the femur.
(4) Most posteriorly, there is a thick mass from the ramus and
tuber ischii which is inserted into the whole length of the back
of the femur from the insertion of the quadratus femoris to the
internal condyle.
In Cricetus (1) and (2) are fused and (4) only goes to the upper
half of the femur. In Microtus (1) and (2) are fused, as are also
(3) and (4). In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus (3) was
not identified, while (4) was only inserted into the upper half to
two-thirds of the femur. hizomys closely resembles Cricetomys.
In Georychus and Bathyergus (1) is inserted into the middle third
of the femur behind the pectineus, while the other three parts are
fused into one great mass, which in Georychus is inserted into the
middle two-fourths of the back of the femur, while in Bathyergus
it goes to the whole length of that bone. In Hydromys, according
to Windle, the adductor magnus, which apparently corresponds
to the part which I have described as (4), reaches as low as the
head of the tibia *.
Libialis Anticus.—This muscle always has the human origin ; it
never rises from the femur as in some of the Hystricomorpha.
In Georychus the tibia above the cnemial crest is flattened, and
forms a triangle with the apex downward and the surface a little
concave; from this the muscle rises. As a rule, the tendon divides
slightly below to be inserted into the internal cuneiform and the
base of the first metatarsal, the latter insertion being the smaller.
_ In Mierotus, however, the tendon divides into two equal parts.
In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, Mus rattus, and Myodes the tendon
does not divide at all, but goes entirely to the cuneiform. In
Heteromys the division is well marked, but both parts are inserted
into the cunéiform. APSE ARM, BRN A
1 P.Z.S. 1887, p. 68. '
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 181
Extensor Longus Digitorum.—As in all other Rodents, this muscle
rises by tendon from the front of the external condyle of the
femur. In Mus barbarus, however, as in Sphingurus and Dipus, a
few accessory fibres came from the head of the tibia. The insertion
is into the second, third, fourth, and fifth toes except in Mus
barbarus, where the slip to the little toe was wanting, and in
Gerbillus, where there was in addition a feeble slip to the first toe.
Extensor Proprius Hallucis—This is always present and has
the normal insertion. Its exact origin varies a good deal, and
apparently is of little importance from a classificatory point of
view. In Gerbillus, Myoxus, Mus barbarus, Georychus, and Bathy-
ergus it rises from the second quarter of the fibula; in Cricetomys,
-Cricetus, and Mus rattus from the third quarter; in Rhizomys,
Microtus, and Heteromys from the middle two quarters.
Extensor Brevis Digitorwum.—As a rule this muscle has two
tendons, one for the second, the other for the third toe; this is
the case in Cricetomys, Cricetus, Gerbillus, Ithizomys, Microtus,
Heteromys, Mus barbarus and MM. rattus. In Georychus the fourth
toe has a slip as well. In Myoaus and Bathyergus I was interested
to find a distinct but small tendon to the proximal phalanx of the
first toe, these being the only Rodents in which I have ever seen
the extensor brevis going to the equivalent of our great toe. In
no Rodent, so faras I know, is there ever a tendon to the fifth toe.
Peroneus Longus.—This is always a constant muscle rising from
the upper quarter of the fibula, and passing through a groove on
the outer side of the external malleolus anterior to the other
peroneal tendons. In no animal dissected does it call for any
remark,
Peroneus Brevis.—This arises from the middle two quarters of
the fibula and passes between the tendons of the peroneus quarti
and quinti digiti behind the external malleolus; it then runs above
the peroneal spine on the calcaneum, which is usually large, to the
base of the fifth metatarsal. It is in many cases a powerful
abductor of the little toe. ;
Peroneus Quartt Digiti—This muscle is always present, and
generally rises just above the fusion of the fibula with the tibia.
It has the usual insertion.
Peroneus Quinti Digiti—This is quite constant and rises just
above the last.
Gastrocnemius.—The gastrocnemius differs in no respect from
the description given of it in the other Rodents. The three Mole-
rats Rhizomys, Georychus, and Bathyergus have no fabellez developed
in the origin of the muscle, while in every other animal examined
one was present in each head.
Soleus.—The soleus rises from the back of the head of the fibula
and joins the tendo Achillis just below the middle of the leg. In
Myoxus, however, it rose from the middle of the fibula. The rope-
like twisting of the tendo Achillis already referred to’ is always
evident... : osc, =
1 Author's paper, Journ. Anat, vol, xxviii. p. 414.
182 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,
Plantaris.—This has the typical rodent arrangement, the only
point of interest being the extent to which the muscular fibres of
the flexor brevis digitorum are developed in the sole. In Gerbillus
three little slips of muscle are alone seen in the intervals between
the four tendens where they first separate. In Microtus the flexor
brevis has no muscular fibres at all, while in Myoxus and Myodes
there are very few. All the other animals examined had well-
developed muscular bellies to the flexor brevis.
Popliteus.—The popliteus always rises from the external condyle,
and is inserted into the upper part of the internal border of the
tibia.
Flexor Longus Hallucis (Flexor Fibularis)—This is always a
large muscle, rising from both the tibia and fibula and being
inserted into the distal phalanges of all the toes.
Flexor Longus Digitorum (Flexor Tibialis).—Dobson * states that
this muscle in the Myomorpha is always separate from the flexor
fibularis tendon in the sole. I have, however, met with two
remarkable exceptions to this generalization, viz. Rhizomys and
Heteromys. In both of these animals the tendons unite in the sole
exactly as they do in the Hystricomorpha. I should mention that
this arrangement was present in both the right and left feet. In
Georychus and Bathyergus the muscle is better developed than in
most of the Myomorpha, and ends in a bone beneath the base of
the first metatarsal which I am inclined to regard as a rudiment of
a prehallux. In all the other animals examined the muscle ends
chiefly in the fascia of the foot.
Tibialis Posticus.—This is always a small muscle and rises from
the upper part of the posterior surface of the tibia below the
attachment of the popliteus, and also very often from the back of
the head of the fibula. As a rule it has a groove of its own behind
the internal malleolus, but in Myowus it shares the groove of the
’ flexor fibularis. It is inserted into the under surface of the navi-
cular, though in Mus rattus it goes chiefly to the plantar fascia,
Muscles of the Foot.
LIumbricales.—In Georychus, Bathyergus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys
only three lumbricales are present. All the other animals dissected
have four.
Accessorius.—This muscle is very ill-developed in the Myo-
morpha. The only animal in which I found it really well marked
was in Bathyergus, although traces of it could be made out in Mus
rattus.
Abductor Hallucis.—This is usually present and rises from the
navicular in Cricetomys, Rhizomys, Mus barbarus, and M., rattus.
In Gerbillus, Cricetus, Microtus, Myowus, Heteromys, and Georychus
it came from the internal cuneiform. In Bathyergus it was well-
marked and rose from the sustenaculum tali of the calcaneum,
its proximal part forming the caleaneo-scaphoid ligament,
Journ, Anat, xvii. p. 142,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 183
Adductor Indicis.—The adductor indicis was present in all.the
animals examined except Buthyergus, Georychus, and Heteromys ;
in the latter it was replaced by an adductor hallucis, which in the
other specimens was ‘wanting, although Windle describes it in
Hydromys*.
Prof. Cunningham has pointed out (Journ. of Anat. vol. xiii,
p- 11) that the foot of Bathyergus is peculiar in the total absence
of plantar adducting and dorsal abducting muscles. This state-
ment, which also applies to Georychus, I am able to corroborate. |
The muscle which I have described as abductor hallucis corresponds
to Prof. Cunningham’s inner head of the flexor brevis hallucis,
though in his specimen the origin of the muscle was not so far
back as in mine. In no Rodent were any distinct dorsal inter-
osseous muscles found.
Interossei.—There are two interossei, or flexores breves, to each
toe inserted into the sesamoid bones beneath the metacarpo-
phalangeal articulation.
Myological Characteristics of the various Families of Myomorpha.
The animals of which the muscles have been described furnish
examples of four families of the Myomorpha, namely the Myoaide,
Muride, Spalacide, and Geomyide, Unfortunately the first and
last of these are each represented in my dissections by only oue indi-
vidual, and for this reason any generalizations must be made very
tentatively. Still it seems worth while making an admittedly
imperfect contribution in the hope that it may be added to and
corrected whenever fresh material is available.
In the first place, taking Ayoaus dryas as a type of the 1 ee
one notices that :—
1. The biceps cubiti is only inserted into the radius.
2. The coraco-brachialis is only represented by the second part.
3. The palmaris longus is absent.
4, The flexor sublimis digitorum is inserted into the fifth digit
as well as into the second, third, and fourth.
5. The extensor minimi digiti is only inserted into the fifth digit.
6. The trapezius has the second and third parts fused.
7. The trachelo-mastoid is absent.
8. The rectus abdominis does not decussate at its origin with its
fellow of the opposite side.
9. The gracilis is single.
10. The soleus rises from the middle of the fibula instead of
from the head of that bone.
11. The tendon of the tibialis posticus lies in the same groove
as the flexor fibularis instead of in one of its own.
In the Geomyide, of which Heteromys longicaudatus is the only
representative dissected, the following points are of interest :—
1. The digastrie approaches the hystricomorphine type.
2, The Semitendinosus has only the caudal head present.. ©
1 PZ. 8, 1887, p. 58,
184 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,
8. The gracilis isa single muscle.
4, The flexor tibialis joins the flexor fibularis in the sole.
5. There are only three lumbricales in the foot.
6. There is an adductor hallucis instead of an adductor indicis
in the foot.
_ Whether the rectus abdominis decussated with its fellow of the
opposite side, could not be determined owing to the large incision
which had been made for evisceration before the specimen came
_into my hands.
The family of the Muride is represented by accounts of the
dissection of nine animals, and I am only able to discover one mus-
cular peculiarity which is common to them all and at the same
time distinguishes them from other families,—this is the fact that
the rectus abdominis always decussates with the muscle of the
opposite side. When one considers what a large and hetero-
geneous family this is, and that many of the genera included in it
are only placed there provisionally, one is not surprised to find
that their musculature is not nearly so consistent as it was found
to be in the different families of the Hystricomorpha.
To my mind the fact that the latter show definite muscular
characteristics which are not found in the former, indicates that the
hystricomorphine families consist of animals which are more nearly
allied to one another than is the case in the Muride: in other
words, that the classification of the Hystricomorpha is more success-
ful than that of the Myomorpha.
While speaking of the Muride, it is worth noticing that Cricetus
and Cricetomys are the only two of the Myomorpha examined which
possess the first part of the coraco-brachialis or rotator humeri
muscle. In many particulars, however, they differ from one
another.
Tn the family of the Spalacide there are records of three animals,
Bathyergus, Georychus, and Rhizomys. The following points of
resemblance were noticed in this group :—
1. The temporals are large and meet in the middle line of the
head.
2. The stylo-hyoid and stylo-glossus are closely blended in
Rhizomys, while in Georychus the stylo-hyoid is absent or completely
fused with the other muscle.
3. The pronator quadratus is very feeble.
4, The reflected head of the rectus is ill-marked.
5. The gastrocnemius has no fabellw in its tendons of origin.
6. There are three lumbricales in the foot.
The following are points of difference between Rhizomys on the
one hand and Georychus and Bathyergus on the other :—
1. In Rhizomys the digastric has a well-marked central tendon,
in Bathyergus and Georychus there is only an intersection.
2. In R. the cleido-mastoid is overlapped by the first part of the
trapezius ; in B. and G. it is not.
3. In-B. and G. the scalenus anticus is present. In BR. it is
absent, as it is in all other Myomorpha except Gerbillus.
1896.) MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 185
4. In B. and G. the sterno-scapularis is present. In 2. it is
absent.
5. In B. and G. the teres major is inserted in front of the latis-
simus dorsi, in 7?. behind it.
6. The coraco-brachialis is absent in G., small in my specimen
of B., absent in Milne-Edwards’s specimen. In J. the second and
third parts are well marked.
7. In B. and G@. the extensor communis digitorum sends no slip
to the fifth digit. In #. a slip to this digit is present.
8. There is no sesamoid bone in the tendon of the supinator
brevis in B. and G. There is one in &.
9. The pair of interosseous muscles which should be. inserted
into the two sesamoid bones of the fifth digit of the hand are
absent in B. and G. They are present in R.
10. The rectus abdominis does not decussate with its fellow of
the opposite side in B. or G., though it does so in &.
11. The gracilis is a single muscle in R. It is distinctly double
in B. and G.
12. The flexor tibialis joins the flexor fibularis in the sole of 2.
The two tendons are separate in B. und G.
13. The adductor indicis pedis is absent in G. and B., present
in &.
It will thus be seen that, though there are six more or less un-
important points of resemblance between Ehizomys on the one
hand and Bathyergus and Georychus on the other, there are 13
points of difference, some of which, such as nos. 3, 4, 10, 12, and
13, I regard as of great importance.
The study of these marked muscular differences in animals
whose habits are so much alike, and whose external appearances
are so similar, seems to point to one of two conclusions. Either
the external appearances are acquired by the animals living under
similar conditions while the muscles tell the true tale of their
different ancestry, or else the differences in the muscles are of no
value for classificatory purposes.
Against the latter conclusion the evidence of the myology of |
Bathyergus and Georychus tells strongly ; these animals are so
alike in their habits, in their osteology, and in their visceral anatomy,
that no one doubts that they are closely related; they are also
alike in their myology with one or two trifling exceptions. This,
however, is only one instance of the close resemblance of the mus-
culature in animals which are for other reasons regarded as akin ;
and I cannot help thinking that when several important differences
occur in the muscles of two animals which otherwise seem closely
related, the muscles are trustworthy guides, because, taken as a
whole, they are less likely to adapt themselves quickly to changed
conditions than are other structures.
With regard to the position of Rhizomys, the junction of the two
long flexors in the sole has been regarded by Dobson as character-
istic of the Hystricomorpha, though I have found it in other
animals, As this characteristic is present in Rhizomys, it is worth
186 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,
while noticing that in no other respect does it approach. the
Hystricomorpha ; consequently I think that the study of the
muscles bears out the suggestion of Winge’ that Ithizomys is
distinct from the Bathyergine, and that it should be placed
among the Muride, which it resembles in the only common point
which this family has—the decussation of the rectus.
Winge' also suggests that Bathyergus is closely allied to the
Hystricide. The following points in its myology show a diver-
gence from the myomorphine and an approach to the hystrico-
morphine arrangement :—
1. The scalenus anticus is present and rises from the basi-
occipital.
2. The scapulo-clavicularis is present, as in all Hystricomorpha,
while in no myomorphine rodent was it found.
These two points alone would not of course justify one in
separating the Bathyerginee from the Myomorpha, but they show
an approach to the hystricomorphine type which is suggestive.
The Position of the Dipodide.
A review of the muscles of Rodents would be incomplete without
considering whether they lend any assistance towards determining
the vexed question of the position of the Jerboas. In my former
contribution I described their muscles with those of the Hystri-
comorpha. Now that the muscles of the Myomorpha have been
worked out, a comparison can be made between them.
In the following points the Dipodids resemble the Hystrico-
morpha :—
1. The large size of the anterior deep part of the masseter
passing through the infraorbital foramen.
2. The presence of a scalenus anticus rising from the basi-
occipital.
3. The presence of only one head of the biceps cubiti.
4, The non-decussation of the rectus abdominis at its origin
with the muscle of the opposite side.
5. The union of the tendons of the flexor tibialis and fibularis
in the sole.
The first point is only one of degree since the Myomorpha show
a small piece of the masseter passing through the infraorbital
foramen.
The second has been found in Myovus among the Myomorpha,
as well as in Bathyergus and Georychus, whose position is not
quite certain.
The third point is certainly in favour of hystricomorphine
tendencies, as I have not yet found any myomorphine rodent
without two heads to the biceps cubiti.
The fourth point, the decussation of the rectus, is not always
found in the Myomorpha, while it sometimes occurs, as in the
Octodontide, among the Hystricomorpha. :
' B® Museo Lundii, 1888, p. 109,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 187
The union of the tendons in the sole has been already alluded
to as not being entirely confined to the Hystricomorpha.
In the following points the Dipodide resemble the Myo-
morpha :—
. The sciuromorphine arrangement of the digastric.
. The presence of a transverse mandibular muscle.
. The absence of the scapulo-clavicularis.
. The presence of the omo-hyoid.
. The absence of the splenius colli.
. The origin of the levator clavicule (acromio-trachelian) from
the atlas.
The first three of these are very important and constant
points, the latter three are sometimes noted in the Hystrico-
morpha.
On the whole I think that the myological points in favour of
myomorphine tendencies for the Dipodidw are far stronger than
those in favour of hystricomorphine.
DoF cwre
GnvBRAL SUMMARY OF MusonEs oF RopmEnts.
In order to complete my paper I propose to give a series of
lists of the different points in which the four suborders of Rodents
differ from and resemble one another, though the following pages
are only tentative, and liable to require rearrangement as further
material is added. They may, however, prove useful in directing
the attention of future observers to the muscles deserving of
special notice from a classificatory point of view, and they may
also be of service in showing the muscles that are constant in
Rodents nearly related, whatever their mode of life may be, and
that may turn out to be equally constant in nearly related groups
belonging to other orders.
In a former contribution’ the differences between the Hystrico-
morpha and Sciuromorpha are summarized.
Differences between the Myomorpha and Hystricomorpha.
1. The part of the masseter which passes through the infra-
orbital foramen is usually small in the Myomorpha, large in the
Hystricomorpha.
2. The Myomorpha have the sciuromorphine arrangement of the
digastric.
3. The transverse mandibular muscle is present in the Myo-
morpha, absent in the Hystricomorpha.
4, The omo-hyoid muscle is always present in the Myomorpha,
and may be present or absent in the Hystricomorpha.
5. The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) always rises from
the arch of the atlas in the Myomorpha. In the Hystricomorpha
it sometimes rises from the basioccipital.
6. The scalenus anticus is usually absent in the Myomorpha,
usually present in the Hystricomorpha.
1 P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 294,
188 ME, F, G. PARSONS ON TH [Jan. 14,
- 7. The claviculo-scapularis is absent in the Myomorpha, present
in the Hystricomorpha.
8. In the Myomorpha the three parts of the deltoid lie close
together. In the Hystricomorpha they are separated by distinct
intervals.
9. The biceps eubiti has two heads in the Myomorpha. In the
Hystricomorpha there may be one or two.
10, The Myomorpha seldom have the first part of the coraco-
brachialis, in the Hystricomorpha it is often present.
11. The splenius colli is never found in the Myomorpha, in the
Hystricomorpha it is sometimes seen. }
12. The two parts of the biceps femoris are usnally distinct
in the Hystricomorpha. In‘the Myomorpha they are seldom
separable. e
13. In the Myomorpha the flexor tibialis and flexor fibularis
do not usually join in the sole. In the Hystricomorpha they are
always united. F
14, In the Myomorpha the accessorius is absent or very ill-
developed. In the Hystricomorpha it is present and well
marked.
Differences between the Myomorpha and the Sciuromorpha.
1. The three parts of the temporal muscle are more closely
fused in the Myomorpha than in the Sciuromorpha.
2. A small part of the masseter passes through the infraorbital
foramen in the Myomorpha. No part passes through in the
Sciuromorpha.
3. The three parts of the deltoid are more closely fused in the
Myomorpha than in the Sciuromorpha.
4, In the Myomorpha a rotator humeri is only found in the
Cricetin. In the Sciuromorpha it is always present.
5. In the Myomorpha the flexor sublimis digitorum sends no
slip to the fifth digit. In the Sciuromorpha this slip is present. -
6. The supinator longus is absent in the Myomorpha, but is
present in the Sciuromorpha except Castor’.
7. The extensor longus digitorum always sends a tendon to the
fifth digit in the Sciuromorpha; this tendon is often absent in the
Myomorpha.
8. The rectus abdominis often decussates at its origin with its
fellow in the Myomorpha. There is no decussation in the Sciuro-
morpha.
9. The quadratus femoris is triangular in the Myomorpha,
quadrilateral in the Sciuromorpha.
10. The supracondylar slip of the semi-membranosus always
rises from the tuber ischii and is closely connected to the
adductors in the Sciuromorpha. In the Myomorpha it may rise
from the tuber or caudal vertebre and is distinct from the
adductor mass.
1 Macalister describes an exceedingly feeble supinator longus in the Beaver
(‘ Morphology of Vertebrate Animals,’ p. 289).
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 189
11. The gracilis is usually double in the Myomorpha, single in
the Sciuromorpha.
12. The accessorius is usually absent in 1 the Myomorpha, always
present in the Sciuromorpha.
With a view to comparing the myology of the Lagomorpha with
the other suborders, I dissected the muscles of a Hare and a Rabbit,
but have refrained from enlarging this paper with a detailed
description of these muscles because they have already been
described by other authors.
Differences between the Myomorpha and the Lagomorpha.
1. In the Myomorpha the different parts of the temporal are
closely connected. In the Lagomorpha the orbital part is large
and much separated from the rest.
2. In the Myomorpha the anterior deep part of the masseter
passes through the infraorbital foramen. In the Lagomorpha
there is no anterior deep part.
3. The posterior belly of the digastric is well marked in the
Myomorpha, in the Lagomorpha it is only present as a narrow
tendon.
4. The transverse mandibular muscle is present in the Myo-
morpha, absent in the Lagomorpha.
5. The omo-hyoid is present in the Myomorpha, absent in the
Lagomorpha.
6. The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) rises from the arch
of the atlas in the Myomorpha. In the Lagomorpha it rises from
the basioccipital aud bifurcates below, one part going to the meta-
cromion, the other to the clavicle and deltoid.
7. The scalenus anticus is sometimes present in the Myo-
morpha but absent in the Lagomorpha.
8. The scapulo-clavicularis is absent in the Myomorpha, except
the Bathyergine. It is present in the Lagomorpha.
9. The three parts of the deltoid are fused in the Myomorpha,
separate in the Lagomorpha.
10. The biceps cubiti has two heads in the Myomorpha, one in
the Lagomorpha.
11. Among the Myomorpha the rotator humeri is only present
in the Cricetine. In the Lagomorpha it is present in both rabbit
and hare.
12. The pronator quadratus is present in the Myomorpha,
absent in the Lagomorpha.
13. The clavo-cucullaris part of the trapezius is generally
present in the Myomorpha, absent in the Lagomorpha. ;
14. The splenius colli is absent in the Myomorpha, peta in
the Lagomorpha.
15. The rectus abdominis frequently decussates with its fellow
of the opposite side in the Myomorpha. In the Lagomorpha
theres is no decussation and the lines transverse are neh Weise.
marke e
190 MR, F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,
16. The gracilis is usually a double muscle in the Myomorpha,
single in the Lagomorpha.
The distinctions above given are possibly more numerous than
they would be if the opportunity of dissecting a Pika (Lagomys)
had presented itself.
To merely point out the differences between the various sub-
orders does not give a just idea of their muscular characteristics.
It is necessary also to lay stress on the chief points in which one
resembles another and differs from the rest.
In the first place the Myomorpha resemble the Hystricomorpha
and differ from both the other suborders in the following points :—
1. A slip of the masseter passes through the infraorbital
foramen.
2. The three parts of the temporal are more closely fused.
3. The rectus abdominis often decussates at its origin.
4, The gracilis is usually double.
5. The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus often comes
from the caudal vertebra.
The Myomorpha resemble the Sciuromorpha and differ from the
other two suborders in the following points :—
1. The sciuromorphine type of the digastric.
2. The presence of the transverse mandibular muscle.
. The constant presence of the omo-hyoid.
a The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) always rising from
the atlas.
5. The absence of the scalenus anticus in the Sciuromorpha and
in the Myomorpha except the Bathyergine and Gerbillus.
6. The absence of the scapulo-clavicularis in both, with the
exception of the Bathyergine.
7. The presence of the two heads to the biceps cubiti.
&. The presence of the clavo-cucullaris part of the trapezius.
9. The absence of the splenius colli.
10. The presence of ischial and caudal heads to the biceps
femoris, the latter being often more or less blended with the
gluteus maximus.
11. The fact that the flexor tibialis (flexor longus digitorum)
does not join the flexor fibularis (Hexor longus hallucis), except in
Ethizomys, feteromys, and partly in Pteromys.
I have been unable to find any point of importance in which
the Myomorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from the
other two suborders.
The Hystricomorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from
the other two suborders in the following points :—
1. The presence of the scapulo-clavicularis.
2. The omo-hyoid is often absent in the Hystricomorpha, anes
in the Lagomorpha.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. loi
3. The absence of the transverse mandibular muscle.
4. The frequent origin of the acromio-trachelian (levator
claviculs) from the basioccipital.
5. The usual presence of only one head of the biceps cubiti.
6. The occasional presence of the splenius colli in the Hystrico-
morpha and its constant presence in the Lagomorpha.
7. The basioccipital origin of the scalenus anticus when that
muscle is present.
The Sciuromorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from
the other two suborders in the following points :—
1. The rotator humeri portion of the coraco-brachialis is always
present.
2. The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus rises from
the tuber ischii in both, but while it is closely connected to the
adductor mass in the Sciuromorpha, it is separate from it and
adherent to the rest of the semimembranosus in the Lagomorpha.
On looking through these lists one cannot help being struck by
the frequency with which certain muscles, such as the omo-hyoid,
the scapulo-clavicularis, the acromio-trachelian, the scalenus
anticus, the splenius colli, the trachelo-mastoid, and the rectus
abdominis, occur again and again. It is chiefly by various com-
binations of these muscles aided by a few others, such as the
transverse-mandibular, masseter, digastric, biceps, coraco-brachialis,
&ec., that the affinities between animals belonging to the same
group are marked ; and it seems to me that one would be justified
in saying that, in Rodents at all events, the muscles of the trunk
and neck are the most valuable for classificatory purposes. It may
be urged that all these muscles are liable to individual variation;
and this of course is probably true, though I am inclined to think
that individual variations are far less frequent in Rodents than in
Man; still if five or six of these muscles are taken, the risk of more
than one being abnormal must be very slight indeed. As an
instance of this the case of the Jerboa might be cited. In all the
Hystricomorpha examined a scapulo-clavicularis had been found,
but in the Jerboa it was absent. At that time I looked upon the
. animal, with Dobson, as hystricomorphine, and I regarded the
absence of the muscle as an individual variation; as the dissection
proceeded I found other points which were different to anything
seen in the Hystricomorpha; later on I was lucky enough to get
two more Jerboas of different species to the first one, and in both
of these the scapulo-clavicularis was wanting also. Without the
confirmatory testimony of the other muscles, the absence of the
scapulo-clavicularis would probably have been passed over as of
little importance. If the long flexors of the foot are considered, it
will be found that they are not so reliable as the muscle just
quoted. Dobson says that these long flexors unite in the Hystri-
comorpha but not in the other sahoudeet ; L have found, however,
three animals—Rhizomys, Heteromys, and Pleromys—which have no
192 MIR. OSOAR NEUMANN ON A NEW (Jan. 14,
other affinities with the Hystricomorpha, but in which the union
took place.
Other facts which may perhaps be of interest to the systematist
are borne out by the foregoing lists. It is quite evident that
the myology of the Myomorpha resembles that of the Sciuro-
morpha much more closely than that of the Hystricomorpha. The
Lagomorpha, on the other hand, in their myology are much more
closely allied to the Hystricomorpha than to the Myomorpha or
Sciuromorpha, and of the two latter are nearest the Sciuromorpha.
These conclusions I believe are already recognized by systematists
from a study of other parts than muscles; and the fact that
myology bears out these conclusions is to my mind an important
plea for the value of the study of muscles as a help to settling the
position of animals.
The results of this and the preceding paper may be briefly
summed up in the following propositions :—
1. That the Myomorpha and Sciuromorpha approach one
another in their myology.
2. That the Hystricomorpha similarly approach the Lagomorpha.
3. That the Bathyergine in many respects resemble the Hystri-
comorpha.
4. That Rhizomys more closely resembles the Muride than the
Bathyergine.
5. That the Dipodide are more nearly allied to the Myomorpha
than to the Hystricomorpha.
6. That in Rodents certain muscles are valuable for classificatory
purposes and, if several are taken, are not likely to mislead.
7. That the muscles of the trunk, neck, and shoulder-girdle are
the most reliable.
5. Description of a new Species of Antelope from East
Africa. By Oscar Neumann’.
[Received January 1, 1896.]
Among the animals collected during my expedition to East and
Central Africa, in 1892-95, there are examples of an Antelope from
Uganda, Ussoga, and Kavirondo, belonging to the genus Adenota, ©
Gray. This Antelope seemed to me to be different from Adenota
ob, with which it had hitherto been united. Not having enough
material of the true West-African Adenota kob in Berlin, I took
two horns and one skin of this species with me to compare them
in Paris with Buffon’s type and also with specimens in London.
In both places I found my opinion confirmed; I also found that
both Mr. Thomas and M. de Poussarges had independently arrived
at the same conclusion—thanks to additional material brought by
Mr. Décle from Uganda, and by Captain Lugard from the Niger.
I propose to name this species, in honour of Mr. Thomas, ~
» Communicated by the Secretary.
1896.] ANTELOPE FROM EASY AFRICA; 193
ADBNOLA THOMASI, sp. nov.
Colour nearly or quite the same as Adenota kob. Size larger.
Skull and horns much larger than those of A. ob. ‘The ridges of the
horns much more rounded and less sharp than in A. kob. Colour
of the horns basally light horn-yellow, gradually becoming darker
at the points; while the horns of A. kob are nearly uniformly
blackish.
Adenota vardoni, to which the horns of A. thomas: come samiesty
although generally shorter, is distinguished by the total absence
of black colour on the legs, while A. leché is distinguished by its
far larger size and longer horns. Young specimens of A. kod,
A, thomasi, A. vardoni, and A. leché may be diflicult to distinguish.
Skull Measurements.
Adenota thomast. Adenota kob.
a. Type, 6. Lugard. a, Stevens.| >. Lugard.
Scott Htlliot. (Unyoro.) (W. Africa.)| (Niger-Benue
(Uganda.) |94.5.4.3(younger).|| 885. Junction.)
millim. millim. millim. millim.
Greatest breadth. 131 121 112 115
Basal length. ...... 267 248 235 242
Horn Measurements.
Adenota kob, Buffon.
Length
————_— |Cir__ -} Tip to
straight. round | ference. tip.
curve.
millim. | millim. } millim. | millim.
a. W. Africa, B.M. (Stevens) ......... 277 372 141 144
6. Niger-Benue Junction (Lugard)..| 305 321 131 159
Adenota thomast, O. Neum.
a. Type B.M., U oath (Scott
Hot) 6000000000 ° aog9sapecatacas9000090 369 464 178
6, Unyoro, B.M. (Lugard) ......... | 378 470 166
c. Uganda, B.M. (Speke) ......+000- 375 458 190
d. Uganda, Berlin (O. Newmann) ...) 410 512 178
Puoc, Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XIII. 13
194 MR, F, DB, BEDDARD ON BARTIWORMS [Jan. 14,
Mr. Matschie, in his excellent book on the ‘Mammals of
German East Africa,’ calls the Central-African form Adenota ob
(p. 126), but in the appendix he calls it Adenota koba, Irxl.
(p. 147).
I cannot believe that Buffon’s “ Koba ou la grande vache du
Sénégal” was an Adenota at all, and if it was one, it rather seems
to me that Buffon had had two skulls of the same species, and
that he figured the adult: specimen as ‘‘oba” and the young one
as ‘‘kob.” For he aflirms that both came from the Senegal.
Adenota thomasi is known from the northern Central-African
Lake region:—Kavirondo, Ussoga, Uganda (Speke, Jackson,
Gedge, Lugard, Stuhlmann, Newmann); Unyoro, Albert Lake
(Lugard) ; Simiu River—south-east corner of the Victoria Nyanza
(Langheld). Unyoro is the most northern known point. 1 does
not occur east of the watershed to the Victoria Nyanza (Mau
Sotik mountains). North of Unyoro is the region of Adenota
marie, Gray, and A. leucotis, Licht. (Bahr el Gazal, Sobat, Kir).
T’o the west the true A. lob occurs—Senegal and Gambia (B.M.
Type Paris Mus.), Togo (Baumann), Cameroons (Zenker), extend-
ing eastward°to the Ubangi river, whence Dybowsky brought
specimens to Paris.
Southward occur ” 53, 9, 9 15 9
76. CALLISTH NIGRIVIRIDIS BERLEPSOHI (Tacz.).
Garita del Sol: quatre individus, juillet et aofit 1891.
Nos oiseaux sont un peu intermédiaires entre les spécimens
de la C. nigriviridis typique de Bogotd et ceux de Tambillo
(coll. Holzmann) qui ont servi des types & Taczanowski pour sa
C. berlepschi. ;
77. CALLISTH OYANICOLLIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
La Merced (juillet, aotit et septembre), Borgona (avril 1891),
Garita del Sol (juillet 1891), et Esperanza (juin 1891). “ Iris
brun foncé.”
78. CALLISTE PARZUDAKI (Lafr.).
Garita del Sol: un male du 2 octobre 1891. ‘Iris brun foneé,
bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuitre.”
79, CALLISTH MELANOTIS, Scl.
Garita del Sol: deux miles ad., une femelle et un jeune mile,
juillet et aot 1891 et avril 1893. “Iris brun foncé, bec noir,
pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”
80. CALLISTH XANTHOOHPHALA (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: un mile et deux femelles, juillet et aofit 1891.
“Tris brun foneé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleustre.”
81. CHLOROOHRYSA OALLIPARZA (Tsch.).
Un jeune mile de Garita del Sol, 22 juillet 1891. ‘Iris brun
foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuitre.”
Cet oiseau, comparé & des individus de la Chl. bourciert (Bp.)
de Ecuador et de la Colombie, présente les mémes différences
qu’un oiseau recueilli par Jelski. Voyez Tacz. et Berl. P. Z.S.
1885, p. 77.
82, PRoonoris ATROOZRULBA (‘T'sch.).
. Diva atrocerulea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 456. :
-Garita del Sol, deux miles, 4 septembre 1891; Maraynioc, cing
342 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
spécimens, aotit et septembre 1892 et janvier 1893. “Iris brun
toncé, bec noir avec la mandibule inférieure claire, pattes d’un
plombé bleuatre.”
83. Intpornis JELSKII, Cab.
Maraynioc: huit exemplaires, octobre et decembre 1891, juin,
juillet et aoat 1892, et janvier 1893. “Iris rouge trés foneé, bec
noir & mandibule inférieure d’un bleuatre claire, pattes d’un noir
brunitre.”
84, Tnipornis anaxis (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol; deux paires, juillet 1891. ‘Iris rouge foneé,
bec d’un olive bleuatre, noir 4 l’aréte dorsale, pattes noires.”
85. Inipornis REINHARDTI, Scl.
Culumachay et Puyas-Yacu (Maraynioc): trois spécimens, juillet
et aoit 1892.
86. DELOTHRAUPIS CASTANEIVENTRIS (Scl.).
Pipridea castaneoventris, Tacz. Orn. Péron, ii. p. 451.
Pariayacu et Culumachay (Maraynioc): sept exemplaires, aott,
septembre et octobre 1892. “Iris rouge, bec noir 4 mandibule
inférienre d’un plombé bleuitre; pattes d’un noir brunatre.”
87. PeorLoruRavris LAcRyMosa (Du Bus).
Maraynioc: cing miles et deux femelles, novembre et décembre
1891, aoit 1892, et janvier 1893. “Iris brun foncé, bec et. pattes
noirs.”
88. P&cCILOTHRAUPIS IGNIVENTRIS IGNICRISSA (Cab.).
P. ignicrissa, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 482.
Maraynioc: nombreux spécimens, juillet et septembre 1891, aoit,
septembre et décembre 1892, et janvier 1893. ‘Iris chez le male
brun foncé, chez la femelle brun clair; bec et pattes noirs.”
— 89. BuTHRAUPIS CUOULLATA CYANONOTA, subsp. nov.
' B, cucullata (Jard.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 483.
B. a B. cucullata (typica) differt dorso, alis, caudaque extus
pulchre cyaneis nec olivaceo-cerulescentibus, necnon nigredine
capitis in regione nuchali et guttural: multo magis restricta,
g. Al. 141, caud. 934, culm. 22}, tars. 32? mm.
9. » 181, 4, 882,» 21) 53) 31203
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Berlepsch).
’ Maraynioc: cing individus, novembre 1891, aoit 1892, et juin
1893. ‘Iris jaune rougeatre, bec et pattes noirs.”
Les individus de Buthraupis du Pérou central se distinguent des
oiseaux typiques de Bogoti par le dos, les tectrices sous-alaires et
les bordures des niles et de la queue d’un beau bleu pur, tandis que
lea oiseaux typiques y présentent un bleu terne olivatre. Les
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PHRU. 343
premiers ont aussi le noir de Ja calotte et de la gorge en dessous
beaucoup plus restreint.
Un jeune oiseau de Huasampilla, Pérou du sud (coll. Whitely)
du Musée Berlepsch, a le bleu du dessus encore plus clair et plus
vif et le noir de la calotte encore plus réduit, le bee plus petit que
chez les oiseaux du Pérou central. Peut-étre ces différences ne
sont-elles pas constantes.
Les oiseaux de "Ecuador sont intermédiaires entre la forme
typique et la B. c. cyanonota. Ils s’accordent avec les péruviens
dans Ja nuance du bleu des parties supérieures, mais le noir de la
calotte et de la gorge est aussi étendu que chez les oiseaux de
Bogoté. On pourrait en faire une troisiéme sous-espéce: B. cucul-
lata intermedia.
90. CompsocoMa SUMPTUOSA (Less.).
Garita del Sol: un male et deux femelles, juillet, aoiit et sep-
tembre 1391. “Iris brun rougeitre, bec noir & mandibule inférieure
d’un plombé bleuatre; pattes d’un plombé bleuftre.”
91. Dunusta sticrocEPHALA, Berl. et Stolam. (Plate XIII.)
Dubusia stictocephala, Berl. & Stolzm. Ibis, 189+, p. 386.
Maraynioc: trois miles adultes et un jeune, décembre 1891,
septembre 1892, et juin 1893.
Espéce nouvelle pour Ja faune du Pérou.
92. TANAGRA CELESTIS MAJOR, subsp. nov.
T'. celestis, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 485.
T. 7. celesti, Spix e Fonteboa, simillima, sed differt alis caudaque
longioribus, rostro quoque crassiore, necnon corpore supra subtus-
que viridescentiore, uropygio quoque minus albescente.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et septentrionali.
La Merced (juillet et septembre 1890, février 1891) et Garita
del Sol (aot 1891): huit exemplaires. ‘Iris brun foncé.”
Les oiseaux du Pérou centr. et sept. ont les ailes et la queue
beaucoup plus longues que les oiseaux typiques de Fonteboa
(Brésil)’. En outre ils ont le bec plus gros, les parties supérieures et
inférieures un peu plus verditres, et le croupion moins blanchatre.
Dimensions (oiseaux de La Merced) :—
g. Aile 99-92, queue 753-71, culmen 143-14, tarse 193-19 mm.
g. 4, 90, » 67, » 142, » 20 ”
—93. TANAGRA PALMARUM MELANOPTHRA (Scl.).
La Merced: trois paires, juillet et aofit 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des individus de la Guyane anglaise
et de Bogots, mais l’olive des grandes tectrices alaires supérieures
et du miroir parait plus foncé et le miroir méme un peu plus
etit.
P 1 Voir Berlepsch, Journal f, Ornith, 1889, p. 2,
344 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J, STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
94, TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.
La Merced (aott 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1891), et Tarma
(mars 1893).
Ces oiseaux ne différent pas des individus du Pérou du nord et
de |’Ecuador. Les oiseaux de Lima ont le bec plus gros et plus
long et le jaune de la poitrine plus pile que les individus d’autres
localités, mais il parait qu’il y a des intermédiaires.
95, TaNaGRra CYANOCEPHALA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Garita del Sol: une paire, juillet et septembre 1891.
Nos oiseaux s’accordent mieux avec ceux de |’Keuador occ.,
qu’avec les oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie. Ils se distinguent de
ces derniers par la nuance des parties inférieures, qui est d’un
cendré bleudtre un peu plus foncé,et par la couleur des tectrices
sous-caudales, qui sont plus lavées de verditre.
— 96, RHAMPHOCELUS JACAPA CONNECTENS, subsp. nov.
Rh. atrosericeus, Tsch. Fauna Per. ii. p. 206; Tacz. Orn. Pérou,
ii. p. 493,
3 huic Rh. atrosericei, Lafr. et @Orb., simillimus, sed differt pec-
tore, abdomine, dorsoque minus pure nigris, plus minusve colore
sanguineo-brunneo lavatis.
Q huic Rh. jacapw, L., simillima, sed abdomine uropygioque
similiter pallide rufescenti-brunneis, plumis dorsalibus obscure
nigris apice brunneo marginatis, capite pallide brunneo, fronte,
regione parotica, gulaque sanguineo lavatis, nec, sicut in femina
Rh, atrosericei, wnicolore brunneo-nigra.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et meridionali.
La Merced: nombreux individus, juillet, septembre et octobre
1890, et mars 1891. “Tris d’un brun café.”
-g. Al. 773, caud. 77, culm. 16, tars. 214 mm.
, ” 774, ” 78; 9 163, 204 ”
Cette forme, dont Berlepsch posséde aussi un mile de Maranura,
Pérou meérid. (coll. Whitely), parait tout-d-fait intermédiaire entre
le Rh. jacapa et le Rh. atrosericeus. Le mile ressemble davantage
4 celui du dernier, mais i) a le noir de la poitrine, du ventre et du
dos moins pur et moins intense et un peu lavé de rouge de sang
terne. Cette particularité est encore plus prononcée chez Voiseau
de Maranura, qui a presque tout l’abdomen lavé d’un rouge de
sang terne.
La femelle de cette forme s’accorde tout-A-fait dans les couleurs
avec celle du Rh. jacapa, mais elle est fort différente de celle du
Rh. atrosericeus. Tandis que cette derniére est d’un noir mat
brunfitre presque uniforme (avec seulement quelque mélange de
bordures roussatres au milieu de l’abdomen chez quelques indi-
vidus), les femelles de Chanchamayo possédent tout /’abdomen d’un
roux rougefitre, le croupion aussi fortement lavé de rouasitre, les
plumes du dos noiratres avec des bordures brunes, la téte dun
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 345
brun pale et terne lavée fortement de rouge de sang sur le front,
les joues, la gorge, etc.
Le bee chez cette forme nouvelle parait un peu plus long et
moins courbé que chez le Zh. atrosericeus.
97. PYRANGA TESTACEA TSCHUDII, Berl. et Stolzm.
P. testacea tschudiz, Berl. et Stolam. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 375.
P. azare, Tacz. (nec d’Orb.) Orn. Peérou, ii. p. 495.
La Merced: un jeune mile, octobre 1890.
98. Pyranaa AnRDENs (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: une paire, juillet et septembre 1891.
99, TACHYPHONUS RUFIVENTRIS (Spix).
La Gloria (aott 1890 et mars 1891) et Borgotia (avril 1891).
“ Tris brun fonce.”
100. THLYPOPSIS ORNATA MACROPTERYX, subsp. nov.
Th. ornata, Tacz. (nec Sel.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 507 (partim).
Th. ornate ex Ecuador occ. simillima, sed major, alis caudaque
imprimis longioribus, rostro crassiore, necnon capite, gula, pec-
tore, lateribusque corporis letius rufis distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
Maraynioc: cing exemplaires, octobre 1891, octobre et novembre
1892. “Tris gris olivatre, bec et pattes d’un noir brunatre.”
Dimensions comparatives :—
Th. ornata. Th. ornata. Th. 0. macropteryz,
Bugnal Cayandeled Maraynioc.
(Ecuador occ.). (Ecuador occ.). (Peruv.)
é. Go | OG 2. é. 9.
ASle es os 57 613 61 55 673-713 66 mm.
Queue .... 53 514 503 484 562-61 553 ,,
Culmen .. 103 103 10 10} 113-123 113 ,,
Tarse .... 183 182 202 193 203-217 213 ,,
101, THiyporsis AMAzonuUM, Scl.
Th. amazonum, Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xi. (1886) p. 229 (descr.
orig., spec. ex Amazonia sup. et Matogrosso).
La Merced: cing spécimens, juillet et aout 1890 et janvier 1891.
“Tris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec la description de
Mr. Sclater. Espéce non comprise dans 1’ ‘ Ornithologie du
Pérou’ de Taczanowski.
102. SpricossyPHA ALBocrisTaTA (Lafr.).
Tendalpata, une paire, avril 1893; Tambo de Aza, trois individus,
juin 1893.
103. CHLoRosPINaUs AURIOULARIS (Cab.).
~ Maraynioc; sept exemplaires, novembre 1891, juillet, aoft, sep-
346 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J, STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
tembre et novembre 1892, et janvier 1893. ‘Iris brun foneé, bec
brun & mandibule inférieure d’un plombeé clair, pattes d’un plombé
clair.”
104, CHLOROSPINGUS CHRYSOGASTER, Tacz.
Quatre exemplaires de Maraynioc (octobre, novembre et décem-
bre 1892). ‘Iris gris olivatre, bec et pattes d’un noir brunatre.”
Cette espéce a été décrite par feu Taczanowski d’aprés la femelle
unique envoyée par M. Jelski de Tambopata. Le mile envoyé
derniérement par M. Kalinowski nous a permis de constater
qu’il différe trés peu de la femelle, ce qui est presque général dans
le genre Chlorospingus. I] posséde les couleurs un peu plus vives ;
le cendré du sommet de la téte est plus pur, le jaune du dessous
du corps un peu plus saturé que chez le femelle; on peut dire
aussi que le bec est plus foncé—presque noir. Mais c’est par les
dimensions que le mile se distingue surtout de la femelle, comme
on verra par la table suivante :—
Aile. Queue. Oulmen, Tarse.
3 d (de Maraynioc) .. 85,913 72 12, 123 20 mm.
Q (de Maraynioc) .... 80 63 12 20 ,,
¢ (de Tambopata) 5
(d’aprés Taczanowski) go Gt nf 2
105. CHLOROSPINGUS CINEREOOHPHALUS, Tacz.
Tambo de Aza, Maraynioc: deux femelles (novembre et décembre
1892). ‘Iris blane sale, bec noir, pattes plombées.”
106. CHLOROSPINGUS LEUCOGASTER (Tacz.).
Cnlumachay et Pariayacu(Maraynioc): sept exemplaires (juillet,
aoiit, septembre et décembre 1892).
107. Psnuposrincus' xanrnopurnanmus (T'acz.).
Marayniog: cing exemplaires, novembre 1891, juin, aoit et
octobre 1898, et mars 1893. ‘Iris d’un jaune pile, bec et pattes
noirs.”
Le mile de cette intéressante forme n’était pas connu jusqu’d
présent. M. Kalinowski nous a fourni dans son dernier envoi
deux males, qui nous permettent d’en donner la description. Par
leur coloration ils sont identiques 4 la femelle; il u’y a de différ-
— } Pseudospingus, gen. nov. Tanagridarum, generi Chlorospingo affinis, sed
rostro graciliore, potius dacnidiformi caudaque alis multo longiore, necnon
coloribus distinguendum. Species :—
1. Ps. verticalis (Lafr.)= Chlorospingus verticalis (Lafr.).
2. Ps. xanthophthalmus (Lacz.).
Les espéces dle ce genre différent des espéces du genre Chlorospingus par le
bec plus mince rappellant plutét celui du genre Dacnis, par la queue trés longue,
plus longue que Juile, et par le plumage soyeux et un peu luisant.
Suivant observation de Stolzmann, les mours du Ps. aanthophthalmus
diffarent également de celles des espéces du genre Chlorospingus qu’il a eu 'o¢e
casion d’abserver au Pérou du nord, :
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 347
ence que dans les dimensions, qui sont plus fortes chez les miles
que chez les femelles, ce qui ressort de Ja table suivante :—
3. Aile 73, queue 75, culmen 13, tarse 20 mm.
© o 3”? 64, ” 72, ” 11, ” 20 ”
La seule différence que Stolzmann a trouvé entre les exemplaires
de Maraynioc et Ja femelle de Tamiapampa, Pérou du nord (coll.
Stolzmann), est que celle-ci a la ligne dorsale du bee un peu
courbée en bas, tandis qu’elle est presque droite dans les spécimens
du Pérou central.
108. Pip1orsis TRICOLOR (Tacz.).
Carenochrous tricolor, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 525.
Garita del Sol: un mile adulte et une femelle jeune, aoit 1891.
‘Tris brun clair, bec noir, pattes brunes.”
109. Prpioprsis MYSTACALIS (Tacz.).
Carenochrous taczanowskii, Scl. et Salv., Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 526.
Maraynioc: six exemplaires, novembre 1891, juillet et aofit 1892,
et janvier, février et juillet 1893. ‘Iris rouge, bec et pattes
noirs.”
110. BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle, 17 juillet 1891.
—111. BuUARRBEMON POLIOPHRYS, sp. n.
B, torquatus, Tacz. (nec Lafr. et d’Orb.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 530
(Maraynioc).
B. B. torquato, Lafr. et d Orb., simillimus, differt superciliis supra-
et postocularibus grisets, teenie verticali concoloribus, nec albis,
stria tenutssima solummodo partem anteriorem supercilii usque
ad oculum superne cingente alba ( fere ut in B. assimili).
Long. tot. 176, al. 803, caud. 842, culm. 153, tars. 293 mm.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Varsov.).
Maraynioc: deux femelles, novembre 1892 et avril 1893.
Cette espéce nouvelle se distingue aisément du 3B. torquatus,
Lafr. et d’Orb., de la Bolivie, dont Berlepsch a comparé trois
individus boliviens, par Ja strie surciliére d’un gris ardoisé sem-
blable & celui du vertex au lieu d’étre d’un blanc pur. Il n’y a
quune bordure étroite blanchatre au-dessus de la partie antérieure
de la strie surciliére, qui s’arréte au-dessus de l’cil. Par cette
particularité l’espéce nouvelle s’accorde avec le B. assimilis, Boiss.,
mais elle posséde la bande noire au haut de la poitrine comme chez
le B. torquatus, bande qui manque complétement au B. assimilis.
Il s’accorde aussi avec la B. torquatus dans tous les autres détails
de la coloration et dans les dimensions.
La description donnée par M. Taczanowski des individus re-
cueillis par M. Jelski & Maraynioc sous le nom de B. torquatus
sapplique trés bien aux oiseaux de Kalinowski.
348 GRAF VON BERLHPSOH AND M. J. 8TOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
112. Cissopis LEVERIANA MINOR (T'sch.).
C. minor, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 536.
La Merced (juillet et octobre 1890, mars 1891), Garita del Sol
(septembre 1891). ‘Iris jaune.”
Un mile examiné par Berlepsch a le bec plus long et plus
attenué vers le bout qu’un oiseau de Bogotd. Le noir du dos et
de la poitrine est plus étendu en bas et d’un éclat plus verditre
au lieu de bleuatre. Les rectrices externes moins largement
terminées de blanc.
113. Psrrrosriza ELEGANS (Tsch.).
Maraynioc: nombreux exemplaires, novembre et décembre 1891,
juillet, aotit et octobre 1892, et avril 1893.
Un mile de Tamiapampa (Pérou sept.), comparé par Stolzmann
avec les oiseaux du Pérou central, présente les dimensions plus
fortes et le roux-cannelle du visage et du crissum plus clair.
114, SatraTor suPERCILIARIS, Spix.
S. azare, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 540.
S. cerulescens, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 544 (partim).
La Merced: plusieurs oiseaux, juillet et aoit 1890 et janvier
et février 1891. “Iris brun clair.”
Un mile examiné par Berlepsch s’accorde en général avec les
oiseaux d@’Iquitos (Amazone sup.) et ne s’en distingue que par les
ailes et la queue un peu plus longues et par la couleur de la
poitrine et du haut du ventre un peu plus blanchitre ou moins
mélangée de gris roussitre.
115, Sanrator Magnus (Gm.).
La Gloria (aott 1890) et La Merced (avril 1891): deux femelles.
“Tris brun.”
116. Satrator aLBoorLtanis (Phil. et Landb.).
Pitylus albociliaris, Phil. et Landb., Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 122;
Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 549.
Saltator laticlavius, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1869, p.151; Tacz. Orn. Pérou,
ii. p. 545,
Acobamba (juillet 1890), Garita del Sol (juillet 1891) et Maray-
nioc (novembre 1891 et aoit 1892). “Tris brun, bee jaune sale,
pattes noiratres.” ,
-Tl n’y a pas de doute que le Saltator laticlavius, Scl., ne soit
synonyme du Pitylus albociliaris, Phil. et Landb. Comme le dernier
nom est plus ancien, il doit’ étre accepté pour cette espéce.
117. Scnistocuiamys atra (Gm.).
Orchesticus ater, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 547.
Le Merced : trois spécimens, juillet et aoit 1890, “Iris brun
grisatre,”
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PHRU. 349
Fam. Fringinuipe.
118. Punucricus OHRYSoGASTHR (Less.), subsp.
Plusieurs individus de Huamani (décembre 1889), de Garita del
Sol (juillet 1891) et de Maraynioc (aot 1892 et juin 1893).
“Tris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux appartiennent 4 la forme & gros bec (cf. Berl. et
’ Tacz. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 292) qu’on pourrait peut-étre distinguer
comme race locale du Ph. chrysogaster typique (habitant la région
littorale de Ecuador et du Pérou).
—119. VoLATINIA JACARINA SPLENDDNS (Vieill.).
Trois exemplaires de La Merced (juillet 1890, février et mars
1891).
Un oiseau examiné par Berlepsch a les tectrices sous-alaires
enti¢rement noires, et par conséquent appartient & la forme
splendens. I) ne différe d’un male de la Guyane anglaise que par
la queue un peu plus courte.
N.B.—La Volatinia de Lima nommé par nous V. jacarini devrait
peut-étre constituer une race distincte ; car, selon les observations
de Jelski et d’autres voyageurs, le male ne prend jamais une livrée
tout-i-fait noire. Il parait que les males de Lima ont les rémiges
et les tectrices supérieures toujours bordées d’un brun grisatre.
Les tectrices sous-alaires sont en partie blanches comme dans la
V. jacarini typique.
120. SPoROPHILA CASTANEIVENTRIS, Cab.
Spermophila castaneiventris, ‘Inez. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 2.
La Merced: quatre miles, juillet et décembre 1890 et janvier
et mars 1891. “Iris brun rougeatre, bec et pattes noirs.”
Les oiseaux du Pérou (Iquitos, La Merced et Cosnipata) exa-
minés par Berlepsch présentent des dimensions un peu plus
fortes que les spécimens typiques de la Guyane anglaise. Ils se
distinguent notamment par le bec plus fort.
121. SporoPpHiba Lucruosa, Lafr,
Spermophila luctuosa, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 10.
La Gloria et La Merced (juillet et aofit 1890, décembre 1890,
février et mars 1891): plusieursexemplaires. “‘ Iris brun foncé.”
122. CATAMBNIA INORNATA MINOR, Berl.
C. wnornata minor, Berl. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 115.
C. rufirostris (Landb.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 2L.
Maraynioc: quelques exemplaires, décembre 1891, aot 1892
et juin 1893.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central présentent des dimensions un peu
plus fortes que ceux de |’Ecuador, mais les individus écuadoriens
comparés par nous se trouvent en plumage usé.
g ad. Aile 69, queue 604, culm. 93 tarse 214 mm,
22. 5, 653-703, ,, 573-63, ,, 94-92, ,, 213
3”
350 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. 8TOLZMANN ON’ [Mar.3,
123. CaTaMENIA HoMOCHROA, Scl.
Maraynioc: trois males adultes et un jeune, décembre 1891 et
novembre 1892. ‘‘Iris brun foncé, bec d’un blanchatre carné,
pattes brunes.”
Cet oiseau (le male) s’accorde avec un mile adulte de |’Ecuador
du Musée Berlepsch.
— 124. CaTAMBLYRHYNCHUS DIADDMA CITRINIFRONS, subsp. nov.
C. diadema, T'acz. Orn. Péron, ii. p. 24.
C. C. diademati, Lafr., simillimus, sed fronte pallidiore fere
citrino- nec aurantio-flavo, corpore subtus lateribusque capitis
clare rufo-brunneis nec intense custaneis distinguendus.
dg. Al. 693, caud. 733, culm. 93, tarse 22} mm.
OF ” 663, ” 713; ” 114, or) 213 ”
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Berlepsch).
Maraynioc: cing individus, décembre 1891, septembre 1892
et janvier 1893.
Les individus de Catumblyrhynchus de Pérou central se distin-
guent au premier coup d’ceil des oiseaux de Bogota et de Ecuador
par le jaune du front beaucoup plus pale, presque citron, au lieu
d’un jaune d’or orange. Les parties supérieures et les cétés de
la téte sont d’un roux brun clair au licu d’un brun chatain
obscur. Il n’y a pas d’autres caractéres distinctifs.
125. SpopIoRNIS JARDINSI, Scl.
Spodiornis jelskii, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 42; Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. M. xii. p. 798.
Garita del Sol; une paire, février et mars 1893. “Iris brun
foneé ; bee chez le male noir, chez la femelle noir & mandibule
inférieure d’un plombé bleuitre foncé; pattes chez le mile noires
brunatres, chez la femelle carnées.”
Ces oiseaux nous permettent de déclarer l’identité de la S. jelskit
avec la S. jardinet. On sait que la description de Taczanowski du
S. jelskit était basée sur la femelle unique de Ropaybamba. Nos
oiseaux viennent d’une localité trés voisine de Ropaybamba, et
pourtant ils ne différent presque point des oiseaux écuadoriens
(S. jardinei). Tl faudra donc supprimer l’espéce de ‘Taczanowski.
— 126, PiryGILUs ONLORONOTUS, sp. nov.
Ph. gayi, Tacz. (nec Hyd. & Gerv.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 32.
? Ph. punensis, Sharpe (nec Ridgway), Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii.
p. 785 (Tinta).
Ph. Ph. punensi, Ridqw., affinis, sed dorso pure flavescenti-olivaceo
(nec brunneo) pectore abdomineque flavescentiore (minus brunneo
lavato), capite gulaque pallidius schistaceis, necnon rostro lon-
giore et crasstore (in hoc genere maximo) cdistinguendus.
3. Al. 954, caud. 683, culm.173-18, tars. 263 mm.
Ory eter ean Ols rout thee 5a
1896.} THH ORNITHOLOGY OF ONNTRAL PERU. 351
Ingapirea: trois individus, juin 1890; Tarma: six oiseaux,
octobre 1892, aotit et septembre 1893. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec
noir corné &' mandibule inférieure et & bord de la machoire prés
de la base d’un plombé bleuatre, pattes d’un carné brunatre.”
Il parait que les oiseaux de Tinta décrits par le Dr. Sharpe sous
le nom de Ph. punensis appartiennent 4 la méme forme que celui
du Pérou central, car il dit que le dos est “rich olive-yellow ”
tandis que Ridgway, dans sa description du Ph. punensis, basée
sur des échantillons du Lac Titicaca, a remarqué que le dos est
plus brunatre (ou ‘“‘rufescent”’) que chez le Ph. gayi. C'est pour-
quoi nous présumons que le Ph. saturatus, Sharpe, est le méme
que le Ph. punensis, Ridgway.
127. Puryeinus uniconor (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
“ Ph. rusticus, Tsch.,” Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 38.
Ingapirca (juin 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1892 et février
1893). “Iris brun foncé.”
128. PHRYGILUS PLUBEIUS, T'sch.
Ingapirea (mai et juin 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1892): huit
individus. “Iris brun foncé.”
129. Puryeitus rruricert (Icittl.).
Une femelle de Chicla (27 avril 1890) et deux males de Tarma
(décembre 1891 et octobre 1893). “‘ Iris brun foncé.”
130. PuryerLus aLAupINuS (Kittl.).
Tarma (1 septembre 1893) et Jauja (19 juillet 1893): deux
males jeunes.
131. Druca specuLirEera (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Une femelle de Banos (29 avril 1890). ‘Iris brun.”
Cet oiseau ne différe des échantillons de la Bolivie que par le
bec un peu plus long et plus épais.
132. PsnupocHLoRis sHARPEI, Berl. et Stolzm.
Ps. sharper, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 386.
Sycalis uropygialis, Tacz. (nec Lafr.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 58.
Nombreux individus d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890) et de Tarma
(juillet et septembre 1893). ‘Iris brun clair, bec noir 4 mandi-
bule inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre avec la pointe noiratre, pattes
d’un carné brunatre.”
133. PsEUDOcHLORIS LUTHA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Sycalis lutea, Tacz. Orn. Perou, iti. p. 56.
Sycalis chloris, Tschudi, Faun. Peruan., Orn. p. 216.
Tarma (octobre 1892 et aot 1893) et Jauja (juillet 1893): six
individus. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec d’un gris brundtre & mandibule
inférieure plus claire, pattes d’un carné brunatre.”
Al. 82-812, caud. 59-56, culm. 113-103, tars. 194-183 mm.
352 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. 8ToLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec des spécimens re-
cueillis par Garlepp dans la Bolivie occidentale.
— 184. SPINUS ICTERIOUS PERUANUS, subsp. nov.
Chrysomitris capitalis, Tacz. (nec Cab.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 49;
Berl. et Stolzm. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 377 (Lima et Ica).
Intermedia quasi inter 8. ictericum et 8. capitalem.
3 huic S. icterici simillimus, sed rostro paullo breviore, colore
corporis flavo paullo obscuriore, uropygioque minus flavo perfuso,
mecnon remigibus tertiariis grisco-albo nec flavo marginatis, a
mari 8. capitalis coloribus vividioribus, colli lateribus distincte
flavis (nec dorso concoloribus), dorso flavidiore viridi, uropygro
magis flavo perfuso, pectore abdomineque purius flavis, necnon
colore rectricum basali flavo magis eatenso distinguendus.
2 a femina S. icterici simillima, rostro breviore distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali orientali (circum La Merced et Garita
del Sol) et in occidentali (cireum Lima et Ica).
Long. ale. Caude. Oulm, Tarai.
6d .... 71 -663, 45 -42, 10-93, eos mm.
QQ .... 654-65, 413-40, 10-93, 153-14 ,,
Nombreux individus de La Merced (janvier) et de Garita del Sol
(juillet 1891).
Nous avons déji montré (J. c.) quelques différences entre les
oiseaux de Lima et Ica et ceux de l’Ecuador (capitalis, Cab.). Les
oiseaux de La Merced et de Garita del Sol s’accordent avec les
spécimens de Lima et d’Ica. Ils n’en différent qu’en ce que le
miroir alaire parait toujours moins étendu. Dans ce dernier
caractére ils s’accordent mieux avec les oiseaux de |’ Ecuador.
L’examen d’une belle série d’oiseaux péruviens et écuadoriens
nous a convaincu qu’il y a des races locales constantes, qu'il faudra
séparer. La race péruvienne parait plus proche du S. zctericus
(Licht.) du Brésil, dont elle ne différe que par le bee générale-
ment plus court, par le jaune d’or des parties inférieures un peu
plus terne, par le croupion moins lavé de jaune d’or et par les
bordures des rémiges tertiaires, qui sont généralement d’un blanc
gris4tre au lieu d’un jaune verdatre.
Du S. capitalis de ’Ecuador la race péruvienne différe par la
couleur des cétés du cou, qui est d’un jaune semblable 4 celui des
parties inférieures au lieu d’étre verte semblable 4 celle du dos.
Le jaune des parties inférieures est plus clair, moins verditre, le
croupion plus lavé de jaune, tandis qu'il est presque semblable au
dos chez le S. capitalis ; le dos aussi d’un vert plus jaunatre. Le
jaune de la base des rectrices externes plus étendu, de sorte
que le tiers noiratre de ces pennes est plus court que chez le
S. capitalis.
La femelle de la forme péruvienne, quant 4 sa coloration, ne
parait pas différente des femelles des deux races voisines, mais on
pourrait la distinguer de la femelle du S. ictericus par son bec un
peu plus court.
1896.] DH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PURU. 353
135. Sprnus ontvacnus, Berl. et Stolam.
Spinus olivaceus, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 387.
~ Gavrita del Sol: trois males adultes et une femelle, 24 juillet
1892 et 13 février 1894.
136. Spinus scuarpri (Sharpe) ?
Une femelle de Garita del Sol, 27 juillet 1891.
Cet oiseau différe des femelles du S. cctertcus peruanus par la
couleur des parties inférieures, qui est blanche grisdtre mélée un
peu de jaune olivatre.
Il s’accorde en général avec Ja description de la femelle du
S. sclateri, Sharpe (Cat. B. xii. p. 200), et avec une femelle de
Mapoto (Ecuador or.)—nommée capitalis par Taczanowski, P. Z.S.
1885, p. 85—et ne différe que par les parties supérieures plus
lavées de grisitre. On ne peut résoudre la question avant d’avoir
examiné le male provenant de la méme localité.
137. Spinus arratus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Chrysomitris atrata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 53,
Ingapirea (juin 1890), Maraynioc (février 1893), Jauja (juillet
1893) et Tarma (juillet 1893): six spécimens. ‘Iris brun fonce.”
Un mile examiné par Berlepsch a les ailes et la queue plus
courtes que les oiseaux typiques de La Paz, Bolivie.
138. AMMODROMUS PERUANUS (Bp.).
Coturniculus peruanus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 43.
La Merced: quatre spécimens, juillet 1890. ‘‘ Iris brun foncé.”
Tam. Icrmrips,
139. Osrinors ALFREDI (Des Murs).
Trois males et une femelle de La Merced (juillet 1890 et avril
1891) et de Borgaiio (mai 1891). “Iris gris bleudtre, bec blanc
jaunitre.”
140. Osrinors arrovirEns (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Deux miles de La Gloria (9 aot 1890) et de Garita del Sol
(juin 1891). <“‘ Iris cendré bleuatre ou brun, bec d’un jaune olivaire
pale, pattes noires.”
141. Osrrnors DECUMANUS (Pall.).
La Merced (19 juillet 1890): une femelle. <“‘ Iris bleu de ciel.”
142. Cassicus ALBIRosrnris (L.)'.
Tanagra albirostris, Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. ii. prodr. (1764) p.31
(typ. ex America, Mus. Ad. Frid.).
1 Les régles américaines d’aprés lesquelles on commence Ja nomenclature
zoologique 5 partir de l’an 1758 nous permettent de changer le nom impropre de
“ persicus” en ‘* albirostris,” le dernier nom étant imposé par Linné & la méme
espéce deux ans plus tot. Le Cassicus albirostris, Vieill., devra donc porter le
nom de C. chrysopterus (Vig.).—Buru. et Sronz.
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XXIII. 23
354 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON —‘[Mar. 8,
Oriolus persicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1766) p. 161.
Cassicus persicus, auct., Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 411.
La Merced (juillet et aofit 1890); six oiseaux. “Iris bleu de
ciel, bec jaune bleuatre pile.”
143. Casstcus LeuconHAMPuHUS (Bp.).
Chilpes (juillet 1891), Maraynioe (juillet et septembre 1892 et
1893) : cing oiseaux.
144, AMBLYCERCUS sOLITARIUS (Vieill.).
Cassicus solitarius, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 415.
Une femelle de La Merced (24 aoat 1890). “Iris rouge sale,
bec d’un jaune olivatre pale, pattes noires.”
145. Icrurvs OAYANENSIS (Linn.).
Un mile de La Merced (28 juillet 1890). “Iris brun.”
Al. 994, caud. 984, culm. 22, tars. 233 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé se distingue dun individu du Musée Berlepsch,
qui provenait probablement de Cayenne, par le jaune des épaules
beaucoup plus pile, presque citron an lieu d’orangé brunatre, par
les tibias mélangés un peu de jaune et par le bec beaucoup plus
long et distinctement courbé.
146. DoticHonyx oryzivorus (Linn.).
Un male non completement adulte et un jeune oiseau en plumage
de transition. La Merced (1891—mars).
Fam. Corvin.
147. XanrHoura ynoas (Bodd.).
Cyanocorax yncas, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 396.
Un mile et quatre femelles de Garita del Sol (juillet, aout et
septembre 1891).
148, XANTHOURA JOLY (Bp.).
Deux paires de Tambo de Aza (Maraynioc), septembre 1892 et
février 1893. “Iris noiritre, bec et pattes noires.”
Ces oiseaux ne different d’un male adulte de Tamiapampa, Pérou
du nord (coll. Stolzmann), appartenant au Musée Berlepsch, que
par le dos et Ja poitrine plus lavés d’un bleu violatre ou pourpre.
Fam. TYRaNnnip&,
149. AGRIORNIS INSOLENs, Scl. et Saly.
? Agriornis solitaria, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Péron, il. P- 183.
Agriornis insolens, id. ibid. ii. p. 183.
Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), Tarma (juillet 1892) et Maraynioc
aoit 1892 et février 1893): sept specimens. “Iris blanc sale,
bec et pattes noirs.”
do. Al. 1374, cand. 104 , culm. 242, tars. 344 mm.
9) an) ) 132 ’ 9 1013, ” 243, 99 33h bh)
1896.] - HH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 355
150. MyIorHERETES ERYTHROPYGIvs, Scl.
Pariayacu (Maraynioc), aott 1892: une paire. ‘“‘ Iris brun fonce,
bec et pattes noirs.”
do. Al. 1394, caud. 1053, culm. 18, tars. 313 mm.
: 2 * 99 1354, ” 99, ” 173, ” 30 ”
Ces oiseaux ne différent des oiseaux de ]’Ecuador, d’ot venait le
type, que par les ailes et la queue un peu plus courtes et par le
dos plus noirdtre, moins bruniatre.
151. MyiorHmrErns stRIATICOLLIs (Scl.).
Garita del Sol (13 aotit 1891) et Pariayacu (juillet et aott
1892) : trois miles.
152. OcHTHODLETA FUMIGATUS (Boiss.).
Un male de Culumachay (Maraynioc), 21 juillet 1892. “ Iris
brun café, bec et pattes noirs.”
Al. 113, caud. 914, culm. 21, tars. 243 mm.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central s’accordent avec les échantillons
de Bogoté et de |’Ecuador, et ne différent que par les rectrices
externes 4 bordures externes plus piles ou plus blanchatres et
par les bordures des tectrices sus-alaires plus obscures et moins
roussatres.
+153. OcHTHOSCA GNANYHOIDES BRUNNEIFRONS, subsp. nov.
Ochthoéca fumicolor, Tacz. (nec Scl.), Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 191.
Ochthoéca enanthoides (pt.), Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv. (1888)
p. 20 (Ecuador et Pérou centr.).
0. O. eenanthoidi simillima, sed paulo major, pileo anteriore
brunneo, dorso fere concolore (nec olivaceo-griseo lavato), gula
fuscescentiore, necnon stria supercihari post oculum dirstincte
rufescente (nec sordide flavescenti-alba) cistingquenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et septentrionali et in Ecuadoria.
Long. ale. Caudee. Oulm. = Tarsi.
9 (Maraynioc—Peruviacentr.). 863 763 — 24 mm,
9 (Cutervo—Peruvia centr.) . 81 714 14 221 ,,
Oiseaux de l’Ecuador ...... 94-854 814-74 15-133 24-23: ,,
Maraynioe (octobre et décembre 1891, aoiit et septembre 1892);
cing oiseaux. ‘‘ Iris brun foneé, bec et pattes noirs.”
Mr. Sclater a déj& démontré que les oiseaux de I’Hcuador ne
peuvent pas étre réunis avec !’0. fumicolor, Scl., de Bogoté, qui est
plus pale en dessous avec la gorge blanchatre, la poitrine d’un brun
grisitre fauve, Je ventre d’un brun roussitre pile, et les sous-
caudales d’un blanc sale.
La forme qui habite l’Eeuador et le Pérou du nord et central &
presque la méme coloration des parties inférieures que lO. anan-
thoides, Lafr. et d’Orb., de la Bolivie et du Pérou meéridional
(Cachupata). Elle differe néanmoins de 1’0. Cae par la
356 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
couleur du piléu a antérieur, qui est presque la méme que celui du
dos au lieu d’olive grisitre comme chez 10. enanthoides. La
différence la plus tranchante consiste dans la coloration de la strie
surciliére, qui chez 1’0. wnanthoides est d’un blanc jaunitre sale
uniforme, tandis qu’elle est fortement lavée de roussitre dans la
partie postoculaire chez la forme que nous venons de décrire.
Celle-ci a aussi les dimensions généralement plus fortes. Par la
coloration du dessus du corps la forme nouvelle ressemble plutot &
VO. fumicolor qwi VO. enanthoides.
154, OcHTHoCA PotIonora, Scl. et Salv.
Une paire d’Ingapirca (juin 1890) et un mile de Queta prés de
Tarma (29 juillet 1893). ‘ Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 92, caud. 80, culm. 134, tars. 233 mm.
Nous n’avons pas eu l’occasion de comparer des oiseaux typiques
de Pitumarea, Pérou du sud, mais il faut remarquer que nos oiseaux
onf le dos d’un brun terreux, tandis que nous lisons dans la
diagnose de MM. Sclater et Salvin “ supra cinerea.”
155, OcHTHOCA LEUCOMETOPA, Scl. et Saly.
Acobamba (11 juillet 1890) et Tarma (décembre 1890, juillet et
noit 1893): quatres exemplaires. ‘ Iris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec un spécimen typique de Paucartambo
(Pérou du Sud) du Musée Berlepsch.
-+ 156. OoHrHosca JELSKII sPODIONOTA, subsp. nov.
O. O. jelskii (ea Peruv. septentr. occ.) simillima, sed differt dorso
obscure olivaceo-brunneo (nec castaneo-brunneo), fronte etiam
aureo-flavo nulto latiore et letiore ut videtur.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (typus in Mus. Branicki).
3 6. Al. 69-663, caud. 603-574, culm. 113-103, tars. 213 mm.
Un mile adulte du 22 juin 1892 de Maraynioc, Pariayacu, et’ un
jeune male du 17 septembre 1892 de Maraynioc, Culumachay.
“Tris brun, bec et pattes noirs.”
C’est par méprise que Mr. Sclater, dans le Cat. Brit. Mus. xiv.
p. 22, réuni 1’O. jelsku, Tacz., avec |’O. pulchella, Scl., de la Bolivie,
car la derniére n’a pas de jaune au front.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central paraissent également différents de
lO. jelskii, Tacz. (dont le type venait de la Montana de Nancho au
nord-ouest du Pérou), ayant le dos d’un brun dolive 4 peine
roussitre (encore plus obscur que chez 10. citrinifrons de |’ Ecuador,
tandis que lO. jelskit est dit étre parfaitement distincte de
VO. citrinifrons par le dos plus roux. Les oiseaux de Maraynioc
différent aussi de !’O. citrinifrons par le jaune du front beaucoup plus
large et plus intense (plutét d’un jaune d’or que d’un jaune citron
pile), dont Taczanowski ne fait pas mention dans la description de
YO. jelskii. Ein outre les oiseaux de Maraynioe difftrent de 1’.
citrinifrons par le cendré de la gorge et de la poitrine un peu plus
obscur, par les sous-caudales blanches, par des bordures d’un brun
roussatre des tectrices alaires et des rémiges tertiaires, enfin par
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF CENLRAL PERU. 357
les dimensions plus grandes. Par ces derniers caractéres elle
parait s’accorder avec 1’0. jelskii.
157. OcuTHOECA LEssont, Scl.
Maraynioc (octobre 1891, juillet, aofit et septembre 1892):
cing oiseaux.
Al. 674, caud. 61, culm. 113, tars. 193 mm.
158. OcutTHo#oA THORACTOA, Tacz.
Une paire de Maraynioc (juillet et aott 1892).
L’oiseau typique du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie venait de
Chilpes—localité trés voisine de Maraynioc.
3. Al. 684, caud. 64 , culm. 123, tars. 193 mm.
Q- » 653, 5 523, 4 11g, » 183 »
159. OcHTHOLCA RUFIMARGINATA, Lawr.
Maraynioc (novembre 1891, aoitt et septembre 1892): trois
exemplaires. ;
+160. SaYORNIS CINDRACEA ANGUSTIROSTRIS, subsp. nov.
Sayornis cineracea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 204.
S. 8. cineraces (Lafr.) e Venezuela simillima, differt rostro multo
angustiore et breviore, capite, dorso, gula, pectore ventrisque
lateribus intensius nigris (nec nigro-brunneis), uropygio quoque
obscurius schistaceo, tectricthus subcaudalibus nigro-brunneis
sordide albo marginatis (nec majore ex parte albescentibus).
ITab. in Peruvia centrali (et in Ecuadoria 2).
6. Long ale 942, caud. 84, culm. 15, tars. 18 mm.
Deux miles et une femelle de La Merced (juillet 1890, janvier
et mars 1891).
_ La Sayornis du Pérou central se distingue des oiseaux de Caracas
(S. cineracea typique) par le bec beaucoup plus étroit et plus court,
par la couleur nviratre du corps plus intense (moins brunitre), et
par les tectrices sous-caudales d’un noir brun et bordées d’un gris
blanchatre au lieu d’étre presque blanches en entier comme c’est le
cas chez les oiseaux du Vénézuela.
Un oiseau de Ecuador du Musée Berlepsch a le bec petit comme
le spécimen de La Merced et parait appartenir 4 la méme forme.
Les individus de la Bolivie du Musée Berlepsch (S. latirostris,
Cab. et Heine) ont le bec large comme la S. cineracea typique
et ne s’en distinguent que par les tectrices sous-caudales noiritres
et les tectrices sus-alaires et les tertiaires plus largement bordées
de blanc. Un oiseau de Bogotd (Musée Berlepsch) ne parait
pas différent des oiseaux de la Bolivie.
161. CoPURUS COLONUS FUSCICAPILLUS (Scl.).
Copurus colonus (Vieill.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 209.
Dix individus, dont quatre males, une femelle et deux jeunes
oiseaux (en plumage complétement noir) de La Merced, de La Gloria
4
358 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
(juillet et aofit 1890, janvier et avril 1891) et de Garita del Sol
(juillet 1891). “ Iris brun foncé.”
Ties oiseaux de Bogota (C. fuscicapillus typique), de 1’ Ecuador,
du Pérou et de la Bolivie ont toujours les deux rectrices médianes
beaucoup plus longues que ceux du Brésil. La Muscicapa colonus,
Vieill., repose sur la forme du Paraguay, qu'il faudra examiner.
La femelle de La Merced se distingue des miiles adultes par le
piléum plus brundtre dans sa partie postérieure et par le ventre
mélangé de blanchatre.
162. Muscisaxicona aLBrrrons (Tsch.).
Deux miles. Cordilléres du Péron central (avril 1890). “ Iris
brun clair.”
163, MusoIsaxIcoLa CINEREA, Phil. et Landb.
Tngapirca (juin 1890): deux miles, “ Iris brun.”
Al. 1122, caud. 774-763, culm. 143, tars. 284 mm.
164, MusctsaxicoLa FLAVINUCHA, Lafr.
Ingapirca (juin 1890): six individus. “ Tris brun.”
165. MusorsaXICoLA RUBRIOAPILLA, Phil. et Landb.
Un mile de Maraynioc, 23 juillet 1892. M. Kalinowski avait
envoyé cet individu sous le nom de AM. juninensis, mais cette derniére
est une espéce tout-i-fait distincte.
166. Musorsax1coLA JUNINENSIS, Tacz.
Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), Pariayacu et Tarma (juillet et
septembre 1892, juillet 1893). ‘‘ Iris brun foncé.”
167. MUsoIsaxIcoLa RUFIVERTEX, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Chicla (avril 1890), hacienda de Queta pres de Tarma (juillet et
septembre 1893). “Iris brun clair.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-a-fait avec les échantillons recueillis
par Garlepp 4 La Paz, Bolivie.
168. MuscisaxIcoLA MACULTROSTRIS, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Ingapirca (mai 1890), Queta (juillet 1893) et Maraynioc (sep-
tembre 1892). “Iris brun foncé.”
gad. Al. 86}, caud. 633, culm. 1332, tars. 25 mm.
Le type de la M. maculirostris venait de La Paz, Bolivie, et ayant
comparé une belle série d’oiseaux recueillis par Garlepp 4 Chicani,
dans la Bolivie occidentale, Berlepsch a pu constater que les oiseaux
du Pérou central n’en différent par aucun détail.
Une femelle de Yocon, Ecuador oce. (coll. Stolamann), du Musée
Branicki, comparée 4 loiseau de Junin (Ingapirca) présente des
différences considérables. Cet oiseau a le bec plus court et plus
large & la base, et les ailes et la queue plus courtes. Les parties
inférieures sont fortement lavées et mélangées de roussitre, tandis
que chez loiseau de Junin elles sont dun blane sale lavées un peu
1896.]} THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 359
de brun grisitre sur la poitrine et d’un rosé tendre sur l’abdomen.
Les tectrices sous-alaires et les bords internes des rémiges sont d’un
ochreux vif au lieu d’un blanc roussatre.
Pour cette forme de |’Ecuador occ. nous proposons le nom de
M, maculirostris rufescens, Berl. et Stolz.
@ de Yocon. Long. al. 804, caud. 623, culm. 12, tars. 254 mm.
169. MuscIsaxICOLA FLUVIATILIs, Scl. et Salv.
Trois femelles de La Merced (juillet, aoit et septembre 1890).
‘Tris brun foncé.”
Nous n’avyons pas pu comparer nos oiseaux avec les exemplaires
typiques de l’Ucayali. Ils s’accordent parfaitement avec un oiseau
recueilli par Garlepp 4 Juntas, Bolivie. Il parait que les oiseaux
typiques de l’Ucayali auraient les bandes alaires plus marquees.
170. MuscIsaxICOLA RUFIPENNIS, Tacz.
Un jeune oiseau de Maraynioc, Pariayacu, de 15 aoait 1892.
Al. 1283, caud. 94, culm, 203, tars. 293 mm.
Cette espéce nous parait plutét une Z'entoptera, ayant le bec ia
large que les espéces de Muscisawicolu. Peut-étre faudra-t-il en
former un genre nouveau.
171. Cunrrires ongas, Scl. et Salv.
Nombreux individus d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890). “ Iris brun
foneé.” Le type venait de Tinta, Pérou du sud.
172, PLATYRHYNCHUS FLAVIGULARIS, Scl. et Salvy.
Un oiseau en mue, sans indication du sexe, de La Gloria (6 février
1891). ‘Iris brun clair.”
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski s’accorde bien avec les individus
typiques de Bogota.
Ti faut cependant remarquer que le pileum parait un peu plus
lavé de brun roussitre, et que la gorge est d’un jaune plus ochreux
ou plus saturé. Les dimensions sont peut-étre un peu plus fortes :
nile 64, queue 333, culmen 11, tarse 133 mm.
-- 173, TopIRostRUM CINEREUM (L.).
La Merced (juillet et septembre 1890, février et avril 1891), La
Gloria (aoft 1890) et San Emilio (mai 1893). “ Iris jaune pale.”
Ces oiseaux ont les ailes un peu plus longues, et la queue beau-
coup plus longue, qu’un oiseau de Cayenne. Toutes les parties
supérieures sont plus noiratres, surtout le noir du piléum plus
intense et plus prolongé vers la nuque. Le type du 7. cinereum
venait de Surinam. Les oiseaux de Bogota paraissent inter-
médiaires.
Les deux ceufs recueillis par M. Kalinowski 4 Chanchamayo sont
d’une forme ovale typique, arrondis au gros bout et graduellement
attenués vers le petit bout. La coque, d’un blanc pur, est assez
lisse, mais sans lustre. Dimensions: 163 x12, 16 x 113 mm,
360 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M.J.8TOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
174, Euscartumus pyRruors, Cab.
Une femelle de Culumachay (Maraynioc), 17 septembre 1892.
Al, 443, caud. 412, culm. 10, tars. 153 mm.
Les oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie
venaient de Maraynioc et de Tambopata.
175. Huscartumus Latinosrnis, Pelz.
La Merced: un male du 27 juillet 1890. ‘Iris brun foncé.”
Cet individu différe un peu des oiseaux typiques par les couleurs
en général plus intenses et par les tibias roux au lieu de verd-
‘tres. Ces différences pourraient étre individuelles, car ’oiseau a
le plumage trés frais.
Cette espéce était omise dans )’ ‘Ornithologie du Pérou’ de
Taczanowski, quoiqu’elle était trouvé par Hauxwell i Chamicuros
et par Bartlett i Nauta (Pérou or.).
176, EUSCARTHMUS MARGARITACEIVENTER (Lafr. et d’Orb.),
subsp. ?
Euscarthmus wuchereri, Tacz. (nec Scl. et Salv.) Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 233,
Deux paires de La Merced (juillet 1890; janvier, février et avril
1891). ‘Tris jaune orangé chez les deux miles et chez une
femelle, jaune pile chez l’autre ; bec brun & mandibule inférieure
carnée i la base, pattes d’un carné rosé.”
Ces oiseaux différent un peu des exemplaires typiques envoyés
par Garlepp de la Bolivie (Musée Berlepsch). Ils ont le milieu
de abdomen un peu lavé de jaunitre, tandis que chez l’E. mar-
garitaceiventer typique il est dun blanc pur. En outre ils ont le
dos d’un vert olive plus clair, et cet olive est plus étenda vers la
nuque, tandis que chez les oiseaux boliviens le cendré noiritre du
piléum se prolonge presque jusqu’au dos supérieur. nfin les
individus de La Merced ont le bec un peu plus long et la machoire
d’un brun rougedtre au lieu de noiritre. Les ailes et la queue sont
généralement un peu plus courtes. En cas que ces différences
seraient constantes, il faudrait peut-étre nommer les oiseaux péru-
viens Huscarthmus margaritaceiventer rufipes (Tsch.), car l’E. rufipes
de Tschudi parait s’appliquer 4 cette forme. LL. pelzelni, Scl. et
Salv., de Matogrosso, est peut-étre peu distinct des oiseaux du
Pérou.
177. Cznorricous RUFICEPS (Lafr.).
Serphophaga ruficeps, Tacz. (nec Lafr.), Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 237.
Un mile adulte de Sarnapaycha (Maraynioc), 22 février 1893.
“Tris brun rougedtre, bec noir 4 mandibule inférieure jaune,
pattes d’un gris olivatre.”
L’oiseau envoyé a des dimensions plus fortes que trois individus
de Bogotdé examinés par Berlepsch. L/aile est un peu, la queue
considérablement plus longue, le bec plus étroit que chez ley
oiseaux auxquels ils ont été comparés,
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 361
Les tectrices sus-alaires sont d’un brun olivitre presque uniforme,
au lien d’étre bordées d’un roux chitain vif comme chez les oiseaux
de Bogoté. Les rémiges et les rectrices sont bordées d’un brun
olive roussitre au lieu d’un brun chatain. Enfin le roux de la téte
est plus terne, le vert olive du dos plus lavé de brunitre, et le
milieu de abdomen d’un jaune verditre au lieu d’un jaune soufré
pur. La’ mandibule inférieure est d’un jaune plus clair sans
mélange brunitre.
Il parait donc que l’oiseau du Pérou mérite d’étre séparé, mais
avant de le décrire comme sous-espéce nouvelle il faudra examiner
plusieurs échantillons de cette région. En attendant nous lui
réservons le nom provisoire C. ruficeps haplopteryx, Berl. et
Stolzm.
3g. Maraynioc .... Al. 623, caud. 493. culm. 103, tars. 233 mm.
Specimina de Bogota. ,, 603, ,, 463, ,, 104, ,, 224 ,,
-+ 178. LopHorriccus squAMIcRIsTaTUS (Lafr.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle du 1 juillet 1891.
179. ORCHILUS ALBIVENTRIS, Berl. et Stolzm.
Orchilus albiveniris, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 389.
Maile unique de La Merced (10 septembre 1890).
180. Hapanocercus Acuriprnnis, Sel. et Salv.
La Merced: un jeune mile du 20 juillet 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
g juv. Al. 48, caud. 49, culm. 103, tars. 183 mm.
4-- 181. SmureHoPHAGA CINEREA, Strickl.
Iin Merced: deux femelles du 25 février 1891 et du 25 aoit
1890.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-i-fait avec des individus de
VEcuador, de Ja Bolivie etc. Les oiseaux de Lima ne different que
par le dos un peu plus obscur.
} 182. AWERETES PARULUS EQUATORIALIS, Tacz. et Berl.
Aneretes parulus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 239.
Acobamba (juillet 1890), Tarma (décembre 1890) et Maraynioc
(octobre 1891 et-aoit 1892). “Iris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les spécimens de |’Ecuador et du
Pérou du Nord, séparés par Taczanowski et Berlepsch sous la
dénomination d@’A. parulus equatorialis (P. Z.8. 1884, p. 296).
+ 183. CYANOTIS RUBRIGASTRA ALTICOLA, subsp. nov.
— Cyanotis azare', Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 243 (partim).
C.C. rubrigastre (Vieill.) ew Argentina, Chilia et Brasilia simillima,
differt ahs caudaque'longioribus et nigredine in parte basali
1 Te nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce est Sylvia rubrigastra (Vieill.)
(typus ex Paraguay). : 4
Ce)
Q.
362 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. 8TOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,
vexilli interni rectricum externarum mayis extensa, dimidium
basale fere occupante,
. Long. tot. 136-128, ale 57, caudx 49}, culminis 93, tarsi 19 mm.
o 128, » 55-543, ,, 48, A 93; ,, 192 ,,
Dimensions de la C. rubrigastra typique :—
Aile. Queue, Culm. Tara,
mm, mm. mm. mm,
. Chonchitas, Argentina, 25 oct., Mus. Sel. 473 42 103 +193
do. La Plata, a 10 nov., ,, 51g 453 «113198
3. 5 bi 6 nov., 4, 50 43 103 194
é. 0 a 4nov., ,, 52 464 — 193
Ad. Chili, Musée Berlepsch .............. 483 422 92 18
» Lima (Nation), Mus. Scl. ............ 50 383 11} 19}
Hab. in Peruvia centrali alta.
Huit individus d’Ingapirea (24 & 26 mai 1890), “Iris brun
bleuatre; envergure du mile 177-174, de la femelle 173-168 mm.”
Comparés aux oiseaux de la rép. Argentine, du Chili et du
Brésil méridional, nos exemplaires d’Ingapirea (Junin) présentent
une différence considérable dans la longueur des ailes et de la queue,
qui sont beaucoup plus longues que chez les oiseaux typiques. En
outre le noir sur la partie basale de la barbe interne des rectrices
externes est considérablement plus étendu, occupant presque la
moitié de la Jongueur, tandis que chez les oiseaux d’autres contrées
on ne voit qu’une petite tache 4 l’extréme base de cette barbe.
Les rémiges, surtout les secondaires, sont plus distinctement
bordées de blane 4 la pointe. Il parait aussi que le rouge de la
huppe interne et le jaune des sourcils et du dessous. du corps sont
un peu plus clairs. Le bec parait aussi plus mince.
Cest un fait remarquable qu’un individu de Lima du Musée
Sclater recueilli par le Prof. Nation appartient 4 la vraie C. rubri-
gastra. Il parait done que la forme que nous venons de décrire
serait propre aux régions trés élevées du Pérou.
184. M&cocERCULUS STICTOPTERUS TENIOPTERUS (Cab.),
Mecocerculus stictopterus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 201.
Maraynioc (novembre 1891, juillet et septembre 1892): trois
miles et une femelle.
Les oiseaux du Pérou se distinguent des oiseaux de )’Ecuador et
de la Colombie par le dos d’un olive verditre au lieu d’un olive
bruniitre (cf. ‘'acz. 1. ¢.).
185. Poaonorricous OPHTHALMIOUS, Tacz.
La Gloria: une femelle du 21 février 1891.
4-186. MioNECYES stRIATICOLLIS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).
Une femelle de Garita del Sol (septembre 1891), un jeune mile
de La Gloria (février 1891), et un mile adulte de Puyas-Yacu
(15 juillet 1892).
Les oiseaux du Pérou, de l’Ecuador et de la Colombie paraissent
‘différents des oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie par le plombé de la
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PURU, 363
téte et de la gorge plus restreint, moins pur et plus mélangé de
verditre, par les stries de la poitrine plus étroites et plus jaunatres
(au lieu de blanchitres) sur un fond olivatre moins foncé, enfin par
les tectrices sus-alaires grandes et moyennes bordées i la pointe d’un
roussitre pile produisant une sorte de bandes alaires dont l’oiseau
bolivien ne présente aucune trace. En cas que ces différences
seraient constantes, on pourrait distinguer la forme septentrionale
comme UM. striaticollis poliocephalus (Tsch.).
187. LEProPOGON AMAUROOEPHALUS PHRUVIANUS (Scl. et Salv.).
Leptopogon peruvianus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 248.
Un mile de La Merced (26 aoitt 1890). “ Iris brun bleuatre.”
Dimensions: Aile 66, queue 563, culmen 13, tarse 143 mm.
Cet oiseau a les dimensions un peu plus fortes qu’un mile de
Samiria (Amazone sup.—coll. Hauxwell) du Musée Berlepsch.
188. LEPTOPOGON SUPEROILIARIS, T'sch.
La Merced: un mile du 16 septembre 1890. ‘Iris brun clair.”
189. Lupropocon RvUFIPuCTUS, Tacz.
Un mile de Maraynioc du 24 octobre 1892. “ Iris brun foneé,
bec noir, pattes d’un gris bleuatre.”
Al. 693, caud. 64, culm. 114, tars. 144 mm.
C’est une espéce tout-i-fait distincte, peut-étre plus yoisine du
L. erythrops, Scl., que de toute autre.
190. PHYLLOMYIAS SEMIFUSCA WAGE (Tacz.).
Myiopatis wage, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 253.
Deux miles et une femelle de La Merced (septembre 1890,
février et mars 1891). “Iris brun foncé.”
Aile 592, queue 57, culmen 93, tarse 183 mm.
Ces oiseaux paraissent un peu intermédiaires entre Ja Ph. wage
du Pérou du nord et la forme de Bahia, qui doit probablement
porter le nom de Ph. semifusca superciliaris (Reinh.). Ils ne se
distinguent des specimens de Bahia que par le dos plus lavé
de grisitre et d’olivatre au lieu de roussitre.
191. TyRannisous FRoNTALIS, Berl. et Stolam. (Plate XIV.)
Tyranniscus frontals, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 390.
Garita del Sol (juillet, aotit et septembre 1891) et San Emilio
(Vitoc) (mai 1893): trois miles et une femelle.
+ 192, Tyranniscus PLUMBEICEPS (Lawr.).
Pogonotriccus plumbeiceps, Lawr.; Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv.
p- 99.
Deux femelles: La Gloria (24 janvier 1891) et Garita del Sol
(8 novembre 1892). ‘Iris brun, bec noir, pattes plombées.”
Aile 59-583, queue 59-533, culmen 83-7, tarse 15 mm.
Elles s’accordent avec les oiseaux de |’Heuador oriental recueillis
par Stolzmann. :
364 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J.SfOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,
193. EvaInna PALLATANG®, Scl.
Une femelle de Pariayacu, Maraynioc (1 aoit 1892),
Al. 743, caud. 693, culm, 93, tars. 163 mm.
194, Baten ALBIcEPS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Un mile adulte de Garita del Sol (14 juillet 1891).
Aile 774, queue 67, culmen 8}, tarse 173, “ long, totale 166,
envergure 2 $54” mm.
Avant Vavoir examiné les types de I’#, albiceps, Lafr. et d’Orb.,
et de lE. modesta, Tsch., il est impossible de dire avec certitude &
quelles formes ces dénominations s’appliqueront en réalité, Quant
i M. albiceps, Latr. et d’Orb., il nous parait que les individus de
Tacna (qui sont peut-étre identiques d ceux de Lima) et non
ceux de Rio Janeiro (qui appartenaient ou d PE. albiceps parvi-
rostris, Pelz., ou JE. pagana) ont servi de types 4 la description. '
Il se peut aussi que les oiseaux de Yungas aient servi de
types. Dans la description dela A/. modesta, Tschudi fait mention
de larges pointes blanches aux tectrices sus-alaires, ce qui s’‘appli-
querait, mieux aux oiseaux de Vorient qu’a ceux de l’occident, mais
Jes mesures données par Tschudi s’accordent bien avec celles des
oiseaux occidentaux.
En tout cas il faudra séparer les oiseaux de Vorient de ceux de
Voccident du Pérou. L’oisean de Garita del Sol se distingue de
ceux de Lima et d’Ica par les dimensions beaucoup plus petites, le
bec beaucoup plus étroit et plus faible, et par les bandes alaires
formées par les bordures terminales des tectrices les plus longues
et des médiaires plus larges et plus blanchatres, enfin par les
plumes de la huppe plus allongées et plus terminées en pointe.
L’oiseau de Garita ressemble plus & Voiseau de Chili qu’s celui
de Lima, mais celui de Chilia le bec également plus large et différe
par la couleur des parties supérieures du corps un peu plus pale et
plus uniforme et non variée par des disques plus foncés au milieu
des plumes; la gorge et la poitrine sont plus grisitres, moins
blanchatres ; enfin les ailes sont un peu plus longues. Unmilede
Fuerte d’Andalgala, Catamarca (coll. White), du Musée Berlepsch,
s’accorde le mieux avec l’oiseau de Garita, mais difftre néanmoins
par les ailes plus longues et le bec plus long et moins comprimé.
195. Exarnea aiaas, Scl. et Salv.
La Merced: une femelle (29 aofit 1890). ‘Iris brun.”
Aile 883, queue 743, tarse 183 mm.
Cet oiseau s’accorde bien avec les individus de Huayabamba
(Pérou du nord et de Bogoté) du Musée Berlepsch.
196. Enaryea opscura, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Garita del Sol (juillet et xoit 1891); deux miles.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des spécimens recueillis par Garlepp
dans la Bolivie occidentale,
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF OENTRAL PRU. 365
197. SUBLEGATUS BREVIROSTRIS (‘T'sch.).
Elainea brevirostris, Tach. Arch. x. 1 (1844), p. 274; id. Faun.
Per., Aves, p. 272; Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 272.
Empidagra brevirostris, Cab.; Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv.
p. 155. ; :
Le Merced: une femelle du 29 aott 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”
Long. totale 153, envergure 226, aile 69, queue 66, culmen 8,
tarse 162 mm.
Cette espéce est assez proche du S. platyrhynchus (Scl. et Salyv.)
du Brésil. Elle ne différe que par les ailes et la queue plus
longues et les couleurs plus vives. On peut supposer que le
S. griseocularis, Sel. et Salv., est identique 4 V’espéce de Tschudi,
dont MM. Cahanis et-Sclater ont malheureusement fait une
Timpidagra.
-+198. Leaarus aLBIcoLuis (Vieill.).
La Merced: un mile, octobre 1890. “Iris brun foncé.”
Al, 814, caud. 61, culm. 134, tars. 153 mm.
~-{|- 199. MyzoznTrres siMInis (Spix).
La Merced: cing individus, juillet 1890. ‘Iris brun olivatre.”
Ces oiseaux ont le dos un peu plus verdatre, et les rémiges moins
bordées de roussitre, que les oiseaux de Bahia. Ils sont presque
intermédiaires entre le MM. similis du Brésil et le M. tevensis
colombianus (Cab. et Heine) de Bogot#é, mais ressemblent plus au
premier.
200. RuyncHocycLus viripicers, Scl. et Salv.
Rhynchocyclus viridiceps, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 280 (typus
é Pebas).
La Merced: deux miles (27 juillet et 12 septembre 1890).
“Tris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec la description du
Ih. viridiceps, dont le type, jusqu’’ présent unique, venait de Pebas,
Haut-Amazone. Ils différent cependant par les dimensions plus
fortes et par le manque de la strie surciliére d’un jaune orangé,
qui se trouve chez le type de Pebas examiné par Berlepsch il y a
quelques années.
Aile. Queue. Culmen. Tarse.
3 ode la Merced. . 6343-604 533-493 123-112 173-163 mm.
¢ de Pebas...... 57 44. 113 163. —sC,,
- 201. Mytopynasrus souirantus (Vieill.).
La Gloria (aotit 1890), La Merced (septembre 1890 et mars
1891), Borgona (avril 1891), et Garita del Sol (octobre 1891).
“Tris brun foneé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent bien avec les oiseaux typiques de Para-
guay du Musée Berlepsch. .
366 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
202. MyiopYNASTES CHRYSOCEPHALUS (T'sch.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle du 14 février 1893.
Al. 1053, caud. 89, culm. 233, tars. 173 mm.
208. Himunpivea sotatnri, Reinh.
Deux individus: g de Chanchamayo (7 février 1891), et 9 de
Garita del Sol (28 aot 1891).
-}204. Myr1opius wzvivus (Bodd.)?
La Merced: un jeune male du 20 juillet 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
Aile 59, queue 55, culmen 103, tarse 14? mm.
Cet oiseau s’accorde bien avec des femelles ou jeunes miles de
Bahia. Ila la huppe internerousse. I] faudra voir le male adulte
4 huppe jaune.
-/-205. Myrostus cinnamomeEus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Garita del Sol: deux femelles, juin et septembre 1891. S’ac-
cordent avec les oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie.
206. Myronius FULVIGULARIS, Salv. et Godm.
Myiobius fulvigularis, Saly. et Godm, Biolog. Centr.-Amer., Aves
(1889), p. 58 (typus ex Am. centr.).
Myiobius erythrurus, Tacz. (nec Cab.) Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 301.
Borgona: une femelle du 21 avril 1891. -
4- 207. PyrocePHaLus RuBINEUS (Bodd.).
La Merced: un jeune mile, aoit 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”
- 208. EMPrDOCHANES PHOILURUS PERUANUS, subsp. nov.
Empidochanes pecilurus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 314.
E.¥. peciluro ea Bogota affnis, differt rectricibus duabus
externis—macula anteapicali fusca excepta—fere omnino pallide
rufis, cceteris—duabus intermedius omnino fuscis exceptis—
pogonio eaterno solummodo fuscis, interno omnino rufis, necnon
abdomine ochraceo saturatiore, rostro etiam longiore.
Q de Garita: al. 703, caud. 62, culm. 113, tars. 173 mm.
Hab, in Peruvia septentr. (‘Tambillo), centrali (Garita del Sol),
et in meridionali (Cosnipata). Garita del Sol: une femelle du 23
juillet 1891.
La femelle envoyée par Kalinowski, de méme qu’une jeune
femelle de Tambillo du Musée Berlepsch (recueillie par Stolzmann),
se distingue d’un oiseau de Bogot# par la coloration de la rectrice
externe. L/’oiseau de Bogota la présente en grande partie noiritre
avec les deux tiers de la barbe interne brun roussitre, tandis que
chez les oiseaux du Pérou cette rectrice est d’un roux pile presque
uniforme 4 l’exception d’une petite tache noiratre dans la portion
terminale. Les rectrices suivantes chez les oiseaux du Pérou ont
la barbe externe noiratre, l’interne d’un roux brun uniforme, tandis
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PHRU. 367
que chez l’oiseau de Bogotd la barbe interne est en grande partie
noiritre. Enfin les oiseaux du Pérou présentent l’abdomen d’un
ochreux plus intense et ont le bec plus long. Mr. Sclater (Cat.
Birds Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 218) avait déji mentionné la différence
entre les oiseaux du Pérou et de la Colombie.
-]-209. MrrrEPHANES OCHRACEIVENTRIS (Cab.).
Mitrephorus ochraceiventris, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 315.
Maraynioc: deux miles adultes, dont un du 17 novembre 1891
et l'autre du 1 décembre 1892. “Iris brun foncé, bec et pattes
noirs.”
210. MirrEerHaNEs oLivacnus, Berl. et Stolzm.
Mitrephanes olivaceus, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 391.
Male unique de Garita del Sol (3 septembre 1891).
-|- 211, Corropus arpustacus (Lafr.),
Chanchamayo (juillet 1890) et Garita del Sol (septembre 1891):
une paire de jeunes oiseaux. ‘Iris brun foncé.”
-| 212. Conropus VIRENS RIOHARDSONI (Swains.) ?
La Merced, un male adulte du 27 février 1891, et La Gloria,
une femelle plus jeune du 19 février 1891.
g. Aile 88, queue 68, culmen 14, tarse 13? mm.
Org Sls) 15. 622, 5) 138 3) 1ls
213. Myraronus onpHatorns, Tacz.
La Merced (décembre 1890) et Garita del Sol (juillet 1891 et
ayril 1893): cing oiseaux.
214. Myiaronus TRicotor, Pelz.
Myiarchus nigriceps, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn, Pérou, ii. p. 324
(partim).
Une paire de Borgona (27 avril 1891) et de La Gloria (17 janvier
1891).
Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec un spécimen de Bahia,
Brésil, du Musée Berlepsch (IM. tricolor typique) et différent du
M., nigriceps, Scl., de ? Ecuador occidental et de Tambillo, Pérou du
nord, ayant le piléum d’un brun noiratre au lieu d’un noir intense.
Ils ressemblent le plus aux oiseaux de 1’Ecuador oriental, de
Bogota et de Bucaramanga du Musée Berlepsch.
215. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLIOUS (Vieill.).
La Merced : cing oiseaux du juillet 1890. Iris brun clair.”
Fam. Pirrip®.
216. Prexirns rscHupiI, Cab.
La Gloria (janvier et février) et La Merced (mars 1891): deux
miles et une femelle.
368 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
- Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les individus de l’Ecuador or. et de
Bogoté du Musée Berlepsch. II parait néanmoins qu’ils différent
constammeut en ayant les tectrices sus-alaires bordées a la pointe
d'un blanc olivatre au lieu de vert, ce qui forme une seconde raie
sur Vaile, tandis que les oiseaux des autres localités n’en ont qu’une.
217. Cutororiro unrIcotor, Tacz.
Garita del Sol: une femelle du 8 juillet 1891. “Tris brun
foneé, bec brun 4 mandibule inférieure d’un brun bleuatre, pattes
dun brun bleudtre.” Envergure 252, long. lat. 143, aile 753,
queue 503, culmen 144, tarse 113 mm.
Mr. Sclater dans le Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 286 a placé le
Ch. unicolor, Tacz., comme synonyme du Ch, wniformis (avec point
d’ interrogation), mais l’espéce de Taczanowski est tout-a-fait dis-
tincte. Berlepsch a comparé la femelle de Garita del Sol avec un
mile et deux femelles du Ch. uniformis de la Guyane anglaise et a
trouvé qu’elle en différe par le bec totalement différent, beaucoup
plus comprimé et plus droit 4 Varéte dorsale de la machoire trés
saillante et non arrondie comme chez le Ch. wniformis, par la
mandibule inférieure en partie blanchatre, par le vert du plumage
beaucoup plus foncé, le piléum d’un vert noiratre un peu Iuisant..
La différence la plus frappante consiste dans la couleur et dans la
forme des tectrices sous-alaires postérieures, qui chez le Ch. unicolor
sont allongées, soyeuses et lisses et d’une couleur blanc de neige,
tandis que chez le Ch. wniformis elles sont de la forme ordinaire et
d’une couleur blanchitre lavée de jaune verditre. Il y a aussi chez
le Ch. unicolor un fascicule de longues plumes soyeuses aux cétés
du corps sous laile d’un blane de neige qui manquent au Ch. uni-
formis. Du reste le Ch. unicolor est plus petit dans toutes ses
dimensions.
218. Pirra ciLorommnos, T'sch.
La Gloria (aoat 1890, janvier ct février 1891), La Merced
(septembre 1890 et mars 1891) et Borgofia (juin 1891). “ Iris
blanc jaunitre.”’
219. Prpra coma, Berl. et Stolzm.
Pipra comata, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 392. :
La Gloria (aoit 1890) et Garita del Sol (juin et aoit 1891, avril
1893).
+- 220. Pipra omRULEOCAPILLA, Tsch.
La Gloria et La Merced: cinq oiseaux, aofit 1893 et février
1891, ‘Iris brun foncé.”
221. HETEROPELMA AMAZONUM, Scl.
La Gloria: un mile du 11 aofit 1890. ‘Tris brun clair.”
Envergure 299, long. totale 185, nile 89, queue 703, culmen 127,
tarse 204 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski différe un peu d’un spécimen du
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PERU. 369
H. amazonum, Scl., de ’Ecuador oriental du Musée Berlepsch.
Dans la couleur des parties intérieures il n’y a pas de différences,
mais les parties supérieures sont plus verditres, presque comme
chez le H. wallacei, ’ exception du piléum, qui est presque aussi
roussitre que chez le H. turdinum. Les ailes sont courtes, comme
chez le H. wallucei, la queue plus longue que chez le H. wallace: et
le H. amazonum, mais plus courte que chez le H. turdinum. Le
bec est mince, comme chez le H. amazonum.
Il faudrait voir plusieurs individus avant de décrire la forme
péruvienne comme espéce ou sous-espéce nouvelle.
Fam. Corinaip az.
-{-222. TiTyRA SBMIFASCIATA FORTIS, subsp. nov.
Tityra semifasciata, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, il. p. 353.
T.T. semifasciate simillima, sed alis caudaque longioribus, necnon
pictura rectricum externarwm maris distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et in Bolivia.
La Gloria (aoit 1890) et La Merced (janvier 1891). ‘Iris chez
le male rouge-brique sale, Ja base du bec et le tour de l’eil d’un
rouge sale; chez la femelle l’iris est rositre sale.”
3. Aile 131, queue 803, culmen 284, tarse 244 mm.
g 0 Led 131, ” 803, ” 292, ” 25 bE]
Les oiseaux du Pérou central et de la Bolivie (@ du Mus. Berl.)
comparés 4 un male de Tocantins (7. semifasciata typique) et
un ¢ Iquitos du Musée Berlepsch ont les ailes et la queue
constamment plus longues et le male différe encore par le blanc plus
étendu sur la barbe interne des deux paires des rectrices externes.
Chez la 7. semifasciata typique ces rectrices présentent une large
bande noire occupant les deux barbes sans interruption, tandis que
chez le male de la 7’. semifasciata fortis il n’a qu'une petite tache
sur la barbe interne qui n’atteint pas le rachis. Il parait aussi que
chez nos oiseaux le blanc du corps est plus lavé de grisatre.
-{ 223. PacnyrHampuus nicur (Spix).
Un mile adulte et un jeune male. La Merced (aot 1890).
“Tris brun foncé.”
Le jeune mile a les parties inférieures plus claires et ressemble
beaucoup 4 des individus du P. polychropterus (Vieill.), mais il
posséde déja quelques plumes noirétres 4 la gorge, prouvant qu’ll
porte le plumage de transition.
++ 224, PACHYRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR (Hartl.).
Un jeune male de Vitoc, Huacras, du 22 janvier 1893. Iris
brun noirAtre.
Al. 653, caud. 523, culm. 114, tars. 163 mm.
225. RUPICOLA PERUVIANA (Lath.).
La Gloria (juillet 1890 et janvier 1891), Garita del Sol (juillet
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXIV. 24
370 GBAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. StoLZMANN oN = [Mar.3,
1891) et San Emilio (1892): huit males et deux jeunes. “ Iris
blane avec un anneau autour de la pupille jaunatre, bee et pattes
dun jaune citron.”
226. PIPREOLA VINIDIS INTBRMEDIA, Tacz,
Un miile de Chilpes (30 juillet 1891) et une paire de Culu-
machay (juillet et septembre 1892). ‘Iris d’un olive bleuatre,
bec d’un rouge corail, pattes de la méme couleur mais plus claires.”
227. PrpRHOLA ELEGANS (Tsch.).
Deux miles et une femelle de Garita del Sol (juillet, aoat et
septembre 1891). ‘Iris jaune olivatre, bec d’un rouge orange,
pattes d’un brun olivatre; chez la femelle le bee est dun rouge
orangé sale.”
228. PIPREOLA FRONTALIS, Scl.
Un mile adulte, Garita del Sol (16 aoit 1891). ‘Iris jaune
olivatre, bec orangé, pattes de la méme couleur, mais plus claires.”
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
229. AMPELIO ARCUATUS (Lafr.).
Maraynioc: quatre miles et deux femelles, novembre 1891,
aoit, septembre et novembre 1892, et mars 1893.
230. Huntocuzna ruBroorisrata (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Maraynioc: trois miles, deux femelles et un jeune oisean,
novembre 1891, juin, juillet et septembre 1892.
231. HELIOCHERA RUFAXILLA (Tsch.).
Une femelle de Garita del Sol du 12 mars 1893.
232, CHPHALOPTERUS ORNATUS, Geoffr.
Chanchamayo (juillet 1890) et Borgofia (mai 1891). “ Iris
blane.”
Fam. DENDROCOLAPTIDA,
233. GEOSITTA CUNICULARIA JUNINENSIS, T'acz.
Quatre oiseaux de Bafos (avril) et d’Ingapirca (juin 1890).
“Tris brun foncé.” Comparés avec les oiseaux typiques du Musée
Universitaire de Varsovie. I] est trés probable que la G. cunicu-
lavia guninensis, Tacz., sera identique avec la G. frobent, Phil. et
Landb., mais avant de la réunir & cette espéce il serait recom-
mandable d’examiner le type de la Gt. frobent de Putre, Pérou, qui
est dit avoir la moitié basale de la queue blanche au lieu de
roussitre. __
234. GuosrTrra SAXICOLINA, Tacz.
Ingapirea (mai 1890) et Macabamba prés de Tarma (juillet
1893). “Iris brun.” S’accordent avec les oiseaux typiques du
Musée Universitaire de Varsovie.
1896.] :. THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. aA Byal
235. GHOSITTA THNUIROSTRIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), environs de Tarma (décembre 1892
et juillet 1898).
Ces oiseaux paraissent étre identiques & un mile de Vacas,
Bolivie ; peut-étre ont-ils les ailes un peu plus courtes, le dos un’
peu plus foncé, et la barbe externe des rectrices externes plus
blanchatre.
236. UPUCERTHIA JELSKI (Cab.).
Sept oiseaux d’Ingapirca (mai 1890) et un mile de l’hacienda de
Queta (8 juillet 1893). “Iris brun foncé.”
Comparés aux oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de
Varsovie.
237, UPUOBRTHIA SERRANA, T'acz.
Deux males de Palcamayo (juillet 1890) et quatre exemplaires
de l’hacienda de Queta (décembre 1892, juillet et septembre 1893).
“Tris bruw foncé.”
S’accordent avec les types du Musde Universitaire de Varsovie.
Mr. Sclater a placé YU. serrana, Tacz., comme synonyme de
VU. andecola, Lafr. et d’Orb., mais selon nous elle est bien dis-
tincte. Il nous parait que I’U. bridgesi, Scl., est identique &
VU. andecola.
238. CINOLODES RIVULARIS, Cab.
Cing oiseaux d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890) et un male de
Canchacso (17 mai 1893). “ Iris brun foncé.”
Comparés aux oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de
Varsovie.
Espéce bien distincte du Cinclodes fuscus (Vieill.).
239. CINOLODES BIFASCIATUS, Scl.
Acobamba (aotit 1890) et hacienda de Queta (décembre 1892):
deux males. “Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 112, caud. 833, culm. 213, tars. 313 mm.
240. ScHIZ@ACA PALPHBRALIS, Cab.
Synallaxis palpebralis, Tacz. Orn. du Peérou, ii. p. 130.
Maraynioc (novembre et décembre 1891, aotit 1892): trois
males adultes et un jeune. “Iris brun clair, bec noir 4 mandibule
inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre, pattes d'un plombé bleuatre.”
Al. 61, caud. 124-1132, culm. 133-13, tars. 243-24 mm.
241, Punjooryprns mpnanors (Vieill.).
Trois miles d’Ingapirca (mai 1890). “ Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 614, caud. 674, culm. 163, tars. 214 mm.
Il ny a pas de difiérence entre ces oiseaux et d’autres de Rio
Grande do Sul, Brésil du sud.
24*
372 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
242, SYNALLAXIS BLEGANTIOR, Scl.
Synallaxis frontalis, Tacz. (nec Pelz.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 122.
Une paire de Garita del Sol (juin et juillet 1891). “ Iris brun
rougeatre, bec brun 4 mandibule inférieure d’un plombé bleuitre &
la base, pattes d’un plombé olivatre.”
Ces individus différent des oiseaux typiques de la S. eleyantior,
Scl., de Ecuador par Yabdomen presque uniformement gris, au
lieu de blanchatre au milieu, et par le haut de la gorge plus
noiratre.
243. SYNALLAXIS BRUNNEICAUDA CABANIS8I (Berl. et Lev.).
Synallawis cabanisi, Berl. et Lev. Ornis, 1890, p. 21.
Synallawxis brunneicauda, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 124.
Un miile de La Merced (septembre 1890). ‘Iris rouge-brique
sale.”
+ 244, SYNALLAXIS GULARIS RUFIVENTRIS, subsp. nov.
Synallaxis gularis (pt.), Scl. P.Z.8. 1859, p. 192 (Ecuador) ;
id. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 89 (Nanegal, Ecuador) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 16,
pt. (specimina ex Ecuador); id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 55, pt.
S.8. gulari (Lafr.) e Colombia simillima, differt corpore inferiore
collique lateribus saturate cinnamomeo-rufis (nec grisco-fuscis),
albedine gule magis restricta et inferius minus conspicue nigro
marginata, corpore superiore imprimis in pileo rufescentiore,
tectricibus subalaribus rufescentius tinctis. Long. tot. 143, al.
603, caud. 554, culm. 123, tars. 203 mm.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et in Ecuadoria or. (?).
Un miile adulte de Maraynioe (16 novembre 1891). ‘ Iris
brun foncé, bee noir & mandibule inférieure jaundtre i la base,
pattes d’un plombé olivatre.”
Mr. Sclater a démontré (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 16) que les oiseaux de
Y Ecuador oriental se distinguent des oiseaux typiques, de Bogotd,
du S. gularis par les parties inférieures d’un brun cannelle plus
pale que le dos, tandis que les exemplaires de Bogotd l’ont plus ou
moins cendré. Mr, Sclater remarque aussi que de quatre peaux
de Bogots une ressemblait aux oiseaux écuadoriens.
Notre oiseau de Maraynioc se distingue au premier coup d’cil
d’une peau de la S. gularis de Bogoté du Musée Berlepsch par
les parties inférieures et les cétés du cou d’un brun cannelle clair
trés vif au lieu d’un olive grisatre lavé de roussitre; par le blanc
de la gorge beaucoup plus restreint (au menton) et moins bordé
de noiritre en dessous, par les parties supérieures d’un brun
roussitre un peu plus vif, surtout au piléum, et par les tectrices
sous-alaires roussitres au lieu de blanchatres. Nous nous croyons
done justifi¢és d’en faire une sous-espéce nouvelle. Les oiseaux de
Ecuador oriental appartiennent probablement 4 la méme forme.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
Sener {ITHOLOGY OF CHNTRAL PERU. 373
4
245, Siprornis HUMILIS (Cab.).
Quatre oiseaux d’Ingapirea (mai et juin 1890). ‘Tris brun clair.”
La description originale de Cabanis est basée sur les oiseaux
fournis par M. Jelski de Junin, d’ot viennent aussi les peaux
envoyées par M. Kalinowski.
-{-246. SIPTORNIS MARAYNIOOENSIS, sp. DOV.
Synallaxis humilis, Tacz. (nec Cab.) P.Z.8. 1874, p. 527; id.
Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 188 (descr. specim. e Maraynioc).
S.8. humili, Cab. (¢ Junin), valde affinis, sed paulo major,
corpore supra obscuriore, dorso pileoque distincte nigro-
branneo maculatis, tectricibus alarum superioribus minime
fulvo marginatis, macula mentalt magis extensa castaneo- (nec
fulvo-) brunnea, rectricibus externis apice minus fulvo varus
fuscescentioribus, necnon mandibula basi obscwtore distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Maraynioc, Tarma, Canchacso). Mus.
Branicki et Berlepsch.
g. Al. 703, cand. 67, culm. 15}, tars. 263 mm.
g 2. ” 693-684, ” 683-673, ” 154, ” 253, 253 ”
Un mile et deux femelles de hacienda de Queta (Tarma) et de
Canchacso (mai et juillet 1893). “Iris brun noiratre, bee noir
corné & mandibule inférieure d'un cendre foncé dans sa plus
grande partie basale ; pattes noiratres teintées de verdatre.”
C’était par méprise que feu Taczanowski avait décrit les oiseaux
de Maraynioe sous le nom de S. humilis, Cab. Heureusement
il existe au Musée Berlepsch un individu typique de cette der-
niére espéce recueilli par Jelski 4 Junin, regu directement par
Cabanis, et qui nous permet de constater quwil y a deux espéces
trés voisines mais bien distinctes, l’une (S. humilis) yenant des
environs de Junin, l’autre de Maraynioc, de Tarma ete. Cette
derniére différe de la S. humilis par la couleur plus foncée des
parties supérieures, 4 taches noiritres sur le dos et le piléum
bien marquées quimanquent presque compléetement aux oiseaux de
Junin, par la surface de l’aile beaucoup plus foncé et sans bordures
roussitres, les tectrices sus-alaires presque uniformes et pas du
tout bordées de fauve roussAtre; par les parties inférieures moins
roussatres, par la tache rousse au menton plus étendue et plus
foncée; par la gorge et la région jugulaire plus distinctement
striées de noiraétre, par les rectrices médianes non bordées de
roussitre et par les externes plus uniformes et plus noir&tres,
moins variées de roussitre dans la partie terminale ; enfin par le
bee un peu plus court et plus large.
247. SIPTORNIS TACZANOWSKII, Berl. et Stolzm.
Siptornis taczanowskii, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 393.
Synallaaxis flammulata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 189.
Un oiseau de Maraynioc (2 décembre 1891) et une paire de
Pariayacu, prés de Maraynioc (aodt 1892 et janvier 1893).
374 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. S01! Buchs
248, SIPTORNIS GRAMINICOLA, Scl.
Une femelle de Phacienda de Queta (25 juillet 1893).
Al. 67, caud. 773, culm, 13, tars. 24 mm.
La S. graminicola se distingue de la S. wyatt: surtout par
Yextension de la couleur cannelle 4 la surface de Vaile, dont les
tectrices supérieures sont d’un cannelle vif et uniforme, par la
présence d’une strie cannelle aux barbes internes des denx rectrices
médianes dans leur moitié basale, par la couleur roussatre des
parties inférieures du corps, par le bee plus court, la queue plus .
longue, ete.
249, SrprorNiIs ALBIOAPILLA (Cab.).
Deux miles adultes et un jeune femelle de Pariayacu (juillet et
aoit 1892). ‘Tris brun ochracé, bec d’un brun clair, plus clair en
dessous, pattes d’un gris olivatre.
+ 250. PsEUDOCOLAPTES BOISSONNEAUI FLAVESOBNS, subsp. nov.
Pseudocolaptes boissonneaui, Tacz. (nec Lafr.) Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 145.
Ps. Ps. boissonneaui ¢ Columbia simillimus, sed gula juguloque
flavescenti-albis (nec pure albis), dorst maculis latioribus et rostro
breviore distinguendus.
é ad. Al. 116, caud. 104, culm. 203, tars. 263 mm.
2 ad. 99 97, 29 953, 2° 233, ” 233 ”
Hab. in Peruvia centrali(Maraynioc) et septentrionali (Cutervo)
et in Bolivia.
Maraynioe, Pariayacu: trois miles et un femelle du novembre
1891 et daoit 1892.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central et septentrional (d’ou il y a une
femelle au Musée Berlepsch, recueillie 4 Cutervo le 9 mai 1879
par Jean Stolzmann) différent des oiseaux de Bogota par la gorge
et les joues d’un blanc jaunatre au lieu d’un plane pur, pas les
taches du dos un peu plus larges et prolongées jusqu’au milieu
du dos (qui est presque immaculé chez les oiseaux de Bogots),
enfin par le bec plus court dans les deux sexes. Chez les oiseaux
de la Bolivie les plumes allongées de la région auriculaire sont
également lavées de jaunatre, tandis quelles sout d’un blanc pur
chez les oiseaux du Pérou comme chez les oiseaux typiques de la
Colombie.
Le jeune male envoyé a le piléum d’un noir uniforme et le bec
trés-court et noir en entier. Nous n’avons pas vu d’oiseaux
pareils d’Antioquia et de la Bolivie. I] parait que les miles
Pseudocolaptes ont toujours le bec plus court que les femelles.
251, PHILYDOR SUBFLAVESCENS, Cab.
Une femelle de La Gloria (23 janvier 1891). ‘“ Tris brun fonceé,
bee brun en dessus, d’un corné clair en dessous, pattes d’un olive
sale.”
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski a la strie. surciliére et une
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 375"
bande qui s’étend de la base de la mandibule inférieure jusqu’aux
couvertures auriculaires d’un roux ochreux vif. Le dessus du
corps est d’un olive plus pile et plus grisatre, et les parties infé-,
rieures sont d’un blanc jaunatre sale plus pile que chez le Ph.
ruficaudatus. Ie bec et les ailes sont un peu plus courts que chez
cette espéce. ;
MM. Cabanis et Taczanowski ont décrit ces oiseaux 4 sourcil d’un
roux ochreux comme des jewnes du Ph. subflavescens ce que est peut-
étre un erreur. Notre oiseau parait complétement adulte. En
outre Vadulte du Ph. subjflavescens, Cab., est dit-on le méme que le
Ph. ruficaudatus (Lafr. et @Orb.). Dans ce dernier cas il faudra
probablement séparer les oiseaux 4 sourcil roux comme espéce
distincte (Ph. euophrys, nob.).
Dimensions de l’oiseau de La Gloria: aile 83, queue 724, culmen
153, tarse 183 mm.
252, Puinypor suBFULvDS, Scl.?
Une femelle de La Gloria (22 janvier 1891). ‘Iris brun foned.”
‘Aile 84, queue 67, culmen 153, tarse 193 mm.
Nous ne possédons pas dexemplaires authentiques du Dh. sub-
fulvus, Scl., pour comparer 4 notre femelle. Celle-ci a les petites
tectrices des épaules d’un roux brun semblable & celui des tectrices
sous-caudales, ce qui n’est pas mentionné dans la description de
Mr. Sclater. En outre notre oiseau présente des dimensions plus
petites que celui décrit par cet auteur.
-~{- 253, ANABAZENOPS STRIATICOLLIS (Scl.)
Garita del Sol: un male du 22 juillet 1891. S'accorde en
général avec un oiseau de Bogots, mais le dessous du corps est
plus olivatre, moins roussftre, et la couleur du piléum est presque .
la méme que celle du dos, tandis qu’elle est plus foncée et différente
de celle du dos chez Voiseau de Bogoté. Il faudra examiner le
type de lAnabates montanus, Tsch., qui est peut-étre la méme
que I’A. striaticollis.
-|- 254, XUNOPS GENIBARBIS APPROXIMANS (Pelz.).
- La Gloria: une femelle du 19 février 1891.
Al. 62, caud. 47, culm. 133, tars. 144 mm.
. Peut-étre pourrait-on nommer cette forme X. genibarbis meai-
canus, Scl. Cest laforme occidentale plus grande du X. genibarbis,
Ill., du Brésil oriental.
-{~ 255. XuNOPS RUTILUS HETERURUS (Cab. et Heine).
__ Xenops rutilus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 160.
La Gloria (aéut 1890), Borgofia (avril 1891) et Garita del Sol
(septembre 1891): deux males et une femelle. “ Iris brnn.”
256. Sirrasomus aMAzonuvs, Lafr.
Une femelle de Garita del Sol (18 aéut 1891) et un mile de
San Emilio (24 mai 1893).
4
378 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
257. MARGARORNIS PERLATA (Less.).
Six exemplaires de Maraynioc du décembre 1891, adut, octobre
et décembre 1892, et mai 1893.
Ces oiseaux ont le blanc de la gorge, de la strie surciliére et
des gouttes plus distinctement lavé de jaunftre que les oiseaux de
Bogot#é. Les oiseaux de l’Ecuador paraissent intermédiaires.
-+-258, GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS CASTELNAUI (Des Murs).
La Gloria: un male du 18 janvier 1891.
Al. 813, caud. 753, culm. 123, tars. 164 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé est un peu plus grand (a ailes et bec sensible-
ment plus longs) et il a le plumage plus pfle (le dos moins brun-
tre) que des échantillons du Haut-Amazone.
259. DENDRORNIS ROSTRIPALLENS, Des Murs?
Une femelle de La Merced (12 mars 1891). ‘“ Iris brun foncé,
bec blanc olivatre sale, pattes d’un bleuatre sale.”
Aile 112, queue 98}, culmen 363, tarse 253 mm.
Cette femelle se distingue des oiseaux du Haut-Amazone par
la gorge et le fond du cou inférieur blanchétre (au lieu de
roussitre). Il y a pourtant sur la gorge de nouvelles plumes qui
commencent & pousser d’une nuance roussfitre comme chez les
oiseaux de Amazone. Cet oiseau présente aussi de fines bordures
apicales noirdtres aux plumes du cou inférieur qui manquent chez
les oiseaux de |’Amazone. Enfin les ailes sont un peu plus courtes.
Ces ditiérences sont probablement individuelles, car la femelle de
La Merced nous parait jeune.
+f 260. DENDRORNIS TRIANGULARIS (Lafr.), subsp.
Une paire de Garita del Sol (juillet et octobre 1891).
é. Aile 1203, queue 102, culmen 323, tarse 21 mm.
2 0 ” 111, ” 93, ” 293, ” 21 ”
Ces oiseaux ressemblent le plus aux spécimens de la Bolivie
(D. triangularis, Lafr., typique) que Berlepsch a regus du voyageur
Garlepp. Ils ne s’en distinguent que par des dimensions plus
fortes, notamment par le bec plus long.
La forme colombienne, nommée D. triangularis par Mr. Sclater,
différe de la vraie D. triangularis par le croupion moins varié de
roux et par les taches du dessous du corps beaucoup plus grosses &
bordures noiritres. Nous nommerons cette forme D. triangularis
bogotensis, Berl. et Stolzm.
La D. triangularis erythropygia, Scl., a les taches du dessous du
corps aussi grosses que la D. ¢. bogotensis, mais elle présente des
taches plus larges sur le haut du dos et le roux du croupion est
plus étendus.
}
261. DenDRORNIS CHUNOHOTAMBO (Tsch.).
Dendyrornis ocellata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 179.
Un mile et une femelle de La Gloria (aéut 1891 et janvier
1891).
,
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 377
Dimensions :—
¢. Aile 99, queue 90, culmen 33, tarse 21 mm.
g. 5 99, 4, 903, 5 33, ., 203 ,,
Avant d’avoir examiné le type de la D. ocellata, Spix, nous pre-
férons la dénomination donnée & cette espéce par M. de Tschudi,
savoir D. chunchotambo, dont Berlepsch a examiné un spécimen
typique appartenant au Musée de Kiel.
L’oiseau de La Gloria s’accorde avec un individu de Huayabamba,
Pérou du nord (coll. Garlepp) et n’en différe que par son bec un
peu plus long.
262. XIPHOCOLAPTES PROMEROPIRHYNCHUS (Less.), subsp. ?
La Gloria: une femelle d’aott 1890. “Iris brun foncé.”
Long. totale 331, envergure 441, nile 1413, queue 115,
culmen 493, tarse 323 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski se distingue des individus du
X. promeropirhynchus de Bogoté par le bec plus long, plus fort et
blanchftre, par les stries du sommet de la téte plus larges, par le
dos plus olivaétre, moins roussftre, par le roux brun du croupion
plus clair, par la couleur des parties inférieures plus olivatre et
par le menton plus blanchatre. Les stries fauves des parties
inférieures sont plus larges. Presque pas de maculature noiratre
au milieu du ventre.
Par la couleur du bec il se rapproche au X. p. compressirostris
(Tacz.), mais s’en distingue par les stries du piléum plus larges.
-}-263. XIPILOCOLAPTES PILZOPYGUS, sp. nov.
X. X. lineatocephalo (Gray et Mitch.) ea Bolivia forsan maxime
affinis, differt wropygio rufescente olivaceo-brunneo (nec castaneo),
pileo dorso concolore minime striato, gula sordidiore rufescent-
alba fusco variegata, alis caudaque fere brevioribus.
6. Al. 1883, caud. 120, culm. 422, tars. 303 mm.
Q. , 134, 4 118, 4 473, ,, 303 ,,
Hab. in Peruvia centrali circum Maraynioc (typus in Mus.
Branicki).
Une paire de Culumachay, Maraynioc, du 24 aoait 1892.
Cette espéce nouvelle est tout-a-fait distincte du X. promeropi-
rhynchus (Less.) de la Colombie, dont elle différe par la couleur
presque uniforme des parties supérieures, qui est d’un brun olive
trés pale, presque grisfitre. Le piléum est tout-d-fait de la méme
couleur que le dos et non pas noiritre comme chez le X. prome-
ropirhynchus. Il n’y a pas trace de stries claires ni sur le piléum
ni sur le dos. La différence la plus frappante consiste dans la
couleur du croupion qui est d’un brun olivatre un peu plus obscur
que !e dos au lieu d’un brun chitain. Ce ne sont que les tectrices
sus-caudales qui présentent un brun chitain pile mélangé d’un
brun olivatre. Les parties inférieures sont d’un brun olive au
lieu d’un brun roussatre saturé; les stries claires de la poitrine
sont bordées latéralement de noiratre, ce qui n’est pas le cas chez
378 GRAY VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON = [Mar. 3,
le X. promeropirhynchus. La gorge est d’un blanc roussitre plus
terne et plus variée de stries brunitres. Le bec est corné comme
chez l’autre espéce.
Le X. phwopygus parait le plus proche au X. lineatocephalus,
Gray et Mitch., de la Bolivie, dont H. simpliciceps, Lafr., est pro-
bablement synonyme.
Comparés 4 plusieurs individus de la Bolivie du Musée
Berlepsch, les deux oiseaux de Maraynioc ne different que par le
croupion d’un brun olive au lieu de chitain, par le pileum tout-a-
fait semblable au dos au lieu d’étre plus obscur ou noiratre, par le
manque complet de stries au piléum, par la couleur du dessus et
du dessous un peu plus pile, par la gorge d’un blane roussitre
plus terne et plus variée de brun olivatre, enfin par les ailes et la
queue généralement plus courtes.
264. PicoLaPrEs FUSCICAPILLUS, Pelz.
Un mile adulte de Borgofia (29 mai 1891). “Iris brun clair,
bee corné clair, pattes olives.”
Aile 964, queue 864, culmen 293, tarse18imm.
Liindividu envoyé par Kalinowski s’accorde avec la description
de M. de Pelzeln basée sur des oiseaux de Matogrosso.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
265, PrcoLaPrHs LACRYMIGHR WARSznWi0zI (Cab. et Heine).
Picolaptes warszewiezi, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 173.
Une paire de Maraynioc du 10 aoit 1892.
3. Al. 106, caud. 984, culm. 263, tars. 20 mm.
2 Ot) 104, 2”? 893, » 263, ” 193 ”
Ces oiseaux ne différent d’une femelle de Tambillo, Pérou du
nord (coll. Stolazmann, Mus. Berlepsch), que par les parties supé-
rieures et inférieures d’un olivatre plus obscur, moins roussitre,
par le bec plus court et la maichoire un peu plus pale. I faudra
réexaminer le type du P. warszewiczi dans le Musée Heinéanum
envoyé du Pérou par Warszewicz.
266. DENDROCOLAPTES VALIDUS, Tsch.
’ Borgofa: un male adulte du 23 avril 1891. “Iris brun foncé, ©
bec brun & mandibule inférieure d’un brun plombé, pattes d’un
plombé olivitre.”
Aile 1361, queue 1233, culmen 393, tarse 273 mm.
Cet oiseau parait appartenir au vrai D. validus, Tsch., dont le
type provient de la méme région. Un oiseau de Bogotd et un autre
d’Antioquia du Musée Berlepsch différent par les ailes un peu
plus courtes, par le bec un peu plus mince et plus noiratre, par
les bandes noirftres de l’abdomen, des sous-caudales et des sous-
alaires plus étroites et. par les plumes du cou inférieur marquées de
macules latérales noires au lieu de bordures. L’oiseau du Pérou
a le chaitain du croupion plus restreint et présente des bandes
noiratres sur le croupion et les scapulaires, bandes qui manquent
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CHNTRAL PERU. = = 379
complétement aux oiseaux de la Colombie. Enfin les stries sca-
pales roussftres du dos supérieur et médian sont mieux marquees
chez V’oiseau du Pérou.
Fam. ForMICARIIDZ.
-{-267, THAMNOPHILUS MELANURUS DEBILIS, subsp. nov.
Th. Th. melanuro, Gld., simillimus, differt rostro debiliore, tarsis
attamen longioribus, rectricibus duabus utringue externis tectrict-
busque alarum superioribus maris apicibus latius albo marginatis,
necnon colore femine corporis swperioris brunneo obscurtore.
Long. ale. Caude. Culminis. Tarsi.
6 cove 96 804 283 354 mm.
© @ coo 923-92 794-783 273-274 352 ,,
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
La Merced (aott 1890 et décembre 1891): un male et trois
femelles. ‘Iris rouge ochreux, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleu-
itre.”
Ces oiseaux se distinguent d’un mile et d’une femelle de
Samiria, Haut-Amazone (coll. Hauxwell), du Musée Berlepsch,
par le bec moins large et plus court, les tarses au contraire plus
longs. Le male a les deux rectrices externes et les tectrices sus-
alaires bordées plus largement de blanc. Il présente aussi des
bordures blanches aux petites tectrices de l’épaule ce qui n’est pas
le cas chez le Zh. melanurus de Samiria. Les femelles de La
Merced différent également d’une femelle de Samiria par le roux
brun du dessus du corps plus foncé.
268. THAMNOPHILUS MELANOCHROUS, Scl. et Salv.
Thamnophilus melanochrous, Scl. et Salv. P.Z.S. 1876, p. 18,
pl. iti. (typus ex Huiro Peruvie mer.); Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 11.
Thamaophilus subandinus, Tacz. P.Z.S. 1882, p. 29 (Chacha-
poyas, Chirimoto, Tamiapampa) ; id. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 6.
Thamnophilus subandinus major, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 7
(Paltaypampa).
Six individus (¢ ¢ et 2 9) de Garita del Sol (juillet, aott et
septembre 1891). ‘Iris brun foncé, bee noir 4 mandibule infé-
rieure bleudtre, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.” °
. g. Aile 73, queue 673, culmen 164, tarse 223} mm.
©) o 39 69, te} 66, ” 163, ” 23 99
Nous n’avons pas trouvé des différences constantes entre les
oiseaux de Chachapoyas (Zh. subandinus, Tacz.), de Vitoe (Zh. s.
major, Tacz.) et un male de Huiro du Musée Berlepsch, recueilli
par Mr. Orton (Zh. melanochrous, Scl. et Salv.).
-{-.269. THAMNOPHILUS VARIEGATIONPS, 8p. Nov.
? Thamnophilus radiatus, Tacz. (nec Vieill.), Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 20, part. : 5
g mari Th. nigricristati subradiati, Berl., ex Amazonia sup.
380 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON = [Mar.3,
simillimus, sed differt pilei crista breviore, pilec medic plumis
vexillo interno (nonnullis etiam vewillo externo) albo marginatis
vel maculatis, fasciis dorsi latioribus et equalioribus, necnon
differt rostro breviore et debiliore.
Long. ale. Caude. Culminis. Tarsi.
3d ¢.... 763-733 67-62 203-193 254-242 mm.
Dacaose 79% 674 193 263 9
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
Huit individus( 3 g et 2 9) de La Merced (juillet et aoit 1890,
janvier et avril 1891). ‘Iris jaune olivatre, bec noir 4 mandibule
inférieure bleudtre a la base.”
Cette espéce nouvelle est trés proche du Th. nigricristatus, Lawr.,
ou plutét de la forme plus grande nommée par Berlepsch 7h. sub-
radiatus (du Haut-Amazone). Le mile différe du mile de cette
espéce par la huppe de la téte beaucoup plus courte et variée au
milieu par des bordures ou macules latérales blanches vers la base
des plumes. Les raies blanches du dos sont plus réguliéres, plus
larges et plus rapprochées entre elles. C’est pourquoi le dos parait
moins noiratre. Enfin les bandes des rectrices sont plus étendues
vers la tige (presque completes et non en forme de taches),
La femelle parait distincte des femelles du Lh. nigricristatus et
du Th, doliatus par le roux brun de Ja huppe et du dos plus
fonceé, et par le roux de rouille de l’abdomen plus intense.
On peut dire que cette espéce nouvelle est & peu prés inter-
médiaire entre le Th. nigricristatus et le Th. doliatus. Peut-étre
Voiseau de Moyobamba décrit par Taczanowski sous le nom de
Th, tenwifasciatus, Lawr., appartient-il & notre Th. variegaticeps.
270, THAMNOPHILUS PALLIATUS PUNCTICHRS (Scl.) ?
Thamnophilus palliatus, Tacz, (nee Licht.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 17.
2? Lhamnophilus puncticeps, Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. (1890)
p- 17 (Bolivia et Ecuador).
Garita del Sol: une paire (aoit 1891). “ Iris chez le mile d’un
bleu _cendré, chez la femelle d’un cendré jaunitre, bec noir a
mandibule inférieure bleudtre, pattes bleudtres.
3d. Al.74, cand.683, culm. 203, tars, 243 mm.
Q. ” 743, ”? 69, ” 17 ? ed 243 ”
Les différences indiquées par Mr. Sclater entre son Th. puncti-
ceps (de la Bolivie et de l’Ecundor) et le Th. palliatus (du Brésil)
ne paraissent pas constantes. Notre mile adulte de Garita ne
différe des oiseaux de Bahia que par le brun du dos et des ailes
plus pale et par la région jugulaire moins varie de blanchatre ou
@un noiratre presque uniforme. I] ale piléum d’un noir uniforme
comme un mile de Bahia, tandis qu’un autre male de Bahia du
Musée Berlepsch y présente des taches blanches qui, selon Sclater,
seraient caractéristiques du Th. puncticeps. Les bandes noires et
blanches de abdomen sont de la méme largeur que chez les
oiseaux de Bahia,
1896.] THY ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PERU. 381
271. THAMNISTES RUFEScENS, Cab.
Un mile et une femelle de La Gloria (janvier et février 1891).
“Tris rouge, bec noir en dessus, plombe clair en dessus, pattes
d'un plombé olivatre.”
6. Aile763, queue 73, culmen17?, tarse 183 mm.
g < ” 72, ” 72, ” 174, ” 184 ”
Cette espéce trés rare se distingue du Zh. equatorialis, Scl.,
par le bec plus petit et les parties inférieures, les cétés de la téte et
les sourcils plus roussatres, le brun des parties supérieures égale-
ment plus lavé de roussitre, enfin par le piléum moins roussatre.
4-272. DysITHAMNUS SHMICINERHUS, Scl.
Trois individus de La Gloria (janvier) et de Garita del Sol
(septembre 1891).
Ces oiseaux s’accordent bien avec le oiseaux typiques de Bogota,
mais ils présentent des bordures blanchatres un peu plus larges &
la pointe des rectrices.
273. DysrrmamNnus puBius, Berl. et Stolzm.
Dysithamnus dubius, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 393.
Un mile adulte de La Merced du 26 aott, 1890. “Iris rouge
sale.”
of td
274. MyRMoTHERULA t oneteuenul eevee. a .
Myrmotherula longicauda, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 394.
Myrmotherula surinamensis, Vacz. (nec Gmel.) P. Z. 8. 1882,
p- 30.
Myrmotherula multostriata, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 39.
Un mile adulte de Chontabamba (Vitoc) du 28 aott 1891 et
deux femelles de La Merced et de La Gloria du 21 juillet 1890 et
du 14 novembre 1891. “Iris brun noiratre.”
275. MyrMorHERULA soroRtA, Berl. et Stolzm.
Myrmotherula sororia, Berl. et Stolz. Ibis, 1894, p. 396.
Myrmotherula gutturalis, Tacz. (nec Sel. et Salv.) Orn. Pérou,
ii. p. 72. :
La Gloria (juillet 1890 et janvier 1891) et La Merced (septem-
bre 1890): un male et trois femelles.
276. HErPSILOCHMUS MOTACILLOIDES, T'acz.
La Gloria (8 aofit 1890) et Garita del Sol (18 juillet et 15
aout 1891): trois males et une femelle.
Dans Ja description originale de cette espéce (P. Z. 8. 1874,
p- 187) feu Taczanowski disait: “Cette espéce est trés voisine du
H. atricapillus, mais elle s’en distingue principalement par la
tacheture de l’occiput.” Au contraire, les trois males envoyés par
Kalinowski ne présentent aucune trace de taches blanches sur
Vocciput noir, c'est pourquoi nous présumons que Taczanowski
382 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. StoLZzMaANN oN [Mar. 3,
a décrit comme male adulte un jeune mile, ou puet-étre méme
une femelle... Berlepsch, ayant fait des notes d’aprés un spécimen
typique du H. atricupillus, Pelz., du Musée de Vienne, il y a quel-
ques années, a pu constater les différences suivantes entre cette
espéce et le H. motacilloides: cette derniére ala queue beaucoup
plus longue (53 4 59 au lieu de 43 mm.), les ailes également
plus longues (54 4 562 au lieu de 51 mm.). Le mile a les parties
inférieures d’un blane fortement lavé de jaunatre au lieu d’un blane
erisitre. Les deux rectrices externes sont presque entiérement
planches 4 l’exception du tiers basal qui est noir, Au contraire
chez le H. atricapillus ce n’est que Je tiers apical de ces rectrices
qui est blanc. Les autres rectrices externes présentent également
plus de blanc et les subexternes ont la barbe externe presque
enti¢rement blanche.
La femelle parait distincte de celle du WH. atricapillus par le
front roussitre et par les parties inférieures d’un blanc jaunatre
au lieu d’un blane ochreux.
Tl nous parait donc utile de donner une nouvelle diagnose du
H. motacilloides :—
H. 3 ad. pileo ad nucham usque striaque lata ante- et post-
oculari nigris unicoloribus, superciliis capitisque lateribus griseo-
albis, marginibus plumarum nigrescentibus; dorso toto cinereo in
adultis nigro maculato, plumis nonnullis basi interdum niveis ; cor-
pore subtus tectricibusque alarum caudeque inferioribus flave-
scenti albis, gula pectorisque lateribus griseo lavatis; tectricibus
alarum nigris late albo terminatis, remigibus nigricantibus, primariis
secundariisque extus anguste griseo albo, tertiariis scapularibusque
latius albo marginatis; rectricibus externis—basi extrema nigra
excepta—albis, cwteris nigris albo terminatis, subexternis dimidio
apicali et vexillo externo—nisi in basi—albis, mediis fere omnino
nigris, vexillo externo subtiliter griseo, interno anguste albo apice-
que latius albo marginatis.
@ mari similis, sed fronte late rufescente pilei plumis ante
apicem albo marginatis, dorso olivaceo griseo, necnon remigibus
olivaceo-griseo marginatis distinguenda.
: Long, tota. Al. exp. Als. Caude. Oulm. Tars.
‘9 g. 142-140 192-185 564-54 59-53 153-14 173 mm.
@. 145 183 553 537 143 IWS ep
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
+- 277. Formicivora caupata, Scl.
Une paire de Garita del Sol du 12 mars 1893.
6. Al. 543, caud. 74, culm. 143, tars. 194 mm.
2 * 99 53, ” 75, ”? 153, ” 193 ”
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
Le mile adulte se distingue d’un ¢ ad. d’Antioquia par le bec
et la queue sensiblement et les ailes un peu plus courtes, par les
stries noiratres de la gorge plus larges et plus marquées, les stries
des cétés de la téte et du cou également plus larges. Nous n’avons
1896.] _ HH ORNITHOLOGY OF OBNTRAL PuRt. . 883
pas examiné d’individus de Bogot#, d’ot provient le type de
Mr. Sclater.
Comparé 4 trois miles adultes de Surupata et Cayandeled
(Ecuador oce.—coll. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki) le male de La Gloria
s’accorde presque dans tous les détails et ne différe que par le bec
un peu plus court, la queue un peu plus longue et les rectrices
d’une couleur plus schistacée moins olivatre, enfin par le blanc de la
gorge et de la poitrine plus pur et par les stries noiratres de la
gorge un peu plus larges et plus prononcées.
La femelle de Garita del Sol ne différe d’une femelle de Chaquar-
pata, Ecuador (coll. Stolzmann), que par le roux du piléum plus
intense et plus étendu vers la nuque et par les couleurs généralement
un peu plus vives.
La premiére a les dimensions généralement plus fortes et le bee
plus fort et plus long que celle de Chaquarpata.
Avant de caractériser cette forme il faudrait examiner plusieurs
individus.
278. CHRCOMACRA APPROXIMANS, Pelz. ?
? Cercomacra tyrannina, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 54,
Garita del Sol (juillet, aoait et septembre 1891): trois miles et
une femelle.
3 ad. Aile 69, queue 66, culmen 173, tarse 227 mm.
.Nous n’ayons pas diindividus typiques de la C. approwimans
de Matogrosso pour comparer, mais les males de Garita différent
par plusieurs détails des miles de Mapoto, Ecuador or. (coll.
Stolzmann), que Mr. Sclater (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 266) a
placés sous la C. approaimans. Les oiseaux de Garita ont le plu-
mage plus noiritre en dessus et en dessous, les bordures blanches
4 la pointe des tectrices sus-alaires beaucoup plus étroites (presque
en forme des petits points sur les tectrices les plus grandes) et ne
présentent aucune trace de bordures blanches apicales aux rectrices
externes. les cétés du basventre, les tectrices, les sous-caudales et
le croupion ne sont pas du tout lavés d’olive. Les ailes et la
queue sont un peu plus longues. Peut-étre faudra-t-il séparer les
oiseaux du Pérou central comme forme distincte. C. hypomelena,
Scl., de Cosnipata, parait voisine ou peut-ctre identique.
279. PyRIGLBNA MAURA PronA (Cab.).
Pyriglena picea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 56.
La Gloria (juillet et aoit 1890 et janvier 1891) et Garita del
Sol (juillet 1891): trois males et une femelle.
3 6. Aile 79-77, queue 803-78, culm.183-18, tarse 32-303 mm.
Les oiseaux de Garita ne se distinguent des oiseaux de Mato-
grosso que par la queue un peu plus longue et le bec un peu plus
large. Le type de la P. maura provient de Minas Geraes.
280. Myrmrciza spopiogastra, Berl. et Stolzm.
Myrmeciza spodiogastra, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 397.
Un mile et une femelle de Borgona du 29 avril 1891.
384 GRAF VoN BERLEPSOM AND M. J. stonzaraniw on (Mar. 3,
281. HyPocoNEMIS sUBFLAVA, Cab.
Deux miles de La Merced (26 aoiit et 12 septembre 1890). “Iris
brun fonce. ”
3. Aile 58, queue 413, culmen 16, tarse 20 mn.
Ces individus se distinguent du male quia servi de type a M.
Cabanis (Musée de Varsovie) par la couleur du dessous, qui est
beaucoup plus intense, presque jatme de soufre au lieu de blanc
jaunatre. Berlepsch a aussi regu cette espéce de la Bolivie par
Garlepp.
282. Hypocnrmis Leprponora, Scl. et Salv.
La Merced (10 avril 1891): une femelle. “Iris brun foncé, bec
noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”
283. Hypoonentis scHistacna, Scl.
Trois males de La Merced (aoit 1890), de La Gloria (janvier) et
de Borgona (mai 1891). ‘ Bec et pattes noirs.”
Aile 68-67, queue 543-54, culmen 193-19}, tarse 25-243 mm.
284. HYPOCNEMIS LEUCOPHRYS (T'sch.).
La Merced: trois miles d’aofit 1890 et du mars 1891. “Iris
chez un male, rouge-cerise sale ; chez autre, brun foncé.”
Aile 723-71, queue 534, culmen 173-183, tarse 244-233 mm.
Les oiseaux de Bogots ont l’abdomen un peu plus foncé et le dos
cendré moins bleudtre ; ceux de la Guyane anglaise ont l’abdomen
beaucoup plus clair, le front moins largement blanchatre et les ailes
et la queue un peu plus courtes.
285. CHaM#zA OLIVACEA, Tsch.
Deux miles adultes de La Gloria (16 aoit 1890) et de la Esper-
anza, Vitoc (26 mars 1893). “Iris brun foneé.”
Aile 973, queue 624-65, culmen 193-273, tarse 863-383 mm.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec la description de
Tschudi de la Ch. olivacea, mais non pas avec la diagnose de cette
espéce donnée par Mr. Sclater (Cat. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 307), qui
est probablement basée sur des individus de Bogoté ou de la Bolivie.
L’oiseau de La Gloria différe au premier coup d’ceil des individus
de Bogoté du Musée Berlepsch par la couleur de la gorge et de la
poitrine, qui est d’un roux-ochreux vif au lieude blanche. Les cétés
de la poitrine sont lavés d’olive et les flancs lavés d’un roux ochreux,
ce qui n’est pas le cas chez les oiseaux de Bogoté. Les bordures
noirdtres des plumes de la poitrine et des flancs sont un peu plus
étroites. Les parties supérieures sont d’un vert olive au lieu
d’un brun olivatre. La strie surciliére bien marquée chez les
oiseaux de Bogoté manque presque complétement chez l’oiseau de
La Gloria. La bande noiratre antéapicale qui, chez les oiseaux de
Bogoti, se manifeste sur toutes les rectrices, manque complétement
sur les rectrices médianes chez l’oiseau de La Gloria tandis qu'elle
est trés-bien marquée sur les rectrices externes.
1896.} THO ORNITHOLOGY OF OBN'TRAL PERU. 385
L’oiseau péruvien a les ailes, la queue et les tarses plus longs, le
bec au contraire un peu plus court que celui de Bogota.
Il faudra done donner un nouveau nom & l’oiseau de Bogots, et
par conséquent nous proposons celui de C. columbiana, sp. nov.
286. GRALLARIA REGULUS, Scl.
La Gloria: une femelle du 6 février 1891.
-|-287. GRALLARIA RUFULA OBSCURA, subsp. nov.
Grallaria rufula, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 88.
G. G. rufule (Lafr,) simillima, sed colore supra obscuriore, magis
olivaceo vel minus rufo-brunneo, fronte imprimis minus rufescente,
necnon alis caudaque paulo longioribus distinguenda. Long. ale
90, caude 464, culminis 193, tarsi 442 mm.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki).
Une femelle de Maraynioc (24 novembre 1891).
Cette femelle unique présente la couleur du dessus du corps
plus olivatre, moins roussitre, que les oiseaux de Bogotd et de
YEcuador. Cette différence se manifeste surtout au front et sur
les cotés de la téte. Les ailes et la queue sont aussi un peu plus
longues que chez les oiseaux de Bogoté et de Ecuador qui nous
ont servi de comparaison.
288. GRALLARIA ANDICOLA (Cab.).
Une femelle d’Ingapirca (juin 1890) et un mile de Pariayacu
(7 aotitt 1892). “Tris brun fonceé.”
3. Al. 933, caud. 434, culm. 22%, tars. 452 mm.
Q. 5 963 ” 453 ” 213 ” 463 ”
On dit que les oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de
Varsovie proviennent de la méme contrée que nos spécimens.
-+-289. ConoPOPHAGA OASTANBEICEPS BRUNNEINUCHA, subsp. nov.
Conopophaga custaneiceps, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 88 (partim).
C. $ hue C. castaneicipitis (Scl.) simillimus, sed dorso alisque
extus obscure rufo-brunneis fere unicoloribus (dorso minime
griseo et nigro variegato), pileo nuchaque dorso concoloribus (nec
rufis), fronte solummodo rufa ; abdomine medio purius albo, gula
capitisque lateribus nigrescentioribus, rostro breviore et angustiore,
mandibula fere omnino alba (nec dimidio apical fuscescente),
necnon alis caudaque longioribus distinguendus.
Q a femina C. castaneicipitis pileo posteriore nuchaque brunneis
nec rufis forsan distinguenda.
Long. ale. Caude. Oulminis. Tarsi. ©
ais 78 49 123 283 mm.
Q9@.. 753-724 474-434 173-138} 293-281 ,,
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
Proo. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXV. 25
386 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
Un mile et deux femelles de Garita del Sol et de La Gloria
(aotit 1890, aoait et octobre 1891). “Iris brun foncé, bec noir &
mandibule inférieure blanchatre, pattes d’un cendré bleuatre.”
Le mile de La Garita se distingue au premier coup d’cil d’un
miile de Bogots (Mus. Berlepsch) par le dos et les ailes d’un brun
saturé et foneé, tandis que chez l’oiseau de Bogots ces parties
sont d’un olive terne ou moins brunitre et le dos varié de grisitre
4 larges bordures apicales noiratres. Chez Poiseau de Garita le
front seul est d’un roux vif, mais la partie postérieure du piléum
et la nuque sont d’un brun foncé roussatre, de méme que le dos.
Chez V’oiseau de Bogotd au contraire presque tout le piléum est
roux, seulement un peu plus foncé dans la partie postérieure, avec
bordures apicales des plumes noiratres. Ensuite chez l’oiseau de
Garita le milieu de abdomen est presque blane pur seulement un
peu varié de grisatre, tandis que chez celui de Bogota cette partie
de Yabdomen est d’une couleur d’ardoise un peu plus pile que
la poitrine. La couleur d’ardoise de la gorge et des cétés de la
téte est plus noiratre. Les ailes et la queue sont plus longues, le
bee plus petit. Enfin la mandibule inférieure est presque uni-
formement blanchatre, tandis que chez l’oiseau de Bogoti le tiers
apical en est noiratre.
Nous n’avons pas pour comparer de femelles de Bogota, mais
il nous semble, que les femelles du Pérou different par le piléum
postérieur brunatre au lieu de roux, car Mr. Sclater dit que la
femelle ressemble au mile par la coloration des parties supéri-
eures.
Un mile de Huayabamba, Pérou du nord (coll. Garlepp ; Mus.
Berlepsch), ressemble par la couleur du piléum et dans d’autres
détails & Voiseau de Bogot#. Il n’en différe que par la couleur
du dos plus brunatre sans mélange de grisiétre et sans bordures
apicales noirditres, enfin par le milieu de labdomen blanchatre
(mais moins pur et moins étendu que chez l’oiseau de Carita).
Le dernier caractére ne parait pas constant, car Taczanowshki a
décrit un oiseau de Huambo (vallée de Huayabamba—coll. Stolz-
mann), sans blanc au milieu du ventre. Par la couleur de la
gorge et la forme du bec, ainsi que par la couleur de la mandibule
inférieure, Poiseau de Huayabamba ressemble parfaitement 4 celui
de Bogoti. L’oiseau du Pérou du nord parait donc trés proche de
celui de Bogoté, ou peut-étre méme identique,
La C. castaneiceps de Sclater est basée sur un oiseau de
Bogoté ainsi que sur un oiseau du Pérou recueilli par Tschudi.
Quant 4 ce dernier on pourrait soupgonner, d’aprés la description
de Taczanowski, qu’il provenait du Pérou du nord. Taczanowski
avait déji démontré la différence entre cet oiseau et un mile du
Pérou central.
290. CoRYTHOPIS ANTIIOIDES HUMIVAGANS (Tacz.).
Une femelle de La Gloria (aot 1890), “Iris brun foncé.”
1896.] HD ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PURU. 387
Fam. PrnroprocHipz.
291. SoyraLorus FEMORALIS, T'sch.
Un ¢ ad. de Maraynioc du 28 novembre 1891. “Iris brun
foncé, bec noire, pattes brunes.”
Long. de l’aile 72, queue 493, culmen 16}, tarse 30, doigt
médian avec l’ongle 28 mm.
Cet oiseau s’accorde en général avec Ja description de Taczan-
owski (Orn. Pérou, i. p. 532) faite d’aprés un spécimen typique du
S. femoralis du Musée de Neuichatel, mais il semble que les pattes
de notre oiseau sont beaucoup plus fortes. T’aczanowski, en
parlant d’une jeune femelle de Ray-Urmana (vallée de Huaya-
bamba—coll. Stolzmann), dit que celle-ci aurait les pattes plus
fortes que l’individu typique du S. femoralis; mais notre oiseau de
Maraynioc a les pattes beaucoup plus fortes encore que la femelle
de Ray-Urmana.
Le male de Maraynioc se distingue de deux individus du
S. micropterus (Scl.) (8. analis, Lafr.?] de Ecuador par les ailes
plus longues, le bec et les pattes plus longs et plus forts, le
plumage noir schistacé trés intense au lieu d’un noir brun grisftre,
Yuropygium 4 peine lavé de brun roussatre avec des raies noiratres
peu distinctes. Les raies noiratres et roussitres des cétés du bas-
ventre plus foncées et moins répandues. La mandibule inférieure
et les pieds plus noirdtres, les ongles des doigts presque blanch-
ftres.
En cas que notre oiseau ne serait pas identique au S. femoralis,
Tsch., nous lui réservons le nom de S. macropus. ;
292. SoyTALOPUS SYLVESTRIS, Tacz.
Un mile adulte de Garita del Sol (29 juin 1891) et un autre
plus jeune de Maraynioc, Pariayacu (31 juillet 1892), “Iris brun
foncé bec noir, pattes d’un brun grisitre.”
Nos oiseaux s’accordent 4 peu prés avec la description originale
de Taczanowski du 8. sylvestris. En outre ils viennent des mémes
localités que les oiseaux typiques. Cette espéce est sans doute
trés proche du S. senilis, Lafr., de Colombie (ou au moins de
Vespéce que Mr. Sclater prend pour le S. senzlis, Lafr.), mais
elle en différe par le dessus du corps, dont la couleur générale est
ardoisée noiratre presque uviforme (au lieu de brunatre) et par la
couleur de la gorge et de la poitrine, qui est plus claire et plus
plombée et non gris noiratre comme chez le S. senzlis, par les bandes
roussitres des flanes plus foncées, plus étroites et moins répandues,
enfin par les ailes et la queue plus longues.
En général le S. sylvestris ressemble par sa coloration au S. mz-
cropterus (Scl.), mais il est plus petit dans toutes ses dimensions.
= Aile. Queue. Culmen. Tarse.
do ad. de Garita...... 59 442 Te 221 mm.
¢ juv. de Pariayacu .. 56 43 123 OBS os
25*
388 M. A. DOLLEUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
293. SoYrALOPUS ACUTIROSTRIS (T'sch.).
Une femelle adulte de Maraynioc (26 novembre 1891). “ Iris
brun foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un carné brunitre.”
Aile 513, queue 355, culmen 12, tarse 201 mm.
Cet oiseau parait s’accorder bien avec le male non complétement
adulte de Maraynioc décrit par Taczanowski (Orn. Pérou, i. p. 533)
et comme lui posséde les raies interrompues d’un brun roussatre
sur les rectrices, tandis que les oiseaux de la montata de Nancho
de la collection Raimondi ont, 4 ce qu’il parait, la queue unicolore.
Il nous semble douteux que les oiseaux de Nancho appartiennent
réellement au S. acutirostris.
Notre oiseau ressemble surtout au S. griseicollis (Lafr.) de la
Colombie, et n’en différe que par le gris ardoisé de la gorge et de la
poitrine un peu plus foneé et prolongé vers le milieu du ventre,
tandis que chez le S. griseicollis le milien du ventre devient
blanchatre. Les cétés du ventre, le bas-ventre, les tectrices sous-
caudales et le croupion sont réguliérement rayés de brun roussitre
et de noiratre, tandis que chez le S. griseicollis les flancs sont d’un
roux beaucoup plus clair sans raies ‘noiratres et le croupion d’un
brun roussatre presque uniforme. Les rectrices chez le S. acuti-
rostris sont noiritres avec des bandes incomplétes d’un brun
roussatre au lieu d’un brun roussitre presque uniforme ou variées
de bandes noiratres chez le S. griseicollis.
\
294, SoyraLoPus MAGELLANIOUS (Lath.).
Un mile adulte de Pariayacu du 27 janvier 1893.
Al. 57, caud. 403, culm. 124, tars. 203 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé a le plumage plus schistacé, moins noiratre que
les individus du S. magellanicus de différentes localités que nous
avons comparés. Par cette particularité il ressemble plutdt au
S. obscurus du Chile. Il a aussi les flancs et les sus-candales
barrées de roux brun. Néanmoins il a les pieds bruns, et pourrait
étre un mile du S. magellanicus en plumage imparfait,
2. On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans.
By M. Avrien Dottrvs’',
[Received January 15, 1896.]
[The specimens described in this paper were procured by
Mr. Herbert H. Smith, who in the years 1889-91 was commissioned
by Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., to collect Natural History
specimens in the islands of St. Vincent and Grenada, to aid the
Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the British Association
in their investigation of the Fauna of the West-India Islands.
The specimens are now deposited in the British Museum. In the
case of one or two specimens it appears that it has unfortunately
not been noticed whether they were found in St. Vincent or in
Grenada.—D. 8. ]
1 Communicated by Dr. D. Snarp, F.R.S.; on behalf of the Committee for
investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West-India Islands.
1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD ORUSTACHANS. 389
Species of Armadilloidean Isopods seem to be numerous in the
tropical regions, although they have until now generally escaped
the collector’s bottle. Their small size (seldom reaching to
10 millimetres in length), their dull colour, and above all the scarcity
of individuals have proved a good protection. The species are
remarkably localized, and none of the thirteen of which specimens
are sent to me have as yet been mentioned by any of the authors
who have described Isopods from Central America, the Antilles, or
the neighbouring parts of South America’, except A. grenadensis.
The following species are represented in the collection :—
1. ARMADILLO TENUIPUNCTATUS, 0. sp.
Fig. 1.
Da rye
Oda oy Dy
iad
Ci cvs
la. Oephalon and first two segments of pereion (upperside).
16. Cephalon and first two segments of pereion (underside). p, prosepistoma ;
f, double-jointed flagellum of antennse; c, coxopodite.
lc. Fifth segment of pleon, pleotelson, uropoda (upperside). er, exopodite of
uropoda. h
1d. The same (underside). 4, basis of uropoda ; ex, endopodite.
Body rather wide, moderately convex, slightly tuberculated on
1 For the bibliography of the terrestrial Isopods of this region consult :—
Saussure (de).— Mémoire pour servir & l'Histoire naturelle du Mexique, des
Antilles et des Etate Unis: I. Crustacés. (1858.)
Mirrs.—On a Collection of Orustacea, chiefly from 8. America, Proc. Zool,
Soc. 1877.
Bupps-Lunp.—Crustacea Isopoda terrestria. (1885.)
Id. —Landisopoder fra Venezuela indsamlede af Dr. Fr. Meinert. -
(1893.)
DoxtFvs.—Voyage de M. E, Simon au Vénézuela: Isopodes terrestres. (1893.)
390 _ M, A, DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [ Mar. 3,
the pereion. Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity,
a little depressed in the middle. Eyes middling; ocelli about 18.
Antenne short; first joint of flagellum twice as short as the second,
Pereion: first segment with two antero-median rounded tubercles ;
lateral edges slightly raised ; coxopodite hardly perceptible, as a
very small processus below the leg. Second segment without a
distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson longer than wide,
smooth, with a minute longitudinal wrinkle near the basis ; sides
feebly curved, the apex being half as wide as the basis. Uropoda:
basis nearly straight; endopodite extending to half the length of
the pleotelson ; exopodite very small, placed near the middle of the
internal edge of the basis (upperside). Colour: grey, with
irregular light markings, the sides are light and minutely punc-
tuated with black. Dimensions: 10 x 43 millim.
Hab. Mustique Island, June, “ beaten from brush.”
2. ARMADILLO DEPRESSUS, n.'sp.
Fig. 2.
ac ead
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body wide, rather depressed, granulated on cephalon and pereion.
Cephalon: prosepistoma nearly plain, fore edge a little arched in
the middle. Eyes middling; ocelli about 16. Antennz: first
joint of flagellum three times shorter than the second. Pereion:
first segment with a wide, double, antero-median tubercle ; lateral
edges not raised ; coxopodite hardly perceptible, as a feeble ridge.
Second segment without a distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson;
1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 391
‘sides of the pleon depressed; processus of the fifth segment
widening at the apex. Pleotelson longer than wide, smooth ; sides
feebly curved; apex one-third narrower than the basis. Uropoda
nearly straight; endopodite extending to two-thirds the length of
the pleotelson ; exopodite very small, placed near the middle of the
internal edge of the basis (upperside). Colour: dark grey, with
a narrow light longitudinal line in the middle of the pereion, and
light lineole on both sides. Dimensions: 9 x 44 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent, Chateaubelais, August. One example.
3, ARMADILLO DUMORUM, n. sp.
Fig. 3.
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body very convex, nearly smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma
nearly plain, fore edge straight. Eyes large; nbout 20 ocelli.
Antenn very short; first joint of flagellum twice as short as the
second. Pereion: first segment with a blunt antero-median
tubercle; lateral edges raised on the fore part; coxopodite
separated by a cleft extending to the third hind part of the
segment (underside). Second segment with a square coxopodite,
distinct on its total length (underside). Pleon, telson: pleotelson
quite as long as wide ; sides curved ; apex one-third narrower than
the basis. Uropoda: basis wide, oblique; endopodite extending
to one-third the length of the pleotelson; exopodite very small,
placed near the middle of the internal edge of the basis (upper-
side). Colour: dark grey or brown, with light dots and lineole
on both sides of the median line (pereion). Dimensions: 8 x 33
millim.
Hab. Mustique Island, found by beating brush.
392 M. A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
4, ARMADILLO CINCTUS, N. sp.
Fig. 4.
hess x CC \
JJ
iy
y 2335,
ae s JID
Fe see
4a
laa INS
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body moderately convex, rather wide, depressed on the fore and
hind parts of the segments, with a transverse range of tubercles
on each segment. Cephalon: prosepistoma nearly plain, fore
edge straight. Eyes middling; ocelli about 16. Antenne: first
joint of the flagellum twice as short as the second. Pereion:
first segment with a double antero-median tubercle; lateral edges
raised; coxopodite distinct and divergent on the third hind part
of the edge (underside). Coxopodite of the second segment
forming a narrow, quadrangular processus. Pleon, telson: pleo-
telson as long as wide, with a triangular tubercle near its basis;
sides curved ; apex one-fourth narrower than the basis. Uropoda:
basis nearly straight ; endopodite very small, extending hardly to
one-sixth the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute, placed
above the middle of the internal edge of the basis (upperside).
Colour: dark grey, with small lighter lineole on both sides of the
median line (pereion), and three light dots on the pleotelson.
Dimensions: 73X37 millim.
Hab. Near Layon (leeward side). On rotten wood, dry forest,
500 feet, October 4.
5, ARMADILLO GRENADENSIS.
Armadillo grenadensis, Budde-Lund, Entomol. Meddelel. 1893,
p. 115.
Body much convex, nearly smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma
slightly convex, fore edge feebly arched in the middle. . Hyes
rather large; ocelli about 16, Antenne short ; first joint of the
1896.] THRRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 393
flagellum three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first.
segment with a blunt antero-median tubercle; lateral edges
raised ; coxopodite distinct and divergent on the half hind part of
the edge (underside). Coxopodite of the second segment forming
a tooth-like processus. Pleon, telson: pleotelson as wide as long,
with a blunt double tubercle near its basis; sides curved; apex
nearly as wide as the basis; endopodite reaching to two-thirds
the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute, placed near the
middle of the internal edge of the basis. Colour: dark grey, with a
light median line and light lineol on the sides ; antennse whitish.
Dimensions: 14 x6 millim.
‘Fig. 5.
_ (For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. Becquia Island (June), ravine, damp ground, under rotting
leaves ; Grenada; Balthazar (windward), 250 feet, cocoa orchard,
under rotting leaves. ' Pe
6. ARMADILLO SILVARUM, Nn. sp.
Body convex, slightly tuberculated on the pereion. Cephalon:
prosepistoma plain. yes large; about 20 ocelli. Pereion: first
segment with a blunt, hardly perceptible antero-median tubercle ;
lateral edge forming a narrow raised border; coxopodite distinct:
on the entire length of the edge, and divergent on the half hind
part. Coxopodite of the second segment forming ». tooth-like,
divergent processus. Pleon, telson: pleotelson wider than long,
with a small, double, longitudinal ridge near the basis ; sides curved
near the apex; apex one-fourth narrower than the basis. Uropoda;
394 M. A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
endopodite extending to one-half the length of the pleotelson ;
exopodite minute, placed near the middle of the internal edge of
the basis. Colour: dark grey or brown, with three longitudinal
light lines, and a wide spot on the sides of each segment ; antennze
and uropoda pale. Dimensions: 16 x7 millim.
Fig. 6.
(For lettering, see p. 889.)
Hab. St. Vincent ; pretty common under rubbish, forest. below
2000 feet. Forest, dry hill-side near Chateaubelais (leeward),
under stones, 1000 feet; Cumberland Valley, damp ground, 1000
feet.
7, ARMADILLO ZIGZAG, n. sp.
Body convex, smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma plain, fore
edge nearly straight. Eyes small; about 12 ocelli. Antenna
short ; first joint of the flagellum twice as short ay the second.
Pereion : first segment with a slightly perceptible antero-median
tubercle; edges hardly raised ; coxopedite distinct on the entire
length of the edge (underside), not divergent. Coxopodite of the
second segment narrowly quadrangular. Pleon, telson: pleotelson
as wide as long; sides feebly curved; apex with rounded angles,
half as wide as the basis. Uropoda: basis oblique, endopodite
reaching to one-half the length of the pleotelson; exopodite
minute, placed near the middle of the internal edge of the basis
(upperside), Colour; yellowish, with a double median and
1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS, 395
crinkled lateral lines of dark brown; uropoda pale. Dimensions:
4x 132 millim.
Fig. 7.
7&
7E
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. St. Vincent, forest, damp ground under rubbish, 1000 feet
one example).
8, ARMADILLO PERLATUS, n. sp.
Fig. 8.
ph)
_(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body convex, covered with large, pearled granulations. Cephalon:
prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity which does not reach
quite to the front edge. Hyes very small; ocelli 3. Antenne
a
396 M. A, DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN (Mar. 3,
short; first joint of the flagellum three times as short as the second.
Pereion: first segment with two rounded antero-median granu-
lations ; lateral edges raised; coxopodite distinct on the entire
length of the edge, but not divergent. Second segment with a
large and very distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson
nearly as wide as long, with two large, rounded granulations near
the basis; sides curved; apex a little narrower than the basis.
Uropoda: endopodite reaching to two-thirds the length of the
pleotelson ; exopodite unperceivable. Colour: light grey, granu-
lations whitish. Dimensions: 43 x 13 millim.
Hab. (St. Vincent ?) Dry forest, leeward, under a log, 800 feet
(one example).
9. ARMADILLO VITICOLA, 0. sp.
Fig. 9.
5 BQ?
O55
5 5) OY
ac A
29, 3) Sana) NOR
aa
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body very convex in the middle, rather depressed on the sides,
covered with transverse lines of granulations. Cephalon: pros-
epistoma plain, fore edge slightly arched in the middle. Eyes
moderate; ocelli 12. Antenne short; first joint of the flagellum
three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first segment with
four large antero-median granulations ; lateral edges hardly raised ;
coxopodite distant from the edge, crested and ended by a tooth-like
diverging processus. Second segment with a narrow crested
coxopodite. Pleon, telson: lateral parts of the pleon narrow;
pleotelson longer than wide; sides. slightly curved; apex one-half
narrower than the basis, with rounded angles. Uropoda: basis
very oblique ; endopodite reaching to one-half the length of the
pleotelson ; exopodite a little larger than in the former species,
visible on upper and under sides. Colour: yellowish, veined and
striped with brown. Dimensions; 9x 4 millim.
1896.] NHRRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 397
Hab. Grenada; Balthazar (windward), second-growth woods,
beaten from vines and brush, 250 feet; Chantilly (windward),
hillside, edge of forest, beaten from vines and brush, 400 feet.
10. MESARMADILLO MODESTUS, nD. sp.
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body rather convex and narrow, smooth. Prosepistoma plain,
continuous with the forehead in the middle, and separated from it
on both sides by a transverse, incomplete, preocular cut. Hyes
moderate; ocelli about 16. Antenne short; flagellum very small,
first joint three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first
segment with the antero-median tubercle hardly perceivable ;
coxopodites distinct on the entire length of the edge of the
segment, with the hind part diverging and covered by the posterior
angle of the segment. Coxopodite of the second segment forming
a nearly inconspicuous ridge before the leg. Pleon, telson: pleo-
telson triangular; sides feebly curved; apex pointed. Uropoda:
basis with a large oblong processus; endopodites extending
beyond the apex of the pleotelson; exopodites small, placed
at the top of the basal processus. Colour: grey or reddish, with
small light lineole on the pereion; uropoda light. Dimensions:
6 x 22 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent, low ground S.E. of the island, under rubbish.
11. M&rsaRMADILLO AMERICANUS, 0. sp.’
’ Body convex, rather narrow, smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma
1 This genus was considered until lately to be African ; its range seems wide,
and extends from Madagascar to the coast of Guinea and the Antilles. No Asiatic
species has yet been mentioned.
398 M. A, DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
with a small shield-like convexity ; the prosepistoma is continuous
withthe forehead in the middle and separated fromit on bothsides by
a transverse, incomplete, preocular cut. Eyes moderate; ocelli about
12, Antenne short ; flagellum small, first joint three times shorter
than the second. Percion: first segment with the antero-median
tubercle hardly perceivable; coxopodites distinct on the entire
length of the edge of the segment (upperside), forming a thick
border, slightly crossed by the posterior angle of the segment.
Coxopodite of the second segment hardly visible as a very small,
dentitorm processus before the leg. Pleon, telson: pleotelson flat,
with curved sides and rounded apex. Uropoda: basis with a large,
oblong processus, extending between the lateral part of the
5th segment of the pleon and the pleotelson ; endopodite reaching
to two-thirds the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute,
placed at the top of the basal processus. Colour: brownish, with
small light lineolw on the pereion; flagellum white; uropoda
reddish. Dimensions: 6 x 23 millim.
Fig. 11.
1a
Me. Aad
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. St. Vincent, sugar-cane field, under decaying cane-leaves,
March. Leeward, lowland near sea, under stones, May ; under old
boards, 250 feet, September ; under rubbish, shady place, 500 feet.
12, MnsaRMADILLO REFLEXUS, 0. sp.
Body slightly granulated, very convex, and narrowed backward,
the side parts of the pereion (segments 2-7) and of the pleon
bending downwards. Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like
1896.]} THRRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACHANS, 399
triangular convexity; the prosepistoma is continuous with the
forehead in the middle and separated from it on both sides by a
transyerse, incomplete, preocular cut. Eyes moderate ; ocelli about
12. Antenne short; flagellum small, first joint four times shorter
than the second. Pereion: first segment with the antero-median
tuberele hardly perceivable; coxopodites distinct on the entire
length of the edge of the segment. Coxopodite of the second segment
hidden under the bent side part of the segment. leon, telson:
the lateral parts being nearly folded underneath, the hind edge
of segments 3-5 seems straight from a dorsal view. Pleotelson
flat, with curved sides and a blunt, rather rounded apex. Uropoda:
basis with a large oblong processus; endopodite reaching to two-
thirds the length of the pleotelson ; exopodite small, placed at the
top of the basal processus. Colour: dark brown, flagellum
whitish. Dimensions: 5x2 millim. (much decreasing backward).
Fig. 12.
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. Open swampy land, under rubbish, 8. end of the Island
(St. Vincent ?), September 27.
HAPLARMADILLO, gen. nov.
Very much like Synarmadilo, Dollfus'. It differs from this
African genus in its monocellated eyes, and in the flagellum being
single-jointed (this is quite an exception in Armadillos).
1 A. Dollfus, “ Voyage de M. Alluaud dans le territoire d’Assinie: Orustacés
Isopodes terrestres,” Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, pp. 388-389, pl. 7. fig. 4.
400 ur. SCLA'TER ON THD PROSPECTUS OF ‘DAS TIERREICH.’[Mar, 17,
13. HAPLARMADILLO MONOCELLATUS, n. sp.
Fig. 13.
13 C Ba
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body convex, smooth, and covered with minute, setose hair.
Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity. Eyes
monocellate, hardly perceivable. Antenne very hairy ; flagellum
single-jointed, with a long stiff hair at its distal end. Pereion:
first segment with a very blunt antero-median tubercle ; hind edge
nearly straight; sides feebly raised forward; coxopodite distinct
on the posterior half of the edge. Second segment with no distinct
coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson widely triangular, much
wider than long. _Uropoda with a square basis, longer than the
pleotelson ; endopodite as long as the basis; exopodite minute,
placed at the internal distal angle of the basis. Colour: dark
grey, variegated with lighter lineole and irregular stripes.
Dimensions: 9 x 4 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent; Richmond valley, under rotting leaves,
1100 feet, January 18 (one example).
March 17, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., in the Chair.
:” Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to the prospectus
of the new work ‘ Das Tierreich,’ to be published by Friedliinder
and Son, of Berlin, of which he had spoken in addressing the
Society on the subject of Nomenclature at the last Meeting. The
prospectus showed that a considerable number of zoologists were
' ; sien
Rs oe
Pa ee,
P.Z.5.1896. Plate XV,
Horace Knight admuatlith, West,Newman chromo.
Ceylonese Hymenoptera.
1896.] ‘ON ti HYMENOPTERA OF ORYLON. 401
already at work on this important undertaking of the Deutsche
Zoologische Gesellschaft, under the general editorship of Prof.
F. E. Schulze, of Berlin. The first part of the work was promised
to be ready in the beginning of 1897, and twenty-five years were
allowed for its full completion. ‘The general character of the
work was shown by the pattern treatise on the Heliozoa prepared
by Dr. Fritz Schaudinn, which accompanied the prospectus. In
this treatise of 24 pages about 60 species were described, so that
if this ratio of species to pages was an average one it would seem
that upwards of 190 volumes would be required to complete the
work.
In reference to the discussion on Zoological Nomenclature,
which took place at the last Meeting, Mr. Sclater remarked that
he had omitted to state that at the late International Congress of
Zoology held at Leyden (see Bull. trois. Congr. Int. de Zoologie,
no. 5, p. 6) a committee of five Naturalists of different countries
had been appointed with the object of endeavouring to settle the
differences between the several codes of Zoological Nomenclature.
The names suggested on that occasion by Prof. I. E. Schulze,
and accepted by the Meeting, were Prof. Blanchard of Paris,
Prof. Victor Carus of Leipzig, Dr. Jentink of Leyden, Mr. Sclater,
and Dr. W. Stiles of Washington. This subject would therefore
come very appropriately before the next International Zoological
Congress, which was proposed to be held in this country in 1898.
The following papers were read :—
1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous
Fauna of Ceylon. By Lt.-Col. C. T. Binenam, F.Z.S.,
E.E.S.
[Received February 17, 1896.]
(Plate XV.)
I know of only two published lists dealing with the Hymenoptera
of Ceylon. The first, by Walker, is given in chapter xii. of
Tennent’s ‘ Natural History of Ceylon,’ and includes Walker's
new species described in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural
History,’ series 3, vols. iv. (1859) and v. (1860). The second list,
by Motschoulsky, appeared in the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Impériale
des Naturalistes,’ Moscow, 1863. In this Walker’s list was re-
published, and several new species, chiefly Chalcidide and Ichneu-
monide, were described.
The present paper, founded on the collections made in Caled
by Col. Yerbury, R.A., and Mr. E. HE. Green, deals only with the
Aculeate, or more correctly, seeing that I have included the
Tubulifera (Chrysidide), the Monotrochous Hymenoptera found in
Proc. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XXVL. 26
402 — Lt'.-COL. 0. tf, BINGHAM ON ‘THE » [Mar.'17,
the island. Three hundred and forty-one species, of which seven
have not previously been described, are here recorded, a number,
however, far less than what must actually occur in an island with
so varied a climate and flora as Ceylon.
The species, as was to be expected, are chiefly Indian, but I
have thought it premature to enter into any detailed comparison
of the fauna with that of any other portion of the Oriental region,
more especially as, since the publication, nearly thirty years ago,
by the late Mr. Smith of his ‘ Catalogue of the Aculeate Hymeno-
ptera and Ichnewmonide of India and the Eastern Archipelago,
no comprehensive list of the hymenopterous insects of India has
appeared.
I have to add, by way of explanation, that, in the following
list, where no locality is mentioned the insect does not occur in
either Colonel Yerbury’s or Mr. Green’s collections, and has
simply been recorded or described from Ceylon, with no particular
locality indicated.
Family For micip a4, Leach.
Genus Camponorus, Mayr.
1. Camponotus sERicEus (Fabricius).
Formica sericea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 279, 9; Lepel. Hym. i.
217, 24; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi, 31, 103; Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi. (1867), 306, 54.
Formica aurulenta, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 114, pl. 3,£.93.
Lasius sericeus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 416, 4.
Formica cinerascens, Jerd. (nec Fabr.) Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci.
1851, 128.
Formica obtusa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 30, 99.
Camponotus sericeus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 675,.39; Torel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),
231, 1; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 161.
Camponotus opaciventris, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1878, 648 8 (var.).
Trincomalee.
2. CAMPONOTUS VARIANS, Roger.
Camponotus varians, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, p. 138,
10%; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 232, 2.
3. CAMPONOTUS RETIOULATUS, Roger.
Camponotus reticulatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 139, 11;
Forel, Jour. Bombay, Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 233, 7, & 431
7, var.
Formica reticulata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 307, 61.
Besides a variety of this species (C. latitans), Forel has described
(1. c. p. 431) a new race as Camponotus yerbury?.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.), :
1896.) > HYMBNOPTHRA OF CEYLON. 403
4, CAMPONOTUS BARBATUS, Roger.
Camponotus barbatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 138, 98 ;
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 233, 8. .
Formica barbata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 306, 59.
- 5. Camponotus Dorycus (Smith).
-Formicus dorycus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 96, 11 Bs
id. xi. (1867), 308, 85.
Camponotus sesquipedalis, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1863, 137,
73.
Camponotus dorycus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 32, 12; Forel, idem, 236, 13 (race. C.carin, Emery, Ann.
d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, wi (1889), 512, 74). -
Gs CaMPono1us RUFoGLAUCUS (Jerdon).
Formica pubescens, Brullé (nee Fabr.), Hist. Nat. I. Cane
ii, 84, 1.
Formica rufoglauca, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 124;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 16, 538; Jour. Linn. Soe. -xi.
(1867), 303, 11.
Formica (Camponotus) micans, ,Nyl. Ann. Sci. Nat. v. (1856),
55, 4%; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. 1892,
33, 16.
Camponotus flavo-marginatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. i
Ges. Wien, 1862, 664, 178 (var.).
Carron redtenbacheri, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 667, 25 & (var.).
Camponotus rufoglaucus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 237, 15; Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 57.
Rignenteomls (Yerbury coll.).
7. CAMPONOTUS ANGUSTICOLLIS (Jerdon).
Formica angusticollis, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 120.
Formica gigas, Smith (nec Latr.), Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.., vi.
, 45.
Formica ardens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 628. ,
Formica impetuosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 63.
Camponotus prismaticus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 669, 303.
Camponotus angusticollis, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. vii. 32, 10; Forel, idem, 235, 12; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1893, 250, 51.
Hinaduma (Yerbury coll.).
8. CaMPoNnotUs. SIMONI, Emer ry.
Camponotus simoni, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 51 ee
Cottawa.
26%
404 L't,-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
9. CaMPONOTUS ALBIPES, Emery.
Oamponotus albipes, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 253, 60 & .
Kandy.
10. Camponotus MacuLatus (Fabricius).
Formica maculata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. 491, 15; Ent. Syst. ii.
356, 25; Syst. Piez. 403, 29; Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 495, 22;
Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 283; Lepel. Hym. i. 215, 19; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 28, 96.
Formica cognata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 35, 117.
Camponotus maculatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 654,1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 30-32; Forel, idem, 240, 21; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1893, 251, 53. 4
Forel includes under the above, which is typically an African
species, a group of races of which the following have been re-
corded from Ceylon :—
a. CAMPONOTUS COMPRESSUS (Fabricius).
Formica compressa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 307, 2%; Ent. Syst. ii.
350, 2; Syst. Piez. 396, 2; Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 491; Latr.
Hist. Nat. Fourm. 111; Lepel. Hym. i. 214, 17; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 449 6; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
303, 3.
Formica indefessa, Sykes, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. (1886), 104,
pl. 13. £. 6
Formica allida, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 64; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 304, 19.
Camponotus quadrilaterus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,
136, 63.
Camponotus compressus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. vii. (1892), 30, 1; Forel, idem, 240.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
6. CAMPONOTUS TAYLORI, Forel.
Camponotus taylor, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 241.
Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).
c, CAMPONOTUS INFUSCUS, Forel.
Camponotus infuscus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 242; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 56.
Nuwara Eliya,
d, Camponotus MitTIs (Smith).
Formica mitis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 20, 698;
Walk. Tenn, Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. des Nat. Mose. 1863, 11; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. Ci
804, 24.
1896.] . HYMBNOPTHRA OF CEYLON. 405
Formica timida, Jerd. (nec Forst.), Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851,
122.
Formica variegata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 19, 68%.
Formica ventralis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 20, 70.
Camponotus agnatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 137, 8 8 .
Camponotus mitis, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 31, 3; Forel, idem, 242; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
252, 54 & 55.
Trincomalee, Huldamulla (Yerbury coll.).
Forel notes four varieties of C. mats from Ceylon :—
C. mitis, Smith (sens. str.).
C. bacchus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 21, 71.
C. fuscithorax, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),
230; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 54. ;
C. dulcis, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2,
vii. (1889), 511, 72.
' é, CAMPONOTUS THRASO, Forel.
Camponotus thraso, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 432.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
The following species, somewhat insufficiently described by
Walker in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 3rd
series, vol. iv. (1859), pp. 370-375, and by Motschoulsky in the
‘ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes,’ Moscow, 1863,
pp. 11-14, are not noticed by either Forel or Emery :—
11. Formioa LatsBRosa, Walker, 1. c. p. 371.
12. » PANGENS, “4 efile,
13. » DETORQUENS, ,, 4 372.
14. 3, DIFFIDENS, 35 . 372.
15. » CONSULTANS, ,, es
16. » INDHFLEXA, ,, | eh
17. ») PYREHOCHPHALA, Motsch. 1. c. p. 11.
18. » EUSOLOAUDA, ms a 12.
19. >> SUBPIOHA, BA 5 12.
Genus Potyracuis, Schuckard.
20. PoLYRACHIS soIssa (Roger).
Hemioptica scissa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 240, pl. 1.
f. 129 8 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 1; Emery,
Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 70.
Polyrachis scissa, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soc. viii. (1893),
27,16.
Hinaduma (Yerbury coll.),
406 LT.-COL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THB (Mar. 17,
21, PoLYRAOHIS AcULHATA, Mayr.
Polyrachis aculeata, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. aah -bot. Ges. ‘Wien,
1878, 657 @ ; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii, (1893),
28,29 ¢.
- Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
22, PoLYRAOHIS ARGENTEA, Mayr.
Polyrachis argenteus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 682, 98; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 317, 1138.
Polyrachis argentea, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 37, 29; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 66 9 ;
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 34, 43 Qc.
Kandy.
23. PoLYRACHIS JERDONTI, Forel.
Polyrachis jerdonii, Forel, Neujahrsblatt der naturf. Ges.
Zurich, 1893, 17 (footnote); Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 28,49. Hts” Higa
Trincomalee (Ye erbury coll.).
24, POLYRAOHIS FRAUENFELDI, Mayr.
Polyrachis frauenfeldi, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 687, 22 3 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. Cones 317,
120; Forel, Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 28, 7
25. PoOLYRACHIS THRINAX, Roger.
Polyrachis thrinax, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 152, 293 ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 316, 105; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 35; Forel, idem, viii.
(1893), 28, 9 2 g ; Emery, Ann. Soc, Ent, Fr, 1893, 254, 63,
Hinarub Goda (Yerbury coll.).
26. PoLyraonis cLypEata, Mayr. .
Polyrachis clypeatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 683, 12 9 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 317, 114.
Polyrachis clypeata. Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 29, 11; Emery, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, BOS 62.
Colombo, iene,
27, PoLYRAOHIS PUNCTILLATA, Roger.
Polyrachis punctillata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 152,
308 2 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 316, 106; Forel,
Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 29, 12.
28. PoLYRAOHIS CoNVEXA, Roger.
_ Polyrachis convewa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,:153, 318;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc, xi. (1867), 317, 107 ; Forel, Jour: "Bomb.
Nat, Hist, Soe. viii (1893), 29, 14,
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CHYLON. 407
29. PoLyRAOHIS MAYRI, Roger. —
Polyrachis relucens, Mayr (nec Latr.), Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, 1862, 685, 17.
Polyrachis mayri, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 198, 7;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 123; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 37; Forel, idem, viii.
(1893), 29, 17; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 69.
Kanthalai (Yerbury coll.).
30. PoLYRACHIS YERBURYI, Forel.
Polyrachis yerburyr, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 29 8 @.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
31. PoLYRACHIS RASTELLATA (Latreille).
Formica rastellata, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 1380 9.
Polyrachis rastellata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 59, 5;
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Ilist. Soc. vii. (1892), 36, 23;
Forel, idem, viii. (1893), 30, 21; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
254, 64.
Polyrachis busiris, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 98, 7%,
pl. i. f. 15; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 315, 82.
Polyrachis rastellatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 688, 23; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 310, 5.
Polyrachis euryalus, Smith, Jour, Linn. Soc. xi. (1863), 16,
249 ; idem, xi. (1867), 316, 99.
Periyakulam (Yerbury coll.).
32. PoLyRAcHIS yesiLon, Emery.
Polyrachis ypsilon, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. 2, iv. (1887), 239, 72; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soe. viii. (1893), 31, 24.
33. PoLYRACHIS HIPPOMANES, Smith.
Polyrachis hippomanes, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vi. (1862), 43,
218, pl. i. £. 20; id. xi. (1867), 315, 76; Forel, Jour. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc, viii. (1893), 31, 26; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
1893, 254, 67.
Kandy, Cottawa.
The subspecies found in Ceylon is P. ceylonensis, Emery.
34, PoLYRACHIS @prPus, Forel.
Polyrachis cedipus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 31, 29%; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 68.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
_ 35, POLYRAOHIS RUFICAPRA, Roger.
Polyrachis ruficapra, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 154,.
408 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
32 8 9 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 317, 109; Forel,
Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 33, 36.
36, PoLyRAOHIS SIMPLEX, Mayr.
Polyrachis simplex, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 682, 11 2; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1898),
34, 39 9.
Polyrachis spiniger, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1878, 653 Bg.
Polyrachis spinigera, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 37, 30; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 65.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Kandy.
87. PoLYRAOCHIS DIVES, Smith.
Polyrachis dives, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 68, 108, pl. iv.
f. 82, 833; Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, 682,
10; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 311, 10; Wroughton,
Jour. Bomb. Nat, Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 36, 28; Forel, idem, viii.
(1893), 34, 41.
Hot wells, Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
38. PoLyRaonis nxmRorra (Walker).
Formica exercita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 370.
Polyrachis exercita, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 125.
89. PoLyRacHis ILnLAUDATUS, Walker.
Polyrachis illaudatus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 373 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi, (1867), 318, 124.
40. Potyracuis nigur, Mayr.
Polyrachis niger, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 683, 139 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 317, 115.
Genus CEcopHyLia, Smith.
41, @copnyiia sMaRa@pina (Fabricius). — -
Formica smaragdina, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. 488, 29; Mant. i. 307,
3; Ent. Syst. ii. 350,3; Syst. Piez. 397, 4; Latr. Hist. Nat.
Fourm. 176, pl. iii. f. 18; Lepel. Hym. i. 218, 25; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 61; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon,
ch. xii. 454,
Formica virescens, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 392, 9 %; Spec. Ins. i. 490,
13; Mant. Ins. i. 308,16; Ent. Syst. ii. 355, 23; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 29, 97, pl. iii. 24-27.
Formica longinoda, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 184 3.
Lasius virescens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 417, 8.
Formica macra, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. ii. 202, Atlas, t. 8. ff. 1,
la, 16.
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. 409
Formica zonata, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. ii. 205 9 .
Formica viridis, Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. 4779.
Gcophylla smaragdina, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 102,
1; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, 695, 1;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 319, 1; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 41; Forel, idem, viii. (1893),
400; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250.
Geophylla virescens, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 695, 2.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.); Pundaloya (Green coll.) ; Kandy ;
Colombo; Nawalapitiya.
Fabricius’s ‘ Systema Entomologia, sistens Insectorum Classes,
Ordines, Genera, Species etc.,’ in which the name “ virescens”. for
the African species is published, bears date 1775; his ‘Species
Insectorum,’ in which the Asiatic species is described as ‘“‘ smarag-
dina,” is dated 1781, so that as the African and Asiatic species
are now considered identical, the name “ virescens” has priority ;
but as our Indian red ant is so well known under the name
“ smaragdina,” it has been considered, apparently by both Forel
and Emery, not advisable to change the specific denomination.
Genus Prunoiris, Mayr.
42, PRENOLEPIS LONGICORNIS (Latreille).
Formica longicornis, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 113 8; Smith, Cat.
Hyw. Ins. B. M. vi. 31, 104.
Formica vagans, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 124 9 ¥;
Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 106, 39 ; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 59; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 303, 15.
Formica gracilescens, Nyl. Ann. Sci. Nat. vy. (1856), 73.
Tapinoma gracilescens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 56, 4.
Paratrechina vagabunda, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 13; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 309.
Prenolepis gracilescens, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 698, 4 (Novara Exp. Ceylon).
Prenolepis longicornis, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 408, 18 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 49.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Galle; Colombo.
43, PRENOLEPIS YBRBURYI, Forel.
Prenolepis yerburyi, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 409, 39 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 50.
Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).
44, PRenoLeris InDI0A, Forel.
Prenolepis indicd, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893),
409,49 S.
- Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
410 LT.-COL. C, T. BINGHAM ON THR [Mar. 17,
Genus AOANTHOLBPIS, Mayr.
- 45, AOANTHOLEPIS OAPENSIS, Mayr.
Acantholemis capensis, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
. Wien, 1862, 699, 1%; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 414, 2.
46. ACANTHOLEPIS LUNARIS, Emery.
Acantholepis lunaris, Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 47 8 .
Colombo.
Genus Puaciounris, Mayr.
47, PLAGIOLEPIS LONGIPES (Jerdon),
Formica longipes, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sei. 1851, 122;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 19, 67; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
1867, 304, 22.
Formica trifasciata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 27, 929 ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 306, 46.
Prenolepis .gracilipes, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 698, 5. - :
Plagiolepis longipes, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.
(1893), 415, 1; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 46.
Kandy; Galle; Matalle.
_ 48. PLAGIOLEPIS PISsINA, Roger.
Plagiolepis pissina, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 162, 45 3;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, (1867), 318, 1; Forel, Jour. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 417, 5.
Genus Aoropyea, Roger.
_ 49. Aonopy@a acurivunrnris, Roger.
Acropyga acutiventris, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 243 2 8;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 319, 1; Forel, Jour. Bomb,
Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 418.
Plagiolepis flava, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 699,19 3.
Anavadhupur (Yerbury-coll.).
Genus ANEURETUS, Emery.
60. ANHURETUS SIMONI, Emery.
Aneuretus simoni, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 4 & ;
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 462 8,
Genus DorioHopERts, Sund. ee)
51, DotronopERus TaPRoBAN (Smith). Sra RPE na
Formica taprobane, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. vi..13,.43-9 ;
1896.) - - HYMENOPTBRA OF CEYLON. 411
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d: Nat. 1863, 11; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 308, 2,
Hypoclinea gracilipes, ‘Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
(1879), 658 38.
Dolichoderus taprobane, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. ix. .
(1894), 466, 8. Alf
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
52. DoLIcHODERUS GRACILIS (Motschoulsky).
Hypoclinea gracilis, Motsch.. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
1863, 148.
Dolichoderus gracilis, Emery, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249; 42.
Genus TrcHNoMYRMnx, Mayr.
53. TECHNOMYRMEX ALBIPES (Smith).
Tapinoma albipes, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. vi. (1862), 38, 93;
id. xi. (1867), 310, 6.
Tapinoma albitarse, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose,
1863, 14; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 310, 7.
Tapinoma migrum, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien,
703,18.
Technomyr men albipes, Emery, Ann. ‘Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 443
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 466, 1%.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
54, TachNomyrmux BicoLon, Emery.
Technomyrmea bicolor, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249,
45 8 ; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 467.
Genus Intpomyruux, Mayr.
55. In1DOMYRMBX ANOEPS (Roger).
Formica anceps, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 164, 50 ui ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 307, 64.
Tridom yrmex. anceps, Forel, Jour. Bomb. ‘Nat. Hist, Soc. ix.
(1894), 469, 4.
Genus Bornriomyrmex, Emery.
56. BotHRIOMYRMEX ‘WROUGHTONII, Forel. ”
» Bothriomyrmex.wroughtonii, Forel, Jour.. a, BEN Hist. po
ix. (1894), 470,189 ¢.
Trincomalee Oe erbur, 'y coll.).
Genus TaPINoMA, Foerst.
57. TAPINOMA MELANOCEPHALUM (Fabricius).
. Formica melanocephala; Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii..353, 13; Tatr, Hist.
Nat. Fourm.. 269; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B..M. yi. 46, 162...
412 LT.-COL, C. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
—
Formica nana, Jerd. (nec Smith), Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. (1851),
125; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 108, 44; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 15,52; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
303, 10:
. Myrmica pellucida, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. vi. 124, 41 8 ;
Jour. Linn, Soe. xi. (1867), 324, 2.
Formica familiaris, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 68, 4 9 ;
id. xi. (1867), 307, 76.
Tapinoma melanocephalum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
249, 43; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 472, 1.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
The following species recorded from Ceylon has not as yet been
noticed by Forel (loc. cit.):—.
58. Taprnoma ? (Formica?) onsourans, Walk, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859), 372.
Genus Oponromacuvs, Latreille.
59. ODONTOMAOHUS HZMATODES (Linngus).
Formica hematodes, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 965,17 3; Fabr. Ent.
Syst. ii. 364, 29; Latr. Hist. Nat. ourm. 192.
Formica maxillosa, De Geer, Ins. iii. 601, pl. 31. ff. 3, 4,5 9.
Myrmica unispinosa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 359, 39.
Myrmecia hematodes, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 425, 7.
Myrmecia unispinosa, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 423, 1.
Odontomachus hematodes, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. 128 & ;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. vi. 76,1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 51,74 ; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, 15.
Odontomachus simillimus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 80,
119; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 15 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 319, 4.
Colombo (Yerbury coll.); Kandy, Nuwara Eliya.
Genus AnooneErvs, Mayr.
60. ANOOHETUS YERBURYI, Forel (MS.),
Anochetus yerburyi, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 53, 79.
Genus Boruroronera, Mayr.
61, BorHROPONERA RUFIPES (Jerdon).
Ponera rufipes, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 119.
Pachychondila rufipes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 106,48.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896.) ~ . HYMBNOPTERA OF OHYLON. 413
62. BoTHROPONBRA TESSERINODA (Emery).
Ponera tesserinoda, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova,
1876-77, 368; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879,
661; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 6.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Kandy.
Genus DracamMa, Mayr.
63. DIAcAMMA VAGANS (Smith).
Ponera vagans, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 103, 3; id. xi.
(1867), 323, 42; Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 304, 29%.
Diacamma vagans, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 16, 482;
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892) 54, 86.
Haycock Hill (Yerbury coll.).
64. DIACAMMA GHOMBETRICA (Smith).
Ponera geometrica, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 86, 14 ¥;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 11.
Diacamma geometrica, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 301, 26.
Diacamma geometricum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1893, 242, 5.
Colombo. :
Genus Ponera, Latreille.
65. Ponnra (Sysora) tyPHta (Roger).
Syscia typhla, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 20, 75 8.
Ponera typhla, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 25.
66. Ponnra (Myiorias) AMBLYOPS (Roger).
Myopias ambliops, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 39, 120 8.
Ponera amblyops, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 26.
67. PonrRA (LUPTOGENYS) FALCIGERA (Roger).
Leptogenys faleigera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 42, 122 %.
Ponera falcigera, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 27.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
68, PonERA EXUNDANS (Walker).
Formica exundans, Walk. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 371 3; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 11.
Ponera exudans, Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc. xi. (1867), 323, 51.
69. Ponnra MERITANS (Walker).
. Formica meritans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 371 3.
_.- Ponera meritans, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 323, 52.
414 Lt;-00L, 6. tf. BINGHAM ON fH ba ‘17;
70. PONERA ARANEOIDES, Le Guillow.’
- Ponera araneoides,. Le Guillou, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. (1841),
317, 13; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc, xi. (1867), 323, 50.
Ectatomma rugosa, eiob, Jour. Linn. Soe. iii. Ce 143,
16.
71. PonERa coxaxis, Smith.
Ponera rugosa, Smith (nec Le Guillou), Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.
vi. 88, 20 9.
Ponera covalis, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 308, 43 9;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 321, 17.
72. PonERA LurerpEs, Mayr. Zi uel
Ponera lutetipes, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien
(1862), 722, 4 8 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 8.
Kandy (Yerbusy coll.).
73. PoNBRA MELANARIA, Emery.
Ponera melanaria, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 260
(footnote) ; id. ibid. 242, 7.
Colombo.
74, Ponpra PuNOoTaTIssiMa, Roger.
Ponera punctatissima, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1859, 246;
Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1878, 663; Emery,
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 9.
Ponera simillima, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 104,58.
Kandy.
75. PoNnERA @LHADOWI, Forel (MS.).
-Ponera gleadowi, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 55, 91; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 10.
“Matale.
Genus DrEPpanoenatuts, Smith.
7 6. DEHPANOGNATHUS ORUENTATUS, Smith.
Drepanognathus cruentatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi.
82, 2.
Harpegnathus cruentatus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soe. vii. (1892), 56, 93.
rae road (Yerbury coll.),
Genus Lozoretta, Mayr.
77. Losorenra prminura (Smith),
Ponera diminuta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 89, 23; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 21.
Lobopelta diminuta, Mayr,: Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1896.} : HYMENOPEDRA OF CHYLON: 415
1863, 734, 1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 58, 96; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 13.
_ Kandy (Yerbury coll.)
78. LOBOPELTA CHINENSIS, Mayr.
Lobopelia chinensis, Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gest Wien,
1870, 965 %; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 57,95; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 11.
Andankubam (Yerbury coll.).
79. LoBoPEDTA YBRBURYI, Forel.
Lobopelta yerburyt (Horel in MS. teste Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 58, 98).
Kandy road (Yerbury coll.).
80. LoBoPELTA OCELLIFURA (Roger).
Ponifera ocellifera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1861, 138 3;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 24.
Lobopelta ocellifera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.
Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 19, 535; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, 14.
Lobopelta distinguenda, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. di Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. 2, v. (1887-88), 430, 127 8.
Kandy, Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
81. Losopaira puuqurri, André.
Lobopelta peuqueti, André, Rey. Ent. vi. (1887), 292; ENON
Ann. Soc. Ent. Ir. 1893, 243, 15.
Kandy.
Genus Myororong, Roger. :
82. Myoporonn MACULATA, Roger.
Myopopone maculata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschy. 1861, 52 & 2;
Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 240, 1.
Cottawa.
Genus CantromyRMux, Mayr.
83, CBNTROMYRMEX FBX (Emery).
Spalacomyrmea fee, Emery, Aun. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. 2, vii. (1889), 491 7 %; Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
240, 2.
Peradeniya (Yerbury coll.) ; Kandy.
Genus Ooonrzs, Roger.
_ 84. OocrRmA FRAGOSA, Roger.
. Oocerea fragosa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zotac 1862, 249, t. i
16a 8; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi..(1867), 324, 1.
416 L.-OOL. 0, ft. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar, 17,
Genus Cryprorone, Emery.
85. CRYPTOPONE TESTAOHA (Motschoulsky).
Amblyopone testacea, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 15 9; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867) 324, 2.
Oryptopone testacea, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1898, 240, 3 8.
Nawalapitiya.
Genus Dorytivs, Shuckard.
86. Doryius curtsi1, Shuckard.
Typhlopone curtsti, Shuck. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, v.
(1840), 265 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 112, 11; Walk.
Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d.
Nat. Mosc. 1863, 15.
87. DoryLus ontpNTALls, Westwood.
Dorylus orientalis, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, 72; Shuck.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, v. (1840), 320, 7; Westw. Arc.
Ent. i. 80,7; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vii. 3,8; Jour. Linn.
Soe. xi. (1867), 335, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Ainictus, Shuckard.
88. ALNICTUS POROZONOIDES, Walker.
Ainictus porozonoides, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 3065; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith, Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 336, 5.
89, AZNIcrUS CEYLONICUS (Mayr).
Typhlatta ceylonica, Mayr, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
1866, 22 &.
90. AENICTUS BENGALENSIS (Mayr).
Typhlatia bengalensis, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1878, 669 §; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soe. vii. (1892),
177, 115.
Colombo (Rothney coll.).
Genus Catautacus, Smith.
91. CarauLacus TAPROBANA, Smith.
Catuulacus taprobane, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. (1853),
225, 1, pl. xx. £. 10 8; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 195, 1; Walk.
Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch, xii. 454; Motsch, Bull. Soc. Imp. d.
Nat. Mosc. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 335, 4;
1896,] ° HYMBNOPTHRA OF OBYLON. 417
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 178, 122;
Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 38.
Colombo (othney coll.); Belangoda (Yerbury coll.); Pundaloya
(Green coll.); Kandy.
92. CaTauLAcus sIMontI, Emery.
Cataulacus simont, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1898, 248, 39 3.
Kandy, Colombo.
Genus Muranoptvus, Smith.
93. MERANOPLUS BICOLOR (Guédrin).
Cryptocerus bicolor, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 425.
Meranoplus bicolor, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, il. (1853),
224,1; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 193, 2; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.
(1867), 334, 4; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 179, 123; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 37.
Meranoplus villosus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1859,
115; id. ibid. 1863, 21.
Meranoplus dimicans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 375.
Kandy (Ferbury coll.); Galle; Colombo; Cottawa. *
Genus HotcomyrMeEx, Mayr.
94. HotcoMyRMEXx oriniores, Mayr.
Holcomyrmea criniceps, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1878, 672 8; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 181, 126.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
Genus Myruioarta, Saunders.
95. MYRMIOARIA SUBOARINATA (Smith).
Bape subcarinata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. cere
73, 2; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 142, 1; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k.
maole -bot. Ges. Wien, 1863, 756, 3.
* Myrmicaria subcarinata, ‘Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 330,
4; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 183, 134,
Tani (Yerbury coll.).
. 96. Myrmrosria BRUNNEA, Saunders.
' Myrmicaria brunnea, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soe. iii. “1841), 57,
pl. v. £. 2 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 141, 1, pl. x. ff. 6
7,8; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. z0ol.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1863, 757, 1.
97. MyRMIcARIA FODIENS (Jerdon).
i7 Myrmica fodiens, Jerd. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1854, xiii. p. 55.
Myrmicaria fodiens, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 41.
Kandy. ‘
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XX VII. 27
418 11.-00L, 0. T. BINGHAM ON TH [Mar. 17,
Genus Trerramorium, Mayr.
98. TETRAMORIUM TRANSVERSARIUM, Roger.
Letramorium transversarium, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, .
181, 73 3; Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 31.
Nuwara Eliya.
99. TrTRamMortum PacrFIcuM, Mayr.
Tetramorium pacificum, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1870, 38 § 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 32.
Colombo, Kandy.
100. TETRaAMORIUM (XIPHOMYRMEX) TORTUOSUM, Roger.
Tetramorium tortuosum, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 181,
72 8 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 33.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
101. TErramoriuM (XIPHOMYRMEX) PILOsuM, Emery.
Tetramorium (Xiphomyrmex) pilosum, Emery, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr.
1893, 247, 34 8.
Kandy.
Genus Monomorium, Mayr.
102, Monomorium vastavor (Smith).
Myrmica vastator, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 71,3 8;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 325, 4,
_ Monomorium vastator, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 186, 143.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
103. Monomonrrum sPEouLane, Mayr.
Monomorium speculare, Mayr, Sitz. d. k. Akad. Wissen. 1866,
26%; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 187, 149.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
104. Monomorium @LYorPHiLuM (Smith).
Myrmica glyciphila, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 125, 458;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 15; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),
327, 39.
Monomorium glyciphilum, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,
Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 32, 876.
105. Monomorium pEsrRucTOR (Jerdon).
Atta destructor, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 105 9;
Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1863, Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 34,
971.
Monomorium destructor, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243.
Colombo. .
1896.) | * HYMBNOPTERA OF CHYLON. *: 41g
106. MonomoriuMm LAtTINoDE, Mayr.
Monomorium latinode, Mayr, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. ii. CN 152, 54 3; | BISON Ann. Soc.’ Bit Fr.
1893, 243, 19.
Kandy.
Genus Lornomyrmnx, Emery.
107. LorvomyRMnx QUADRISPINOSUS (Jerdon).
Geodoma quadrispinosa, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851,
111; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 52.
Pheidole quadrispinosa, Smith, Cat. Tym. Ins. B. M. vi. 174, 9;
Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 31,
841; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 331, 7.
ore quadrispinosus, Emery,’ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, 20.
‘Kandy.
Genus TrigtyPHoruRix, Forel.
108. TrigLyPHOTHRIX WALSHI, Forel.
Triglyphothrix walshi, Forel, Jour. Bomb: Nat. Hist. Soc. v.
(1890), 396 8 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 33.
Nawalapitiya. —
109. TrigiyPHOTHRIX OBESUM (Cone.
Tetramortum obesum, André, Rev. Ent. vi. (1887), 294.
- Driglyphothria obesum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 34
Kandy.
Genus AcanrHomMyrmux, Emery.
110. AcANTHOMYRMEX LUCIOLZ, Emery.
Acanthomyrmex luciole, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 245,
308) ie SCG he Te 8
Kandy.
Genus SoLmNopsis, Westwood.
111. Sorunogsts GEMINATA (Fabricius).
_ Atta geminata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 423, 6.
Solenopsis mandibularis, Westw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841,
vi. 87 %.
Aita clypeata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 169, 30.
-_ Solenopsis cephalotes, ‘Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. iii. (1859), 149 ; id.
ibid. xi. (1867), 333, 1.
Solenopsis geminata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 289 ;
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe, vii. (1892), 189, 160;
Emery, Ann: Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 23...
Kandy (Yerbury coll.); Colombo. - ais Bila
27°
420 Lt,-O0L, 0. 1. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
Genus SrrumicEnys, Smith.
112, Srrumiennys LyRoussa (Roger).
Labidogenys lyroessa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 251, pl. i.
f.17a %; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe, xi. (1867), 334, 1.
113. Serumicuyys gopurrnoyi, Mayr.
Strumigenys godeffroyr, Mayr, Sitz. d.k. Akad. Wissen. 1866,
33 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 40.
Kandy,
Genus Prurporogsron, Mayr.
114, PHEerporocEeron pivErsus (Jerdon).
Ccodoma diversa, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 109;
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii, (1854), 51, 11.
Pheidole diversa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 174, 6; Jour.
Linn. Soe, xi. (1867), 331, 4. :
Pheidologeton diversus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.
Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 820; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
249, 21.
Colombo; Ratgama-Kellei.
115, PuerpoLognton LABoriosus (Smith).
Solenopsis laboriosa, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vi. (1862), 48,2 & ;
id. xi. (1867), 333, 3.
Pheidologeton laboriosus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1868, 750, 2; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 190, 163.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
116. PHEmoLognron NANUS (Roger).
Pheidole nanus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 191, 84 8.
Pheidologeton nanus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 442; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 22.
Kandy.
117, PHEDDOLOGETON sILENUS (Smith).
Pheidole silenus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 176, 14 8;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 332, 12.
Pheidologeton silenus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1868, 103, 3 (‘ Novara’ expedition),
118. PuntorogEron TaPRoBANE# (Smith).
Pheidole taprobane, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 12 2;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
331, 10.
Pheidologeton taprobane, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz,
Torm.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 823. , Cairne
\
1896.]° HYMENOPTERA OF CHYLON. 421
Genus Puuripoin, Westwood.
119. PHErponn rnpi0a, Mayr.
Pheidole indica, Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1879, 679; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii. (1892),
194, 177.
Baddegama (Yerbury coll.).
120. PHEIDoLE rugosa, Smith.
Pheidole rugosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 13 & ;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
321, 11.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
121. PHEIDoLe JANvS, Smith.
Pheidole janus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 11 &,
pl. ix. ff. 18-17; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454;
Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 9.
122. PHBIDOLD suLCATIOEPS, Roger.
Pheidole sulcaticeps, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 193,
85 8 2 d; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 332, 25; Mayr,
Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879, 675.
123, Punrpo.y woop-MAsont, Forel.
Pheidole wood-masoni, Forel, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Beng. liv. (1887),
pt. 2, 180, 22; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 195, 185; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 28.
Haragam near Kandy (Yerbury coll.) ; Matale.
124, PHEIDOLD LATINODA, Roger.
Pheidole latinoda, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 195, 86 §;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 832, 26; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879, 675; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soe. vii. (1892), 191, 164; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1893,
243, 27. ‘
Colombo.
125. PourpoLn pipira (Walker).
Atta didita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859),
375; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith, Jour. Linn.
Soe. xi, (1867), 333, 28.
126. PHEIDOLE MEGACHPHALA (Fabricius).
Formica megacephala, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 361, 47; Latr. Hist.
Nat. Fourm. 232, t. 10. f. 67; Coqueb. Ilustr. i. t. vi. f. 9.
Orcothphora pusilla, Heer (Hausameisen Madeira’s, 5 2 ¢).
422 Lf.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THD (Mar. 17;
Myrmica trinodis, Los. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, 1834, t. 37,327.
Myrmica levigata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 121, 30.
Pheidole megacephala, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.
Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 829 ; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, QE ee Ay
Colombo, Kandy.
127. PHEIDOLE Pronoratis, Forel, MS.
Pheidole pronotalis, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 244, 29.
. Kandy, Nuwara Eliya; Hakgala (Yerbury coll.).
"128, Puutpore cnynonrca (Motschoulsky).
~~ Oreothophora ceylonica, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 18; Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc, xi. (1867), 333, 29. .
Nuwara Eliya.
- Genus: Cremastocasrer, Lund.
129. Gramma RANSONNETI, Mayr.
Decrmeasionter ransonneti, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot.. Ges.
Wien, 1868, 287; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii.
(1892), 196, 192; Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr, 1893, 243, 25.
* Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).
130. Ormatastoaaster SUBNUDA, Mayr. -
Cremastogaster subnuda, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1879, 682 3; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 197, 193.
"Hakgala (Yerbury coll).
131, CREMAsTog@asTER DOHRNI, Mayr.
Cremastogaster dohrni, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1879, 682; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),
197, 196 ; "Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 24,
- Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.)
~ 182, CREMASTOGASTER CONTENTA, Mayr.
Cremastogaster contenta, Mayr, Verh. d. kk. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1879, 685 3; ee Jour. Bomb. Nat.-Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 199, 200.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
133. CREMASTOGASTER ROGENHOFERI, Mayr.
Cremastogaster rogenhofert, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1879, 683 %; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 197, 198. -
134, CREMASTOGASTER ANTHRACINA, Smith.
Cremastogaster anthracinus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii, (1858),
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CYLON. 423
75,1 %; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 1386, 5; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 329, 2.
Cremastogaster anthracina, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1878, 682.
1385. CREMASTOGASTER BRUNNEA, Smith.
sig eens brunneus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 75,
; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 138, 10; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.
ae. 329, 3.
136. CREMASTOGASTHR PELLENS, Walker.
Cremastogaster pellens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 374 9; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soe. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.
xi. (1867), 330, 9. '
137. CREMASTOGASTER DEPONENS, Walker.
Cremastogaster deponens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
iv. (1859), 374 9; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe.
xi. (1867), 330, 10.
138. CREMASTOGASTBR FORTIOULUS, Walker.
Cremastogaster forticulus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
iv. (1859), 375 8; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith,
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 11.
139. CREMASTOGASTER APIOALIS, Motschoulsky.
Cremastogaster apicalis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 20 §; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 12.
140. CREMASTOGASTBR BRUNNESOENS, Motschoulsky.
Cremastogaster brunnescens, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 20; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 13.
Genus Sima, Roger.
141. Sra RUFoNIGRA (Jerdon).
Eciton rufonigra, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 53 Ss;
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 53.
Pseudomyrma rufonigra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159,
24; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 4,
Sima rufonigra, Roger, Berl. ent. "Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-
Gatt. u. Art. 25, 719; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 200, 210.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
142. Sma niaRa (Jerdon).
Eciton nigrum, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851 112 “
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 2, xiii. (1854), 54.
424 LT.-COL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THD ~ [Mar. 17,
- Pseudomyrma nigra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159, 25;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 9.
- Sima nigra, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-
Gatt. u. Art. 25, 720; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 201, 211; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 16.
Kandy.
143, Sima arrava (Smith),
Tetraponera atrata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. a, : ser. 2, ix.
(1850), 44.
Pseudomyrma atrata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159, 26 ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 1.
144, Sima ALLABORANS (Walker).
Pseudomyrma allaborans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
iv. (1859), 375 %; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith,
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 11.
Cerapachys femoralis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 21.
Cerapachys ceylonica, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
1863, 22
Sima compressa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 179, 68 8;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 328, 1; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 202, 212.
Sima allaborans, Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr, 1893, 243, 17.
Colombo, Kandy.
The following have been recorded from Ceylon by Smith,
Walker, or Motschoulsky, but, so far as I know, not lately procured
or perhaps not identified :—
145. Myrmioa Basatis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 125, 43.
146. Myrioa contiava, Smith, id. ibid. 125, 44.
147. Myrmioa (?) constprnans, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859), 374 9 3.
148, Myrmica PatLinopis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 16 &.
149. Myrmica opsourata, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 16 8.
Family MuvTiuuip 2, Leach.
Genus Murtiya, Linneus.
150. MuriLLa zsTuANS, Gerstaecker.
Mutilla estuans, Gerstaeck. Pet. Reis. 487, pl. 31.f. 6; Radoszk.
‘& Sich. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 223, 55; Cam. Mem. & Proce,
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe, v. (1892), 116, 2,
~
1896.] HYMBENOPYDRA OF CEYLON. 425
151. Murinua anaxis, Lepeletier.
' Mutilla analis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 630, 52 ; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor.
Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 284, 125; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit.
& Phil. Soc. v. (1892), 116, 3.
Mutilla fuscipennis, Fab. Syst. Piez. 436, 35.
Mutilla rufogastra, Lepel. Hym. iti. 629, 51 ¢; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 36, 185.
152. MurinLa AvREORUBRA, Radoszkovsky.
Mutilla aureorubra, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869,
304,19 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
vy. (1892), 117, 9.
153. Murinna nerzera, Saussure.
Mutilla egregia, Sauss. (nec Klug) Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1867, 351, 1,
pl. 8. f.1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
v. (1892), a7,
154. Murinna Broicra, Saussure.
Mutilla bicincta, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 355, pl. 8. £.4;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, Vv. (1802),
117, 14.
155. MuvInba ChYLANENSIS, Radoestowsiys
Mutilla ceylanensis, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869,
247, 809 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
vy. (1892), 118, 19.
156. Muvinna onrysopHrHaLMA, Klug.
Has chrysophthalma, Klug, in Hempr. et Erenb. Symb. Phys.
Hym. 17, pl. v. £. 3; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.
1869, 239, 679 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 20.
157. Muvinia coronata, Saussure.
Mutilla coronata, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 106, 49 ; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 23.
158. Mutitia DENTICOLLIS, Motschoulsky.
Mutilla denticollis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863,
22; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),
118, 28.
159. Murinia prmipr1ata, Lepeletier.
Mutilla dimidiata, Lepel. Hym. iii. 628, 50; Radoszk. & Sich.
Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 285, 126; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 29. ;
160. Murinna uexaoprs, Saussure. Lists
Mutilla hexaops, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 169, 7, t. 8.
t
426 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
f.6; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 307, '7; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 37.
Nattan.
161. Murinna HuMBERTIANA, Saussure.
_ Mutilla humbertiana, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 353, 29,
t.8.f.2; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 305, 2; Cam.
Mem. & Proe. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 38.
Trincomalee.
162. Morita mnsvnaRis, Cameron.
Mutilla insularis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. TBR, & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, vy. (1892), 119, 42, & 133.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
163.. MuriiLa INTERMEDIA, Saussure.
Mutilla intermedia, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 354, ABs 3
Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867, 306, 4; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 43.
164. Moritrna KaANAR#, Cameron.
Mutilla kanare, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, y. (1892), 119, 44, & 134.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
165. Murinna KANTHELLZ, Cameron.
Mutilla kanthelle, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 45, & 124.
Kanthella (Yerbury coll.).
166. Mouriiia MacuLo-FAsoi1ATa, Saussure.
Mutilla maculo-fasciata, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 107, 59;
Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 8309; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 120, 46.
167, Muvttna METALLioa, Cameron.
' Mutilla metallica, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser, 4, v. (1892), 120, 48, & 128.
168. ~Musinta OCELLATA, Saussure.
Mutilla ocellata, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. ir. 1867, 356, 6; ; Radoszk.
& Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 307,69 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 120, 53.
169. Morinia oputenta, Smith.
Mutilla opulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 34, 180¢ ;-
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),
120, 55.
' Keanthalla (Yerbury coll.).
1896.] | HYMENOPTERA OF OBYEON. ‘427
170. Murinia supintRans, Radoszkovsky.
Mutilla subintrans, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor, Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867,
‘228, 6292 ; Cam. Mem. Se ERDE: Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 122, 75.
171. Murinra soror, Saussure.
Mutilla soror, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 353, t. 8. f. 3;
Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867, 306,39 ; Cam. Mem,
-& Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 122, 76.:
Habrouenne.
172. Morirna s1pynia, Smith.
Mutilla sibylla, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 86, 119; ;
Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1867, 22; Smith, Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi. (1867), 339, 47; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892) 122, 74,
173. MuTILLA TAPROBANZ, Cameron.
Mutilla taprobane, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, vy. (1892), 122, 81, &.125.
Trincomalee (Yerbury “coll. ).
174. Murinna yprbury1, Cameron.
Mutilla yerburyz', Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
‘ser. 4, v. (1892), 123, 87, & 135.
_ Mahaagang (Yerbury coll.).
Genus Mernooa, Latreille.
175. METHOOA NIGRA, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 4.): -
3. L. 8-11 millim. Exp. 17-20 millim.
Black and shining ; the wings broad, hyaline and iridescent, with
“the apical half faintly shaded with fuscous ; legs piceous, tarsi
“paler.
: Head about as broad as the thorax, closely and finely punctured ;
mandibles black ; clypeus much broader than high, its anterior
‘margin semicircular; antenne opaque black, thick and somewhat
fusiform. Thorax: the pro- and mesonotum above finely and
closely punctured, 'the metanotum smooth, posteriorly truncated,
with three longitudinal short: carine running from its base to the
edge of the truncation, from whence the lateral carine are con-
tinued obliquely outwards to the sides of the metathorax ; the wings
-hyaline, iridescent in certain lights, faintly shaded with light fuscous
‘especially on the anterior wing beyond the basal nervure; legs
: piceous, the tarsi paler, the anterior tibie and tarsi below testaceous.
Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured above, and slightly
1 Hither by a slip of the en or through a printer's error, Col. Yerbury’s
name is spelt ‘‘ Yerburgh,” all through Mr. Cameron’ 8 paper, consequently this
species stands as ‘“‘ Yerbur gh us pastas of Leni a in the paper. I have
. restored the true spelling... wie ey ou
428 Lt,-COL, C, T. BINGHAM ON THB [Mar. 17;
pubescent ; the basal segment about half the width of the 2nd and
curved upwards; a deep transverse sulcation close to the apical
margin of the 1st segment and another close to the constricted base
of the 2nd segment, the latter sulcation continued on the underside
of the abdomen.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Described from three specimens in my collection from various
parts of Tenasserim and from two specimens in Mr. Green’s col-
lection. This species resembles M. gracilis, Smith, from Celebes,
but this latter has the prothorax smooth, the metathorax coarsely
rugose, the legs rufo-piceous, and the basal segment marked with a
central longitudinal channel. From MM. orientalis, Smith, found in
Northern India, it differs considerably in size and coloration.
Family Soo1rii1p 4, Leach.
Genus Scoria, Fabricius.
I. With three cubital cells=Triscolia, Saussure & Sichel.
176. Sconra RUBIGINOSA, Fabricius.
Scolia rubiginosa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 280, 8 ; Syst. Piez. 241, 10;
Coquebert, Ilustr. tab. 13. f.4¢ ; Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. ii.
211, 88; Lepel. Hym. iii. 518, 2; Burm. Cat. Scol. 19, 11; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 111, 123; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen.
Scol. 45, 20; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 343, 4; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 101, 13.
Colombo, Pundaloya (Green coll.).
TI. With two cubital cells=Discolia, Saussure & Sichel.
177, ScoLta AUREIPENNIS, Lepeletier.
Scolia aureipennis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 525,99 ; Sauss. & Sich. Cat.
Spec. Gen. Scol. 109,102; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, v. (1892), 103, 25.
Scolia jurinei, Sauss. Mél. Hym. 45, 21.
Scolia instabilis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 88, 119 ¢ ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 25.
Scolia ruficornis, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 25, 8.
Pundaloya, Udagama (Green coll.).
178. Scorta CYANIPENNIS, Fabricius.
Scolia cyanipennis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 244, 35; Burm. Cat. Scol.
37, 59; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 90, 21; Sauss. Ann. Soe.
Ent. Fr. 1858, 209, 16; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 103,
91; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 345, 21; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 102, 20.
179. Scoria QUADRIPUSTULATA, Fabricius,
Scolia quadripustulata, Fabr. Spec. Ins, i, 453, 13; Ent. Syst. ii.
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. 429
234, 26; Syst. Piez. 244, 34; Burm. Cat. Scol. 36, 58; Lepel.
Hymn. iii. 528, 16; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 87, 7; Sauss. &
Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 113, 108; Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 103,
1; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 24 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 104, 30.
Larva quadripustulata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. 222, 6.
Scolia binotata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 244, 36.
Scolia bipunctata, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 35, 30 (var. 3).
Scolia fasciato-punctata, Guér. Voy. Coq. il. 254 (var. ).
Scolia fervida, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. (1852), 46
(2 var.); Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 89, 15.
180. ScoLra mnprI0A, Saussure.
Scolia indica, Sauss. Mél. Hym. 46, 22, f. 109 ; Sauss. & Sich.
Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 119, 118; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),
348, 61; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 106, 40.
Scolia igmita, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 101, 779 ; Jour.
Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 348, 64.
Somparipo (Green coll.).
181. Scon1a HIsTRiIoNnIcA, Fabricius.
Scolia histrionica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 256, 35; Klug, Web.
u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 25, 9; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 121,
1219 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 107, 43.
Scolia picteti, Sauss. Mel. Hym. 42, 189.
Scolia pulchra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 88, 12; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 26.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
182. ScoLrIA BLIFORMIS, Saussure.
Scolia eliformis, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 120, 1196;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 348, 62; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Mauch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 107, 41.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Enis, Fabricius.
I. With three cubital cells=Triels, Saussure & Sichel.
183. Eis oR1ENTALIS, Cameron.
Elis orientalis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc,
ser. 4, v. (1892), 112, 27.
Il. With two cubital cells= Dielis, Saussure & Sichel.
184, Eis rHoractca (Fabricius).
Tiphia thoracica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 254, 15; Syst. Piez,
235, 19.
Sphec albicollis, Christ, Hym. 260, ¢.26.f.19.., aa
430. LT,-OOL. 0, T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17;
. Sphex flavifrons, Christ, Hym. 261, t. 26. f.22 (non 3), & f. 3 i
yar. fulvo-villosa.
Tiphia nigra, Fabr, Ent. Syst. ii. 225, 9; Syst. Piez. 234, 13.
Campsomeris aureicollis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 499, 6 Q.
Scola aureicollis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 101, 79.
Elis thoracica, Saussure & Sichel, Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 188, 197 ;
Hym. d. Novara Reise, 104, 2; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
350, 15; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 108, 4.
Elis aureicollis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 350, 14.
Colombo, Pundaloya (Green coll.).
I have followed de Saussure in uniting the species with Allg
pubescence on the head and thorax (aureicollis, Lepel.) with the
species having cinereous-white pubescence on the same parts.
Smith, however, kept them distinct, and I am inclined to think he
was right, as the puncturing on the head and thorax in the two
species is different. On the other hand, Els fimbriata, Burmeister,
kept distinct by de Saussure, seems to me only a large form of
E, thoracica (vera). The specimens in Mr. Green’s collection are
midway between typical thoracica and typical fimbriata.
185. Enis ris (Lepeletier).
- Colpa iris, Lepel. Hym. iii. 547, 16 3.
Scolia iris, Burm. Cat. Scol. 26, 28 9 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins.
B. M. iii. 100, 75.
Elis phalerata, Sauss. Ann, Ent. Soc. Fr. (1858), 233, 45; Ent.
Zeit, 1859, 268 Q.
+ 2 Scolia radula, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr.i. 30,19 3.
Elis iris, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen Scol. 201, 217; Smith,
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 351, 29; Cam. Mem. & Proc. "Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, v. (1893), 110, 20.
_ Pundaloya (Green coll.).
‘ Three males of a species belonging to the subgenus Dielis, in
Mr. Green’s collection, agree fairly well with the original description
of this species by Lepeletier de St. -Fargeau. i
186. Enis LinpENir (Lepeletier).
Campsomeris lindenii, Lepel. Hym. iii, 500, 8 9.
Scolia 4-fasciata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. ‘255, 16; Syst. Piez.
242, 20.
Elis lindenii, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 204, 219 ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 351, 30 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc,
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 112, 22.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
187. Exis onyzonioa (Kirby).
Campsomeris ceylonica, Kirby, Trans. Ent. ha 1889, 452,
Elis ceylonica, Cam. Mem. & Eros. enc Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4;
v. (1892), 111, 21. . - SE
1896.]. HYMBNOPLERA OF CHYLON. 431°
Genus Trent, Fabricius.
188. TrpHIA RUFO-FEMORATA, Smith.
Tiphia rufo-femorata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 83, 7 9;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit,. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),
115, 4.
Pundaloya (Green coll).
189. TrpHta consvetA, Smith.
Tiphia consueta, Smith, Desc. New Spec. ym. B. M. 184, 2.9;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (182),
116, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
190. TipaiA DECRESCENS, Welles,
Tiphia decrescens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, iv. 1859,
376; Tennent’s Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 22.
Family. PomPrnip 2, Leach.
Genus Pomeritus, Fabricius.
191. Pompitus awatis, Fabricius.
Sphea analis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 209, 42.
Pompilus analis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 188, 4; Dahlb. Hym. Eur, i.
47 9; Lepel. Hym. iii. 489, 35; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii.
143, i24; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch..
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 24; Smith, Jour. Linn .Soe.
xi. (1867), 352, 1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. bac:
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 457, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
192. Pompitus PuRPLExus, Smith. ; ;
Pompilus perplecus, Smith. Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 147,
140 9°. }
Priocnemis perplewus, Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc. ‘xi. Cee
354, 4.
Salius perpleaus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 452, 43. ‘
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
193. Pompitus oanirEons, Smith.
Pompilus canifrons, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 146,
38 2.
Priocnemis canifrons, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, (1867) 354, 2.
Salius canifrons, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891).
Pundaloya (Green coll.), = AS ARISE i ELE OHA
432: Lv,-OOL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
I have examined the types of P. pedestris and P. canifrons,
Smith, both in the British Museum, and find that they belong to
the genus Pompilus and not to Priocnemis=Salius, Cam. (apud
Kohl).
194. Pomprnus arnoaays, Smith.
Pompilus arrogans, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, pt. ii. 187,
3 9.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Originally received from Japan, this species seems to have a
wide range; I have found it fairly common in Sikkim and Burma.
There are two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection.
195, Pompitus arroros, Smith.
Pompilus atropos, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 146,
22 9; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv.
(1891), 480.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
196. Pompinus LucipuLUS (Saussure).
Homonotus lucidulus, Sauss. Hym. d. N ovara-Reise, 50,1 9.
Pompilus lucidulus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459, 26. vs
197. PompriLus I¢NoBILis, Saussure.
Pompilus ignobilis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 60, 3 9; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459,
22.
198. PoMPILUS IGNICOLOR, sp.nov. (Plate XV. fig. 5.)
9.L.7 millim. Exp. 12 millim.
Head and thorax in front red, metatharax, legs and abdomen
black, wings hyaline with a faint fuscous cloud towards the
apex.
~ Head broad, subglobular, and opaque red, with fine close punctures ;
the clypeus twice as broad as high, its anterior margin narrowly
smooth, shining, and recurved ; front slightly convex, covered, as is
the clypeus and the cheeks behind the eyes, with a fine sericeous
silvery pile, only seen in certain lights; antenn fuscous; the
scape in front red; thorax, the pro- and mesothorax above, and
the scutellum and postscutellum red; the metathorax, sides of the
thorax, and pectus black; the prothorax rounded in front, posteriorly
arched ; the scutellum and postscutellum compressed laterally and
prominent ; the metathorax with a rounded slope to the apex ; the
whole of the thorax very finely and closely punctured ; wings
hyaline, the nervures fuscous, the anterior wings lightly infuscated
from beyond the 2nd cubital cell, the extreme apex narrowly
hyaline, the apex of the posterior wing also faintly clouded; legs
black, the anterior femora, tibie, and tarsi testaceous red, the claws
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON: 433
unidentate at their base below; the abdomen subsessile, broad and
opaque black. In certain lights the sides of the metathorax, the
cox, and the basal segment of the abdomen are seen to be covered
with a thin silvery pile.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This well-marked little species might, at first sight, be mistaken
for Pseudagenia egina, Smith ; but, beyond the difference of genus,
it can be distinguished by its red head, black metathorax, and non-
fasciated wings.
199. Pomritus norHNnBY!I, Cameron.
Pompilus rothneyt, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 460, 32 & 463.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Forms, as noted by Mr. Cameron, a transition to the Ferreolu
group of the genus Pompilus. Originally described from Bengal,
it occurs also in Burma.
200. PoMPILUS MIRANDUS (Saussure).
Ferreola miranda, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 49, 5 2.
Pompilus miranda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459, 28.
201. PoMPILUS DIMIDIATIPENNIS (Saussure).
Ferreola dimidiatipennis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 46, 19.
Pompilus dimidiatipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. &
Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 458, 13.
202. PoMPILUS GREENTI (Bingham).
Ferreola greenii, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soc. v. (1890),
240, 11 9.
Pompilus greenti, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 458, 18.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species closely resembles the preceding, and may be identical
with it, but I have provisionally kept it distinct, as the shape of
the front of the head seems to distinguish it from P. dimidiatipennis.
Genus PsnupagentA, Kohl.
203. PsEUDAGENIA BLANDA (Gueérin).
Pompilus blandus, Guérin, Voy. Cog. Zool. ii. pt. 2,260; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 143, 125.
Pompilus cyaneus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 446, 7.
Agenia blanda, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. x1. (1867), 354, 1.
Pseudagenia blanda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 436, 6; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. viii. (1893), 369, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XXVIII. 28
434 LT.-COL. C."b, BINGHAM ON ‘TILE (Mar. 17,
204. PsEUDAGENIA eGINA (Smith).
Agenia egina, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1857), 94,9 9; id.
ibid. xi. (1867), 355, 6.
Pseudagenia egina, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1894), 436, 1; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soe. viii. (1893), 368, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
205. PsEUDAGENIA ALARIs (Saussure).
Agenia alaris, Sauss. HWym. d. Novara-Reise, 62,1 2.
Pseudagenia alaris, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 4386, 2; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. viii. (1893), 368, 3.
206. PsEUDAGENIA BIPENNIS (Saussure).
Agenia bipennis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 52, 3 3.
Pseudagenia bipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, iv. 486, 5; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.
(1893), 368, 4.
207. PszuDAGENIA CONCOLOR (Saussure).
Agenia concolor, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 54,6 3.
Pseudagenia concolor, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 437, 9.
The three preceding species occur also in Burma.
208. PsnUDAGENIA INSULARIS (Saussure).
Agenia insularis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 455, 8 2.
Pseudagenia insularis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, ivy. (1891), 437, 15.
209, PsEUDAGENIA MICROMEGAS (Saussure).
Agenia micromegas, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 51, 1 9.
Pseudagenia micromegas, Cam, Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. &
Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 437, 19.
210. PsrUDAGENIA NANA (Saussure).
Agenia nana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 55, 9 Q.
Pseudagenia nana, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 25.
211. PspupaGHNiA OBSOLETA (Saussure).
Agenia obsoleta, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 56, 10 2.
Pseudagenia obsoleta, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 24.
212. PsEUDAGENIA PLEBETA (Saussure).
Agenia plebeja, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 57, 11 ¢.
Pseudagenia plebeja, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc, ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 25.
1896.] HYMBNOSTDRA OF CEYLON. 435
Genus Sautus, Fabricius.
I. Humrpnrsis= Myenimia Group.
213. SaLius cryLonicus (Saussure).
Mygnimia ceylonica, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 64, 1 9.
Salius ceylonicus, Cam. Mem. & Proe. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, iv. (1801), 443, 7.
214. SaLius FuLVippNNIs (Fabricius).
Sphex fulvipennis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 218, 84.
Pompilus fulvipennis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 198, 57; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 144, 127; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 58,
196.
Eevee fulvipennis, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. 1. 462.
Salius fulvipennis, Cam, Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 444, 16.
215. SaLius INTERMEDIUS (Smith).
? Hemipepsis flava, Dahlb. (nec Fabr.) Hym. Hur. i. 462, 3.
Mygnimia intermedia, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
xii. (1873), 257.
Salius intermedius, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 444,18; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. viii. (1893), 372, 11.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
In size this species is exceedingly variable; of thirteen females
in Mr. Green’s collection the smallest is 16 millim. in length,
while the largest is 35 millim., or more than twice the size. One
specimen, absolutely indistinguishable from the others in the
colouring and sculpture of head and thorax, has the venation of
the wings of Priocnemis: that is to say, the Ist recurrent nervure
is not interstitial with the 2nd transverse cubital nervure, but
terminates well before the apex of the 2nd cubital cell.
216. Saurus RuBIpUS (Bingham). (Plate XV. fig. 2.)
Mygnimia rubida, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vy. (1890),
238,8 2d.
Salius rubida, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 445, 27.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
217. SaLius convexus (Bingham).
Priocnemis convevus, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.
(1890), 237, 6 9.
Salius convexus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 33; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vili. (1893), 375, 18.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species is also found in Burma.
28*
438 LY.-COL. U. T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
II. Priocnemis group.
218. SaLIUsS MADRASPATANUS (Smith).
Pompilus madraspatanus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 144,
130 2; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi (1867), 352, 6.
Salius madraspatanus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 40; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soe. viii. (1893), 375, 19.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
219, SaLius PROPERUS, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 7.)
@. L. 11 millim. Exp. 23 millim.
Black, with a thin, silky, slate-coloured pile forming fasciz on the
abdomen above; wings fusco-hyaline.
Head broad, broader than the thorax, smooth; clypeus short,
transversely oval, convex, an impressed line along and parallel to
its anterior margin, the clypeus and front of the face silvery in
certain lights and studded sparsely with black hairs; antenne
long, convolute at the apex. Thorax long, somewhat laterally
compressed; the metathorax as long as the pro- and mesothorax
together ; the scutellum large, prominent, flat in the middle above,
the metathorax with a rounded slope to the apex and delicately
marked with transverse strie. Wings fusco-hyaline, the posterior
pair clear hyaline at base ; in the-front wing the transyerse-medial
nervure strikes the externo-medial nervure well before the apex of
the 1st submedial cell, in the hind wing the cubital nervure is
interstitial with the transverse-anal nervure. Legs black; the
intermediate and posterior tibie strongly spined and serrated, the
long tibial calcaria of the posterior legs about half the length of
the metatarsus, the tarsi spinose, claws unidentate below, all the
cox on the underside with slate-coloured pile. Abdomen black,
smooth and shining, with broad bands of slate-coloured pile at
the bases of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments, the apical seg-
ment black and studded with long black hairs ; below the abdomen
is smooth and somewhat shining, with a transverse furrow crossing
the 2nd segment.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
_ Resembles S. vothneyi, Cameron, but this is a stouter and more
compact insect and has the wings hyaline with two fuscous clouds
crossing the fore wing.
220. SaLius orinirvs (Bingham).
Priocnemis crinitus, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vy. (1890),
238,72.
Salius crinitus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 35,
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
The male has not previously been described. It closely resem-
bles the female, but is a slenderer insect and is devoid of the long
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 437
golden pubescence which clothes the thorax and abdomen in the
female. Length 16 millim. Exp. 35 millim.
221. SALIUS CONSANGUINEUS (Saussure).
Priocnemis consanguineus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 62,29.
Salius consanguineus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 32.
222. SALIUS HUMBERTIANUS (Saussure).
Priocnemis humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 63,
496.
Salius humbertianus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 38.
Family SpuE@inp #, Leach.
Genus Am™MopnitA, Kirby.
223, AMMOPHILA LEVIGATA, Smith,
Ammophila levigata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iy. 215,
39 9; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 359, 4; Sauss. Hym. d.
Novara-Reise, 23, 1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 93, 8.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
224, AMMOPHITA ATRIPES, Smith.
Ammophila atripes, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, ix.
(1852), 46; id. Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 217, 43; Walk. Tenn.
Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. (1863), 23; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 359, 7;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 93, 1.
225. AMMOPHILA LONGIVENTRIS, Saussure.
Ammophila longiventris, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 24; 3 3;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1889),
CE, Bs
226. AMMOPHILA HUMBERTIANA, Saussure.
Ammophila humbertiana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 25,4 9;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889),
93, 7.
Genus Prtoraus', Latreille.
227, PELopaus JAVANUS, Lepeletier.
Pelopeus javanus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 309, 6 9; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. iy. 231, 16; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
1 Kohl has shown (Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), p. 102) that
for this genus Klug’s name Sceliphron has priority over Pelopeus, Latreille ; but:
the latter name is so well known that I am loth to make any alteration.
438 L'.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE (Mar. 17,
360, 20; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii.
(1889), 101, 7.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
228, PELOP@US SPINOLE, Lepeletier.
Pelopeus spinole, Lepel. Hym. iii. 807, 4; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. iy. 231, 19; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch, xii.
454 ; Motsch. Bull. Soe. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23; Smith,
Jour. Linn, Soe. xi. em 359, 3; Cam. Mein. & Proc. Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), "102, 12.
229. PeLora@us vioLaceus (Fabricius).
Sphea violaceus, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. 201, 12.
Pepsis violaceus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 211, 16.
Chalybion violaceum, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 21, 1.
Chaly ybion bengalensis, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 433, 2 2,
Pelopoeus violaceus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 32, 21; Costa, Prosp. d.
Imenott. Ital. fasc. i. 21, 6.
Pelopeeus flebilis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 321, 22.
Pelopaus bengalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 320, 15;
id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 360, 19; Smith and Home, Trans,
Zool. Soe. vii. (1870), pt. iii. 163, pl. xxi. f 2, 2a; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii, (1889), 101, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
I think there is little doubt that Chalybion Bengalensis of
Dahlbom=Sphea violaceus, Fabricius. Typical specimens of
P. violaceus and P, bengalensis may differ in the sculpture of the
thorax and in the colour of the wings, but the insect is a variable
one.
Genus SpHex, Linneus, pt.
230. SpHEx tosatus, Fabricius.
Sphex lobatus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 848 (1775); Kohl, Ann. des
k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. 177, 1.
Sphex smaragdinus, Drury, Exot. Ins. iii. 57, pl. 42. f. 2.
Sphea cerulea, Christ (nec Drury), Naturg. Ins, 308, t. 30. f. 6.
Sphex chrysis, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 310, t. 30. f. 7; Kohl,
Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. 173 9 ¢; André, Spec. Hym. iii. fasc. 27,
123 9 g; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
ii, (1889), 105, 1.
Sphex lobata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 206, 30.
Chlorion lobatum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 217, 1; Blanch. Hist. Nat.
Anin. Art. iii. 351; Lepel. Hym. iii. 330; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i.
24 & 435; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 237, 1; id. Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi, (1867), 360, 1.
Chlorion azureum, Blanch, Hist. Nat, Anim, Art. iii, 351, pl. vi,
f. 6; Lepel. Hym. iii. 329.
umdllayp (Green coll.),
1896.] WYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON, 439
231. SPHDX AURULENTUS, Fabricius.
Sphew aurulenta, Vabr. Mant. Ins, i. & ii. 274; Ent. Syst. ii.
201, 14; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii.
(1889), 107, 12.
Pepsis sericea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 211, 19.
Sphex sericea, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 26, 7; Lepel. Hym. iii.
341,12 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 255, 62; Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 11.
Sphea fabricii, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 27, 11; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. iv. 253, 54; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 361, 3.
Sphea ferruginea, Lepel. Hym. iii. 354, 18; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. iv. 253, 55; Jour. Linn. Soe. 361, 4.
Sphea lineola, Lepel. Hym. iii. 353, 273; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. iv. 254, 58; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 7.
Sphea ferox, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vi. (1862), 55, 5 ¢; id.
ibid. xi. (1867), 362, 22.
. Sphew lepeleterii, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 40,8 9.
Sphex sericeus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 41, 11 9.
Sphea godeffroyi, Sauss. Stet. ent. Zeit. xxx. (1869), 57 9.
Sphee aurifex, Smith, Jott. Cruise Cur. by Brenchley, 460 2,
xliv. f. 3.
Sphex aurulentus, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 194 9 6;
Ann. d.k.k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), 392, 84 2 S.
Pundaloya, Colombo (Green coll.).
GP
232. SPHEX FULVo-HIRTUS, Bingham.
Sphex fulvo-lurta, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vy. (1890),
242, 14 9; id. ibid. viii. (1893), 379, 29, pl. i. £. 8.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
233. SpHnx umBRosvus, Christ.
Sphex umbrosus, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 293, t. xxix. f. 2 9
(1791).
Sphea fumicata, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 295, t. xxix. f. 6 6
(1791).
Sphex argentata, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 274; Ent. Syst. ii. 200, 8;
Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 25,1 9 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. iv. 252,
52; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 361,1; Taschbg. Zeitsehr. f. d.
ges. Naturwiss. Halle, xxxiv. (1869), 414; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 107, 10.
Sphex albifrons, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 207, 36; Lepel. Hym. iii.
' 337, 6 o.
Pepsis albifrons, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 212, 27.
Sphew argentifrons, Lepel. Hyin. iii. 837, 7 9; Kohl, Termesz.
Fiizetek, ix. (1885), p. 2a, 196 9 o.
Sphex carbonaria, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 247, 38 9.
Sphex ephippium, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 249, 45 9,
1. vi. £. 3.
.. Sphex opulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iy, 250, 46 ¢.
440 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
Sphea diabolica, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 100, 3 9;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 361, 12.
Sphex tuberculata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xii.
(1873), 291 @.
Sphex argentatus, André, Spec. Ins. iii. fase. 27 9 db.
Sphea wmbrosus, Kohl, Ann, d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. vy.
(1890), 406, 99.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
234, SpHEX NIGRIPES, Smith.
Sphew nigripes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 254, 59 9;
id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 8; Cam. Mem. & Proc, Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 108, 15; Kohl, Ann. d. k. k.
Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), 421, 114 9 d.
Sphex siamensis, Taschenb. Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturwiss. Halle,
xxxiv. (1869), 413 9.
Sphex erythropoda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 108, 13 & 110 9°.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
The two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection have much darker
wings than the type which is in the British Museum, but they
agree very well with Mr. Smith’s description. Kohl unites Sphex
tyrannica, Smith, with this species. I haye examined the types of
both, and they seem to me quite distinct species, markedly in the
shape and form of the clypeus, petiole, and abdomen, and in the
colour of the wings and legs, as shown in Plate XV. figs. 1 and 3.
235, Spmex vipvuatvs, Christ.
Sphex fervens, Fabr. (nec Linné), Syst. Ent. 346 (1775) ;
Mant. Ins. i. & ii. 275 (1787); Ent. Syst. 11. 200, 5 (1793).
Sphea viduata, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 305, t. xxx. f. 4 (1791).
Sphea pubescens, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 205, 28 ; Kohl, Termesz.
Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 188 9 $; André, Spec. Hym. iii. fase. 27,
130; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch., Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser, 4, ii. (1889),
106, 8. ;
Pepsis fervens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 209, 6.
Pepsis pubescens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 212, 22.
Enodia canescens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 28, 2.
Enodia fervens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur, i. 489, 2.
Parasphex fervens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 267, 1;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 362, 1.
Sphex viduatus, Kohl, Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v.
(1890), 332, 32.
Colombo.
Being in Colombo for a couple of days, I caught, among other
insects, one specimen of this species just outside the Oriental Hotel.
236. SpHnx LUTBIPENNIS, Mocsary.
Sphew luteipennis, Mocs. Magy.. Akad. Term. .Ertek. (1883),
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 441
K. 11, 33 9; Kohl, Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. vy. (1890),
433, 115.
Sphex rufipennis, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 198 9 ¢.
Genus AMPULEX, Jurine.
237. AMPULEX COMPRESSA (Fabricius).
Sphea compressa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 275, 25; Ent. Syst. ii.
206, 32.
Chlorion compressum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 219, 7; Latr. Hist. Nat.
Crust. et Ins. xiii. 294; Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. iii. (1841), 227.
Ampulex compressa, Jur. Hym. 134; Lepel. Hym. iii. 325, 1;
Dahlb. Hym. Bur. i. 29,1; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 268,
1; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 363, 1; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 116, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection are very vivid in
colouring.
238, AMPULEX (?) ANNULIPES, Motschoulsky.
Ampulea (?) annulipes, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 24; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
ii, (1889), 117, 5.
Family Larrip 2, Leach.
Genus Pison, Spinola.
239. Pison (PARAPISON) AGILE (Smith).
Parapison agile, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1869), 300, 4; Kohl,
Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1884), 186; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 117, 1.
Genus TrypoxyYton, Latreille.
240. TRYPOXYLON PILEATUM, Smith.
Trypoxylon pileatum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 377,
5 9; Journ. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 368, 1; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 206; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit.
& Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 119, 11.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
241. TRYPOXYLON INTRUDENS, Smith.
Trypoxylon intrudens, Smith, Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. (1872), 188,
1°@; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 205; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 119, 7.
Genus Larna, Fabricius.
242. LARRA EXTENSA (Walker).
Larrada eatensa, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3 (1860),
442 - LT.-COL, 0, T. BINGHAM ON THE {Mar. 17,
305; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 24.
Larra extensa, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
243; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889),
125, 5.
‘ Genus Norogonta, Costa.
243, NoroGoNIA SUBTESSELATA (Smith).
Larrada subtesselata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 277, 119;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 364, 7.
Larra subtesselata, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1884, 248.
Notoyonia subtesselata, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 130, 4.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
244, Noroconta DEPLANATA, Kohl.
Notogonia deplanata, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1883, 358, 29; id. ibid. 1884, 75; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch,
Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 130, 3.
245. NotoGgonta JAcuLatTor (Smith).
Larrada jaculator, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 279, 15 @ ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 364, 11.
Larra jaculator, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
244,
Notogonia jaculator, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, 11. (1889), 129, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
246. Norogonta LABORIOSA (Smith).
Larrada laboriosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 278, 12 @ ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 364, 8.
Larra laboriosa, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 245 ;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889),
125, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
247, Notoconra viGiILans (Smith).
Larrada vigilans, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 279, 169.
Larva vigilans, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
248.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection agree fairly well with
Smith’s description, so far as it goes. The insect was originally
described from China. It occurs in Sikkim and also in Burma.
248. Noroaonta TistPHOND (Smith).
Larrada tisiphone, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii, (1858), 103, 5 9;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 364, 15,
1896.) HYMENOPTERA OF CHYLON. 443
Larva tisiphone, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
248; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii.
(1889), 125, 10.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Liris, Fabricius.
249, Linis HHMORRHOIDALIS (Fabricius).
Pompilus hemorrhoidalis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 198, 55.
Lyrops savignyi, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838), 476, 26.
Liris orichalcea, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i, 135,
Liris savignyi, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 471, 2.
Tachytes wludens, Lepel. Hym. iii. 249, 12.
Larrada hemorrhoidalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 280,
17.
Liris hemorrhoidalis, Kobl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1884, 256,19 ¢; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 131, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
There are sixteen specimens in Mr. Green’s collection, none of
them typical; all want the rich golden pubescence on the abdomen,
which gives specimens from Western India the wonderful tesse-
lated appearance.
250. Liris auratus (Fabricius).
Sphea aurata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 213, 64.
Pompilus auratus, Fabr. Eut. Syst. Suppl 250, 25.
Liris aurata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 228,3; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i.
1385; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 241.
Lyrops auratus, Guér. Icon. Régn. Anim. iii. 440.
Tachytes opulenta, Lepel. Hym. iii. 24692 3.
Larrada aurulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 276, 6;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 363, 1.
Livis auratus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. ‘Morel Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 131, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
251. Liris DUOCALIS (Smith).
Larrada ducalis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vy. (1860), 84,1 ¢ ;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 365, 23.
Liris ducalis, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
243.
Pundsloya (Green coll.).
Also found in Burma.
Genus Pragzria, Ritsema.
252. PIAGETIA FASCIATIIPENNIS, Cameron.
Pragetie fasciatiipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc, ser, 4, ii, (1889), 16; id. ibid. p. 134.
444 LT.-COL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THU [Mar. 17,
Genus Pataruvs, Latreille.
253. PaLARUS ORTENTALIS, Kohl.
Palarus orientalis, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1884, 422,25 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, li, (1889), 148, 1.
Family Nyssonip #, Wesmael.
Genus Srizus, Latreille.
254, Svizus prismaricus (Smith).
Larra prismatica, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 103, 1 2 3;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 367, 10.
Stizus prismaticus, Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 142; Handl.
Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1892, 55, 21.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Goryrss, Latreille.
255. GoRYTES GREENII, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 8.)
@. L.14 millim. Exp. 32 millim.
Brownish red variegated with yellow; wings flavo-hyaline, the
fore wing with a large dark brown macula on the costal margin at
the apex.
Head not so broad as the thorax, smooth, or with only a few
scattered punctures, covered witha thin sericeous golden pile only
seen in certain lights; mandibles yellow, ferruginous at apex ;
clypeus light brownish red, transversely oval and convex ; antenne
brown above, fulvous red below ; the scape in front and an abbre-
viated line on the inner margin of the eyes yellow; front slightly
concave ; the ocelli in a broad triangle on the vertex, a shallow
furrow from the anterior ocellus to a little above the antenne.
Thorax brown ; prothorax smooth and shining, its posterior margin
broadly yellow; mesothorax above very finely longitudinally
striated, carrying two short parallel carine on the disc anteriorly ;
scutellum, postscutellum, and the sides of the thorax somewhat
coursely striated, a broad fascia onthe scutellum, a narrower one
on the postscutellum, and a spot under the base of the wings
yellow; metathorax posteriorly rounded, roughly reticulated, the
triangular enclosed space at its base longitudinally striate. Wings
yellowish hyaline and iridescent ; the front wing with a large dark
brown spot occupying the whole of the radial cell, and extending
below into the 2nd and 8rd cubital cells; the 2nd cubital cell,
receiving both recurrent nervures, is at base about two-thirds the
length of the 3rd cubital cell; the 1st and 38rd cubital cells sub-
equal; tegule and stigma testaceous, nervures brown. Legs reddish
brown, paler on the underside. Abdomen petiolated, brown,
smooth and shining, a broad yellow fascia on the posterior margin
of the 2nd and Sth segments above; the base and apex of the
1896.] HYMBNOPTBRA OF UBYLON. 445
petiole and the posterior margins of the 3rd and 4th segments
light red ; underneath the abdomen is brown, with the posterior
margins of all the segments reddish.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This large and well-marked species I have ventured to name
after Mr. Green. It is not closely allied to any species of Gorytes
known to me. At the time of capture of the type she was
carrying off a Homopterous insect with which to store her nest.
Genus Bumpex, Fabricius.
266. Bamprx suLeHuRESCENS, Dahlbom.
Bembea sulphuwrescens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 180, and 491, 24;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 328, 46; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.
(1867), 366, 3; Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 141; Handlirsch,
Sitz. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1893, 897, 137.
257. BaMBnx TREPAWDA, Dahlbom.
Bembex trepanda, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 181, and 490, 23;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 328, 45; id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 366, 2; Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 141; Cam. Mem. &
Proce. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iii. (1890), 247,2; Hand-
lirsch, Sitz. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1893, 736, 19.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
258. BeMBEX INDIOA, Handlirsch.
? Bembex glauca, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 285, 5; Oliv. Encyel.
Méthod. iv. 291,69; Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 249 9; Syst. Piez. 224,
8; Dahlb. Hym. Bur. i. 4919 3
“Bazilbas indica, Handlirsch, sits d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien,
1893, 771, 39.
259. BaMBEX BORREI, Handlirsch.
Bembex borret, Handlirsch, Sitz. d.k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien,
1893, 866, 102.
Family Cnroprip «, Wesmael.
Genus Crrcnris, Latreille.
260. CERCERIS NOVAR#, Saussure.
Cerceris novare, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 92, 9 9 (1867),
pl. iv. f. 54; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
iii. (1890), 249, 14 & 257.
? Cerceris fervens, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Ilist. ser. 4, xii.
(1873), 411; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
ili, (1890), 249, 6 & 256.
. Pundaloya (Green coll.).
One specimen, a male, in Mr. Green’s collection has the yellow
bands on the abdominal segments very narrow, and interrupted in
the middle above.
446 LT.-COL, 0. 1. BINGHAM ON THE [ Mar. 17,
261. CERCERIS INSTABILIS, Smith.
Cerceris instabilis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 452,74 5 9;
id. Jour. Linn. Suc. 370, 6; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 92, 10;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890),
249, 11.
Cerceris veloc, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 413.
This species occurs abundantly in Burma and Sikkim. From
Ceylon, it is recorded by de Saussure.
262. CERCERIS HUMBERTIANA, Saussure.
Cerceris humbertiana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 97, 4 2;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890),
249, 10.
Cerceris rufinodis, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 41.
Cerceris viscosus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 40.
263. CrERcERIS EMORTUALIS, Saussure.
Cerceris emortualis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 98, 20; Cam.
Mem. & Proe. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ili. (1890), 248, 4.
Cameron considers this species as a variety only of C. hum-
bertiana. :
Genus Prinanrutvs, Fabricius.
264. Pianruus Basatis, Smith.
Philanthus basalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 473, 17 9;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23; Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc. xi. (1867),
371,5; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii.
(1890), 248, 6.
Family CraBronip #, Leach.
Genus Crasro, Fabricius.
265. CRABRO PALITANS, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 6.)
9. L. 11 millim. Exp. 18 millim.
Black variegated with yellow, the wings hyaline, fore wing
yellowish brown along the costal margin.
Head black, broad, quadrate, the mandibles with a yellow stain
on their outer side, the clypeus covered with dense golden pile,
more than twice as broad as high, a short perpendicular carina
down its middle, its anterior margin waved; the antenne with
the scape yellow in front, the flagellum piceous; the face up to
the ocelli closely punctured and covered with golden pile; the
vertex, the back of the head, and behind the eyes smooth and
shining, with a narrow fringe of golden pile along the orbits.
Thorax black; a line on the posterior margin of the prothorax,
interrupted in the middle, a spot on the propleure, a long tri-
angular mark on the mesopleura, the scutellum, a spot on the
1896.] HYMENOPLERA OF OLYLON, 447
tegule, and a line on the postscutellum posteriorly, yellow; the
prothorax anteriorly smooth and shining, the mesothorax above
closely and finely punctured, and the metathorax posteriorly
rounded and rather closely and coarsely punctured, the punctures
running into oblique divergent strie ; the wings hyaline, the front
wing brownish yellow along the costal margin. Legs black, the
anterior and intermediate femora and tibie marked with yellow on
the outside, the posterior tibiw yellow, black at the base ; the tarsi
piceous. ‘he abdomen sub-petivlate, broadly oval, black, smooth
and shining; the basal segment and the base of the 2nd segment
above finely punctured, the 2nd to the 5th segments with lateral
yellow macule at their bases, the apical segment and the abdomen
beneath black.
Pundaloya (Gireen coll.).
This species is closely allied to C. fusctpennis, Lepeletier, but is
abundantly distinct in size, in colour of the wings, and in the
markings.
Genus Dasyrrocrus, Lepeletier.
266. DAsYPROcTUS CEYLONICUS, Saussure.
Dasyproctus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 85 9,
tab. iv. £. 51; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
iti. (1890), 275, 1.
Recorded by de Saussure from Ceylon, occurs also in Sikkim
and Burma.
Genus Oxysetus, Latreille.
267. OxyBELus tnsuLaRis, Kohl.
Oxybelus insularis, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, viii. (1834), 109 9 ;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iii. (1890),
276, 7.
268. OXxYBELUS LDWisI, Cameron.
Oxybelus lewisit, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, ili. (1890), 282. ‘
Genus Stiemus, Jurine.
269. Stiemus niger, Motschulsky.
Stigmus niger, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species is very close to the ordinary S. pendulus, Panz.,
found in Europe.
270. Stiamus coneruENs, Walker.
Stigmus congruens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 304; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii, 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 23.
448 LT.-OOL, 0. 'T, BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
Family VEsP1p 4, Stephen.
Genus Lasvus, Saussure.
271. LaBUs HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.
Labus humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 4,2 ? 3.
Genus Zeruvs, Fabricius.
272. ZETHUS CEYLONIOUS, Saussure.
Zethus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 5,1 9.
Genus Eumenrs, Latreille.
973, Bummnns prrionata (Fabricius).
Vespa petiolata, Fabr. Sp. Ins. i. 467; Mant. Ins. i. 292; Ent.
Syst. ii. 278, 37; Oliv. Encycl. Méth. ii. 670.
Eumenes petiolata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 284; Latr. Hist. Nat. Ins.
iii. 360 ; Westw. Ins. India, 90, t. 5. f. 2.
Eumenes petiolatus, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 47, 28.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
274. Bumenns ruavoriora, Blanchard.
Eumenes flavopicta, Blanch. Dict. d’Hist. Nat de Ch. d’Orb.
Ins. Hym. pl. ii. f. 2; Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 65, 52 9 ; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vy. 22,18; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
371, 7.
Eumenes arcuata, Westw. Ins. Ind. 90, t. 57. f. 3.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
275, EUMENES HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.
Eumenes humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 6,2 9 db.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Ruynoutum, Spinola.
276. Ruyncutum oarnaticum (Fabricius).
Vespa carnatica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 261, 21; Syst. Piez.
258, 22.
Rygchium carnaticum, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 112, 17.
Rhynchium carnaticum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 44, 8;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 374, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
277, RHYNCHIUM METALLICUM (Saussure).
Rygchium metallicum, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 114, 21 9 dg.
Rhynchium metallicum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 45, 9;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 375, 7.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896 | HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 449
Genus Opynervs, Latreille.
278. ODYNERUS OVALIS, Saussure.
Odynerus ovalis, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 215, 122 ¢ ; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 59,58; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 376, 4.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
279. ODYNERUS HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.
Odynerus humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 13,
11926.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
280. OpYNERUS OnYLONIcUS, Saussure.
Odynerus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 12, 10 2 d¢.
281. Oprnprus FistuLosus, Saussure.
Odynerus fistulosus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 11, 79.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
282. ODYNERUS SICHELI, Saussure.
Odynerus sichelii, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol., Suppl. 206, 949 ;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 58, 55; id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 375, 1; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 8,19 ¢.
283. ODYNERUS TINCTIPENNIS, Walker.
Odynerus tinctipennis, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 304.
Aneistocerus tinctipennis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat: Mosc.
1863, 23.
284. ODYNERUS INTENDENS, Walker.
Odynerus intendens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 304.
Ancistocerus intendens, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
1863, 23.
Genus Iscunoaasrer, Guérin.
285. IsclinoGasrmr Eximius, Bingham.
Ischnogaster eximius, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. v.
(1890), 244, 176.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Vespa, Linnaus.
286. Vespa crnota, Fabricius.
Vespa cincta, Fabr. Syst. Ent. x. 362, 1; Spec. Ins. 458, 1;
Mant. Ins. i. 287, 1; Ent. Syst. ii. 254, 6; Syst. Piez. 253, 1;
Lepel. Hym. i. 505, 1; Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. 152, 37 8; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. y. 118, 12; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
382, 2. f
Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. XXIX. 29
450 ti.-cot. o. t, BINGHAM ON THB (Mar. 17,
Sphea tropica, Sulz. Die Kenn. d. Insect. t. 27. f. 5.
Vespa wnifasciata, Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 677, 39.
Vespa tenebrionis, Christ, Hym. 216.
Pundaloya (Green coll.). ie
The remarks in Tennent’s ‘ Natural History of Ceylon,’ ch. xii.
p. 417, evidently refer to this insect, and not to Sphea ferruginea,
Lepel.=aurulentus, Fabr.
287. VESPA OBLITERATA, Smith.
Vespa obliterata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. new ser. ii. (1852-53),
47; Saussure, Mon. Guépes Soe. 149, 329 ; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. v. 119, 18; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 383, 8.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Pottsrss, Latreille.
288. PowistEs stiama, Fabricius.
Vespa stigma, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 275, 78.
Vespa tamula, Fabr. Ent. Syst, Suppl. 263, 78.
Polistes stigma, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 261, 41; Sauss. Mon. Guépes
Soe. 64, 219 ; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 102, 9; Jour.
Linn, Soe. xi. (1867), 381, 5.
Polistes tamula, Vabr. Syst. Piez. 274, 27.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Icarta, Saussure.
289. IoaRia FERRUGINEA, Fabricius.
Vespa ferruginea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 280, 95.
Polistes ferruginea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 277, 39.
Icaria ferruginea, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. 38, 17 2 ¥, pl. v.
f. 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 97, 20; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 378, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
290. Icanta mMarGinata, Lepeletier.
Epipona marginata, Lepel. Hym. i. 541,33 o.
Icaria ferruginea, Sauss. (nec Fabr.), Mon. Guépes Soc. 38, 17
(var.).
Icaria marginata, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. App. 2387 3; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vy. 97, 21.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Family ANDRENID&, Leach.
Genus Prosoris, Fabricius.
291, Prosopis MoniLicornis, Motschulsky.
Prosopis monilicornis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
(1868), 24, 245; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 385, 6.
1896.} HYMENOPTHRA OF OBYLON. 451
Genus Noma, Latreille.
292. Noma oarrrata, Smith.
Nomia capitata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 54,16.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
293. Nomi carinata, Smith.
Nomia carinata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 57, 82.
294, Nomis oHALYBHATA, Smith.
Nomia chalybeata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 59, 14 Qd,
pli.f.5¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
295. Nomra quapripmnrata, Smith.
Nomia quadridentata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 58, 11 Qs,
pl. ii. £.6¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
296. Nomia rusrioa, Westwood.
Nomia rustica, Westw. apud Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 90,
2163 ; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
297. Nomta vincra, Walker.
Nomia vincta, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v. (1860),
305; ‘Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
inp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Genus Haticrus, Latreille.
298. Havicrus AGREsris, Smith.
Halictus agrestis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.i. 61, 729; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 386, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
299. HALIOTUS AMGENUS, sp. nov.
@. L.8 millim. Exp. 14 millim.
Black, the head, thorax in front, and the basal segment of the
abdomen piceous; wings sordid hyaline; legs with glistening
fulvous pubescence, the tarsi light testaceous.
The head finely and closely punctured, and covered with a thin
fulyous pubescence; the clypeus broad, its anterior margin friuged
with long fulvous hairs and marked with a few deep coarse
punctures, the space above it convex, from which a short per-
pendicular carina runs up between the base of the antenne; the
front of the face subconcave; the ocelli in a broad triangle on the
vertex; the antenne piceous, lighter on the scape in front.
Thorax, the mesothorax above broad, convex, finely, aun closely
452- Lt.-COL. C. I. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
punctured, an abbreviated longitudinally impressed line on either
side on the disc close to the tegulw; the scutellum raised and
prominent; the postscutellum with close short fulvous pubescence ;
the metathorax opaque black, thinly pubescent, flattened laterally,
with the apex abruptly truncated, an enclosed triangular space at
its base subconcave and closely punctured. ‘The wings sordid
hyaline, the tegule and nervures testaceous brown. Legs testaceous
brown, covered with a glistening fulvous pubescence ; the tarsi light
testaceous. Abdomen black, the basal segment above piceous, very
smooth and shining; the remaining segments finely and closely
punctured. at their base, their posterior margins smooth, shining,
and narrowly testaceous. Beneath the abdomen is black and
thinly pubescent.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Described from four specimens in my own collection, from
Sikkim and Tenasserim, and two specimens in Mr. Green’s
collection. It is nearest to, but perfectly distinct from, the
recently-described H. amitinus, Vachal, from the Karen Hills, in
Burma. From this species it differs in the sculpture and shape
of the metathorax, and in wanting the pubescent white bands on
the abdomen.
300, ILanicrus VerNALts, Smith.
Halictus vernalis, Smith, Dese. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 30, 29.
301. Hatiorus timipvs, Smith.
Halictus timidus, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 31, 39.
Genus Anprena, Fabricius.
302. ANDRENA BXAGENS, Walker.
Andrena exagens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 305; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Family A rip #, Leach.
Genus Mucacuitn, Latreille.
303. Maeacuitn LANATA, labricius.
Apis lanata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 335, 90.
Anthophora lanata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 372, 1.
Megachile lanata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 342, 169 ; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M.i. 177, 97; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 387, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
304. Mueacuinn consuncra, Smith.
Megachile conjuncta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 175, 90 5 2;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 388, 19.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. + 453
305. MucacniLr anpEns, Smith. wt
Meyachile ardens, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 67, 199.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
306. MErGACHILE CEYLONICA, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 9.)
¢. L.11 millim. Exp. 18 millim.
Black, the face, thorax below, and legs with white pubescence,
the pubescence on the thorax above and the fimbria on the
abdominal segments ochraceous. Head very broad, closely and
finely punctured ; mandibles large, black, channelled and coarsely
punctured in front; ocelli prominent, placed in a curve on the
vertex ; clypeus covered with thick white pubescence. Thorax
piceous black, finely and closely punctured, covered with a thin
ochraceous pubescence ; wings brownish hyaline, darker along their
costal margins ; legs stout, black, thickly fringed below with long
white pubescence, claws bifid at the tip. Abdomen black, the
margins of all but the two apical segments with narrow bands of
ochraceous pubescence widening somewhat at the sides, the two
apical segments shining, closely and very finely punctured, the
extreme apex notched.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species may be the male of MW. ardens, Smith, but it differs con-
siderably in form and in the colour of the pubescence. It resembles
M. laticeps, Smith, but differs in the colour of the pubescence on
the head and face, which is white, not golden-yellow.
Genus Lituuneus, Latreille.
307. Lirnuraus atratus, Smith.
Lithurgus atratus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 145,7 9;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 390, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Crocisa, Jurine.
808. Crocisa scUrBLLARIS, Fabricius.
Nomada scutellaris, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 346, 2.
Melecta scutellaris, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 387, 4.
Crocisa histrionica, Latr. Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. 172.
Crocisa scutellaris, Lepel. Hym. ii. 453, 7 9; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 276, 2.
309. Crocisa ramosa, Lepeletier.
Crocisa ramosa, Lepel. Hym. ii. 451, 5 9 §; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 277,7; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454 ;
Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
454 - LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE (Mar. 17,
310. Croorsa pMarcinata, Lepeletier.
Crocisa emarginata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 449, 3 9 3; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 277, 5; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 390, 3.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Attoparn, Lepeletier.
311, ALLODAPH MARGINATA, Smith.
Allodape marginata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 280, 7 9;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1868, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),
390, 1.
Genus Cexioxys, Latreille.
312, Caioxys oaPitara, Smith.
Celiowys capitata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 267, 34 2 3;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1868, 25.
313, CaLioxys conFusus, Smith.
Celioxys confusus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 50 2.
Pundaloya (Green coil.),
Genus Sreuis, Panz.
314, STBLIS CARBONARIA, Smith.
Stelis carbonaria, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B.M. ii. 275,9 2 3;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Tmp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Genus Curatina, Latreille.
815. CuRaTINA VIRIDIS, Guerin.
Ceratina viridis, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 444, t. 73. f£.6; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B.M. ii. 224,9; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon,
ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose, 1863, 25 ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 391, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
316. Curatina Prora, Smith.’ ~
Ceratina picta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 224, 10 9;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
391, 2.
317. CeraTina sIMILLIMA, Smith.
Ceratina simillima, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 225,11 6;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch, Bull. Soc.
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. . 455
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
381, 3.
Genus Nomapa, Fabricius.
318. Nomapa Lusoa, Smith.
Nomada lusea, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 243,58 9; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. 391, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Originally described by Smith from the Philippine Islands, this
species occurs also in Burma and Sikkim. It is a somewhat
variable insect, and Smith’s description is insufficient. I have,
however, examined the type in the British Museum, with which
the Burmese specimens agree exactly; the Ceylon and Sikkim
specimens are darker, and the former has a dull yellow spot on
each side, at the base of the 2nd abdominal segment. In Sikkim
specimens these two spots coalesce above and form an obscure band
at the base of the segment.
Genus ANTHOPHORA, Latreille.
319. ANTHOPHORA ZoNATA (Linnzus).
Apis zonata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 955.
Andrena zonata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 311, 19.
Mejilla zonata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 331, 13.
Anthophora zonata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 25, 1; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 336, 90 ; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 392, 1; Sich.
Suppl. Hym. Novara Reise, 153.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
320. ANTHOPHORA VIOLAOCEA, Lepeletier.
Anthophora violacea, Lepel. Hym. ii. 80, 47; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 338, 96.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
321. ANTHOPHORA OINGULATA (Fabricius).
Andrena cingulata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 314, 30 2.
Megilla cingulata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 332, 18.
Anthophora cingulata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 46 9; Sich. Suppl. Hym.
d. Novara Reise, 153.
822. ANTHOPHORA FALLAX, Smith.
Anthophora fallax, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 120,
3.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Only one specimen in Mr. Green’s collection, which is not
quite typical, as it wants the fulvous fasciz on the underside of
the abdomen. Originally described from Natal, it is a wide-spread
species, occurring throughout India.
456 LT.-COL. 0,1, BINGHAM ON THE [ Mar. 17,
323. ANTHOPHORA INSULARIS, Smith.
Anthophora insularis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 48, 2 9;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 392, 7.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Originally described from Borneo, this species is common in
Burma and in Sikkim. A. vigilans, described three years later by
Mr. Smith from the Celebes, seems to me only a large form of
A, insularis.
Genus XytooaPa, Latreille.
324, XyLooaPa LATIPES (Drury).
Apis latipes, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii, 98, t. 48. f.2 3; Fabr.
Ent. Syst. ii. 314,19.
Apis gigas, Degeer, Mém. Hist. Ins. iii. 576, pl. 28. f. 15.
Nylocapa latipes, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 337, 1; Lepel. Hym. ii. 203,
51 9 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 43; Walk. Tenn.
Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii, 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 392, 1; Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1874, 267, 40.
325. XYLOOAPA TENUISCAPA, Westwood.
Xylocapa tenuiscapa, Westw. Nat. Libr. xxxviii. 271, t. 23.
{.2 $; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 41; Walk. Tenn.
Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 25 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 393, 6; Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1874, 268, 41.
Xylocapa latreillii, Lepel. Hym. ii. 206, 55 2 ¢.
Xylocapa viridipennis, Lepel. Hym. ii. 205, 54 2 var.
Pundaloya (Grcen coll.).
326. XyLocaPa FENESTRATA (Fabricius).
Apis fenestrata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 273, 3 2.
Xylocapa fenestrata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 339, 6; Lepel. Hym. ii.
184,15 9 ¢; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 46; Jour.
Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 393, 10; Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 269,
44 9¢.
Xylocapa indica, Klug, Mag. d. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin
(1807), 264.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
327. XyLooAPA COLLARIS, Lepeletier.
Xylocapa collaris, Lepel. Hym. ii. 189, 26 9; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 853, 47; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, 393, 11; Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1874, 270, 46 2 g.
Xylocapa dejeanti, Lepel. Hym. ii. 209, 59 9; Smith, Cat. Hym,
Ins. B. M. ii. 357, 62; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. 394, 21.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 457
828. XYLOOAPA ALBO-FASCIATA, Sichel.
Xylocapa albo-fasciata, Sich. Suppl. Hym. d. Novara-Reise,
1549; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 268, 42.
329. XYLOCAPA IGNITA, Smith.
Xylocapa ignita, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 276, 62 9.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
830. XYLOOAPA NIGROOEZRULBA, Smith.
Xylocapa mnigrocerulea, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 279,
02
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
One specimen which with some doubt I refer to this species ; it
agrees fairly well with Smith’s description, so far as this goes.
331. XYLOCAPA BRYORUM (Fabricius).
Apis bryorum, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. 321, 28 3.
Bombus bryorum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 348, 28.
Xylocapa dimidiata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 199, 44 9; Smith, Cat.
‘Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 357, 66; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 394, 25.
Xylocapa bryorum, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 275, 59 2 ¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
332. XYLOOAPA DISSIMILIS, Lepeletier.
Xylocapa dissimilis, Lepel. Hym. ii. 180, 9 9 5; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 356, 58; Sich. Suppl. Hym. Novara-Reise,
155; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 394, 19; Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1874, 268, 48 9 o.
Xylocapa lunulata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 184, 14 3 var.
Genus Aris, auctorum.
333. APIs DorsATa, Fabricius.
Apis dorsata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 328, 64; Syst. Piez. 870, 7 ;
Lepel. Hym. i. 405, 9 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 415, 5;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 396, 1.
Apis nigripennis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.) 170, 4,
t. 13. £. 7.
Apis bicolor, Klug, Mag. d. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin,
1807, 264, t. 7. £. 3.
Apis zonata, Guér. (nec Linn.), Bélang. Voy. Ind. Orient. 504,
pl. 4. f. 6. a
\
Apis testacea, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 49, 5 (im-
mature).
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
334, Apis InDIOA, Fabricius.
Apis indica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 274, 59; Syst. Piez. 370
4; Lepel. Hym. i. 403, 5 §; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. ii,
458 ON THE HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. [Mar. 17,
416, 7; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.
xi. (1867), 396, 4. 3
Apis peronii, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.), 173.
Apis socialis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.), 172.
Apis delessertii, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 461.
Apis perottetti, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 461.
Pundaloya (Green coll.); Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
835. APIS FLORALIS, Fabricius.
Apis floralis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 373, 6 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.
xi. (1867), 396, 6.
Apis andreniformis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 49,48.
Apis lobata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 416,10 ¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Tricona, Jurine.
336. TRIGONA IRIDIPENNIS, Smith.
Trigona iridipennis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 413, 42 8;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch, Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25,
837. TRIGONA PpRETHRITA, Walker.
Trigona preterita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 305 ; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 25.
Family CoHRyYsipi1p4a#, Leach.
Genus Srizpum, Spinola.
338. StrLBuM oyANURUM (Forster).
Chrysis cyanura, Forst. Noy. Spec. Ins. 89 (1771).
Chrysis nobilis, Fuesl. Mag. d. Ent. i, 222.
Stilbum splendidum, Blanch. (nec Fabr.) Hist. Nat. iii. 297, 2,
t. ii. f. 3; Brullé, Hym. iv. 15, 1; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874,
4699s.
Chrysis splendida, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 357, 1 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. 1,
454; Mant. Ins. i. 282,1; Ent. Syst. ii. 238,15; Syst. Piez. 170, 1.
Chrysis spinole, Montr. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1864, 249.
Stilbum calens, Ab. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1879, 40.
Stilbum cyanurum, Mocs. Mon. Chrysid. (1889), 190, 202 (var.
splendidum, p. 193).
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Curysts, Linnzus.
339. CHRYSIS FUSCIPENNIS, Brullé.
Chrysis fuscipennis, Brullé, Hym. iv. 38, 24 9; Mocs. Mon,
Chrysid. 370 9 S.
HT B.admnat del.
MP Parker lth.
British Medusae.
PZ.S.1896. Plate XV1.
West, Nevmnan imp.
ey
4m iy hin
ages:
5 Lt
{ i i
De
ie i at
|
, since mh ey }
| RY oe ijaynday i fell
i ‘ge AGP arin a oa. s
ad ply ay er A ‘ be f
Ri peatintto EMER, Op tiie res i
A ve
hi ee
_ ‘i ; ant “hdteh Fa bh Ay: are Nediwe ! P Gielen " f a
7 nimble Ref * pay t 7” lo us Rs i Laknhiet,. . a
meri ved mls, ee y eyefey La med. . ; | , :
‘(tix hei ars ‘Tt, rye : . Li r 7 nt :
Fas a We xv |
PZ.S 1896. Plate XVII.
£..T.Badnat del. ch
MP Parker hth. West Newman imp.
British Medusae.
1896.] ON BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MHDUSZ. 459
Chrysis pulchellus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
XXvl. (1887 , 10.
340. CHRYSIS OCULATA, Fabricius.
Chrysts oculata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 357, 3; Ent. Syst. ii. 239, 5;
Syst. Piez. 171, 6; Dahlb. Hym. Eur, ii. 310,176; Smith, Jour.
Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 398, 7; Mocs. Mon. Chrysid. 543,
638, 29s.
Pyria oculata, Brullé, ya iv. 19, 1.
341, CHRYSIS PRINCIPALIS, Smith..
Chrysis principalis, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 461, 13 9;
Moes. Mon. Chrysid. 559, 659 9 ¢.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XY.
Fig.1. Sphex nigripes, Smith, p. 440.
B a. rs front of face and clypeus.
. Salius rubidus, Bingh., p. 435.
3 Sphex ees Smith, 440.
a, front ‘of face and clypeus.
. Methoca nigra, sp. nov., p. 427.
. Pompilus ignicolor, sp. nov., p. 482.
. Crabro palitans, sp. nov., p. 46.
. Salius properus, sp. nov., p. 436,
. Gorytes greenit, sp. nov., p. 444.
. Megachile ceylonica, ep. nov., p. 453.
0 ONIS Sr Coc
2. On British Hydroids and Meduse. By Epwarp T.
Browne, B.A., F.Z.S., Zoological Research Laboratory,
University College, London.
[Received March 14, 1896.]
(Plates XVI. & XVIL.)
ConrEnTs.
IntRoDuction, p. 460.
Part L—HYDROIDS AND THEIR MEDUSA.
(Hyproiwa GymnoBiastEA.)
Oorymorpha nutans, p. 463.
Hybocodon prolifer, p. 466.
Lar sabellarum, p. 468,
Gemmaria implexa, p. 461.
Perigonimus repens, p. 462.
Podocoryne carnea, p. 463.
Part I.—_MEDUSA WITHOUT OR WITH UNKNOWN
HYDROID FORMS.
ANTHOMEDUSZ.
Dipurena halterata, p. 473.
Dipurena, sp., p. 473.
Euphysa aurata, p. 474,
Awphinema dinema, p. 475.
Lizzia blondina, p. 276.
Margellium octopunctatnm, p. 477.:
460 MR, E. T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
LepromEpus2.
Thaumantias hemispherica, p, 480. Phialidium temporarium, p. 489.
Laodice cruciata, p. 482. Phialidium cymbaloideum, p. 491.
Euchilota pilosella, p. 484. Eutima insignis, p. 492
Epenthesis cymbaloidea, p. 487. Saphenia mirabilis, p. 493.
Phialidium variabile, p. 487. Octorchis gegenbauri, p. 494.
Phialidium buskianum, p, 488.
TRACHOMEDUSE,
Liriantha appendiculata, p. 495.
NARcoMEDUSA.
Solmaris, sp. ?, p. 496.
INTRODUCTION.
These notes refer chiefly to Meduse taken at Plymouth during
September 1893, and from the middle of August to the end of
September 1895, and also during April and May 1895, in Valencia
Harbour, on the West Coast of Ireland.
I published, last year, a few notes on the Medusw taken at Port
Erin, Isle of Man, and have avoided in this paper, so far as possible,
a repetition of those notes, but have revised the nomenclature in a
few cases. Ihave not yet made sufficient progress with the study
of our Meduse to justify the publication of anything more than
a few selected notes on the species which are best known to me.
The double system of classification, with one name for the
hydroid and another for the medusa, I no longer intend to use.
In cases where the hydroid form of the medusa is known I have
used both the generic and specific names of the hydroids, without
any alteration; but in cases where the medusa only is known I
have given the generic names as used by Haeckel in his monograph,
but not always his specific names. It is my intention to transfer
these medusw to their hydroid names as soon as the hydroid forms
are discovered.
In some instances the free-swimming medusa has been described
before the hydroid form was known, but I do not feel justified
in changing the specific names of the hydroids, which are now
so well known, as it would lead to a considerable amount of
confusion.
The introduction of formaldehyde as a preserving fluid instead
of alcohol is of great importance to the marine naturalist, especially
when working in localities where it is difficult to obtain a supply
of good spirit. I first tried formaldehyde for preserving marine
animals at Valencia last year. The results both for hydroids and
medusx were far superior to those obtained by means of alcohol.
The colour, however, is not permanently preserved. Specimens
preserved in formaldehyde, even when killed with the usual re-
agents, are practically useless for histological work. The best
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MBDUSZ. 461
results with hydroids and medusw@ have been obtained when the
specimen has been killed by a fixing reagent, and then placed first
into a 24 p. c. solution and finally into a 5 p. c. solution of form-
aldehyde.
I owe my sincere thanks to Professor Weldon for allowing me
the use of a table in his Research Laboratory at University College,
and for the aid and kind advice which he has 60 often generously
given. To Mr. EH. J. Allen, Director of the Marine Laboratory at
Plymouth, I am indebted for his kindness in arranging expeditions
for the collection of specimens during my visit to Plymouth.
Parr I.—HYDROIDS AND THEIR MEDUSA.
(HypRo1pA GYMNOBLASTEA.)
In the first part of these notes the Medusx come under their
hydroid names, and are arranged according to Allman’s classifi-
cation. The synonyms are divided into two sets: the first set
contains the names given to the hydroid form, and includes, also,
the references to the medusa whilst attached to the hydroid, or
reared from the hydroid in confinement. The second set of
synonyms refers only to free-swimming meduse taken in the sea,
which have been usually described under other names.
Fam. SYNOORYNIDA,
GuMMARIA IMPLDxA (Alder),
Tubularia implexa, Alder (1857).
Coryne pelagica, Alder (1857).
Coryne briareus, Allman* (1859).
Coryne impleaa, Wright (1859); Alder* (1861).
Zanclea implexa, Allman* (1864) ; Hincks* (1868).
Gemmaria impleaa, Allman* (1872); Haeckel* (1879).
* References marked with an asterisk denote that medusa-buds upon the
hydroid are also referred to.
Two specimens of the medusa were taken at Plymouth on
Aug. 31st, 1895. Both were about 1 mm. in diameter, and corre-
sponded to the figures given by Allman in his monograph. The
hydroid form has not yet been recorded for the South of England.
The medusa of Gemmaria implexa is very much like a medusa
described by McCrady as Gemmaria gemmosa, found in Charleston
Harbour, U.S.A.
» Disrripurton. Scotland—Forfarshire, Allman (H'). Firth of
Forth, Wright (H); Allman (1).
England—30 miles E. of Holy Island, Alder (H). Cullercoats,
Alder (HI); Seaham Harbour, Hodge (H); Plymouth, £, 7. B.
(M"').
1 H = Hydroid form, with or without medusa-buds.
M = Free-swimming medusoid form only.
462 MR. E. 'T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Fam. BOUGAINVILLID 2.
PERIGONIMUS REPENS (Wright).
Hydroid Form,
Atractylis repens, Wright* (1858) ; Alder* (1862).
Perigonimus repens, Hincks* (1868) ; Allman* (1872) ; Winther
(1880); Duerdin (1893); Garstang* (1894).
Perigonimus minutus, Allman* (1863) ; Hincks* (1868); Allman*
(1872).
Medusoid Form.
Perigonimus repens, Crawford (1895).
At Plymouth, on September 2nd, 1893, I placed a colony of
Perigonimus repens in a jar of sea-water. On the following day
about a dozen meduse were budded off. On the 13th another two
dozen were swimming in the jar from the same colony. None of
the meduse showed any signs of further development after their
liberation from the hydroid colony.
The umbrella of the medusa is about $ mm. in length and width.
There are two opposite perradial tentacles and two opposite per-
radial bulbs, without tentacles. Some of the specimens have a
knob at the aboral end of the umbrella. The knob varies in size
and shape in different individuals, in a few it is absent.
Mr. W. Garstang sent me a colony from Plymouth, on March
17th, 1894. On the 19th two meduse were budded off, one with
a short knob at the aboral end of the umbrella, the other without
aknob. Unfortunately 1 was not able to keep these meduse
alive long enough to observe any further changes. Wright (1861)
states that he has kept the medusa until it had four perradial
tentacles and four interradial bulbs.
Allman (1863) described another hydroid, Pertyonimus minutus,
which, he states, is very much like Pertgonimus repens. The chief
difference is in the shape of the medusoid, which has a constriction
across the aboral end of the umbrella. The figure given by
Allman of this medusa agrees with the specimens with a conical
knob, bred in my jars. Hinclis (1868) has placed Perigonimus
minutus as a synonym of Perigonimus repens; but Allman (1872)
has again separated them into two distinct species. As I have
obtained from the same colony meduse similar to Wright’s figures
of Perigonimus repens and to Allman’s figures of Perigonimus
minutus, I do not now see any reason for their separation into two
distinct species.
Disrrisution. Denmark, Baltic Sea, Winther(H). Heligoland,
Hartlaub (41).
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Allman (H). St. Andrews, Craw-
ford (M). Firth of Forth, Wright (H).
England—Cullercoats (Northumberland), Alder (H). Plymouth,
Garstang and E. T. B. (H). Ilfracombe, Hincks (H).
Treland—S.W. Coast, Duerdin (H).
1896.] BRITISH HYDROLDS AND MuDUS. 463
Fam. POoDOOORYNIDE,
PopocuRYNS OARNDA, Sars.
Hydroid Form.
_ Podocoryne carnea, Sars* (1846); Hincks* (1868); Allman*
(1872) ; Duerdin (1893); Garstang* (1894).
Podocoryne albida, Sars (1846).
Medusoid Form.
Podocoryne carnea, Crawford (1895),
Dysmorphosa carnea, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
Lizzia blondina, Bohm (1878).
Sars first described both the hydroid and medusoid forms of
Podocoryne carnea. Haeckel has, however, given the name
Dysmorphosa carnea to the medusa. The medusa of Podocoryne
carnea must not be confused with Dysmorphosa minima, Haeckel,
which I believe to be the earliest stage of Lizzia blondina, Forbes.
The latter has its stomach upon a peduncle, and medusa-buds are
usually present upon the walls of the stomach in the early stages.
At Plymouth, in September 1893, and again in 1895, I tried to
rear the young meduse budded off from the hydroid colonies kept
in glass jars. ‘The experiments did not yield any results, as the
medusa died off within a week.
The young meduse do not all leave the hydroid colony with the
same number of tentacles. All have four single perradial tentacles,
but the number of interradial tentacles shows variation. The
usual number is either two or three, but I have seen a specimen
with only one tentacle. The interradial tentacles do not appear
in any definite order. In some specimens the two interradial
tentacles are opposite one another, in others they occupy adjacent
quadrants of the umbrella.
I have not seen a specimen with eight tentacles amongst those
reared in my jars, but have taken specimens in the tow-net.
At Valencia, on April 10th, 1895, I took a specimen of the
medusa with eight tentacles.
Distrrpurion. Norway, Sars(H). Naples, Sars (H).
Scotland—St. Andrews, M‘Intosh (M); Crawford (M). Firth
of Forth, Allman (H).
England—Plymouth, Garstang and E, T. B. (H, M). Isle of
Man, Browne (M).
Treland—Long Island Bay, Duerdin (H). Valencia Island,
E. T. B. (M).
Fam. CORYMORPHIDS.
CoryMorPHA NUTANS, M. Sars. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)
Hydroid Form.
Corymorpha nutans, M. Sars* (1835); Forbes and Goodsir
(1840); Johnston (1847); Sars* (1859); Hodge* (1861);
Allman * (1863) (1864); Hincks* (1868); Allman * (1872);
464 MR. E. T. BROWNE ON { Mar. 17,
Sars * (1877); Haeckel (1879); [medusa=Hybocodon nutans]
Haddon (1885) ; Hincks (1886); Hartlaub (1894); Allen* (1895).
Corymorpha galanthus, Haeckel (1879).
Medusoid Form.
Corymorpha nutans, Allman (1863); Garstang (1894); Crawford
(1895).
Steenstrupia rubra, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Haddon
(1885) ; Browne (1895).
Steenstrupia flaveola, Forbes (1848).
Steenstrupia galanthus, Haeckel (1879) ; Hartlaub (1894).
The hydroid form of Corymorpha nutans with medusa-buds was
first described by Sars from specimens taken on the Norwegian
coast. Forbes and Goodsir a few years later added the hydroid to
the British list by finding specimens off the Orkney Islands.
Hodge has described specimens from Seaham Harbour and Allman
from the Firth of Forth.
Allman, Hincks, Hodge, and Johnson consider the British species
to be that described by Sars, and call it Corymorpha nutans.
Haeckel, however, states that the Norwegian species is quite
distinct from the British species. He retains the name Cory-
morpha nutans for the Norwegian hydroid and calls the medusoid
Hybocodon nutans. The English species has been given the new
name of Corymorpha yalanthus and its medusoid called Steenstrupia
galanthus ; under the latter name Haeckel places the medusoid
Steenstrupia rubra, Forbes, as a synonym.
This separation is entirely based upon the shape of the umbrella
of the medusa. Sars described the young medusa upon the hydroid
as haying an oblique margin to the umbrella, like Hybocodon pro-
lifer. This has led Haeckel to place the medusa in the genus
Hybocodon.
Haeckel apparently, judging from his references, has only read
the description of the English species in the monographs by
Hincks and Allman, In these, the margin of the umbrella is
described and figured as occupying its normal position at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the umbrella, and no mention is
made of the obliqueness of the margin of the umbrella of the
medusa whilst attached to the hydroid. But in the original papers
published by Hodge (1861) and by Allman (1863) on the hydroid
Corymorpha, the medusa is described with an oblique margin to
the umbrella; it therefore corresponds with the description given
by Sars. Hodge gives figures of the medusz upon the hydroid,
and the margin is shown to be distinctly oblique. He not only
ficures the meduse upon the hydroid but gives an excellent
figure of the free-swimming form, just liberated from the hydroid
kept in his aquarium. The free-swimming medusa, as figured by
Hodge, has the margin at right angles to the longitudinal axis
of the umbrella ; therefore it cannot be oblique. Allman (1863),
in his original description of Corymorpha, on the development of
the medusa states :—‘ The four peripheral processes continue to
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MHDUSZ. 465
elongate and are soon seen to be dilated into bulb-like expansions at
their extremities. The bulbs increase in size and come in contact
by their sides; while one of them, enlarging much more rapidly
than the other three, gives a marked preponderance to its side
of the bud and makes the distal end of the bud appear obliquely
truncated. It then begins to extend itself beyond this distal end
into a thick hollow tentacle.”
Allman also obtained free-swimming meduse from his hydroids,
which he has described and figured in his monograph. These are
similar to the figures given by Hodge, and have a margin at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the umbrella.
From the description given by Allman of the development of the
medusa, it appears that the rapid growth of the large tentacle-bulb
extends the length of the umbrella more on that side than on the
other, and in this way the margin becomes oblique, as one side of
the umbrella is longer than the other. It is clear from the de-
scriptions given by Hodge and Allman, that the obliqueness must
disappear before the medusa is liberated, as they figure the free-
swimming form with the margin in the normal position. I think
that these observations on the obliqueness of the margin of the
umbrella strengthen the view that the British and Norwegian
specimens belong to the same species, and I have again united
them under the old name of Corymorpha nutans.
Forbes has given only two species in his medusoid genus Steen-
strupia, namely S. rubra and S. flaveola. I agree with Haeckel
in considering that these are not distinct species. The character-
istic features of these meduse are similar to those of the medusa of
Corymorpha nutans. ‘Ihe figures given by Forbes of Stcenstrupia
show the characteristic points of the species, but they are not
good figures of a healthy specimen of the medusa of Corymorpha.
Hodge recognized the similarity between Steenstrupia and the
medusa of Corymorpha, but was led by Forbes’s figures to consider
the latter as another species.
Allman states the medusa of Corymorpha “belongs to a form to
which Forbes has given the generic name of Steenstrupia.” Sars
(1877) writes, ‘It is even not improbable that when disconnected
from the parent animal, they (the meduse) may develop themselves
into the species described by Forbes under the name of Steenstrupia
rubra.”
During my visit to Valencia Island in 1895, I found meduse
corresponding to the descriptions and figures given by Hodge and
Allman of the medusa of Corymorpha nutans (Pl. XVI. fig. 1). They
were often exceedingly abundant during April and May, and some
occasions many hundreds could have been quickly collected. One
day I thought that a lovely Siphonophore had entered the net, but
closer examination showed some dozens of these meduse, caught
by the tentacle, on a piece of cotton about an inch and a half long.
The umbrella is bell-shaped, nearly twice as long as wide; the
aboral end of the umbrella is extended into a spine-like process,
which is always present, and is a characteristic feature of the
Proo. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XXX. 30
466 MR. BE, T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
medusa. By this it may be distinguished from another uni-tenta-
cular medusa—Euphysa aurata.
The aboral end of the umbrella varies in shape. In some speci-
mens it is round, and the process is conspicuous by its spine-like
appearance ; in others there is a gradual slope from the side of the
umbrella to the apex of the umbrella, forming a cone-shaped
summit. The manubrium is about two-thirds the length of the
umbrella-cavity ; occasionally, when fully expanded, it may reach
a little way beyond the margin. The mouth is round, without
lips, The stomach is attached to a short peduncle. From the
base of the stomach an apical stalk is always present and runs up
into the spine-like process of the umbrella. On the margin of the
umbrella there is only one large perradial tentacle, ringed with
nematocysts, and when fully expanded is about four times the
length of the umbrella. Three other perradial bulbs, long and
narrow, without tentacles, curl over the margin of the umbrella.
The colour of the medusa shows little variation: the tentacle,
bulbs, and stomach are usually of a light pinkish colour, but some-
times reddish brown. In some of the largest specimens the
extreme apex of the spine-like process may be slightly tinged with
a pinkish colour. The size of the umbrella varies according to
age; the youngest specimens taken in the net measured about
1 mm. in length, the umbrella of the largest measured 6 mm.
Many were taken about 5 mm. in length and 3 mm. in width.
Disrrisurton. Norway, Sars (Il). Heligoland, Hartlaub (11,M);
Haeckel (M).
Scotland—Orkney Islands, Forbes & Goodsir (H). Shetland
Islands, Allman (H); Forbes (M). St. Andrews, Crawford (M).
Firth of Forth, Allman (H, M).
England—Seaham Harbour, Hodge (H). Plymouth, Heape (11);
Allen (H, M); Garstang (M). Fowey, Alder (11); Peach (M).
Penzance, Forbes (M). Mersey Estuary, Mincks (11). Isle of Man,
Alder (11); Browne (M).
VN geaeamaras iy Haddon (H, M). Valencia Island, #. 7. B.
(M).
Fam. HYBOCODONIDS.
Hysocopon PROLIFER, Agassiz.
Hydroid Form.
Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz * (1862); Allman * (1872).
Corymorpha prolifer, Haeckel (1879) [Medusa= Hybocodon
prolifer}.
Medusoid Form.
Hybocodon prolifer, Bohm (1878) ; Crawford (1895).
Coryne (Corymorpha) fritillaria, Steenstrup (1842).
Diplonema islandica, Greene (1857).
Steenstrupia owenti, Greene (1857).
Steenstrupia globosa, Sars, M. (1859); Sars (1877).
Amphicodon fritillaria, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
1896.) BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 467
Amphicodon globosus, Haeckel (1879).
Amphicodon amphipleurus, Haeckel (1879); Garstang (1894);
Allen (1895).
The different, stages in development of this medusa having been
taken in localities far apart, and the wrong hydroid form assigned
to one of them, has led to six distinct species being recorded.
Haeckel retains four of these and places two amongst the synonyms.
I have recently given an account of this interesting medusa in
the Report on the Meduse of the Isle of Man, and here only givea
summary with some additional notes on the occurrence of the
medusa at Plymouth and Valencia Island.
The great abundance of this medusa at Port Erin during 1893
and 1894 enabled me to identify the early stages as species already
described.
The first stage has only one tentacle, to which belongs Steen-
strupia (Amphicodon) globosa, Sars, but only those specimens
described with one tentacle.
The second stage has a single group of two tentacles, to which
belongs Coryne (Amphicodon) fritillaria, Steenstrup.
The third stage (adult) has a single group of three tentacles, to
which belong certain specimens of Steenstrupia (Amphicodon)
globosa with three tentacles and Amphicodon amphipleurus, Haeckel.
The medusa first reproduces by means of numerous buds at the
base of the tentacles, and when gemmation is about to cease ova
or spermatozoa appear upon the walls of the stomach. The sexes
are separate, and the ovum finally develops into a Corymorpha-like
hydroid. The development takes place inside the umbrella-cavity,
and the hydra remains attached to the wall of the stomach until
two verticils of tentacles are formed. Steenstrup described the
medusoid Coryne fritillaria from free-swimming specimens, and
also dredged a hydroid having a single verticil of tentacles, and
meduse attached to it, without tentacles, but with an oblique
margin to the umbrella—one of the characteristic features of the
free-swimming meduse. He naturally considered this hydroid to
belong to the medusoid Coryne fritillaria. It is clear, however,
from the development of the hydroid within the umbrella-cavity,
that the hydroid must have two verticils of tentacles.
The hydroid has not yet been taken in the British area, but it is
evident from the distribution of the medusoid form that it must
exist in more than one locality. It may be difficult to recognize
the hydroid form without its medusa-buds ; but with meduse, the
presence of the five longitudinal bands of nematocysts upon the
ex-umbrella of the medusa ought at once to establish its identity
and to distinguish it from Corymorpha nutans.
Valencia.—On the first day of tow-netting, April 5th, a single
specimen was taken, and about two dozen more during the next few
days, but not one was seen after April 16th. The specimens were
similar to those taken at Port Erin. Some had ova upon the wall
of the stomach; others had young hydre either attached to the
stomach or free within the umbrella-cavity. j
30
468 MR. 8. 1, BROWNB ON _ [Mar. 17,
Plymouth.—Garstang (1894) has recorded this medusa for
Plymouth. It was taken on a few occasions during April 1894.
Mr. E. J. Allen kindly sent me five specimens alive, on March
19th, 1895.
Two possessed a single tentacle and three had two tentacles.
Medusa-buds were present at the base of the tentacles in some of
the specimens. ‘The five specimens showed a great variation in
colour: one had the endoderm of both tentacles of a pinkish colour ;
two specimens had the mouth, tentacle-bulbs, and medusa-buds of
a brilliant crimson colour, and another specimen with the same
parts coloured reddish orange. One specimen showed the mouth
and tentacle-bulbs of a crimson colour and the medusa-buds
colourless.
DIstripurion :—
Hydroid Form.
North America, Massachusetts Bay, Agassiz.
Medusoid Form.
Iceland, Steenstrup. Norway, Sars. Heligoland, Bohm. Trance,
Granville, Haeckel.
Scotland—St. Andrews, Crawford.
England—Plymouth, Garstang and Allen. Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Dublin Coast, Greene. Valencia Island, #. 7. B.
Tam. IYDROLARID A,
LAR SABELLARUM, Gosse. (Plate XVI. figs. 3, 4.)
Hydroid form.
Lar sabellarum, Gosse (1857) ; Hincks * (1872); Allman (1872).
Medusoid Form.
Willsia stellata, Forbes (1848); Cocks (1849); Peach (1849) ;
Gosse (1853).
Wilka stellata, Agassiz (1862); Haeckel (1879); M‘Intosh
(1890) ; Garstang (1894).
The remarkable hydroid Lar sabellarum was first described by
Gosse (1857) from a colony, found growing upon the tube of a
Sabella, in an aquarium. The odd appearance of the hydroid and
the absence of gonophores justified Allman’s statement, ‘‘ We are
almost tempted to regard it as an abnormal condition of some other
form.” Fifteen years after its first appearance in Gosse’s aquarium
another colony was dredged by Ilincks at Ilfracombe. Hincks
(1872) not only confirms the description given by Gosse, but de-
scribes the reproduction in the following words :—
“The fertile polypites of Lar are distributed along the creeping
stolon, amongst the alimentary zooids, and bear a strong general
resemblance to those of Hydractinia. They are slender, somewhat:
filiform bodies, destitute of tentacula, and terminated at the free
extremity by a globular enlargement, in which many thread-cells
are imbedded; they are generally inferior in size to the alimentary
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS#. 469
polypites. The reproductive buds are borne in clusters of three or
four on the upper portion of the body, and when matured detach
themselves as free medusiform zooids (planoblasts) ; they are desti-
tute of an ectothecal covering, and are therefore freely exposed to
the surrounding water. In an early stage of development the buds
are much elongated, and take on their hemispherical form as they
approach maturity. he planoblast, at the time of its liberation, is
almost hemispherical in form; the umbrella is perfctly colourless
and destitute of thread-cells. The digestive sac or manubrium is
very mutable in shape; normally it is subcylindrical, and some-
what swollen at the base, with a slightly lobate mouth. Six radi-
ating canals traverse the umbrella, terminating on the margin in
as many oval bulbs of a brownish colour, from which six smooth
tentacles originate. Both ocelli and lithocysts are wanting; but
halfway between every two tentacles a minute sac occurs on the
margin of the umbrella, containing two or three glittering bodies,
which appear to be thread-cells. The planoblast, when detached,
bears with it a portion of the peduncle which had formed the bond
of connexion between it and the parent stock; this survives as a
somewhat conical process above the base of the manubrium, but
it is no doubt absorbed after a time. Six is an unusual number for
the radiating canals ; amongst the British Hydroida it is met with
only in Clavatella (which has also occasionally four) and in the
genus Willsia of Forbes.”
I have every reason for believing that the young medusa of Zar
is the first stage in the development of the medusa which has
been described by Forbes as Willsia stellata.
At Plymouth in September 1893 the medusoid Walla stellata
was fairly abundant, and sufficient specimens were obtained to trace
its connexion with 2 medusa which exactly corresponds to the de-
scription and figures given by Hincks of the medusa of Lar sabellarum.
During April and May, 1895, I again met with Willia stellata iu
Valencia Harbour, Ireland, and was able to confirm the observations
made at Plymouth.
Forbes first discovered Willsia stellata at Oban in 1845, and
dedicated the genus to Dr. Willof Erlangen. Agassiz changed the
spelling to Wellia.
Forbes has described the adult form of medusa. The early forms
of it may be naturally divided into three distinct stages, according
to the number of tentacles :—
First Stage. Stu uniform tentacles. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)—
Umbrella, about one millimetre in length and width, varying slightly
in shape but usually subhemispherical, with a broad velum. The
manubrium reaches about halfway down the umbrella-cavity. In
some specimens taken at Valencia the apical stalk (“Stielcanal ” of
Haeckel), which connected the medusa to the hydroid, was still
visible in the mesoglcea of the umbrella, runuing from the base of
the stomach nearly to the ex-umbrella. In most specimens the
apical stalk had disappeared. :
470 MR. B, T, BROWNE ON [Max. 17,
The stomach is on a very short peduncle, and has six short pro-
longations or lobes from which the radial canals start. The mouth
is variable in shape, being either round or with four to six lips.
Six radial canals run from the lobes of the stomach direct to the
ring-canal without giving off any branches. Six tentacles, equal in
size, on the margin of the umbrella, one opposite the termination
of each radial canal. The basal bulb of each tentacle is large and
conspicuous, containing dark brown or blackish pigments. Midway
between every two tentacles a small cluster of nematocysts is situ-
ated on the ex-umbrella just above the margin.
This stage corresponds to the description given by Hincks of the
medusa of Lar sabellarum.
Second Stage. Twelve uniform tentacles.—The commencement of
the second stage is indicated by the growth of six small bulbs on
the margin of the umbrella, midway between the primary tentacles.
From each of these bulbs a tentacle grows until it resembles in size
the tentacles belonging to the first stage. A bulb on its first ap-
pearance is of a yellowish-brown colour, but when fully grown it
becomes dark brownor black. As soon asa bulb makes its appear-
ance on the margin of the umbrella, a branch is given off from the
radial canal and joins the ring-canal opposite the bulb.
The branch is always given off from the same side of each
radial canal, and leayes the canal about the middle of its course on
the side of the umbrella. The six lobes of the stomach have now
become more conspicuous and extend over the upper part of the
sub-umbrella. It is on the sides of these lobes that the repro-
ductive cells develop. The clusters of nematocysts belonging to
the first stage still remain, and twelve new clusters appear close to
the margin, one midway between every two tentacles. Meduse
belonging to the second stage are about 2 mm. in diameter.
Third Stage. Highteen uniform tentacles. (Plate XVI. fig. 4).—
This stage commences with the growth of another set of six bulbs,
which develop tentacles in the same manner as in the previous
stage.
The new bulbs are not on the same side of the main radial canals
as those belonging to the second stage, but on the opposite side. A
new branch leaves each radial canal nearly opposite the junction of
the first branch and runs down to the bulb on the ring-canal. In
this stage each radial canal has two branch canals, one on each side
of it, the whole forming a kind of three-pronged fork, with a ten-
tacle at the end of each canal. At this stage the reproductive cells
are clearly visible, and are situated along the six lobes of the stomach
and arch over the top of the sub-umbrella, forming a star-like pat-
tern of a yellowish-brown colour, hence Forbes’s specific name of
the medusa.
The clusters of nematocysts belonging to the first stage, and
probably some belonging to the second stage, have now disappeared,
and a new cluster is developed midway between every pair of ten-
tacles, ‘The clusters of nematocysts form an excellent mark for
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 471
measuring in length the growth of the umbrella. Each series
arises either on or very close to the margin, and as the umbrella
grows in length so does the distance increase between the margin
and each series.
If all the clusters were present, they would form, at the adult
stage, four rows, one above the other—the uppermost set, with
six clusters, representing the first stage, and the lowest, with twenty-
four, belonging to the adult stage.
Forbes does not mention the clusters of nematocysts in his
description of the species. Gosse has again described the adult,
and states that five or six clusters are usually present. He gives
pdigure of acluster, and of a nematocyst which has discharged its
thread.
Adult Stage. Twenty-four uniform tentacles—The addition of
a fourth set of six tentacles brings the young medusa to its adult
stage. The new tentacles develop just like the previous ones, and
each one occupies a position midway between the tentacles
belonging to the first and third stages. I have only seen one
specimen which shows the connexion between the third stage and
the adult form. In this specimen the third branch does not leave
the main radial canal like the first two branches, but is given off-
from the second branch (the branch developed in the third stage)
and runs down between the main radial canal and its second branch
to the ring-canal, opposite the new bulb. The subsequent growth
of the umbrella so separates the branches as to give the appearance
of each canal dividing, about the middle of its course, into four
branches, each branch running to one of the tentacles placed about
equal distances apart on the margin of the umbrella.
athe characteristic features of the different stages may be stated
thus :—
First Stage.—6 tentacles ; 6 unbranched radial canals; 6 clusters
of nematocysts.
Second Stage.—12 tentacles; 1 branch to each canal ; 12 clusters
of nematocysts.
Third Stage.—18 tentacles; 2 opposite branches to each canal ;
18 clusters of nematocysts.
Adult.—24 tentacles ; 3 branches to each canal; 24 clusters of
nematocysts.
Each set of tentacles usually appears about the same time and
some grow faster than others. Forbes states that some of his
specimens possessed only twenty tentacles.
Abnormal Forms.—First Stage. One specimen with seven
radial canals, tentacles and clusters of nematocysts. Valencia,
1895.
Second Stage. One specimen with seven radial canals, each
with one branch ; fourteen tentacles and fourteen clusters of nemato-
cysts. Plymouth,18938. #8 —=——sss—s«sw
It is clear beyond all doubt that the hydroid Lar sabellarum
472 : MR, DB, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
belongs to the Gymnoblastic group of Hydroids. The Medusoid
Willia stellata has been always considered a Leptomedusa and
was placed by Haeckel among the Cannotide. As I did not know of
any clearly proved case of a gymnoblastic hydroid having a medusa
which must be classified with the Leptomeduss, I examined by
means of sections the exact positions of the gonads. It is one of
the characteristic features of the Anthomeduse to have the
reproductive cells on the wall of the stomach, and of the Lepto-
medusz to have the reproductive cells upon the radial canals.
When I first saw Willia I certainly regarded it as a Lepto-
medusa. At the base of the stomach six broad canals are given
off; these run along a short peduncle and over the top of the
sub-umbrella; along this portion the gonads are situated; at the
point where the gonads terminate the canals suddenly decrease in
diameter and become somewhat inconspicuous. The question arose
whether to consider the broad part of the canal upon which the
gonads are situated as a prolongation of the stomach or as a part
of the radial canal itself. ‘To determine this point, I cut several
series of sections of meduse belonging to the second and third
stages. All the sections clearly show that the endoderm-cells of the
stomach are continued, without any change in size or shape, along
the whole length of that portion of the canal upon which the gonads
are situated. At the point where reproductive cells terminate the
canal suddenly decreases in diameter, and the endoderm-cells
become very small and flat. I think that portion of the canal
upon which the gonads are situated may reasonably be regarded as
a prolongation or lobe of the stomach, and that the true radial
canal commences at the end of this lobe.
The sections also show reproductive cells at the base of the
stomach itself, before it branches into the six lobes.
I think this medusa is as interesting as the hydroid is remark-
able. It shows a kind of transitional stage between the Antho-
meduse and Leptomedusew. The continuation of the endoderm-
cells, without change, into the lobes, and also the continuation of
the reproductive cells from the base of the stomach itself along the
lobes, strongly point to Willa belonging to Anthomedusz, and not
to the Leptomeduse.
DistTRriBUrion :—
Hydvroid Form.
England—Ufracombe, Hincks *.
Medusoid Form.
Scotland—St. Andrews, M‘Intosh. Oban, Forbes.
England—Plymonth, Garstang and EF. T. B. Fowey, Peach.
Falmouth, Cocks. Penzance, Morbes. Ilfracombe, Gosse.
Treland—Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 473
Part I1— MEDUS WITHOUT OR WITH UNKNOWN
HYDROID FORMS.
These Medusz are arranged according to Haeckel’s ‘System der
Medusen.’
ANTHOMEDUS.
Fam. CopDONID &, a
Dipuranya HALTDRATA (Forbes).
Slabberia haltercta, Forbes (1848); Cocks (1849).
Dipurena halterata, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
I have occasionally met with one or two specimens of this
interesting medusa.
I saw one specimen at Plymouth on 25th September, 1893.
The specimen was unfortunately in a bad condition, the umbrella
being turned inside out. The basal bulbs of the tentacles were of
a dark brown colour with a single deep crimson ocellus. At the
free end of each of the four tentacles there was a very large knob-
like cluster of nematocysts, and the upper half contained a dark
brown pigment.
A single specimen was taken at Valencia on 10th April, 1895.
Unnbrella about 1 mm. in length.
Forbes describes and figures the gonads as slight swellings upon
the radial canals. This statement requires confirmation. Haeckel,
however, has taken a specimen at Jersey, which corresponded to
Forbes’s description, except that the gonads were upon the
manubrium. Haeckel describes three swellings on the manubrium,
one above the other, filled with sperm, the lowest swelling reaching
nearly down to the mouth.
Distrisution. Jersey, Haeckel.
England—Plymouth, Z. 7. B. Valmouth, Cocks. Mounts Bay,
Forbes. Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Valencia Island, H. 7. B.
Drrurena, sp.? (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)
During my visit to Plymouth in September, 1895, I obtained
upon the 10th two specimens of a medusa which certainly belongs
to the genus Dipurena. I regard them as early stages on account
of medusa-buds being present upon the stomach. I have already
shown in the cases of Amphicodon fritillaria, Margellium octo-
punctatum, and Lizzia blondina, that it is a characteristic feature of
the young stages to bud off medusa, and in the adult stage to have
gonads upon the stomach. I believe that Codonium gemmiferum and
Sarsia prolifera, now regarded as distinct species, will be ultimately
proved to be only early stages of other known species.
I have not yet been able to trace these early stages of Dipurena
474 MR. DB. T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
to any known species, as none belonging to the genus have been
described with medusa-buds.
The specimens were very much alike, but one was twice as
large as the other. The umbrella of largest specimen about 1 mm.
in diameter, globular, about as long as wide; at the aboral end
there is a slight rounded swelling, formed by a mass of mesogloa.
The manubrium reaches nearly down to the velum ; stomach large
and situated upon a stout peduncle, nearly as long as the stomach ;
mouth round, not divided into lips. Four medusa-buds upon the
stomach (one bud nearly fully developed, the four tentacles visible
with brownish basal bulbs). On the margin of the umbrella four
tentacles, when fully expanded about twice the length of umbrella,
with blackish basal bulbs. At the free end of each tentacle a very
large brownish bulb containing nematocysts. Nematocysts are also
scattered along the whole length of each tentacle. Cells are present
on the peduncle which may be nematocysts. The margin of the
umbrella between the tentacles is nearly straight, giving a quad-
rangular appearance, with a tentacle at each corner. Velum broad.
Eurnysa aunata, Forbes.
Euphysa aurata, Forbes (1848) ; Haeckel (1879) ; Holt (1891);
Crawford (1891); Maas (1893) ; Browne (1895).
Euphysa mediterranea, Haeckel (1879).
Up to the present time this medusa has not been recorded from
many localities. It had only been found in the northern portion
of the British area until this spring, when I found it at Valencia.
In the ‘ Report on the Meduse of the Isle of Man’ I have given
a description of several specimens, and have shown that a great
variation in colour occurs in some specimens, and that Huphysa
mediterranea is only a brilliantly coloured form of Zuphysa aurata.
At Valencia this medusa was first taken on April 16th, 1895,
and after this date it was often seen in the tow-net, especially
towards the end of May, when it became more abundant. Most
of the specimens belonged to the early stages, and were much
smaller than any taken at Port Erin.
The smallest specimens were about ? mm. in length, and the
average-sized ones about 1-1} mm. in length.
The shape of the umbrella, of the tentacle-bulbs, and of the
large tentacle is similar in all the stages: thus there is no difficulty
in identifying the earliest forms. The smallest specimens usually
possess very little colour, a few are quite colourless, generally the
tentacle-bulbs have a pale yellowish tint, but in a few specimens a
bright yellowish colour existed.
The specimens 2-3 mm. in length saree more colour. One
specimen 3 mm. in length had yellowish tentacle-bulbs, with a
deep orange-coloured centre.
Many of the early naturalists described the pigmented basal
bulbs as ocelli. I prefer to retain the term ‘ ocellus’ for definite
eye-spots, as clearly seen in Sarsia, which also has pigmented
basal bulbs.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 475
Haeckel gives Corymorpha nana, Alder, as the hydroid belonging
to Luphysa aurata, Iam still of the opinion that this is not the
right hydroid, as the meduse are quite distinct.
Disrrizurion. Mediterranean, Haeckel. Atlantic, about 50
miles N.W. of Scotland, Maas.
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes. St. Andrews, Holt; Craw-
ord.
England—Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Valencia Island, #. 7’. B.
Fam. TIARID&.
AMPHINEMA DINEMA (Péron et Lesueur).
Oceania dinema, Péron et Lesueur (1809); Eschscholtz (1829).
Dianea diadema, Lamarck (1817).
Campanella dinema, Blainville (1834).
Saphenia dinema, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Cocks (1849).
Saphenia titania, Gosse (1853).
Stomotoca dinema, Agassiz (1862).
Amphinema titania, Haeckel (1879) ; Garstang (1894).
At Plymouth I found this species fairly abundant during
September 1893. Many of the specimens which I took were
immature, about 1 mm. in length. One specimen measured 3 mm.
in length and 2 mm. in width. The tentacles of this medusa are
able to expand to a great length, often to ten times the length of
the umbrella. The larger specimens have about two dozen minute
marginal bulbs. Stomach yellowish brown. The base of the
tentacles is of a crimson or purplish colour.
J again took a few specimens at Plymouth during September,
1895, but not so many as in 1893.
Disrrisution. Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes.
England—Portland, Forbes. Plymouth, Garstang; E. T. B.
Cornwall, Forbes. Fowey, Peach. Falmouth, Cocks. Ilfracombe,
Grosse.
Fam. MARGBLLIDA
LizzIA BLONDINA, Forbes.
Lizza blondina, Forbes (1848) ; Peach (1849) ; Haeckel (1879) ;
McIntosh (1890); Vallentin (1893); Browne (1895).
Iizzia claparedei, Claparéde (1860); Haeckel (1879).
Dysmorphosa minima, Haeckel (1879) ;\ Browne (1895).
The specimens taken at Plymouth in 1893 and 1895, and at
Valencia in 1895, clearly show that the earliest stage is similar to
the medusa described by Haeckel as Dysmorphosa minima. The
chief difference between Dysmorphosa minima and Lizzia blondina
exists in the number of tentacles, which increase in number
during the growth of the medusa.
Dysmorphosa minima has four single perradial tentacles and
four single interradial tentacles,
476 4 MM, B, T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Lizzia blondina has, in the adult stage, four perradial groups of
three tentacles and four single interradial tentacles. The increase
of new tentacles is shown in the following list.
Specimens collected by Mr. Garstang at Plymouth during July
and August, 1893 :—
Perradial tentacles.... 1111
Interradial tentacles... 1111
Perradial .... 1112 2211 2121 99992
Interradial ... 1111’ 1111’ 11117’ T11T
On my arrival at Plymouth at the end of August, 1895, I found
Tnzzia fairly abundant in the tow-net, but no specimens were taken
after the second week in September.
The following list drawn up from these specimens shows the
increase of the tentacles :—
Perradial.... 1112 2121 2221 9922 2993 3332
Interradial.. 1111’ 1111’ 1111’ 1171’ 11117’ 1111
(9 specimens).
At Valencia, 1895, Lizzia appeared in the tow-net a few days
before my departure at the beginning of June. I only obtained
a few specimens, which possessed the following number of
tentacles :—
Perradial.... 2222 2223 3333
Interradial.. 1111’ 1117 1111
The umbrella of the earliest stage is about 1 mm. in length and
nearly as wide, with a slight transverse constriction above the
sub-umbrella. The largest specimens are about 13 mm. in length.
Nearly every specimen belonging to the early stage has medusa-buds
upon the stomach. One of the largest specimens taken at Plymouth
had a mass of ova surrounding the walls of the stomach. The
budding of medusa is followed by sexual reproduction, just as in
many other meduse.
There are always four simple oral tentacles, each terminating
in a large cluster of nematocysts. J have never seen more than
one cluster of nematocysts upon each oral tentacle, and always
four single interradial tentacles. These points distinguish Lizzia
blondina from Margellium octopunctatum.
Abnormal Spectmen.—An abnormal specimen was taken at Ply-
mouth on 31st August, pra with 3 radial canals, 3 oral tentacles,
3 groups of perradial t¢gntacles, with 2 tentacles in each, and 3
single interradial tentacles.
Claparéde described and figured a form of Jizzia, which
Haeckel has regarded as » distinct species and has placed it in
his monograph under the name of Lizzia cluparedex. The medusa
has four perradial groups of two tentacles, and four single inter-
radial tentacles; four simple oral tentacles, each terminating in a
cluster of nematocysts. Ova upon the walls of stomach. The
shape of the umbrella resembles that of Zizzia blondina,
-1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MMDUSA. 477
Claparéde discovered it off Arran Island, in the Firth of Clyde,
during September 1859.
I do not think that Claparéde’s medusa is a distinct species, but
a stage in the development of Lizzia blondina.
Disrerurion. Heligoland, Haeckel.
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Yorbes. Bell Rock (Hast coast),
MIntosh, Arran Island, Claparede.
England—Plymouth, #. 7..B. Fowey, Peach. Falmouth, Val-
lentin. Isle of Man, Browne.
Ireland —Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.
MAnrcrELuiuM ocropUNCTATUM (Sars).
Cytais octopunctata, Sars (1836) (1846).
Inzzia octopunctata, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Agassiz
(1862); Bohm (1878) ; Clubb (1886); M‘Intosh (1890) ; Vallentin
(1893).
Tnzzia grata, Agassiz (1865).
Rathkea octopunctata, Haeckel (1879) ; Giard (1888); Garstang
(1894); Allen (1895).
Margellium octopunctatum, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
Margellium gratum, Haeckel (1879).
The medusa first reproduces itself by means of buds upon the
stomach, and when it reaches the adult condition either ova or
spermatozoa appear upon the wall of the stomach ; the sexes being
separate. What becomes of the ova after leaving the medusa is
at present unknown. The ovum may give rise to a hydroid form
or develop directly into a medusa. The young meduse on leaving
their parent have not always the same number of tentacles. There
are usually three tentacles in each of the four perradial groups, but
occasionally only two; the interradial groups may have either two
or three tentacles, rarely only one. As the medusa grows the
perradial tentacles increase to five in each group, and the inter-
radial tentacles to three in each group. The change in the
number of tentacles has led to some of the early stages being
described as distinct species. Sars first described the medusa
(Cyteis octopunctata) from specimens with three tentacles in all
the groups (=athkea of Haeckel). Forbes described specimens
(Inzzia octopunctata) having either two or three tentacles in tho
perradial groups, and three tentacles in the interradial groups.
Forbes regarded these specimens as belonging to the same species
as those described by Sars. Haeckel, however, has separated these
specimens into two genera : those with two tentacles in the perradial
groups are placed in the genus Margellium; the others in the
genus Itathkea.
J have already shown, in the Report on the Meduse of the Isle
of Man, that Forbes was right in regarding his specimens as
identical with the meduse described by Sars as Cyt@is octopunctata.
Garstang has also shown that Haeckel was wrong in separating
these meduse into two distinct genera.
478 MR, 2,1, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Agassiz (1865) has described a medusa, Lizziagrata(=Margellium
gratwm, Haeckel), which has five tentacles in each of the four
perradial groups and three tentacles in each of the four interradial
groups. Irom the specimens collected at Valencia, I have every
reason for believing that Lizza yrata is the adult form of
Margellium octopunctatum.
The early stages of Margelliwm octopunctatum were fairly
abundant in Valencia Harbour at the beginning of April, but
decreased in number during May. Most of the specimens taken
during April and the early part of May had one to four
medusa-buds upon the stomach. About the middle of May
specimens were taken with either ova or spermatozoa upon the
wall of the stomach. The reproductive cells first begin to appear
upon the perradial ridges on the outside wall of the stomach, and
ag they increase in size they form a mass covering the wall of the
stomach. As soon as the reproductive cells begin to appear, the
budding of meduse ceases. The compound basal bulbs of the
tentacles show little variation in colour, being usually dark brown
or black. One specimen, however, had reddish-brown bulbs.
The specimens taken at Valencia resemble those taken at Port
Erin. I have no doubt that they belong to the same species, and
as they were taken in a distant locality it may be of interest to
record some for comparison with those taken at Port Erin. The
following list shows the number of tentacles in each perradial and
interradial group of 16 specimens taken at Valencia. It is also
arranged to show the increase in the number of tentacles during
the growth of the medusa.
Perradial 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3334
Interradial 1112’ 3231’ 2999 2333’ 3333’ 33337
Perradial 4843 5334 5344 64383 5444 4454
Tnterradial 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333 3333’
Perradial 5454 5553 5554 5555
Tnterradial 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 33337
The above series corresponds very closely with a series given in
the Report on the Isle of Man Medusa.
The umbrella of the earliest stage is about 1 mm. in length, and
that of the adult from 3 to 4 mm.
Not only does the medusa increase the number of its tentacles
as it grows, but also the number of clusters of nematocysts upon
the oral tentacles, which are four in number. Though some of the
specimens taken off the Isle of Man possessed the same number
of tentacles as Margelliwm gratum, the clusters of nematocysts
upon the oral tentacles were fewer in number. Until I had seen
an exact similarity in every detail, I did not feel justified in placing
Margellium gratum as the adult of Margellium octopunctatum. At
Valencia I specially examined the oral tentacles of every specimen
’
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MBDUS 4. 479
taken, and found a few specimens agreeing with Agassiz’s
description of Margellium gratum, both in the number of marginal
Pentel and in the number of clusters of nematocysts on the
oral tentacles. I think this removes all doubt concerning the
identity of the two species.
In the Valencia specimens the clusters of nematocysts develop
in the following order :—The earliest stage has each oral tentacle
terminating in a single cluster of nematocysts. A second cluster
appears near the first cluster upon a short stalk; the tentacle then
appears bifurcated, each branch terminating in a round cluster of
nematocysts. Two more clusters, each on a short stalk, make
their appearance, one on cach side of the tentacle, about the middle
of itslength. This was usually the appearance of the oral tentacles
in all the large specimens taken at Port Erin and at Plymouth.
At Valencia, in a few of the largest specimens, with four or five
tentacles in each perradial group, I observed on each oral tentacle
a second pair of lateral clusters of nematocysts, below the first
pair. One specimen had a fifth cluster on a short stalk situated
midway between the two terminal clusters. This agrees with the
development of the clusters described by Agassiz in Maryellium
gratum. Another specimen, however, showed a variation in
development, by possessing three terminal clusters and only a
single pair of lateral clusters.
Allman (1859) has described and figured a Calyptoblastic hydroid,
Laomedea tenuis | = Leptoscyphus tenuis, Hincks (1868)], which he
found at Stromness. ‘The hydroid has gonothece each containing
a medusa. Allman has not given any description of the medusa
inside the gonotheca, and from the figure it is impossible to
identify it, chiefly on account of its being at a very early stage in
development. Allman found inside the jar containing this hydroid
a number of young medusz which he believed to be closely related
to the genus Lizzia. From the description given of these meduse I
believe they are probably an early stage of Margelliwm octopunctatum.
Allman regards these free-swimming medusw as the medusa of the
hydroid in the jar. This observation has never been confirmed,
and if it be true, then a case is established in which a Calypto-
blastic hydroid produces Anthomeduse.
Allman does not state that he has seen a single medusa leave the
hydroid nor show in any way that the medusa inside the gonotheca
resembles the free-swimming Zizzia. I do not think that there is
sufficient evidence to prove that the medusz came from the hydroid,
and I hesitate to accept the statement until the observations have
been confirmed. It is quite possible that the young Lizzia
entered the jar along with the sea-water.
Distrinurion. America—Massachusetts Bay, Agassiz. Norway,
Sars. France—Wimereux, Guard.
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes. St. Andrews, M‘Intosh.
England—Plymouth, Garstang; Allen. Fowey, Peach.
Falmouth, Vallentin. Isle of Man, Browne.
Ireland—Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.
480 MR. B, T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
LEPTOMEDUS/.
Fam. THAUMANTID &.
THAUMANLIAS HEMISPH ERICA, Eschscholtz.
The naturalists who studied marine life at the end of the lust
century and at the beginning of the present one worked under
many difficulties which have now passed away, mainly owing to
the improvements in lenses and in the advancement of the
chemical methods of preservation.
The descriptions and figures of the jelly-fishes given by the
pioneers of marine zoology usually lack the details necessary at
the present day for the identification of the species.
The marginal sense-organs or marginal vesicles, which require
the use of a microscope to show their presence and structure, have
been in most cases omitted, and now recent researches show that
they are very important organs for the identification of the species.
The early workers on Meduse apparently did not recognize the
fact that Medusz, like many other animals, pass through various
stages of growth and that the early stages are often unlike the
adult forms.
This led to the early stages of Meduse being described as
distinct species, which together with the vague descriptions given
and inaccurate drawings has led to much confusion.
I do not think that any good is to be obtained by retaining
inaccurate descriptions of Meduse, and by burdening our litera-
ture, already overloaded, with long lists of useless synonyms.
Medusa hemispherica was first described by Gronovius (1760)
from the coast of Belgium. Miiller (1766) described a medusa,
as M. hemispherica, from the coast of Denmark, and in a later
publication (1778) placed Gronovius’s medusa as a synonym of it.
The descriptions and figures given by these authors are too vague
and inaccurate for the identification of the species.
Péron and Lesueur (1809) separated the above meduse into
two species—M. hemispherica, Gronovius, and Oceania danica
(Miller). Fleming (1828) changed the generic name to Geryonia,
and Eschscholtz (1829) again changed it to Thawmantias and
united both species under the name of Thaumantias hemispherica,
Lesson (18438) has copied from Hschscholtz, without adding any
fresh information.
Macartney (1810) described two species of medusw taken at
Herne Bay in 1804. The one he called Medusa scintillans, which
is described and figured. This is clearly the common protozoon—
Noctiluca miliaris. For the other he suggested the name Medusa
lucida, but stated that it may be a variety of Medusa hemispherica,
Gronovius. It is not possible to identify Macartney’s medusa
from his description. In the same paper Macartney described and
figured a large Scyphomedusa under the naine of Medusa pellucens,
This medusa was taken by Sir Joseph Banks. “On a passage
from Madeira to Rio de Janeiro the sea was observed by Sir Joseph
1896.] BRITISH HYDROips AnD MEDUSA. 481
Banks to be unusually luminous, flashing in many parts like
lightning. He directed some of the water to be hauled up, in
which he discovered ....a large species of medusa, to which he
gave the name pellucens. The Medusa pellucens measures about
six inches across the crown or umbrella.”
This is clearly from the figure and description a Scyphomedusa.
Shaw (1812) has copied the figure given by Macartney.
Lesson (1843) has not only given Thawmantias hemispherica as a
distinct species, but also /haumantias lucida, Macartney. Amongst
the synonyms of the latter Lesson has placed Medusa scintillans
(= Noctiluca scintillans) and Medusa pellucens (=Banks’s Scypho-
medusa), but in the description of the species he only gives
Macartney’s description of Medusa lucida. Haeckel apparently
has copied from Lesson, without referring to the original papers,
as he has placed as synonyms under Thawmantias hemispherica
both Medusa scintillans and Medusa pellucens.
Forbes (1848) next described Thaumantias hemispherica. It is
first, however, important to consider Forbes’s views upon the
value of sense-organs or marginal vesicles for the identification of
the species.
Forbes, in 1841, gave the following advice on the identification
of species belonging to the genus Zhaumantias :-—
‘1st. The number of tentacula (always a multiple of four).
2nd. The presence, absence, size, and colour of the eyes at
their bases.
3rd. The colour of the cross-vessels and proboscis.
4th. The shape of the umbrella.
5th. The shapes of the clubs of the vessels.
6th. The form and lobation of the oral proboscis or peduncle.
“T have mentioned these sources of character in what I conceive
to be the order of their respective importance, but all should if
possible be noted.”
I may here say that Forbes’s statement that the tentacles are
always a multiple of four is not correct. The multiple system is
also adopted by Haeckel, and it leads to the assumption that
Medusee have a most wonderful symmetry. The statement holds
good up to thirty-two tentacles, but above that number the
tentacles, when carefully counted, show odd as well as even
numbers. I found, out of 47 mature specimens of Obelia lucifera,
only two specimens showing an equal number of tentacles in each of
the quadrants, and only nine specimens possessing a number that
could be equally divided by four. Twenty-six specimens have an
even number of tentacles, and 21 specimens an odd number.
Forbes included in his genus Thaumantias several Medusw which
have since been transferred to other genera, viz.:—
Thaumantias pilosella (= Euchilota pilosella).
Thaumantias lucifera (= Obelia lucifera).
Thaumantias melanops (=Tiaropsis multicirrata).
All these have certain characteristic features by which they may
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XX XI.
482 MR, BE. ". BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
be easily recognized. The other fourteen species of Thawmantias
form a miscellaneous group, which, owing to their vague descrip-
tions, have caused a considerable amount of trouble to recent
writers on Medusa.
Haeckel has divided these species amongst two families—
Lhaumantide and Hucopide—the former characterized by the
absence of marginal vesicles, and the latter by the possession of
them. Forbes has omitted the vesicles in the descriptions and
figures of nearly all his species, and according to his views
they were worthless for specific characters. If Forbes had only
added these important organs to his drawings, which have been
rendered almost useless by their omission, the present confusion
would never have arisen. It is clear that Forbes has seen the
marginal vesicles in some of the species, as in his monograph (p. 9)
he writes:—‘I have observed the vibration of the otolites
distinctly in more than one species of Uhaumantias.”
After the publication of Forbes’s monograph the name of
Thaumantias hemispherica appeared on most lists of Medusa,
usually without any description of the medusa.
Since the appearance of Haeckel’s monograph the name has
gone out of fashion, and Phialidium variabile has taken its place.
For three years I have searched for Thaumantias hemispherica
and the allied species, also without marginal vesicles, but without
any success. Hvery specimen, which has the slightest resemblance
to one of Forbes’s figures, possesses marginal vesicles.
I may here add that specimens preserved in alcohol are not to
be relied upon for the absence of marginal vesicles in the living
medusa; the vesicles often shrivel up and the otoliths disappear.
Laopior crvorata (Forskal).
Haeckel has placed under the name of Laodice cruciata no less
than twenty-five synonyms, which are divided into two groups—
one for the Mediterranean form of Laodice cructata, and the other
for the Atlantic form.
The synonyms of the Atlantic form may be divided into two
sets, one referring to Medusa cquorea, Baster (1759), the other to
Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes (1848).
Medusa equorea, Baster (1759); Linnzus (1767).
Callirhoé basteri iana, Péron and Lesueur (1809); Bschscholtz
(1829); Blainville (1834).
The original descriptions and figures of this medusa given by
Baster, and copied by other writers, without any additional
information, appears to me to be too yagne for the purpose of
identification. The drawings clearly show that the sub-umbrella
has been injured, as the stomach and some of the bands of gonads
on the radial canals are in a damaged condition. Whatever kind
of medusa Baster had under observation, the description and
figures appear to be too vague to identify it with any species
known to us at the present day.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 483
The second set of synonyms of the Atlantic form refers to
Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes. This medusa I lave taken and
have been able to clearly establish its identity. The history of
this species is given under Huchilota pilosella in these Notes. It
possesses marginal vesicles and belongs to the Hucopide, and has
no connection whatever with the genus Laodice. Agassiz (1862)
first placed Thaumantias pilosella in the genus Laodice as a
synonym of Laodice stauroglypha.
The synonyms of the Mediterranean form of Laodice cruciata
may be divided into three sets. The first set belongs to the
synonyms of Medusa cruciata, Forskil (1775); the second to
Oceania lineolata, Péron and Lesueur (1809); and the third set to
Thaumantias mediterranea, Gegenbaur (1856).
Medusa cruciata, Forskl (1775).
? Aurelia rufescens, Péron and Lesueur (1809).
Aurelia crucigera, Risso (1826).
Medusa crucigera, Uischscholtz (1829).
Oceania cruciata, Wagner (1841).
? Medusa cacuminata, Modeer (1791).
? Oceania cacuminata, Eschscholtz (1829).
Laodice crucigera, Lesson (1848).
Thaumantias corollata, Leuckart (1856).
Forskal’s description and figures of Medusa cruciata do not
possess any characteristic features by which they may be identified
with any medusa described by recent writers.
Péron gives a vague description of Aurelia rufescens, and believes
it may be identical with Medusa cruciata, Forskil.
Eschscholtz believes that, Medusa cacuminata, Modeer, may be
identical with Forskal’s medusa.
_ Lesson unites all the above synonyms (except Zhawmantias
corollata) under the naine of Laodice crucigera.
It appears that all the early observers were either Aecatlinary
one species, or if two existed they were not able to Geese
clearly one from the other.
Leuckart describes Thaumantias corollata as a new species, and
from the description and figure given it seems to be closely elven
_ to Forskal’s medusa.
The second set of synonyms refers to Aurelia lineolata, Béron
(1809) and Dianea lineolata, Lamarck (1817).
Péron refers to a “ variety of medusa,” Borlase (1758). I have
looked up Borlase’s description and figures: he clearly had under
observation a specimen of Aurelia aurita.
The third set of synonyms refers to a species called Thawmantias
mediterranea, described by Gegenbaur in 1856. ‘This species was
again described by Haeckel in 1864 under the name of Cosmetirg
purctaa. It is quite distinct from Phaumantias pilosella, Vorbes,
It is without marginal vesicles, and possesses both filiform and
club-shaped cirri between the tentacles.
I have taken at Valencia three specimens of a medusa. canal
'31*
484 MM. 2. . BROWNE ON Mar. 17
’
corresponds with the characteristic features of the genus Laodice
in possessing filiform and club-shaped cirri between the tentacles,
and in the absence of marginal vesicles. }
The other species of the genus Laodice (L. mediterranea,
Gegenbaur, Z. calcarata, Agassiz, and L. ulothrix, Haeckel) appear
to differ so slightly from one another, that I am inclined to regard
them as one species.
The species which have been vaguely described by the early
naturalists had better remain provisionally under the name of
Laodice cruciata (Forskal). I think for the present, until more is
known about the genus, that Thaumantias mediterranea had better
be regarded as a distinct species—Laodice mediterranea (Gegen-
baur),—and Cosmetira punctata as a synonym of it.
T do not intend publishing a description of the Valencia Laodice
until I have collected more specimens, which may then throw
some light upon the other species.
Fam. EUcoPID aA,
EUcHILOTA PILOSELLA (Forbes). (Plate XVI. figs. 7 & 7a.)
Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes (1848); Gosse (1853).
Laodice pilosella, Agassiz (1862),
Laodice stawroglypha, Agassiz (1862).
Laodice cruciata, Garstang (1894).
Forbes has given a fairly complete description of this species,
omitting only the marginal vesicles. These important organs
were apparently not considered by Forbes of any importance in
the specific description of a medusa. Gosse found this medusa
very abundant at Ilfracombe, and described it again under the
name Vhawmantias pilosella, with eight marginal vesicles.
At Valencia, during April and May, I found four specimens of
a medusa which is identical with the Thawmantias pilosella of
Forbes and Gosse.
Forbes in his description of the species states :—‘ The umbrella,
which sometimes measures nearly two inches in diameter, but
more usually one, or one and a quarter, is hemispheric, and
shaped like a watch-glass, but much more convex. It is trans-
parent and smooth, except on the sides towards the margin, where _
it is as if woolly, being invested with minute epidermic hairs
composed of fibrous cells. These, though sufficiently conspicuous,
may escape the observer who is not aware of their presence, in
consequence of their transparency.
‘“‘ The margin is fringed by very numerous (100) extensile (but
usually borne rather short), pale pinkish tentacula, with bulbous
bases. The bulbs are ocellated, with dense crescentic masses of
purple pigment-cells. When the margin is much magnified, it is
seen to be bordered by a narrow band or thread of fibrous cells,
from which the tentacles spring, and between each pair there are
six or seven short, fine, secondary tentacles, without ocelli at their
bases... . The sub-umbrella is depressed, and on its surface run the
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 485
four radiating vessels, with a long, linear, somewhat clavate ovary,
of a bright pink colour, commencing very near the centre, and
terminating close to the margin in the course of each. The
stomach is very short, but wide, of a rose colour, and has four
lanceolate, fimbriated lips, bordered by a compact edging of
fibrous cells.”
Gosse’s description differs slightly from that given by Forbes.
His specimens appear to belong to a younger stage, about three-
quarters of an inch in diameter, and with about fifty tentacles. No
mention, however, is made of the ‘‘minute epidermic hairs com posed
of fibrous cells” near the margin of the umbrella. The following
is the description given by Gosse of the marginal vesicles :—
‘‘ Besides these organs (tentacles), the margin is furnished with
others..... They consist of cells, usually more or Jess globose,
each containing one or more spherical bodies of high refrecting
power. Prof. Forbes has not noticed them in his description of
this species ; they are, however, large and peculiar: first in shape,
being semi-elliptical swellings of the substance of the marginal
canal, and secondly in the number of their spherules. The
spherules are arranged in a double crescentic row, those which
form the middle being generally larger than those at the
extremities. The capsules are eight in number, two in each
quadrant, nearly equally distributed ; but not holding any fixed
relation of position to the tentacles.”
The specimens which I took at Valencia have not only the cirri
on the margin of the ex-umbrella (=“ minute epidermic hairs
composed of fibrous cells”) as described by Forbes, but also the
eight adradial marginal vesicles with numerous otoliths, as described
by Gosse. The other details of the species agree with the
description given by Forbes and Gosse.
An early stage was taken at Valencia on May 4th. Umbrella
‘ bell-shaped, 2 mm. in length and width. Four perradial and four
interradial tentacles; and also eight adradial bulbs, from which
tentacles will develop in a later stage. A few cirri on the margin
between the tentacles and bulbs, but none on the edge of the ex-
umbrella, Hight marginal vesicles, each with 4 to 6 otoliths.
The basal bulbs of the tentacles and the bulbs without tentacles
are alike in coloration. There is a yellowish centre nearly sur-
rounded by a deep purplish band, which does not meet on the
inner side of the bulb.
A specimen was taken 15 mm. in width and 11 mm. in length.
Apparently all the large watch-glass shaped medusa are in their
earliest stages bell-shaped, the umbrella being about as long as
wide. The umbrella gradually grows broader; the tentacles at
the same time increase in number.
A. specimen was taken on April 23rd, at Valencia, with the
umbrella 20 mm. in diameter and shaped like a deep watch-glass.
The stomach short, and mouth with four fimbriated lips. On the
margin of the umbrella 28 large tentacles, and between every pair
& large bulb, the commencement of another large tentacle.
486 ue MR, E, 'f, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Between every bulb and tentacle six to ten cirri, very small and
colourless, Scattered on the ex-umbrella, just above the margin,
are numerous cirri, such as Forbes described.
Hight adradial marginal vesicles, with about twelve otoliths in
each. The gonads are upon the four radial canals, extending from
the stomach nearly to the margin of the umbrella.. The basal
bulbs of the tentacles and the large bulbs without tentacles are
alike in colour; a yellow. centre nearly surrounded by a purplish
band.
I sent to Mr. E. J. Allen, at Plymouth, a description of these
meduse@ taken at Valencia, and asked him to collect specimens for
me. He kindly sent me seven specimens, alive, and some more in
formaline, on June 28th. They were similar to the specimens
taken at Valencia. The marginal vesicles contained a few more
otoliths, arranged in some specimens in two rows. The stomach,
mouth, and gonads purplish in colour. The tentacle-bulbs were
coloured exactly like those of the Valencia specimens. There were
cirri upon the ex-umbrella near the margin, and also between the
tentacles. Diameter of the umbrella 10 to 15 mm.
During a visit to Plymouth, in 1893, I saw some specimens
of’ a medusa, labelled Laodice cruciata, taken by Mr. Garstang.
Some of these specimens are now in my collection. They show
the cirri on the ex-umbrella near the margin, and agree in other
details with the description given by Forbes. The marginal
vesicles are not to be seen, as the specimens are in alcohol. I
have proved over and over again that the marginal vesicles
often shrivel up in spirit-specimens. Therefore, the absence of
vesicles in spirit-specimens does not prove their absence in living
specimens.
During a visit to Plymouth in September, 1895, 1 found in the
tow-net a very young medusa, which I believe, from the coloration
of the tentacle-bulbs, may possibly be the earliest free-swimming
stage of Muchilota prlosella. (Pl. XVI. figs. 7 & 7a.)
Umbrella bell-shaped, about 1 mm. in length and width. Eight
marginal vesicles, with a single otolith in seven of them and two
otoliths in the other one (the number of otoliths increases with
age). Two opposite perradial tentacles, very short, and two
opposite perradial bulbs, without tentacles. The basal bulbs of
the tentacles are alike in coloration, a yellowish centre with a
purplish band; the bulbs without tentacles colourless.
The mouth has four lips, and the stomach extends into the
substance of the umbrella, terminating in an apical stalk, which
shows that the medusa has not long been liberated either from
another medusa or from a hydroid colony, in this case probably
from the latter. I placed this medusa in an aquarium ; nine days
later the apical stalk had disappeared, but the tentacles remained
in same condition.
I think there should be no difficulty in identifying Huchilota
pilosella, The cirri upon the ex-umbrella near the margin and
the eight marginal vesicles distinguish it from any other species,
1896.] | BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSE. 487
Mitrocomella polydiadema (Romanes) is very much like Huchilota.
ptlosella to the naked eye; but it has sixteen marginal yesicles
and no cirri upon the ex-umbrella.
Disrrizurion. Scotland—Shetland Islands, Jorbes.
England—Plymouth, Garstang, Allen. Falmouth, Alder.
Ireland—Valencia Island, Z. 7’. B. ;
EPENTHESIS CYMBALOIDEA, Haeckel.
This is another mysterious medusa which has been handed down
to us by the ancient naturalists. Slabber first described it under the
name of Medusa cymbaloidea in 1775, and Shaw (1789) has copied
Slabber’s figures and also changed the name to Medusa campanella.
To judge from the figures given, the medusa appears to be very
much like Thaumantias hemispherica (Gronovius) with fewer
tentacles. The generative organs occupy the outer half of the
radial canals. The medusa was caught by Slabber in the act of
swallowing a fish, tail foremost, of which a figure is given:
Lamarck (1817) has copied Slabber’s description, and Eschscholtz
(1829) changed the generic namo to Thaumaniias.
Blainville (1834) has given again Slabber’s account of the species
and copied his figures, but has left out the wonderful fish.
Haeckel (1879) has placed all these references under the name
of Epenthesis cymbaloidea, a genus of the Eucopidx,and characterized
by the possession of 16 marginal vesicles and 16 tentacles,
Amongst the synonyms Haeckel has placed Thawmantias
thompsoni, Forbes, which is also given as a doubtful synonym of
Thaumantias forbesit, Haeckel (Thaumantide, Haeckel). The
figure of Slabber’s medusa bears no resemblance to I’orbes’s species,
which is more like Phialidium buskianum (Gosse). It only requires
the addition of the necessary marginal vesicles to make the identi-
fication complete. These Haeckel has added.
Eucope gemmigera, Keferstein (1862), is also given as a synonym
by Haeckel of Epenthesis cymbaloidea. According to Keferstein
this medusa has a ciliated medusa-bud upon the stomach. I
prefer for the present to regard this medusa as a distinct species.
The medusa-bud is not described in detail and the figure shows —
the external shape only. It may bea young stage of the parasitic
Halcampa, which often attaches itself to the stomach or the
generative organs of meduse.
Epenthesis cymbaloidea, Haeckel, and its synonyms have no
connection whatever with Phialidiwm cymbaloideum (Van Beneden).
PHIALIDIUM VARIABILE, Haeckel.
Under this name Haeckel has united several species which I
consider to be quite distinct. He gives no less than 26 references
which are divided into two sets, one for the Mediterranean and
the other for the Atlantic Ocean.
Just as in the case of Thaumantias hem:spherica, the early
writers omitted the marginal vesicles, which amongst the Eucopide
488 SE MR. B. 'T. BROWNE ON ; [Mar. 17,
are of the greatest importance for the identification of the
species.
Péron and Lesueur (1809) first described two medusze— Oceania
flavidula from Nice [ = Dianea flavidula, Lamarck (1817); Phiali-
dium flavidulum, Haeckel (1877)}, and Oceania phosphorica from
the English Channel [=Dianwa phosphorica, Lamarck (1817) ;
Oceania phosphorica, Agassiz (1862); Phialidiwm phosphoricum,
Haeckel (1877)]. These Haeckel has given as synonyms of
Phialidium variabile. The original descriptions appear to me to
be too vague for the identification of the species, as the marginal
vesicles have been omitted, —
Two other meduse are placed amongst the synonyms by Haeckel
viz. Hucope variabilis, Claus (1864), and Thawmantias buskiana,
Gosse (1853). They may belong to the same species, but I perfer
to keep them apart until their hydroid forms have been recognized,
as Lucope variabilis belongs to the Mediterranean (Trieste), and
Thaumantias buskiana to the British Seas.
Thaumantias buskiana I consider a distinct species, and refer to
it in this paper under the name of Phialidium buskianum.
Claus (1864 and 1881) has given an excellent description with
figures of the growth of the medusa Phialidium (Hucope) variabile.
It is quite possible that Geryonia planata, Will (1844), from
Trieste, Thaumantias dubia, Kolliéker (1853), from Messina, and
Phialidium viridicans, Leuckart (1856), from Nice, may be stages
in developmeet of Phialidium variabile (Claus).
T have recognized as a distinct species Z’hawmantias cymbaloides,
Van Beneden (1861). It possesses only eight marginal vesicles,
by which it may be easily distinguished from the other species.
T refer again to this species under the name of Phialidium cymba-
loideum (Van Beneden).
I have found another species which apparently has been mixed
up with Phialidiun cymbaloideum (Van Beneden). I cannot find a
good description of this medusa by which it may be distinctly
recognized from the other species. To prevent confusion I propose
to call this species Phialidium temporarium. It is very much like
Phialidium ferrugineum, Haeckel (1864), from the Mediterranean.
Tt may be the same species, but I prefer to keep them apart until
the hydroid forms of both have been clearly identified.
According to Hincks (1868) there are four distinct species of
hydroids,viz. Clytia johnstonii, Alder, Campanulina acuminata, Alder,
C. repens, Allman, and C. turrita, Hincks, which liberate medusx
almost identical in form. These, I have but little doubt, will even-
tually be proved to be connected with meduse# belonging to the
genus Phialidium. At present the rearing of these young meduse
has not been carried to the stage which is necessary to connect
them for a certainty with the free-swimming Phialidium.
PHIALIDIUM BUSKIANUM, Gosse. (Plate XVI. figs.6 & 6a.) |
During wy visit to Plymouth in September 1893 and 1895, I
collected many specimens of a medusa in various stages of develop-
3
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 489
ment. Owing to the ripe state of the ova in some of the specimens,
I was able to distinguish the species as Thaumantias buskiana,
Gosse. It is quite distinct from Phialidium temporarium and
Phialidium cymbaloideum, as the generative organs never extend
along the outer half of the radial canals, and are always round
or slightly oval in shape.
It may be difficult to distinguish this species in its early stages
from Phialidiam temporarium. I have not yet met with the two
species together; the latter appears in the spring and the early
part of the summer, and the former in the autumn.
Gosse named this species after Busk (1849), who described a
similar medusa (without giving it a specific name) taken in the
Solent during the autumn of 1848.
Unfortunately Busk’s figures of the medusa are useless for
identification. I believe that Busk took specimens of this species
and also of other species which he has confused with it.
Gosse was the first to give this species a description by which
it may be readily identified. The following is an abstract of the
description :—Umbrella when young globose, when older hemi-
spherical or shallow campanulate, from 2 to 6 mm. in diameter,
transparent and colourless. The margin of the umbrella fringed
with 20-32 tentacles, very slender and extensile, with yellowish
basal bulbs. A marginal vesicle between every two tentacles; some-
times two vesicles present, and occasionally a vesicle has two
otoliths. Ovaries small, oval, on the radial canals, containing
globular ova in various degrees of development. Stomach small
and quadrangular. ‘Taken at Ilfracombe in the autumn.
The Plymouth specimens agree with the description given by
Gosse.
The species closely resembles Phialidium variabile (Claus), from
the Mediterranean. I prefer to keep them separate for the
present until the hydroid forms have been identified.
Italso closely resembles the figure given by Forbes of Thaumantias
thompsoni, which was taken by Forbes on the coast of Cornwall
and in Roundstone Bay on the west coast of Ireland.
Bohm (1878) has described the medusa under the name of Clytia
johnston from Heligoland.
Hartlaub (1894) has recorded Phialidium variabile (Claus) (not
Haeckel) from Heligoland.
PHIALIDIUM TEMPORARIUM, Browne, (Plate XVIL. figs. 4, 5, 6.)
I find it is necessary to give a specific name to one of the
commonest medusx on our coasts. It is probable that Forbes
_ described this species under the name of Thaumantias hemispherica,
but as Haeckel has taken Thaumantias hemispherica as the type of
the genus Thaumantias, and many other naturalists have placed
the species upon their lists, it is necessary to retain it. I have
already described some specimens of this species under the name
of Phiakidium variabile, Haeckel, in the ‘ Report on the Isle of
Man Medusw’; but I have since discovered that Phialidium
490 : MR. D, ’, BROWNE ON [ Mar. 17,
variabile, Haeckel, consists of several distinct species, one of them
being Phialidium (Hucope) variabile (Claus), a species probably
identical with Phialidiwm buskianum (Gosse).
Béhm (1878) has given Campanulina acuminata as the name
of this species, which he has described and figured in the adult
stage, taken off Heligoland. Béhm has not reared the medusa
from the hydroid, and does not show that the young medusa from
the hydroid Campanulina acuminatu develops into the medusa
which he has described under the same name in the adult condition.
No doubt the young meduse from the hydroid Campanulina
acuminata do develop into one of the species belonging to the
genus Phialidium. Yor this reason I have not used Bohm’s specific
name of the adult medusa, as it may not belong to the hydroid
Campanulina acuminata.
I give here a description of the various stages of Phialidiwm
temporartum :—
. Ist Stage. Four tentacles. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)—The earliest
free-swimming stage, which I have seen, was taken at Valencia
in May 1895. Umbrella bell-shaped, about ? mm. in length and
width. Four perradial tentacles and four interradial tentacle-bulbs.
Hight marginal vesicles with a single otolith in each. Tentacle-bulbs
and the basal bulbs of the tentacles yellowish brown, Stomach
short; mouth with four short lips. In one specimen the apical
stall, ‘or the prolongation of the stomach into the substance of the
umbrella, was still present, indicating that the medusa had not
long been liberated from its hydroid. The generative organs form
@ minute round or oval swelling, one on each radial canal, about
halfway down.
2nd Stage. Hight tentacles —The interradial bulbs belonging to
the first stage develop tentacles, and a little later some of the
adradial bulbs begin to appear. It may be sometimes difficult to
distinguish at this stage this species from Phialidium cymbaloidewm,
as both possess eight 1 marginal vesicles, but in the latter species I
have always seen at least two otoliths in all the vesicles. In
Phialidium temporarium occasionally two otoliths may be present
in one vesicle, but never in all the vesicles.
3rd Stage. Siateen tantacles and 16 or more marginal vesicles.—
The adradial tentacles appear in no definite order, so that one
quadrant sometimes contains more tentacles than another. The
marginal vesicles also increase in number, one is always present
between every two tentacles, occasionally two may be present.
The umbrella grows faster in width than in length, being about 6
to 7 mm. in width and 4 to 5 mm. in length. The generative
organs grow downward towards the margin and become oval-
shaped. The colour of the generative organs shows slight variations,
usually yellowish brown, occasionally reddish brown.
Adult Stage. (Plate XVII. figs. 5 & 6.)—The largest Specimen
which I have measured was 21 mm. in width and 11 mm. in length,
with 38 tentacles, ‘'wo or three marginal vesicles between every
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSE. 491
two tentacles, with a single otolith in each. - This specimen was
taken off the ale of Man. ,
Another specimen, taken at Taleo measured 20 mm. in width
and 11 mm. in length, with 39 tentacles. One to three vesicles
between every two tentacles, with a single otolith.
_ Thirty-nine tentacles is the maximum number which I none
counted in one specimen, and I have not seen more than three
marginal vesicles between’ two tentacles. One or two vesicles are
“usually present between every two tentacles in specimens possessing
80 to 35 tentacles, and one to three vesicles in specimens with more
than 35 tentalces. The stomach is short, of a yellowish-brown
colour; and mouth with four lips. The generative organs occupy
nearly the whole length of the lower or outer half of each radial
canal, and terminate very close to the ring-canal. In mature
specimens the generative organs hang in folds and are usually of a
yellowish-brown colour. I have noticed in some specimens belong-
ing to the intermediate stages that the generative organs have a
greenish appearance, and occasionally the stomach and tentacles are
greenish too. The greenish colour is not due to a green pigment,
but to the reflection of light upon the organs.
Many specimens ‘taken at Valencia were infested with a species
of Cercaria which lives in the mesoglea. Halcampa usually selected
this medusa, and was often seen attached to one of the generative
organs, which showed a remarkable decrease in size compared
with the others.
PHIATIDIUM CYMBALOIDEUM (Van Beneden). (Plate XVII. figs.1,
2, & 2a.)
Van Beneden first described this medusa in 1866 under the
name of Thawmantias cymbaloides. I have changed the specilic
name from the Greek to Latin form, in accordance with the rules
on nomenclature. This species has no connection whatever with
Medusa cymbaloidea, Slabber, and the synonyms connected with it,
which Haeckel has placed under the name of Epenthesis cymba-
loidea.
I first recognized this medusa antine: my visit to Valencia in
1895, and was able to see many stages in development. As it
often occurred along with Phialidium er eran I was able to
compare the different stages.
Van Beneden has not given a figure of the species, but his
description is sufficiently good to recognize without doubt its
identity with the meduse taken at Valencia.
lst Stage. Four tentacles. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)—Umbrella bell-
shaped, about 14 mm. in length and about 1 mm. in width, with
thick walls ( thicker than in the corresponding stage of Phialidium
temporarium). Four perradial tentacles, fairly long, and four inter-
radial tentacle-bulbs. The basal bulbs of the téntacles and the
tentacle-bulbs of a yellowish or reddish-brown colour. Hight
adradial marginat vesicles, cach with two 0 or three otoliths. The
492 MR, E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
reproductive organs form a small oval swelling about halfway
down each of the four radial canals. In some of the specimens
belonging to this stage the stomach is prolonged into the substance
of the umbrella. The prolongation or apical stalk disappears in
the later stages, but its presence indicates in some species that the
medusa has not long been liberated from its hydroid. The mouth
has four small lips.
Qnd Stage. Hight tentacles—The interradial tentacle-bulbs_
belonging to the first stage develop tentacles, and a few adradial
tentacle-bulbs begin to appear. The marginal vesicles never exceed
eight even in the adult form, but the otoliths show an increase in
number. At this stage sometimes four otoliths may be present,
but usually two or three. Width of the umbrella about 3 mm.
and slightly less in height.
3rd Stage. Siwteen tentacles—The adradial tentacles appear in
no definite order, and when they reach nearly their full size other
tentacle-bulbs commence to grow. The generative organs form a
long oval patch upon the radial canals. The otoliths in each
vesicle vary from two to four. Diameter of the umbrella 4 to
5 mm.
Adult Form. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)—I place under this head all
specimens with more than 16 tentacles. ‘They increase in number
until 32 is reached, but this number may not be the maximum,
though it is the most I have seen in a specimen, The marginal
vesicles always remain eight in nurber, one of the characteristic
features of the species and by which it may be distinguished from
‘Phialidium temporarium. The otoliths in the vesicles show con-
siderable variation even in the same individual. Three or four
appear to be about the usual number present but sometimes more.
One specimen had five to eight otoliths, The umbrella becomes
very thick especially at the aboral end. By the thickness of the
umbrella I could usually recognize this species in an aquarium
when in company with Phialidium temporarium.
The generative cells, which in the earliest stage form a small
oval patch about halfway down each radial canal, gradually grow
downwards or outwards but do not touch the margin. Usually
of a yellowish-brown colour.
The largest specimen seen measured 13 mm. in width and 4 mm.
in height. During my visit to Plymouth in September 1893 I
saw several specimens of this medusa, belonging to the Istand 2nd
stages, and some early stages at Port Erin in May 1894.
According to Haeckel this medusa, possessing only eight mar-
ginal vesicles and no cirri, ought to be placed in the genus Tiaropsis.
But as the medusa is more like the species belonging to Phialidium
than Tiaropsis, I prefer to place it temporarily in the genus Phia-
lidium until its hydroid has been found, rather than make a new
genus.
Evrima instanis (Keferstein).
Siphonorhynchus insignis, Keferstein (1862),
1896.} BRITISH WYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 493
Entima insignis, Haeckel (1879); Garstang (1894); Browne
(1895).
A single specimen taken at Plymouth on 3rd October, 1893.
Umbrella 7 mm. in width and 33 mm. in Jength. Stomach
about 2 mm. long, situated on a peduncle 7 mm. long. Mouth
with four Jarge lips. Four very long perradial tentacles, about
20 mm. in length when fully expanded, with a pair of cirri at the
base of each. About 30 marginal bulbs, each with a pair of cirri.
Eight adradial marginal vesicles, each with 2-5 otoliths. ‘The
gonads are on the lower half of the peduncle along the radial
canals. The medusa is perfectly colourless.
Another specimen taken at Plymouth on 7th September, 1895.
Umbrella 8 mm. in width and 4 mm. in length. Thirty-nine
marginal bulbs, which are not evenly distributed upon the margin
of the umbrella ; the four quadrants of the umbrella possessing 9,
13, 7, and 10 bulbs. The gonads are just commencing to develop
upon the radial canals, close to the stomach. The marginal
vesicles with 3-4 otoliths. In other details the specimen resembles
the one described above.
Disrripution.—France, St. Vaast, Keferstein.
England—Ply mouth, Garstang; £. 7. B. Isle of Man, Browne.
SAPHBNIA MIRABILIS (Wright). (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)
Goodsirea mirabilis, Wright (1859).
Saphenia mirabilis, Haeckel (1879); Cunningham (1891); Bles
(1892) ; Garstang (1894); Browne (1895).
Cunningham obtained some hundreds of specimens off the
Hddystone, at night, on 16th July, 1891. The Jargest 12 mm. in
diameter.
At the end of September 1893 I found two specimens at
Plymouth having the umbrella about 6 mm. in diameter, and eight
marginal vesicles each with three otoliths. During September 1895
I met with a few more specimens at Plymouth. One specimen
5 mm. in width and 5 mm. in length. Eight marginal vesicles
with 1-5 otoliths, but the majority possessed 3 otoliths. Two
long opposite, perradial tentacles, with a pair of cirri at the base
of each. Thirty-nine marginal bulbs, not evenly distributed
between the radial cauals ; a pair ofcirri usually present on each
bulb. Manubrium very long. Medusa colourless.
A very small medusa taken on 16th Sept., 1895, may possibly be
the earliest free-swimming stage of Saphenia (Plate XVI. fig. 5 and
fig. 5a). Umbrella bell-shaped, slightly longer than wide; about
2 mm. in length. Manubrium about one quarter the length of
the umbrella-cavity.
The stomach is not on a peduncle, but has a short conical knob
at its base extending into the mesoglea of the umbrella and
terminating in a short apical stalk, which does not reach to the
ex-umbrella.
On the margin of the umbrella, two opposite, perradial tentacles,
with a pair of cirri at the base of each; two opposite, perradial
494 / MR, B. , BROWND ON [Mar. 17,
bulbs, without tentacles; one of the bulbs has a short cirrus; and
also four interradial and eight adradial bulbs, without cirri. . Hight:
marginal vesicles, with a single otolith, situated close to the
perradial canals,
This medusa is clearly a very early stage, not long liberated
from a hydroid. The presence of cirri tends to show that it may
develop into a medusa like Saphenia, or may bud two more ten-
tacles and become like Hutima. As it resembles Saphenia in its
present condition, I have placed it here until the hydroid form
is identified.
At the end of May 1895 I found two specimens in Valencia
Harbour. The smaller 4 mm. in diameter. As this medusa has
been so little described, I give the characteristic points of the
largest specimen (Pl. XVII. fig. 3):— Umbrella 9 mm. in width and
5 mm. in length. Manubrium about 10 mm. long. The two
opposite, perradial tentacles about 15 mm. in length, when fully
expanded ; twelve to fifteen marginal bulbs in each quadrant
of the umbrella ; the tentacles and all the bulbs with cirri.
Eight marginal vesicles with 3-5 otoliths, The medusa is com-
pletely colourless, except fora delicate pinkish tinge on the stomach
and lips.
Disrripution. Scotland—Firth of Forth, Wright.
England—Plymouath, Cunningham; Bles; Garstang; E. T. B.
Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Voalencia Island, #. 7. B.
OcrorcHIS GEGENBAURI, Haeckel.
Octorchis gegenbauri, Haeckel (1864) (1879).
A. single specimen of this medusa was taken, for the first’ time
in British Seas, at Plymouth on 7th September, 1895. Only two
species—O. gegenbauri and O. campanulatus—are known and are
only recorded from the Mediterranean. ‘The Plymouth Octorchis
does not correspond exactly to the descriptions given by Haeckel
of either the above species, but appears to be an intermediate
form, a kind of connecting link between the two species. As it is
more like O. gegenbauri, I have placed it under that name.
_ Umbrella bell-shaped, 6 mm. in length and.9 mm. in width.
Manubrium when fully expanded 12 mm. long. Peduncle quad-
rangular, about five times as long as the stomach; mouth with
four large, crenate lips.. Hight tentacles (4 perradial and 4 inter-
radial), about 10 mm. long when expanded, about 2 mm. long when
contracted, without cirri at the base. About 60 bulbs, or warts,
eyenly distributed on the margin of the umbrella, nearly every
one with short spiral cirrus. Eight marginal yesicles, adradial,
with 6 to 10 otoliths in two rows. On each of the four radial
canals, about the middle of the peduncle, there is an oval mass of
ova, and also a genital band, probably containing spermatozoa,
extending along the radial canals from the base of the peduncle
nearly to the margin of the umbrella.’ Medusa perfectly
colourless, ere nite! Sha ilisseley.3 eee
1896.} BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MBDUSZ. 495
TRACHOMEDUSA.
Fam. GHRYONIDS.
LIRIANTHA APPENDICULATA (Forbes).
Geryonia appendiculata Forbes (1848).
Lnriope appendiculata, Gegenbaur (1856) ; Agassiz (1862).
Xanthea appendiculata, Haeckel (1864).
Liriantha appendiculata, Haeckel (1879).
This medusa was exceedingly abundant at Plymouth during the
whole of September and the early part of October, 1893. As
most of the specimens belonged to the early stages, I was able to
trace its development.
Furst Stage-—Uwbrella sub-globose, from 1 to 2 mm. wide, and
about as long. Velum very broad. On the margin of the
umbrella there are four interradial tentacles, about half the length
of the umbrella, and are usually carried in an upright position
alongside the ex-umbrella. On the inner side of these tentacles
there are rows of nematocysts, which are directed outwards when
the tentacle is alongside the umbrella. These tentacles remain
throughout life. On the ex-umbrella, about one-third the distance
from the margin, are situated four little, perradial, primary
tentacles; each consists of a large cluster of nematocysts upon a
short stalk. Within the bulb containing the nematocysts there is
a fine whip-like tongue, which I have seen occasionally protruded
and after moving rapidly about in every direction withdrawn again
inside the.bulb. These primary tentacles disappear later in life.
The characteristic features of this stage are the primary per radial
tentacles and the absence of a manubrium.
Second Stage.—During this stage the manubrium commences to
grow downwards, a continuation of the edge of the circular
opening in the first stage. At the same time four perradial
tentacles commence to grow from the margin of the umbrella.
They differ considerably from the interradial tentacles, and are
not carried in an upright position, but hang down or trail behind
the umbrella when the medusa is in motion and can be extended
to a considerable length. Hach tentacle has numerous rings of
nematocysts. The lateral primary tentacles on the umbrella are
usually present, but one or two may be absent: Medusx belonging
to this stage may be characterized by possessing four perradial
tentacles on the margin of the umbrella, and a short manubrium,
not reaching to the velum. Umbrella about 3 mm. in diameter
-and colourless.
Third Stage.—This is really the commencement of the adult
stage, as-the gonads begin to develop upon the radial canals. The
lateral tentacles disappear and small scars mark their former
position upon the ex-umbrella. The manubrium extends slightly
beyond the cavity of the umbrella. Umbrella about 4 mm. in
diameter. I have divided the early. stages into these three
496 MM, E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
divisions, as most of the specimens taken could thus be separated
in the process of sorting; but the whole collection formed one
continuous series.
The Adult Stage.—Forbes first described the adult form from a
few specimens which he obtained at Dartmouth (Aug. 31, 1845),
at Portland, and about 15 miles off the Devonshire coast. I have
not seen any other records of the capture of this medusa. I do
not think it is a native of our seas, but rather an occasional visitor.
It was very abuudant in 1893, but I did not see a single specimen
during my visit to Plymouth in September 1895. Its home may
be in the Mediterranean or in the warmer parts of the Atlantic.
The description given by Gegenbaur of Liriantha mucronata from
the Mediterranean corresponds very closely to the British species.
I do not intend here to give a complete description of the adult,
as it may be easily identified from the description and figures
iven by Forbes. It possesses the usual eight sense-organs
(“‘ Hérbliischen”), The heart-shaped generative organs are
nearer the margin than Forbes’s figures show them to be. Haeckel
places great importance upon the glossoconus (“ Zungenkegel ”),
which is the conical termination of the peduncle inside the stomach.
He divides the genus Liriantha into two subgenera, one with and
the other without the glossoconus. Forbes’s Liriantha is placed in
the subgenus without the glossoconus, as Forbes never described
it; but I have seen it in the Plymouth specimens. Unless
specially looked for, it may be easily passed over.
Mr. E. J. Allen, in a letter from Plymouth dated 9th January,
1896, informs me that specimens of Liriantha appendiculata were
taken at Plymouth on 7th and 8th of January. It is very
interesting to note the occurrence of this medusa in the middle of
winter.
NARCOMEDUS&.
Fam. SOLMARID &,
SoLMARIS, sp. ?
Two early stages of a medusa belonging to this genus were
taken about three miles south of Plymouth on 7th September,
1895. The umbrella of the largest specimen about 2 mm. in
diameter, with 15 lappets. There is a brownish sense-organ
(“ Hérkélbchen”) in the centre of each alternate lappet. Vifteen
tentacles, one between every two lappets. No genital ring present.
Umbrella and tentacles colourless. The other specimen, about
1 mm. in diameter, with 14 tentacles, 14 umbrella-lappets, seven
sense-organs, one on each alternate lappet. The figure (pl. xx.
fig. 7) given by Haeckel of Solmaris coronantha is very much like
the appearance of the young meduse taken at Plymouth.
The medusw belonging to the genus Solmaris are not natives
of our cold seas. Most of the species inhabit the tropical seas;
three, however, have been found in the Mediterranean, and one
(S. coronantha) off the Canary Islands.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 497
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Agassiz, A. 1865. North Amevican Acalephe. (Cambridge, Mass.)
Aeassiz, L. 1862. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S.A., vol. iv. (Boston.)
Auprr, J. 1857. ‘Catal. Zoophytes Northumberland and
Durham.” | Trans. Tyneside Field Club, vol. iii. pp. 100-162,
pls. iti.-x. (Newcastle.)
——. 1862. ‘Suppl. Catal. Zooph. Northumberland and
Durham.” Trans. Tyneside Field Club, vol. v. pp. 225-247,
pls. vili.—xi.
Auten, E. J. 1895. “Taunistic Notes.” Journ. Mar. Biol.
Assoc. vol. iv. pp. 48-52. (Plymouth.)
Atiman, G. J. 1859. “ Notes on Hydroid Zooph.” Ann. Nat.
Hist. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 48-35.
—. 1863. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi. pp. 1-12.
1864. “On the Construction and Limitation of Genera
among the Hydroida.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xiii.
pp. 345-380.
——. 1871-72. Mon. Gvmn. Hydroids. Ray Soc. (London.)
Baster, J. 1759. Opuscula Subseciva etc. Harlemi.
Bonupen, Van. 1866. Recherches sur la faune littorale de
Belgique. 4to. (Bruxelles.)
Buarnvitin, H. M. 1834. Manuel d’Actinologie. (Paris.)
Buss, E. J. 1892. “Notes on the Plankton.” Journ. Mar. Biol,
Assoc. vol. ii. pp. 840-43. (Plymouth.)
Béum, R. 1878. “ Helgolander Leptomedusen.” Jena. Zeitschr.
f. Naturw. vol. xii. pp. 68-203, Taf. ii.—vii.
. Bornase, W. 1758. Nat. Hist. Cornwall. (Oxford.)
Browns, E.T. 1895. “ Report on Medusw of L.M.B.C. District
(Isle of Man).” ‘Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. ix. pp. 243-
286. Reprinted in ‘Fauna of Liverpool Bay,’ vol. iv.
(Liverpool.)
Busx, G. 1849. Trans. Microsc. Soc. London, vol. iii. p. 22,
pls. vii., vili.
Craparkps, EB. 1860. “ Beitrige zur Fauna der schottischen Kiiste.
Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. x. pp. 401-8, Taf. xxii. (Leipzig.)
——. 1863. Beob. iiber wirbelloser Thiere. (Leipzig.)
Cuaus, C. 1864. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xiv. p. 389,
Taf. xxviii: (Leipzig.)
—. 1881. Arb. Zool. Instit. Wien, Bd. iv. p. 23, pl. iv.
Cuuss, J. A. 1886. ‘List of Medusa.” Fauna of Liverpool
Bay, vol. i. pp. 114-119.
Cooxs, W.P. 1849. ‘Fauna of Falmouth.” Rep. Roy. Cornwall
Polytech. Soc. pp. 38-101.
Crawrorp, J. H. 1891. “Notes on Medusew of St. Andrews
Bay.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. pp. 295-297.
1895. “ Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay.” Ann. Nat. Hist,
ser. 6, vol. xvi. pp. 256-262.
CunnineHam, J. T. 1891. “On Saphenia mirabilis.” Journ,
Mar. Biol. Assoc. vol. ii. p. 194. (Plymouth.)
Proc. Zoon. Soo.— 1896, No. XXXII. 32
2
498 ' M2, B,T. BROWNE ON © {Mar. 17,
Duerpin, J. KE. 1893. “ Hydroida of the S.W. Coast of Ireland.”
Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. ser. 3, vol. ili. pp. 137-150, (Dublin.)
Escusouorrz, J. F. 1829. System der Acalephen. (Berlin.)
Fiemine, J. 1828. British Animals. (Hdinburgh.)
Fores, E. 1841. Contrib. to Brit. Actinology. Ann. Nat. Hist.
vol. vii. p. 81-85, pl. i.
——. 1848. Brit. Naked-eyed Medusw. Ray Soc. (London.)
Yorsxin, P. 1775. Descriptiones Animalium. (Hauniz.)
Garsranc, W. 1894. ‘“ Faunistic Notes.” Journ. Mar. Biol.
Assoc. vol. iii. pp. 210-235. (Plymouth.)
GreEyBaur, C. 1856. ‘Versuch. Syst. Medusen.” Zeitschr.
f. wiss. Zool. Taf. viii. pp. 202-273. (Leipzig.)
Garp, A. 1888. “Fragments Biologiques.” Bull. Sci. France
et Belg. tom. xix. (ser. 3, vol. i.) pp. 317-8, pl. xxi. (Paris.)
Gossn, P. H. 1853. Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire
Coast. (London.)
——. 1857. “On a new form of Corynoid Polypes.” Trans.
Linn. Soe. yol. xxii. pp. 113-116, pl. xx. (London.) ,
Groene, J. R. 1857. *‘ Acalephw of the Dublin Coast.” Nat.
Hist. Review, vol. iv. pp. 242-250, pls. xiv., xv. (London.)
Gronovius, L. T. 1760. Acta Helvetica, vol. iv. p. 38. (Basilia.)
Hlappon, A. ©. 1885. “Tauna of Dublin Bay.” Proc. Roy.
Trish Acad. ser. 2, vol. iy. pp. 523-4381.
Haroxnn, FE. 1864. ** Beschr. Medusen Golfe yon Nizzia.” Jena.
Zeitschr. Naturw. Band i. pp. 325-42.
1879. Das System der Medusen. (Jena.)
Harrnaus, C. 1894. “Coelenteraten Helgolands.” Arbeiten
Biol. _Anstalt Helgoland (1893) (Wiss. Meeresuntersuch- |
ungen, n. I’. Bd. i. Hf. L), pp. 161-206. (Itel.)
Hicks, J., and Herpman, W. A. 1886. Hydroida. Fauna of
Liverpool Bay, vol. i. pp. 95-113. (Liverpool.)
Hinexs, T. 1861. “On Clavatella.”’ Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3
vol. vii. pp. 73-81, pls. vii.—viii.
——. 1868. Brit. Hydroid Zooph. (London.)
—. 1872. “On Lar sabellurum.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. x.
pp. 313-317, pl. xix.
Hoper, J. 1861. “Mar. Zool. Seaham MWHarbour.” ‘Trans.
_ ‘Tyneside Field Club, vol. v. pp. 78-82, pl. ii. (Newcastle.)
Horr, E. W. 1891. “Invert. Fauna St. Andrews Bay.” Ann,
Nat. Ilist. ser. 6, vol. viii. pp. 182-184.
Jounsron, G. 1847. Brit. Zoophytes. (London.)
Kroun, A. 1861. “On Eleuthera.” Arch. f. Naturg. Bd. xxvii.
pp. 157-170, (Berlin.)
Kurursrprn. 1862. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xii.
Koériicur, A. 1853. Zeitschr.f. wiss Zool. Bd. iv. pp. 299-370. °
Lamanrcg, J. 1816. Hist. Nat. Animaux sans Vert. vol. ii. (Paris.)
Lusson, R. 1843. Acaléphes. (Paris.)
Luvckarr, R. 1856. “ Beitr. Medusenfauna Nizza.” Arch. f.
Naturw. Bd. xxii. pp. 1-40, Taf. i., ii. (Berlin.)
Linnaus, C. 1767. Systema Nature. dit. xii.
?
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSH. 499
Maas,O. 1893. Crasped. Medusen. Plankton Exped. (Leipzig.)
Macarryry. 1810. Phil. Trans. p. 262, pl. xiv. fig. 3. (London.)
M‘Inrosn, W. C. 1890. St. Andrews Mar. Lab. Rep., No. xi.
Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. pp. 296-306.
Moprrr. 1791. Nova Acta phys. Med. vol. viii. (Stockholm.)
Minter, O. F. 1766. Zool. Danice et Norvegix, 8vo. (Havniz.)
1788-1806. Zool. Danica. 4 vols. folio. (Havnie.)
Pracu, C. W. 1849. Report Roy. Instit. Cornwall, pp. 43-53.
Péron and Lesunur. 1809. ‘Tableau de Méduses.” Mus. Hist.
Nat. Annal. xiv. pp. 825-366. (Paris.)
Quarreraces, A. 1842. “On Lleutheria.” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2,
tom. xvii, pp. 270-283. (Paris.)
Risso, A. 1826. Hist. Nat. de Nice, vol. v. (Paris.)
Sars, M. 1835. Beskrivelser og Iagt. ete. (Bergen.)
1846. Fauna littoralis Norvegie, i. (Christiania. )
——. 1859. “On the genus Corymorphe” (forhandl. i Vid.
Selsk. i Christiania, 1859). Transl. by Dallas: Anu. Nat. Hist.
ser. 3, vol. vill. pp. 353-360.
——. 1877. On Cwlenterates. auna littoralis Norvegia, iii.
pp. 1-48, ‘Taf. 1-1.
SHaw. 1789. Nat. Miscell. vol. vi. pl. 196.
- 1812. Nat. Miscell. vol. xxii. pl. 956.
Strasser. 1775. Physikalische Belustigungen. 4to. (Niirnberg.)
Sreensrrur, J. 1842. Generationswechsel. Transl. by Busk:
“ Alternations of Generations.” Ray Soc. 1845.
Vautentin, R. 1893. “ Pelagic Life of Falmouth.” Journ. Roy.
Instit. Cornwall, pp. 1-23. (Truro.)
Waener, R. 1841. Leones Zootomice. (Leipzig.)
Witt, ¥. 1844. Hore Tergestine. 4to. (Leipzig.)
Wintuer, G. 1880. Naturh. Tidssk. Bd. xii. pp. 223-278.
(Copenhagen.)
Wricut,T.8. 1858. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. i. pp. 447—
455, pls. xxil., xxiii.
—. 1859. Hdinb. New Phil. Journ. vol. x. pp. 105-114,
2 plates.
——. 1861. “Brit. Zoophytes.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
vol. vill. pp. 120-135, pls. iii—-v.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XVI.
Fig. 1. Corymorpha nutans, adult 9, x 10; p. 463. Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 2. Dipurena, sp.?, probably a young stage, X 60; p. 473. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 3. Lar sebellarum (Willsia stellata), let stage, X 25; p. 468. Plymouth,
1893.
Fig. 4. Lar sabellarum (Willsia stellata), 3rd stage, X 15; p. 468. Plymouth,
1893.
Fig. 5. Saphenia mirabilis (?), an early stage, x 40; p. 493. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 5a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella.
Fig. 6. Phialidium buskianum, adult, X 8; p. 488. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 6a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella,
Fig. 7. Euchilota pilosella (?), an early stage, X 25; p. 484. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 7a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella. ane
O
500 MR, A, SMITH WOODWARD ON DXTINCT [Mar. 17,
Pruate XVII.
Fig. 1. Phialidiwm cymbaloideum, earliest free-swimming stage; p. 491. Val-
encia, 1895. Pays :
Fig. 2. Phialidium cymbaloideum, adult, x 8; p.491. Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 2a, Diagram of, the margin of the umbrella.
Fig. 3. Saphenia mirabilis, an intermediate stage, x 6; p. 493. ‘ Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 4. Phialidium temporarium, earliest free-swimming stage, X 22; p. 489.
Valencia, 1895... . ! ; 4 Ay
Fig. 5. Phialidium temporarium, X 8; p.489. Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 6. Phialidiwm temporarium, adult, x 6; p. 489. Port Erin, 1894.
3. On some Extinct Fishes of the Teleostean Family Gono-
rhynchide. _ By A. Smrrn, Woopwarp, E.Z.S.
[Received March 13, 1896.]
(2. > (Plate XVIIL.)
Tn his well-known work ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles’
Baron Cuvier describes several fossil remains of fishes from the
Upper Eocene gypsum of Montmartre, near Paris, which he briefly
discusses with only provisional results and no definite names.
Most of these have been redescribed by subsequent observers, who
have had additional specimens and more satisfactory materials for
comparison; and the systematic position of some of them is now
determined with a considerable degree of certainty. One nearly
complete specimen, however, which still remains incerta sedis, has
not hitherto received the attention it deserves; for it and a closely-
allied form from the Eocene marls of Aix-en-Provence seem to
belong to a nearly extinct family of Teleosteans (Gonorbynchide)
which has not previously been known to occur in the European
area.
This fossil is first described in the second edition of the work in
question (1822), and exhibits remains of all the skeletal parts of a
fish about 0:2 m. in length. As. Cuvier himself remarks, the
disposition of the fins is very suggestive of that in the ‘‘Gono-
rhynque (Cyprinus gonorrynchus, Gron.)”; while.“‘the parts of the
head which are observable indicate a Cyprinoid with prominent
nose, such as the Gonorhynque, the Cyprinus nasus [= Chondro-
stoma], or a similarform.” The sinall mouth, extended premaxille,
and absence of teeth are also noticed.
_A more.imperfect example, not improbably of the same species,
from Montmartre, had previously been described by de Blainville
‘under the name of Anormurus macrolepidotus* ; and its scales were
said to be remarkably similar to those of a larger fish made known
at the same time from Aix-en-Provence and referred to a new
species of Cyprinus, namely C. squamosseus. The dorsal fin was
described as remote and comprising 14 or 15 rays. The jaws
appeared .to be toothless, and five broad branchiostegal rays could
be counted.
‘In 1844 the so-called Cyprinus squamosseus of de Blainville
- 1 Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. (1818), p. 374.
P.Z.S.1896.Pl. XVII.
me ee
5 =
Ky piece.
*)
OBS ste
TEL.
Pes
T™oo7--br.
FH Michael del. et hth. Mintern Bros.imp.-
EXTINCT GONORHYNCHID FISHES.
Pe aR
‘bitty
rgkedy
ey
1896.] FISHES OF THE FAMILY GONORHYNCHIDA. 501.
became the type of the genus Sphenolepis of Agassiz’, and was
then referred to the Esocide. The Montmartre specimen described
and figured by Cuvier was also placed in the same genus under the
name of Sphenolepis cuvieri ; and since that date both these fishes
seem to have been always quoted as related to the genus Esow.
A recent examination of the specimens of these two fishes in the
British Museum has now convinced the present writer that Cuvier’s
original comparison of Sphenolepis cuviert with Gonorhynchus was
correct; that Sphenolepis squamosseus certainly belongs to the same
genus; and that both these fishes are generically identical with
Notogoneus osculus from the freshwater Green River Shales (Hucene)
of Wyoming, U.S.A., which Professor Cope referred to the
Gonorhynchidew eleven years ago®. As the only surviving genus,
Gonorhynchus, seems to be exclusively restricted to the seas border-
ing Japan, South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand, the discovery
of an extinct freshwater ally both in Europe and America is one of
some interest. It is thus important that the principal osteological
characters of the known fossils should be clearly stated to justify
the comparisons made.
1. Norogonnvus oscutus. (Plate XVILI. figs. 1, 2.)
1885-86. Notogoneus osculus, E. D. Cope, Amer. Nat. vol. xix.
p- 1091; Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. vol. iii. p. 163, pl. with figs. 4, 5.
Formation and Locality. Green River Shales (Eocene); Wyoming,
US.A.
The North-American form Notogoneus osculus has already been
well described by Cope, who also publishes a diagrammatic figure.
A beautiful new specimen, however, lately acquired by the British
Museum, permits the determination of a few additional features.
The head in this fossil, shown of the natural size in Pl. XVIII.
fig. 1, is exposed directly from the side, and thus does not exhibit
the hinder part of the cranial roof, which is fortunately well seen
in the original specimen figured by Cope. The large and character-
istic right frontal bone (fr.) is distinct, while the upper part of the
otic region (ot.) is shown to be well ossified, and is evidently not
entirely covered by the squamosal. The much-expanded hyoman-
dibular (Am.) is exposed, except at its lower end; but the other
elements of the suspensorium, as also those of the pterygo-palatine
arcade, are too much crushed and fractured to be distinguishable.
The articulation for the mandible, however, is distinct below the
front border of the orbit, and portions of both rami are preserved,
that of the left side thrown upwards a little above the right ramus.
Though imperfect the bones here indicated can readily be deter-
mined by reference to the corresponding elements in the existing
Gonorhynchus (Pl. X VILL. fig. 5). The articulo-angular bone (ag.) is
almost fan-shaped, extending upwards immediately in front of the
articulation into a large, bluntly-pointed process. The dentary (d.)
is much larger than the latter element, truncated in front, with
very short oral border, aud rising into an enormous upwardly-
1 Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. ii, (1844), p. 87.
2 American Naturalist, vol. xix. (1835), p. 1091.
502 MB. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON EXTINCT (Mar. 17,
directed process. The left maxilla (mz.) is completely preserved,
slightly arched in form, with a small ascending process near its
anterior end, and a little expansion posteriorly. Of the right
maxilla only a fragment of the anterior end remains, The pre-
maxilla are not shown, but the bone labelled “? barbel axis” in
Cope’s original specimen may be one of them. No teeth are
exhibited in any part of the mouth. The preoperculum (p.op.)
has a large lower limb and is much expanded at the angle. The
operculum (op.) is imperfect above, but evidently trapezoidal in
form and somewhat deeper than broad. The suboperculum (s.op.)
is deeper behind than in front, and exhibits four deep clefts in the
lower half of its hinder border. Small scales can be observed
enveloping all the head and opercular bones.
The vertebral centra are much constricted and strengthened
with small irregular longitudinal ridges. The ribs are remarkably
slender, apparently supported by stout processes from the centra ;
while the separate neural spines in the anterior half of the
abdominal region are expanded into thin narrow lamine. The
last vertebra of the tail (PI. XVIII. fig. 2) bears an upwardly-turned
double style, and there are seven expanded hemal arches at the
base of the caudal fin, the lowest apparently connected with the
penultimate vertebral centrum, the next three with the last
centrum, and the upper three with the terminal style. It is also
worthy of note that the neural arch in the three vertebre pre-
ceding the last is forked from the base. Intermuscular bones are
seen above the vertebral column throughout, and below it in the
caudal region.
The fins are as described by Cope, except that the pelvic pair is
much larger than indicated in the original specimens. The scales
are precisely similar in shape and denticulation to those of the
existing Gonorhynchus.
2. Noroconrus squamogsrus. (Plate XVIII. figs. 3, 4.)
1818. Cyprinus squamosseus, HW. D. de Blainville, Nouy. Dict.
d@’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. p. 371. He
1844. Sphenolepis squamosseus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v.
pt. i. p. 13, pt. ii. p. 87, pl. xlv.
Formation and Locality. Upper Eocene; Aix-en-Provence, France.
The so-called Cyprinus or Sphenolepis squamosseus is represented
in the British Museum by several specimens, which, taken together,
display nearly all its essential characters. The head with opercular
apparatus is relatively much larger than in Notogoneus osculus, its
length exceeding the maximum depth of the trunk, and contained
only about four times in the total length of the fish; the vertebral
centra are also much shorter ; otherwise its specific characters seem
to be identical with those of the American fish.
The best-preserved head belongs to a specimen wanting part of
the abdominal region and the caudal fin, and is shown of two-
thirds the natural size in P). XVIII. fig. 3. It is unfortunately
very imperfect, but the enveloping small scales (s.) are exposed
in a narrow band, both above aud below. The much-fractured
1896. ] FISHES OF THH FAMILY GONORHYNCHIDA. - 5038
cranium is seen from above, but the only clearly distinguishable
remains are those of the great pair of frontals (fr.). Some
characteristic portions of the small mouth are observable forwards
below; one of the maxille (ma.), a dentary (d.), and apparently a
fractured articulo-angular element (ag.) being distinct. The bone
(x) above the maxilla may perhaps be part of the large preorbital
cheek-plate seen in Gonorhynchus (fig. 5). The right operculum
(op.) and suboperculum (s.op.) are displaced upwards above the
head, and the last-mentioned bone exhibits the four deep clefts
in its hinder border. Remains probably of four large branchio-
stegal rays (b.) occur below the head just in front of the rather
obscure pectoral arch.
The total number of vertebra cannot be definitely ascertained,
but seems to be between 50 and 60. The centra resemble those
of the American fish, though a little shorter in proportion to their
depth; and the state of preservation of one specimen (Brit. Mus.
no. P. 3884) suggests that each centrum was pierced mesially by
the notochord. The delicate ribs are borne by stout processes
from the centra, as noted by Agassiz, and as well shown in the
specimen of which the head has been described. The neural
spines are expanded in the anterior part of the abdominal region,
as also shown in the same specimen and indicated by Agassiz
in fig. 3 of his plate representing the species. ‘he extremity of
the vertebral column is formed precisely.as described above in
NV. osculus, the lowermost expanded hemal spine at the base of
the caudal fin being distinctly supported by the hinder border of
the penultimate centrum; this, however, must be displaced for-
wards, for both the penultimate and the antepenultimate centrum
bears its own hemal arch, comparatively stout but not expanded.
The fins appear to resemble those of WV. osculus, but there are
only eleven supports in the dorsal (clearly shown in Brit. Mus.
no. 43436), the foremost with a wing-shaped expansion indicating
its composite character. It is difficult to count the rays them-
selves, the two halves of each being so loosely apposed that in
crushing they frequently slip one behind the other.
The scales are comparatively thick, and in their crushed state
they rarely exhibit the posterior fringe of denticles. Careful
examination of many specimens, however, shows that they pre-
cisely resemble those of Gonorhynchus. A detached scale from
the hinder end of the caudal region is represented of the natural
size in Pl. XVIII. fig. 4. The radiating grooves in its deeply over-
lapped portion are distinct, and the hinder fringe is partly restored
from an adjoining scale.
‘3. NOTOGONDUS CUVIERI.
(2) 1818. Anormurus macrolepidotus, H. D. de Blainville, Nouv,
Dict. d@ Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. p. 374.
1822. “Cyprin,” G. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ed. 2, p. 346, pl. lxxvii.
fig. 15. : :
1844. Sphenolepis cuviert, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. i.
p- 13, pt. ii. p. 89, pl. xliv. figs. 1, 2 (? figs. 4-12, nec fig. 3).
504 UXTINCT FISHES OF THD FAMILY GONORHYNOHID&. ([Mar. 17,
’ Formation and Locality. Upper Hocene (Gypsum); Montmartre,
Paris. i
This is a smaller and more slender species than either of the
above, and the single specimen of it in the British Museum adds
only one new fact to the description by Cuvier and Agassiz. The
remains of the squamation above and behind the anal tin distinctly
prove that the scales are identical with those otf Gonorhynchus
and Notogoneus, not only in form, but also in their characteristic
posterior denticulation.
It must, however, be remarked that the large head provisionally
ascribed to this species by Agassiz is proved by its large den-
tigerous mandible to belong to a distinct fish; while the other
fragmentary remains placed here are at least problematical.
The three fishes thus briefly noticed are so closely similar to the
recent Gonorhynchus that it is difficult to realize their dating back
to the earliest Tertiary period; but their interest becomes even
greater when it is remembered that the three formations yielding
their remains are proved by other associated fossils to be of fresh-
water origin. So far as known, indeed, these Eocene fishes can
only be distinguished generically from Gonorhynchus by three
characters. Firstly, they seem to be entirely toothless, whereas
the recent fish has large teeth on the pterygoid and hyoid bones.
Secondly, their suboperculum exhibits some deep clefts in its
hinder border. Thirdly, their dorsal fin is in the middle of the
back, while that of Gonorhynchus is much more remote. The
extinct freshwater Gonorhynchid of France and Wyoming thus
requires a distinctive generic name, and there are three from
which to select, namely, Anormurus (Blainville, 1818), Sphenolens
(Agassiz, 1844), and Notogoneus (Cope, 1885). ‘The first was too
imperfectly defined for recognition, while the second is pre-
occupied (Sphenolepis, Nees, 1834); Notogoneus may therefore be
adopted as in the foregoing notes.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
Fig. 1. Nofogoneus osculus; right lateral aspect of head and opercular appa-
ratus.— Eocene; Wyoming, U.S.A. ag., articulo-angular; d., dentary ;
fr. frontal; hm., hyomandibular; m2., maxilla; op., operculum ;
ot., otic region; p.op., preoperculuin; s., scales; s.op., suboperculum,
[P. 7491.]
Fig. 2. Ditto; three terminal vertebre and hypural of same specimen.
Fig. 8. Notogoneus squamosseus; lelt lateral and partly superior aspect of im-
erfect head and opercular apparatus, two-thirds nat. size. Upper
Bocene; Aix-en-Provence. 7., branchiostegal rays; 2, preorbital
cheek-plate; other letters as above. [8052.]
Fig. 4. Ditto; scale of caudal region of same specimen.
Fig. 5. Gonorhynchus greyi; right mandibular ramus, upper jaw, and pre-
orbital cheek-plate of recent fish: pmsx., premaxilla; other letters as
above.
Unlees otherwise stated the figures are of the natural size. The numbers in
square brackets refer to the Register of the Geological Department, British
Museum, where the fossils are preserved. :
1896.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MBNAGERIE. 505
April 21, 1896.
Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Societv’s Menagerie during the month of March 1896 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of March were 86 in number. Of these 33 were acquired
by presentation, 38 by purchase, 8 were born in the Gardens,
8 were received on deposit, and 4 in exchange. The total number
of departures during the same period, by death and removals,
was 83.
Amongst these special attention was called to:—
1. A fine young female Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla),
purchased March 6th. This animal (brought home by one of the
African Steamship Company's vessels to Liverpool) was obtained
at N’gove or Iquela in French Congoland. It is apparently from
three to four years old, and is in excellent condition and fairly
tame and good-tempered. The only specimen of the Gorilla
previously living in the Society’s Gardens was the young male
acquired in 1887 (see P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 559).
Head of female Gorilla, drawn by Frohawk.
(Reduced from ‘Field, yol. lxxxvii. p. 481, 1896, by kind permission.)
506 ON THE HORNS OF ANTILOPE TRIANGULARIS. [Apr. 21,
2. A young male Markhoor (Capra megaceros), from the vicinity
of Peshawar, British India, presented by Col. Paterson,
March 18th.
3. A pair of a rather scarce species of Duiker Antelope
(Cephalophus coronatus), from West Africa, received in exchange,
March 23rd.
4. A Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama), from Cape Colony,
presented by C. W. Southey, Isq., of Culmstock, Schoombie
Station, South Africa.
' Mr. Sclater exhibited some of the specimens from Nyasaland
lately sent home by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., to be transmitted
to the British Museum. Amongst these was a very fine head of a
male Sable Antelope (Hippotragus niger), from the Zomba Plains,
of which the horns measured 39 inches along the curve; and a
fine specimen of a peculiar form of the Brindled Guu (Connocheetes
gorgon), shot at the south end of Lake Chilwa by Mr. H.C.
McDonald, of the British Central African Administration. This
was believed to be the first example of the Gnu sent home from
British East Africa.
Amongst the birds sent on this occasion (as kindly determined
by Capt. Shelley) were examples of Grus carunculata from the
Shirwa Plains, not previously transmitted from Nyasaland, and
of Saurcidiornis melanonota from Lake Shirwa.
Mr. Sclater also exhibited a fine pair of horns of the so-called
Antilope trianqularis (Giinther, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 73), Doratoceros tri-
angularis (Lydekker,, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) viii. p. 192; id.
‘Field,’ Ixxviii. p. 180 (1891)), belonging to Mr. Justice Hopley of
Kimberley. Mr. Justice Hopley, who had purchased these horns
at Kimberley, stated that they were said to have been obtained
somewhere on the Zambesi. Mr. Sclater was of the opinion (which
was now generally prevalent) that they were abnormal horns of a
cow Eland.
[P.S., April 24th.—Since I exhibited these horns I have compared
them with the typical specimens of Antilope triangularis in the
British Museum. There can be no doubt that both pairs belong
to the same species of Antelope, but Mr. Justice Hopley’s pair
are not quite so long, rather more incurved backwards, and leas
broadly spread; they are also smoother at the base, showing but
slight appearances of corrugations.
On comparing these horns, and the portion of the skull attached
to them, with the horns of the ordinary female Eland, Oreas canna,
I see nothing whatever to negative the idea that they are abnormal
horns of that Antelope, which for some reason or other have grown
without making the ordinary twist characteristic of Oreas and
other genera of the Tragelaphine.—P. L. 8.]
q
ii i
uy
TAN i
ah Saas
bay,
j ' vai desk gore {
Eee Mne AU Kiro 2) Ge
‘@
eee
°P.Z.S.1896.P1. XIX.
J.Snut delet bth Mintern Bros. imp.
PUDUA MEPHISTOPHILES.
“INOULSUACOS SANOAHLOI
chin: sozg: wrap : WAT 7 [ep mz
206 Met Oe SZ el
1896.] ON SOME MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. — 507
The following papers were read :—
1. On some Mammals from Ecuador.
By W. E. pe Win7on, F.Z.S.
[Received March 17, 1896.]
(Plates XIX. & XX.)
In the absence of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, I have been entrusted
by Sir William Flower with the working out of a small collection
of mammals from Ecuador, presented to the British Museum
by Mr. Ludovicio Séderstrom, H.M. Consul at Quito. The
collection consisted principally of a large number of beautifully
prepared bird-skins, chiefly Humming-birds ; but though only three
mammals were included, these furnish us with a knowledge of two
very interesting species new to science. One is a distinct species
of small deer of the genus Pudue. Since Bennett described the
type in the P. Z.S8. 1831, p. 27, from a female then living in the
Society’s Gardens, as Cervus humilis, no additional species have
been discovered; and as this animal has been found only in the
forests of Chili and on the adjacent island of Chiloe, the more
northern habitat of an allied species is of special interest. The
second specimen in the collection adds a third species to the genus
Ichthyomys, the curious fish-eating rodents, described by Oldfield
Thomas in the P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 337-340, hitherto known only
from the great eastern slope of the Andes. The third specimen is -
one of the well-known Water-Opossum (Chironectes minimus), of
wide range in tropical South America.
Very little is known of the mammalian fauna of the country
from which this collection was made; but we may hope,. with
the kind assistance of such a good collector and keen naturalist
as our present Consul, before long to considerably improve our
knowledge, and I have great pleasure in naming one of the
species in his honour. ;
Quito has the distinction of being the highest capital in the
world, situated between the Eastern and Western Cordilleras in
a lofty valley about 9000 feet above sea-level. The Paramo
of Papallacta, whence the new Pudu comes, lies east of Quito,
only just south of the Equator, and forms the roof of the great
Amazonian water-shed: it is a vast tableland abont 11,000 feet
above the sea, with mountains of between 18,000 and 19,000 feet
to north and south of it; these are the summits of the Eastern
Cordilleras and are mostly active volcanoes. The Rio Machan-
gara, where the Ichthyomys. was obtained, is the stream upon
which Quito is built; it joins the Rio de San Pedro a little
further north, and this river, draining the yalley between the
two ranges, is thence known as the Guallabamba, which, cutting
through the Western Cordilleras, flows into the Pacific Ocean.
The Opossum comes from the banks of the Nanegal River, which
is to the west of Quito and joins the Guallabamba lower down, its
course being entirely on the west of the Cordilleras..
508 MR. W. B. DH WINTON ON SOME [Apr. 21,
1. Pupva MEPHIsTOPuILES, sp.n. (Plate XIX.)
The hair of the body is long and coarse, its basal portion
peculiarly brittle and pith-like; the terminal half is black with
ferruginous tips, producing a rich brown colour. The dorsal
region is darker than the flanks, owing to the hairs having broader
black bands with correspondingly reduced coloured tips; on the
neck the tips are paler and longer, the black being much reduced,
which gives a tawny appearance; towards the head the black
again increases, till the shorter hairs of the ears, face, and ebin
are almost black. The ears are thickly covered inside and out
with hair, that on the inside being broadly tipped with white.
The fore and hind-feet are black, most of the hairs being
minutely tipped with buff; the inner sides of the legs and the
abdomen are clothed with long yellowish hair of a finer and more
ordinary character. There is no turn in the hair of the face, the
hair growing upwards from the nose. The ears are very short
and partially concealed by the rough hair. The rhinarium from
the nostrils down is deep. ‘ail entirely wanting.
Measurements from skin (type @ juv. no. 96, i. 28. 3, in
Brit. Mus.) :—
Height at withers, about ........., 320 millim.
Length of hind foot (without hoof).. 136 ,,
GAP coconcocvnuod00009 53
female described by Bennett, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 27, for comparison,
so far as it is possible, the basal portion of the skull being
unfortunately damaged.
Table of Measurements.
PB. mephisto- humilis,
philes.
Greatest length, in straight line [points of millim. inillim.
p-mx. to base]...... Bogogobd aco gon 160 —
Greatest breadth [across zygomatic process
of squamosal] ...................065 Th 61
Nasals, greatest length ................ 41 40
ey) 4 bread te ee ea inis 22 16-5:
Points of premaxille to end of nasals.... 27 28
Breadth of antenarial opening .......... 16 14
Point of premaxilla to anterior rim of orbit 72 64
Antorbital fossa, breadth............ a okte 10 8
ah a MlLUANW Galo waco wag 5 adioiaD 15 14
Basifacial length.................... enELO2 —
Basicraniall 57st etiG ea PAA ort ae , 39 —
Length of molar series ................ 50 45
Distance between p.ms.42 .............. 23 19:5
x 3 TNS Boer wereusdreee ces eee ans 29 28°5
Fe * AN See gel ie even Vereen: 34 27
Front of molar series to point of premaxilla 46-5 28:5
Palatal incisive foramina, length ........ 19 20
5 brendth........ 12 10
Miandibles inissing.
1896.] MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, . 509
Hab. Paramo of Papallacta. Taken by the Indians. Very
rare there (L. S.). :
The general colouring of the animal is very distinct from the
type species P. humilis, for whereas the latter is a bright chestnut
with duller neck and very bright-coloured back, feet, and forehead,
the new animal is black-brown sprinkled with fire-red, bright
tawny-coloured neck, and almost black head and legs. The ears
are very much shorter and are covered with much longer fur
especially on the inner side, where they are white, this spot being
very conspicuous among the dark surroundings. The tail is
wanting, whereas in P. humilis it is fully an inch Jong. It is
much to be regretted that the specimen is so young, but I think
there can be no doubt that it is very nearly full-grown; the last
molar is rising, though the milk-teeth are still unshed. This
species is no doubt considerably larger than P. humilis, judging by
the size of the skull, but I do not think its height can be more
than 14 or 15 inches at the shoulder; it is a peculiarly thick-set
. rough-haired little animal, and looks rather like the kid of a goat
with very fine legs.
In the skull the lachrymal pits are very deep, but have sloping
sides, not descending nearly so abruptly asin P. humilis, in which
species this is a very constant character even in quite young
individuals. The nasals are very broad and are completely ossified
far forward as in Coassus. The ascending rami of the premaxille
rise abruptly, and, expanding very considerably in their upper
half, fit into wide notches in the nasals, broader than in any
Coassus skull which I have examined. The greater length of the
molar series amounts to about ove tooth, but the most striking
difference is the shape of the rows: in P. humilis these are always
bowed, in most specimens being strongly convergent before and
behind, but I have seen one skull in which they do not narrow
posteriorly: at the same time they do not widen, though much
bowed in front; but in the new species they are set in two almost
straight lines, slightly and gradually converging postero-anteriorly
as in Furcifer and Coassus. There are many minor points in which
the skull of this animal differs from P. humilis, and most of these
are characteristic of one or other of the genera mentioned, or of
both. The lachrymals and frontals are joined for a greater length,
reducing the size of the antorbital vacuities, the lachrymal bone
extending over a space 7 mm. wide all round the upperside of the.
pit; the infraorbital ridge is very thick and is cut off very abruptly,
leaving sharp edges above and below; the squamosal portion of
the zygomatic arch is more horizontal, not being bowed upwards,
as in P. humilis, The foramen magnum is very large. The palatal
bones differ somewhat in not having side processes extending
towards the back of the last molars; the roof of the maxillary
portion of the palate is much arched, particularly in the narrow
part anterior to the molars: this forms very sharp edges to the
sides.
Sir Victor Brooke, in his paper ‘‘On the Classification of the
510
MR. W. BD. DD WINTON ON SOMH
Fig. 1.—-Side view of the skull of Pudua humitis.
» 2,—Side view of the skull of Pudwa mephistophiles.
» 3—Palatal view of skull of Pudua humilis,
» 4,—Palatal view of skull of Pudwa mephistophiles,
1896.] MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, 511
Cervide,” P. Z. S. 1878, p. 926, defining the genus Pudua, says
“ascending rami of the premaxille reaching the nasals”; I do not
know what specimen he had before him, but I cannot find this
character in any of the skulls in the collections of the British
Museum or of the Royal College of Surgeons ; and I should like here
to express my thanks to Professor Stewart for kindly placing this -
latter collection at my disposal. This character has unfortunately
been laid down by subsequent writers as distinguishing the genus
Pudua craniologically from Coassus, whereas it is more particularly
coassine. Gray, Cat. Mamm. iii. 1852, p. 240, says “Intermaxillary
short, not reaching near to the nasal.” Garrod, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 13,
says “the gap being filled up by the appearance, superficially,
of portions of the nasal turbinal.” The situation is explained in
these two passages, but Professor Garrod ought to have added that
the gap is more often filled up by an anteriorly projecting process
of the maxilla: I find the space filled up in the two different ways
in other genera, and also the premaxilla reaching the nasals, or
not, even in members of the same species; there are instances of
this in the Museum Collection, in deer both of the Old and New
World. I write this to show the worthlessness of this point
as 2 generic or even a specific character; and, indeed, Sir
Victor Brooke says he thinks Gray made too much of it; so
there is no doubt that if he had examined a larger number he
would have seen how extremely variable it is; but having found
out as much as he had, I think it is a great pity he followed suit
in making so much of this character. I have examined the feet,
and osteologically they agree with P. humilis, the ectocuneiform
and navicular-cuboid bones being all in one.
It will be seen that I have eradicated almost every dis-
tinguishing craniological character between this genus and
Coassus, the much deeper lachrymal pit and the narrower middle
incisors (a character | am unable to prove in the new species)
alone remaining; so that if this animal is to be retained in the
genus Pudua, Gray’s definition will have to be modified to include
both forms of skull as well as the outward differences in structure ;
but I do not consider these characters of sufficient weight to
justify a new genus being formed, for if this were done, the Pudus
would have to be placed in a separate subfamily to do fair justice
to the osteology of the feet, in which respect they differ so widely
from all other New-World Cervide ; but this could not be justified,
seeing that craniologically they are scarcely generically separable
from either Furcifer or Coassus, wide as these two are apart inter se
in the form of their horns, texture of the coat, and growth of the
hair on the face, and in the tarsal tufts. Gray says the Pudus
have tarsal tufts; I have failed to find any trace among the
specimens in the Museum collection.
The genus Pudua may therefore be thus defined :—
New-World group of Cervide: Telemetacarpi.
A complete septum divides the nasal cavity into two. distinct
chambers.
512 ON SOME MAMMALS FROM EOUADOR. [Apr. 21,
Genus Pupva.
Size very small. Hair coarse and brittle. Horns simple spikes.
Metatarsal and metacarpal joints short. ‘Tail very short or
wanting. Ears short and rounded. No turn in the hair of the
face. Infranarial portion of the rhinarium deep. Canines absent.
Middle pair of incisors not broadly spatulate. Ascending rami of
the premaxillw may or may not reach the nasals. Lachrymal pit
oval and very deep. Auditory bulle not inflated. Jctocuneiform
and navicular-cuboid bones united. Metatarsal bone not twice
and metacarpal bone not 13 the length of the upper molar series.
2. IcHTHYOMYS SODERSTROMI, spn. (Plate XX.)
The general colour of the whole of the upper parts dark olive- -
brown, the main coat of black-brown fur being narrowly tipped
or having a subterminal band of dull yellow; thickly interspersed
are longer shining black hairs, these being longest on the hind
quarters, where they are broadly tipped with silvery white. On
parting the fur the only colour found is soft grey, all the main fur
having long fine footstalks, so that the whole coat below the
surface, save for the few coarse shining hairs, is of a uniformly
fine texture and very dense. ars same colour as the head. The
tail, which is thickly haired, is entirely dark brown or black, the
fringe of longer hairs on the lower side being of absolutely the
same colour; the fore feet are covered with short black hairs, with
a few longer white hairs at the base of the claws; the hind feet
are black above and below, excepting a few grey hairs round the
claws and on the inner side of the tarsus the fringe of stiff hairs
is white; the whole of the underparts from the chin to the vent
are dirty white, the under-fur being grey and the outer silvery
white; the inner sides of the fore and hind limbs are of a more
pure white; the whiskers are black or white according to the
poe in which they grow on the face, those placed high up
eing black, and there are a few particoloured ones in the middle
growth. Palate-ridges 3-3. Mamme 6: one pair on the breast
and two pairs on the belly.
Measurements of type skin( 9 ad. no. 96, i. 28.2,in Brit. Mus.):—
Head and body 180 mm. Tail 150 mm. Hind foot 31:5 mm.
Ear 8°5 mm, Forearm and hand 31 mm.
Skull_—Greatest length 31:5 mm.; greatest breadth 16 mm.
Nasals—length 12 mm.; breadth 3:9 mm. Intertemporal—
breadth 4:9 mm. Interparietal—length 2 mm.; breadth 3 mm.
Basal—length 29 mm. ; basi-facial 18-5 mm.; basi-cranial 10-5 mm.
Palate—length 16 mm.; breadth, outside ™!6mm.,inside = 3 mm.;
diastema 8°5 mm.; foramina 5°5 mm. Upper molar series—
length 4:3 mm. Lower jaw—condyle to incisor tips 20-5 mm.
Hab. Rio Machangara, Ecuador. ‘ Water Rat. Feb. 1895”
(L. 8.).
The skull is remarkably delicate and fragile for such an old
animal (the teeth being much worn), and is smaller and narrower
1896.] ON BUTTERELIES FROM THH WEST INDIES. 513
than that of LZ. stolemanni, the type of which is a very much
younger individual ; the facial portion is narrower, and there is a
marked difference in the shape of the interparietal bones, as will
be seen by the measurements: in J. stolzmanni this bone forms
nearly 2 perfect parallelogram, while in the new species it is aluost
diamond-shaped. The zygomatic arch differs considerably, the
maxillary processes being broader and standing out at a greater
angle; the squamosal process appears rather slighter, but is more
horizontal, not drooping so much as in the type species; it will
therefore be seen that the “ greatest breadth” given of the skulls
is the same in both species, though the width across the brain-case
is much less in the species now being described.
The mandibles are decidedly smaller, with very small and almost
round condylar processes, whereas these are large and oval in
I, stolzmanni. 9
In all particulars of structure of feet, ears, and tail this species
seems to agree with the type of the genus J. stolzmanni, Thomas,
P. Z.8. 1898, p. 339; the most conspicuous outward distinction
being the difference in the coloration of the tail and feet. I think
the make-up of the skin has largely to do with the greater length
of head and body in the specimen under consideration, as the size
of the feet and measurements of the skull do not bear out the
supposition of its being a larger animal. i
LI am unable to throw any light on the cause of the large infra-
orbital foramen ; but I can say that no muscles pass through it,
and that the nerve seemed very small when relaxed after it reached
the Museum in a dry state.
3. CHIRONEOTES MINIMUS (Zimm.). te
& jr. Nanegal; alongside the rivers (no date) (Z. S.).
2. On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
adjoining Islands of the West Indies. By F. DuCane
Gopman, F.R.S., and Osserr Satvin, M.A.; F.B.S,
[Received March 27, 1896.]
The collection of Rhopalocera upon which the following notes are
based was formed by Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the West-Indian
islands of St. Vincent and Grenada and in soine of the small islets
called the Grenadines, situated between the two larger ones. A
few specimens were also obtained from Barbados. Mr. Smith’s
skill as a collector is well known, and as he spent a considerable
time in both St Vincent and Grenada, and visited all parts of each
island, we may fairly conclude that the present list embraces the
name of nearly every species found in them.
The result proves, we think conclusively, that the Butterfly fauna
Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XX XIII. 33
514 MESSRS, GODMAN AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 21,
is a very poor one, and there is now no likelihood of any important
additions being made.
In 1884 (P. Z.S. pp. 314-320) we wrote a short paper on the
Rhopalocera of the island of Dominica,and gave an account of the
27 species enumerated, together with a general view of the relation-
ship of the Butterfly fauna of the island to that of the adjoining
regions. The present list entirely confirms the conclusions
arrived at and points to the great poverty of this portion of the
West-Indian fauna. The Danaine are represented by two species
of Danais, the Ithomiinw being wholly absent. Of Nymphaline
we find only eight species of six genera, all of them more or less
common continental species. Heliconine are absent, and so are
Satyrinz, Morphine, and Brassoline. Erycinide are unrepresented,
but Lycenide show eight species, of which we now describe
three as new, all of thém slight modifications of widely
spread southern forms. Of Pierina (seven species), Pieris virginia
is the only one peculiar to the Antilles and is also found in
Dominica. The only Papilio is apparently P. eurydamas, which
also occurs in Martinique. Of Hesperiidew we find thirteen species,
and of these we give new names to three, two of which have not
been found elsewhere.
Comparing the Butterflies of the two islands, we find little to
notice. Grenada has, as might be expected, a slight preponderance
of southern forms, of which Cystineura cana is an example.
DaNAInez.
1. Dawais PLExippus (Linn.).
Danais plexippus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p.1; P.Z.S. 1884,
p. 315.
Three examples from St. Vincent (both windward and leeward
sides), with white subapical spots, agreeing with South-American
specimens.
2. DANAIS ERESIMUS (Cram.).
A South-American species of wide range, occurring in Hispaniola
and Jamaica. a
“Swampy forest by the sea-shore north of Granville, Grenada L. ;
common in this locality. Also Telescope Estate, windward side,
April.”
NyYMPHALIN A.
3. CoLznis suLta (Fabr.).
Several specimens agreeing with South-American examples,
having the oblique submarginal dark band on the primaries well
developed. The Dominica species is much nearer Cramer’s
C. cillene, but differs in some respects. All these island forms
require revision.
“St. Vincent; very common in open lands below 1000 or 1500
feet.”
1896.] BULLERFLIES FROM THH WEST INDIES. 515
4, AGRAULIS JUNO (Cram.).
Agraulis juno, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 170.
Not previously noticed in the West Indies.
“Grand Etang, Grenada, June 2, 1900 feet. Open weedy shore
of the lake and edge of the forest.” Also St. Vincent, below 1000
feet.
5. AGRAULIS VANILLE (Linn.).
Agraulis vanille, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 171; P. Z.8.
1884, p. 315.
“ Balthazar, Grenada, 250 feet, May 25, open weedy place.” Also
St. Vincent, below 1000 feet.
Found on most of the West-[udian Islands and the greater part
of the mainland.
6. JuNonrIA czNIA, Hibn.
Junonia cenia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 220; P. Z.S. 1884,
p- 316.
St. Vincent and Granville, Grenada.
Several specimens agreeing with the northern form found in the
Greater Antilles and Central America.
7. ANARTIA IATROPHE (Linn.).
Anortia iatrophe, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 221; P.2Z.S.
1884, p. 316.
St. Vincent and Granville, Grenada.
“Common in open weedy places below 1000 feet.”
8. ANARTIA AMALTHEA (Linn.).
Barbados.
A single specimen of this common South-American species. Not
previously noticed from any West-Indian island.
9. CYsTINEURA OAWA, Erichs.
Cystineura cana, Schomb. Reise n. Guiana, iti. p. 601.
“St. Vincent ; Balthazar, Grenada, May 8, 250 feet, open weedy
places ; Barbados.”
Several specimens agreeing Eleselys with others from British
Guiana which are doubtless referable to C. cana. The light spots
forming a band across the secondaries beneath are smaller and con-
sequently more isolated, and the dark lines across the base of those
wings more distinct: otherwise there is little difference.
10. AgantsriHos orion (Fabr.).
Aganisthos orion, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 324.
Grenada.
Two specimens of this common species, which is also found in
Hispaniola, but rio other West-Indian island that we know of.
516 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 21,
LYcCH# NIDA.
11. Timcna CYBELK, sp. n.
T. margysx (Linn.) similis, sed alis supra omnino cyanescentioribus :
subtus maculis nig igris omnibus lete albicanti-ceruleo distincte
mary ginalis ; anticis area tota ad marginem internum leete cyanea ;
posticis ad angulum analem cerulescentioribus, macula submar-
ginali nigra intra ramos medianos anguste ovali nec fere rotunda
distinguenda.
Q a femina T. marsyx eodem modo differt.
Hab. St. Vincent.
“Windward and leeward sides Wallibon Valley, 400 to 500 feet,
edge of forest, June 10.”
This species seems sufficiently distinct from the Continental
T. marsyas to require a name. Mr. Smith obtained a series of
specimens on St. Vincent both on the windward and leeward sides
of the island.
12. THECLA PIPLEA, sp. n.
T. pioni prowima, sed alis subtus saturatioribus ; posticis macula
coccinea submarginali inter venam medianam et ramum suum
secundum nulto majore, fascus duabus maculosis transversis
magis approximatis.
Hab. St. Vincent.
os Serubby growth on Sufriere volcanos 2500 feet, Jan. 5-10, near
the craters.”
This species is closely allied to 7’. pion of Central America (Biol.
Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 56, pl. 54. ff. 28-30), and the male has the
small tuft of hair on the upperside of the secondaries near the base
of the subcostal nervure characteristic of this group of Thecla,
Mr. Smith obtained a series of specimens in good condition.
13. THECLA ANGERONA, Nn. sp.
T. angeliw similis et supra via differt anticis medialiter via cas-
tuneis ; subtus posticis macula submarginali rubra magna, fasciis
transversis duabus nigris inter ramos medianos attingentibus,
Hab. St. Vincent, Grenadines, and Grenada.
“Common all the year in all parts of St. Vincent in open land
at the edge of the forest up to 8000 feet. Wallibon Valley, 500
feet, Jan. 10.”
“Mount Gay Estate and Balthazar, Grenada; Mustique Island,
Grenadines. ”
Mr. Smith has sent a large series of specimens of this Z'heclu,
which appears to be quite common in St. Vincent. It is closely
allied to the Cuban 7’. angelia, Hew. (Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 162, pl. 63.
ff. 439, 440).
14. THECLA TELEA, Hew.
Thecla telea, Bio]. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 82.
“ Edge of forest Wallibon Valley, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 10,”
1896.] BUTTERFLIES FROM THH WES INDIES. 517
and ‘open land near Barrodallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 12.”
“St. George’s, Grenada.”
Three males and a female of this beautiful little species. The
colour of the space between the eyes is dark in some examples and
rufous in others, so that this must beconsidered a variable character.
In the tint of the blue of the upper surface of the wings they agree
with Central-American specimens rather than with the lighter
brighter Amazonian types.
15. THerona simzruis (Drury).
Thecla simethis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 81.
Bulthazar, Grenada.
Several female specimens agreeing with our mainland series.
Drury’s type came from the island of St. Christopher.
16. THecLA RUFO-FuUSsCA, Hew.
Thecla rufo-fusca, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. P. 196, pl. 78. ff. 627,
628; Godm. & Salv. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 91.
‘Open land near Barronallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 12.”
Several specimens agreeing with the series from Guatemala and
Pernambuco referred to in our work.
17. THEoLa ruRyruLus (Hiibn.).
Thecla eurytulus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 96.
‘Open land near Barronallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 13, and
Wallibon Valley, edge of forest, 500 feet, Jan. 10.
“ Mount Gay, Granville, Balthazar, St. George’s, Grenada.”
Many specimens agreeing with our series of this common
widely spread species.
18. Lyczna Hanno (Stoll).
Lyceena hanno, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 106.
St. Vincent; Mustique and Unign Is., Grenadines ; Balthazar,
Grenada.
Several specimens of this common widely ranging species.
PAPILIONIDA.
PIBRIN#.
19. Terras typiA, Feld.
Terias lydia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 170.
«Botanical Gardens, Kingstown, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 20.
Open places.”
Mount Gay Estate, Balthazar and Granville (Aug. 6), Grenada.
Most of the males of Mr. Smith’s series agree with the type of
T. lydia, Feld., from Venezuela, but one example from St. Vincent
differs in having the dark border of the secondaries nearly con-
centrated at the apical angle, and the submarginal dark line near
the inner border of the primaries decidedly narrow ; the underside,
518 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 21,
.too, is more fulvous. We are still reluctant to unite 7. lydia to
the Cuban 7. palmyra, Poey, but are strongly of opinion that it
will not be possible eventually to keep them separate.
20. Tnrias rrmaia, Feld.
Terias limbia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 164.
Lerias deva, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 240; Godm. & Salv. P. Z.8.
1884, p. 317. :
“St, Vincent below 1000 feet, common in open places; Mount
Gay Estate above 500 feet, Sept. 15; Granville, Grenada ;
Barbados.”
21. Tertas atputa (Cram.).
Terias albula, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 166.
“St. Vincent, Wallibo Valley, 500 feet, Jan. 10, edge of forest,
also near the sea-level.”
22. Prpris vireinia, Godt.
Pieris virginia, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 317.
““St. Vincent, Rabacca Estate, near the sea-level, Jan. 2, rare.”
A male agreeing with the specimens from Dominica referred to
in our notes on the Butterflies of that island.
23. PiEris MonvstH (Linn.).
Pieris monuste, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p, 132.
Union I., Grenadines; Granville, Grenada.
These specimens do not quite agree with the variable P. monuste
of the continent; the secondaries beneath, especially in one of
the females from Union Island, are strongly tinged with ochre,
thus showing a variation in the direction of P. virginia.
24, CALLIDRYAS BUBULA (Linn.).
Callidryas eubule, Biol. Centr.-Am,, Rhop. ii. p. 141.
‘St.Vincent, below 1000 feet, common in open places ; Mustique
I., Union I., Grenadines; Grenada, Mount Gay Estate, Gran-
ville’; Barbados.”
25, Pua@Bis aRGANTH (Fabr.).
Pheebis argante, Biol. Ceutr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 144.
“Union I., Grenadines; St. Vincent, Caliveny Hstate, scrubby
growth on hillsides near the sea-level.”
PaPILIONINA,
26. PariLio EURYDAMAS, Roger.
Papilio ewrydamas, Roger, Bull. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, i. p. 36
(18286).
“St. Vincent, 3500 feet, pretty common; Balthazar, Grenada,
250 feet, March 23.”
A male and two females agreeing fairly with Roger’s description,
1896.] BULTERFLINS FROM THH WHST INDIES. 519.
but their determination cannot be considered final until they are
compared with Martinique specimens, whence Roger’s types came.
In Dominica another form (P. neodamas, Lucas) is found (see P.Z.9.
1884, p. 318), differing inter alia in the greenish-yellow band of
the secondaries crossing nearer the middle of the wings and away
from the outer margin.
HESPDRIIDS.
27. Hupamus Prornus (Linn.).
Eudamus proteus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 277.
Thymele proteus, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 318.
St. Vincent ; Mustique I., Grenadines ; Granville and Mount
Gay Estates, Grenada.
28. Eupamus santTraGgo, Lefeby.
Hudamus santiago, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 318.
“St. Vincent, very common in open places 2000 to 3000 feet
above sea-level; Union, Mustique, and Canouan Is., Grenadines ;
Mount Gay, Grenada.”
Many specimens agreeing with Dominica examples, and ap-
parently referable to this Cuban species.
29. Goniurus TaLus (Cram.).
Goniurus talus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 288.
“St. Vincent, windward side, May.”
30. Prornipus ANGASI, Godm. & Salv.
Proteides angasi, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 318, pl. 25. fig. 2.
“St. Vincent, rare in open places in the forest up to 1500 or
2000 feet, July.”
Several specimens agreeing with the types from Dominica.
81. AcoLAsTUS AMYNTAS, Fabr.
Acolastus amyntas, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 304.
Hesperia ? amyntas, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
St. Vincent.
32. TELEGONUS ANAUSIS, Sp. 0.
Telegonus anaphus, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
T. anapho similis, sed posticis angulo anali omnino fusco, fulvo
minime notato: subtus quoque fere omnino fuscis, Lineola brevi
fulva submarginali notatis.
Hab. St. Vincent; Balthazar and Chantilly Estate, Grenada.
This is an island form of the common Telegonus anaphus of the
Continent, distinguished by the absence of the tawny margin to the
anal angle of the secondaries. Besides the series before us from
Mr. Smith’s collection, we have specimens from Dominica and
Hispaniola. :
520 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM ‘tHE WEST INDIES. (Apr. 21,
33. Husperta syriontus, Fabr.
Pyrgus syrichtus, Godm. & Saly. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
“St. Vincent, the commonest of the Hesperiidw in open places
up to 3000 feet, Richmond Estate, Dec. 14; Union I., Grenadines ;
Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate, Grenada.”
- 34. Husprrra ?asycuts (Cram.).
“St. Vincent; Mustique I., Grenadines; Balthazar, Grenada,
roadside 1250 feet, August.”
35. CaLPoDES ETHLIus (Cram.).
Pamphila ethlius, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
St. Vincent; St. George’s, Granville, and St. John’s River,
Grenada.
36. CaLpopns coscinta (H.-S.).
Gonturus coscinia, Herr.-Sch. Corresp.-Blatt. Regensb. xix. p. 54.
“St. Vincent, near Barronallie, 500 feet, open lands, Jan. 13;
St. George’s, Mount Gay Estate, and Chantilly Estate, Grenada.”
37. PRENES DUGEON, sp. n.
P. panoquin, Scudder, affinis sed minor, alis magis ochraceis ;
anticis minus elongutis, macula hyalina inter ramos medianos
fere rotunda, minime sagittiformi: subtus ochraceoribus.
Hab. Union I., Grenadines ; Granville and St. George’s, Grenada.
M. Mabille, to whom we sent a specimen of this species, writes
to say that it is near to the insect he described as Pumphila
parilis, which again appears to be close to P. punoquin. So far as
we can see, the differences pointed out above distinguish it from
both these forms. Mr. Smith captured one of his specimens on
the sea-shore about a mile from St. George’s on 19th October.
38. HyitErHita PHYL#zusS, Drury.
Pamphila phyleus, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
“St. Vincent, on flowers, open land near Barronallie, 500 feet ”;
St. George’s, Granville, and Mount Gay Estate, Grenada.
89. HyYLEPHILA DICTYNNA, sp. n.
Alis rufescenti-fulvis nigro extrorsum marginatis, ciliis fulvis ;
anticis stigmate obliquo nigerrimo leviter arcuato, ultra illud
lineola incerta nigra ad cellule finem: subtus rufescenti-fulvis
fere unicoloribus, anticis plaga basali et macula ad angulum
analem nigris ; palpis et pectore ochraceis.
Hab. St. Vincent, common in open places up to 2000 feet;
St. George’s, Balthazar, Grenada.
Many specimens, all males. H. vibev seems to be the most
nearly allied species and has the alar brand similarly shaped; but
the colour and the absence of spots on the secondaries beneath at
once distinguish it.
1896.] ON DRAGONFLIDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 521
3. On some Dragonflies obtained by Mr. and Mrs. Lort
; Phillips in Somali-land. By W. F. Kinsy, F.L.S.,
F.ES., &e.
[Received April 21, 1896.]
Two days were devoted by Mr. and Mrs. Lort Phillips during:
their stay in Somali-land to the capture of Dragonflies, and
examples of six species were obtained. Five of these belong to
the Libelluline, and one to the Aschnine; and though three are
common and well-known species, I am able to describe the others,
which I refer provisionally to the genus Orthetrum, as apparently
new to science. It is, however, somewhat to be regretted that I
have only single specimens before me at present.
1. PANTALA FLAVESCENS, Fabr.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895. aN
A common species in most parts of the world, except Europe.
2. TRITHEMIS ARTERIOSA, Burm.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.
Bichen, Somali-land, Feb. 5, 1895.
A common African species.
3, ORTHETRUM BREVISTYLUM, sp. n.
Long. corp. 38 millim.; exp. al. 52 millim.; long. pter. 2:7
millim.
Male. Head testaceous, more greenish above, occiput dull orange
above, with two black spots on each side; prothorax blackish, but
marked with large yellow spots above and on the sides; mesothorax
and metathorax olivaceous, slightly pulverulent, especially behind,
the former with the front carina and an incomplete shoulder-stripe
on each side black; pleura with two oblique. glaucous stripes,
bordered above with black; abdomen pulverulent blue, with some
yellowish markings on the basal segments, which are considerably
thickened vertically, central carina black; terminal upper append-
ages about twice as long as the last segment, very hairy, shghtly
thickened beyond the middle, and pointed at the extremity ; lower
appendage very broad, two-thirds as long as the others, and slightly
upcurved at the extremity. Legs black.above and slightly pulve-
rulent; testaceous below. Wings clear hyaline, even to the base ;
membranule pure white, edged with black below on the hind wings.
Neuration black; the front of the costal nervure, the lower ante-
nodal cross-nervures, and the nodal cross-nervure for two spaces
below the upper antenodal space, testaceous. Fore wings with 11-12
antenodal cross-nervures (the last continuous), and 8-9 postnodals,
the first 2 or 8 not continuous; nodal sector distinctly waved ;
space between the nodal and subnodal sectors with two rows of cells
towards the hind margin. Sectors of the arculus springing from'a
Proo. Zoon. So0o.—1896, No. XXXIV. 34
522 ON DRAGONFLIES FROM SOMALI-LAND. [Apr. 21,
point or very short stalk; triangle traversed, 3 rows of post-trian-
gular cells increasing; 3 cells in the subtriangular space; one
cross-nervure in the lower basal cell; no supratriangular nervules.
Hind wings with the base of the triangle on a level with the arculus ;
pterostigma yellow, between thick black nervures.
This species much resembles O. ccerulescens, Fabr., and, O. subfas-
ciolatum, Brauer; but the almost unstalked sectors of the arculus on
the fore wings remove it from anv of the allied species. Itis, how-
ever, an Oniicenan in its essential characters, and, except in this one
particular, exhibits no resemblance to Leptetrum. It .is curious
that of the three new species in the present small -collection, none
seem to agree exactly with the described genera; and as I am
unwilling to establish new genera on single specimens, I place them
provisionally in Orthetrwm, to which they seem perhaps most
nearly allied.
4, ORTHETRUM PHILLIPSI, sp. n.
Long. corp. 35 millim.; exp. al. 51 millim.; long. pter. 2:2-3
nillim.
Male. Head greenish, the frontal tubercle darker, and the adja-
cent parts of the upper orbits, as well as the occipital triangle,
black ; occiput black above, yellow beneath. Thorax and abdomen
wholly pulverulent blue, the sutures and carinw lined with black,
and the front of the mesothorax with incomplete black shoulder-
stripes. Abdomen rather slender, moderately inflated at the base.
Legs black; the front legs yellowish on the outside, the others with
the cox and a stripe on the femora yellowish. Lower anal ap-
pendage fully $ as long as the upper ones. Wings narrower than
in the last species, clear hyaline, the base stained with yellow,
especially on the hind wings; membranule: white, not. bordered
with blackish below. Neuration and pterostigma coloured as in
the last species; nodal sector and space between the nodal and
subnodal sectors similar. Fore wings with 11 antenodal cross-
nervures, the last continuous, and 8 postnodals, the first two at
least not continuous; sectors of the arculus distinctly stalked ;
triangle traversed, 3 rows of post-triangular cells increasing ;
3 cells in the subtriangular space ; one supratriangular nervule.
Hind wings with the base of the triangle distinctly within the level
of the arculus.
An unusually slender species, much resembling the last super-
ficially, but very distinct.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.
5. ORTHETRUM LORTI, sp. n.
Long. corp. 32 millim. ; exp. al. 55 millim.; long. pter. 4 millim.
Female. Head greenish yellow, the mouth and lower parts darker.
Thorax greenish yellow, with a yellowish-white stripe on each
shoulder, bordered below by a darker greenish-brown space than
the rest of the coloration. Abdomen moderately short and
broad, tawny, with a black central carina commencing on the
1896.] ON LEPIDOPTHRA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 523
third segment, and expanded into a spot in the middle of the
eighth; there is also an indistinct brown stripe on each side of the
abdomen. Legs testaceous, with blackish spines, and the tibia
shading into dark brown towards the extremity. Wings hyaline,
with brown nervures, the cross-nervures towards the costa, and
the costal and subcostal nervures between the nodus and the
pterostigma, yellow. Base strongly tinged with yellow on the
hind wings, but only slightly so on the fore wings. Pterostigma
very long, yellow, between slender black nervures. Fore wings
with 11 antenodal cross-nervures, the last not continuous, and 9-10
postnodal cross-nervures, the first two not continuous ; the nodal
sector very slightly waved, and the row of cells below only doubled
for the last 2 or 3 before the hind margin. Sectors of the arculus
distinctly stalked ; triangle traversed, followed by three rows of
cells increasing ; three subtriangular cells ; one cross-nervure in
the lower basal cell; no supratriangular cells. Hind wings rather
broad at base, with the base of the triangle on a level with the
arculus.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.
There seems no reason to regard this insect as the female of
either of the foregoing. It differs from typical Orthetrum in the
last antenodal cross-nervure being discontinuous.
6. HEMIANAX EPHIPPIGHR, Burm.
Bichen, Somali-land, Feb. 5, 1895.
A common species in the warmer parts of the Old World.
4, List of Lepidoptera collected in Somali-land by Mrs. E.
Lort Phillips. By Emmy Mary Swapper.
[Received April 21, 1896.]
Mrs. E. Lort Phillips accompanied her husband on his recent
expedition to the Goolis Mountains in Somali-land, in the spring
of 1895, and formed a collection of Butterflies which have furnished
an interesting supplement to that made by Dr. Donaldson Smith
during his recent travels in Somali-land. For a full account of
the country traversed by Mr. Lort Phillips, I must refer my
readers to the paper published by the last-named gentleman on the
Birds obtained during the expedition (cf. ‘ Ibis,’ 1896, pp. 62-87,
pl. ii.).
Family DAaNAID az.
=
LimMnas OHRyYSIPPUS (L.).
. 6. Gotten, April 6. 6. 9. Dobar, Goolis Mts., Feb. 4.
g
5
2. Limnas poriprus (Klug).
. 2. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. ¢. Dara-as, March 5.
34*
a
524 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA (Apr. 21,
8. Limwnas KiUGtII, Butler.
a, b. &. Dobar, Feb. 4. c. Hammer, Feb. 13. d,e cd 9.
Gotten, April 7.
Family SavryRip a.
4, AMEOERA MADERAKAL (Gueér.).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13.
5. Ypruima poueta, Kirby.
a. Bichen, Feb. 5. 6. Gellokur, Feb. 9. c. Dara-as, March 8.
d. Darra-surree, March 13.
Family ACR HID &.
6, Aorma CHILO, Godman.
a. &. Gellokur, Feb. 9. 0,¢. 3; d. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.
e,f. 2. Gotten, April 6.
7, AORHA BRESIA, Godman.
a. Gotten, April 7.
8. Aon@A sGANzINtI, Boisd.
a. Gotten, April 6.
9. PaRDOPSIS PUNCTATISSIMA (Boisd.).
a-e. Hammer, Feb. 13. jf. Wardi, Feb. 25. g. Dara-as,
March 5. h. Woob, March. i. Gotten, April 6.
‘ Family NYMPHALID&,
10. Pyzamuis carpul (L.).
a, 6. Wataba, April 7.
11. Junonra cneria (Cram.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. b,c. 6 3; d. 9. Hammer, Feb. 10. ¢, f.
3 2. Gotten, April 7.
12. JUNONIA CREBREND, Trimen.
a,b. 3 2. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c,d. ¢ 9. Dara-as, March 6.
e. 6. Gotten, April 7.
‘13. Precis sesamus, Trimen.
a—d. Dara-as, March 5. e. Darra-surree, March 13.
14, Precis amesrRis (Drury).
a. Dara-as, March 5.. 6. Darra-surree, March 13.
15. Precis canusomns (Butler).
a,b. Wardi, Feb. 25. c¢, Dara-as, March 5.
1896.) FROM SOMALI-LAND. 525-
16. PREOIS TAVETA, Rogenh.
a-c. Dara-as, March 5. d. Gotten, April 6.
17. Bybura 1irayra (Drury).
a, 6. Hammer, Feb. 13. c. Dara-as, March 5.
18. Byprra castanzA (Butler).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
19. HYPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS (L.).
a, b. 3d. Bihen, Feb. 5. c. 9. Dara-as, March 5. d. 9.
Woob, March. ¢, f. 3. Gotten, April 7.
20. CHARAXES CASTOR (Cram.).
a, 6. Dara-as, March 5.
Family Lyo @NID &.
21. LyomNna Moriqua (Wallengr.).
a. do. Wardi, Feb. 25. 6,c,d. d; ¢. 2. Darra-surree, March 12.
22, LyomNA BzTIOA (L.).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
23. Lyomna Linenus (Cram.).
a, 6. Wardi, Feb. 25.
24, Lyomna GarKa (Trimen),.
a. Gellokur, Feb. 9. 6, c. Hammer, Feb. 13.
25, Lyo=NA KNYSNA, Trimen.
a, b. Gellokur, Feb. 9. c. Hammer, Feb. 13. d. Dara-as,
March 5.
26. LyozNA TROCHILUS (Frey.).
a. Bihen-andola, Feb. 7. 6. Darra-surree, March 13.
27. TaARUCUS THHOPHRASTUS (Fabr.).
a. d. Dobar, Feb. 4.. 6. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.
28. LYOHNESTHES, sp.
a. Hammer, Feb. 13.
29. LYOENESTHES, sp.
a,b. Hammer, Feb. 13.
30. LyomNESTHHS AMARAH (Guér.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4.\ 6. Dara-as, March 5.
31. CasTaLIus LAOTINATUS, Butler.
a. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. 6, c, Dara-as, March 5.
526 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA (Apr. 21,
32. Tatura UMBROSA (Butler).
a. Darra-surree, March 13.
33. TATURA PHILIPPUS (Fabr.).
a. Gotten, April 7.
34, Drvpboryx Livia (Klug).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Darra-surree, March 13.
35, Druporyx anta (Trimen).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6. Woob, March.
36, SPINDACIS sOMALINA, Butler.
a, Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13.
37. CALLIPsYcHE Lana (L.).
a. Darra-surree, March 18.
38. ARGIOLAUS SILAS (Westw.).
a. Woob, March.
39. AL#Na JOHANNA, E. M. Sharpe.
a,b,c. Woob, March. d, e. Dara-as, March 5. f,g. 5 9.
Darra-surree, March 18. h. Wataba, April 7.
Family PIERID &.
40. Trertas zon (Hopff.).
a, b. Dara-as, March 5. c,d. d 9. Darra-surree, March 12.
41, Tertas Briarrra (Cram.).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
42, Tentas cerns, Butler.
a. Hammer, Feb. 18. 6. Sahana-sahada, Feb. 17.
43. Mytoruris acaTHiya (Cram.). —
a-c. Dara-as, March 5. d. Darra-surree, March 13, e. Doo-
loob, March. jf. Gotten, April 6.
44, Pieris rnripa, Butler.
a. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6,¢. d 9. Dara-as, March 5.
45, Prents erpica, Godt.
a, b. d 2. Bihen-andola, Feb.8. ¢. d. Darra-surree, March 14.
46. Hprr=NIA MELANARG®, Butler.
a,b,c. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. d,e. Hammer, Feb. 15.
47, Ipmats oasTatis, Staud.
a, 9. Dara-as, Feb, 5,
1896.] FROM SOMALI-LAND. 527
48. TERACOLUS CALAIS (Cram.).
a-g. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.
49, TuRACOLUS CHRYSONOME (Klug).
a. Dedjainio, March 29.
50. TERACcOLUS ARNE (Klug).
36 @. Dobar, Feb. 4. d-f. 6 2. Gellokur, Feb. 9.
g- 2. Dara-as, March 5.
51. TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA (Klug).
a. Bichen, Feb. 5.
52. TERACOLUS H#THRA (Gerst.).
a. &. Dobar, Feb. 4. b,c. 6 9. Dara-as, March6. d,e. 2.
Darra-surree, March 13.
53. THRACOLUS LORTI, sp. 0.
Allied to 7. hetera, Gerst., and 7. puniceus, Baier!
This species is smaller than either of the allied forms, but the
crimson apical patch is very much larger.
Fore wing. Costa, basal area greyish; the hind marginal border
black suffused with grey; veins distinctly black. The crimson
patch near the apex commences just above the discoidal cell,
extending to the second median nervule.
Hind wing. Rather more grey at the base, the veins black, but
having no black spots on the marginal border as in 7, hetera.
Underside similar to 7’. jobina, ‘Butler.
Expanse 2°3 inches.
The females are represented in the red and white varieties.
They resemble the female of 7. puniceus, but differ in having a
row of three hastate marks on the apical portion of the fore wing.
The black marginal border on the hind wing is not so heavily
marked as in 7’. puniceus.
Underside similar to that of above-mentioned species, but
somewhat redder. It is most likely a dry-season form.
Expanse 21 inches.
a. 6. Dara-as, Goolis Mts., March 5, 1895.
b,c. 9. Darra-surree, March 13, 1895.
54, TpRacoLus MILES, Butler.
a,b. &. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.
d. g. Wardi, Feb. 25. ¢ 9. Dedjainio, March 29.
55, TERACOLUS BVENINA (Wallengr.).
a-c. 3. Gellokur, Feb. 9. od. 9. Wardi, Feb. 25. ¢ 9.
Gotten, April 6.
56. TuracoLus THEOGOND (Boisd.).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13.
52
8 MISS SILARPN ON LUPIDOPTHRA [Apr. 21,
57. TmracoLus Nouna (Lucas).
a,b. 6 @. Hammer, Feb. 18. ¢,d..¢ 9. Wardi, Feb. 25.
e f,g. 3; h. 2. Dara-as, March 5.
58. Tnracotus tanirmr, Butler,
a,b. Dara-as, March 3.
_ 59. Tpracoius Puiniipsi, Butler.
a-c. 6; d. 9. Gellokur, Feb. 9.
60. Trracotus LEO, Butler.
a. &. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.
61. Cortas ELEoTRA (L.).
a,b, 3; c¢. Q. Dara-as, March 2.
M
62. SyNOHLOB GLAUcoNomn (Klug).
a, Bihen, Feb. 5. 6. Woob, March. ¢,d. Dedjainio, March 29.
63. CaTOPSILIA FLORELLA (Fabr.).
a-c. Dobar, Keb. 4. d. Hammer, Feb. 13. e, f. Dara-as,
arch 5.
64, NuPHERonta caPEnsis (Hopii.).
a,b, Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.
65. NEPHERONIA ARABICA (Hopff.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13.
Family PaPprInLIonip 4.
66. Papitio pEMoxLEus, L.
a. Darra-surree, March 14. 6. Woob, March.
67. Paritio pspuDonineEvs, Feld.
a. d. Dara-as, March 5. 6. Dooloob, March 24. ¢, d. 3 9.
Gotten, April 7.
68. Papitio anvrnorit, Oberthiir.
a,b. 3; ¢,d. 9. Dara-as, March 7.
Family HusPariipa7.
69. SaRaNGEsa PERTUSA (Mabille).
a,b. Dara-as, March 5.
70. Gomaxia numa (Irvin).
a. Woob, March.
71. Pyreus vinpDEx (Cram.).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6, Wardi, Feb. 25. c. Darra-surree,
March 138,
1896.] — FROM SOMALI-LAND.
RHOPALOCERA HETEROCERA.
Family SPHINGIDE.
72. LOPHOSTETHUS DEMOLINI, Angas.
a. Dobar, Feb. 4.
73. MacroGiossa TROCHILUS, Hiibn.
a. Dara-as, March 5. 6. Darra-surree, March 18.
Family Nooruip sz.
74. SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA (Cram.),
a,b. Dobar, Feb. 4.
75. G@NAMPTONYX VILIS.
a, 6. Dobar, Feb. 4. |
76. CHROOALA, sp.
a,b. Dedjainio, March 29.
77. GRAMMODES STOLIDA (Fabr.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Dedjainio, March 29.
78. PoLYDESMA UMBRICOLA, Boisd.
a. Dobar, Feb. 4.
Family AGARISTID &,
79, AEGOCERA TRICOLOR, Druce.
a,b. Gotten, April 6.
80. ASGOOERA RECTILINEA, Boisd.
a. Dedjainio, March 29.
Family LitHosiip 4,
81. D5IOPBIA PULOHELLA, L.
a, 6. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c,d. Dara-as, March 5.
March. f,g,h. Gotten, April 7.
Family GuomMETRIDE
82. STERRHANTHIA SACRARIA (L.).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
Family PyRaLID az,
83. NoraRoHA, sp.
a. Gotten, April 6.
Family PsyYoHIDa.,
84. MonDA DELIOATISsIMA, Walker. -
a. Dara-as, March 5,
e.. Woob,
530 MISS SHARPR ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,
5. List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith
during his recent Expedition to Lake Rudolf. By
Emity Mary Swarpe.
[Received April 21, 1896.]
For the description of the country traversed by Dr. Donaldson
Smith through Western Somali-land, I may refer to my father's
paper on the Birds collected during the expedition (P. Z. S. 1895,
pp. 457-520).
Although but two new species of Butterflies appear to have been
obtained, the facts connected with the geographical distribution of
many species are of considerable interest.
Family DaNAIDA, -
1, TiruMALA PETIVERANA, Doubl. & Hewits.
lex. d. Meo, Oct. 25, 1894.
2. Lionas Kiet, Butler.
lex. 9. Lafarook, July 7, 1894.
lex. 9. The Hand, July 22, 1894.
Tex. 6. Sheik Husein, Sept., Oct. 1894.
Family SatyRripa,
8. Munanrris BANKIA (Fabr.).
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30, 1894.
4, Myoansis persricua, Trimen.
3 ex. d 2. Sheik Husein, Sept., Oct.
5, Yprumma pourra, Kirby.
4 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-26.
6. NEOOZNYRA RUFILINHATA, Butler.
lex. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
Family Ack #1D 4.
7. ACREA MENIPPE (Drury).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
8. AORZA NEOBULE (Drury).
lex. The Haud, July 23.
2ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.
9. Aorma tyora (Fabr.). .
4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 3.
1896.] FROM LAKD RUDOLF.
10, ACR#ZA DOUBLEDAYI, Guerin.
8ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23-25.
11. AcR#A BRzsIA, Godman.
lex. 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.
12. Parpopsis PUNCTATISSIMA (Boisd.).
lex. Luku, Sept. 18.
4 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
Family NYMPHALIDA,
13, ATELLA COLUMBINA (Cram.).
1 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26.
14, PYRAMBIS OARDUI (L.).
2ex. Berbera, July 4.
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
8 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 16 to Oct. 2.
15. Junonia Bo6ris, Trimen.
2ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25.
* 16. Junonta cumnia (Cram.).
lex. d. Darar, Sept. 15.
4ex. d 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2
17, JUNONIA OREBRENE, Trimen.
lex. g. The Haud, July 23.
lex. gd. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
5ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 1.
18. Precis spsamus, Trimen.
lex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19.
19, Preots ooravia (Cram.).
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.
20. Precis Tavera (Rogenh.).
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19, 24.
21. Precis croanrHa (Cram.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
lex. Sheik Mahomed, Oct. 28.
2 ex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 4, 19.
22. PRECIS MICROMERA, Butler.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 1..
531
532 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Apr. 21,
23. Prucis ortHosta (Godt.).
4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 2.
24, Hurywnia DRYOPE (Cram.).
5 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept, 26 to Oct. 2.
lex. Darro Mountains, Noy. 18.
25, Horyrnna HIARBAS (Drury).
2 ex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 6.
26. Bypita mitayia (Drury).
13 ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20 to Oct. 2.
27. Nepris agatHa (Cram.).
lex. Meo, Oct. 25.
lex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19.
28. Nupris MaRprssa, Hopff.
lex. Sheik Husein, Oct. 2.
29. Hamanumipa D=patLvs (Fabr.).
1 ex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 4.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
30. HypoLimnas Mistppus (Linn.).
lex. 6. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
5 ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2.
31. PANOPBA WALENSENSIS, sp. 0.
Allied to P. coromana, Oberthiir, but differs in the white mete
ings on the fore wing.
Fore wing.—The two spots on the apical portion are more square
in shape; the discal row of white spots, from the inner margin to
the third median nervule, are larger in size and only separated by
the brown nervules. Two spots, one in the cell, and the second
_ between the third median and second radial nervules, close to the
third discocellular nervule, are very distinctly marked. A sub-
marginal row of white spots, commencing above the submedian
nervure, and extending, between each nervule, to the third median
nervule; these spots are rather more distinct than in P. coromana.
Hind wing : similar to that of the allied species, the submarginal
row of white spots being more distinctly marked.
Underside.— White spots more clearly defined, with the submar-
ginal spots mentioned on the upperside well marked. The whole
of the basal half of the hind wing white, with eight black spots at
the base. A marginal border, pale brown, not so distinct as in
P. coromana, and with a submarginal row of round white spots
between each nervule.
Expanse 2-7 inches.
Hab. Walenso, Oct..26, 1894.
1896.] FROM LAKD RUDOLF. ‘533
32, SALAMIS ANAOARDII (L.).
2 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26. .
33. CHARAXES CANDIOPH (Godt.).
lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
34, CHARAXHS HOLLANDII, Butler.
3 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26.
35. CHARAXES ZOOLINA (Doubled.).
lex. gd. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
lex. 6. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
36. CHARAXES NEANTHES (Hewits.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19. !
Family LYo# NID.
37. ZuRITIs PuRion (Cram.).
lex. The Haud, July 27.
38. Duvuporyx i1via (Klug).
lex. Ahdeh, July 14.
39. Lyozna puLonRA, Murray.
lex.. Argeisa, July 18.
1 ex. Shebeli, Sept. 1.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.
40, Lyomna sopates (Hopft.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
41, Lyomna TuropHRastus (Fabr.).
lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 18.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28 to Oct. 2.
42. CaTOCHRYSOPS ASTERIS (Godt.).:
1 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.
43. LyozNA LinGEus (Cram.).
1 ex. Sheik Husein. :
44, LyomNA Moriqua (Wallengr.).’
lex. Argeisa, July 18. —
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29.
45. LyomNa Bzri0A (L.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
534 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA
46, Lyomna GarKa (Trim.).
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 29.
47, LyceNnusTuus Lanypas (Cram.).
2 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
Family Prprip &.
48, Tertas zon (Hopff.).
lex. 9. Argeisa, July 18.
10 ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-28.
49, TeRIAS REGULARIS (Butl.).
lex. ¢. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
Qex. dG. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
50. Terras BIstnvaTa (Butler).
lex. Smith River, Sept. 16.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20 to Oct. 1.
51. Mynoruris agaraina (Cram.).
3 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24 to Oct. 2.
lex. dg. Meo, Oct. 25.
52, Preris erproa (Godt.).
5ex. d6 @. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-25.
(Apr. 2),
The males are typical P. gidica, but the female would be con-
sidered by most entomologists to be P. abyssinica, Lucas. My
impression is that these two species are identical.
53. Pruris spvERina (Cram.).
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. Smith River, Sept. 16.
4 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23 to Oct. 2.
54, Preris torpaca (Walker).
lex. d. Sibbe, July 7.
Qex. d. The Haud, July 25.
lex. 2. Dachetu, Aug. 9.
lex. 9. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
55, Preris rayso (Hopff.).
2ex. Meo, Oct. 10, 25.
56, HerPZNIA MELANARGS, Butler.
lex. The Haud, July 22.
lex. Sassabane, July 31.
lex. Sibbe, Aug. 4.
lex. Fussa, Sept. 12.
1896.) ROM LAKD RUDOL. 535
57. THRACOLUS AURIGINEUS, Butler.
4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-28.
58. THRACOLUS CHRYSoNOMn (Klug).
lex. Ahdeh, July 14.
3ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24, 28.
59. TERACOLUS cATOCHRYsops, Butler.
2ex. 6 9. Darro Mts., Nov. 19.
60. Tmraconus CALAIS (Cram.).
2ex. Ahdeh, July 14.
lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
lex. 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25.
61. TERACOLUS OCELLATUS, Butler.
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30.
62. TmRAcoLUS PROTOMEDIA (Klug).
lex. Silou, Aug. 7.
lex. Ehrer River, Aug. 16.
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 24.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29.
63. TBRACOLUS PHLNGYAS (Butler).
1 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.
64. TERacoLus Pu@nNivs (Butler).
2ex. dQ. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20, Oct. 2.
65. TERACOLUS MILES, Butler.
lex. g. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. g. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
66. TERAcoLUS agoyH, Wallengr.
2ex. The Haud, July 25.
3ex. Silou, Aug. 7.
67. THRACOLUS OMPHALE (Godt.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.
68. THRacoLus JaoKsont, HE. M. Sharpe.
4ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2.
69. TRAcoLUS BVENINA (Wallengr.).
lex. Ahdeh, July 14.
lex. Sheik Husein, Oct. 1.
70. THRACOLUS ANTEVIPPE (Boisd.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
536 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,
71. Tnraconvs suBvENosus, Butler.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
72, TERACOLUS SIPYLUS, Swinh.
5ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23 to Oct. 2.
73. THRACOLUS MINANS, Butler.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-26.
74, TBRACOLUS PHILLIPSI, Butler.
lex. ¢. Ahdeh, July 17.
4ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 1.
75. Turacous crrenvs, Butler.
4ex. d 2. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. 6. Stony-brook, Aug. 29.
lex. d. Meo, Oct. 25.
76, TERACOLUS HELIOOAUSTUS, Butler.
lex. Sibbe, Aug. 4.
77, THRacotus LEO, Butler.
lex. 9. Shebeli, Aug. 24.
lex. d. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
78. Coutas ELEcTRA (L.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23.
3 ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 6-19.
79. Eronia oLeopora, Hiibn.
lex. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
lex. Sheik ILusein, Sept. 24.
80. Eronra Lupa, Doubled.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
lex. Meo, Oct. 25.
81. CaTopsILIA FLORELLA (Fabr.).
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
7 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24 to Oct. 2.
82. SYNOHLOE GLAuconomn (Klug).
lex. The Haud, July 22.
Family PAPILIONIDS.
83. Papinuio pEMotnUS, L.
lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
3 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 12-28.
lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
1896.] FROM LAKH RUDOLE, 537
84. PAPILIo BRontus, Godman.
lex. Meo, Oct. 25.
lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 10.
85. PAPILIO DONALDSONI, sp. n.
Allied to P. nireus, but differs in the brilliant blue band on the
fore wing.
Fore wing.—The blue band ending below the median nervure
much narrower in width and distinctly separated by the black
nervules. The two blue spots near the apex clearly defined but
smaller. Hind wing: similar to P. nireus, but the band not so
wide and terminating above the anal angle.
Underside-—With the exception of the yellow submarginal
band on the hind wing, there is no other difference from P. zeus.
This band is almost united from the apex to the first median
nervule, the outward lines or edges being almost straight.
©. Similar to the female of P. mireus in colour, but the blue
band terminates below the discoidal cell, as in the male. Under-
side entirely brown, without the yellow submarginal border
on the hind wing.
Expanse: ¢ 3*2 inches, 9 3°6 inches.
3 ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 6.
2ex. Meo, Oct. 25.
86. Papinio antrnorit, Oberthiir.
2 ex. Walenso, Oct. 25.
2ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4-16.
Family HBsPHRIID #.
87. IsMENH FoRESTAN (Cram.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.
88. HESPERIA VINDEX (Cram.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.
89. PAMPHILA INconsriouA, Bert.
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
90. NisoNIADES DIELELE (Wallengr.).
lex. Goura, Sept. 14.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
91. NisonIADES WESTERMANNI (Latr.).
6ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-26.
Proo. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XXXYV. 35
538 MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON THI [Apr. 21,
6. On the Anatomy of a Grebe (Aichmophorus major),
with Remarks upon the Classification of some of the
Schizognathous Birds. By Franx I. Beppaxrp, M.A.,
F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.
[Received March 17, 1896.]
As so few of the Grebes have been dissected, I took the
opportunity offered, by the death some months since of a specimen
of Achmophorus major, to make some notes upon the principal
viscera and muscles, which I now lay before the Society.
As is well known, birds differ very much in the extent of a
horizontal membrane which is attached laterally to the oblique
septa and posteriorly and ventrally to the abdominal wall. This
membrane has been variously termed ‘“‘ Omentum,” ‘“ Pseudepi-
ploon,” and “ Horizontal septum.” When the abdominal viscera of
the Grebe are exposed by cutting carefully through the body-wall
at some distance behind the sternum, the cavity which contains
them is seen to contain only the intestines. As is the case with
many other birds, with many Passeres for instance, the duodenal
loop is very extensive, reaching right to the end of the abdominal
cayity. This cavity, containing the intestines, is shut off from the
anterior part of the abdominal cavity by an almost vertical septum,
which isthe reduced equivalent of thehorizontalseptum. This septum
cuts off from the intestinal cavity another cavity which incloses the
gizzard and the liver, and is again divided into right and left halves
by the falciform ligament. The right cavity thus formed contains
as usual only the right lobe of the liver. I should mention also,
as a fact of some systematic importance, that neither the gizzard
nor the entire extent of the liver is sheltered by the sternum;
they lie nearly altogether behind it. In this particular Hchmophorus
differs from Psophia, Cariama, and the Rallidw; but the Grebe
agrees with those birds as well'as with the Ducks in the small
extent of the horizontal septum.
§ Myology.
T have only made notes upon the more important muscles from
a classificatory point of view.
The arrangement of the tendons of the tensores patagii is
characteristic. The tensor brevis is early divided into two separate
tendons which run down the patagium to be inserted as usual on
to the forearm. They do not, however, as in the majority of birds,
form well-defined narrow tendons, but are thin and ill-defined
sheets of tendon. The division which lies nearest to the humerus
is particularly thin and difficult to delimit. The outer band has a
thickened strand on the side nearest to the humerus; it thins off
gradually on the outer side. The nerve to the hand passes under
1896.] ANATOMY OF ZCHMOPHORUS MAJOR: 589
the inner tendinous band and the thickened inner strand of the
outer band, but above the rest of the tendon. The tensor longus
tendon, as usual, dilates at the middle of the patagium into a
yellowish thickened nodule of different appearance from the rest
of the tendon. From this, or from its immediate neighbourhood,
arise a few strands of tendinous tissue arranged in a fan-like
fashion, which become collected into a thin tendon running
obliquely across the patagium to be inserted on to the tendon of the
extensor metacarpi. One of the thin strands which make up the
patagial fan is directly continuous with the biceps slip. The
muscle in fact appears to end in this tendon, and not to be inserted,
as is more usually the case, into the tendon of the tensor longus.
The biceps is less fleshy than this muscle often is. The tendons
of origin and insertion are continued over the greater part of the
muscle as superficial tendinous sheets. The muscle has practically
only one head of origin, that from the coracoid ; there is, however,
what I believe to be the remains of the humeral head in the shape
of an attachment to the under surface of the pectoralis major.
The deltoid has an insertion upon the humerus of no great
extent. It is attached to that bone for rather less than a third of
its length.
The anconeus has a humeral head which is a somewhat narrow
tendon arising'close to the insertion of the latissimus dorsi.
The eapansor secundariorum appeared to be totally absent.
The pectoralis major is rather a thin muscle; it is, however, for
a portion of its extent divisible into two layers. The superior
margin of the muscle, 7. ¢. that furthest away from the carina
sterni, is largely tendinous. The insertion of the muscle on to the
crest of the humerus is tendinous throughout for about the last
eighth of an inch.
The pectoralis minor is, as usual, a bipinnate muscle, but the
lower side is much wider than the upper. Its origin from the
sternum and the carina extends rather more than halfway down.
The latissimus dorsi is as usual divided into two muscles, with a
branch going to the skin (not always present in birds). This is
the dorso-cutaneous of Fiirbringer. The last mentioned overlaps
the entire origin of the posterior half of the muscle and is
continuous with the origin of the anterior.
The gluteus maximus consists of two separate parts. In front
of the acetabulum is a not very wide (3 inch) strap-shaped band
about the same size as the sartorius, which it partly overlaps. From
the acetabulum to the very end of the ilium arises a sheet of
muscle which completely covers the underlying biceps, and is
inserted on to the fascia covering the leg from the knee to nearly
halfway down.
The gluteus medius is incompletely divided into two halves.
They run side by side, and are inserted each by a separate tendon
of insertion which are connected by a muscular part.
The gluteus minimus is completely hidden by the last muscle ;
it is small and entirely flesby and arises from the ilium only.
30*
540 Mh. Bf, BUDDARD ON THD [Apr. 21,
The biceps is large and fleshy, about an inch across at its origin.
The tendinous sling through which it passes to its insertion is
formed of two strong ligaments attached to the femur; one of them
is identical with the head of the gastrocnemius. In addition to
these two, there is a broad coarsely fibrous band running from the
bottom of the loop to one of the flexors of the foot.
The ambiens, the femorocaudal, and the accessory semitendinosus
are absent.
The accessory femorocaudal is a thin muscle tendinous at both
origin and insertion.
The semitendinosus and the semimembranosus appear to form one
intimately conjoined muscle, which gives off before its insertion a
very delicate tendinous slip to the gastrocnemius.
Only one peroneus is present in Aichmophorus. The origin
of this overlaps that of the tibialis anticus. The tendon in which
it ends is inserted into the mass of fibro-cartilage at the ankle
through which the flexor tendons bore their way.
_ The tibialis anticus has a tendon which is bifid at its insertion ;
just in front of the point at which the tendon divides, a tendinous
slip is given off which runs for some way down the foot and is
finally fixed to skin.
The extensor communis digitorum divides into three tendons for
the toes. That supplying digit II. remains a single tendon. The
tendon supplying digit ILI. divides into three separate tendons ;
while the tendon supplying digit IV. divides into two.
The gastrocnemius has the usual three heads. The inner is
much the largest, and its origin commences at the very summit of
the great cnemial crest of the tibia and extends halfway down the
leg. The outer head arises, as has been already mentioned, in
common with the tendinous sling of the biceps. These two heads
end in tendons at precisely the same level below. Shortly after
this (about 4 inch) they join. The third head arises in common
with the tendinous insertion of the outer of the two adductors ;
its tendon (ossified) joins that of the inner head some way in front
of the junction of the inner and outer heads.
Flexores perforati.—There are the usual three muscles supplying
the three digits. ‘Their tendons are not connected with each other,
or with the tendons of the flexor perforatus et perforans, in any
way.
Flexor perforatus et perforans.—Only one digit (II1.) is supplied
by this. The tendons of the flexor profundus digitorum and of
the flexor longus hallucis are intimately fused for a considerable
length. From the conjoined tendon no slip is given off to the
hallux. Each of the other digits has its own slip. The tendon
supplying digit II. arises first; then the rewaining part of the
tendon divides into two, each half supplying digits III. and IV.
§ Comparison of ASchmophorus with other Colymbi.
My information as to the myology of other Grebes is derived
1896.) ANATOMY OF ZCHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 541
from the works of Garrod’, Fiirbringer*, and Gadow*, and from my
own dissection of J odicipes cristatus. ‘These observations only refer
to various species of Podicipes (P. cornutus, P, cristatus, P. minor,
P. nove hollandie), The differences between these forms and
Aichmophorus are not great. The tendons of the tensor brevis
are, however, a little different, judging from the figure which
Fiirbringer (loc. cit. pl. xix. fig. 4) gives of Podicipes cornutus. In
that Grebe the tendon of the brevis and the recurrent tendon, the
longus, appear to form a continuous sheet of tendon covering a
good deal of the patagium. In P. cristatus the biceps slip joins
the brevis tendon. The biceps is two-headed in some other Grebes,
but single in P. cristatus. The expansor secundariorum is not entirely
absent in other Grebes, but is rudimentary. I did not look for it
with a microscope in Achmophorus, so there may be a faint
rudiment. I could not find one, however, in P. cristatus.
The syrinx of Aichmophorus (fig. 1) has a very incomplete
bronchidesmus, a very wide space between the two bronchi existing
above its anterior edge. The last two tracheal rings are fused to
form a long box, into the composition of which it appears to me
that the first bronchial semiring enters. In any case, if that be not
UIT
t =
mm"
om ——
rr —nr?
7
or
—
Fig. 1.—Syrinx of Achmophorus : 4, intrinsic muscles.
Fig. 2.—Syrinx of Tachybaptes: 7, intrinsic muscles.
so, the first bronchial semiring has the unusual relations shown in
the drawing, which are perfectly consistent with the belief that the
ring is the second bronchial. The intrinsic muscles are attached to
the third tracheal ring in front of the tracheo-bronchial box. The
1 Collected papers passim.
A 6 Untersue ungen zur Morph. u. Syst. der Vogel.’
3 “Aves” in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,
542 MN. F. B. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 21,
bronchial semirings are fairly ossified, but have rather wide mem-
branous interspaces.
In Podicipes cristatus there is the same failure of the intrinsic
syringeal muscles to reach even the end of the trachea. A box is
formed by fusion at the end of the trachea, into which it appears
to me the first bronchial semiring does not enter. The bronchial
semirings are deeper and closer ,together, and the whole bronchus
is more ossified, than in the last genus. The bronchi, too, are longer.
In Podicipes coronatus the syrinx is much the same, but of course
smaller. The first free semiring of the bronchus seems to be
No. 2. There is a wider membranous interval between it and the
antecedent tracheo-bronchial box than in the last species.
Tuchybaptes fluviatilis (fig. 2, p. 541) has a different syrinx.
The last three tracheal rings are only fused in front, though they
are closely united laterally. These rings are much ossified. The
insertion of the intrinsic muscles is remarkable. They run obliquely
forward, converging, to be inserted into the last three tracheal
rings. The first bronchial semiring is arched, and ossified in front
where it is fused with the tracheal box; otherwise it and the
succeeding rings are cartilaginous. It is clear, therefore, that the
syringeal characters justify the generic distinction here adopted.
§ On the inter-relationships of Podicipedide, Laride, and Alcide.
By some, e.g. by Mr. Sclater, the Grebes and the Auks are
referred to one order. By others, e.g. by Dr. Gadow, the
Laridw are placed in the immediate neighbourhood of the Auks,
both being separated from the Grebes and Loons. In preparing a
general treatise upon the Anatomy of Birds, upon which I am now
engaged, I have had to gointo this matter. I propose to give now
such new facts as I have ascertained for myself, and extracted
from the note-books of Mr. Garrod and Mr. Forbes, which bear
upon this question.
It appears to me to be quite necessary to separate more widely
the Alcide from the Laridz,than the Laride from the Charadriidee
(s. 1.). Dr. Gadow, in the classificatory part of his account of the
Birds in Bronn’s ‘Thier-Reich,’ does not define the Lari by one
single character of importance that distinguishes them from all of
the remaining Limicole. Nor are any such characters forthcoming
from the elaborate tables of Prof. Fiirbringer. In attempting to
justify the separation of some such group as the Longipennes, I
have, on the contrary, found additional evidence for a closer union
between the Gulls and the Ployers. I should regard the former,
in fact, as merely forming a family of Dr. Gadow’s Liticole,
equivalent, for instance, to Chionididw, (dicnemide, &c. And this
family will have to be defined wholly by external characters.
Limagined for some time that the remarkable condition of the
biceps brachii in the Gulls would prove a fact of classificatory value.
In Gulls the biceps is divided into two distinct muscles, corre-
sponding to the humeral and coracoidal heads of the more normal
1896.] ANATOMY OF ECHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 543
biceps of other birds. The coracoidal part of the muscle again
divides into two parts, of which one supplies the radius, and the
other the ulna. Dr. Gadow mentions, upon the authority of
Meckel, that in Aimantopus and Scolopaa the biceps is divided. I
find in a specimen of Himantopus nigricollis the following
arrangement of the several parts of this compound muscle. The
muscle has two distinct portions—one, which may perhaps corre-
spond to the entire biceps of other birds, has the two normal heads,
one arising from the humerus, the other from the coracoid. In
addition to this is a distinct coracoidal portion which has a common
origin from the coracoid with the coracoidal half of the double
head of the muscle. In Cursorius J also found the biceps to be
double much in the same way; but the division only commenced a
little way below the level of the humeral attachment. Finally, in
Lobivanellus there were indications merely of the same division by
a superficial furrow extending for some way up the muscle.
In the Gulls proper (the Zarine of Howard Saunders) there is a
syrinx of a more typical form than in any Limicoline bird known
to me. Its more “ typical” character consists in the fact that the
single pair of intrinsic muscles are attached to the first bronchial
semiring, and that that ring is bowed and closely attached to the Jast
of six or seven slightly modified tracheal rings. In the Limicole,
on the other hand, the intrinsic muscles are frequently absent
(Himantopus, Hematopus, Squatarola), and when present do not as
a rule extend down as far as the bronchi; they end upon a tracheal
ring at a variable distance from the end, though in some cases at
least they may be continued as far as the bronchi by fibrous tissue.
Lestris, however, has a syrinx which differs from that of the Gulls
in that the intrinsic muscles end at the last tracheal ring, being
attached partly to this and partly to the two in front; the muscle,
in fact, is inserted rather obliquely. No very distinct line can there-
fore be drawn between the two groups in the structure of the syrinx.
Some justification for the association of the Laride with the
Alcide is to be found in the disposition of the tendons of the
tensor patagii brevis. In the Gulls, as in Limicoline birds generally,
the tendon of the brevis muscle is double from the commencement,
while the anterior of its two parts gives off just before its attach-
ment a wristward slip from which passes upward obliquely the
patagial fan to be inserted on to the tendon of the longus. There is,
too, in both groups invariably a biceps slip, which may be inferred
from Prof. Fiirbringer’s statement: as, however, I am acquainted,
from my own dissections and from the sketches left by my two
predecessors, with a larger series of both Laridw and Limicole than
were known to Dr. Fiirbringer, the fact seems tobe worth emphasizing.
In Larus argentatus there is, as is shown by a sketch of Mr. Forbes’s,
a peculiar tendinous slip passing from the tendon of the longus
patagii to the flexor side of the forearm, which is quite distinct
from the patagial fan already referred to. This has not been
observed in any Limicoline birds but Charadrius pluvialis; it is
highly characteristic of the Alcide. It may therefore be useful to
544 MR. F, B, BEDDARD ON THE ({Apr. 21,
reproduce one or two of the late Mr. Forbes’s sketches in illus-
tration of the tensores of those birds, which have been but little
described. The simplest form perhaps is to be seen in Synthlibo-
rhamphus antiquus. Here (fig. 3) there is but one tendon to the
Tig. 3.
a, slip to ulnar side of forearm.
(From a MS. sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)
brevis muscle, which is inserted on to the forearm and passes
over its muscles to be attached below to the ulna. This single
tendon appears to correspond to the anterior of the two invariably
present in Gulls and Limicoline birds: this is to be inferred from
the fact that it gives off just the merest apology for the wristward
branch found in those birds; there is no patagial fan connecting
this tendon with the longus tendon; but a thin tendon runs from
the longus and is attached to the flexor side of the forearm.
Fiirbringer’s figure of these tendons in Alca torda shows no trace
of this peculiar slip; but it seems to occur at least in the majority
ofthe Alcide. Its presence and the rudimentary character of the
wristward branch of the main tendon of the brevis are the special
peculiarities of the patagial tendons in the Alcidw. There are,
however, as many as three separate tendons all running parallel in
some species. In Lunda (see fig. 4), Cerutorhina (fig. 5), Brachy-
vhamphus, and Uria this is the case. In Fratercula and Alca
there are only two. In a few species (in Fratercula for instance)
where there is a patagial fan, a small ossicle as in the Petrels is
developed. It seems clear, therefore, that the patagial muscles of
the Alcids do not on the whole favour the close relationship of the
Alcidx to any other Limicoline birds, the resemblance to the Gulls
1896.] ANATOMY QF CHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 545
Fig. 4.
Tensores patagii of Lunda cirrhata. a, as in fig. 3.
(From a MS, sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)
Tensores patagii of Ceratorhina monocerata. a, us in fig. 3.
(From a MS, sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)
546 ON THE ANATOMY OF HCHMOPHORUS MAJOR. ([Apr. 21,
and to the Plovers being only seen in one species of each group and
in the aberrant Rhynchops. There is, moreover, the same amount of
likenessto the Limicols proper in a small point which may be regarded
as of equal importance. The bicepsslip, always present in the Alcide,
has, at least as a rule, rather unusual relations, ‘hus in Alca
torda Fiirbringer figures it as attached partly to the patagial
membrane and partly to the inner of the two brevis tendons. In
the Gull the insertion is the more normal one, 7. é. on to the longus
tendon. In Fratercula arctica the muscle is inserted upon the
middle of the three brevis tendons. Now ina specimen of Trinya
canutus (doubtless individual variation), I found a second biceps
slip in addition to the usual one, which was inserted on to the outer
of the two brevis tendons. This tendon I take, for reasons already
explained, to correspond to the middle of the three tendons of
Pratercula.
I have carefully studied the windpipe of a number of Auks, and
can find no reasons for associating them especially with the Gulls
from an examination of this organ. The syrinx is seen in its most
characteristic, even exaggerated, form in Ceratorhina monocerata,
In this Auk (fig. 6) the first bronchial semiring is the shape
of half an ellipse—a gross exaggeration of the generally arched
form of this ring in the avian syrinx; the same form is shown by
the second bronchial semiring, which lies as it were inside the first
Vig. 6.
Fig. 6.—Syrinx of Ceratorhina monocerata : 7, intrinsic muscles.
Fig. 7.—Syrinx of Lomvia troile: i, intrinsic muscles.
and is concentric with it. The intrinsic muscles are attached to
the first. Nothing of this kind occurs in any Gull or Limicoline
bird known to me. In other Auks, however (fig. 7), the syrinx
is decidedly more typical in form. It is an interesting fact
that we can arrange the family into two subfamilies according to
1896.] RONTGEN-RAY PHOTOGRAPHS OF A SNAKE. DAT
the modifications of the syrinx and the muscles of the leg. In
Alca, Phaleris, Lomvia, Uria, and Synthliborhamphus the syrinx does
not show the extraordinary modification described in Ceratorlina
and occurring also in Lunda and Fratercula. In the three latter
genera the ambiens is present, but the accessory femorocaudal is
absent. The exactly reversed condition characterizes four of the first
mentioned genera’. Uria columbia, however, has a syrinx which is
an approach towards that of the more differentiated types.
May 5, 1896.
Dr. Joun Anpurson, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of April were 99 in number. Of these, 82 were acquired
by presentation, 80 by purchase, 6 were born in the Gardens,
30 were received on deposit and 1 inexchange. ‘The total number of
departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 141.
Amongst these attention was called to a young male Indian
Elephant (Zlephas indicus) from Burmah, purchased of Mr. Cross
of Liverpool, April 10th’.
Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A., exhibited some photographs of a snake
in the act of swallowing a mouse, taken by aid of the Réntgen rays,
so that the skeleton tissues of both animals were clearly shown.
The snake in question was a common grass-snake (Z7opidonotus
natrix), belonging to Mr. V. H. Sugden, of the Owens College,
who kindly superintended that portion of the experiment connected
with it. As the snake did not appear hungry, its mouth was
opened and the mouse pushed down its throat; when about two-
thirds of it had passed between the jaws the first exposure was
made, but this failing owing to movement on the part of the snake,
ether was administered and complete repose thus secured.
Three exposures were subsequently made—one from above and
one from the side,—in which the expansion of the jaws to take in
the comparatively large prey was well shown. ‘The third exposure
was made when the mouse was completely within the snake's
throat, and the contrast between the natural and the distended
diameter of the body was very marked. By the kindness of
Prof. Schuster, F.R.S., the experiments were made in the Physical
Laboratory of the Owens College, and the electric apparatus was
superintended by Mr. A. T. Stanton.
1 Phaleris is exceptional in having neither ambiens nor accessory femoro-
caudal. _
? This Elephant, on the 4th of June, was found to weigh 11 ewt. 1 qr. 7 lbs,
548 MR, G, A, BOULENGER ON LEPYLE-ICNOWN [May 5,
The following papers were read :—
1. On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasus.
By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S.
[Received May 4, 1896.)
(Plates XXI. & XXII.)
Ten species of Batrachians have been recorded from the Caucasus,
viz. Rana esculenta, L. (var. ridibunda, Pall.), R. macrocnemis,
Bler., R. camerani, Blgr., Bufo viridis, Laur., B. vulgaris, Laur.,
Hyla arborea, L., Salamandra caucasica, Waga, Molge cristata,
Laur. (var. karelinii, Strauch), M. vulgaris, L. (var. meridionalis,
Blgr.), and MV. vittata, Gray. To these 10 species an important
addition has recently been made: Pelodytes caucasicus, Blgr., the
second species of a genus believed to be confined to Western
Kurope.
Considerable material having reached the British Museum of
late, chiefly through the kindness of Dr. G. Radde, Director of the
Tiflis Museum, I am able to give detailed descriptions and figures
of, or notes upon, five species which are still imperfectly known,
viz. Rana macrocnemis, R. camerant, Pelodytes caucasicus, Sala-
mandra caucasica, and Molge vittata.
RANA MAOROONEMIS.
Rana macroenemis, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 22, pl. iii.,
and Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 596; Boettg. Ber. Senck.
Ges. 1892, p. 186.
This species was originally described from a single male specimen
collected at Brusa, Asia Minor, by the late Baron von Maltzan.
Tt has since been recorded from near Tiflis. The following de-.
scription is taken from three Tiflis specimens in the British Museum,
viz. two from the Tortoise Lake, received from the Senckenberg
Museum; the third from Rijut, 4200-4300 feet, presented by
Hr. W. Wolterstorff, of Halle. As observed by Prof. Boettger,
the snout is often more elongate than in the type from Brusa,
approaching in shape that of Rana agilis, and the inner metatarsal
tubercle a little shorter ; otherwise the agreement is complete.
The vomerine teeth form two small oblique groups, close
together, entirely behind the level of the choanw. Head a little
broader than long; snout rounded or obtusely acuminate, not
prominent,'with the lores rather oblique; nostrils nearly equally
distant from the eyes and the end of the snout, the distance
between them much greater than the interorbital width, which is
also much less than the width of the upper eyelid ; tympanum one
half to three fifths the diameter of the eye, from which it is rather
remote. ore limb very strong in the breeding male, just as in
R. temporaria, and with the inner finger provided with a still
stronger pad, which is not divided by a transverse groove. The
first finger extends slightly, but distinctly beyond the second.
e
P.Z.5.1896.P1.XxX1.
H.Grénvold del.ct lith. Weoeaaieer fap
1.RANA CAMERANI. 2.PELODYTES CAUCASICUS
fe ne iL
TE ig 2) WEG IPN ROM,
har
AN.
N.Groénvold del.ct hth Mintern Bros.imp
LSALAMANDRA CAUCASICA.2.MOLGE V1ITTATA
1896.] BATRACHIANS FROM THB CAUCASUS 549
The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the end of the snout or
beyond, and the length of the hind limb between the vent and the
tibio-tarsal articulation exceeds the length of head and body; the
tibia is a trifle shorter than the fore limb, and nearly equals the
length of the foot. The web between the toes, during the breeding-
season, is developed to the same extent as in 2. temporaria: in the
male it reaches to the base of the penultimate phalanx on the
inner side of all the toes but the last, which is webbed to the very
tip; whilst in the female the last two phalanges of the fourth toe
are free on both sides, and the distal phalanx is free on the outer
side on the three inner toes and on the inner side on the outer toe.
The free border of the web is deeply notched in the female, nearly
rectilinear in the male. In the male post nuptias the palmation is
as in the female. The subarticular tubercles are feebly or
moderately developed; the inner metatarsal tubercle is small, oval,
soft, rather more developed than in &. temporaria aud somewhat
less than in 2. agilis; its length is not quite half that of the
inner toe; a small tubercle is present at the base of the fourth toe.
’ As in R, temporaria, the skin of the back in the breeding male
is swollen through the great development of the lymph-cells,
whilst in the female pearl-like granules are scattered on the sides,
on the pelvic region, and on the hind limbs. The glandular lateral
folds are feebly prominent; the distance between them, on the
scapular region, equals one fifth to one sixth the length from
snout to vent.
The specimens, which have been for some time in spirit, are
pale brown above, with large dark spots on the back and sides, and
regular cross-bars on the hind limbs; a dark canthal streak, a
large temporal blotch and a dark streak along the upper lip; a
more or less distinct light streak between the latter and the canthal
streak. Lower parts white, with small dark spots on the throat.
As noticed before, the male is provided with a pair of internal
vocal sacs.
3. d. Q.
millim, millim. millim.
From snout to vent ...... 70 67 64
Lenpthof head .......... 20 20 18
Width of head .......... BR} 2 OP) 20
Diameter of eye ........ 6°5 7 6
Interorbital width ........ 3:5 3°5 35
From eye to nostril ...... 5 4:5 4
» end of snout .. 9 9 8
Tympanum.............. 3°5 4 3
From eye to tympanum.... 25 2 2:5
Forelimb .............. 45 42 37
Hind limb .............. 129 120 108
WOR sooopoccsc0b0d apeo ey 38 35
INDE Gooocngc0gd0d0d0G0 41 39 35
Inner toe .......-...... 8:5 8 75
Inner metatarsal tubercle .. 35 3:5 3
550 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON LITTLN-KNOWN [May 5,
Rana oaMERANI. (Plate X XI. fig. 1.)
Rana camerani, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 597 ;
Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 134.
First described from four specimens collected by Dr. Oscar
Schneider on Lake Tabizhuri, 8000 feet, and at Achalkalki, and
preserved in the Berlin Museum, this species has been rediscovered
in the Karabagh Mountains, around Lake Gokcha, and near Tiflis,
where it occurs together with 2. macrocnemis. Thanks to the
kindness of Professor Boettger, the British Museum has received
three specimens—one male from Gilli, L. Gokcha, and two young
from the C. Karabagh—in exchange from the Senckenberg Museum.
Their detailed measurements are recorded below.
R. camerani is very closely allied to R. macrocnemis, and more
material is required before they can positively be pronounced to be
distinct species. The affinity to J?. arvalis is also very great, but
the small size of the inner metatarsal tubercle in 2. camerani is
sufficient for distinction. g
The yomerine teeth do not differ from those of &. macroenemis.
The snout is more pointed and more prominent, as in a typical
R. arvalis ; the interorbital space is very narrow, one half to two
thirds the width of the upper eyelid, and considerably narrower
than the distance between the nostrils; the tympanum measures
hardly half the diameter of the eye, from which it is separated by
a distance equal to at least two thirds its diameter. The first and
second fingers are equal, or the first extends very slightly beyond
the second; the subarticular tubercles are strong, and the inner
metatarsal tubercle is oval, measuring two fifths to one half its
distance from the end of the inner toe; the web between the toes
is as much developed asin 2. macrocnemis; the male in breeding
attire is, however, still unknown. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the eye or the nostril; the length of the hind limb between
the vent and the tibio-tarsal articulation equals the length of head
and body minus the whole or half the length of the snout; the
tibia is as long as the foot or the fore limb. The glandular lateral
folds are strong and very prominent; the distance between them,
on the scapular region, equals two ninths to one fifth the length
from snout to vent.
The coloration is in every respect that of 2. arvalis, and
handsomely striped specimens are also of frequent occurrence ; the
light moustache is strongly marked, extending from the tip of the
snout to the shoulder.
3. Yg. Yg.
millim. millim. millim.
From snout to vent .... 45 .o4 32
Length of head........ 15 11 105
Width of head ........ 16... 115 11
Diameter of eye ...... 5. 35 3°5
Interorbital width....... OR no B 2
From eye to nostril .... 3 2 2
1896.) BATRACHIANS FROM THD CAUCASUS. 551
é- Yg. Yg.
millim. millim., millim.
From eye to end of snout 6:5 5 4:5
Tympanum .......... 2:5 2, 1:5
From eye to tympanum . 2 15 15
Fore limb ............. 12 165 15:5
Hind limb ............ 7 52 49
TPAD aa aye eke eye aves cosgedenes 24 16 15:5
INDO Sides doldicdeo coo 24 16°5 16
Inner toe ............ 5 3 3
Inner metatarsal tubercle 2 15 15
PuLopyrEs CAucAsioUS. (Plate X XI. fig. 2.)
Pelodytes caucasicus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.
May Ist, 1896, p. 406.
Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique transverse groups between
the choane. Head slightly broader than long; snout subacumi-
nate, as long as the diameter of the orbit, with moderately distinct
canthus; tympanum feebly distinct, two thirds the diameter of the
eye. First finger as long as second; toes webbed at the base and
fringed; subarticular tubercles strong; a very small inner meta-
tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of
the snout. Body covered with strong warts, some of which are
confluent into longitudinal folds; a parotoid-like fold above the
tympanum. Olive above, white beneath, all the warts covered with
a black horny layer in the male. Male with an internal yocal sac;
the fore limbs very strong, with rugose black plates as in P. punc-
tatus ; similarly with black rugosities round the lower jaw, on the
breast, belly, and under the limbs, especially on the subarticular
tubercles.
millim. millim,
From snout to vent .. 47 |Fromeyetoendof snout 7
Isiga@al coo 065 coG00000 15 |Tympanum .......... 3
Width of head .... 16 | Forelimb............ 25
Diameter of eye .... 465 | Hindlimb............ 81
Interorbital width .... 45 | Tibia................ 26
From eye to nostril .. 4 | Foot................ 56
This species, described from a single male specimen from
Mt. Lomis, 7000 ft., received from Dr. Radde, is very closely
related to the Pelodytes punctatus of Western Europe, agreeing in
the extraordinary development and distribution of the nuptial
horny excrescences on the yentral surfaces in the males, to ‘which
attention was drawn by me in 1881 (Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1881, p. 73, fig.). Here, however, the excrescences extend also to
the warts and ridges of the upper surfaces, so that P. punctatus
must be regarded as the Batrachian in which these temporary
attributes of the males reach their highest development.
__P. caucasicus is distinguished from its congener in the longer
hind limbs and the slightly different disposition of the vomerine
552 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON LI'TLE-KNOWN [May 5,
teeth. The toes are not so strongly fringed in the male, and the
fore limbs are more robust.
The skeleton of Pelodytes punctatus is very peculiar. It was
desirable to ascertain whether the new species conforms in this
respect to the systematic position assigned to it. Yet it would
have been a pity to damage in any way an unique specimen.
Skeleton of Pelodytes caucasicus, from a sciagraph, upper and lower view.
Thanks to the Réntgen rays, the difficulty was overcome, and I
have much pleasure in introducing what I believe to be the first
practical application to herpetology of this startling discovery. I
wish to thank Mr. J. William Gifford, who, through the mediation
of my friend Prof. Stewart, kindly undertook to photograph the
specimen, and to whom I am indebted for the sciagraph from
which these figures are drawn.
1896.] BATRACHIANS FROM THD CAUCASUS. 553
It will be seen that the new Frog agrees with its Western con-
gener in the large frontoparietal fontanelle ; the absence of pala-
tine bones; the very strongly dilated transverse processes of the
sacral vertebra and the forward direction of the three anterior to
them; the curved coracoids and precoracoids; the bony style to
the sternum; the fusion of the two outer bones of the second row
in the carpus; and especially in the fusion of the astragalus and
calcaneum to a single bone, resembling the fused radius and ulna
or tibia and fibula of tailless Batrachians.
[Since the reading of my paper, I have received, July 24th,
through the courtesy of the author, M. Nikolski, a copy of the
description of a new Pelobatoid, named Pelodytopsis caucasica.
The genus and species are established on two female specimens
from Lagodekhi, Transcaucasia, obtained by M. Mlokossewicz,
apparently the same collector who first discovered Salamandra
caucusica, This Frog is no doubt the same as my Pelodytes cauca-
sicus, which has priority, M. Nikolski’s paper being signed June
1896. There is no foundation for the new genus, the species
being, as I have stated above, very closely related to Pelodytes
punctatus. |
SALAMANDRA OAuoasica. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)
Exaeretus caucasicus, Waga,Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1876, p.326, pl. xvi.
Salamandra caucasica, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Caud. p. 5 (1882);
Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 132.
Thanks to Dr. Radde, the British Museum now passesses a good
series of specimens of this rare Salamander, from Mount Lomis,
7000 feet, from which the following description is drawn up.
The series of palatine teeth extend forwards far beyond the
choane; they converge and are narrowly separated from each
other in front, after being angularly bent and enclosing a rhom-
boidal space ; in the middle the series are closely approximate and
parallel; behind they strongly diverge again; in some specimens
the angular bend does not exist and each series may be described
as S-shaped.
The tongue is large, covering nearly the whole floor of the
mouth, free at the sides only.
The head is much depressed, and the eyes moderately large and
prominent; the snout is semicircular in outline and does not
project beyond the lower jaw. The parotoid glands are flat, not
sharply limited as in the other species of the genus. A strong
gular fold is present.
The body is much elongate and feebly depressed, with 12 strong
costal grooves between axilla and groin; the skin is quite smooth
and shiny, without any warts.
The limbs meet or slightly overlap when pressed against the
body. The digits are moderately elongate and depressed ; the first
toe is the shortest, the fourth the longest, slightly longer than the
third, the fourth and fifth are equal. The tail is subcylindrical,
slightly compressed, and longer than head and body.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XXXVI. 36
554 ON BATRACHIANS FROM TH OAUCABUS, [May 5,
Male specimens (8 in number) have a large compressed dermal
tubercle, pointed and directed forwards, on the base of the tail,
just above the posterior border of the cloaca. This tubercle, I
suggest, may assist in clinging to the female during the pairing.
Shining black above, with two more or Jess regular series of
round, oval, or elliptical greenish-yellow spots; blackish brown or
dark plumbeous grey beneath, with or without small greyish-white
spots or dots; these small spots constantly present on the throat.
millim, millim. millim.
Total length.......... 182 155 142
From snout to cloaca.. 66 63 62
Head! ee eee ae 13 13 12
Width of head........ 9°5 9-5 9
Fore limb............ 20 21 19
Hind limb .......... BP) 23 22
Pian Nth oa arse ca ee Mit 116 92 80
The lungs are short, as much developed as in S. maculosa.
The skull is quite typical of a Salamandra, only not so broad as
in S. maculosa and S. atra. There are 17 precaudal and 53 caudal
vertebre, against 16 and 25 or 26 in S. maculosa.
Motce virrara, Gray. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)
This handsome Newt is now represented in the Museum by a
fine series, consisting of 14 specimens from Brusa, Trebizonde,
and Borshom in Transcaucasia. The dorsal crest of the males
may be deeply toothed, as in IV, cristata, which this Newt resembles
in the shape of the head, the notch in the crest on the lumbar
region, and the long, slender digits. A dermal fold runs along
the outer edge of the crus and tarsus in the males. In the Trans-
caucasian specimens the vertical black bars on the dorsal crest are
of equal breadth; a whitish band extends along the middle of the
muscular portion of the basal third of the tail, becoming wavy and
broken up further down.
The following measurements are taken from five specimens from
Borshom :—
3. Go 3. 3. OF
wnillim, millim. millim, millim. millim.
Total length .......... 125 120 119 119 1138
From snout to cloaca .... 60 59 60 59 59
Beads ocean ee Oia 14 14 14 14 13
Width of head.......... 10 10 11 105 10
Morevlimby sce eee. 25 26 25 26 22
JG INI t eae Ama rho eh oEiE 12 12 115 12 9
Hind limb ............ 28 27 27 28 21
MOO bess eisceos Greta neni 14 14 14 14:5 10
Ja Dall oa aciustaichen one ReRache 65 61 59 60 54.
An outline figure of the skull has been given by Alfred Dugés
in his paper on the Urodeles of France, in 1852. Otherwise
nothing is known of the osteology of this species. I have there-
1896.] ON THE PYHRYLOSIS OF THN BARBETS AND TOUCANS. 555
fore had the skeleton of a male specimen prepared, and noted the
following points :— :
The skull is devoid of ridges, such as are present on the snout
in M. vulgaris and palmata, and the ethmoidal fontanelle is large ;
the fronto-squamosal arch is bony and slender; the pterygoids
considerably fail to reach the maxillaries.
The ilium is suspended from the fifteenth vertebra, as in
M. vulgaris and palmata, and the caudal vertebra number 32.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Prats XXI.
Vig. 1. ana camerani (p. 550). Upper view.
a 5 i Side view of head.
2. Pelodytes caucasicus (p. 551), Upper and lower view.
DH 95 ” Open mouth.
Puate XXII.
Fig. 1. Salamandra caucasica (p. 653). Upper view.
la “D nN Skull, upper and lower view, x2.
16 Side view of base of tail of g, X2.
2, Molge vittata (p. 554). Side view.
2\Canse fh Skull, upper and lower view, x2.
2. Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part II.' A Note upon the Pterylosis of the Barbets
‘and Toucans. By Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Prosector to the Society.
[Received May 4, 1896.]
In a short article mainly referring to the peculiar “ intestini-
form” gall-bladder of the Toucans and Barbets, the late Mr. Forbes
took occasion to point out other resemblances between - these
families of birds? to each other and to the Woodpeckers. With
regard to the pterylosis, however, Mr. Forbes contented himself
with remarking that ‘“ Nitzsch, from pterylographical grounds. ...
long ago pointed out this connection.” Nitzsch undoubtedly
placed in one group Picine, the Barbets, Toucans, and Wood-
peckers; but he included with the former in almost inextricable
confusion the Bucconide, and furthermore observed that ‘this
group also has no general pterylographic character, at least none
belonging to itself alone.” His plate fully bears out this state-
ment to my mind. Nevertheless it seems to me that there are
pterylographic likenesses between the Barbets and the Toucans:
I find, in fact, that the pterylosis of such Barbets as I have had the
opportunity of examining do not agree altogether with Nitzsch’s
figures. ‘I'he species that I have studied are Megalama asiatica,
M. hodgsoni, M. javensis, Cyanops franklini, and Xantholema, rosea.
1 See P. Z.S. 1889, p. 587, for Part I.
2 “Note on the Gall-bladder &c. of the Toucans and Barbets,” P. Z. S. 1882,
p. 94.
36*
556 ON THH PTERYLOSIS OF THH BARBETS AND TOUCANS. [May 5,
Of these species the last only (under the name of Bucconides roset-
collis) is figured by Nitzsch, and, as I believe, inaccurately.
Feather-tracts of Megalema astatica,
The right-hand figure shows the ventral aspect, the left-hand figure the dorsal.
The accompanying drawings illustrate the pterylosis of Mega-
lema asiatica, The drawings are copied from the late Prof. Garrod’s
MS. As will be seen on comparing them with Nitzsch’s figures
of Megalema armillaris, there are considerable differences, which
of course may possibly exist between allied species. My own
observations upon the first four species of my list and those of
Mr. Forbes (in MS.) upon Alegalema virens agree so entirely with
each other and with Garrod’s sketch that I cannot but think that
Nitzsch has fallen into error.
The chief difference between us—it will be observed—concerns
the spinal tract. In all the species of Megalema and Cyanops to
which I have referred the posterior part of that tract is, as
Nitzsch has correctly indicated, not in connection with the anterior
fork ; but instead of being a straight band ending at the base of
the oil-gland, it forks some little way in front of that gland and
surrounds it. Another peculiarity of Megalema (not figured by
Nitzsch in M. armillaris) is a lateral band on either side which
commences at the fork of the anterior part of the dorsal tract and
runs down to a point about ona level with the middle of the poste-
rior fork. This is quite distinct from the more conspicuous
femoral tract, excepting in M. astaticau, where the lateral tract
joins the femoral posteriorly. This lateral tract is figured by
PZS1896 Plate XXIII.
Peart
waa eaa It
PEST OLM SOR
ig! 10,508 aeee
GM Woodward adnat.lth, West, Newman imp.
Development of the teeth im the Insectivora
‘1 ‘ ny
DEO ie
PZ.S 1836. Plate XXIV.
GM Woodward ad natith. j West, Newman tmp.
Development of the teeth m the Insectivora.
Ma
My ar’ ay '
ay : |
Yo chisbant ‘aha
: . pi al ai ne
| . a aw,
| } WMS
Rie a
PZ.S.1896. Plate XXV.
GM Woodward ad natjith. West,Newman imp.
evelopment of the teeth 1m the Insectivora.
#iiney boa 4%
iat fe
Sag HP
bo Be
iw i
watt
PZ.S.1896, Plate XXVL.
i5---
aoe Poesy SSS
erase Pe eRt OES
ex 2
RY
35x 8 .
36x 6 Dies
West. Newman imp.
G.M Woodward ad nat ith
Development of the teeth im the Insectivora.
1896.] ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 557
Nitzsch in Z'rachyphonus and Picus and it also exists in Iynw and
Rhamphastos.
A further likeness between the three families of birds concerned
is in the surrounding of the oil-gland by the spinal tract. This
occurs, as will be seen from Nitzsch’s figures, in both Picus and
Rhamphastos.
If. Nitzsch’s figures of Capito (Micropogon) cayennensis are
correct, we may have in the pterylosis a means of differentiating
the Old World from the New World Barbets. For in the latter
the posterior part of the spinal tract is separated from the anterior
and is composed of two distinct limbs which only join just at the
oil-gland. I would further point out that the identity in the
pterylosis of Megalema and Cyanops is against their generic separ-
ation. On the other hand, the pterylosis of Xantholema rosea is
very different from that of Megalema, which justifies its retention
as a genus.
There is the usual interscapular fork, but there is no break, a
rhomboidal apterion being enclosed, as is so far correctly shown in
Nitzsch’s figure; but although the two halves of the spinal tract
do join, the junction is produced only by their lying close side by
side and they immediately diverge to end at the sides of the oil-
gland. The tract, in fact, has an hourglass-like shape, which is
merely an exaggeration of that which, according to Nitzsch’s figure,
characterizes the Toucans.
In the lateral and femoral tracts Xantholema agrees with Mega-
lema. I find, after examining Selenidera maculirostris and Aulaco-
rhamphus prasinus, that all the Toucans do not agree with Nitzsch’s
figures of Rhamphastos erythrorhynchus. In the two just-men-
tioned birds there is no break in the spinal tracts, which are thus
more like those of Xantholema. The femoral tracts do not arise
from the spinal tracts so high up as is figured by Nitzsch, and the
lateral tract, apparently absent altogether from Aulacorhamphus, is
very rudimentary in Selenidera, consisting of only three or four
feathers. i
3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—
Part II. On the Teeth of certain Insectivora. By M.
F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College
of Science, London.
[Received May 5, 1896.]
(Plates XXIII.-XXVLI.)
In their general organization the Insectivora are undoubtedly
very primitive, consequently one might reasonably expect to find
their dentition in a similar lowly state. This at first sight appears
to be the case, at least so far as the pattern of the molar teeth is
concerned, for if we accept the tritubercular form as the primitive
1 For Part I., see P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 450.
558 MR, M, F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
one for those teeth, then we find this type apparently preserved in -
all its purity in certain living Insectivores (Centetes, Hriculus, and
others), a condition almost unique amongst living mammals; in
addition, some Insectivores exhibit molar teeth which are supposed
to be but slightly in advance of this, having acquired a small heel
above and below, thus presenting to us the trituberculo-sectorial
type (well seen in the upper molars of Z'upaia, Sorex, &ec., and in
the lower molars of the Centetide and Chrysochloris).
On the other hand, in many respects the dentition of this order
cannot be regarded as primitive, for the ante-molar teeth are
obviously specialized both with regard to their form and number.
The molars, too, in many genera are clearly moditied from a
tritubercular standpoint, the upper molars being often quinque-
tubercular, while below the heel inay attain equal importance with
the trigon and develop numerous cusps; in others the paraconid is
lost, thus producing a quadritubercular crown, an admittedly
specialized type of lower molar.
As a whole the teeth of this order are characterized by the
strong development of their cusps, a condition closely associated
with their insectivorous diet; this, perhaps, accounts for their
resemblance to the teeth of the early Jurassic mammals, it beg
highly probable that the latter were also insectivorous. If this
was the case, then the presence of these supposed primitive tooth-
patterns among living Iusectivores may be due rather to the similar
nature of the food of these two groups, so widely separated in time,
than to an actual persistence of the unmodified tritubercular
molar from Mesozoic times until to-day.
Until recently it was generally supposed that the Insectivora
were quite normal in their tooth change, Owen (18), Rousseau
(21), Dobson (8), and others describing a full milk-dentition
in some genera. But at the same time, it was known, from the
researches of Spence Bate (1) on the Mole (Zalpa), that the milk-
dentition might be very transitory. A
Recently Leche (7 & 9) has published the results of an inves-
tigation concerning the relationships of the milk and permanent
sets of teeth in a number of genera, adopting the more modern
methods of microtomy to aid him in his researches, which were
extended to foetal as well as numerous stages after birth, until the
full adult dentition was acquired.
Tn his first and preliminary communication, Leche (7) came to
the most interesting conclusion that in the anterior tooth-region
of the adult Hrinaceus a mixture of milk and successional teeth
was to be met with. The adoption of these results unfortunately
led me to put forward the view (30) that Hrinaceus, in respect to
the relation of its sets of teeth, was intermediate between the
marsupial condition with its persistent milk set and the typical
diphyodont placental stage. This now turns out to be quite
erroneous, for Leche, in his later and complete work (9), shows
conclusively that Hrinaceus possesses vestiges of two complete
dentitions,‘and that. those anterior teeth, which are apparently only
1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 559
represented in one set, belong to the replacing series, being pre-
ceded by tooth-vestiges referable to the milk-dentition. This last
conclusion I can now entirely confirm and strengthen, for the
specimens which I have investigated exhibit these features much
better than Leche’s embryos did’.
Both Leche and myself have investigated Hrinaceus, Ericulus,
Sorex, and V'alpa, and he has further studied Crossopus, Scalops,
and Condylura, whilst I have independently investigated Centetes
and Gymnura. These are unfortunately representatives of only 5
out of the 9 families of lying Insectivora (Flower and Lydekker, 4),
thus leaving at least 4 other families, some of which are extremely
interesting, still to be investigated.
In addition to studying the relations of the two sets of teeth,
I have attempted to trace the origin of the cusps of the molar
teeth, noting especially the order of development of those struc-
tures in the light of the researches of Osborn, Rose, and Taeker.
ERINACEUS EUROPUS.
Of our common English Hedgehog I have examined two speci-
mens intermediate in age between Leche’s stages E and F, that is
between his oldest foetus and his new-born young. Fur ther, I
have examined a large series of dried skulls, including those in the
collection at the British Museum.
The statements concerning the milk-teeth of this genus and
allied forms in many, especially the older, text-books are most mis-
leading, and even in more modern works we find the whole group
described as diphyodont. This, though strictly true, was not based
on any detailed examination ‘of the various genera, but rather
hastily concluded from the knowledge that one form was found to
exhibit this condition, or else copied from some old and unreliable
accounts, as, for instance, that of Rosseau (21), who stated that
Erinaceus had a deciduous dentition composed as follows, viz.:—
i. 2, pm. 4, which were shed at the age of 7 weeks. Dobson (3)
also speaks of a full milk-dentition, but it is obvious that he simply
described as milk-teeth all those teeth which were visible in the jaw
of the young Hedgehog at birth, and that he had never seen any
actual replacement. He states, in contra-distinction to Rosseau,
that at 6 weeks all the permanent teeth were present,
The erroneous nature of these conclusions has been pointed out
by Leche (9); and it may be ascertained by anyone, from the study
of a few young skulls, that the only milk-teeth recognizable by the
ordinary methods of dissection or examination of dried skulls are
i. 2, c. (4), pm. 2. The remainder being only to be made out, and
then with difliculty, by the examination of serial sectiuns of footal
jaws, a method not adopted by the earlier observers.
1 Tt is just possitle that our English Hedgehog differs in respect to the
wnount of development of these mitk-tooth vestiges from its continental cousin,
although they are considered as one species; on 1 the uther hand, my two speci-
mens may represent individual variations.
560 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
The discovery by Leche (9) of the extremely variable nature of
the upper deciduous canine (Plate XXIV. fig. 9, de.) forms the key
to his conclusions, for this enabled him to perceive that the milk
set were in part undergoing reduction, and to formulate the belief
that the kuob-like labial growth of the dental lamina which he found
in connection with i.3 was the last trace of the enumel-organ of the
milk predecessor of that tooth: from this he concluded that the
milk predecessors to the following teeth eT had been
entirely suppressed.
The conclusions may seem very bold, but their correctness is
proved beyond a doubt by the two stages which I have been for-
tunate enough to obtain.
Taking as a starting-point the upper canine, I find that
in my younger stage the enamel-organ of the permanent canine
(pe.) is in a very backward condition, whereas labially a small
tooth is developing (fig. 1, de; see also Leche, Taf. iv. figs. 41
-50); from the condition of this latter structure it is possible that
it might develop into a small functional milk-tooth (fig. 9, 4¢.),
and from its position and general relationship it is obviously the
milk-canine. In the older stage we note (fig. 1a, pe.) that the
enamel-organ of the permanent canine is more developed, and that
attached to the labial side of the neck of this structure, i. e. the
dental lamina, is a slight outgrowth, indenting which is a small
irregular calcification (dc.); this is in the position of the germ of
the deciduous canine of the younger stage, and evidently repre-
sents that tooth in a more advanced condition, z.¢. as regards
calcification, but at the same time retrograded, for it is so small aud
irregular that it could not become a functional tooth and probably
would not even cut the gum. Thus we see that the canine may
vary from a functional tooth (Leche) to a minute irregular cala-
fication of no physiological importance (cf: figs. 9 & 1a, de.).
Considerable doubt has been expressed at one time or another
concerning the exact homology of the first upper maxillary tooth
of Frinaceus, its form in the permanent series being so unlike that
of a typical canine, for the reason that it possesses indications
of two fangs; moreover, it is apparently situated a considerable
distance behind the premaxillo-maxillary suture. If, however, a
young skull be examined (fig. 9), we tind that the deciduous canine,
when present as a conspicuous tooth, bears but a single fang and is
situated close to the suture, as also is the developing permanent
canine, the apparent change in position of the latter tooth being
due to the forward extension of the maxilla, growing so as to
embrace the premaxilla both labially and on its palatal border
(tig. 9 a); thus the external premaxillo-maxillary suture in the adult
is apparently situated far in front of the canine tooth. The
true position of this tooth can be ascertained even in an adult skull
if the palatal aspect of the latter be examined, then the canine
is seen to be situated almost within the true suture and certainly
not far behind it.
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 561
The Upper Incisors.
1.1 &i.2 are present as functional teeth both in the milk and
replacing dentition, but the latter (pi. 1 & pi.2) develop late, and in
my sections are only indicated by well-marked lingual growths of
the dental lamina. Pi.2 is the most variable in the different
species, and in the younger stage examined no signs of it are yet
visible. I.3 as a functional tooth is known only in the adult
dentition. Leche refers ‘this to the replacing series, because he
finds a bud-shaped labial outgrowth of the dental lamina related
to the enamel-organ of this tooth. In both my specimens I find
a calcified structure connected with this labial growth (fig. 2, di.3) ;
this in the younger stage is a distinctly cup-shaped dentinal body,
while in the older specimen (fig. 2 a) the condition is more like that
figured by Leche (Taf. vii. fig. 52, Jd. 3), save there is a small calci-
fication indenting his Jd. 8 from behind. A comparison of this
labial calcification (di. 3) with the reduced de. (fig. 1 a) shows that
these two structures evidently belong to the came order, 2.¢. are
reduced teeth of the milk series, the incisior being more vestigial.
This confirms Leche’s view that the adult i138 belongs to the
replacing series, and is the true pi. 3,
‘
The Lower Incisors.
The first enlargement of the dental lamina in the lower jaw is
situated in front of the enamel-organ of the first functional incisor ;
it is a very conspicuous structure in the younger stage, being
slightly bell-shaped and possessed of a small labial outgrowth
(Plate XXIII. fig.3); this evidently corresponds with what Leche
believes to be a remnant of the true i-1 (see Taf. ii. figs. 13 & 14),
which is here possibly represented both in the milk and permanent
series.
The second incisor, 2.¢. the anterior functional one, is a very
large and highly differentiated tooth in both specimens, and
exhibits a strong lingual growth of the dental lamina, which even-
tually forms the enamel-organ of the successor, this tooth 1,2 being
well developed in both dentitions.
The posterior functional incisor 1,3 is very backward in its
development and variable, for it is larger in the younger of the
two specimens examined. A long, narrow, cord-like (in section)
band of cells grows out from the neck of the enamel-organ of this
tooth on its labial side (fig. 4, di.3), being sometimes swollen at its
free end and slightly indented ; this evidently represents the last
trace of an earlier dentition, and from a comparison with di.3 in
the older stage, one is justified in concluding that it represents the
enamel-organ of di.3 undergoing suppression.
Between i. 3 and ¢. the dental lamina is very strongly developed,
and suggests the possible presence of the last trace of one of
the missing Marsupial incisors.
The lower canine is represented by a bell-shaped enamel-organ
attached to the buccal epithelium by a well-marked neck of dental
562 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
lamina; growing out from this labially is in both stages a small
bud-like mass of cells (fig. 5, de.), in one case swollen at its free
end, close to which is a small irregular calcification similar in
appearance to the often vestigial de, but smaller in size; this is
obviously the vanishing milk-tooth de. the canine of the adult
belonging to the replacing series.
The Premolars.
In the upper jaw there are three premolars, which Leche
believes to be the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th respectively. It is true there
is a slight gap between the canine and the anterior of these pre-
molars, but there is a more conspicuous one between the two
posterior teeth, and in this latter gap the dental lamina has a
slight tendency to become specialized and enlarged (Plate XXIII.
fig. 6b) ; but it is perhaps hardly large enough to be regarded as a
tooth anlage, and, further, we know that when suppression alfects
the premolar series in the Placentalia, the Ist tooth of that series
generally suffers suppression earliest.
In the lower jaw there are only two premolars, but between
them is a long stretch of dental lamina, which exhibits a most
distinct development from its adamantine face; this growth is
sliyhtly indented by a specialized mass of mesoblast (fig. 7 6), the
whole structure presenting a great similarity to a developing tooth :
this, I believe, represents the last trace of a suppressed tooth,
corresponding with the middle premolar above.
The two posterior upper, and the posterior lower, premolars
are present as functional teeth in both dentitions ; but the middle
upper one is very variable, and is often wanting in some adult
skulls, while in Z. micropus and #. pictus it is very minute.
The anterior premolar, above and below, in both my stages,
* exhibits a large enamel-organ, bell-shaped in the older specimen ;
attached to the dental lamina forming the necks of these struc-
tures, on the labial side, is in each case a mass of epitheloid cells
(figs. 8 and 8a, dpm. 2); the free ends of these buds are swollen
and flattened: closely applied to these is, in each case, an irregular
calcification, resembling the most reduced stage of de.; these are
evidently reduced milk-premolars, the anterior functional premolars
being then, as Leche supposed, replacing teeth.
With regard to the last premolar, its milk representative
resembles a molar in form, thus differing markedly from its
successor ; a feature so characteristic of the 4th premolar of other
Placentalia, that I think we may be quite safe in homologizing
these two teeth with one another.
If we examine the mutual relations of the 4th premolar and its
successor during their development, we find that the replacing tooth,
ppm.4, originates almost entirely in front of its supposed milk
predecessor from the dental lamina between dpm.3 and dpm. 4,
the enamel-organ of ppm.4 being more conspicuous in the sections
in front and in the anterior region of dpm.4 than in its posterior
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 563:
region, thus resembling the condition which I described in the
Macropodide (28. p. 467). -
The antero-external cusp (protocone of Scott) of dpm. 4 develops
first, the antero-internal or deuterocone second, and the tetaro-
cone third, the tritocone being wanting.
The Molars.
Of the three molars of the adult, Pare : a
in my specimens. The enamel-organs of these two teeth, both
above and below, exhibit slight lingual continuations of the dental
Janina; consequently these teeth do not develop in connection,
with the most deeply-seated portion of the dental lamina, but in
relation to that situated nearer to the surface of the gum. The
presence of this lingually-placed continuation of the dental lamina
indicates that there is latent in the jaw the structure essential for
the production of a second set of molars.
In addition to this lingual growth, we find also a slight but
constant labial outgrowth from that portion of the dental lamina
connecting the enamel-organ of the functional molar with the oral
epithelium. If this labial growth be compared with the vestiges
of the milk-dentition seen in connection with i.3 and [-Q, it is
found that it is impossible to distinguish these structures from one
another, they being precisely similar in their relations to the
dental lamina and to the adjacent teeth, differing only in the fact
that the labial growth connected. with the molars is the most
reduced.
We find, then, in the molar region indications of three sets of
teeth—a labial vestigial set, then a functional set, and lingual to
this a structure capable of producing one or more rgplacing sets.
Further consideration of these sets will be found in my general
conclusions.
are alone developed
The Molar Cusps'.
Erinaceus in the adult condition has three molar teeth in each
jaw, the first of these being large, while mS are reduced.
The first two upper molars are quinquetubercular, being pro-_
vided with two well-developed external cones, the paracone and.
metacone, two internal ones, the protocone and the hypocone,
together with a small central metaconule, this last being the most,
variable constituent. In addition there is a slight but complete
cingulum.
The lower molars (1 & 2) are also quinquetubercular, being
modified trituberculo-sectorial teeth, in which the heel has
1 In the descriptive portion of this paper Osborn’s nomenclature of the
molar cusps (13) is used, but I do not linge imply that I believe in all cases
the homology of the cones has been correctly interpreted ; in fact, in the general
summary I endeavour to show that the cusp usually termed the protocone in
the Insectivorous molars is not homologous in all the genera,
564 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
attained equal importance with the trigon and developed two
large cusps, an internal entoconid and an external hypoconid.
This tooth is further specialized in the partial suppression of the
paraconid, the antero-internal cone of the trigon, while the pro-
toconid (antero-external) and the metaconid (postero-internal) are
very large.
Taking the case of the upper molar first, in both my specimens
m.1 was fairly advanced, showing indications of four cones, viz.,
the para-, meta-, proto-, and hypo-cones, here mentioned in order
of size ; the hypo-cone was obviously the last of the four to develop,
as it is only just recognizable in the younger specimen ; in the
older stage these cones are larger, and the first trace of the meta-
conule is here apparent. Thus in m.1 we can say for certain that
the metaconule appears last and the hypocone next to last, but
the trigon was too advanced in my specimens to determine the
developmental order of its cones. But where m.1 fails us m.2
comes to our rescue: in the younger stage two cones only were
apparent, viz., the two external ones, the para- and metacones,
and of these the former was much the largest and must obviously
have developed first ; immediately internal to this was a low shelf,
in the position of the future protocone, but at present no cone was
recognizable, In the older stage of this tooth the protocone has
appeared in this position, and a faint indication of the heel is
visible. We may thus state with certainty that the order of cusp
ontogeny is as follows :—
1. Paracone
2. Metacone | aie
3. Protocone
4, Hypocone.
5. Metaconule.
In the lower jaw, as in the upper, the first molar was too far
advanced, all five cones being recognizable, but nevertheless
differing greatly in their relative sizes ; the following is their order
according to size, viz., proto-, meta-, ento-, hypo-, and paraconid,
the last being only just recognizable. An examination of m.2
throws more light on the subject, for here only three cones are
developed as yet, viz., the proto-, meta-, and entoconid, a slight
antero-internal extension of the tooth-germ indicating the position
of the future paraconid, while a similar but larger postero-external
platform marks the hypoconid. The protoconid is larger than the
metaconid at this stage, and the metaconid than the entoconid,
the probable order of development being :—
1. Protoconid.
2. Metaconid.
3. Entoconid.
4, Hypoconid.
5. Paraconid.
The ordinal position of the paraconid in the ontogeny may
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 565
seem rather strange, but we must bear in mind the fact that this
cusp is apparently of little importance in Hrinaceus, as it is very
small in adult and may be almost wanting on m. 2.
A further consideration of these cusps will be found at the end
of this paper.
The relations of the milk and permanent teeth of Brinaceus may
be represented as under, the reduced teeth being indicated in
italics, those which never cut the gum and are entirely functionless
being enclosed in brackets, while the functional ones are repre-
sented by ordinary figures (Winge, 26) :—
12 3 1 irmgeoniuuer 2 4 (1 2
1 2 (8), tm 0 (2) 3 4. (1) 2 (8) 4. J
= @® 2)? C. @? P.< — mn or ——__—; M.
ase Oa las gl lO OB Aa 4
GYMNURA.
So far as I am aware, no young specimens of this genus have been
examined in the flesh for their tooth change. Thomas (23) has,
however, published a bare statement of two dentitions in this genus,
_ based, I believe, on a young, dried skull in the British Museum
collection ; but there is a good deal of uncertainty attached to this
method, for although the jaw has been cut to expose the underlying
tooth-germs, no actual germs are visible, and one can only surmise
their existence from the presence of cavities at the roots of the
functional teeth (Plate XXIV. fig. 12), and by a comparison of
these teeth with those of an adult specimen.
The dentition, according to Thomas, is :—
(i 2 3 1 (1 2 3 4 (1 2 3
7 4
Lown o. iy ener '
LSet cat P< —= 34; ns
Ll 2 3 (1 ll 2 3 4 (lal 2
di. 3 and dpm. 2 being vestigial.
The specimen examined by me was a feetus, with a head length
of about 49 mm. and a total length of 205 mm.
The Incisors.
1.1 &i.2 are large and well calcified, each showing a marked
lingual development of the dental lamina, indicative of a suc-
cessional tooth. On the other hand, i-3 is more specialized, and
only present in the permanent set of teeth. In my foetus this
tooth was very backward in its development, its enamel-organ being
but slightly differentiated (pi-3), and exhibited on its labial side a
large irregular calcification (fig. 10, di.3), provided with a reduced
enamel-organ; this is evidently the milk predecessor of i.3, and: ©
0 (7%) 6 # @ &) # ie
1 2
506 MR. M. Fe WOODWARD ON [May 5,
probably would not cut the gum, although at times it may do so
(Thomas, 23)..
There is a complete replacement of the lower incisors, but the
successors develop at very different times, pi.1 and pi.3 maturing
long before pi.2. Consequently in my foetus no sign of the future
pi.2 was visible, although the enamel-organs of pi.1 and pi.3 were
just recognizable. Asa matter of fact pi.2 is, | believe, the last
permanent ante-molar tooth to cut the gum, appearing soon after
the eruption of ppm.3.
The Canines.
The milk-canines possess single roots, and are but slightly
larger than the incisors (fig. 13); whereas the permanent canines
are very large teeth, with pointed crowns, and each provided with
two fangs.
The Premolars.
Pai ate said to be present in one dentition only. If this be the
case these teeth would appear to belong to the milk-dentition, for
there is present on the lingual sides of their enamel-organs well-
marked continuations of the dental lamina, precisely similar in
their relationship to that seen by the side of de., which gives rise
to the enamel-organ of pe., only the inner ends of the former are
perhaps a trifle less swollen. It is just possible that these
structures may give rise to the enamel-organs of successors at a
late period, for the first premolar of the adult skull appears to be
a slightly stonter tooth than that of the young animal.
The lingually situated dental lamina in both the upper and
lower jaws gets smaller and more irregular behind pm. 1, but soon
becomes definitely swollen, and forms the commencement of an
enamel-organ (figs. 11 & 12, ppm. 2); this, from its position and
backward condition, is evidently that of a successional tooth, viz.,
ppm. 2. This identification is rendered more certain by finding on
the labial side of this structure a small calcified tooth (dpm. 2),
devoid of enamel, but possessing a much reduced enamel-organ '.
In the case of the upper tooth this reduced enamel-organ is
attached to the gum close to, but independent of, the swollen,
lingually-situated dental lamina above reterred to(ppm.2). In the
lower jaw, however, the enamel-organ of the vestigial tooth
(fig. 12, dpm. 2) is apparently attached to the corresponding lingual
swelling of the dental lamina, thus exhibiting the normal relation-
ships of a milk and a replacing tooth.
‘he deciduous 2nd premolar is then reduced and early lost,
while its successor is somewhat precociously developed (¢f. fig. 11,
Pmn.1
m0.
1 In a preliminary note, read before the British Association, 1895 (27),
T stated that there were traces of five premolars in Gymnura: this is not the
case ; the error arose through a misinterpretation of a curious development of
the pulp of this tooth, dpm. 2 (see Pl. XXIV. fig. 11, p), which was muis-
taken for a successor.
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION, B67
ppm.2, and fig. 14, ppm.3). The upper dpm. 2 is larger than dpm. 2,
possibly at times it cuts the gum ; it is well seen in a specimen in
the British Museum (fig. 13, dpm. 2), probably the one Thomas
described ; no trace of dpm.2 is seen in that specimen, and it is
probable that this tooth is either shed im utero or absorbed.
oe are quite normal, the milk representative being large, and
the lingual growths of the dental lamina, which give origin to the
enamel-organs of their successors, being conspicuously swollen
(fig. 14, ppm.8). This tooth is somewhat similar in the, two
dentitions, but distinctly larger in the adult.
bm 4.—These are the largest and most complex of the pre-
molars, and both exhibit conspicuous lingual specializations of the
dental lamina, the enainel-germs of their successors. These germs
are developed in front of the deciduous teeth, and although the
lingually-placed dental lamina is continued back by the side of
dpm. 4, it is uo longer swollen to form an enamel-germ.
The Molars.
In the stage examined two molars were present, above and
below, but save in the case of ™. 1 no labial or lingual developments
of the dental Jamina were to be seen. M.1, however, exhibited
both a lingual and a slight labial growth, similar to those seen in
Erinaceus.
The Cusps.
Tho molar teeth of Gymnura reseinble those of Lrinaceus in
pattern ; like that genus they exhibit five cusps, which are strongly
developed, and in the upper jaw a well-marked cingulum, with a
small anterior and posterior cusp, is present in addition; in the
lower jaw the paraconid is less developed than in Lrinaceus.
My foetal specimen was rather old for an exact determination of
the cusp ontogeny, most of the cusps being well-formed. In m.1
all five cusps were present, and had attained nearly their full
development; the following is their order in size: proto-, meta-,
para-, and hypocones, the smallest being the metaconule. M.2
was less developed, and here the para- and metacones were the
most strongly developed, while the protocone was present in the
form of a large antero-external shelf, but hardly as yet developed
into a distinct cusp, though the hypocone and metaconule had
done so.
Probable order of cusp-deyelopment :—
. Paracone.
. Metacone.
. Protocone as a shelf.
Hypocone.
. Metaconule.
. Protocone as a cusp.
ao whe
568 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
In the lower molar the protoconid evidently develops first, but
it is closely followed by the metaconid, the entoconid, and the
hypoconid, the reduced paraconid being. last, the order being
identical with that seen in Hrinaceus.
The relation of the milk and permanent dentitions may be thus
expressed :—
(Ql 2 & (1 eB 2 i 2} 8
I |
(3), 1 Vio 8.8,
al, ese ae 6 aye @ a4 M.< ———
{1 2 3 al \? 2 3 4 iL Be
Sorex.
The Shrews are generally regarded as possessing one dentition
only, but both Owen (18)and Trauber (25) stated definitely that there
was a minute calcified milk-dentition present, Owen ascribing to
Crocidura : milk-teeth, while Trauber states that in S. vulgaris
there are! and in Crossopus fodiens § deciduous teeth. Leche
(9) believes that these authors mistook the calcifying cusps of the
replacing teeth for a set of minute milk-teeth—he himself coming
to the conclusion, from the material at his disposal, that only one
dentition is present in Sorea and Crossopus; this he regards as
the successional set, the milk-dentition having been suppressed.
My own observations are based on the examination of one stage
only, but it appears to be in a very interesting condition and shows
distinctly traces of two dentitions.
The specimen measured 32 mm. long, the head length being
8 mm., while from the crown of the head to the posterior flexure
of the body it was 13 mm., being just 1 mm. shorter than Leche’s
youngest stage.
The Incisors.
+4 —These in the adult are two enormous procumbent teeth,
and in my foetal specimen are much in advance of the other teeth.
The enamel-organs of these two teeth exhibit strong lgual growths
of the dental lamina (Plate XXV. fig. 15, d.l.), so large and
swollen, indeed, as to suggest the development of a successor ; but
such a condition could not possibly have been overlooked for it
would involve the replacement of a large tooth at a comparatively
late period, whereas the only suggested milk-teeth (Owen and
Trauber) are said to be minute.
The 2nd upper incisor is backward in its development, but its
enamel-organ exhibits a marked labial growth (fig. 16, di-2); this
latter being swollen at its free end and slightly indented, evidently
represented the enamel-organ of a predecessor to i. 2 in a vestigial
condition. A similar but non-indented labial growth is found
related to i.3 (fig. 17), this condition being repeated in connection
1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 569
with the fourth tooth, the so-called i.4, but here the labial enamel-
organ is more marked and bell-shaped (Plate XXV. fig. 18, dc.). The
gap between the premaxilla and maxilla at this stage is so extensive
that the germs of several teeth ure contained within it, it being
quite impossible to identify the future boundary line between
maxillary and premaxillary teeth (fig. 19). But even if it be a
fact, as Brandt states (1a), that the four anterior upper teeth are
situated within the confines of the premaxilla', I fail to see that it
is proven that these teeth are the homologues of the four incisors
seen in the Polyprotodont Marsupials, but would rather be inclined
to regard Brandt’s fourth incisor as a canine, abnormally situated ;
for among the Insectivora this tooth is very variable in its relations
to the premaxillo-maxillary suture, due probably to the variations
in relative extension of these two bones, the canine itself remaining
constant in its position.
The 2nd and 3rd lower incisors were in a very backward con-
dition ; both, however, exhibit labial growths of the dental lamina,
that connected with 7.2 being the most marked (fig. 20). The 3rd
lower incisor is, however, a vanishing structure and does not
develop into a functional tooth (fig. 21).
In the upper jaw the tooth which I regard as the anterior
premolar, usually called the canine (Brandt), was difficult of identi-
fication, it being hardly differentiated from the dental lamina
(fig. 19, pm. 2?).
OE the two undoubted premolars the posterior is the largest and
the most advanced in development, the enamel-germ of the anterior
tooth being still in the club-shaped stage, but possessing a well-
marked cup-shaped labial (fig. 22) enamel-organ belonging to its
vestigial predecessor. A similar structure to this, but more
highly differentiated and of still larger size, is attached to the
posterior premolar (fig. 23, dpm.4), which, from its large size and
close proximity to the molar teeth, is probably the true 4th pre-
molar (ppm. 4),
These three teeth I regard as premolars; in all probability they
represent pm. 2, 3, & 4.
The enamel-organ of the single lower premolar, like ppm. 4, was
large and highly differentiated (fig. 24); it also exhibits the labial.
enamel-organ of its vestigial predecessor.
The Molar Teeth.
m. 1, m. 2
m.1,m.2
not very advanced in their development; = exhibited slight
In the foetus examined by me were distinguishable, but
lingual continuations of the dental lamina.
1 A reference to Brandt's figures will show that it is only in Crossopus
(fig. 2) that the 4 anterior teeth are quite within the limits of the propane in
Sorex (fig. 1) the premaxillo-maxillary suture is so represented that the fourth
tooth is situated in the gap between the two bones, a condition characteristic of
the 4th tooth or canine of many Placentals.
Proo. Zoou, Soc.—1896, No. XX XVII. 37
570 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
Cusps.
The molar teeth of the adult belong to the trituberculo-sectorial
type, the upper ones have square crowns bearing four cusps, 2. ¢.
3 large equal ones belonging to the trigon and a small postero-
internal cusp or hypocone. The lower molars are elongated, con-
sisting of a trigon and a very large heel with two conspicuous
cones (hypo- and entoconid) ; the cones in the lower trigon are
not equally developed, the protoconid being much larger than the
other two.
My specimen was too young to determine with any certainty
the ontogeny of the cones, as only one of the main cones had
made its appearance, the dental germ presenting the appearance
of a high cone with a large posterior heel (metaconal region) and
a slight internal extension. A plan of the dental germ at this
stage shows that structure to be roughly triangular, the main and
only cone being situated at the anterior extremity and slightly
nearer the external border. From the position of this cone and —
from a comparison with the cusp ontogeny as seen in the molar
of TLalpa, with which it is identical in pattern, I think one may
conclude that this single cusp is the paracone, the posterior
extension representing the metacone, while the internal shelf
indicates the position of the future proto- and hypocone.
In the lower jaw the main cusp is antero-external in position,
and may be identified as the protoconid ; a slight inward extension
of the dental germ alone indicates the para- and metaconid, while
a faint backward development foreshadows the future heel with its
two cones.
The probable order of cusp-development is thus shown :—
1. Paracone. 1. Protoconid.
2. Metacone. 9 Paraconid.
3. Protocone. Metaconid.
Entoconid.
4, Hypocone. 3 | Fico
A general examination of the Shrew’s teeth shows that with
the exception of = and the almost undifferentiated 1st premolar,
all the anterior teeth, viz. : e i bed ides — "e exhibit the
labially situated enamel-germ of a predecessor, some of these being
in a highly developed condition, possessing marked dentinal germs
but no calcification. These structures, from a comparison with
the teeth of other Insectivora, must be regarded as vestiges of
that earlier developed set of teeth the milk-dentition: this homo-
logy is very striking when they are compared with the reduced
milk-teeth seen in Hrinaceus, and is rendered still more certain
when we remember that there is indication of no other tooth
replacement in the Soricide.
3 1 .
The relations of a are very confusing, for the large develop-
1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 571
ment of the lingually-placed dental lamina would certainly suggest
that they should be regarded as persistent milk-teeth ; but against
this view we have the fact that all the other anterior teeth (incisors,
canine, and premolars) are now shown to be permanent teeth with
vestigial milk predecessors, and also that in all other cases among
the Placentalia where the teeth (especially the incisors) undergo
great enlargement, as is the case with fa of the Shrew, it is
invariably the permanent teeth which are enlarged, and not unfre-
quently the corresponding milk-teeth are reduced and even
aborted (Lepus &e.). This condition is so universal that I am
inclined to believe that in the Shrew, in the case of = as with
the rest of the incisors &c., the milk set has been reduced, but
that here this reduction has been carried further until all trace of
di. 1 has been lost, this being due to the large size and earlier
development of pi. 1, these latter being developed far in advance
of the posterior teeth. The lingual growth of the dental lamina
is comparable to that which has been observed in connection
with the successional teeth in so many forms (Seal (6), Dog (24),
&c.), and which is there regarded as evidence of the existence of a
3rd or 4th set of teeth which might replace the permanent set, and to
which the term postpermanent dentition has been applied. This
structure may owe its greater development in the Shrew to the
early appearance of the permanent set and to the complete loss
of the milk series.
The relations of these teeth may be expressed as follows,
bearing in mind that the milk-dentition is functionless and
probably uncalcified :—
“as Aes ip 2(c) 3 4 (1 2 3
| @e. Jo Dy «)
The = oe ee eee
Lil B®) Lo MOO. O.4 laa
CENTEIES.
My material for the study of this interesting form consisted of
two foetal specimens of different ages, measuring respectively in
total length 36 mm., head length 12 mm., and 70 mm. with ahead
length of 20 mm., together with young and adult dried skulls in
the teaching collection of the Royal College of Science and the
more numerous specimens in the British Museum.
The relations of the milk and permanent teeth of the Tanrec
are fairly well known, the most striking being the non-replacement
of the 3rd upper incisor. This is especially interesting on account
of what we have seen in Gymnura and Erinaceus, where that tooth
is likewise only functional in one dentition ; but here the resem-
blance seems to stop, for in G@ymnura and Erinaceus the functional
third incisor undoubtedly belongs to the replacing os permanent
e 7*
572 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON {May 5,
series, whereas in Centetes this tooth is developed nearly as soon
as the undoubted milk-teeth and is shed about the same time as
the members of that series.
On investigating the development of i.3 no indication whatever of
areduced successor is to be met with, the dental lamina being com-
pletely fused with the enamel-germ of this tooth, and consequently
exhibits no lingual development. On the other hand, a slight out-
growth from the enamel-organ itself is visible on the labial side
(Plate XXV. fig. 25, ”), very similar to that figured by Kiikenthal
(6) in the Walrus (Taf. iii. fig. 7, rvz.), and which he there regards as
the remains of an earlier dentition. One might therefore be justified
in regarding this structure in Centetes as the last trace of di.3,
and the functional tooth though early lost as pi-3. I am, however,
very doubtful as to the advisability of basing a conclusion upon
such slight evidence, more especially as I have never observed an
undoubted reduced labial tooth in such a position, vestiges of an
earlier dentition being always, so far as I am aware, related directly
to the dental lamina, 7.¢. to the neck of the enamel-organ of the
replacing tooth and not to the modified body of that structure.
Nevertheless, from the entire absence of any trace of a successor
to this tooth and from the fact that the milk-dentition appears to
be undergoing reduction in most Insectivores, and especially from
the condition of the 3rd incisors in Gymnura and Lrinaceus, J
venture to suggest that this single i.3 of Centetes belongs to the
permanent dentition, but that it is very early developed and shed
with the milk-teeth.
It is interesting to note that in the closely allied genus Hemi-
centetes a 3rd upper incisor is present in the adult dentition; but
although we know a little of the tooth change in this form (3. p. 75),
yet we do not for certain know if this tooth is preceded by a
functional milk-incisor.
PE RRE
The remaining incisors i112 gbogether with the canines and the
three premolars above and below are all present as functional
teeth in both dentitions.
A very marked gap is noticeable between the canines and the
first functional premolars both above and below: this tends to
confirm the generally accepted view that the missing premolar is
the 1st of that series. Unfortunately the dental lamina has been
completely aborted from this gap in both stages examined, so that
no indication of a missing tooth could be found.
The diastemata between these teeth are inuch more pronounced
in the older stage and still more so in the adult; and from what
T have seen in this and other long-nosed mammals (polyprotodont
Marsupials), I am led to conclude that this elongation of the
jaw is a secondary one, acquired since the reduction in the tooth
series. This to my mind accounts for the absence of all vestiges
of the suppressed teeth, for, when recently suppressed, tooth-
vestiges are generally found even in short-nosed forms. The
presence of four upper molars in this form appears to point to a
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 573
very late elongation of the jaw, not to the retention of a primitive
character.
The Molar Teeth.
In the younger of my two specimens m.1 alone was developed,
while in the older stage two molars were present above and below ;
in the latter specimen a very strong lingual development of the
dental lamina was noticeable in relation to — that connected
with m.1 being specially large (Plate XXV. fig. 26, d..), and a less
marked but similarly related structure was observable in connec-
tion with m. 2.
«- he Cusps.
The posterior premolars and all the molar teeth belonging to
the upper jaw of this genus exhibit a high triangular crown
surrounded by alow cingulum, this latter being most marked in the
postero-internal region of the tooth (Plate XXVI. fig. 34); the
trigon is characterized by the presence of 3 cusps, of which the
antero-internal (5) is the dominant and is connected by an oblique
ridge with the cusps usually regarded as the paracone and metacone
respectively (2, 3)--this tooth apparently presenting an almost pure
tritubercular type’. On examining ™.1 in my oldest specimen,
this tooth was found to be composed of a prominent main cone
slightly inclined inwards, undoubtedly the protocone of the
adult tooth; while growing out low down from the external surtace
of this main dental germ were two smaller cones—a slightly more
pronounced anterior one occupying the position of the future
paracone, and a less developed postero-external cone situated well
behind the main cone, 2. ¢. the exact position of the metacone.
The order of cusp-development is given below :—
1. Protocone.
2. Paracone.
BN StACane } Nearly simultaneous.
In the deciduous 4th premolar likewise the protocone develops
first, but here the metacone is in advance of the paracone.
The lower molars and posterior premolar are beautiful examples
of the trituberculo-sectorial tooth, consisting of a high trigon and
a low slightly developed heel ; the three cusps of the trigon are
pronounced—the protoconid (antero-external) being the largest,
the metaconid is next in size and almost hidden by the former as
it lies immediately internal to it, the paraconid being the smallest
and most anterior cusp.
The development of these cones is well seen in m.1&m.2 of my
older specimen, and it is at once obvious that the protocunid is the
original dentine germ, the other cusps being later outgrowths from
1 The upper cheek-teeth of Hemicentetes should be examined by trituber-
culists, for in this genus a complete transition between the triconodont
premolars and the trituberculate molars can be seen.
574 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
it; indications of the paraconid and metaconid are just visible as
antero- and postero-internal shoulders to the main outwardly
inclined cone (protoconid) ; of two former cones the metaconid
appears to develop a trifle the earliest, as in m.2 the paraconid is
not yet visible; in neither teeth had the hypoconid yet made its
appearance. The order of development is thus shown to be :—
1. Protoconid.
2. Metaconid.
3. Paraconid.
4, Hypoconid.
This same order of development is presented by the cusps of
dpm. 4.
The probable relation of the dentitions is as follows :—
(kOe al OO Pa AY BS) 2
li 2 0 Ly
C pjo_2 8 4
ae Shi TOmmommsmrd ian:
U
Nee 20-8 teal Opa) 4 Lil Bee
ERICULUS SETOSUS.
The dentition of this genus is somewhat specialized, inasmuch as
there is a distinct reduction in number of teeth, the 3rd incisor
above and below being, in addition to the 1st premolar, completely
wanting. In the case of the functional teeth possessed by
Ericulus, the replacement is complete and may be represented as
follows :—
fee al oe Bae Al oS
i 20. Ja, OO 8 a J
1412 9, 04 53 Pa g-g-qi Me ———
lr 20 AMANO CONeuNS) eas) glbai\ely ONES
Tn a foetal specimen examined, 78 mm. long with a head length
of 23 mm., » slight differentiation of the dental lamina in the
lower jaw was observed between i,2 and ¢., indicating the last
trace of i, 3; but above the reduction is more complete, for although
there was a conspicuous gap present between i.2 and ¢., yet all
trace of the dental lamina was lost.
The caninés develop close to the 2nd premolar, and no indication
of the missing 1st premolar was to be found.
Examination of the 4th premolar shows that ppm. 4 develops
conspicuously in front of dpm. 4, the former being distinctly
between dpm. 3 and dpm. 4, but on their lingual side.
Only a slight lingual development of the dental lamina was
F 4 med
observed in connection with ——.
The upper molars, like those of Centetes, are of trituberculate
form, but possess in addition one slight antero-external cingulum
1896.) — MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 575
cusp. The protocone is the largest cusp, while the para- and
metacone form the outer border of the tooth and are separated
by a slight notch only.
In the foetus, in m. 1 the protocone forms the main mass of the
tooth, while the para- and meta-cones form two rounded external
shelves not at present conical; in m.2 the protocone and a small
antero-external paracone are alone visible. ‘The order of formation
being :—
1. Protocone.
2. Paracone.
3. Metacone.
The lower molars are trituberculo-sectorial, the heel being larger
than in Centetes but still very low; here also the protoconid is the
first to develop, but it is quickly followed by the paraconid and
later by the metaconid; the hypoconid appears as a low backward
continuation of the dentine germ, 2. e. of the protocone, for it is a
direct backward continuation of the base of that cone. The cusps
develop in the following order :—
1. Protoconid.
2. Paraconid.
3. Metaconid.
4, Hypoconid.
In describing the upper molars of Centetes and Ericulus, I have
regarded them, as is usually done, from a tritubercular standpoint ;
it is perhaps more correct to describe them as presenting a crown
consisting of a large V-shaped internal cone sloping gently towards
the external border of the tooth in the form of two ridges, which
end in an external serrated margin consisting in Centetes of 4
small cusps (Plate XX VI. fig. 34, a & , 1, 2,3, 4), two of which
(2 & 3) are regarded as the paracone and metacone. Internal the
main cone (5) dips sharply down to an internal cingulum, which
is slightly expanded posteriorly (7).
TALPA EUROPA.
It may seem unnecessary to reinvestigate the relationship of
the milk and permanent teeth of the Mole, considering that all
the details relating to these teeth appear to have been recorded by
Spence Bate (1) as early as 1867, and that these have apparently
been confirmed by Leche (9), who used the more modern method of
serial sections; but unfortunately the former appears to have per-
petrated one serious error, and the latter, owing to the fact that
the specimens he examined where too young, has failed to rectify
it. ‘The point in question is the supposed presence of a needle-
like deciduous first premolar in both jaws.
Reference to Bate’s figures will show that he represents reduced
but elongate needle-like predecessors to all the incisors, canines,
and premolars, that preceding the 4th premolar alone being two-
fanged and non-spicular in form.
576 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
On making an examination of the clarified jaws (Plate XXVI.
fig. 29) of ayoung animal (hairless), one is immediately struck with
the correctness of the greater part of these figures, but in respect to
the first premolar they appear to be incorrect, for no trace is obsery-
able of Bate’s dpm. 1. In order to be certain that I was not dealing
with an abnormal specimen, I examined the clarified jaws of three
specimens of about the same age as that studied by Bate, two others
being cut one into horizontal and the remaining into frontal
sections ; three younger animals were also examined by the section
method?. In all 10 half heads were investigated, and as these,
obtained from various localities, all agreed amongst themselves in
respect to the relations of the 1st premolar, I cannot but come to
the conclusion that Bate’s observations on this point are erroneous,
dpm. 1
dpm. 1
In the younger specimen all the deciduous teeth save the 1st
premolar were well calcified, but the germs of the permanent teeth
though distinct were but little differentiated. An examination
of a horizontal section at this period (figs. 27 and 28) shows pm. 1
developing in a position precisely similar to that occupied by the
reduced deciduous incisor, canines, and premolars; and, as is the
case with the latter, the former exhibits a specialized portion of
the dental lamina on its lingual surface, the only observable differ-
ence being that dpm. 1 is larger, uncalcified, and generally more
backward than the other milk-teeth ; also that the germ of ppm. 1
is slighter but might well be thought capable of developing at
a later period. That this is not the case is seen from an examina-
tion of the older stage: here all the deciduous teeth are strongly
developed and even dpm. 1 is now calcified (fig. 31); it is,
however, very large and not at all of the nature of a vestigial
needle-shaped tooth such as figured by Bate, but rather presents all
the characteristics of the tooth regarded by him as ppm. 1. The
permanent incisor, canines, and premolars (fig. 30) are now highly
differentiated, with large enamel and dentine germs : a comparison
of one of these with the indication of the germ of ppm. 1
(Plate XX VI. fig. 31,d.1.), shows that the latter is now less marked
than in the earlier stage and is obviously aborting ; consequently we
may safely assert that it never attains any degree of specialization,
but remains merely a slight swelling of the dental lamina.
The entire absence of any labial development from that portion
of the dental lamina between the large enamel-organ of this tooth
(dpm. 1) and the epithelium of the mouth, taken together with the
position occupied by it, viz. one similar to that of the true milk-
teeth, and the specialized thickening of the dental Jamina on its
lingual side, exactly resembling in appearance and position the true
have no existence.
and that the teeth which he describes as
1 In all 8 stages were examined, including two specimens of stage 1, one of
the 2nd, and five of the 3rd stage, all being older than Leche’s stages,
(1) 55 mm. total length ; 17 mm, head length.
(2) 68 4 5 oy 1%, » »
(3) 95 ” ” ” 30 ” ” ”
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 577
successional teeth, shows conclusively to my mind that the first
premolar is present as a calcified tooth in one dentition only, viz.,
in the milk-dentition ; the milk-tooth @ ~ ;
persisting in the adult along with the permanent teeth, a slight
trace only of its successor being visible at a very early stage and
only for a short period.
I must further conclude that the teeth figured by Bate as
dpm. 1
dpm. 1
teeth.
I can only imagine that Bate was misled by the presence of the
small needle-like teeth seen in connection with all the other ante-
molars into the belief that he had lost a similar one in connection
) being very large and
have no existence, his peut being in reality persistent milk-
ppm. 1 8 uy
m 1
Leche, while accepting Bate’s account, which he was bound to
do from the limited material at his disposal, states that pm. 1 was
much more backward than the other milk-teeth, for while the
latter had well differentiated enamel-organs, that belonging to
pm. 1 was still club-shaped or only slightly advanced. Thus his
specimens form with mine a perfect series, which together show
that at no time is there more than one representative of pm. 1
differentiated as a tooth, 2. e. dpm. 1, and only forashort period is
there any indication of ppm. 1.
with eal during dissection.
General Consideration of the Homology of Pm. 1.
Although there is undoubtedly but one calcified representative
of pm. 1 present in the Mole, it is possible that some may be
inclined to regard that tooth as belonging to the permanent rather
than to the milk series; in that case the lingual growth of the
dental lamina would have to be regarded as the representative of
the post-permanent series, similar to that seen in connection with
the permanent incisors and canines (fig. 28, pe. dl.). Such an
interpretation has been adopted by Tims (24) for pm. 1 of the Dog
and Pig’, this author further stating his belief that in those cases
(Hyrax, &c.) in which pm. 1 is duplicated, the two teeth repre-
sent the permanent and post-permanent series, and not the milk
and permanent sets as one might suppose them to do. Against
this possible interpretation of pm. 1 in the Mole may be urged in
1 With regard to Tims’s description of the 1st premolar of the Pig, in which
he figures traces of three dentitions, I believe that, there has been a mistake in the
identification of the teeth, for which I am partially responsible, the sections and
rough identification of the teeth being mine. On making a fresh and more care-
ful examination of the sections, and comparing them with an older specimen,
I find a very backward tooth-germ present between the canine and the supposed
Ist premolar: this backward germ I take to be the true pm. 1, the tooth
figured by Tims boing dpm. 2; in that case the enormous development and
swollen nature of the lingual growth of the dental lamina is accounted for, it
being the germ of ppm. 2, while the labial growth must represent a trace of the
pre-milk dentition.
578 Ml. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
addition the entire absence of any labial growth in connection
with pm. 1, which one might naturally expect to find if the func-
tional pm. 1 was ppm. 1, andif Bate’s specimen was an exceptional
one in which dpm. 1 had been retained.
One of the greatest difficulties met with in the study of tooth
ontogeny is the want of a sure method for the determination to
which set a given tooth belongs, for we may be dealing with a
retarded member of an early set or an accelerated development of
a later series, and, so far as I can judge, the identification can only
be made through a study of the comparative morphology and
phylogeny of the tooth, and not by its ontogeny alone. That the
time of appearance of ‘the enamel-organ does not help us is well
seen in the Mole, where the germ of pm. 1 appears after the other
milk-teeth and at the same time as pe. ; but this latter tooth appears
long before the other permanent teeth, so that if we took the time
of appearance of these tooth-germs as a criterion we should have
to conclude that the deciduous incisors, canines, and three posterior
premolars belonged to one set, the 1st premolar and permanent
canine to a second set, and the other permanent teeth to a third
series, a conclusion which, I think, condemns itself in the mind of
all those who have studied this subject. Such a suggestion was
put forward many years ago by Wortman (31), who regarded the
four molars of the Placentalia as belonging to four distinct sets
of teeth; this view does not appear to have met with any general
recognition, it being more natural to suppose that the dental
lamina though temporarily fused with the germs of the anterior
molars yet retains its individuality and grows back with the elon-
gation of the jaw to form fresh teeth belonging to the same series
as the more anterior molars.
The only doubt arising in my mind as to whether I am right in
referring the first premolar, in the Mole and in all animals where it
is only known in one dentition, to the milk-series and so terming
it dpm. 1, is due to the appearance seen in Mrinaceus ; for if in
that genus the apparent tooth-vestige which I have mentioned (ante,
p 562) as occurring between the two posterior upper premolars really
represents a lost premolar, then the anterior premolar of Hrinaceus
is the true pm. 1; and as further I have shown that the deciduous
predecessor of that tooth is a vestigial structure, the functional
tooth must be referred to the replacing dentition. Consequently,
if the above premises be true, we have here an example of the
suppression of dpm. 1 and a persistence of ppm. 1, a conclusion
antagonistic to that which I have arrived at concerning this tooth
in the Mole, and I could only suppose that the homology of this
tooth (pm. 1) varies in different and closely related animals.
1 have thought it only fair to give this possible objection to my
view here, but, as I have already mentioned, this supposed vestige
of pm. 3 in Erinaceus is very slight and has not been observed by
Leche in any of his stages ; so it is highly probable that this struc-
ture has no morphological importance, and Leche’s identification
of the lst functional premolar in this genus as pm. 2 may be quite
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 579
correct, in which case the above objection would not hold, and the
non-replaced pm. 1 may be regarded in all cases as a persistent
milk-tooth. ’
The presence or absence of the 1st premolar appears to be inti-
mately connected with the development of the canine, for in
mammals, other than the Insectivora, it is commonly wanting or
much reduced in all those forms possessed of a large canine tooth,
while in those forms in which it is present in both dentitions the
canine is either vestigial (Hyraa) or separated from the premolars
by a wide diastema (Vapirus indicus). In the case with no suc-
cession to pm. 1, I should imagine that enlarged deciduous canine
caused a slight decrease in size of dpm. 1, while the enormous
permanent canine, which always develops early, caused a total
suppression of ppm. 1; on the other hand, in those cases where
pm. 1 is replaced, the non-development of the canines or their
early removal forward allows the germ of ppm. 1 to mature
and become functional. In forms such as the Pecora, in which
both the canine and pm. 1 are wanting, this latter tooth was
probably suppressed in some ancestor in whom the canine was well
developed, and probably all trace of its germ has been lost, so that
the subsequent loss of the canine has not caused pm. | to reappear ;
besides in these forms, as also in Hquus, the posterior premolars
have been so much enlarged that the anterior cheek-teeth became
functionless and aborted.
Osborn (82) on paleontological evidence regards the single
pm. 1 as a persistent milk-tooth.
The Molar Teeth of the Mole.
The lingual development of the dental lamina in relation to S
is most conspicuous, it being more strongly developed in the Mole
and Centetes than in any other animals I have examined, so much
so that it is highly suggestive of a rudiment of a successional
tooth (Plate XXVI. fig. 32, d.l.); a similar but slighter growth
is found in relation to m. 2.
The Cusps.
The molar teeth belong to the trituberculo-sectorial order; in the
lower molars the heel is very large and bears two strong cusps;
the heel in m. 1 is larger than the trigon, but in m. 2 and m. 8 it is
smaller ; in all the protoconid is the largest and the paraconid the
smallest of the main cusps ; a small posterior cingulum-cusp is seen
in m, 1, while m. 2 bears in addition a similar anterior cusp, in m.3
the anterior one alone is present. Ihe upper molars (Plate XX VI.
fig. 35) are mainly tritubercular, but a very small hypocone (8) is
present; the protocone (7) is small, whereas the paracone and
metacone (6 &«), especially the latter, are very large and show a
tendency to become crescentic or V-shaped, the summit of the
cone being situated some distance from the outer border of the
580 MR. M. I, WOODWARD ON | iayis;
tooth; at the horns of the crescents, 1. ¢. at the anterior and
posterior extremities of the outer border, and in the middle of
this edge where the two crescents meet, slight additional cones are
raised up; these, however, appear very late (Plate XXVI. fig. 35,
a & b, 1, 2, 3, 4).
Though no less than four stages were examined, yet it was not
quite possible to determine which cusp was the first to appear,
for even in the earliest stage of m.3 two slight prominences were
already visible corresponding to the paracone and metacone. In
the case of m.1 and m.2, three cusps were present in all stages,
but of these the two external were alone conspicuous in the
younger stages, the antero-external (paracone) being the largest,
though in the adult it is smaller than the metacone; this, I think,
shows that the paracone is the first to develop. he internal pro-
tocone (7) appears late as a low inward extension from the base of
the paracone (fig. 32) and cannot possibly be regarded as the original
axis of the tooth. The 4th cusp to appear is the small anterior
external cusp, which is connected with the anterior slope of the
paracone, the hypocone evidently appearing very late.
In the lower molars the protoconid forms the main axis of the
dentine germ, and develops long before any of the other cusps, the
next in order being the metaconid, followed by the hypoconid and
entoconid, and lastly the paraconid. The heel itself minus its two
cusps is developed very early before even the metaconid. The
paraconid is especially late in its development; consequently
the molar tooth before this cusp appears presents a very curious
rare the entire antero-external region of the dentine germ being
absent.
Upper molars. Lower molars.
1. Paracone. 1. Protoconid.
2. Metacone. 2. Metaconid.
3. Protocone. 3. Hypoconid.
4, Small antero-external. 4. Entoconid.
5. Hypocone. 5. Paraconid.
GENERAL COMPARISION OF RESULTS.
The Ath Premolar.
The homology of the 4th premolar of the Placentalia with the
posterior premolar of the Marsupialia was first pointed ont by
Thomas, and there can be no doubt that this tooth in the two
groups presents certain constant and striking features ; thus dpm. 4
is nearly always molariform, whereas ppm. 4 is often almost unique
in its pattern, being a highly specialized tooth, which in those
cases where it resembles any other tooth has a striking similarity
to dpm. 3 (Aypsiprymnus, Canis, &c.).
Some time ago I pointed out that in Mucropus the so-called
ppm. 4 developed from the dental lamina between dpm. 3 and
dpm. 4 (28, pl. 36, fig. 19), and was evidently serially homologous
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 581
with those teeth, but differed from them in being retarded in its
development.
While investigating the development of dpm. 4 and ppm. 4 in
the Insectivora, I have kept the above conclusion in mind, and
allowing for the differences in the condition of the dentition in these
two groups (Insectivora and Diprotodont Marsupials) I find a
strong confirmation of this view, that ppm. 4 represents a tooth
originally situated in front of dpm. 4, but retarded in its
development, and subsequently displaced backwards or overgrown
by dpm. 4.
This condition is more marked in the upper jaw, where in three
of the genera investigated ppm. 4 develops distinctly in front of
dpm. 4, in two slightly so, while only in one does it develop distinctly
lingual to dpm. 4 (this is in Sorea probably a specialized form).
The molariform condition of dpm. 4 is well marked, but while in
some Insectivora ppm. 4 is distinct in pattern, in others it is also
molariform—the former condition being more marked in other
groups of mammals, in some of which (Carnivora and Marsupials)
ppm. 4 is so distinct in the characters of its crown from its
predecessor that, taken in connection with the developmental
features above recorded, I am forced to the conclusion that dpm. 4
is a true molar accelerated in its development and growing forwards
over the top of the retarded true 4th premolar, or, in other words,
dpm. 4 is the only true deciduous molar, while the tooth usually
termed ppm. 4 is really the milk, but non-deciduous 4th premolar.
The above would account for the striking differences in character
between the supposed deciduous and permanent 4th premolars of
the “ Kangaroo Rats,” where dpm. 4 is molariform, and ppm. 4
that marvellous compressed cutting-tooth, identical in pattern with
the anterior premolardpm.3. So also in the Carnivora with regard
to the upper carnassial tooth. I think it is easier to conceive that
the anterior molar should be accelerated in its development in order
to supply the young animal with a crushing-tooth, than to believe
with Cope (2) that the mere fact of a tooth-germ being shifted in
its position relative to the angle of the mouth would cause such a
total change in the character of two tooth-germs which were
supposed to develop side by side as sisters from the same region of
the dental lamina.
It is only fair to state that Leche (9. pp. 103 and 139) after
considering the views put forward by me in a former paper (28),
still concludes that the successor to dpm. 4 is the true represen-
tative of that tooth in the permanent series.
The Molars.
I have already described in my detailed account of the
development of the molar teeth the presence of outgrowths
from the dental lamina, to which structure the enamel-organs on
these teeth are attached and from which they have arisen, both of
the labial and lingual side of these teeth ; these outgrowths, though
582 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
more constant in connection with the 1st molars, yet were also
found in the region of the 2nd molars in several genera.
The lingual continuation of the dental lamina was found in all
six genera examined, whereas the labial growth was more irregular
and only observed in three forms; this latter growth was most
conspicuous in Hrinaceus, where it was constant from the beginning
of m. 1 to the end of m. 2,
A great deal of stress has been laid upon the presence of these
structures, especially that of the lingual one, its presence having
been said to prove that the molar teeth belonged to the milk-
dentition. There is no doubt that if we simply compare such a section
as fig. 26 (Plate XXVI.), representing the molar tooth of Centetes,
with a developing milk-tooth which is known to have a successor,
we should certainly conclude that the lingual growth of the dental
lamina in the two cases was the same structure; and as it can in
one case be shown to give rise to the enamel-organ of a replacing
tooth, we might apparently be justified in concluding that in the
case of the molar it represented a reduced enamel-germ of a
permanent tooth, and that the molar tooth belonged in consequence
to the milk-dentition. But it is now well known that we have
in the Mammalia traces of three or four sets of teeth; and as it is
highly probable that the Mammalia are derived from poly phyodont
ancestors, it is possible that there might at any time appear traces
of a polyphyodont dentition. It appears, then, to me that presence
of a lingual continuation of the dental lamina does not necessarily
imply that the labial tooth belongs to the milk-series; it might
equally well belong to the permanent orto the post-permanent series,
all traces of the earlier labial sets being lost, the lingual growth
being not merely the enamel-germ of a successor, but the free end
of the undifferentiated dental lamina, which may go on growing
and producing fresh sets of teeth, as it does in the polyphyodont
reptile, where it is the “ anlage” of numerous enamel-organs.
Compare for a moment these two diagrams (p. 583): fig. 1 repre-
senting a section of the dental lamina of a reptile with a practically
unlimited succession, while fig. 2 represents the milk-tooth of a
mammal with a lingual development of the dental lamina, which is
here known to give rise to a permanent tooth; we should not in
this case be justified in concluding that “m” in fig. 2 was the
homologue of 3 in fig. 1, merely because of the presence of this
similar development of the dental lamina on its lingual side ; we
must either conclude that m is the homologue of 1 and the
permanent tooth of 2, or perhaps 1 or both 1 and 2 have been
completely suppressed, and therefore m is the homologue of 2 or 3
as the case may be. In fact we must start with the dental lamina
from the gum, looking most carefully for labial rudiments, so as to
be perfectly sure that none of the earlier sets of teeth have
disappeared, before we can homologize the functional teeth, and we
must naturally expect to find a lingual growth of the dental lamina
constantly present, whether we are dealing with the Ist, 2nd, or
3rd sets, there being no reason to believe that there is an ultimate
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. _ 583
set which terminates the series. This is borne out by the discovery
by numerous authors (5, 7, 9, 20) of a lingual growth of the
dental lamina by the side of the germs of the permanent teeth.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
Vere oR
1
dl
al
2
3 H mm
Fig. 1.—Diagram of the tooth-succession in a polyphyodont Reptile: 1, 2, 3,
successive tooth-germs; d./, dental lamina.
Fig. 2.—Diagram illustrating the relation of a molar tooth-germ (mm) to the
dental lamina (@./).
' Taking the above into consideration, the presence of true and
definite outgrowths from the dental lamina nearer the gum than and
thus labial to the molar germs is extremely interesting and suggests
that possibly at least one set of teeth preceding the functional
molars has been suppressed. These vestiges are, it is true, minute
and variable, but when compared with the obvious vestiges of
the anterior milk-teeth seen in Hrinaceus it does seem rash to
conclude that these labial growths in the molar region are the last
indications of an earlier set of teeth.
If this is the case, then the molar teeth are not to be referred to
the 1st, but rather to the 2nd dentition.
The question then arises, is the milk-dentition the 1st set of
teeth ? This has been answered in the negative by Leche, and I
hope shortly to publish a further confirmation of this view.
Leche (7 a) has discovered in the anterior region of the jaw of
Myrmecobius a minute set of teeth which precede the functional
set; and as the latter set are now usually regarded as the milk-
dentition, this vestigial series is termed the pre-milk series, and
may be compared with those small embryonic teeth seen in the
Crocodile (19 a) and Iguana (8)'.
1 Rése (‘‘Das Zahnsystem der Wirbeltiere,” Ergebnisse d. Anatomie u. Ent-
wickelungsges., 1894) refers to traces of a pre-milk dentition in Man ond
suggests even an earlier set of teeth in the Vertebrata, a remnant of the placoid
tooth-papilla, describing in all 5 sets, traces of at least four of which are
found in the Mammalia.
584 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
I have adduced reasons elsewhere (29) to support the view that
this pre-milk set, i. ¢. the first in order of time, has been completely
lost in the molar region, and that these labial outgrowths of the
dental lamina represent the now much reduced milk-dentition—the
adult molars belonging to the 3rd or replacing set of teeth, the
lingual continuation of dental lamina representing a potential 4th
dentition, the post-permanent series.
The Molar Cusps.
On comparing the details of the molar cusp development in the
various Insectivores which I have examined, one is immediately
struck with fact that the lower molar cusps in the different forms
are more constant in the order of their appearance, the protoconid
developing first in every case, than those of the upper molars:
these latter fall apparently into two groups—in one the paracone is
the first to appear, while in the second it is the protocone which
develops first. A closer inspection shows that a similar subdivision
of the lower molars can be made; thus in those forms where the
paracone appears first in the upper molars, we find the supposed
homologue of this in the lower teeth (the paraconid) * is the last to
develop, while those exhibiting the protocone as the first developed
cusp above show the paraconid as second or third in order of
development below.
These facts may be roughly tabulated thus :—
Group I. (4 genera). Group II. (2 genera).
1. Paracone. 1. Protocone.
2. Metacone. 2. Paracone. olteeether
3. Protocone. 3. eee tere
4. Hypocone.
(5. Metaconule.) i
1. Protoconid. 1. Protoconid.
2. Metaconid. 2 or 3. Paraconid. ? tovetl
3. H {ie 3 or 2. Motuconid. f Se
. Heel. i
Yipe-
4, Paraconid. 4, Hypoconid.
A further examination of these groups reveals the fact that they
are separated from one another by a second feature, which is
possibly of greater importance than that of cusp ontogeny ; I refer
to the fact that the members of group I. possess either quadri- or
quinque-tubercular upper molars, while in group II. these teeth
are trituberculate.
Tt will be seen, then, that in the only living mammals believed
to possess unmodified trituberculate teeth (molars and posterior
premolars) which have been examined developmentally, the order
of cusp ontogeny is in entire accord with the supposed order of
1 The condition of this cone in Sorex is uncertain,
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 585
cusp phylogeny as advanced by the supporters of the Cope-Osborn
tritubercular theory. This is a very striking and important fact,
and one which will no doubt be considered by trituberculists as
strongly supporting their theory, especially as it is generally stated
that these trituberculate Insectivores most nearly, amongst living
mammals, approach the Jurassic Trituberculata in the character
of their molars. This statement is certainly true for the lower jaw,
but can be hardly said to hold for the upper molars, there being no
resemblance between the teeth of the upper jaw of Centetes, Hriculus,
and Chrysochloris ' and those of Peralestes, and only an apparent one
with Kurtodon (Stylodon), for Osborn (16) himself states that this
latter is not trituberculate but ridged’.
Turning now to the first group and examining it in the light of
the supposed primitive nature of the protocone, we find here that
the upper molar teeth are more complex, possessing 4 or 5 cusps,
that the outer cusps (the para- and meta-cones) are more strongly
developed than the inner ones; and in accordance with this we find
both these cusps developing before the protocone—an anomalous
condition when we remember that the last-named cusp is sup-
posed to be the primitive axis of the tooth, the remaining cusps
being mere outgrowths from it. Perhaps, if these Insectivora
were the only forms possessed of such a condition, we might agree
with Osborn (15) that this is merely a case of accelerated
development; but they are not alone in this respect, for in Man
(19), in some Ungulates (22), and in certain polyprotodont
Marsupials (20), the paracone invariably develops first, the
protocone being either 2nd or 3rd in order of appearance. In fact,
in every mammal so far examined, with the exception of the two
Insectivores before mentioned, the paracone develops directly from
the primitive dental germ and before either the protocone or meta-
cone. The constancy of this condition is such that I do not think we
can pass over it so lightly as Osborn does, as may be seen from the
following quotation (15. p. 503): “In fact the external cusps not
only appear before the internal cusp, which palzontology shows to
be the more primitive, but they assume the crescentic form earlier,
In other words, their development is accelerated.” (Italics mine.)
If the protocone represents the summit of the original protodont
tooth of the ancestor of the Mammalia, it must be the direct con-
tinuation of the primitive dentinal germ, and as such should be found
to develop in a line with the axis of that structure. That this is not
the case is well seen in fig. 32 (Pl. XXVI.), where the paracone (5)
is found to be identical with the primitive dentinal germ and the
protocone (7) appears as a mere internal ledge growing out from
1 Chrysochloris is trituberculo-sectorial, possessing a small heel, and not a
pure trituberculate as usually stated. Lydekker (10) compares Peralestes and
Chrysochloris, but I fail to see the resemblance.
2‘Tt is very difficult to ascertain Osborn’s views regarding Kwrtodon, for in
his large memoir (16. p. 210) he states that there is no real homology between
the Kurtodon and Chrysochloris. dentition, whereas in his additional notes (1 6 @)
he appears to regard Kurtodon as one of the Trituberculata.
Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. XX XVIII. 33
586 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
the base of this structure, the metacone and subsequently the:
hypocone being similarly derived from a backward extension of
the base of the primitive dentinal germ. ‘This primitive dentinal
germ has, I believe, primarily a somewhat conical form in all cases,
and one of the cusps of the adult tooth appears to be the direct
continuation of this primitive cone, the remaining cusps being
outgrowths usually from its base. It is not customary to find a
blunt expanded table-like dentinal germ from which the cusps
arise as secondary outgrowths—a condition which, it appears to
me, must be necessarily assumed to support Osborn’s view that
the protocone is primary but retarded and the paracone its lateral
derivative accelerated.
If it be the case that the paracone in the majority of Mammalia
- is the direct continuation of the primitive dentinal germ, and
therefore of the single cone of the protodont mammalian ancestor,
then we have the apparent anomaly of this primary cone giving
rise, in the majority of forms, to the so-called paracone, i. ¢. the
antero-external cone, while in a few it persists as the so-called
protocone (antero-internal cone), a condition which suggests that
the usually accepted identification of the cones of the wpper molars
is not in all cases the correct one.
It may be possible that in the above too much stress is laid on
the ontogeny of the molar cusps; but, on the other hand, do we
know sullicient of the phylogeny, as deduced from palzontological
evidence, to prove that the primitive cone has in all cases been
correctly identified in the upper molars? For though we have,
thanks to the researches of Owen (17), Osborn (16), and Marsh (11),
knowledge of a great number of Mesozoic mammals, yet the molar
teeth found are nearly all lower ones, and but few upper molars (save
multituberculate ones) are known until we reach Tertiary times’,
when the teeth have assumed forms whose cusps can be more
easily homologized with those of living mammals than with the
cusp or cusps of the Reptilian tooth or with that of the ancestral
mammal. So that with regard to the evolution of the upper
anolars we are almost completely in the dark, for we know of no
Triassic or Jurassic protodont upper molars, but three maxilla
(1 believe) containing triconodont teeth, and but a few which,
according to Osborn, contain trituberculate teeth.
T have tried to ascertain the exact number of upper jaws of
Jurassic mammals possessing tritubercular molars or teeth approxi-
mating to that type, but have been unable to disperse the mystery
‘which seems to envelop them. In England we certainly possess
one specimen, which was described by Owen (17) as Peralestes
longirostris, and is preserved in the British Museum; with this
Owen associated a lower jaw which is now separated by Lydekker
(10) from this form and assigned to Amblotherium mustelula, Owen
also described four upper jaws,which he referred to Stylodon pusillus ;
1 Several isolated upper molars are known from the Upper Cretaceous rocks
of N. America; some of these are said to be trituberculate (Osborn, “ Mammals
of tthe Upper Cretaceous Beds,” Bull. Amer, Mus, Nat. Hist. 1893, p. 311),
notably Didelphops, but this, though triangular possesses at least 6 cusps.
od
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 587),
these have been separated from the lower jaws which Owen described.
under that name and placed in the genus Kurtodon (Athrodgn) by
Osborn (16), who first stated that they were not tuberculate, but now
(16 a) apparently regards them as examples of trituberculate molars,
In America, Marsh (11) has published the briefest note of
the discovery of two upper jaws of Dryolestes and a single upper.
jaw of Diplocynodon (1 c, 8 cheek-teeth) ; these he has not figured,
and his descriptions fail to show that they are tritubercular ; in the
case of Dryolestes he does not mention the cusps, while in Diplo-
cynodon he mentions 5 cusps the arrangement of which does not
suggest trituberculy.
Jn 1888 Osborn (16 & 16a) described the upper molars of
Kurtodon (see ante), Peralestes, Diplocynodon, and also of the Styla-
codontia, under which latter head he places Dryolestes, but on
referring to this genus he states that the upper jaw is unknown !
In a later work (14) he only mentions the upper molars of
Spalacotherium and of all the Amblothertide as being trituberculate ;
evidently he refers Peralestes to Spalacotherium, as suggested by
Lydekker (10), and Kaurtodon to Amblothertum (Owen). These
remarks will show what little material we have upon which to
base the existence of the Jurassic tritubercular upper molar which
is an essential feature in the tritubercular theory.
A perusal of Osborn’s (16) description of the upper molars of
Peralvstes shows, however, that they are anything but typical
trituberculate teeth, for instead of possessing one internal and two
external cusps arranged i ina triangle, the inner cusp forming the
apex, we find two internal cusps’, of which the anterior is the largest,
and a serrated ridge extending along the external border bearing
several small cusps ; and as the anterior of these is slightly enlarged
Osborn terms it the paracone, calling the two internal cones respec-
tively the protocone (anterior) and the metacone (posterior). Now,
according to the tritubercuiar theory, the metacone should be
external and in a line with the paracone, not internal in a line with
the protocone. Moreover, an examination of Osborn’s figure and
of the specimen shows that what he terms the paracone is here
developed as an enlargement of the external cingulum and is not
in any sense serially homologous with the metacone.
A comparison of Osborn’s two published figures of these teeth
shows considerable differences in them, and on examining the actual
specimen one finds that the figure in his large monograph (16) is
the most accurate, the more frequently copied figure (13) being
rather exaggerated in favour of trituberculism ; but with all he
seems to have overlooked a small cusp on the antero-external
shoulder of his protocone and between this main cone and this
external paracone, which, to my mind, far better suggests the anterior
homologue of the metacone (see Pl. XX VI. fig. 33) and consequently
the paracone from a tritubercular standpoint, although I believe this
tooth to be capable of a totally different interpretation.
If this tooth be compared with the molar teeth of the living
Insectivora (figs. 84-36), it appears that the tuberculate external
1 The specimen shows three internal cusps, see fig. 33.
33*
588 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
cingulum seen in Peralestes is comparable with the similar structure
so frequently present in this group, and well exemplified in the
upper molars of Zalpa. If so, it becomes further evident that the
two larger cusps of Peralestes represent the paracone and metacone
of these living forms, these cusps being commonly developed quite
a long distance from the external border of the tooth (Talpa, fig.
35). Consequently the internal shelf, which we have seen in living
Tnsectivores bearing the proto- and hypocone, is not developed in
upper molars of Peralestes.
It this comparison is correct, we are justified in concluding that
the upper molars of this fossil form were not tritubercular in
the sense understood by the supporters of the Cope-Osborn theory,
and, further, those of Kurtodon being undoubtedly ridged and
not tuberculate, while those of Dryolestes and Duplocynodon
are either undescribed or possess 5 cusps, we consequently have
no paleontological evidence to support the assumption that a
tritubercular stage was passed through by the mammalian upper
molar in its evolutions from a protodont or possibly a triconodont
tooth. Under these circumstances I see no reason to believe that
the primitive cone must necessarily occupy an antero-internal
position such as Osborn’s protocone does.
Paleontological evidence being then wanting or so fragmentary,
we are obliged to fall back on the less torn pages of ontogeny.
On doing so, we find that the upper molar cusp, which develops
first and asa direct continuation of the dental germ in the majority
of the Mammalia, is the antero-external or paracone: this I think
is strongly in favour of the view put forward by Rose (19),
that the paracone is the most primitive cusp, though I think it
would be rather confusing to apply Osborn’s term “‘ protocone ” to
it, seeing that this term has been already applied to another cusp
in the same tooth.
Of the primitive nature of the paracone we have slight palwon-
tological evidence if, as I have suggested, the largest cone of the
Peralestes upper molar (Osborn’s protocone) is the homologue of the
paracone of living Insectivores. But if we further include the
molariform premolars in our study, we find this view is supported
both by ontogenists (22) and palxontologists, for Scott (21 a) has
proved, and Osborn and Wortman (32) have accepted his con-
clusions, that the antero-external cone in these teeth is the
primitive one from a palzontological standpoint, and Taeker has
shown in the Ungulates, and I myself in the Insectivora, that this
antero-external cone in the premolars develops first in the onto-
geny of the premolar cusps.
With regard to the tritubercular upper molars of the Centetide
&e. (fig. 34, « & b), I should conclude that the main cone of this
type of tooth, usually termed the protocone, was really the paracone:
the whole tooth representing only the antero-external triangle of
such a form as 7'alpa (fig. 35, a & b), 2. e. the crescentic paracone with
its two external cingulum cusps, the two last named being commonly
but incorrectly described as the para- and meta-cone in Centetes ;
¢ that in the Centetide no marked indications of the protocone
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. : 589
or metacone are as yet visible, while in Chrysochloris (fig. 36. 7) the
first indication of the protocone has appeared, viz. the internal shelf.
This attempt to homologize the main cone of the upper molars
of the Centetide and Chrysochloris with the paracone of other
Insectivora is a modification of the view put forward by Mivart in
1868 (12). He regarded the tricuspid triangular crown of the
molar teeth of Centetes as a concentration of the eight cusped teeth
of Talpa. An examination of his figures and description will show
that he believed the so-called paracone and metacone of Centetes and
Chrysochloris to be external cingulum cusps, the main cone of these
teeth being formed by a fusion of cones corresponding to the para-
and metacones of Z'ulpa, while the protocone and hypocone of the
latter he regards as represented by the small internal lobe seen in
Chrysochloris'. This view accords in its most important respects
with mine, but I do not think that the ontogeny of the tritubereu-
late insectivore molar justifies Mivart’s fusion theory, but rather
suggests that this tooth corresponds only with the paracone
triangle of the Mole’s tooth.
Such an interpretation would bring these forms into entire accord
with the other Insectivores and the Mammalia in general, and we
should then find that the cusp which directly continues the dental
germ, and consequently is the first to develop, is in all cases homo-
logous, though unfortunately the same name has not been applied
to it in all cases.
Thus the primitive cone of the upper cheek-teeth of the ancestral
mammal finds its homologue in the protocone of the premolar, in
the paracone of most molars, but in the protocone of the molars of
the trituberculate Insectivores and Peralestes. This has been proved
ontogenetieally for both the premolars and molars, phylogenetically
also in the former, while in the latter the phylogeny of the
primitive cusp is still doubtful.
The evolution of the primary cusp of the premolars and molars
is now brought into harmony, and it is no longer necessary to
suppose that the cusp arrangement of two teeth such as pm. 4 and
m. 1, often identical in pattern, have evolved upon different lines.
To briefly recapitulate my conclusions :—
(1) The antero-external cone, or paracone above and proto-
conid below, is the primitive cone both in the molars and
premolars.
(2) The protocone is borne on an internal shelf of secondary
origin (internal cingulum).
(3) The metacone is a similar backward development of the
paracone, arising very early long before the protocone.
(4) The hypocone stands related to the metacone as the
protocone does to the paracone.
(5) The paracone as the primary cone in the upper molars
finds its homologue in the protoconid below °.
1 Unfortunately the cones have been incorrectly lettered in his figure of the
upper molar of Chrysockloris, as may he seen on reference to his description.
2 A paper by Winge (26) in Danish evidently upholds the same view, viz.,
that the paracone is the homologue of the protoconid; unfortunately I am
unable to read the paper, but his lettering in his plate and diagrams are very
clear on Chis point.
590 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
(6) The evidence advanced in support of the tritubercular
theory. is insufficient to prove that the upper molars
primarily evolved on the lines of that theory.
(7) Owing to want of material, trituberculists have been led
to assume that the upper molars of the early Mammalia
passed through similar stages to those which they have
determined for the lower teeth, and consequently they
have in most cases incorrectly identified the primary cone
(save in Peralestes and the living Centetide and Chryso-
chloris).
(8) That as regards the primary cone, its ontogeny recapitu-
lates its phylogeny.
. I do not mean to deny for one moment the occurrence of the
tritubercular type of upper molar tooth, nor even to underrate its
phylogenetic importance ; for no one who has studied cusp ontogeny
can fail to notice the frequency of its appearance, and the fact that
often (though not always) the three cones of the trigon are the
first to appear during development. What I desire to point out
is, that there is no evidence to show that this type of upper molar
arose in the way suggested by trituberculists, and that they have
in most cases overlooked the true primary cone.
If the triconodont tooth be a stage in the evolution of the mamma-
lian molar, then I should believe that the anterior cone disappeared,
the main cone becoming enlarged as the paracone and the posterior
one as the metacone. At this stage the upper teeth overhang and
bite outside the lower molars, and the future antero-internal cone
(protocone) was developed as an internal shelf acting as a mortar for
the cusps of the lower teeth, and at a much later period developed
acusp. The hypocone arose in a similar way with the elongation
of the teeth.
The function and origin of the external cingulum with its
numerous cusps (2-4) is difficult to understand, for in the living
Mole it is quite outside and free from all contact with the.lower
molars ; possibly it is of use to insect-feeding animals, giving them
greater hold of their slippery prey.
In the Centetide and Peralestes, the upper molars could not have
overhung the lower ones to the same extent, consequently no in-
ternal lobe bearing the protocone was developed and the external
cingulum was very largely developed.
I have purposely left out all reference to the multituberculate
and concrescence theories, having restricted my researches to
endeavouring to ascertain whether the trituberculate theory respect-
ing the upper molars rested upon any solid basis, and whether one
of the molar cusps was more primitive in its mode of origin than
the others.
Ontogenetically, I have failed to find any support for the con-
crescence theory, neither do I consider that any of the evidence put
forward by Rése and Kiikenthal is at all conclusive in its favour.
On comparing the several families which grouped together
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 591
compose the order Insectivora, we find a considerable variation in
their dentition, both as regards the number of their teeth and the
specialization of the individual members of the dental series.
Thus in Gymnura and Talpa we find in the adult the full pla-
cental dentition of 44 teeth, while in two Shrews (Diplomesodon
and Anurosorex) the dentition is reduced to 26 teeth, other families
presenting numerous stages intermediate between these two. If
primitive, the supposed presence of 4 upper incisiors in Sorea and
the 4 upper molars of Centetes must be of great interest, but the
former I believe is capable of being interpreted differently, and the
latter to be a secondary character.
A. closer examination of these dental variations shows that they
can be grouped under four heads :—
(1) A tendency for a suppression of the 3rd incisor above and
below, di. 3 disappearing first. .
(2) A suppression in the premolar series, pm. 1 in the Cen-
tetide, pm. 2 in Selenodon.
(3) A suppression of the posterior molars, the number vary-
ing from 4 to #, the normal uumber being 3.
(4) A tendency for reduction in the functional importance of
the milk dentition.
Although representatives of only 5 out of the 9 families of the
Insectivora (Flower and Lydekker, 4) have been systematically
examined, this last variation is so marked, that one is forced to the
conclusion that the order as a whole is tending to lose its milk-
teeth.
Among the forms examined, probably only Hriculus and Echinops
possess the same number of functional milk and permanent
antemolar teeth, but these forms have already a reduced dentition.
Of those provided with 44 teeth, viz. Gymnura and Talpa, we find
di. 3, dpm. 2
dpm. 2
omitting the 1st premolar, all the remaining milk-teeth are reduced
and though cutting the gum can hardly function (if at all) for
more than a week or two.
The remaining genera examined show this reduction in a varying
degree, the maximum being attained in Sorex, where in all
probability the entire milk series is reduced and functionless.
If then it be a fact, as is now generally believed, that the milk
dentition preponderates in the early Mammalia and in the living
Marsupials, then we must come to the conclusion that the living
Insectivora are specialized forms tending towards a Monophyodont
condition in which the preponderating dentition is the replacing
or permanent set.
in the former reduced and functionless, while in Z'alpa,
List or REFERENCES.
1. Barn, §.—‘ On the Dentition in the Mole.” Trans. Odont.
‘ Soc. 1865-67, p. 261.
la. Branpt, E.—Ueber d. Zahnformel der Spitzmiiuse. St.
Petersburg, 1878.
592 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
2. Corr.— ‘The Mechanical Origin of the Sectorial Teeth of the
Carnivora.” Proc. Ather. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1887, p. 254.
3. Dozsson.—A Monograph of the Insectivora. London, 1882.
4. Frowrr & LypEKxer.—Mammals, living and extinct. London,
1891.
5. Kixenruan.— Kinige Bemerkungen iib. d. Siiugetier-Bezahn-
ung.” Anat. Anz. 1891, p. 364.
6. Ktxenrnat.— Entwickl. Untersuch. am Pinnipedien-gebisse.”
Jen. Zeit. f. Naturwiss. 1893, p. 76.
7. Lecue.—‘ Studien iiber d. Entwick. d.. Zahnsystems b. d.
Siiugethieren.” Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1893, p. 502.
ae Also Morph. Jahrb. xx. p. 113.
8. Leone— Uber d. Zahnentwickelung yon Iguana tuberculata,”
Anat. Anz. 1893, p. 793.
9. Leone.—Zur Enwickelungsgeschichte des Zahnsystems der
Saugethiere. Stuttgart, 1895.
10. Lyprxxer.—Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia in the British
Museum. Part V., 1887.
11. Marsu.—“ Notice of new Jurassic Mammals.” Amer. Journ.
Sci. & Arts, 1879 & 1880.
12. Mivaxr.— (T1e0 “sn “31q)
“SIETBD op seq ‘souINy ‘semOgT, PleYPIO LT 4) SOL £ c6/c/os | 81°99 'F6
cd S 91 GG * 801 ro) 96/c/oz |" SST bd
oD S 81 0g SOT 2 96/T/FI | 96 ie
‘ e 1 1G GIL 2 ge/g/og |" 19 5
‘eatqsupooury | “qaley uojeD “A “D cod 83 SII ro) e6/c/6t |" ¢9 a
YE S 91 ras) GIT Ko) P6/S/6T |" SE" AAx iS
« s GI eg GI ro) #6/9/86 |" 8 “Mx (9) 5
“erTyspsojoroyy ‘UOJUIMA CP “A MA | GOT Ge FIL £ 46/9/96 |" €8°Mx 2
“ear1qseqQ *paeaoy “Y “f LT &¢ SIT ‘2 46/9/61 | 9F “ON ton
-aalyspiojoro py ‘Lanquoyerg “UOJULAA OP “HT “AA 81 68 OI £ ¥6/9/66 |" 98 “Mx I
‘oatysey ysvqy ‘eyepuesuory “PIBAOD “VY “L LI ee. SEI P F6/G/TE |\° LEON 3
ee =
“q00} PUI, “T°, oe 8
“£y1pB00rTT *10}99T[0D ee “xg ag “wOHOeTICO ‘
fm m1 ‘ony >
¢ “mul UL SUO1sUOMICT Aw
602 GEOGRAPHICAL RACES OF THA COMMON FIELD youn. [May 19,
M. agrestis and MW. neglectus may be, there can hardly fail to exist,
in countries on the boundary-line of their respective ranges,
intermediates whose presence would render it impossible to regard
the two as distinct species. No doubt this was the right course to
take so long as there was only open to naturalists the binomial
system of nomenclature. It seems to me, however, that there is
here a good case for the use of the trinomial system, especially as
it can be done without inventing any new name.
The Voles constitute so difficult a genus that it is not surprising
that the distinguishing characters laid down by even such good
naturalists as Jenyus and De Selys-Longchamps are not very
clear, especially as they appear to have been given partially with a
view to distinguish JZ. neglectus from the Continental species
M. arvalis, which was at that time supposed to occur in Great
Britain, or to be represented there by a supposed nearly allied
species M. britannicus; while, to further add to the confusion of
ideas, the differences between I. agrestis and M. arvalis were very
imperfectly recognized, if at all. I think, however, that De Selys-
Longchamps’s remarks show that he applied the name of neglectus
to one of the forms to which this paper refers: hence, if it be
considered desirable, as I submit it is, to distinguish these two
distinct forms by different names, the British and Southern form
should, I think, be distinguished as A. agrestis neglectus, Jenyns,
while the name of M. agrestis (Linn.) should be restricted to the
more Northern form.
The following are the characters of the two forms or sub-
species :—
Microrvs acresris (Linn.).
This is a large Vole reaching when adult a length (head and
body) of 130 millimetres and upwards, It differs in coloration
from the Southern form, the upperside wanting the reddish tinge
of British specimens, and the underside being of a purer white
colour, most British examples having the underside washed with
yellow. The skulls of the Northern form are much larger and
stronger than those of the Southern, and the postorbital and other
crests are more prominent. The whole skull is very Lemming-
like in appearance, being much flattened and having the zygomatic
arch very deep.
Mr. Bonhote informs me that the Norway Voles were very
Lemming-like in appearance when alive and he found them in-
habiting the same burrows as Lemmings.
Microtus AGRESTIS NEGLECTUS, Jenyns.
This is a smaller animal, not averaging more than about 110
millims. when fully grown. It may be distinguished by the cha-
racters given above, viz., the size, cranial characters, and coloration.
There is usually a reddish tinge on the upper surface of the adults
and a yellowish wash to the belly, especially in summer, which,
when present, is yery distinctive.
1896. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE KINGFISHERS. 603
Distribution.—These two subspecies seem to be distributed,
roughly speaking, in the manner stated by De Selys-Longchamps
in 1847, in fact it would be impossible to add to or correct what
he has said on this point without examining more specimens than
are at present available. The fact that the two French specimens
which I have been able to examine are of the neglectus form is
very interesting and confirms De Selys-Longchamps’s statements.
There are no German specimens in the British Museum collection,
but Dehne' has stated that MM. agrestis neglectus occurs fairly
commonly in Saxony, near Penig and Léssnitz, while Fatio found
it in the Hasli Thal, in Switzerland.
To show the differences in size between the two races, I give the
dimensions (see pp. 600, 601).
The measurements are taken from the ten largest British
specimens IJ could lay hands upon, and I have added to them those
of the only two I’rench specimens which were available.
In all cases, except those of Mr. Bonhote’s specimens, the measure-
ments of the tails were taken so as not to include the last hairs. The
specimens kindly collected for me by Messrs. Coward and Caton
Haigh were measured by Mr. I. Metcalfe of Cambridge; the
dimensions of the remainder were taken by the collectors. It
will be seen that the length of an average British specimen runs
to about 106 millimetres, while anything above that must be
regarded as large. The two largest British specimens I have
been able to examine are my own no. 47, sent me by Mr. Coward
from Cheshire, and Mr. de Winton’s no. W. 86 from Herefordshire.
These two somewhat approach the younger Norway specimens in
size and characters, and these are the only two that do so out of
numerous specimens examined.
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part III. On some Points in the Anatomy of the
Kingfishers. By Frank E. Bepvarp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Prosector to the Society.
[Received May 18, 1896.]
The family Alcedinidee shows more structural variation within
its own limits than any other family of Picarian Birds.
The first to call attention to this was Prof. Garrod, who re-
marked in describing * the tensores patagii of various Passerine and
Picarian Birds—‘“ In the Alcedinide the differences are so con-
siderable in the several genera that I reserve the description of
the muscle in this order for a future occasion.” Again, in referring
to the course of the leg-veins he pointed out the abnormal con-
1 A, Dehne in ‘ Allgemeine deutsche naturhistorische Zeitung,’ new series,
vol. ii. pp. 212 and 223 (1856).
2 «On some Anatomical Peculiarities which bear upon the Major Divisions
of the Passerine Birds.—Pt. I.,” P. Z.S. 1877, p. 512.
39*
604 MR, F. H, BEDDARD ON SOME POINTS [May 19,
ditions obtaining in Dacelo’. Prof. Garrod never carried out the
intention expressed in the above quotation. I propose in the
present paper to supply this deficiency and to bring before the
Society other facts in the anatomy of the group.
Pterylosis.
The Kingfishers have for the most part a tufted oil-gland. But
I find that in Cittura cyanotis and C. sanghirensis the oil-gland is
distinctly nude, and I have a note by Mr. Forbes to the effect that
that is also the case with three species of Lanysiptera. In the
latter genus, moreover, there are only ten rectrices; in other
Kingfishers (including Cittura) twelve. -
According to Dr. Gadow’s table’, the Alcedinidw and Cypselidie
are the only families of Picarian birds in which the 5th cubital
remex may be either absent or present.
Dacelo, Ceryle, and Sauropatis are aquintocubital ; Cittura, Alcedo,
and Halcyon are quintocubital.
The feather-tracts of a few species have been examined by
Nitzsch. I have studied those of a few others. In the majority of
Kingfishers the ventral tract branches in the pectoral region on
each side into a stronger outer and a weaker inner branch, the
latter being continuous as far as the cloaca. Nitzsch remarks of
“A. collaris” (=:Sauropatis chloris) that it is ‘ strikingly distin-
guished by having the outer branch of the inferior tract very near
the main stem.” I find that a broad pevtoral tract, barely, if at
all, distinguishable into two branches, characterizes the following
species of Sauropatis, viz.: S. sordidus, S. vagans, and S. chloris ;
it is very possibly a mark of the genus.
In this genus, as in Dacelo (figured by Nitzsch), in Halcyon and
in Cittura there is a very long gap sparsely feathered which lies
between the anterior and posterior closely feathered parts of the
spinal tract. In Alcedo ispeda, on the other hand, the trunk part
of the spinal tract is closely feathered throughout. I find in
Ceryle americana an intermediate condition, the dorsal gap being
but slightly marked. ;
It will be observed that these various divergences in the
arrangement of the pteryle correspond in every case to a missing
5th remex.
Tendons of the Wing.
The tendons of the tensor patagii brevis show three modifica-
tions among the Kingfishers, which are shown in the accompanying
drawings (figs. 1-3) by the late Mr. W. A. Forbes.
In Alcedo ispida, Fiirbringer (Unters. z. Morph. u. Syst. Vogel,
Taf. xxiii. fig. 17), we have the simplest conditions. The tendon in
question is perfectly simple, without branch or complication of any
kind. Alcyone lessoni is precisely the same.
1 Ibid. p. 516.
* “ Aves” in Bronn’s ‘‘Thier-Reich,’ Syst. Theil, p. 82.
1896.] IN THE ANATOMY OF THE KINGFISHERS. 605
In Halcyon rufa (fig. 1), H. sp., Ceryle alcyon (fig. 2), and
C. americana there is only a single tendon, but it gives off a for-
wardly running wristward slip. The main tendon, as in Alcedo, is
continued over the muscles of the forearm to the ulnar side. In
Ceryle (fig. 2) there is this difference, that the main tendon is
very wide and diffused. Sauropatis sordidus (somewhat unex-
pectedly) agrees with Halcyon in its single tendons.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3.
Fig 1.—Haleyon rufa. 'Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.
Fig. 2.—Ceryle alcyon. Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.
Fig. 3.—Sauropatis albicilla. 'Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.
In Dacelo, Sauromarptis, Pelaryopsis, Sauropatis (fig. 3) (sanctus,
albicilla, vagans, chloris), Cittura (sanghirensis, cyanotis), and
Tunysiptera the tendons are more complicated. There are two
separate tensor patagii brevis tendons which often converge, and
very nearly if not quite meet at their insertion onto the forearm ; g
the anterior of these, which is alone continued onto the ulnar side
of the arm, has a wristward slip.
Syma agrees with these genera in having two parallel tendons,
but differs from them in having no wristward slip.
To another myological peculiarity of some Kingfishers attention
was first called by Dr. R. O. Cunningham. He pointed out the
existence in Ceryle stellata of a tendinous link uniting the two
biventres cervicis muscles, and the absence of this link in Alcedo.
I have examined the genera mentioned in the table at the end of
this paper (p. 606), with the exception of Syma and Tanysiptera
(upon which I have a note by Prof. Garrod), and find that there
are quite as many genera which have this tendinous link as there
608 ON THE ANATOMY OF THD KINGFISHRS. [May 19,
are which have it not. The expansor secundariorum is another
muscle which is sometimes absent and sometimes present.
In marked contrast to the muscular anatomy (excepting the leg-
muscles, of which the formula seems to be always AX—), and to
the external characters, is the syrinx. I have examined this organ
in Alcedo, Dacelo, Cittura, Ceryle, Halcyon, and Sazropatis, and
find it to be most uniform in structure. In all it is of the typical
tracheo-bronchial form, without a complete coalescence of the last
rings of the trachea, except sometimes in front. The intrinsic
muscles (a single pair) are well developed and fan out considerably
at their insertion onto the first, or apparently sometimes the first
and second bronchial semirings. In Dacelo cervina it is quite
plain that there are two pairs of intrinsic muscles. The most
anterior of these is the more slender; the wider muscle arises
from the trachea just where the extrinsic muscles are given off ; it
covers over the insertion of the first muscle and is pyramidal in
form, the first muscle being an elongated strip arising in common
with the extrinsic muscle.
The Kingfishers being a group which shows so much diversity
in structure, the following tabular statement may be of use :—
Exp. bth Biventer Oil-
= Remex. AODCOE [RNS LEN link. gland.
Dacelo............ + - 2 tendons + ant. slip. — tufted.
Tanysiptera ...) +- 608 ' op + nude.
SYM ...01er0000- + 006 2 tendons; no ant. slip. -
Cittura weer. + + 2 tendons + ant. slip. + nude.
Alcedo........044. 0 + 1 tendon. - tufted.
Pelargopsis ...) + dod 2 tendons + ant. slip.
Lodirhamphus..) + ee ” ”
Alcyone .....60.- 600 000 1 tendon.
Ceryle......covee + - 1 tendon + ant. slip. + tufted.
Halcyon ver... + + " 0 - tufted.
Sauropatis...... - - 2 tendons + ant. slip. -! tufted.
Sauromarptis..| ... wa is ae
1 + in one of two specimens of S. vagans,
The above table not only displays the variation in structure of
the family but shows the impossibility of a subdivision of the
family, at least without further facts—for it is unnecessary to
point out specially the lacune in the above table.
Halcyon is perhaps to be regarded as the simplest form, while
Dacelo and Sauropatis are at the opposite extreme. The necessary
separation of Sawropatis and Halcyon is the classificatory fact upon
which I would lay the greatest stress. It may be that the black-
billed species will turn out to be Sauropatis, and the red-billed
the true Halcyon.
I would also point out the somewhat disappointing fact that no
particular results seem to be obtainable from a comparison of the
quintocubital with the aquintocubital genera.
al
id 5! all [By
: ies
P.Z.S.1896.Pl. XXVII.
J.Smit del.et lith. MinternBros.imp.
LOPHUROMYS ANSORGE I.
1896.] ON A NNW RODENT OF THE GHNUS LOPHUROMYS. 607
4. On a new Rodent of the Genus Lophuromys from British
East Africa. By W. E. pz Winton, F.Z.S.
[Received May 15, 1896.]
(Plate XX VII.)
In a small series of mammals presented to the National Col-
lection by Dr. W. J. Ansorge, Medical Officer to Her Majesty’s
Government in Uganda, who is now home on leave, [ find two
specimens of a very handsome mouse of the genus Lophuromys new
to science, which I propose to name in honour of the collector.
LoPHUROMYS ANSORGEL, sp.n. (Plate XXVIL.)
' The whole of the upper parts of the head and body smooth
dark chocolate colour, with no markings whatever ; the underparts
uniform pale cinnamon; the feet dark above and below; the tail
black-brown, slightly greyer beneath, especially basally, rather short
and thick, covered with hair, but not densely enough to conceal
the scales; ears moderate, rounded, covered with close short hairs.
On parting the fur of the upper parts. it will be found that the
tips only of the hairs are dark, shading gradually into bright tan
at the bases; there is no underfur; all the hairs are perfectly
straight, of a uniform length and of very much the consistency of
a stiff camel’s-hair brush.
Mensurements taken from dried skin:—Henad and_ body
135 mm.; tail 49 mm.; pes 22 mm.; forearm and hand 33 mm.
Skull: greatest length 33:5 mm., greatest breadth 17 mm. ;
basifacial length 20 mm.; basicranial length 10 mm.; incisive
foramina—length 6°5 mm., breadth 2-8 mm.; nasals—length
15 mm., breadth 3°5 mm.; upper molar series 5:5 mm.; lower molar
series 5 mm.; mandibles, from condyle to incisor tips, 24 mm.
Hab. Mumia’s, Kavirondo, N.E. of Lake Victoria.
Type no. 96. V. 8. 1, in Brit. Mus.
The nearest ally of this species is most likely Z. stkapusi from
West Africa, but it is easily distinguished by its rather larger size
and much darker and handsomer colouring.
Seen through a lens, each hair is flattened like a blade of grass,
tapering abruptly to a sharp point at either end; some of the
hairs are flat, others have the edges turned over so that the cross
section forms the:segment of a circle. The claws are long and
straight : these and the hairy nose and other peculiarities of the
genus are well described by Mr. F'. W. True (Proc. Nat. Mus.
Washington, 1892, vol. xv. p. 460), in his description of Mus
aquilus, which no doubt should be referred to this genus. I
should like also to suggest that Mr. True’s name should be altered to
aquale, asit was derived from the fact of the specimen having been
killed by a bird of the eagle tribe. I may mention that there is
in the British Museum a specimen which seems to agree with the
608 TILE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS 10 1H MENAGERIB, [June 2,
description of AZus aquilus: this is a smaller animal, freckled with
light tips to the hairs, and is otherwise very distinct from the
animal now under notice, but shows that Mr. True’s specimen was
about full-grown, and that the tail was not materially shortened by
the injury mentioned.
Dr. Ansorge has been hitherto known in connection with
zoology as a collector of insects, but he gives me an interesting
account of the accident which put him in possession of this collec-
tion of mammals. The site of a long disused village had been
purchased for the purpose of building the new Government
Medical Hospital, and in clearing the long grass and scrub in the
usual manner of surrounding it and burning towards the centre,
as the circle narrowed it was discovered that there were a large
number of small mammals enclosed. It being observed that there
were ‘rats of all colours,” a selection of pairs of different sorts was
made, with the result that some ten or a dozen specimens were
obtained. Dr. Ansorge describes the Rhizomys heaving up the
ground like giant moles; many of the new Lophuromys, quite
twenty, were left on the ground.
The two specimens agree in every particular and are said to be
male and female, but are not labelled.
The other species represented in the collection are Rhizomys
eee Riipp., Gerbillus afer, Gray, Mus (Isomys) abyssinicus,
Riipp., and Mus (Leggada) minutoides, Peters.
June 2, 1896.
IF. DuCanz Gopman, Esq., I'.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
. _ The Seeretary read the following report on the additions to the
Soviety’s Menagerie during the month of May :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of May were 154 in number. Of these 52 were acquired by
presentation, 62 by purchase, 14 by exchange, 4 were born in the
Gurdens, and 22 were received on deposit. The total number of
departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 86.
Amongst the additions the following are worthy of special
notice :—
1. A Red-naped Fruit-Bat (Pteropus funereus), purchased May
Ist. This Australian animal is new to the Society’s list.
2. Four examples of a Tortoise belonging to the group of
Gigantic Tortoises, deposited by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.,
May 26th. These Tortoises are believed to be referable to
Daudin’s Tortoise (Testudo daudini), from the Aldabra Islands,
which is a species peculiar for the form of its carapace, the two
anterior and the two posterior marginal plates being strongly
reverted (see Giinther, ‘ Gigantic Land-Tortoises,’ p. 33, pl. 5).
1896.] ON EUROPEAN AND ASIATIC BUTTERFLIES. 609
3. Two Riippell’s Vultures (Gyps rueppelli), received in exchange
May 28th, from the Zoological Gardens, Cairo. These fine birds,
which I saw at,Cairo when there last year (see P. Z.S. 1895, p. 400),
are said to have been obtained in the Western Desert of Egypt,
and are of much interest, as the species has not been previously
noticed within the confines of Egypt proper. The authorities of
the Gizeh Gardens have kindly parted with them in our favour.
Mr. Selater exhibited the skin of a species of Cercopithecus which
had been received, living, by the Society on the 20th September 1895,
and had died in the Menagerie on the 23rd of April last, and a
water-colour drawing of the same animal by Smit. Mr. Sclater
had been uncertain as to the correct determination of this specimen
(which had been obtained by Mr. John M. W. Pigott, when
Acting-Administrator for the I. B. E. A. Company at Mombasa,
Hast Africa, from a native who had caught it) in its lifetime, but now
believed that it must be referable to his Cercopithecus stairsi (P. Z. 9.
1892, p. 580, pl. xl.), as shown by comparison with one of the
typical specimens. ‘The present specimen, which was a female,
agreed in nearly every respect with the male presented by
Mr. F. Hintze, June 7, 1893 (see P. Z.S. 1893, p. 612), except in
being of smaller size, which was of course attributable to its sex,
and in having the bright rufous spot on the temples not so clearly
marked although plaiuly visible. The short erect hairs on the
front of the forehead were also more stained with rufous than in
the male specimen.
Mr. Sclater remarked that this distinct species of Cercopithecus
had now been received from three different spots on the East Coast
of Africa—Chindi at the mouth of the Zambesi, Mozambique, and
British East Africa.
Mr. Selater exhibited a series of 12 water-colour drawings of
African Antelopes, taken partly from specimens in the Natural
History Museum and partly from examples living in the Society’s
Gardens, executed by Mr. Edmund Caldwell, of 41 Clifton Gardens,
Maida Vale.
A communication was read from Mr. Henry J. Elwes, F.Z.S.,
and Mr. Edwards, containing a revision of the European and
Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperiidae. The species treated
of in this paper were about 450 in number and were divided into
about 100 genera.
This paper will be printed in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’
610 MR. 0. DAVIES SHERBORN ON A PROPOSED (June 2,
The following papers were read :—
1. Explanation of the Plan adopted for preparing an “ Index
Generum et Specierum Animalium.” By C. Davixs
SuHerzorn, F.Z.S.
[Received June 2, 1896.]
The following description of the work of preparing an Index to
the generic and specific names of animals, both recent and fossil,
which was commenced by the author in July 1890, has been pre-
pared for the Society, at the request of Sir William Flower,
Mr. Sclater, and Dr. Henry Woodward :—
The difficulty of finding accurate and reliable lists of the species
of any particular genus was pointed out by Darwin years ago, and
impressed itself so strongly on that naturalist that he personally
endowed the undertaking which we know as the ‘ Index Kewensis,’
recently brought to so successful a conclusion by Benjamin Daydon
Jackson. In this book of reference there are some 600,000 generic
and specific names of flowering plants. The botanist has now a
key to the literature of Phanerogams for 150 years within covers,
and all difficulty in keeping pace with present and future descrip-
tions of new phanerogamic plants has been removed.
It is quite otherwise with zoological generic and specific names.
Agassiz, Marschall, Scudder, and others have partially catalogued the
genera ; Waterhouse has listed the genera of birds; H. G. Bronn,
John Morris, and, more recently, R. Etheridge have provided lists
of fossil species. But no one book including references to all
names that have been given to fossil and recent animals has yet
been attempted. ‘The vastness of the record is appalling, but
given time all difficulties disappear.
The work now commenced by the German Zoological Society,
which was described before this Society at a recent meeting, and
known as ‘ Das Tierreich,’ will be familiar to all present; and it
has been suggested that a brief account of the ‘Index Generum et
Specierum Animalium’ should be put on record in the same
manner.
In May 1890 a letter appeared in ‘ Nature’ and in ‘ La Feuille
des Jeunes Naturalistes,’ from the author, setting forth a scheme
for the compilation of such a work, and inviting suggestions for
improved details or other matter. Beyond friends interested at
the British Museum, those who offered valuable suggestions were
David Sharp, Alfred Newton, Sven Loven, and Victor Carus. It
was therefore obvious that the details were satisfactory to those
interested, and work was commenced on July Ist, 1890.
Since that date recording has steadily progressed (circumstances
have restricted the time at disposal to an amount equivalent to three
years) and a total of 130,000 slips have been stored away in the
alphabetical order of genera. Notices of the progress of the work
have appeared in ‘Nature,’ vol. xliv. p. 207 (1891), and ‘ Natural
Science,’ vol. iii. p. 379 (1893), and the manuscript has been
1896.] ‘‘INDHX @BNERUM ET SPECIDRUM ANIMALIUM.” 611
frequently referred to by those in need of information at the
British Museum and elsewhere.
The following is a reprint of the original set of rules :—
(1) The earliest reference is to date from the twelfth edition of
Linneus, 1766.
(2) The last reference to close with December 31, 1899.
(3) The names of genera and species to be given in one
alphabetical sequence, and accompanied by a reference to the
original source.
(4) The names of species of each genus to be also quoted in
alphabetical order under that genus.
(5) No attempt at synonymy to be given; but, to assist
reference, the various genera in which a species has from time to
time been placed to be indicated under that species.
(6) Pre-Linnwan names to be quoted as founded by the author
first using them after 1766 :—e. g., Echinocorys, Leske, 1778 (ex
Klein, 1734). Should a pre-Linnean species or genus have been
re-named after 1766, before the post-Linnewan use of that pre-
Linnzan name, the new name is to stand. [References will be
given to Artedi, Brisson, and Scopoli, in accordance with British
Association rules. ]
As soon as the work commenced it was found advisable to adopt
the 10th edition of the ‘Systema’ as a starting point, instead of
the 12th. The reasons for this adoption need not be discussed here ;
the use of the 10th edition is fast becoming universal. This
alteration caused a slight modification of several of the proposed
rules. At the same time a reference is also given to the 12th edition
of the ‘Systema,’ as it will be convenient to many people and will
not increase the number of slips in any appreciable degree.
Each genus name and each species name is recorded on a
separate slip, the original reference being quoted ; and every time a
species name is transferred to a new genus a separate slip is used,
the quotation including a reference back to the original genus in
which the species was first placed.
Each slip is made out in duplicate: one set being sorted up in
alphabetical order of genera; and a second set being kept tied up
as an index of the contents of the particular book quoted.
References are taken from one book at a time—.¢. a book is
gone through from cover to cover—every genus and species, and
every change of genus, being systematically recorded; thus com-
pletely disposing of that particular book, and ensuring the almost
absolute certainty of every reference being taken. This system
proves far more exact than the recording of any special group of
animals at one time. It further permits of the printing from type
of a reference to that particular book on each slip, and thus
ensures the absolute accuracy of the reference with the sole excep-
tion of the page. The entries are made in black-lead pencil and
black or blue carbon paper—both methods having proved to be
quite indelible.
A particular paper has been chosen, known as ‘white rope,”
which presents the requisite stiffness for an edge-on arrangement
612 MR. C. DAVIES SHERBORN ON A PROPOSED (June 2,
of slips, the toughness necessary for constant handling, a surface
equally convenient for pencil and carbon paper, and a cheapness of
1s, 2d. per 1000 slips. The size of slip employed is 127 x 63 mm.
(5 x 23 inches).
Nomina nuda are distinguished by the letters [n. n.].
Nomina nuda accompanied by figures by the letters [n. et f.].
In those cases where an author has described and figured a
species some time after printing his nomen nudum, a reference is
also given to the nomen nudum, when possible.
Particular attention has been paid to the date of publication of
books, periodicals, and serials. This is a part of the work which
demands considerable time and patience, but the results obtained
fully justify the labour. The more important results as to dates
already arrived at and published are :—
Pallas, P. S., Icones Insect. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, vii.
p- 236, 1891.)
Pallas, P.S., Nov. spec. Glir. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, vii.
p- 236, 1891.)
Schreber, J.C.D.,Siiugthiere. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 587.)
Sowerby, Genera Recent Shells. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, xiii.
p- 370, 1894.)
Encyclopédie Méthodique. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 582.)
Jardine and Selby, Ilustr. Ornith. (See Ibis, 1894, p. 326.)
Moore, F., Lepidopt. Indica. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, xi. 1893,
p. 260, and ser. 6, xiv. 1894, p. 464.)
Siebold, P. F. von., Fauna Japonica. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895,
p- 149.)
The date of publication of a species is taken to be that date on
which the print in which the name appears is offered for
public sale or public distribution.
No author’s copy, and no excerpt from any publication distri-
buted privately before such publication is offered for public
sale or public distribution, has been accepted.
In the case of privately printed books, entries taken from them
are distinguished by the words [auct. typ.].
In all cases where the date is doubtful and cannot be definitely
ascertained, the date figures are enclosed in brackets [ ], or have
some other distinguishing mark—e. g., ?—placed against them.
In the case of plates appearing before the text, the date of each is
given if ascertainable (e. g., Schreber’s ‘ Siiugthiere’), but in no case
is the date of a plate accepted in preference to the date of text, for
the reasons which follow :—
The figure depicted on a plate may, or may not, be the drawing
intended by the author; it is the work of the artist, who
is also responsible for the descriptive legend. In numerous
instances the descriptive legend on a plate is quite erro-
neous, and has been repudiated by the author in his text.
Until the text descriptive of a plate appears, the names on
the plate must be considered as nomina nuda, and it is open
to anyone to describe and rename such nomina nuda,
1896.] ‘“‘INDEX GHNDRUM EY SPECINRUM ANIMALIUM.” 613
Species ‘‘indett.,” if figured, are included in the index.
Misprints are quoted only if considered liable to cause confusion.
The following is an example of the Index as proposed to be
carried out. ‘The inclusion of an alphabetical list of species under
each genus name is a matter for consideration, if ever the MS.
comes to the printing office. It can be adopted or rejected at
option, and if adopted the duplicate set of slips will be available
for the purpose.
In arranging the Index for printing it is proposed to print one
alphabetical list from beginning to end; the species names and the
genus names falling into one order according to the arrangement
of their spelling. The following are the reasons for arranging
the work under species and not under genera, as in the ‘Index
Kewensis ’:—
1. No synonymy of species is attempted: that depends on the
idiosyncrasy of the systematist.
2. Any attempt at specific synonymy would be fatal to progress,
as experience shows that vast changes may tale place in a
single year.
3, An arrangement under species permits of a generic synonymy,
for by running the eye down the second column of the
printed work, it will be possible to ascertain the various
generic naines with which a particular species name has been
connected.
Acervulina, M. Schultze, Org. Polyth. G7. Rh. 1854.
[acinosa ; crete ; globulosa ; inberens.|
acinosa Acervulina, M. Schultze, Org. Polyth. 1854, 67.
acuta Alveolina, Savi g Mencghini, Cons, geol. Tosc. 1851, 206.
Alveolina, A, D. @’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii. 306. Rh. 1826,
[acuta ; boscii; bulloides; compressa; costulata; cylindrica;
decipiens ; depressa ; ellipsvidalis; elliptica ; elongata; eximia;
fortisii; etc. ]
Archiacina, Munier-Chalmas, B. S. géol. Fr. [8] vii. 445. Rh. 1879.
{armorica ; munieri. ]
armorica Archiacina (d’Arch.), Munier-Chalmas, B. S. géol. Fr. [8] vii.
1879, 445. [Cyclolina.]
—— Cyclolina, d'Archiac, B. S. géol. Fr. [2] xxv. 1868, 376.
Cyclolina, A. D. d’ Orbigny, Foram. Vien. 139. : Rh. 1846.
[armorica; carinata ; cretacea ;dufrenoyi ;impresea; pedunculata ;
prealta.]
The group and date of the genus are shown by the “ Rh. 1854” =Ruizopopa,
1854.
From this description of the ‘Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium,’ it will be seen that a manuscript comprising 130,000
references is already in existence and is available for daily reference.
Sir Wm. Flower, Dr. Giinther, and Dr. Woodward took so
much interest in the original scheme that they at once offered the
necessary space and cabinets for the storage of the manuscript at
the British Museum (Natural History)—an offer of considerable
value, as it not only renders the MS. easily accessible to those
wishing to consult it, but ensures safety from fire and other destruc-
tive agencies. The General Committee of the British Association
614 MR, @. A, BOULENGER ON THE [June 2,
have been generous enough to assist the work by a donation of
£70. This has been of considerable assistance in the purchase of
paper, material, &e.
A manuscript of this nature is necessarily imperfect for any one
genus until the whole literature has been gone through. As taras
possible it is compiled from 1758 upwards, but often a side issue
takes the compiler on even into the present year. Every book
when completed is ticked off in some well-known Catalogue, and a
catalogue slip is made, so as to allow of an alphabetical register.
It is believed that the plan adopted for preparing an ‘ Index
Generum et Specierum Animalium ’ is so arranged and so carried out
that the work is completed day by day so far as it goes, and that
it would be easy for any individual to continue the carrying out of
the scheme to-morrow should there be occasion to do so.
2. Remarks on the Dentition of Snakes and on the Evolution
of the Poison-fangs. By G. A. Boutenarr, F.R.S.
[Received May 26, 1896.]
By the researches of Mr. G. 8. West on the buccal glands of
Snakes, the results of which appeared in the last volume of these
‘ Proceedings’ (1895, p. 812), a further blow has been dealt to the
taxonomic division of Snakes into poisonous and non-poisonous, a
division I may claim to have been the first to abandon’.
Certain statements in the above-mentioned paper, concerning the
dentition, call for criticism. In the Introduction to the first volume
of the ‘ Catalogue of Snakes,’ it was pointed out that the indication
of the number of teeth should refer to the full set in each maxillary,
as “ few specimens show the complete dentition, gaps occurring here
and there, but shallow sockets in the bone indicate the bases of
the missing teeth.” This has not been taken into consideration
by Mr. West, who erroneously ascribes diastemata between the
solid teeth to Leptodira, these being simply due to loss of teeth
in the specimen examined by him; the maxillary teeth form an
uninterrupted series in that genus. Besides, it will be seen, by
comparing his statements and figures with the indications in the
‘Catalogue of Snakes,’ that, in most cases, the number of teeth
given by him is lower than the actual full set. The error I point
out is an important one, since, were the teeth counted in that
manner, hardly any two specimens of the same species would show
the same number. It even often happens that every alternate
tooth having dropped out, the jaw appears, on a superficial exami-
1 My views have been accepted by Prof. Oope, who, in his latest classification
(Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xviii. 1895, p. 186), observes: ‘‘ One result is that I am
able to confirm the conclusion of Boulenger, ¢. ¢. that the Colubriform venomous
Snakes, the Proteroglypha, do not differ in any fundamental respect from the
non-venomous Colubridx.” Dr. Giinther (Biol. C.-Am., Rept. 1895), on the
other hand, still adheres to the old arrangement, as evinced by his continuing
to intercalate the Boidw, the most generalized of all Ophidians, between the
Opisthoglypha and the Proteroglypha.
1896.] DENTITION OF SNAKES. 615
nation, to possess only half the real number. As early as 1856,
the late Dr. J. G. Fischer (Verh. Naturw. Hamb. iii. p. 23) warned
observers against such a fallacy. With a little experience, it is
easy enough to ascertain whether teeth are accidentally missing or
whether true diastemata are present.
The author further mentions that the grooved teeth in the
Opisthoglyphs vary in number from one to three. It should have
been added that examples of as many as five grooved teeth occur in
the genus Oaybelis.
With regard to the Proteroglyphs, it is a matter for regret that
Mr. West should not have had an opportunity of examining speci-
mens with all the maxillary and some of the mandibular teeth
grooved, such as we find in the genus Distira. The presence of
grooves on the posterior “solid” teeth was first pointed out by
Thomas Smith (Phil. Trans. cviii. 1818, p. 472), and later by J. G.
Fischer (l.c. p. 21). In 1890 (P. Z.S. p. 618) I recorded the
presence of grooves on the mandibular teeth in a specimen of
Distira, and I have since found them in another genus of Hydro-
phines, Atpysurus (Cat. iii. p. 803) and in an Elapine, Glyphodon
(t. c. p. 313). It would have been highly interesting to ascertain
whether any connection exists between the poison-gland and the
small grooved maxillary teeth, and whether any correlative modifi-
cation of the sublabial glands obtains in those forms in which the
mandibular teeth show grooves. .
-I have previously expressed the opinion that the Vipezrine
maxillary may be regarded as derived from the Opisthoglyph. In
order to trace the probable evolution of the maxillary in Snakes,
it suffices to survey the multitudinous modifications offered by the
existing forms, for although possibly not one of them represents
the actual groups through which evolution has taken place, they
show clearly enough the various steps connecting the extreme
types and the probable derivation of one type from the other.
In the first place, the hypothetical primitive Ophidian dentition
is exhibited by Xenopeltis (Cat. i. p. 168), in which the maxillary,
premaxillary, and dentary are armed with very numerous, closely
set, equal solid teeth. Next we have Polyodontophis (t. c. p. 181),
which only differs in the absence of teeth on the premaxillary
bone. From this type numerous and gradual modifications arise
through reduction in the number of teeth and irregularity in their
size, leading to Boodon (t.c. p. 327) among the forms with persis-
tent hypapophyses throughout the vertebral column, in which some
of the anterior teeth, situated near the palatine process of the
maxillary, become enlarged and fang-like, although still devoid of
rooves. From such a type we may reasonably assume the Elapines,
which still retain the hypapophyses, to have been derived through
abbreviation and suppression of the portion of the maxillary
anterior to the palatine process concurrently with the develop-
ment of grooves in the anterior fangs. In the series now reached,
the Elapinez (Cat. ili. p. 310), the groove becomes deeper and
deeper, the margins of the tooth ultimately coalescing to form the
616 MR. SCLATER ON THB [June 16,
“perforated ” fang of Hlaps proper (¢.c. p. 411), in which all other
maxillary teeth have disappeared and the palatal and mandibular
teeth are much reduced in number. In other genera of the same
group the posterior maxillary teeth persist and may all acquire
feeble grooves, as well as the anterior mandibular teeth (Glyphodon,
p- 313). In the Proteroglyphs adapted to life in the sea, a similar
series of modifications takes place. From the Aglyphodont forms,
in which the teeth increase in size posteriorly, we are gradually led
to the Opisthoglyphs, which are only to be distinguished by the pre-
sence of more or less deep grooves on the posterior fang-like teeth,
the series culminating in such forms as have the maxillary bone much
abbreviated, the solid teeth reduced to two or three, and the fangs
extremely large and deeply grooved (Afiodon, t. c. p. 250). If we
then turn to the skull of the least specialized among the Viperidxw
(Causus, t. c. p. 466) we see that the poison-fangs are situated on
the posterior extremity of the maxillary, close to its articulation
with the ectopterygoid, a condition which is identical with that of
the Opisthoglyphous Colubrids. It is therefore clear to me that
the Viperids have been derived from the Opisthoglyphs, and that
there is no direct genetic relationship between them and the Pro-
teroglyphs, contrary to the old view which represented the Elapines
as forming the passage between the Colubrines and the Viperines.
We have thus traced a nearly complete filiation, so far as the jaws
and teeth are concerned, between the Colubridi aglyphe and the
prcteroglyphz on the one hand, and between the former and the
Viperide on the other.
Mr. West points to structural differences in the poison-glands
between the Opisthoglypha and the Proteroglypha. It will be a
matter for future investigation to ascertain whether he is justified
in his assumption that the gland is homologous in these types or
whether it has not been independently developed.
June 16, 1896.
Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B.; LL.D., F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing (Plate XXVIII.) of the Gnu
of Nyasaland, taken by Mr. Caldwell from the specimen recently
transmitted to him by Sir H. H. Johnston (see above p. 506), and
now placed in the British Museum. Mr. Sclater pointed out the
differences between this form and the ordinary form of the
Brindled Gnu (to which the specimens now living in the Society’s
Gardens belonged), which consisted mainly in the generally
brownish colour of the fur and the broad whitish band across the
face above the eyes, and proposed for it the subspecific name Con-
nochetes tauwrinus johnston. From the British-East-African form
INOLSNHOC SONIWDNVL SHLAYHIONNOD
‘dun-sosg usequmy AGH 48S5e 12P) 11S SPreo a
WAXX Id 9681 S’'Zd
1896. ] GNU OF NYASALAND. 617
(C. t. albo-jubatus) it differed in having the mane black, as in C. ¢.
typicus.
Mr. Richard Crawshay, C.M.Z.S., made the following remarks
on this subject :—
“This Gnu from British Central Africa is most interesting,
especially to naturalist-sportsmen like myself who have visited
the country.
“The existence of a Gnu in the Protectorate has, of course, long
been known: for instance on the Mlanji Plains, to the S.E. of
Matope, on the Upper Shiri, there are a few; and to the W. of
Lake Nyasa, in the Loangwa R. valley, which drains into the
Upper Zambesi, there are also some. Ilitherto, however, only two
specimens have been shot by Europeans, so far as I know. ‘These
are the one of which we have this very pretty drawing; and one
other, also a fine male, lately shot by Mr. Carl Wiese on the left
bank of the Ruo R., not far from Chiromo, on the Lower Shiri R.
Passing through Chiromo, about two months ago, I was shown the
skull and magnificent long silky tail of this Gnu of Mr. Wiese’s:
both are in Mr. Hillier’s possession at Chiromo.
“The specimen now forwarded by Sir H. H. Johnston was shot,
if I recollect rightly, by Mr. Macdonald, of the Administration, on
the Mlanji Plain. I think he told me he saw three in all—a bull,
a cow, and a calf; he secured the bull the second time he saw
it by a long shot.
“‘ During thirteen years’ residence, off and on, in what is now the
Protectorate, I have never myself actually seen Guus; the nearest
I have been to them is to see their spoor, about four or five miles
out from Matope, on the Upper Shiri R.
“The tribes round thé southern half of Lake Nyasa all know the
Gnu by name: some people that I have heard describe the animal
say it has horns like a Buffalo.
“The Anyanja know it as ‘Nyumbu’; the Yaos (Ajawa) as
*Sindi,’ though I did not know this when I wrote my paper on
the Antelopes of Nyasa six years ago. Intermixing as they do
very much with the Anyanja, the Yaos often use Manganja words,
especially with Europeans, who mostly speak Manganja.
“The Yaos of Cape Maclear at one time used the tail-hairs of the
Gnu to string beads on their prettily worked hair-combs; I think
I must have some of these combs by me even now.
“Being traders and great travellers, these Yaos, I imagine,
have accompanied Arab caravans on their journeys into the Lower
Loangwa valley, and got their Gnu-tails there. During August
and September last year I madea journey into the Upper Loangwa
valley, seven days or so 8.W. from Karonga. There I saw a
great deal of game, but no Gnus, though the Wasenga, I found,
are well acquainted with this animal.
“‘ They told me I should find Gnus two or three days to the 8S. of
where I then was, at Msongozi’s; they said I should see plenty jn
the neighbourhood of Kambombo’s town. Wishing very much
indeed to verify this statement and to secure a specimen of tlie
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XL. 40
618 MR. P. ONALMERS MITCHELL ON THE (June 16,
Gnu,-I left Msongozi’s on the
Loangwa R. and struck down the
valley with the object. of making
Kambombo’s. But I had only
gone one day’s journey to Mwan-
kanka, when we were fired on by
a colony of slave-traders settled
there under a half-bred Arab, and
further progress was quite out of
the question.”
Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited
and made remarks on a fine shed
antler of the Circassian Red
Deer (Cervus maral), which had
been shipped with a cargo of
bones and horns from Tiflis, on
the Black Sea. The antler had
9 well-developed points, weight
9 lbs. 2 0z., its length of beam
41 inches, length of brow-tine 18
inches.
Mr. Holding also exhibited, on
behalf of W. Burton, Esq., F.Z.S.,
an abnormal pair of horns of the
Wild Goat from the Caucasus,
having a curious inward spiral
form (see figure).
Abnormal horns of Wild Goat
from the Caucasus.
The following papers were read :—
1. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Opzstho-
comus cristatus). By P. Cuatmers Mircneiy, M.A.,
ZS.
[Received June 2, 1896. ]
The material upon which this communication is based consists of
several specimens of the Hoatzin, preserved in spirit, and kindly
given me by Mr. F. V. McConnel, whom my friend Mr. I’. W.
Headley told that they would be of service to me. 1 am indebted
to the Society and to its Prosector for the continued use of the
1896.] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN, 619
laboratory at the Gardens in the course of my investigations into
the anatomy of birds. A number of important memoirs have
appeared upon the Hoatzin, but, in the present condition of our
knowledge of the relations among the groups of birds, additional
details concerning the structure of a type so aberrant may prove
useful.
Alimentary Canal.
The extraordinary crop and the general characters of the gizzard
and intestines have been sufficiently described by L’Herminier’
and Gadow?. Yollowing the method which I have described in a
former paper’, I dissected out the coils of the intestine and the
Intestinal convolutions of Opisthocomus cristatus.
x, bridging-vessel divided ; v.m., mesentery of the yolk-sac vestige.
great veins in a well-grown chick and in three adults. As shown
in figure 1, the duodenal loop is unusually short and wide, and is
much less specialized than in most other birds I have examined.
1 “Recherches anatomiques sur quelques genres d’oiseaux rares ou peu
connus,” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2, Zoologie, viii. Paris, 1837.
2 “Qn the Taxonomic Value of the Intestinal Convolutions in Birds,”
P. Z. S. 1889, p. 303.
3 “On the Intestinal Tracts of Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 186.
40*
620 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,
The mid-gut is thrown into three well-marked locps: the first of
these is long and narrow; the second is long, is much more open,
and shows a tendency to be thrown into a very rough spiral. In
the chick and in two adults I found no trace of the yolk-sac
diverticulum, but its place of attachment was marked by a distinct
and strong remnant of the ventral mesentery ; in a third adult, as
shown in the figure, this mesentery ran to a minute vestige of the
yolk-sac, placed nearly at the summit of the middle loop. The
third loop of the mid-gut is wide, and along it the ceca run in the
fashion characteristic of birds in which these are functional; where
the duodenum lay over this third loop, a bridging vein ran from
the cea to the duodenal branch of the mesenteric vein. The
rectum is very long and is thrown into secondary folds.
It is obvious that the gut of Opisthocomus exhibits a definite
divergence of a simple nature from what I tried to show, in the
paper referred to above, to be the primitive type of avian intestines.
The chief character of the typical intestinal folds is that the mid-
gut, from the duodenum to the insertion of the long ceca, is a
simple loop, thrown into short folds at the circumference of an
almost circular expansion of the mesentery, and bearing near
its median point a vestige of the yolk-sac. Such a condition
occurs alinost unmodified in the Struthious birds, in the Gallidi
and Cracidx, and, among aquintocubital birds, in Chauna and
Palamedea, in Himantopus, Glareola, and Caprimulgus. So far
as I have had opportunity of examining them, and I have now
more than doubled the material wpon which I first formed
the conclusion, nearly every group of birds contains members
approaching this primitive type. The divergences consist in the
stretching out and twisting of secondary loops of this primitive
circular loop, while the direction of the divergences is, on the whole,
identical in each group. Opisthocomus, inasmuch as its mid-gut
displays differentiation into three well-marked subsidiary loops,
has advanced beyond the Gallidw, Cracide, and Struthious birds.
Its mode of divergence differs from that of the Tinamou, in which
the first and third subsidiary loops are very long, but in which the
region hearing the yolk-sac vestige and corresponding to the median
loop is not expanded. Neglecting the fact that Pterocles and the
Pigeons are aquintocubital, while Opisthocomus is certainly quinto-
cubital, the latter from the form of the gut is intermediate between
Pterocles and the Pigeons. In these three the mid-gut has three
loops, the central loop bearing the yolk-sac vestige: as in Pterocles
the cxca are long; the middle loop shows a trace of the spiral
formation which is characteristic of the higher Pigeons. Among
quintocubital birds Opisthocomus shows the closest resemblance to
the Cuculidi, in which also the cwca are long and the mid-gut is
thrown into three loops, the median loop bearing the yolk-sac
vestige. So far as argument may be based upon the formation of
the mid-gut, either Huxley’s’ suggested relationship between
1 “On the Classification and Distribution of the Alectoromorphe and
Heteromorphw,” P. ZS. 1868, p. 294.
1896.] ANATOMY OF THH HOATZIN. 621
Opisthocomus, Fowls, and Pigeons, and Garrod’s' suggested relation-
ship with Fowls and Cuckoos, is borne out. But the Gallinaceous
birds are more primitive in the character of their mid-gut, and from
this point of view Opisthocomus must be regarded as less primitive
than them, while both Huxley and Garrod from other considerations
regard it as more primitive.
The subsidiary looping and consequent length of the rectum or
large intestine between the insertion of the ceca and the cloaca is
a striking feature found only in few birds, all of which have the
intestines otherwise primitive: it reaches a maximum in the Ostrich,
giving the intestine of that bird a curiously mammalian aspect ;
it is absent in Casuarius, Dromeus, Apteryx, and Ithynchotus; it
is well-marked in Ithea, Chauna, Palamedea, and in O)vsthocomus.
I am unable to correlate it with any degree of development of the
ceca or with habits or food.
Muscles of the Visceral Skeletal Apparatus.
Although many papers have been written which include myo-
logical descriptions of Opisthocomus, I can find no account of the
muscles of the jaws and hyoid. Ina large number of birds the
hyoid muscles in particular are difficult to isolate and dissect ;
many of them are extremely delicate, and the fasciw of adjacent
muscles blend with each other at many points. In Opisthocomus
these muscles are particularly stout and free from each other; on
removal of the skin covering the space between the mandibles they
may be dissected out (see fig. 2, p. 622) with great ease.
Mylohyoid anterior.—This pair of muscles forms a broad trans-
verse band stretching between the inner edges of the rami of the
mandible. The fibres from the opposite sides pass straight across,
not meeting in a median raphe as occurs in Chauna and the Goose ;
but the muscle is not, as in Palamedea and the Goose, divided into
an auterior and posterior portion. It is much stouter than in a
typical Pheasant like Lophophorus impeyanus.
Mandibular Glands.—Behind the symphysis, and with their
proximal border just covered by the mylohyoid anterior, lie a pair
of large ovoid glands, opening, as in the similar glands of Chauna?,
by a number of small apertures into the floor of the mouth, where
the mucous membrane reaches the horny edge of the lower jaw.
In the Pheasant (Lophophorus) these glands are very large and
lobulated.
Mylohyoid posterior.—This, as in all birds that I have examined,
or of which I can find record on the point, is a large muscle dividing
almost immediately into an anterior deeper layer and a posterior
more superficial layer. In Opisthocomus there is a large common
origin from the outer side of the ramus of the jaw, immediately
anterior to the insertion of the depressor muscle. From this
comes the whole of the posterior, more superficial division of the
1 “Qn the Anatomy of the Hoatzin,” P. Z.S. 1879, p. 109.
2 “ Anatomy of Chauna chavaria,” P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 350.
622 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,
muscle, which spreads anteriorly and posteriorly over the lower
surface of the space between the jaws, reaching forwards nearly to
the posterior border of the mylohyoid anterior, and meeting its
fellow from the other side in the middle line. The anterior or
deeper division of the mylohyoid posterior has its origin partly in
Vig. 2.
S
YW Yi ff L
hth
EF
BLP) &
HALE
PER) Rpt
~
EMAL ea
eens
ret:
Dissection of hyoidean muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus.
1. Geniohyoid, posterior division. 2. Geniohyoid, anterior division. 3. Mylo-
hyoid anterior. 4. Mylohyoid posterior, posterior division. 5. Mylohyoid
posterior, anterior division. 6, Ceratoglossus. 7. Ceratohyoid. 8, Depressor
mandibule, G/., Mandibular gland.
comimon with the foregoing division, but also extending a consider-
able distance over the inner surface of the ramus, a condition that
{ have not found in any other bird. In the Pheasants the origin
is normal, a narrow nearly yertical line in front of the depressor
mandibule attachment.
1896. ] ANATOMY OF THH HOATZIN. | - 623
Geniohyotd.—This muscle is in two distinct portions. The
posterior division arises from the outer side of the ramus of the
jaw, behind the anterior mylohyoid; it passes dorsally to both
divisions of the posterior mylohyoid, and, running inwards and
backwards, wraps round the ceratohyal to the tip. The anterior
portion arises from the inner side of the ramus of the jaw, its edge
being superficial to the mylohyoid anterior; it then runs forwards
and inwards alongside the posterior division of this muscle, and is
inserted to the ceratohyal, partly under and partly distally to the
insertion of the posterior division. Gadow (‘Das Thierreich,’ p. 313)
states that tho geniohyoid is double in Nectarinia, Otis, Parrots,
and Ithea; single in Corvus, Anser, Procellaria, and Spheniscus.
Beddard and I found it single in Palamedea; I myself have found
it single in Chauna, Rhytidoceros, Cygnus, Pelecanus, and Lopho-
phorus; double in Struthio, Dromeus, Rhea, Rhynchotus, and Ciconia.
It appears as if this muscle were comparable with the latissimus
dorsi; originally a diffused sheet it tends to break up into two
discrete bands, but there are not sufficient data to draw any infer-
ences of taxonomic value from its double condition in Opisthocomus.
The researches of Garrod showed that, in the case of certain
notable thigh-muscles, completeness of muscle formule was, on
the whole, primitive, while incompleteness was secondary. In the
attempt to extend this view to other muscles it is necessary to
remember that many muscles are in process of splitting, and that
in these cases increase in number is a sign, not of primitive, but of
derivative character.
Genioglossus.— At the most this is represented by a few fibres.
Ceratoylossus.—This is 2 very strong muscle, arising from the
outer side of the ceratohyal, anterior to the gentohyoids; it passes
forwards, superficially to the anterior division of the mylohyoid
posterior, and deeply as regards the mylohyoid anterior; ending in
a round tendon, it is inserted along the side of the tongue almost
to the tip. There is no trace of the division into two, which occurs
in Fowls.
Ceratohyoid.—This is a strong wide muscle running from the
inner side of the ceratohyal, opposite the insertion of the foregoing
muscle to the urobhyal.
The hypoglossals and the system of the sterno-hyoid were
present, but the individual muscles were not segmented from each
other.
Depressor mandibule.—A. single very large muscle, of which the
internal portion is more tendinous, runs from the lateral posterior
and under surface of the occiput to the posterior and ventral part
of the lower jaw. In Ducks and Geese this muscle is represented
by three distinct portions, all of which Beddard and I found in
Palamedea', and described as biventer and digastric. In the Fowls
there are at least two portions separable; in Opisthocomus the
tendinous inner portion no doubt represents an inner portion,
' “On the Anatomy of Palamedea cornuta,” PB. ZS. 1894, p. 536.
624 Mk, P, CHALMERS M1TOHELL ON THD (June 16,
which is separate and muscular in Palamedea, separate and
tendinous in Gallus. :
Temporalis—The superficial portion of this muscle is very large
and inseparable into layers; it arises from the whole temporal fossa,
and from the external and internal surfaces of the mid-temporal
process ; it runs forwards and downwards under the quadrato-
maxillary bar to the outer upper surface of the lower jaw; internal
to this, and arising from the deeper region of the temporal fossa,
is a strongly marked pyramidal muscle, which ends in a stout
tendon inserted to the inner surface of the lower jaw. A still
deeper portion runs across from the forward process of the
quadrate to the inner side of the ramus. Lastly, a wide band of
muscle bridges the narrow interval between the inner edge of the
forward process of the quadrate and the wall of the orbit behind
the optic foramen.
Pterygoid.—A superficial portion, similar to that found in Ducks
and Geese runs from the ventral, posterior end of the lower jaw to
the palatal membrane. It is not so tendinous as in the Ducks and
Geese. The deeper portion of the pterygoid is an almost continu-
ous mass of muscle, inseparable into regions, from the pterygo-
palatine area to the lower jaw.
Muscrss or tHE Lec.
Variations in the Conditions of the Ambiens.
In the musculature of the leg there are several points (illus-
trated by figure 3, p. 625, and figure 4, p. 626) to which I wish
to refer. As Garrod showed, the four muscles which he called
A, B, X, and Y, the femoro-caudal and its accessory, the semiten-
dinosus and its accessory, are all present. The interconnections
between the muscles at the back of the knee differ so in birds that a
description of their exact condition in Opisthocomus may be placed
on record, although I have not yet sufficient material to make
comparisons of any value.
The adductors have no insertion to the tibia, but send a strong
slip to the middle head of the gastrocnemius. The semimem-
branosus, the most posterior of the thigh-muscles, runs straight in
to the tibia, unconnected with the tendon of the semitendinosus.
The accessory semitendinosus is very broad and strong, but does
not nearly reach the tibia, being separated from that by the middle
head of the gastrocnemius. ‘The semitendinosus, after being
joined by its accessory, sends in one fibrous slip to the tibia,
proximal to that of the semimembranosus; while the greater mass
of the muscle ends in a strong tendon, which runs down alongside
and soon fuses with the middle head of the gastrocnemius, before
that reaches the tibial head.
The condition of the ambiens muscle is still more interesting.
Garrod (see paper referred to above) examined the legs of three
specimens of Opisthocomus. In all cases he found the ambiens
small, but normal, above the thigh. In five of the six legs it was
1896. ] ANATOMY OF THH HOATZIN. 625
lost in the tendon over the knee, through which, in the normal
condition, it passes. I dissected carefully for the ambiens in each
leg of two of my specimens. In one case the ambiens was
completely absent above the knee, and there was no trace of its
tendon in the fascie# and tendon over the knee. But in each of
these legs(as shown in fig. 4, p. 626)a strong round ligament left the
fibula, in the position in which the ambiens tendon of a bird with
anormal ambiens crosses the fibula. This tendon passed down
and sent a branch to each of the three perforated flewors of the
Fig. 3.
i SART. yastus US ees
ry
AN
A
ONE
wo
—— W
SEAN. SEMI-TEND.
=
vo) UNL. -
FLEX. COM.
Thigh-muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus ; posterior view.
Sart., Sartorius. Vast.int., Vastus internus. Adduc., Adductors. Semitend.,
Semitendinosus. Semimem., Semimembranosus. 4G.t., Gastrocnemius,
tibial head. G.m.,,Gastrocnemius, middle head. G.e., Gastrocnemius.
external head. Sol., Soleus. Flex.com., Flexor communis digitorum,
I. Flexor longus hallucis. :
digits. In a second specimen I found the ambiens above the
knee. The tendon was lost at the knee-joint, but a rudiment
slightly different from that in the first case was present in each
leg below the knee. From the fibula, immediately distal to the
attachment of the biceps tendon, three fibrous slips passed
respectively to the perforated flexor muscle for the second, third,
and fourth digits. It is well known that Garrod regarded the
626 MR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THD [June 16,
presence or absence of the wmbiens muscle as of primary import-
ance. He divided birds into the Homalogonate, which possess the
muscle, and the Anomalogonate, in which it is absent. Here and
there among groups which certainly must be associated with the
Homalogonatous birds there are instances in which the ambiens
is absent, and in which Garrod believed the ambiens to have been
present, but recently lost. It is of great interest therefore to
1?)
»>
:
p
° Mi
tay
z- \
. !
I PER.2.
"FLEX. GOM.
Leg-muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus showing vestigial ambiens.
Glut. 2, Attachment of gluteus medius. Glut: 3, Attachinent of gluteus tertius.
Glut. ané., Gluteus anterior. II. 2. Flexor perforans et perforatus indicis.
TIT. 2, Flexor perforans et perforatus medii. Per. 2, Peroneus secundus.
I. Flexor longus hallucis. II. Flexor perforatus indicis. III. Flexor
perforatus medii. IV. Flexor perforatus quarti.
find a species different individuals of which show so great
variations in the condition of the ambiens muscle, reaching from
the normal complete condition found by Garrod to the extremely
vestigial condition in the specimen from which fig. 4 was drawn.
Some time ago, in a paper communicated to this Society’, I
recorded the discovery of vestiges of the ambiens in the case of two
1 «On the Perforated Flexor Muscles in some Birds,” P. Z. S. 1894, p. 495.
1896.] ANATOMY OF THD HOATZIN. 627
birds which, although they are certainly to be placed among the
Homalogonat» and have close allies in which the ambiens is normal,
are themselves without it. In Mycticorax gardeni the ambiens is
absent; but in two specimens that I have dissected I found a slip
to the flexor muscles from the fibula, similar to that in the
Opisthocomus here figured, although it arose rather lower down the
fibula. In Eclectus roratus, which again is devoid of an ambiens,
although many Parrots are provided with it, I found a vestige
almost precisely similar to that present in my second specimen of
Opisthocomus, in which the ambiens ended on the knee. The
vestige in Lelectus, as in the second Opisthocomus, consisted of
three slips from the fibula to the flexor tendons. This additional
evidence appears to me to strengthen the case for the taxonomic
value of the ambiens considerably. While there were known
only the rudiments described by me in Kelectus and Nycticorax,
it might have been open to doubt whether or no these really were
vestiges of an ambiens. Now that there have been found in different
individuals of Opisthocomus graded vestiges linking my rudimentary
condition with a complete ambiens, there seems no room to doubt
that some, at least, of the Homalogonatous birds devoid of an
ambiens have once possessed it. On the other hand, I may inention
that although Dissura is a Stork without an ambiens, while other
genera of Storks possess it, in two specimens of Dissura episcopus
I have recently dissected I could find no trace of the vestige.
Apart from possible systematic value, it is of interest to find
variations of so great magnitude in a few specimens of a bird.
Prof. Weldon has recently shown, after examination of an ex-
ceedingly large number of individuals of the shore-crabs, that very
slight deviations may be associated with a larger death-rate. In
the case of creatures so difficult to shoot as is Opisthocomus it may
be the case that those actually examined have, from the greater
magnitude of their variations, been less able to escape. .
In conclusion, I may place on record three minor points in the
myology of Opisthocomus, the only remaining features which seemed
to me worth recording at the present time.
Tendons of the perforated and of the perforated and perforating
flexors of the third digit—In most birds the tendons of these are
connected by a short stout vinculum immediately before they
reach the foot. Gadow mentions that this occurs in Ratites,
Fowls, and in Péerocles. Ican add to this a very long list of birds,
including Rhynchotus, Chauna and Palamedea, Balearica, Psophia,
and Fulica. The slip is absent in Opisthocomus; the only other
cases that I remember in which this occurs are Aso otus and
Rhytidoceros plicatus.
Short flexors from the deep plantar tendons.—The tendon of the
flexor longus hallucis is connected with the tendon of the flexor
perforans by a strong vinculum and then supplies the thumb.
A strong muscular slip, certainly absent in most birds, leaves the
longus hallucis tendon immediately distal to the vinculum and runs
to the fourth digit. A similar muscular slip leaves the tendon of
628 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLHGHL’S GAVIAL. [June 16,
the flexor perforans and runs to the third digit. These slips are
in addition to the ordinary short flexors, and it is possible that
they throw light upon the origin of the very peculiar modes of
distribution of the hallucis tendon in some groups of birds, as it
has been repeatedly shown that a tendon may be the homologue of
a muscle. i
Entepicondylo-ulnaris.—This muscle, which according to Gadow
is present only in Rasores and in the Tinamou, is absent in
Opisthocomus, This is another of the innumerable points separating
Opisthocomus from Fowls.
2. On the Occurrence of Schlegel’s Gavial (Tomistoma schle-
geli) in the Malay Peninsula, with Remarks on the Atlas
and Axis of the Crocodilians. By G. A. Boutencrr,
F.R.S.
[Received May 29, 1896.]
A Gharial-like Crocodile, Tomistoma schlegelit, described by
Salomon Miller in 1838, was, until lately, believed to be peculiar
to Borneo. In 1890, however, its occurrence in Sumatra was
recorded by Max Weber (Zool. Ergebn. p. 176). The Malay
Peninsula may now be added to its habitat.
A few months ago, the British Museum received, from Mr. L.
Wray, Curator of the Perak Government Museum, a fine half-
grown specimen, with the following remarks :—
“The specimen was caught at Pulau Tiga, in the Perak river, in
June 1895, and I kept it in a pond until the end of December,
when it was killed. For months it would eat nothing but a few
small fish, but during the later portion of the time it would eat
freely of any meat or fish given to it. It also became quite tame
and would remain at the surface of the water with its head on the
bank while people stood near it.
“So far as I have been able to ascertain, no Crocodile belonging
to the Gavial group has ever been recorded from the Malayan
Peninsula, so that the following particulars will be of interest.
“T first heard of the occurrence of 2 Gavial in the State of
Perak in 1889, and in the same year Mr. Cecil Wray, the then
Acting Superintendent of Lower Perak, obtained a skull from the
Perak river, and sent it to the Perak Museum; the animal was 7
feet long. A second was caught in the Kinta river, near Batu
Gajah, in 1893 or 1894. It was secured by Capt. H. C. Metcalfe,
of the Perak Sikhs, and the skin is now in his possession. It
measures 6 feet 8 inches, but the tail is very short, having pro-
bably been injured when young; the head measures 18 inches, the
upper jaw 30 inches, and the lower jaw 23 inches. A third
was taken from the Batang Padang river near Tapah, and was
seen by Mr. Page, the Inspector.of Police at Tapah. It was
1896.] -° MR. G.A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGHL’S GAVIAL. 629
stated to have been a small one, only measuring about 4 feet long,
and, unfortunately, it was not preserved.
“Mr. J. P. Rodger informed me that, when he was British
Resident in Pahang, he bad seen the skull of one belonging to the
late Mr. E. A. Wise, that had been caught in the upper part of the
Pahang river. The fifth was trapped in the Perak river at Pulau
Tiga, some 64 miles from the mouth. This animal measured 8
feet 9 inches, and is the largest yet seen.
““T was imformed some years ago that one was taken to the
Police station at Telok Anson for the reward, measuring 19 feet
in length. The Police Inspector showed me where it was buried,
but I failed to find it. Four skeletons were dug out, but they all
proved to be common Salt-water Crocodiles (Crocodilus porosus).
There is therefore considerable doubt about the accuracy of this
information, and probably the animal was only a rather narrow-
headed common Crocodile and not a Gavial at all.
“These are all the instances of its occurrence that I have been
able to collect, and so far the evidence would go to show that it is
confined to the Perak and Pahang rivers and some of their larger
tributaries; though it is probable that it will hereafter also be
found in the Kelantan and possibly in the Telubin river.
“Tt is called by the Malays ‘ Buaya Jinjulong,’ or the Long-
snouted Crocodile; but from its rarity there are only a very few
who have ever either seen or heard of it. ‘There are two other
crocodiles frequenting the coasts and rivers of the Peninsula, viz.
the Salt-water Crocodile (Crocodilus porosus, Schn.) and the Marsh
Crocodile (C. palustris, Less.). These are called respectively
‘Buaya’ and ‘ Buaya Katak,’ or the Frog Crocodile, by the Malays.
‘Buaya Tembaga,’ that is the Brass Crocodile, is a name often
heard, but it only has reference to the colour, being indifferently
applied to all yellowish-tinted ones without regard to their species.
“The Malayan Gavial would appear to be essentially a freshwater
animal, and it is said by the natives to often frequent the swamps
and marshy lands on the banks of the rivers. It this is really the
case, it differs somewhat in its habits from the Gavialis gangeti-
cus, which is much more aquatic than the Crocodile. In the
ordinary way, so far as my observations have gone, only the upper
part of the end of the nose and the two eyes are above the water.
On the approach of anyone the eyes slowly and quite silently sink
beneath the surface and nothing but a small portion of the nose
remains : on a nearer approach this also quietly disappears. This
doubtless accounts for the fact that the animal is so very rarely
seen.
‘The irides are yellowish brown and the pupils vertical. The
upper surface is pale dull olive-green, finely and closely spotted
with dark brown. The ground-colour becomes lighter on the sides
and is nearly white beneath. The tail has six dark bands, formed
by the spotting of the scales on the sides and lower surface with
dark brown. In the living animal the upper jaw projects nearly
an inch beyond the under jaw.
630 MR. G, A, BOULBNGHER ON SCHLEGHL'S GavIAL. [June 16,
“Tt is possibly referable to Tomistoma schlegeli, the Bornean
Gavial, but the very meagre description of that species in my
possession is insufficient to identify it.”
The specimen sent by Mr. Wray has been stuffed, and is now
exhibited in the Reptile Gallery of the Natural History Museum.
As the bones were sent with the skin, I am able to add some
remarks on the osteological characters, of which we know nothing,
except of the skull, which has been well described and figured.
There are 24 presacral, 2 sacral, and 35 caudal vertebrw. The
Fig. 1.
Atlas and axis of Tomistoma, ventral and side views,
(Lhe posterior condyle of the axis is omitted.)
c. Centrum. na. Neural arch.
ha. Uypapophysis. r. Rib.
1896.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL’S GAVIAL. 631
hypapophyses on the cervical and anterior thoracic vertebre are
less developed than in the other recent Crocodilians, and are not
directed forwards; they are not developed beyond the eleventh
vertebra (twelth or thirteenth in the others). The chevron-bones
are all open dorsally. The first pair of ribs are inserted on the
sides of the proatlanto-atlantic hypapophysis, or lower part of the
atlas-ring, and separated from each other at the base by a wide
interspace. The second rib differs from that of all Crocodilians I
have hitherto examined (including the Gavial, of which I have
examined the bone on a young specimen in spirit, and also the
atlas and axis preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons,—the Gavial-skeleton still being a desideratum in the
British Museum Collection), Osteolemus excepted ; it is attached
to the centrum of the atlas (odontoid bone), near its suture with
the axis, by the capitulum only, the tuberculum being merely
indicated by a small upward process at a distance from the base
of the bone, and without any connection with the vertebra.
It is well known that in Ichthyosaurus the atlas bears a forked
rib, same as the axis and the other vertebra behind it. It seems
that one Crocodilian at least presents an approximating feature.
The late Mr. Hulke has first pointed out in Metriorhynchus (P. Z. 8.
1888, p. 419) the presence on the “ lateral pieces ” (neurapophyses)
of the atlas of a tubercle situated in the level of the diapophysis on
the epistropheus, and he concludes that this tubercle should rank
as an upper atlantal transverse process or diapophysis. I have
been able to verify the correctness of this statement on several
well-preserved atlases of Metriorhynchus, still undescribed, from
the Leeds Collection, which my colleague Mr. Andrews has kindly
shown me in the Geological Department of the British Museum ;
and I quite agree with Hulke that ‘the position of this little
process in serial line with the upper transverse processes of the
other cervical vertebree speaks distinctly in favour of its diapo-
physial character.’” We are, in consequence, justified in assuming
that, although, as we know from one specimen, the first rib is not
forked, it must have been connected with the diapophysis by
ligament, its head being attached to the side of the hypapophysis
(‘‘ basilar piece”) of the atlas, or rather between the latter and the
centrum (odontoid bone); and such a condition may be regarded
as the most primitive known among Crocodilians, and as one from
which, as Hulke has shown, the abnormal position of the first rib
of recent forms may be derived and explained.
The second rib in Metriorhynchus was attached by its capitulum
to the anterior border of the lower surface of the centrum of the
axis, or between the latter and the centrum of the atlas, and by its
tuberculum to a process (diapophysis) of the neurapophysis of the
axis.
As regards recent Crocodilians, the information to be derived
from books appears contradictory, principally from the fact that
the various authors have dealt with different genera, and have in
some cases generalized. their observations to the whole group.
632 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCMLEGEL'S GAVIAL, [June 16,
Cuvier (Ossem. Foss.) describes and figures the second rib in
Crocodilus porosus as single-headed and attached to the odontoid
bone. Owen (Osteol. Cat. Mus. Coll. Surg.) ascribes to the same
rib, in Gavialis gangeticus, a forked head attached to two transverse
processes of the odontoid bone. According to Stannius (Zoot.
Amph. p. 26), the rib is forked and the two branches are attached
on the limit between the odontoid bone and the centrum of the
axis. Brihl (Skel. Crocod.) figures, in Caiman palpebrosus, the rib
as forked, with capitulum and tuberculum on the odontoid bone,
near its suture with the axis. In Huxley’s ‘Anatomy of Ver-
tebrated Animals’ it is described in Crocodilians generally as
attached to the os odontoideum and to the second centrum by
distinct capitular and tubercular processes. Baur (Amer. Nat.
1886, p. 228) was the first in attempting to show what, if any,
differences exist between the genera with regard to the shape of
the second rib and its attachment to the vertebre. Iam not able
to confirm his statements regarding Gavialis and Alligator. In
the case of the latter, the more forward position assigned by him
to the costal capitulum may be due to individual variation; but I
cannot help thinking the author is mistaken in attributing a rudi-
mentary diapophysis to the neural arch of Gavialis. In the
specimens I have examined two very distinct processes are present
on the axis-centrum, and I have satistied myself on a specimen in
apt that the ligamentous capitulum is attached to the upper of
these processes, which.is widely separated from the supposed
diapophysis figured by Dr. Baur.
I have examined the atlas and axis in Gavialis gangeticus,
Tomistoma schlegelk, Crocodili niloticus, americanus, and porosus,
Osteolemus tetraspis, Alligator mississippiensis, Caiman sclerops and
C. latirostris, and find important differences, which are deserving
of notice.
In Alligator, the first rib is attached to the lower surface of the
hypapophysis and in contact with, or narrowly separated from, its
fellow at the base ; the second rib, in the adult, is deeply forked and
attached by its capitulum to the centrum of the atlas, by its tuber-
culum to the anterior part of the centrum of the axis, which,
however, does not develop any tubercle or transverse process. Tn
a new-born specimen I find both capitulum and tuberculum
inserted on the axis, showing the rib to shift forward with age, a
further confirmation of the view that this rib, usually attached to
the first vertebra, really pertains to the second.
In Caiman, the first vib is‘as in the preceding, but the second,
deeply forked, is entirely on the centrum of the atlas, without the
latter bearing processes for its attachment.
In Crocodilus, the first rib is more on the side of the hypapo-
physis and widely separated from its fellow; the second is but
feebly notched in its proximal portion, and the somewhat ill-defined
capitulum and tuberculum join two strong knob-like processes on
the centrum of the atlas.
In Gavialis, the first rib conforms to the preceding type, but
1896.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEE’S GAVIAL. 633
the second is deeply bifurcate, the tuberculum ligamentous, and
attached to two processes on the centrum of the atlas.
Tbertetonen has been noticed abaye. Osteolemus, curiously, agrees
with it.
We thus see that Metriorhynchus represents the most gene-
ralized condition, and that the recent Crocodilians, each depart-
ing in its way from the primitive type, cannot be arranged in a
continuous series in this any more than in several other parts of
their structure. Whilst more generalized in respect to the second
rib! than the true Crocodiles, the Alligator is more specialized in
the more aberrant position of the first rib; the Gavial agrees
with the Crocodile in the position of the first rib, and with the
Alligator and Caiman in the strong bifurcation of the second ; and
Tomistoma and Osteolemus present the highest specialization in
the condition of the second rib with rudimentary tubereulum.
P.S. June 18, 1896).—T wo days after the reading of my paper,
I received Dr. Gadow’s memoir on the Vertebral Column af
Amphibia and Amniota (Phil. Trans. clxxxvii. B. pp. 1-57). In
this he gives an account and a diagrammatic figure of the atlas
and axis of Metriorhynchus, which differ entirely trom what I have
observed. I at once re-examined the specimens, and particularly
that described by Hulke and figured by Dr. Gadow, and find
Fig, 2.
Atlas and axis of Metriorhynchus.
na, Neural arch.
c. Centrum.
t, Tubercular facet (diapophysis).
cp. Capitular facet.
ha. Hypapophysis.
the latter’s statement tobe erroneous. What is figured as the first
centrum is a portion of the first neural arch, the posterior portion
of which has passed, on the figure, into the second vertebra; the
tubercle (¢!), to which allusion is made, is on the neural arch. I
append (fig. 2) a corrected sketch of the specimen figured by
Dr. Gadow.
1 Another character in which Alligator is more generalized than Caiman
and Crocodilus exists in the proatlas, the arches of which are distinct or show
at least a trace of separation, which is not to be found in the other genera, even
in quite young specimens.
Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. XLI. 41
634 MR, W. SCIIAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
38. On Walker’s American Types of Lepidoptera in the
Oxford University Museum. By W. Scnavs, F.Z.S.
[Received April 30, 1896.]
The following notes on Walker’s American types in the Oxford
University Museum are to be followed by others, wherein the
complete synonymy will be given of many of the species, and
references will also be made to those species which as yet remain
unidentified. My special thanks are due to Prof. E. B. Poulton,
F.R.S8., for the trouble he took in selecting the American Moths
from the Hope Collection, and sending them family by family to
the British Museum to be compared with the collections there and
with my own collection; and to Mr. G. F. Hampson for his
untiring kindness and assistance. ‘Those species marked with an
asterisk are represented in my own collection; those of which I do
not possess specimens, and which are not in the British Museum
either, have been figured in duplicate, one set of figures being
placed in the Entomological Department of that Museum. ‘The
species described by Walker in parts 27-30 of his Catalogue, and
in the corresponding portions of the Supplement, as being in
“Coll. Saunders ” never forraed part of the Hope Collection of the
Oxford Museum, but have lately been purchased by the British
Museum, where the types are now to be found.
The references given refer to Walker’s ‘ List of the Specimens of
Lepidopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum.’
Vor. IIT.
P. 775. *Norape puella described from the I'ry coll. is now in the
Saunders coll., and is the same as Archylus pectorals,
Walk.
Vou. IV.
P. 801. Sarsina purpurascens. I have not yet been able to find
the type.
P. 895. *Darala falcata=Lonomia submacula, Walk.
P. 957. Jsychagrapha floccosa. Not identified.
Vot. V.
P. 1046. *Naprepa camelinerdes is a distinct species belonging to
the Notodontide.
P.1115. Larwna heterogenca is a distinct species, the genus
being the same as Hydrias.
P. 1152. MNesara apicalis belongs to the genus Ocha, Walk.
P. 1155. *Pamea excavata and Pamea notata are the sexes of one
species.
P. 1155. *Pamea vittata belongs to the genus Carthara, Walk.
P.1170. Rosema deolis is not Cramer’s species, and I therefore
propose the name of It. walkeri for it; the species is
well described by Walker.
-1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 635
Vou. V. (continued).
P. 1176.
P. 1195.
Vor. VI.
P. 1264.
ae]
- 1800.
1301.
1301.
1303.
1313.
1326.
1329.
1338.
1364,
1402.
1402.
1403.
None h He rh
. 1507.
1598.
1601.
1602.
1602.
1603.
1603.
1604.
1606.
1606.
1607.
1608.
1609.
1610.
1611.
1613.
1615.
1617.
1617.
1618.
1619.
1619.
1620.
HWW RA i og
*Tepila biluna is the same as Phecada confinis, Walk.
*Tonomia albigutta is a well-known species, but will no
doubt sink as a synonym of one of Cramer's species.
Tropea dictynna. Evidently a distinct species and not
a mere var. of 7’. luna.
*Hyperchiriamemuse. A good species allied to H. leucane,
Hbn.
*Hyperchiria cinerea. The Q of H. janeira, Westwood.
Hyperchivia pyrrhomelas is a good species.
*Hyperchiria submacula has been redescribed by Bois-
duval as H. dioxippus.
* Hyperchiria vagans is a species of Dirphia,
Rhescynthis meander. This is well figured by Maassen
and Weymer.
* Dysdemonia glaucescens. A distinct species.
Mimatlo plana belongs to the genus Perophora.
*Dirphia multicolor is a distinct and well-known species.
*Hydrias albidifascia. A distinct species.
*Hydrias plana, A distinct species.
Hydrias confusa. The type is the only specimen I have
seen of this species.
Hydrias tenebrosa. Not identified.
ou. VII.
Seryda cincta. Not identified.
Pseudomya consolata belongs to the genus Lamochuris.
Pseudomya desperata. Closely allied to P. tipulina, Hiibn.
Gymnelia byuncta. Subsequently described by Walker
as G. consociata.
Gymnelia simplex. A distinct species.
*Gymnelia xanthocera. A distinct species.
Isanthrene odyneroides is a species of Erruca.
Pecilosoma sperans belongs to the genus Marzssa.
Peecilosoma insperata also belongs to the genus Marissa.
Pecilosoma gaudens belongs to the genus Dycladia.
*Lagavria acuminata. Redescribed and figured by Schaus
in Lep. Am. as Gartha dalsa.
Lemocharis contracta belongs to the genus Erruca.
Ilipa tenthredoides. Also in B. M.
Ilipa scita=S. hilaris, Walk., in B. M.
Cosmosoma marginatum is a distinct species.
* Kurata transiens= Dycladia lucetius, Cr.
* Hunomia vacillans is a good species.
* Hunomia abdominulis= Corematura chrysogasira, Perty.
Eunomia separata. Not identified.
Pseudosphea: consobrina. Also in B. M.
Pseudosphex cognata=Ps. fasciolata, Butl., in B, M,
Myrmecopsis apaca= Ps. vespa, H.-S., fig. 426.
41*
636
MR. W. SOHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. VII. (continued).
P. 1627.
P. 1628.
P. 1629.
P. 1629.
P. 1634.
P. 1635.
RA A
RE Sh
RHR HHS
. 1635.
. 1636.
1636.
. 1688.
1638.
1639.
1639.
1640.
1640.
1644.
1645.
1647.
1647.
1648.
1649.
1650.
1651.
. 1652.
. 1652.
1654,
. 1655.
. 1656.
. 1657.
. 1657.
. 1659.
. 1661.
. 1661.
. 1662.
. 1663.
1677.
1678.
. 1679.
. 1693.
. 1698.
. 1701.
1702.
1704.
Calonota perspicua. A distinct species.
Calonota interrupta. Allied to the preceding.
*Pampa acuminata. Redescribed and figured by Schaus
in Lep. Am. as Sychesia hartmannt,
Pampa fusiformis = Scepsis trifasciata, Butl., in B. M.
* Automolis angulosa =A. flavicinctus, II.-S.
Automolis saturata. Vigured by Felder in the ‘ Reise d.
Novara,’ t. cii. f. 5, as A. preteata.
Automolis basalis. A distinct species.
* Automolis chrysomelas= A. geometrica, Feld.
*Automolis leucomela. Figured in the ‘ Biologia Centr.-
Amer.’ by Druce as Pterygopterus superba.
+ Automolis reducta = Sutonocrea incertus, H.-S.
Eucerea rhodophila. A distinct species.
*Kucerea latifascia= EH. archias, Stoll.
Eucerea mitigata= E. reticulata, But)., in B. M.
*Hucerew albiceps. Gen. nov., allied to Pseudapistosiu,
Mésch.
* Hucerea discolor. A. very distinct species.
Consoprium divisum. Also in B. M.
*Josia mitis. Also in B. M.
*Scea puella. Belongs to the Chrysaugine, and was
described by Warren as Semniomine albiapicalis.
Scea infans. A good species.
Ephialtias simplea= HE, abrupta, Hibn.
Leucopsumis guttipalpis. A distinct species.
Corydalla cryptoleucu. A distinct species.
Euagra discalis. A distiuct species.
Agyrta secta is » Pyralid=Lrilusa dioptalis, Walk.=
E. pseudauvo, Weld.
Agyrta nana. A distinct species.
Pericopis larvata. A good species.
Pericopis disjuncta. Not identified.
Lyces plagifera. A. distinct species.
Lyces albiventris belongs to the genus Flavinia, Walk.
Flavinia fusifera. Also in B.M.
Avela diversa. Not identified.
*Qaralisa editha. Genus allied to Charidea.
*Sangala beata. A well-known species.
Melanchroia subvittata=Rhosus posticus, Walk.
Arina obtusa, A distinct species.
Pheochlena quadricolor. A distinct species.
*Spiris nigrilinea. A distinct species.
* Pagara venosa= Agorea longicornis, H.-S.
*Daritis marginalis= Pericopis lycaste, Klug.
*[sia intricata. Genus allied to Ecpantheria.
*Pithea ferruginea. Genus allied to Phagoptera.
Aloa lanceolata. Gen. nov., allied to Halisidota.
Amastus mesorhoda. A distinct species.
1896.]
Von. VIL. (continued).
P. 1704.
1705.
1706.
1706.
1706.
1707.
1707.
1707.
P.
P
Re RW RAR Wi
rd rd hd ed bd he
P.
1708.
1708.
1709.
1709.
1709.
1710.
1710.
1712.
1714.
1726.
. 1727.
1728.
. 1737.
1749.
1761.
AMBRICAN TYPUS OF LEPIDOPTERA, 637
*Opharus basalis. A distinct species.
Halesidota flavescens. Genus allied to Zdalus.
*Halesidota apicalis. A good species.
Halesidota discalis. Not identified.
Halesidota catenata=Phegoptera flavopunctata, Walk.
Halesidota corticea. Not identified.
* Halesidota semivaria. Gen. nov.
*Halesidota basipennis=Phegoptera subtilis, Butl.=
Sychesia fimbria, Mosch.
alesidota semirufa. A good species.
*Halesidota antica. Belongs to the genus Luchetes.
*Halesidota niveigutta. A distinct species.
*Halesidota binotata, gen. nov. ‘This species was
described by Boisduval as Phag. cinnamomea.
*Halesidota disciplaga. Redescribed by Walker as H.
breviuscula.
* Halesidota cingulata. Belongs to the genus Mazeras.
*Ambryllis neurophylla. Redescribed and figured by
Dognin as Lepantheria hebona.
* Minara pardalina=Drymonia histrionica, H.-S.
* Podalia vesta= Megalopyge orsilochus, Cr.
Eloria mesta. A distinct species.
Eloria lucida. Also in B. M.
*Simena luctifera. A well-known Geometrid.
*Colabata lineosa= Andriasa marginalis, Walk.
Notodonta plagiata. Not identitied.
Candyba punctata. A distinct species.
Vor. VIII.
P. 47.
P. 55.
P. 5a.
P. 115.
P. 190.
Aigeria buprestiformis. A good species.
Algeria panisciformis. A good species.
Aigeria blaciformis = Sesia equatus, Walk., in B. M.
Einys prominens. Figured by Felder in the ‘ Reise d.
Novara,’ t. Ixxxii. f. 5, as 7’. smerinthoides.
* Pachylia inconspicua=P, resumens, Walk.
P. 197. *Oryba robusta=O. uchemenides, Cr.
P. 2338.
Vor. IX.
P. 61.
P. 195.
P. 235.
Von. X.
P. 268.
P. 269.
P. 401.
P. 430.
*Lapara bombycoides = Ellema harris, Clem.
Noorvuip#.
* Acronycta declaratu= Mamestra adjuncta, Bdy.
* Prodenia latifascia= Prodenia variolosa, W1k.
*Mamestra crista=MM. obscurus, Dogu.=M. infernalis,
Schs.
*Celena plagiata belongs to the genus Perigec.
*Celana expuncia belongs to the genus Oligix.
*Graphiphoru inaja= Noctua major, Gu.
*Tcemocampi subsocia. A. distinct species.
638 _ MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Von, XI.
P. 588. Hadena subjecta. A distinct species.
P. 606. Casandria emittens. Not identified.
P. 629. *Xylina bipunctata. A good species.
P. 737. Agrotis emittens belongs to the genus Acanthodica, Schs.
P. 739. Agrotis hirtipalpis, A distinct species.
Von. XII.
P. 787. Acontia decisa. Not identified.
P. 819. *Xanthoptera aurifera. A distinct species.
P. 819. *Xanthoptera furcatu. A distinct species.
P. 848. *Palindia punctangulata= P. alabastrariu, Hiibn.
P. 917. *Plusia admonens=P. basigera, Walk.
P. 977. Lymphorta unilinea, Not identified.
1007. Scedisa designans. Not identified.
1034. *Chabuata ampla. A good genus and species.
1058. *Homoptera configurata. A distinct species.
1094. *Cenipeta illustrans=C, suttea, Gn.
1094. Ccenipeta abscondens. Not identified.
1132. Stictoptera subaurata. Also in B. M.
1171. Coronta surrepens= Melipotis strigifera, Walk.
Graphigona antica. Not identified.
1251. Brujas basicincta= Ramphia evinga, Gn.
1255. *Brujas laticincta= Letis magna, Gmel.
1271. *Letis implens=Letis cortex 2, Gn.
1273. *Letis integra= Letis cortex $,Gn. The type of L. integra
is now in the B. M.
1274. *Letis albicans. The type of this species is also in the
B. M.; it is in very poor condition, but represents, I
believe, a very distinct species, of which 1 possess
several perfect specimens.
1284. *Latebraria quadriplaga=R. evinga 3, Gn.
. 1323. Hypopyra configurans. Not identified.
1472. *Poaphila revoluta= Hypena scabra, Fabr.
Jou. XV.
1555. Orthogramma perseverans. A distinct species.
1568. *Thermesia signans= Azeta uncas, Gn.
1569. Thermesia tripunctifera= 0. perseverans, Walk.
1572. *Thermesia lenis= Epidromia pannosa, Gn.
1584. Selenis amans. Not identified.
1620. Hypernaria integrans =H. augusta, Cr.
1620. Hypernaria interponens=H. augusta, Cr.
1629. *Plaxia falcigera. A distinct species.
1632. Palyna metagona=Galapha sublineata, Walk.
1640, Edyma significans. Genus allied to Thermesia.
1642. Pessida interlineata, Not identified.
1644, *Ausava triplaga. A good genus and species.
DS Wend Pee
we
(sy)
pear
mie
=
POOH ytd hd hd do
1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 639
Vou. XV. (continued). ;
RSW or
TN HR OH OW
. 1646
- 1647.
1653.
1657.
1659.
1663.
1669.
1669.
1677.
1677.
1685.
1687.
1690.
1690.
1694.
1694,
1699.
1711.
1714.
1718.
1719.
1725.
1726.
17380.
17381.
1733.
1742.
1742,
1754,
1767.
1768.
1773.
1774.
1782.
1784.
1785.
1788.
1790.
1793.
1796.
1799.
1799.
1800.
1800.
1814.
*Qymatophora temperans = Orthodes infirma, Gn. |
* Bryophila expetita. A distinct species.
Molynda humeralis = Oroatis signata, Butl., in B. M.
Eragisa lanifera. A Notodont allied to the genus
Elymiotis.
*Leucania cinereicollis. A distinct species.
* Alpesa villicosta. Also in B. M.
*Egabra certissima = Azelina hedularia, Gu., a Geometer.
*Becula chromatophila=Dyops ocellata, Cr.
*Laphygma congresse = Dantona discerpta, Walk.
*Laphygma trientiplaga =Oligia expuncta, Walk.
*Mamestra dentistrigata belongs to the genus Perigea, Gu.
Celena inquieta, A distinct species.
Celena tetera. A distinct species.
*Celena subobliqua. A distinct species.
Caradrina distans = Celena inquieta, Walk.
*Caradrina laphygmoides =Perigea concisa, Walk.
* Agrotis interferens. A distinct species.
*Cirredia satellifera=Anomis exaggerata, Gn.
*Dianthecia eros. Also in B. M.
*Valeria angulipluga. A distinct species.
*Angitia directa. A distinct species.
*Hadena vacillans=Perigea fidelia, Druce, figured in
‘ Biol. Centr.-Amer.’
* Hadena pennitarsis =H. tessellata, Sepp.
*Acroria villipes= Dargida niphanda, Druce, figured in
‘ Biol. Centr.-Amer.’
Lithomia buddhe. A distinct species.
* Xylina patefacta. A good species.
*Nasia mesta. A distinct species.
* Nystalea equipars=NV. seminivea, Walk.
Pastona rudis. A good genus and species.
Palindia spectabilis= P. perlata, Gn.
Palindia ceruleilinea. Also in B. M.
* Agraga fimbripes. A good genus and species.
*Penicillaria abscondens. Well figured in the ‘ Biologia
Centr.-Amer.’
* Abrostola interrumpens= Edema nana, Walk.
* Adrana pseudopsis =Ingura fuscescens, Walk.
* Plusia intracta=P. basigera, Walk.
Thyria aurifundens. A distinct species.
*Gonodonta ditissima. A good species.
*Cosmophila punctifera=Gonitis editrix, Gn.
*Selambina trajiciens. Also in B. M.
* Homoptera separabilis belongs to the genus Campometra.
* Homoptera hadenoiles belongs to the genus Venta.
*Homoptera stipatura belongs to the genus Phosplula.
Homoptera indecidens belongs to the genus Homopyralis
Stibera hostiks. Mot identified.
640 MR, W. SCIHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. XV. (continued).
1819. Letis discopalina. New genus near Homoptera.
1844. *Phurys asseverans. A good species.
1845. *Onoba trogonoides=Baniana pohli, Feld.
1846. *Phuphena fusipennis = Perigea ? trilinea, Schs.
1851. Hscua extollens. Belongs to the ‘hermesiide.
1852. Cervania clandestina. A Deltoid.
1856. Amphigonia postponens. Also in B. M.
1856. *Thermesia imitatura belongs to the genus Physula.
1857. Thermesia bigutia. A distinct species.
1857. Obucola expandens belongs to the genus Peosina, Gn.
1858. Capnodes extima. A distinct species.
1859. Donacesa miricornis. Allied to Orthogramma, Gn.
. 1860. *Hypernaria discessura. A distinct species.
bo Ad bd PP bP DD
Derorz and PyraLip#.
Vou. XVI.
P. 80. *Hypena acclinalis= Hypena anicina, Druce, Biol. Centr.-
Amer., Het. i. p. 434 (tab. xxxv. fig. 13).
P. 81. *Hypena mestalis belongs to the genus Rejectaria, Gn.,
and is allied to R. cocytalis, Gn.
P. 81. *Hypena hastatalis. Subsequently described by Walker
as Crymona receptalis, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd
ser. i. p. 117. ‘The species will stand as Crymona
hastatalis.
P. 186. *Bocana orionalis = Simplicia tibialis, Felder, ‘ Reise d.
Novara,’ t. exx. fig. 43.
P. 190. Ipnea erebusalis belongs to the genus Ceromacra, Gn.,
of the Mocilline.
P, 242. *Bleptina proliferalis. A distinct species.
P. 251. Galandu hebrusalis, A good species belonging to the
Hypenida.
Vou. XVII.
P. 438. *Cataclysta? pegasalis belongs to the genus Dicymolomia,
and was redescribed by Walker as C. princzpalis, Cat.
Het. B. M. vol. xxxiv. p. 1333.
P. 442. Cataclysia pantheralis. A good species.
P. 443. Cataclysta phedralis belongs to the genus Ambia.
Vor. XVIII.
P. 513. *Prakellura dardusalis=Mesocondyla stiqmatalis, Led.
Wiener ent. Monatsch. vol. vii. t. 13. fig. 3.
P. 513. *Phakellura eumeusalis belongs to the genus Sestia.
P. 522, Margaronia argealis= M. aquarialis, Led. MS., in B, M.
P. 523. Margaronia ianthealis belongs to the genus Sozoa, Walk.,
and was redescribed by Walker as Sozoa costalis, Cat.
Lep. Het. B. M. vol. xxxiv. p. 1373.
P, 523. *Margaronia hypheusalis, A good species.
P. 536. Chromodes armeniacalis. A good species.
P. 593. Botys mnemusalis. Not identified.
1896,]
AMERIOAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 641
ee XVIII. (continued).
P. 595.
a
°
RR WW oR ont
595.
596.
597.
600.
601.
602.
609.
610.
610.
611.
615.
615.
617.
617.
618.
622.
623.
626.
627.
627.
628.
629.
. 631.
Botys eubulealis belongs to the genus Hyalea.
* Botys nerissalis belongs to the genus Phlyctenia, and is
allied to P. cuneifera, Warr., in B. M.
* Botys cyprealis=Tanaure sublutalis, Warr., in B. M.
* Botys remusalis = Anarmodia inscriptalis, Gn.
Botys pyrrhusalis. Not identified.
* Botys chlorisalis belongs to the genus Pantographa, Led.
* Botys melitealis= Blepharomastia colubralis, Gn.
* Botys quirinalis =Sylepta pactolalis, Gn.
Botys thalloalis= Allactostigma inguinalis, Gn.
* Botys peranthusalis= Lulepte concordalis, Gu., in B. M.
Botys niavialis. Not identified.
Botys elathealis belongs to the genus Celorhyncidia,
Hamps., Hydrocampine.
* Botys sylvialis = Hyalorista myopicalis, Led.
*Botys agenoralis= Microthyris prolongalis, Gn.
Botys dumonalis belongs to the genus Sylepta.
Botys pandaralis belongs to the genus Clorhyncidia.
* Botys evippeulis belongs to the genus Syllepis.
Botys persiusalis= Phostria confluentalis, Warr., in B. M.
Botys asiusalis=romalis, Druce, belongs to the genus
Massepha, Walk.
* Botys odiusalis belongs to the genus Sylepia.
*Botys preralis=Azochis gripusalis, Walk. vol. xviii.
. 542.
*Botys turnusalis=Prenesta scyllalis, Walk. vol. xviii.
. 565.
*Botys claudiusalis belongs to the genus Calamachrous.
*Botys sabalis= Hedylepta vulgalis, Gn.
Vou. XIX.
P.
P.
P.
P.
ih td
833.
835.
835.
836.
. 837.
. 838.
. 839.
840.
841.
842.
842.
Geroda xeneusalis, A Noctuid belonging to the T'rifine
near the genus Amyna.
*Nachaba congrualis. A distinct species of the Chrysau-
gine. mahal
Nachaba oppositdis. A distinct species of the
Chrysaugine.
*LDicha undilinealis= Leucania cicatrix, Feld. Reise d. Nov.
t. cix. fig. 8.
Lancia phrontisalis. Not identified.
Pterhemia otusalis=P. uneinalis, Hiibn.
*Lascoria phormisalis belongs to the genus Tortricodes,
and is figured in Biol. Centr.-Amer., Het. i. t. 38.
figs. 14, 15.
* Hypena deldonalis. Very similar to Britha hirtipalpis,
Walk.
*Hypena xenaresalis. A distinct species.
Hypena lyrcusalis. A distinct species.
*Hypena lysoalis=H. exoletalis, Gn.
642 MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. XIX. (continued).
843. *Hypena degesalis. A distinct species.
844, *Hypena subbasalis. A distinct species.
846. *Mursa calisalis. A distinct species.
846. Gisira endeisalis. Not identified.
847. Hormisa abelucalis=Phurys basilans, Gn.
850. *Langasa perillalis, A good genus and species.
851. *Hydara biconalis= Psaliodes paleata, Gu., a Geometrid.
857. *Herminia meonalis. A very distinct species belonging
to a new genus.
857. *Herminia apisalis belongs to the genus Palthis.
858. *Herminia asteralis= Palthis aspisalis, Wall.
859. Hermina baresalis=Mustygophorus epitusalis, . Walk.
vol. xvi. p. 150.
862. *Bleptina metopcalis=B. confusalis, Gn.
863. Bleptina pollesalis. Apparently a faded specimen of
B. confusalis, Gn.
863. *Bleptina bogusalis belongs to the genus Heterogramma,
Gn.
864. *Bleptina opiteralis= Tortricodes phormisalis, Walk.
864. *Bleptina oppialis = Heterogramma endorealis, Gn.
865. *Bleptina bizialis=Palthis agroteralis, Gn.
866. Bleptina styrusalis. A distinct species.
866. *Bleptina cepioalis= Het. bogusalis, Walk.
867. *Bleptina fadusalis=also Het. bogusalis, Walk. -
868. Bleptina ophelasalis= B. styrusalis, Walk. p. 866.
868. *Bleptina ceusalis= Het. bogusalis. Walk.
869. Bleptina abarusalis. Nota Bleptina. Near the genus
Catada. f
869. Bleptina stalemusalis. A distinct species.
870. *Bleptina pagasusalis. A distinct species.
870. *Bleptina bogesalis= B. confusalis, Gn.
871. Bleptina eatusalis, A good species.
880. *Renia? decelusalis=Bleptina pagasusalis, Walk.
881. Renia? lytocalis. A distinct species.
881. *Renia? borgesalis belongs to the genus Meguchyta.
885. Megatomis euphrionalis. A good species.
893. *Pyralis antenoralis belongs to the genus Bradina.
893. Pyralis thiastoralis belongs to the genus Lthodoneura.
894. Pyralis ninniusalis belongs to the genus Hypolamprus of
fam. Thyridide.
894. Pyralis? byzesalis. Not identified.
896. *Pyralis? atialis belongs to the Tineids#, genus Tortrico-
morpha=varipes and vescatilis, Walk.
923. *Ihodaria probalis=Hamatia panopealis, Walk.
927. Desmia pisusalis=reconditalis and minualis, Walk.,
belongs to the genus Diathrausta.
928. *Desmia bulisalis = D. ufeus, Cr.
. 928. Desmia nerinalis belongs to the genus Diathrausta.
936, *Samea calonalis belongs to the genus Sciorzsta.
ri Wh WH RN ON NO ON NS
1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTHRA. 643,
Vou, XTX. (continued).
. 937,
944,
945.
948.
949.
949,
950.
PHN Ri ld
a
o>
Vou. XX.
P. 23.
P. 45.
*Samea luccusalis=S. ecclesialis, Gn.
*Hymenia? phrasiusalis= H. perspectalis, Hiibn.
*Tsopterya? staiusalis=Phlyctenia scitalis, Led.
Tineodes peridialis, Notidentified. .
*]Tydrophysa adiantialis. A good species.
Hydrophysa cepiosalis belongs to the genus Parthenodes,
Gn.
Olig gostigma scuthesalis belongs to the genus Aulacodes,
and is the same as A. psyllalis, Gn.
. *Oligostigmd iasusalis. A distinct species.
Cataclysta eglesalis. A distinct species.
. *Cataclysta cesoalis. A distinct species.
: ae ealis, A distinct species.
*Cymoriza etalis. Nymphula lotialis, Feld., ‘Reise d.
Novara,’ t. exxxv. fig. 4.
Cymoriza bocusalis. A good species.
Cymoriza badiusalis belongs to the genus Ni ymphula.
- *Cymoriza narcissusalis belongs to the genus Musotime.
Cymoriza abrotalis. A distinct species.
Cymoriza bolusalis=C. damescalis, Gn., in B. M.
Zebronia lacrinesalis belongs to the genus Conchylodes.
. *Zebronia deicoonalis belongs to the genus Arpana.
Zebronia celiusalis. Not identified.
. *Zebronia bunusalis= Aripana levinia, Cr.
Zebronia? bialis. Not identified.
Zebronia? abronalis=Platytes pusillalis, Hiibn.
. *Botys tytiusalis belongs to the geuus Jsosalbia,
. *Botys autoclesalis belongs to the genus Notaspis, Led.
. *Botys azionalis= Dolichosticha cochrusalis, Walk. p. 959.
. *Botys dimichealis belongs to the genus Tegostoma.
. *Botys graviusalis=Samea paolinalis, Warr., in B. M.
Botys imbrexalis belongs to the genus Cer: catoclasis, Led.
. *Botys nocmonalis=Phlyctenia nerissalis, Walk. vol. xvili.
p- 595.
Botys acilialis. Not identified.
. *Botys gelliasalis =Steniodes lutealis, Snell., in B. M.
. *Hbulia? iaks belongs to the genus Hapalia.
. *Pionea cemaroalis belongs to the genus Pholeria.
Pionea ademonalis. A distinct species.
. *Illice batialis. A Lithosid; also in B. M.
Davara azonaxsalis. A Phycyta.
. *Dantona busalis—=N. discerpta, Walk. ‘Thisis a Noctuid,
and will stand as Dantona discerpta, Walk.
. *Motya abseusalis. A good species.
GBOMETRID A.
* Cherodes invariaria = dischropterye tetragonata, Gn.
*Clysia absconditaria= Rio form of C. tasima, Cr.
644
MR. W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. XX. (continued).
P.
P.
P.
P.
DTN rrr
RWHP hs
rit
bo
(So)
Go
52.
*Oxydia noctuitaria =O. vitiligata, Feld.
Cherodes assyllusaria. Not identitied.
* Mucronodes oricusaria=Oaydia trychiata, Gn.
- *Oxydia alpiscaria=Oxydia apidania, Cr.
Oxydia cariaria, A distinct species.
. *Drepanodes agronaria. A distinct species.
. *Gynopteryx telysaria=G. rhombaria 2, Gn.
b *Apica rhumata=A. sea Gn.
Apicia nazadaria. A distinct species.
. *Apicia uxiaria= Gynopteryx ser varia §, Gn.
. *Apicia alphiusaria. A distinct species.
. *Apicia? g gaumaria= Drepanodes hamulata, Gn.
. *Nematocampa varicata. A good species.
. *Caberodes curcearia=C. fundaria, Gn.
. *Azelina asilasaria=A. denticulata, Butl.
Azelina amyclaria. Not identified.
. *Urapteryax palindiaria= Aischropterya onustaria, Hiibn.
. *Cherodes contemnaria=Certima muscistriyata, Gn.
Oxydia nerisaria. A distinct species.
. *Drepanodes arnataria=D. pholata, Gn.
. *Drepanodes excavaria. A distinct species.
}. *Drepunodes apertaria=Pyrinia erythrocephalata, Gn.
3. *Drepanodes grata. A. distinct species.
. *Drepanodes diffundaria. A distinct species.
Pyrinia madiaria. A. distinct species.
. *Pyrinia mephasaria. A distinct species.
. *Pyrinia alcandraria. A distinct species.
. *Apicia epaliusaria= A, spinetaria g, Gn.
* Apicia significaria= Renodes brevipalpis, Gn.
Apicia incrassata. Not identified.
. *Apicia extumaria, A Boarmid of the gen. Hetropis, Hiibn.
.. *Apicia atillaria = ltenodes brevipalpis, Gu.
Apicia molusaria. Not identitied.
. *Apicia anseraria belongs to the genus Drepanocdes.
. *Apicia inficitaria=Apicia asopia, Druce.
Epione allutiusaria. Not identified.
Epione ardysaria. Not identified.
. *EHpione mitranaria. A distinct species.
. *Hpione relictaria. A distinct species.
. *Angerona expulsaria=Alana transttaria, Gn.
. *Nematocampa nyparia belongsto thegenus Znictes, Warr.
* Caberodes asanderaria. A distinct species.
Dasmeuda alcimusata. A distinct species.
4, *Husenea eniasaria. In B. M. under the genus Azelina.
. *Azelina fusaria=A. stolidatu, Gn.
. *Halesa enetusaria = H. glauca, Butl.
. *Laudosia buddloraria = Cirsodes acuminata, Gn.
. *Bassania amethystata. A good species.
Berambe gallaria, Not identified.
1896.]
AMERICAN 'TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 645
Vou. XXI.
pada aca dy abd)
. 296. *Meticulodes xylochromaria=M. axylinaria, Gn.
354.
304.
307.
357.
358.
359.
360.
Boarmia contraria belongs to the genus Luctenectropis.
*Boarmia vacillaria=B. vacillaria, Gn.
Boarmia mollearia. A distinct species.
*Boarmia detractaria=Tephrosia dimidiaria, Gn.
*Boarmia guttularia= Bryoptera leprosata, Gn.
Boarmia defimaria belongs to the genus Huctenectropis.
*Boarmia delinquaria. A distinct species.
. *Boarmia larentiata= Pterocypha wmbrinata, Gn.
. *Boarmia denticularia= Tephrosia hyberniaria, Gn.
363. Boarmia consimilaria. A. distinct species.
363. Boarmia locupletaria belongs to the genus Plerocypha.
. 363. Boarmia stigmaria. Not identified.
P. 411. * Tephrosia incongruaria = Bryoptera leprosata, Gun.
gid
Ss
De
= 0
. *Tephrosia ineffectaria= Tephrosia responsaria, Walk.
. *Paraphia macariata=Semothisa pernicata, Gn.
Paraphia epioneata, A distinct species.
P. 482, Giazena divulsa. A distinct species.
Vou. XXII.
P. 503.
P. 503
P. 512.
P. 583
P. 583.
P. 5938.
P. 662.
P. 732
P. 742.
* Achlora veniliata=Cambogia insiynata, Walk.
. *Achlora catenularia. A distinct species.
Geometra basiplaga. A distinct species.
. *Racheospila margimplaga= RK. ocellata, Cr.
*Racheospila satisfacta. A distinct species.
Thalera distracta. A distinct species.
Hyria subtectata. Not identified.
. *Acidalia obliniaria. A distinct species.
Acidalia justata. Not identified.
“Von. XXII.
RNAs
839.
839.
841.
844.
5. *Krosia subsignaria. A distinct species.
. *Paloda dentifera= Erosia acutangularia, Walk.
788. *Acidalia indecretaria= A. obliviaria, Walk.
788. *Acidalia responsaria, A distinct species.
789. *Acidalia suffusaria=Certima muscrstrigata, Gn.
799. Timandra viridiplaga. A distinct species.
827. *Ratiaria argentilinea = Urapteryx platinata, Gu.
828. Ratiaria metaxantha. Not identified.
*Krosia leucospilaria. A distinct species.
*Erosia senilaria belongs to the genus Schidac.
*Erosia lacerataria. A. distinct species.
Erosia distincta belongs to the genus Psaliodes.
910. *Macaria subitaria=Semiothisa triplicaria, H.-S.
911. Macaria mandata. A distinct species.
912. *Macaria concisaria. A distinct species.
913. *Macaria percisarta =Semiothisa gambaria, Hiibn.
. *Macaria continuaria=Semiothisa pernicata, Gn.
. *Macaria eaternaria=S. pernicata, Gn.
. *Macaria fractaria=S. nervata, Gn.
646 ' MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S (June 16,
Vou. XXIV.
P. 1069. Aspilates perlineata. A distinct species.
P. 1081. Alydda lignosata. Not identified.
P. 1100. Gustiana subflewata is a Deltoid.
P. 1264. Thera perarcuata. A distinct species.
Von. XXY.
P. 1310. *Coremia lateraria=C. fringillata, Gn. +
1338. *Phibalapteryx mediata=Plemyria fluviata 2 , Hiibn.
1339. *Phibalapteryx intrusata=P. fluviata , Hiibn.
1351. Scotosia nitidulata=Gazena divulsa, Walk.
1369. *Pterocypha divulsata=P. floccosaria 9, Walk.
1370. *Pterocypha celerata. A distinct species.
1396. *Cidaria perspicuata=C. emberizata, Gn.
1396. *Cidaria patulata. A distinct species.
1397. Cidaria eductata=C, emberizata, Gn.
. 13897, *Cidaria intercalata. A distinct species.
ot. XX VI.
1486. Lagyra? dentilineata. Not identified.
1490. Pyrinia reflectaria. A distinct species.
1491. © Pyrinia concisata. A distinct species.
1492. Pyrinia subaurata. A distinct species.
1493. Pyrinia saturata. A distinct species.
1493. Pyrinia radiolata. Not identified.
1499. *Rumia defizata=S. deprivata, Gn.
1502. Hyperetis tessellata. A distinct species.
1502. *Hyperetis quadrilineata = Semiothisa contorta, Druce.
1505. Endropia? subapicata. Not identified.
1515. Tetracioinequaria. An Apicia allied to cayennaria, Gn.
1533. *Boarmia perspectata=B. vacillaria, Gn.
1534. *Boarmia subapicata=B. syrniaria, Gn.
1534. Boarmia tenerata is the ¢ of B. mollearia, Walk.
1553. Cariprea mendaciaria. Not identified.
1560. *Thalassodes glauculata. A distinct species.
1578. *Anisodes congruaria. A distinct species.
1579. Anisodes fimbripedata. Not identified.
1579. *Anisodes ordinata=directata=A. urcearia, Gn. ?
1587. Hyria gavisata. A distinct species.
1587. Cambogia albopunctata, A distinct species.
1599. Acidalia calidata. Not identified.
1600. *Acidalia tepidata. A distinct species.
1600. Acidalia indignaria=Cambogia marcearia, Gn.,in B. M.
1626. Erosia integrata. A distinct species.
1627. Erosia subtruncata. Not identified.
1627. *Erosia quadruncata=Phyllodonta caninata, Gn.
1628. *Erosia subpatulata=Epiplema incolorata, Gn.
. 1629. LErosia bipartaria. Not identified.
P. 1638. Carmala flewata. Not identitied,
P, 1636. *Arcobara, microniata=Pigia teryeminaria, H.-S.
NNT NAR RRR ss PSE
Wirth
1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 647
Vou. XXVI. (continued).
P.
NNW NNN
1643.
1657.
1658.
1659.
1687.
1690.
1702.
1710.
1718.
1723.
1730.
Macaria vitriferaria, A distinct species.
Tephrina signataria. A distinct species.
*Tephrina responsaria. A distinct species.
*Tephrina albipunctata. A. distinct species.
Cadyanda lugens=Calospila posthumaria, H.-S.
*Budara conversata. A distinct species.
Larentia inquinata=Hammaptera perturbata, W1\k., 3.
*Lobophora bifiliferata belongs to the genus Nola.
_Phibalapteryx erosiata. Not identified.
*Scotosia spilotata = Homopyralis indecidens, Walk.
Cidaria effrenata. Not identified.
1737. LEubolia vicaria. Not identified.
1754. *Cambogia porphyrinata. A distinct species.
1755. Cambogia turbata. A distinct species.
1755. Acidalha illiturata. Not identified.
Acidalia isographata. A distinct species.
. *Erosia niveinotata belongs to genus Dagassa,
Stegania quadrinotata. A distinct species.
SUPPLEMENT.
Vou. XXXI.
P. 21.
P. 142.
P
12
P.
. 257
. 304.
. 317.
Cotena mediana. A distinct species and good genus.
Gerra hyelosioides= Gonora heliconiata, Walk.
. *Aucula jostoides belongs to the Agaristide.
Llysius signatus. A distinct species.
* Addua inclusa= Pericopsis parnassioides, Walk.
Vou. XXXII.
P.
P.
1
339
. 545.
. 579.
. 579.
. 681.
*Eloria canescens belongs to the genus Hyalospila.
382. *Compsa saturata=Tarchon trilunula, H.-S.
411.
. 439.
. 441.
. 442.
. 442.
. 442,
. 442,
442,
. 487.
. 491.
. 516.
. 517.
* Notodonta scitipennis=N. stragula, Grote.
*Parathyvis ennomoides belongs to the genus Olceclostera.
*Gopha miatipennis. A distinct species.
*Blera cerruroides. A good species.
*Rifargia xylinoides. A good species.
*Nagidusa xylocampoides. A good species.
Inca herbida. Allied to Heterocampa.
*Phastia basalis. A good species.
Limacodes concolor. Not identified.
Athrula saturnioides == Rolepa delineata, Walk.
Siculodes annuligera. A distinct species.
Vadata macropterana. A distinct species ; the species
figured under this name in the ‘ Biologia Genti Adee
is a new species.
*Sosxetra grata. A Noctuid.
*Cistissa expansa=Megalopyge fuscescens, Walk.
*Batatara fusifascia= Hylesia approximans, Walk.
Perigea adornuta. Not identified.
648
MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKERS [June 16,
Vou. XXXII.
731.
a laHaHia- ala acla- la-la-la-la)
(oo)
(on)
—
rg ES gd PD
me
=
—
Vo)
= —
v ij
—_ _
=) =)
a =]
ao Gs
Wir:
a
i=)
ie)
ica)
*Hadena subapicalis=Heterochroma eriopioides, Gn.
Azamora basiplaga= Az. tortriciformis, Walk.
. *Xanthoptera alboflava. A distinct species.
. *Callopistria vittata=Oligia subobliqua, Walk.
. *Penicillaria areusa belongs to the genus Ingura.
. *Hemiceras illucens=:H. barina, Gn.
. *Gonitis reversa=G. exaggerata, Gn.
Coruncala latipennis. Not identified.
Homoptera discalis= Platydia mollealis, Walk.
Homoptera gratiosa, Not identified.
. *Homoptera punctilinea. A distinct species.
3. *Homoptera privata= H. exhausta, Gn.
Homoptera phoeleuca. Not identified.
. *Homoptera parvula. A good species.
Carthara albicosta. Not identified.
. *Phurys partita belongs to the genus Capnodes.
Thyridospila compta. Not identified.
. *Thyridospila quadriocellata. New genus.
Thyridospila amena= Mulelocha calligramma, Hiibn.
. *Thermesia absumens = Euthermesia inexacta, Walk.
. *Thermesia caliginosa= Mulelocha easiccata, Walk.
Thermesia brevistriga. Not identified.
Thermesia divulgata. Not identified.
Thermesia subfica belongs to the genus Ztenodes, Gu.
Thermesia conficita. Not identitied.
Thermesia inficita. Not identified.
Selenis stipata=S. humeralis, Walk.
Capnodes basalis= Bleptina proliferahs, Walk.
Capnodes schizospila, A distinct species.
. *Capnodes concianula, A distinct species.
Cupnodes mundicola is near the genus Dagassa.
Ctypansa obtusa. Not identified.
Hypernaria rudis. Not identified.
. *Hypernaria chlorospila = H. discessura, Wk.
. *Hypernaria leucospila = Thermesia gemmatalis, Hiibn.
Hypernaria punctulosa, Not identified.
Hlixoia subocellata. Not identified.
Vou. XXXIV.
P. 1129.
. 1132.
. 1132.
1134.
. 1135.
1145,
. 1158.
. 1158.
. 1160.
. *Bleptina penioillalis belongs to the genus Mastyyophorus.
aac Na-Naca-acaclas)
~
—
—
for)
o
Gaal dispunctalis= Gustiana subflewata, Walk.
* Hypenc bisignalis. A distinct species.
*Hypena pyralalis== Psaliodes paleata, Gn.
* Hypena disseptalis=H. ancara, Druce.
* Hypena dissutalis=H. scabra, Fabr.
*Boana semialba. A distinct species.
* Herminia inostentalis= Megachyta borgesalis, Walk.
Herminia figuralis=Gustiana subflexata, Walk.
*Bleptina responsalis= Palthis aspisalis, Walk.
1896.] AMDRICAN TYPHS OF LEPIDOPTERA. 649
Vou, XXXIV. (continued).
1161. *Bleptina diruptalis= Megachyta borgesalis, Walk.
1167. Bertula excelsalis belongs to the genus Mastygophorus.
1174. *Gizama anticalis= Renia deceleusalis, Walk.
1180. *Bononia niveilinea=Licha undilinealis, Walk.
1180. *Crymona receptalis= H. hastalalis, Walk.
1181. Bolica armata. A distinct species.
1181. *Sorygaza didymata. A distinct species.
1191. Orocala distentalis. Near the genus Notarcha.
1192. *Alicurda veaatilis=A. atialis, Walk.
1199. *Zibracana xanthialis. A distinct species.
1224, Maguza albiquttalis= Pastona rudis, Walk.
1225. Pyralis intermedialis= Hypsopygia sodalis, Walk.
1225. * Pyralis externalis= Hedylepia antenoralis, Walk.
1225. *Pyralis varipes=Alicarda atialis, Walk.
1232. Pyralis crassipes is the Q of Tosale pyralidoides, Walk.
1262. *Zarania cossalis=Ethnistis munitalis, Led.
1283. *Rhodaria directalis = Hyalorista teniolahs, Gu.
1303. *Samea obliteralis=Sameodes niceusalis, Walk.
1331. Oligostigma amenalis belongs to the genus Glaphyria.
. 1331. Oligostigma exhibitalis. A distinct species.
1354. Glyphodes rutilalis=G@. suavis, Feld.
1361. Margaronia auricostalis=M. argealis, Walk.
1390. *Botys additalis= Acharana pheopteralis, Gn.
1390. *Botys ineffectalis = Blephoramastix colubralis, Gn.
1400. *Botys fuliginalis=Stenomeles agavealis, Walk.
1400. *Botys cellatalis= Acharana pheopteralis, Gn.
1466. *Scopula permixtalis belongs to the genus Phlyctenia.
1492. Bouchis scoparioides belongs to the genus Hthnistis.
1497. *Scoparia stupidalis= Illice batialis, Walk., of the family
Lithosiide.
NHN NNSA
ou. XXXYV.
1543. Pyrinia wantharia belongs to the genus Capnodes.
1549. * Azelina imnvundaria= A. stuposaria, Gn.
1639. Ceronaba cinctaria= Molybdophora concinnaria, H.-S.
1702. Lephana tetraphorella belougs to the Noctuide. Type
in B. M.
1743. Gabaleca bilineatella belongs to the genus Erupa. Type
in B. M. :
. 1769. Zolca congruella belongs to the genus Erupa. Type
in B. M.
1783. Pandemis securiferana. Type in B. M.
1800. Torda metamelana= Tosale pyralidoides, Walk. Type
in B. M.
1958. Celena canifimbria belongs to the Noctuide. Type in
B.M
1963. Acontia quadrata. Type lost.
- 1971. Thyridospila ceca. Type lost.
The remaining references are to species described in the Trans-
actions of the Entomological Society for 1862 :—
P. 76. *Cingilia humeralis = Caterva catenaria, Cr.
Proo. Zoou. Soo,—1896, No. XLII. 42
i RN OW ANN SH
650 "MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNHAN LYCENIDE, (June 16,
. 79. Heterocampa thyatiroides. Not identified.
. 82. Miresa divergens=Lithacodes fasciola, H.-S.
. 90. Gora equalis. Not identified.
. 94. Erysthia obliquata (locality doubtful). Not identified.
. 95. Cottobara concinna. A Notodont.
. 95. Gaphara sobria. Allied to Celena tetera.
. 97. *Nenia signiplena belongs to the genus Pesula.
101. *Asthana erecta = Pesula transversaria, Walk.
101. *Asthana directa belongs to the genus Pesula.
102. Baniana inequalis. A distinct species.
103. Gammace magniplaga. Not identified.
104. *Remigia consistens=Renodes brevipalpis, Gn.
104. Gangra atripustula belongs to the Thermesiide.
105. Focilla abrupta belongs to the Thermesiide.
. *Marthama conspersa= M. squamivaria, Walk.
109. *Hypena murina= H. exoletalis, Gn., in B. M.
115. *Bocana marginalis=B. orionalis 3, Walk.
122. Salbia varialis belongs to the genus Phostria. In B.M.
122. ” ” 19 ” »
1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRIOA. 805;
“ Pouch-Rat. Native name ‘ Sigi.’”—J. ff. D ;
Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.8.27.10 in
Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 135 mm.; tail 35; ear 18; hind foot
(taken from dried skin) 22.
Skull: greatest length 35:5; breadth 17:3; basal length 31°5;
henselion to back of pdlate 18; palate to foramen mag. 11; length
of upper molar series 5; incisive foramina 7; diastema 11;
mandible, height at coronoid 12; tips of incisors to condyle 24.
Colour above dark iron-grey, formed by a mixture of grey-drab
and black, the sides and thighs with much less black intermixed ;
on the cheeks and along the lower margin of the dark colouring of
the upper parts there is a strong tinge of drab, which includes the
upper lips and the forearms, before passing into the cream-white
of the underparts, but posteriorly the light colouring passes along
the inner side of the thighs and only the feet are whitish. All
the hairs of the underparts are slate-grey for the greater part, of
their length, finely tipped or ringed with grey-drab ; those on the
head and back have long black tips, and there appear to be many
very fine entirely black hairs intermixed, but owing to the extreme
softness of the fur it is very difficult to give a precise description ;
the general effect is drab-grey, strongly washed with shining black.
One specimen, a very old male, does not show quite so much black
on the back, and is rather more washed with drab; but the third,
an adult female, agrees most perfectly with the type in colouring.
The animal under notice is a much larger species than S. cam-
pestris, Pet., but, besides the size, the dark grey colour at once
distinguishes it from its congeners.
The skull does not show any marked peculiarity that would not
naturally be looked for in a larger animal; but m.2 has a small
though well-developed extra outer anterior cusp, the position being
occupied by a mere ledge in S. campestris.
Tail rather thinly covered with hair, intermixed are longer very
fine hairs which stand out, recalling the tail of a Crocidura; in old
animals the tail becomes nearly naked.
. STHATOMYS PRATHNSIS, Pet.
a. oy sk. d. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 19 ce 1895.
B. Ad. sk. 3. - 5 1
“Very fat, Ba common, Native name ‘ Shana’ ay ff. D.
Collector's measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and
body 96 mm. ; tail 45; hind foot 17; ear 16.
General colour dull drab-brown, underparts white, feet dirty
white. The measurement of the ear would seem large enough for
Dr. Peters’s S. krebsi, but the colour agrees with the species to
which I have referred it, and indeed the second specimen has a
considerably shorter ear.
- 16. Guoryonus paruinel, Thos. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)
a. Ad. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 11 March, 1895.
GB. Imm.sk. 3. ,, aa Lg ”
806 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON SOMD RODENTS [Nov. 17,'
y. Juv. sk. $. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 20 August, 1895.
' 6. Ad. sk. 3. A a 5 September, 1895.
» e. Ad. sk. 3. ” ” 7 ” ”
é. Ad. sk. 2. Bs "
Collector's measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and
Boag 125 mm.; tail 9; hind foot 19.
“Common. Native name ‘Nota.’” —J. ff. D.
This Rodent was described by Mr. Oldfield Thomas in the
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Iist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. 1895, p. 239; it is dis-
tinguished by the clearly-defined triangular pure white spot on the
top of the head. The young appear to be mouse-grey and much
darker than the drab-coloured adult.
II. Mn. Srtous’s Connrcrron,
Since writing the account of Mr. Darling’s collection, the fol-
lowing Rodents, collected and presented to the British Museum by
Mr. F. C. Selous, have been received. The collection, containing
nearly fifty specimens, was made at Essex Vale, about 4500 feet
above sea-level, near Buluwayo in Matabeleland, between the
months of August and October 1895, and should have reached the
Museum in the beginning of this year, but, owing to the disturbances
in the lands of the South African Chartered Company, the case
containing it was detained at Mafeking for more than six months.
Besides additional examples of the two new species of Alus
described above in Mr. Davling’s collection, there are specimens of
two undescribed species—an Acomys, which I have great pleasure
in naming in honour of the collector, and a Georychus, named in
honour of the “ mighty hunter”; the latter animal is of particular
interest, as it clearly shows the geographical distinction in the
fauna of these two adjoining districts.
Mr. Selous had the advantage of the services of Mr. J. Notman
in collecting and preserving these specimens ; the skins are all of
a uniform pattern, thus facilitating comparison enormously, and
the skulls are in the most perfect state. I can safely say that this
is the best preserved African collection that has ever been received
by the British Museum. We may hope to have the distinguished
collector among us before long, as I am glad to say he is now on
his way home, after the gallant defence of Buluwayo. A second
collection which he had hoped to bring with him was unfortu-
nately burnt by the Matabele at the outset of the rebellion, with
the whole of the contents of the pretty homestead of Essex Vale.
1, GERBILLUs LEucoGastER, Pet.
6 skins, 7 skulls: 4.ad. $, 2ad. 9. Sept. and Oct.
“Trapped by a stream; common.’—F. C. NS.
There can be little doubt that these belong to Prof. Peters’s
species ; unfortunately they are rather young, none of them having
the teeth much worn. In contrast to the series of G. afer in
1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRIOA. 807)
Mr. Darling’s collection where no two are exactly alike in colouring,
these are all absolutely identical, soft grizzled fawn-yellow.
2. Mus rartus, L.
2 skins and skulls, 5 9.
‘‘ Trapped in house; very common.”—I. C. 8.
These two agree with those received from Mr. Darling.
3. Mus onRYsoPHiILus*, mihi.
’ 8 skins, 9 skulls: 4 ¢,3 9,1 notsexed. Aug.—Oct.
‘“‘Trapped in rocky kopje, common: but one taken near house ;
carrot for bait; very common.”—J". C. S. x
These specimens agree in every particular with those described
above from Mashunaland, and we may hope that Hssex Farm will
turn out a gold-mine, as all the specimens yet received have come
from gold-bearing districts.
4, Mus auricomis ”, mihi.
3 skins with skulls: 29,1. Sept. and Oct.
“Trapped in Rocky kopje.”—/’. C. 8.
Agreeing perfectly with the Mazoe animals described above.
5. Mus, sp.
6 skins with skulls. Sept. and Oct.
‘Trapped near house ; carrot for bait; common.”—F. C. 8.
These Mice are very uniform in colour, of a more yellow-tinted
colour than one of about the same size in Mr. Darling’s Mazoe
collection, and differing in the shape of the skull, but topotypes
of the earlier described species are necessary before we can pro-
perly unravel this difficult group. They are of the multimammate
group.
6. MUS NATALENSIS (?).
6 skins and skulls: 29,4 6. Aug.—Oct.
“Trapped in Kaffir garden by a stream ; common.”—F. O. 8S.
Unfortunately the mamme are not traceable in either of the
females.
7. ACOMYS SELOUSI, sp. nov. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)
4 skins, 5 skulls: 2 9,1 g, 1 not sexed.
“No. 33, Mouse, ¢, Matabeleland; 8 Oct. 1895. Trapped in
rocky kopje.”—F. C. 8S.
Collector’s measurements taken in the flesh :—H. & b. 83 mm. ;
tl. 92:5; h. f. 16:5; ear 14.
Upper parts smoky rufous-brown or coffee-colour, more smoky
on the face and darker on the dorsal region ; clear chestnut-brown
on the cheeks, sides, and a patch behind each ear. Whole of the
1 Above, p. 801.
? Above, p. 802.
808 ON SOMH RODENTS FROM BRITISH souTH AFRICA. [Nov.17,
underside including the upper lip and feet, pure white, line
sharply defined; ears and tail brown, naked, the latter paler on:
the underside.
Type, No. 33, 6, Essex Farm, Matabeleland; 8 Oct., 1895. |
General colour much like Mus sylvaticus, but with the smoky
bloom peculiar to the genus.
Skull, old male :—Greatest length 25:5 ; br. zyg. 12:5; br. brain-
case 11:3; nasals 10-5x3; interpar. 3x 8:5 ; basal length 21;
bk. of ins. to bk. of pal. 12-5; pal. to foram. mag. 7; ins. foram,
5°8; upper molar: series 4; outside m.1 1-6; inside m.1 3:1;
diastema 6:5. Mandible: gr. length (bone) 13:1; to tip of
incisors 16.
Near A. wilsoni, Thos., but larger.
8. GEORYCHUS NIMRODI, sp. n.
4 skins, 1 ad., 3 juv.; 5 skulls, 2 ad., 3 juv. All taken in Nov.
Size much as in G. hottentottus, Less., and G. darlingi, Thos. :
differing from the former in its drab colouring, and from the latter
in the absence of the triangular white patch on the nape. The
skull is at once distinguished from its allies by the ascending
processes of the premaxillaries not extending backward beyond the
nasals, so that the suture between these bones and the frontals
forms a simple slightly bowed line, very distinct from the com-
plicated doye-tail pattern found in most of the Georychi. The
sagittal crest is only faintly developed, the interparietal bone being
rounded. The zygomata are not so much bowed out anteriorly as
in G. hottentottus, and in this it resembles G. darling?, as also in the
thickened outer walls to the anteorbital foramina. In the type
specimen these foramina are very small, on one side indeed being
little more than a pin-hole, but this isa somewhat variable character
in this species. From the lachrymal projection the skull recedes
abruptly to the narrowest part of the constriction, with no posterior
lateral inflation of the frontals in the interorbital region. The
postnarial aperture is rather wide, the back of the palate being
slightly cut away on either side, leaving a projecting point in
the middle line; the posterior opening of the alisphenoid canal
is larger than in G. hottentottus.
I select as the type a specimen marked by the collector, “ No. 46,
Mole, ¢, caught 18 Nov., 1895. ITead.and body 147 mm., hind
foot 24:5. Kaflir garden, only appeared on surface since rainy
season began. Locality, Essex Farm, Matabeleland.’—/. C. S.
Measurements of skull of type: basilar length 31; greatest
breadth 27.
This new species is unquestionably nearly related to G. darlingi,
but outwardly as well as craniologically the two forms are easily
distinguished.
1896.} ON THD ANTELOPHS OF HASTURN ALGURIA. 809
3. On the Antelopes of the Aures and Eastern Algerian
Sahara. By Aurrep Il. Pras’.
[Received June 24, 1896.]
In the following notes I shall confine myself to the Antelopes of
those regions of Algeria which are comprised between the Aures
*Range and the borders of the countries inhabited by the Chamba
and Touareg tribes of the Sahara. Although much of my time
during the years 1892, 1893, 1894, and 1895 was devoted to hunt-
ing the Barbary Wild Sheep, I shall consider this, which is in my
opinion the most interesting of all the North-African wild animals,
outside the scope of this paper. However, in passing, I might be
allowed to say that M. Foureau, in the spring of 1895, assured
me that he had found this Sheep in great numbers in the moun-
tain-ranges of those districts he had explored in the countries of
the Touaregs, and that those he had shot were identical in appear-
ance with specimens of the Atlas and Aures and El Goléa moun-
tains in the south, though he believed they were smaller in size.
At the same time he asserted that he had made a discovery so at
variance with all preconceived ideas of the habitat of the Red Deer
(Arab Mortassa or Mustarb), and which he regarded as “ une chose
st bizarre,” that he almost hesitated, in regard for his own reputa-
tion, to make it known. His discovery was this, that he had
convinced himself of the existence of Cervus barbarus in certain
of these districts of the Ahaggar between the marshy jungles and
the mountains. The only places that I know of where the
Barbary Deer still lingers in N. Africa is to the E. of Tebessa and
in the forests to the north of Gafsa in Tunisia, where happily it
has been placed under the protection of the French Departments
of Forests. The horns that I have seen from these districts
lead me to believe that the Tunisian Deer is inferior in point
of size to the European Red Deer. The Buffalo is still to be
found in the marshes near Biserta, and is also under protection,
one native Kaid alone having the right to hunt them.
The Bubal (Bubalis buselaphus) is now extinct in the Province
of Constantine, and very rare indeed in Tunisia and in Oran. In
& journey made in 1895 through the Djereed and into the Tunisian
Aures I not only never saw one, but never could obtain any but
the most uncertain accounts of where they could be found. . If I
returned to that country I should search for them in the neigh-
bourhood of Douz and the Dahar district. In 1738, according to
Shaw, “these kingdoms” (@. ¢., the Barbary States, Eastern Pro-
vince) “afforded large herds of the Neat kind called Bekker el Wash
by the Arabs. This species,” he goes on to say, “is remarkable
for having a rounded turn of body, 2 flatter face, with horns bend-
ing more towards each other than the tame kind.”
The term Begra el Ouash (Wild Cow) is indiscriminately used
by the Arabs for both the Bubal and Addax, and travellers should
1 Communicated by the Secretary.
810 MR. A. H, PHASE ON THD _ [Nov. 17,
bear this in mind in making enquiries. The Arabs, however, use
the word “ Meha” exclusively for the Addax, though probably the
eneral run of natives are unacquainted with this name.
The Addax (Addav naso-maculatus), called by the French
“ Antilope du Sud,” by the Arabs “ Begra el Ouash” or “ Mecha,”
and by the Touaregs “ Zamita” (or T'ameeta), has been so often
described that I will not attempt any description of it myself, but
simply give such information as to its habitat and habits as I have"
been able to gather whilst travelling in the Sahara and residing at
Biskra.
I do not know of any good complete specimen in any museum,
nor have I been able to obtain one myself, though, along with
Sir Edmund Loder, I made one good bid to reach the confines of
those countries where it is to be found in great numbers. In
Vebruary 1895, furnished with all the information I could obtain
from M. Foureau and natives familiar with the Erg, we started from
Biskra to reach the couniry between El Oued Souf and Rhadamis.
After a week’s journey across the desert by way of the great Chotts
we reached the Oued Souf. At El Oued, the last outpost of the
French in the direction of Rhadamis, we were stopped till Capi-
taine de Prandiére obtained instructions from the General of
Division permitting us to goon. After a detention, made pleasant
by the great kindness and hospitality of the three I'rench officers
in command of the native garrison, we had the disappointment of
being told that we could not be allowed to proceed southwards.
At the time we thought this very hard, for though we were aware
that the Toaaregs had lacely raided the Chambas as near as Mey,
we felt that a flying visit to the country east of Bir Beresof would
be without danger, as we could be in and out again before our
presence was discovered. But a few months later M. Foureau
and a strong force were driven back from the south, though he
had reached a point far beyond our proposed destination, and I
think our hosts were entirely justified in their refusal. Our plan
had been to reach Bir Beresof, and then to strike east for Bir Aoueen,
where we should in all probability have come up with the Addax,
which visits this district in large quantities in favourable years.
The Addax country is the Erg, the great region of sand-dunes
covered more or less thickly with vegetation according to situation
and rains. This sand-dune country covers hundreds—it may be
said thousands—of miles and the Addax follows the rains. In
certain districts it is not uncommon for rain not to fall for several
years in succession. In one year the Addax are only found far
south of Rhadamis and Ain Taiba (S. of Ouargla), in other years
they follow the rain as far north as the southern borders of the
Chott Djereed in the east and the neighbourhood of Ain Taiba in
the west. Without the help of the French and a good escort of
Chambas it would be vain to attempt to reach the Rhadamis
country by way of Bir Beresof; and the wells being sometimes
nine days apart, it is a difficult route to follow.
I heard when at Touzer that a M. Cornex had obtained a
1896.] ANTELOPES OF DASTERN ALGERIA. 811
Begra el Ouash” within a few days of Douz; possibly this was
the Bubal, though I was assured that he had got the Addax.
.M. Cornex (a Swiss) had adopted the religion and dress of the
Arabs, and had therefore facilities of reaching places and avoiding
dangers that were quite exceptional.
In 1894 the Touaregs raided as far north as the southern
shores—if they can be called shores—of the Chott Djereed. In
1895 we crossed the western end of this Chott, and, so as far as we
could judge or learn, the. Chott was without water in any part;
it had been an exceptionally dry year, and the country between
the mountains and the Djereed we found absolutely devoid of
inhabitants.
Fig. 1.
Horns of “ Addax”: front view.
At El Oued there was in the fort a tame Addax familiarly
called “ Begra,” and this was the only living specimen we saw
during our journey. It was not a very good example, but. had
rather a fine pair of horns. It had been presented by some
Chambas to the Commandant.
812 Mf, A, B, PDASH ON THD [Nov. 17,
The best and strongest horns I know are a pair I purchased
from an Arab who had come to Biskra vié Ouargla (see fig. 1, p. 811).
They measure 343 inches in length, 63 in. round the base; 173 in.
between the tips, and 123 in. between the horns at the lower
outward curve.
he Chambas who have firearms shoot a great many of these
Antelopes, and assure me that when there is a wind sufficiently
strong to make the grass, broom (Genista monosperma ?), and
bushes wave, it is very easy to get them. They told me that they
could easily take me where they were “like flies,” and where I
could get as many as ever I wished.
The Touaregs hunt the Begra el Ouash or “Tamita” with
Sloughia (Greyhounds—the Saharian Greyhound is called a
“ sloughi” by the Arabs). The sloughia bring it quickly to bay,
and the men go in and spear it.
Algeria and the Northern Sahara yield three distinct kinds of
Gazelles ({ know nothing of Gazella rufina). Old works which allude
to these species are most confusing, and it is often impossible from
their descriptions and names to know to which their remarks refer.
Shaw’s accounts, so far as they go, of the wild animals of the
Barbary States are comparatively clear. In alluding to the
Gazelles, he says :—
“Besides the common Gazelle or Antelope” (i.e. Gazella dorcas)
“(which is well known in Europe) this Country likewise produceth
another Species of the same Shape and Colour, though of the
Bigness of our Roe-Buck and with Horns sometimes of two foot
long. This the Africans call Lidmee (7.¢. the Admi or Gazella
cuvieri), and may, I presume, be the Strepsiceros and Addace of
the Antients .. .”
Tt is usual to regard the Dorcas as the “common Gazelle,” but
I have no doubt whatever that the Rhime (@. lodert) is by far
the most numerous species in North Africa, and to be found over
a very much more extended area than the Dorcas. The descrip-
tion given in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (1894, pp. 467-473)
of the Algerian Gazelles is so complete that I shall confine myself
to a very brief notice of the three species that I am familiar with.
(1) The Dorcas (Gazella dorcas), called by the Arabs generally
“ Rhozal,” but when exactness is required “ Hemar.” They regard
a large Dorcas as one of a separate race, and he is called Bou
Khrouma (Large Throat), but the Bow Khrowma and Hemar are both
alike the Dorcas Gazelle. The French discriminate between the
Doreas and the Rhime (@. loderi) by terming the former “‘ Gazelle
des Plaines,” and the latter ‘‘ Gazelle des Sables.”
It is with great respect and diffidence that I object to the
Dorcas being described (see P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 467) as “the common
Gazelle of the Algerian Sahara generally,” for the Dorcas is not
met with in the Sahara proper, so far as I can learn, and in the
Eastern Algerian Sahara at least is not to be found south of
lat. 383°. The Dorcas in the Eastern Province and in Tunisia is the
common Gazelle of the plains immediately south of the Aures
1896.] ANTELOPES OF DASTERN ALGURIA. 813
‘Range, which form a sort of transitional zone between the moun-
.tains and the Sahara proper. Roughly speaking, this Gazelle is .
confined to a belt of country not more than 120 or 150 miles
wide (and generally very much narrower). It may be found in
plains, or even in low hills, within the southern mountain-chains,
and on or near some of the sand-dunes on the confines of the
Chotts. I have frequently seen it in the neighbourhood of the
Chotts, but once into the Oued Souf and sand desert and all trace
of it is lost and the Rhime takes its place. In the district of Sef
el Menadi, where I have been twice with Sir EH. G. Loder, and
where he secured the first specimen of the Gazelle (the Rhime)
which now bears his name, we found both Rhime and Dorcas on
the same ground; and this place may be marked as the most
northern limit which the Rhime ever inhabits, as it never leaves
the sand, I think, whilst the Dorcas does not go much further
south than this. Probably there are several of these isolated
islands of sand where the Rhime may be found.
The best malo Dorcas that I have shot had horns a little over
31cm. in length, the best female 25 cm. (measured along the
curve).
They vary a good deal in colour according to the ground they
‘frequent, and there is a slight variety among members of the same
band. Jn 1893 there was on the plain of Ain Naga a pure white
one, no doubt an albino; but though my hunter had frequently
seen it, he was never able to find it for me.
(2) The Rhime (Gazella loderi), Arab “ El Rhime,” Tamahaq
Hankut,” is the common Gazelle of the Sahara. Enormous
numbers are killed by the Arabs in the neighbourhood of Rhadamis,
and their skins dressed and dyed with a dye made from the rind
of pomegranates and exported from Rhadamis. They are to be
found throughout the region of the great Ergs and everywhere
in the Sahara sands where there is vegetation sufficient to
support them. The only places where they are to be met with,
I believe, north of El Oued Souf, are to the south-west of Bou
Chaama and near Sef el Menadi. A number of their horns are
always on sale at Biskra and sometimes the skins. The male
horns of the Rhime sometimes bear so close a resemblance to
those of the Admi (Gazella cuviert) that they are often sold and
bought as such. The Admi horns are much less commonly seen than
the Rhime; as a rule, they are to be distinguished. The general
character of the Rhime horns as distinguished from the Admi are,
so far as I can describe them, as follows :—
In the Rhime among average specimens the horns form in their
main outline a long evenly-tapering V, whilst in the Admi the
horns so far up from their base are more inclined to the parallel
before springing out laterally, and towards the points usually take
an inward and forward turn; this turn inward is rarer, though
not uncommon, in the Rhime, but the forward bend at the top is
common to both.
I have remarked, too, that the annulations or notches are as a
814 ON THD ANTELOPES OF BASTERN ALGERIA, [ Nov. 17,
.rule, deeper and more marked in the Admi, and stop more abruptly
_ towards the points of the horns than is the case with the Rhime,
which gradually fade into the smooth points.
Fig. 2. Fig. 2.
Horns of “ Rhime.” Horns of “ Admi.”
I think it will be found also that the line of annulations in the
Rhime is generally horizontal or depressed from front to back,
while in the Admi this line tends upwards. Besides this I have
nothing more to add to the very full description of the Gazella
lodert in the ‘ Proceedings,’ by Mr. Thomas and Sir E. G. Loder.
My best Rhime horns measure barely 35 cm. along the curve.
(3) The Admi (Gazella cuvieri) is known as Admi, V-Admi, or
VEdmi to the Arabs; it is also distinguished from the Dorcas
“ Rhozal” as “ Rhozal Djebel” (Mountain Gazelle).
This Gazelle is by no means so rare as is generally supposed,
though it is difficult to secure, its quickness and facility for
eluding observation being equal almost to that of the Larrowi
(Ovis tragelaphus). There is hardly a mountain in the southern
ranges of the Aures where they are unknown, and I have seen
them on almost every mountain from far to the N.W. of Biskra
to the Tunisian frontier at Negrine. I know that they are common
on the Djebel Cherchar, and 1 have seen them as far north as the
hills and woods of Melagon, near Chelia. I have seldom seen more
than eight in a herd, and far more frequently they are met with
singly and in pairs, or bands of three to five. While frequenting
the same difficult ground as the Larrowi, it is more usual to find
them in larger numbers on those mountains which are lower than
the highest. I have seen them on the plateaux and plains among
the mountains, and they frequently descend at night to feed on
the barley in the valleys, as also does the Larrowi. The best male
horns I have measure rather more than 36 cm. along the curve.
1896. ] ON THE GAZBLLES OF TUNISIA. 815
4. On the Gazelles of Tunisia.
By Joszren S. Wuiraker, F.Z.S.
[Received October 1, 1896.]
GaAzHLLA DORCAS (Linn.).
The common Dorcas Gazelle is to he met with throughout the
greater part of Central and Southern Tunisia, frequenting the vast
semi-desert plains abundant in those districts, but not the more
sandy inland country of the extreme south of the Regency, where
it is replaced by another species. So far as I can ascertain, the
Doreas Gazelle never occurs in the Tell country ; but I have found
it in the neighbourhood of Kairouan, which is probably the
extreme northern limit of the range of this species in the Regency.
On the extensive plains to the west of Gafsa I have found it
particularly abundant; and 1 understand it is plentiful in the
neighbourhood of the Chott Djerid, and throughout a considerable
portion of the coast-country of the south, but not in the true
desert; further inland, where sand-dunes take the place of the
stony scrub-covered plains. It may occasionally stray into the
sand country, but this is exceptional.
In winter the Dorcas Gazelle congregates in large herds, often
numbering over one hundred individuals; but in spring these
herds break up, and one then meets with the Gazelles in small
parties or singly. The female G. dorcas, I am told, gives birth to
but one young one at a time, and this generally in the month of
April.
The horns of this species vary considerably both in size and in
shape. As a rule, those of the adult male are stout, deeply
annulate, and lyrate, measuring from 10 to 13 inches in length
along the front curve; those of the female are much shorter,
straighter, smoother, and more slender.
I may here mention that I have specimens of the Dorcas
Gazelle from the country south of the Chott Djerid, which are
somewhat paler in colour than the ordinary type. No doubt this
variation in ‘colouring is due to some difference in the nature of
the soil and surroundings of the districts from whence these
particular specimens came.
GazELLa CUVviIERI (Ogilby).
The Mountain Gazelle, the Hdmi or Edem of the Arabs—the
Tunisians use the latter name—is to be found sparingly on most
of the mountains throughout the Tunisian Regency. ssentially
a mountain species, as its name implies, it never occurs, so far as I
am aware, on the plains, or at any distance from hilly country.
I have met with the Edmi, and obtained specimens of it, on
some of the higher ranges near Kasrin, in Central Tunis, and have
found it in the south near Gafsa and Tamerza. In the north of
the Regency it seems to occur on the mountains near Zaghouan,
the extreme eastern range of the Atlas, and in the neighbourhood
Proo. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. LILI. 53
816 ON HH GAZELLES OF TUNISIA. - [Noy. 17,
of Ghardimaou, on the Algerio-Tunisian frontier, from both of
which places M. Blanc, the naturalist in Tunis, tells me he has
received specimens in the flesh. I myself have also been offered
Edmi-shooting on an estate only some twenty miles or so south of
Tunis. It seems evident, therefore, that the species has a wide
range in the Regency, although perhaps it is nowhere very
abundant.
In Algeria, as shown by Mr. E. N. Buxton’ and Sir Edmund
Loder *, the Edmi occurs on the mountains of the Atlas, notably
on the Aurés range, and I myself have seen freshly-killed
specimens of it in the Biskra market; but probably the species has
a more limited range in Algeria than further east, in Tunisia,
where the character of the country, and more particularly of the
mountains, is more compatible with the requirements of this
animal.
G. cuviert is to be found either in small herds or singly, and
occasionally, though not as a rule, at a considerable elevation. On
the Djebel Selloum and Djebel Semama, near Kasrin, both of
which mountains are nearly 4000 feet above sea-level, I found the
Gazelles about halfway up. These mountains, although steep in
places and with some very rugged scarps, are in great part well-
wooded with Aleppo pines, and on the lower slopes with a thick
undergrowth of the usual maquis vegetation. In this brushwood
the Gazelles easily escape detection and are naturally not very
often seen. Although fond of cover, the Hdmi will adapt itself to
circumstances, and seems equally at home on the arid mountains
of the south, where there is but little vegetation, and that merely
of a dwarf description, affording slight shelter. In the spring,
when my hunting-trips after Aoudad (Ovis tragelaphus) and Edmi
have taken place, there has always been a little water on these
mountains; butfor some months of the year, I am told, the water-
courses are dry, and the animals then, should they wish to drink,
must travel some distance. That both these species, however,
shift their quarters constantly I feel convinced, force of circum-
stances rendering them as nomad as the Arabs themselves.
The Edmi is very much larger than the Dorcas Gazelle, its
weight being almost double. Its coat is darker in colour and
with rather longer and coarser hair, while its knees, besides having
very strongly developed brushes, show distinct callosity. The
horns in the adult male are very stout and deeply annulated, and
generally with but little curve, measuring about 13 inches, or
even more in fine specimens. Those of the female are much more
slender and smoother, but sometimes of fair length, some in my
possession measuring 11 inches.
GazeLia LoDERI, Thos. (P. Z.S. 1894, p. 470, pl. xxxii.)
This pale desert Gazelle, only recently scientifically described,
and named by Mr. Oldfield Thomas after Sir Edmund Loder, is
1 See Buxton, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 363.
* Seo Loder, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 473.
Poe
i
PZ.5.1826. Plate X].1.
West Newman chromo
EC Knight del eltith
New Lepidoptera From Nyasa-land.
Collected b VY Me Crawsh RY;
dat aT a
- Tides, §
PZS.1896, Plate ALIL.
MC Kanght del, et hth West, Newman chromo.
New Lepidoptera feom Nyasaland.
Collected by Mt Crawshay
1896.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. 817°
known to the Tunisian Arabs by the name of Ghazel abied or.
Resél abied, meaning the White Gazelle, its Algerian name Jteem
or Jézm being apparently unknown in Tunis.
It seems to be a true desert species, never occurring out of the
sand-dune country, where it replaces G. dorcas; and while the.
home of the latter species is the semi-desert country, with its vast,
stony plains, covered with scanty scrub vegetation, the habitat of:
G. lodert is undoubtedly the more arid region of sand wastes
further south.
Herr Spatz, who has resided for several years in the south of :
Tunis, and is well acquainted with this Gazelle, informs me that
it is common in the inland country of the extreme south of the
Regency, being first met with at about 25 to 30 miles south of the
Chott Djerid. In the districts where it occurs it is plentiful, and
is generally to be found in small herds; but owing to its very
pale colour, which harmonizes so well with that of the desert
surroundings, it is not easily distinguished ata distance, and being,
moreover, extremely shy and wary, a near approach is not often
possible. The nomad Arabs, however, who are nearly all sports-
men, kill a good many, and every year some 500 to 600 pairs of
horns of this species are brought by the caravans coming from the
interior to Gabes, where they find a ready sale among the French’
soldiery. SB
Herr Spatz confirms what Sir Edmund Loder says of this:
species never drinking, and, as to its food, says it subsists on the:
leaves and berries of the few desert plants to be found in the sand
wastes. The female of G@. loderi, according to Spatz, often has two
young ones at a birth, differing in this respect from G. dorcus, '
which seems to have but one.
So good a description of G. lodert has been given by
Mr. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 470), that I can add nothing
thereto, except it be merely to say that the coat of this Gazelle is
extremely fine and short-haired, and that in specimens which I:
have the knee-brushes are so slightly developed as to be scarcely
noticeable or worthy of the name.
5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.
Crawshay in Nyasa-land. By Artuur G. Butter;
Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper,
Zoological Department, British Museum.
[Received August 18, 1896.]
(Plates XLI. & XLII.)
A few days before his return to England a small collection
of Lepidoptera reached me from Mr. Crawshay, accompanied by
a letter, in which he stated that it was from quite a new locality,
“viz. from Senga, the Loangwa River valley—which, as you can
see, drains into the Upper Zambesi River, and not into this lake.
AB*
818 ‘DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
“So far as I know, only two Europeans have ever visited Senga
besides myself, one of whom was poor Mr. Glave, who died lately
when crossing the continent from east to west. No one, I think,
has ever done any natural history collecting there.
“In August and September last I had occusion to make a
journey into Senga, for the purpose of investigating the slave-
trade, and this afforded me an opportunity of shooting and natural
history collecting.
‘‘] got together a number of Antelopes’ heads, some land-shells,
and about sixty species of Butterflies—some of which I take to
be new, for I have never before seen anything like them. Had
the state of the country permitted it, 1 would have prolonged my
journey und done more; but the Senga slave-traders proved
hostile: twice we were fired on; and, having no fighting force at
my disposal, I was obliged to retrace my steps.
‘‘ However, everything taken into consideration, I am well
pleased with what little I got; the Butterflies certainly are very
interesting, and will furnish, I should think, six or seven new
species, if not more.
“ Returning from Senga, then, I revisited Henga (33 days S.W.
from this), and there I spent about six weeks for the purpose
of shooting. Jt was nota good time of year for insects, being just
the end of the dry season: however, I took a few, one a large
spotted ‘ Blue’—the largest ‘Blue’ I think I ever saw, but not
anything gorgeous, which may be something good. ‘This and one
or two other insects I will send you, all in the same box.”
We had commenced mounting the Butterflies in this very
interesting consignment when Mr. Crawshay reached. England,
bringing with him two other boxes of Lepidoptera collected by
him in or near the Deep Bay district. I have therefore thought it
best to combine the account of the two collections in one paper.
As, of late years, the minds of Lepidopterists have been greatly
exercised respecting the seasonal forms of Butterflies, I asked
Mr. Crawshay whether he could give me information respecting the
duration of the wet and dry seasons in British Central Atrica.
He now sends me the following particulars, which will doubtless
prove of considerable value to the students of dimorphism :—
“No precise limit can be laid down to define the rainy and
dry seasons throughout the whole of British Central Africa. The
seasons vary in the various localities: in the first place, latitude
has to be taken into consideration; then, again, the rains of the hills
set in earlier than those of the plains.
“Tn the Shiri highlands, which on the mean are over 3000 feet
alt., the first rains fall about the end of September or the beginning
of October, according to the phase of the moon; these are the
preliminary rains, and they last only two or three days, as a rule.
Then succeeds a dry period of some three weeks or so. After
this the heavy rains set in, and continue until the middle or end
of April—some years a little earlier or later than this.
“his year I happened to be at Blantyre at the end of April
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 819
and the beginning of May: it rained then almost every day, up to
the date of my departure on or about May 12th.
“On the Lower Shirt plains the wet season does not set in
until later: no rain falls at Chiromo, I think, before the middle
of November. The last day or two of October, 1894, when
travelling by land from Chiromo to Blantyre, I came in for light
rains on teaching the foot of the hills at the back of the Elephant
marsh.
“ Further north, on Lake Nyasa, the rains commence later by
about a month or six weeks, on the mean: much, however, depends
on locality—whether the country is plain or hilly, and, again, bare
or forested.
“Take for instance Deep Bay, about 10° 30’ S. lat., and roughly
some ninety miles from the north end of the lake. Here there
are low hills attaining a height of some 400 feet above the lake,
and behind these again is low undulating country extending some
twelve or fifteen miles inland, to the foot of the Nyika plateau,
which attains on the mean a height of 7400 feet, the accepted
altitude of Lake Nyasa being some 1600 odd fect.
‘No rain falls at Deep Bay before the middle of November,
sometimes not until later. In 1893 there was no rain before
December, when there were two or three preliminary showers.
The heavy rains did not set in until January 8, 1894. In 1895
there were some very heavy preliminary rains in November; the
heavy rains set in, in good earnest, with the waning moon in
December of that year.
« The rains continue until about the middle of May, sometimes a
week or two later; the heavy rains slack off at the end of March.
The heaviest rains of the year are between February and March ;
after that it rains fitfully, at intervals of every two or three
days.
Tn 1889 it rained all May, very heavily too during the first
half of the month. In 1893 there were two very heavy down-
pours on the 17th and 18th July, fully five or six weeks after the
dry season had set in.
“In Nyika the rains commence a good deal earlier and last
longer. It is a very moist country indeed; the higher parts of it
can hardly be said to have any dry season, as there are rainy mists
all the year through. The first rains fall about the end of
September or the beginning of October. The rainfall of these
mountains rather resembles that of Northern Europe, Ireland
especially: it rains thickly but lightly, and for days on end at
times; there are not the heavy downpours which are experienced
at lower altitudes.
‘A hundred miles or so south of Deep Bay, at Bandawe, the
rains set in earlier than at Deep Bay; this may be attributed to
the fact that Bandawe is a hilly promontory, abutting from high
mountainous country, some of the rainfall of which finds its way
down to the lake along the neck of connecting highland. If I
recollect rightly, I experienced a shower or two of rain when
820 DR, A, G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
camped at Bandawe about the last day of October, 1885. Bandawe,
I might here mention, is a terrible spot for thunderstorms,
- “In Henga, the valley of the Upper Lunyina River, 3300 feet
alt., on the mean, some fifty miles S.W. of Deep Bay, the early
rains fal! about the beginning of November and the rainy season
ends about the beginning of May, though there may be, and very
often are, a good few showers after that.
“On the Konde plains, which commence about thirty miles
north of Deep Bay and extend to the lofty Wakinga Mountains
in German territory, the rains are a week or two later than at
Deep Bay. At Karonga, the terminus of the so-called Nyasa-
Tanganyika “road” (no road in reality exists—it is only a native
track), the first rains do not fall before the beginning of December,
asarule. The dry season there commences at the beginning of
May, or possibly a little earlier, according to the phase of the
moon.
“The Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau:—rains commence in Novem-
ber, about the beginning of the month on the escarpments of the
plateau, and about a fortnight later halfway across, and last until
the end of April. The rainfall is very heavy, especially at the
extremities of the plateau: nevertheless, towards the end of the
dry season, much of it is a desert almost, for want of water.
“In the Loangwa River valley, Senga, some seven or eight
days’ journeying on foot S.W. of Karonga, the preliminary rains
commence in September; and, I believe, the rainy season lasts till
May, though I was not there to see this for myself. In August,
1895, I found the Loangwa valley completely burnt up; on
September 10th we had rain, also on one or two days subsequently.
“ In the Eastern watershed of the Congo, ?.e. on Lake Mweru,
and in Kabwiri and Itawa, the preliminary rains fall in Septeinber,
and the rainy season lasts on into May. During my period of
residence on Lake Mweru, I found the rainy season of 1891-1892
ended May 6th on the level of the Lake; a fortnight later on the
plateau to the eastward: the preliminary rains of 1892-1893
again began on September 4th, some three weeks earlier than was
the case in 1891.”
All Mr. Crawshay’s captures having been carefully dated, it will
now be possible tor any Lepidopterists, by going through my
published papers, to discover whether a form was obtained in the
dry or wet season; in any case it is certain that some of the
supposed distinctly seasonal forms were all captured at the same
spot on the same day, and (to judge by their excellent condition)
must have emerged from the pupa about the same time; but I am
told that this fact does not militate against the view that they are
dry- and wet-season forms! Personally, I fail to understand how
an insect which flies abundantly in the middle of the rainy season
can be called a “ dry-season form”; I can only suppose that the
expression ‘dry season” is not to be understood literally, but
merely as indicating a type of form and colouring prevalent
during the dry season, though often occurring during the rains,
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 821
The following is a list of the species in the two series last
collected by Mr. Crawshay, among which are twenty new to science,
some being of considerable interest.
1. AMAURIS ANSORGEI.
Amauris ansorgei, E. M. Sharpe.
Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896.
2. AMAURIS ORAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 1.)
Intermediate between A. albimaculata and A. whytei: the
primaries haying the form and pattern of the former, but the
ground-colour is much deeper, glossed with indigo; the pattern
of the secondaries corresponds with that of A. whytei, excepting
that the submarginal spots are better defined and pearl-white and
the broad belt paler and more creamy. Expanse of wings 80
millim.
3 gd, Kapora, Songwe plain, 2nd March, 1895; Nkata Bay,
W. coast of Lake Nyasa, 14th March, 1896.
3. LIMNAS OMRYSIPPUS.
Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
6, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,
1896.
4. GNOPHODES DIVERSA.
Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. vy. p. 333 (1880).
9, Mkamasi River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd,
1895.
“ White ova” (R. C.).
5. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.
Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).
9, Leya, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, June 4th, 1895
Var. fulvescens. Nkata Bay, March 14th, 1896.
“* Hmerald-green ova” (it. C-).
6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMENTARIA.
Aphysoneuria pigmentaria, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xx. p. 191 (1894).
@, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., March 3rd, 1896.
‘¢ Pearly-white coloured ova” (2. C.).
7. PHYSCENURA PIONE.
9. Physcenura pione, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix.
figs. 2,3; ¢. Trimen, 1. c. 1894, p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 1.
Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.
Seven examples were obtained; but, as we already possess a
sutlicient series of this pretty species, none were retained for the
Museum collection. ; .
822 _ DR, A. G. BULLER ON LUPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
8. SAMANTA SIMONST.
Mycalesis simonsii, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 458 (1877).
3 6d, Karonga plain, 1670 feet alt., N.W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, August 20th; 9, Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika
Road, August 22nd, 1895.
Said to be, without question, the dry-season form of S. perspicua:
this is quite possible, inasmuch as all the specimens now sent
were obtained at the height of the dry season. The difference
between the two forms is one of colour rather than of pattern or
outline; also, as might be expected, the ocelli are reduced in size.
The chief objection is thatthe nearly related S. eliasis is a native
of a humid country, and has no wet-season form corresponding
with S. perspicua.
9. CHARAXES SATURNUS, Var. LATICINCTUS,
Charaxes saturnus, var. laticinctus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 252.
do, Vuwa, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 16th, 1895.
10. CHARAXES DRUCEANUS.
Charawes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4 (1869); Lep.
Exot. p. 26, pl. x. fig. 4.
$, Lumpi River, Lower Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895.
“ Taken on a putrefying Eland’s head, while on a porter’s head”
(R. C.).
11. CHARAXES ACHAMENES.
Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446,
pl. lix. figs. 6, 7 (1867).
3, Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.
12. CiraARaXxES GUDERIANA.
3. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.
ffalle, 1879, p. 200, pl. 2. fig. 18.
2. Charaxes guderiana, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 648; Trimen,
P. Z. 8. 1894, pl. v. fig. 8.
@, Deep Bay, Jan. 17th, 1896.
“Taken feeding upon over-ripe bananas in my veranda ;”
contained a “ prodigious quantity of bright emerald-green ova ”
(R. C.).
13. CHARAXES MANICA.
9. Charaxes manica, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 43, pl. vi. fig. 9.
6, Kapora, Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895
(J. B. Yule); 9, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.
The female is larger than in Mr. ‘l'rimen’s figure, and, on the
upper surface, reminds one strongly of C. bohemanni 2 ; it isa
good deal shattered, having evidently been long on the wing.
Mr. Crawshay says of it :—‘ A rare and almost impossible insect
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 823
to take: it flies high and fast, and thus is the only specimen I
have ever had a chance of taking.” I now have no doubt that one
of the males recorded in my paper in the ‘Annals and Magazine
of Natural History,’ 1896, xviil. p. 68, as ‘‘ C. ethalion (Eastern
type),” and taken on the Upper Leya, on the same day as the
male above noted, belongs to this species; but when identifying it
I had no female for comparison.
14. CHARAXES LEONINUS.
Charaxes leoninus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 253, pl. xv. fig. 2.
¢, Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.
15. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.
Nymphalis zoolina, Westwood & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep.
pl. liii. fig. 1 (1850).
do, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896.
A much-shattered example, but the first we have received from
Nyasa-land.
16. Panorra mELiocmnrs. (Plate XLI. fig. 2.)
Panopea heliogenes, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 69 (1896).
@, Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.
17. HyYpoLIMNas MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
3 3, 2, Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, 8th, 11th, 27th, and 29th,
1896.
18. JUNONIA PELASGIS.
Vanessa pelasgis, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix., Suppl. p. 820 (1823).
Q, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.
“« Emerald-green ova ” (Zt. C.).
19. JUNONIA ARCHESIA.
Papilio archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ccxix. figs. D, E
(1782).
Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, June 26th, 1895.
20. JUNONIA CALESOENS.
Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 652.
Mtambwi Hill, January 6th; Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, 11th,
15th, and 21st, 1896.
21. JUNONIA CUAMA.
Junoma cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. figs. 2, 3
(1864).
Mtambwi Hill, July 1st, 1895.
Said to be the extreme dry-season form of J. simia, but we have
it from Zomba taken in the wet season.
824 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [ Nov. 17,
22, JUNONIA TRIMENT.
Junonia trimenii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 4.
3, 2, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
Said to be the form occurring between the wet and dry seasons ;
but, from what Mr. Crawshay says of Nyika, there ought to be no
dry-season forms there. At Zomba it occurs (in company with
J. simia) in July and (in company with both J. simia and
J. cwama) in December: indeed, if we had a larger series of each
of these species, I believe it would be possible to prove that they
always fly simultaneously. The female of J. trimenit noted above
has dry-season characters on the under surface.’
23, JUNONIA SIMIA.
Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 26.
Deep Bay, Feb. 13th and 23rd, 1896,
24, JUNONIA TUGELA.
Precis tugela, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p 334 ;
South Afr. Butt. vol. i. p. 241, pl. iv. fig. 5 (1887).
3, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.
This makes the second dated example which we have received,
the first dated specimen having been obtained in September: on
the other hand, J. aurorina (which might well be the wet-season
form of J. tugela) appears, from our dated specimens, to fly from
December to April. In South Africa Mr. Trimen records
specimens of J. tugela as taken in March and May; whether the
dry season commences so early as March on the Tugela River I do
not know.
25, JUNONIA OLELIA.
Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1779).
Deep Bay, February Ist, 196.
26. JUNONIA BOOPIS.
Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.
9, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd, 1895.
27. JUNONIA CEBRENE.
Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. London, 1870, p. 353.
Deep Bay, Feb. Sth, 8th, and 15th, 1896.
28. JUNONIA NATALICA.
Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).
.2, Deep Bay, March 10th, 1896.
“ Bright green ova” (2. C.).
1 Why a pair taken on the same day should differ in the features supposed
to characterize the two seasons, and in a country where it is never really dry,
is a riddle which I do not pretend to solve.—A. G. B.
1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 820
29. PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII.
Papilio anacardii, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).
Namitembo, Zomba Mountain, March 25th; Chiradzulu, Shiri
Highlands, March 30th, 1896.
30. HYPANARIIA HIPPROMENE.
Hypanartia hippomene, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 25.
figs. 3, 4 (1806).
Q, Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, June 30th, 1895; 3 6,
9%, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 4th, and
5th, 1896. ;
~ 9,“ Ilaving an extraordinary quantity of grass-green ova” (I?.C.).
31. HYPANARTIA SCH@NEIA.
Eurema scheneia, Trimeu, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329;
South Afr. Butt. i. p. 207, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1887).
3 3, Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd and
4th, 1896.
' My supposition (P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 727) that this might prove to
be the dry-season form of H. hippomene (since confidently asserted
to be the fact, by a practical collector) is now shown to be
incorrect, inasmuch as not only were both species caught on the
same mountain on two successive days, but at that time of year
which might perhaps be called the rainy season, were it not that
there appears to be no really dry season in Nyika.
32. EUPILEDRA NEOPHRON.
Romaleosoma neophron, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855,
p- 640; Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. y. p. 386, pl. xxii.
figs. 1, 2 (1862).
, Kapora, Songwe plain, in banana-grove, March 6th, 1895 ;
2 2, Leya, Deep Bay, June 4th; Lupembi, W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, in shady banana-grove, August 19th, 1895; ¢,2, Mpimbi,
Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.
33. HUXANTIE WAKDFIELDL. :
Godartia wakefieldii, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873) ;
Afr. Lep. pl. 6. fig. 3 (1874).
Nkata Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 14th, 1896.
34. HaMANUMIDA DADALUS.
Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).
¢, Deep Bay, Feb. 17th, 1896.
35. MBTACRENIS CRAWSILAYI.
Crenis crawshayi, Butler, P. Z.8. 1893, p. 654, pl. Ix. fig. 5.
©, Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th, 1896. \
+ ‘Full abdomen: one fully-developed ovum, pinkish-coloured ”
(R. C-). sine
826 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPYERA [Nov. 17,
36. METAORENIS ROSA.
Crenis rosa, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877).
3, Deep Bay, Oct. 17th, 1895.
“Rarely met with and very difficult to take: flies swiftly with
gliding flight, and perches high” (2. C.).
37, PSEUDARGYNNIS HDGEMOND.
Argynnis hegemone, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 258 (1819).
3, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.
38. ARGYNNIS SMARAGDIFERA.
Argynnis smaragdifera, Butler, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 629, pl. xxxv.
figs. 1, 2.
9 , Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7400 feet alt., Nyika, June 30th, 1895.
366,22, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Sept. 2nd,
1893; March Ist to 5th, 1896.
The ova of the females are said to vary from yellow to orange
in colour.
The following description of the egg of this species was made
by Mr. F. W. Frohawk from a single specimen found attached to
a female obtained by Consul Sharpe at Zomba :— “The ovum, of
the usual Argynnis form, conical in shape and measuring 3 inch
high, with about twenty longitudinal keels, irregular and varying in
length; some running for only two-thirds the distance from base
to apex, others terminating before reaching the summit, eight only
extending the entire length. It is ribbed transversely by about
twenty in number, the ribs being irregularly distributed and widely
separated near the summit, gradually becoming closer and shallower
until finally disappearing at the base.
“In general structure this ege very closely resembles that of
A, selene (very much more than that of either A. ewphrosyne or
lathonia), the number and formation of the keels and ribs being
similar in both species. It differs most from A. lathonia, A. euphro-
syne being intermediate between A. smaragdifera and A. lathonia.”
39. NEPTIS INCONGRUA.
Q. Neptis incongrua, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 112, pl. vi. fig. 2.
3 do, Kasungu Mountain, 6200 to 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March
Ist, 3rd, and 5th, 1896.
The male sometimes differs from the female in haying the
ground-colour of the under surface mahogany-red.
40. Nepris agatita.
Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).
Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.
41. PraneMa soativirrata. (Plate XLI. fig. 3.)
Planema scalivittata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 159 (1896).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 827
42. ACRHA ANACREON.
Acrea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 77,
pl. vi. figs. 3-5.
Var. Acrea bomba, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. ii. p. 128 (1889); Rhop. Exot. i., Acr. pl. ili. figs. 5, 6 (1892).
Typical form, Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept.
15th, 1895.
Var. Acr. bomba. Same locality and date.
43. AORZA GUILLEMEL, yar. PHRIPHANES.
Acrea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 20, pl. 2. fig. 23
(1893),
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
A somewhat aberrant example, slightly larger than usual, in some
respects intermediate between typical A. guillemei and A. periphanes,
but with the spots on the border of the secondaries strongly
developed.
44, AORHA DOUBEDAYI, var. DIno#A, Butl. (nec Westw.).
Acraa doubledayt, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378
(1847).
3, Nyika, 4500 feet alt., west of Lake Nyasa, June 26th;
Q, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Sept. 19th, 1894,
This is the form with a black apical patch, answering to West-
wood’s description; but Mr. Marshall, who has examined the type,
informs me that the latter does not differ from A. caldarena.
45, ACREA CALDARENA, var. NELUSOA.
Acrea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877).
Var. Acrea nelusca, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. iii. p. 25, pl. 2.
figs. 2, 3 (1878).
2, Deep Bay, Feb. 8th, 1896.
46. ACR@A ASEMA.
Acrea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877);
Trimen, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 24, pl. iv. figs. 3, 3a.
Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 3rd, 1895.
47. ACR#A INSIGNIS.
Acrea insignis, Distant, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 184, pl. ix. fig. 4.
Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th; and
7200 feet alt., March 5th, 1895.
48. ALANA RuTICULATA. (Plate XLI. fig. 4.)
Alena reticulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.
p: 160 (1896).
¢, Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896;
¢, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 6th, 1896.
828 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
49. PoLYoMMATUS BETICUS.
Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).
3, Deep Bay, May 2nd, 1895; 9, Feb. 15th, 1896;
3, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 9th, Henga, 3200 feet alt.,
Noy. 7th, 1895.
50. CaTOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA.
Lycena glauca, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. p. 21 (1887).
3d, 28, Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and
March 6th, 1896.
51. CATOCHRYSOPS ASTERIS.
Polyommatus asteris, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 657 (1819) ;
Trimen, South Afr. Lep. ii. pl. viii. figs. 3, 3a (1887).
9, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. Ist, 1896.
52. CarocHRYSOPS PERPULCHRA.
Q. Lycena perpulchra, Holland,‘ Entomologist,’ xxv. Suppl. p. 90
(1892); Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. xviii. p. 239, pl. vii. fig. 7
(1895).
3 Q. Castahus hypoleucus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 660.
Lycana exclusa, Trimen, P, Z. 8. 1894, p. 47.
9, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Oct. 26th, 1895.
‘“¢Caught in my hat, out in the early morning. Bright emerald-
gréen ova” (2. C.).
Now that a really good example has come to hand, I find that
this species is undoubtedly a Catochrysops of the C. asteris group.
53. EVERES JOBATES.
Lycena jobates, Hoptfer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. y. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).
3d, 9, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st ;
dg, Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Feb. 29th; 9 2, 7425
feet, March Ist and 2nd; ¢, 7200 feet, Nyika, March 5th; 9,
Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.
9, “ Light green ova” (Zt. C.).
o4. EVErns MATALLOKOENA,
Lycena mahallokocena, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 41; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, 1870, p. 366, pl. vi. figs. 7, 8.
Lisenga, 4500 feet alt.. M balizi valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th, 1895;
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
55. TARUCUS PLINIUS.
Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1798).
3, Henga, Nov. 20th, 1895; 9, Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet
alt., Nyika, March 1st; Deep Bay, Feb. 23, 1896.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 829:
56. AZANUS SIGILLATUS.
Lampides sigillatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.
xviii. p. 483 (1876).
3 6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Nov. 20th, 1895.
“« Perches on branches of trees” (it. C.).
57. NACADUBA SICHELA.
Lycana sichela, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Hand). 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caftr. p. 37.
3 d, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Nov. 20th, 1895.
“Very active on the wing” (J. C.).
In Mr. Trimen’s description of this rare butterfly the upper
surface is said to be “silky dark-violaceous”; but I find that the
colouring is particularly liable to deepen in the damping-pan (often
in patches): an example which has wholly escaped this discolora-
tion, if one sits between it and the light, is of the same beautiful
lilac as the European “ Common Blue,” ' with a narrow, tapering
blackish border to the outer margin; but if held between one
and the light, it changes to a sickly greenish grey, more nearly
approaching the colouring of Plebeus orbitulus.
58. CasTALIUS CALICE.
Lycana calice, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642;
Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 4, 5 (1861).
Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.
59. LYCENUSTUES ADHERBAL.
Q. Lyceena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,
p- 217.
3. Lycenesthes lunulata, Trimen, P. Z.8. 1894, p. 51, pl. vi.
fig. 12.
©, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
« Emerald-green ova” (Zt. C.).
60. LyC#NESTHES LIODES.
S . Lyceenesthes liodes, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1874,
p: 349.
@, Kondowi, Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1896.
61. ZizeRA KNYSNA.
Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p. 282 (1862).
3 S, Deep Bay, Feb. 24th and 26th, March 8th, 1896.
“Never plentiful; an odd one met with hereand there. A very
low flier, hovers within an inch or so of the ground, and has to be
dredged off it almost with the net” (Jt. C.).
1 J believe this species now stands under the name of Cupido tcarus.
830 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTHRA [Noy. 17,
62. ZIzERA GAIKA.
Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p. 403 (1862).
3 3, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd,
1895.
63. ZizERA LUCIDA.
Lycena lucida, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 348.
3, Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd ;
@ @, Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept. 15th, 1895;
Deep Bay, Feb. 11th and 24th, 1896.
64, PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS.
Lycena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).
Deep Bay, Feb. 6th, 14th, and 24th, 1896.
65. SCOLITANTIDES STELLATA,
Lycena stellata, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 349.
Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896.
CYcLynius, gen. nov.
Nearly allied to Hyrius, but with rounded wings; the second-
aries without tails; neuration as in Hyreus. Tvpe, Polyommatus
webbianus. This genus will contain the species P. webbianus
and H. equatorialis, hitherto referred to Hyreus, as well as the
following :—
66. CycLYyRIUS JUNO, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 5.)
Allied to C. webbianus, the male above lilac, bluer at base, with
broad cupreous-brown costal and external borders; fringes white,
spotted with brown at the extremities of the nervures; secondaries
with the abdominal area somewhat greyish ; an oval submarginal
black ocellus with shining lilac iris on first median interspace, and
indications of a second smaller similar ocellus near anal angle on
interno-median interspace. Body above black, clothed with silver
hair; a silvery-white line on each side of the frons, immediately
in front of the eyes; collar clothed with golden hair: under surface
of primaries golden brown, the markings not very distinct, but
consisting of two pale-edged, quadrate, slightly darker spots cross-
ing the discoidal cell, and a belt of similar character across the disc,
its uppermost division with white outer edge and followed by a
creamy white diffused subapical spot ; fringe creamy white, spotted
with blackish: secondaries white, speckled with blackish at the
base and mottled and banded with copper-brown almost exactly in
the pattern of C. equatorialis; a black oval spot, enclosing a metallic
green dash, representing the ocellus of the upper surface. Body
below densely covered with white hair or scales, the legs brownish
above, white below.—Female above cupreous brown, with fringe
and ocelli as in male; under surface with brown-centred white
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 831
marginal spots, otherwise as in the male. Expanse of wings,
dg 25 millim., 9 24 millim.
3 5, 9, Kasungu Mountain, 7075-7425 feet alt., Nyika,
March 1st and 2nd, 1896.
67. Hyrzus vireo,
Hyreus virgo, Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 121, pl. vi. fig. 1.
3, Kasungu Mountain, 5490 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.
68. HyREUS PALEMON.
Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexc. E, F (1782).
Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7400 feet alt., Nyika, June 30th;
Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Unyika, August 25th, 1895; Kasungu
Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.
69. URANOTHAUMA POGGEI.
Pleberus pogger, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur.
xli. 2, pl. xxvi. fig. 7 (1879).
3, liisenga, 4500 fect alt., Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th,
1895.
70. URANOTITAUMA ORAWSILAYI.
Uranothauma crawshayt, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 631, pl. xxxv.
figs. 6, 7.
3 2, Kasungu Mountain, Sept. 2nd, 1893, March Ist, 3rd, and
5th, 1896, Nyika.
71. CaPys CONNEXIVA, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 6.)
Intermediate in character between C. alpheus and C. disjunctus ;
the male above dark cupreous brown, with bronze reflections; the
cilia coloured as in C. disjunctus, with red basal line; the sericeous
tawny area of the primaries much smaller than in the latter species,
sometimes represented, as in C. alpheus, by a mere transverse belt,
but more often diffused basally and occasionally forming a uniform
triangular patch ; secondaries with a discal patch not reaching the
costa, hut sometimes extended downwards to the anal tail, and
occasionally an imperfect external border of sericeous tawny;
below almost as in C. disjunctus. The female is very like that sex
of the latter species on both surfaces, only the ground-colouring
aboye is lavender, shading into brown on the outer border and into
pale blue and greenish grey towards the base. Expanse of wings,
$ 36-42 millim., 9 40 millim.
3 3, Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet alt., Nyika, February 29th;
2, 5000 feet alt., March 6th, 1896.
One perfect male, four more or less worn, and a somewhat
shattered female were obtained.
72. AXIOCBRCES AMANGA.
Zeritis amanga, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabele Land, p. 351
(1881).
3, Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 25th, 1895.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LIV. 54
832 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
73. AXIOCERCES PERION.
Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceclxxix. B, € (1782).
' 9, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd,
1895; Deep Bay, Neb. 24th, 1896.
74, CIGARITIS ABBOTT.
Chrysophanus abbottii, Tolland, ‘Entomologist,’ xxv. Suppl. p. 90
(1892); Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 240, pl. vii.
fig. 4 (1895),
9, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.
* « Fmerald-green ova” (2. C.).
75. SPINDASIS CAFFER.
Aphneus caffer, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 88,
and 1870, p. 368.
3 @, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, Feb. 21st; ¢, Kasungu Moun-
tain, 5395 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.
“©, Bright green ova” (R. C.).
76. SPINDASIS HOMEYERI,
Aphneus homeyeri, Dewitz, Deut. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 429, pl. 2.
figs. 5 a—c (1886).
Q@ , Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Nov. 29th, 1895.
“Large quantity of emerald-green ova” (2. C.).
77. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS.
Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 307 (1798).
6, Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd, 1895.
78. VIRACHOLA ANTA.
Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ser. 3, vol. 1.
p- 402 (1862).
@ , Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Sept. 19th, 1895 ;
‘Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
The example from Kondowi is somewhat aberrant, of a clear
lavender, bluish towards the base, and with narrower and more
defined brown borders than usual; the bands on the under surface
are also narrow. The Luvira River example contained “ bright
green ova,” according to Mr. Crawshay.
79, RAPALA Zuma.
Hypolycena zela, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 14, pl. 5.
figs. 41, 43 (1869).
3, Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Nyika, eb. 29th, 1896.
80. Iotaus auRIcosraLis, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 7.)
Q. Nearly allied to I. philippus, above ash-grey ; primaries with
the costal margin, especially at the base, bright golden-ochreous,
veins dusky, external border smoky grey, preceded by an arched
increasing series of six whitish spots, edged in front with smoky
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 833
grey; a whitish annulus at external angle; secondaries nearly as in
L, philippus, but with a much larger, more brightly orange spot above
the outer tail; body blackish, head above and collar dusky orange:
under surface chalky whitish, with white-edged dark grey markings
tinged with orange towards the abdominal margin of secondaries ;
in general character these resemble the markings in J. philippus,
but the discal interrupted line is more incurved on the primaries
and wore irregular (approaching that of J. bowkeri in form) on the
secondaries; the orange spot above the outer tail is large and
conspicuous. Jixpanse of wings 35 millim.
, Kasitu River, Angoni country, W. of Lake Nyasa, June
18th, 1895,
Unfortunately only a single example, slightly chipped towards
the anal angle of both hind wings, was obtained.
81. Ionaus cacULUS.
Tolaus ceculus, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;
Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. vy. p. 402, pl. 25. figs. 12-14 (1862).
~ 6 6,22, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st and Dec. 1st,
1895, Jan. Gth, Feb. 20th and 22nd, 1896.
“ Fairly plentiful: a frequenter of upland forest ” (22. C.).
The Nyasa specimens seem to vary more, as regards the width
of the red bands on the under surface, than those from South
Africa.
82. [oLAUS PALLENE,
Myrina pallene, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand].
1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 36.
2 2, Loangwa River, 2160 feet alt., Senga, August 30th, 1895.
“ Bright green ova ” (it. C.).
83. MYLoTHRIS AGATHINA.
Papilio ayathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eexxxvii. D, EH (1782).
©, Deep Bay, Lake Nyasa, Feb. 5th, 1896.
“ Hnormous number of yellow ova” (2. C.).
84. MyLorHnis CRAWSHAYI.
Mylothris crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 124, pl. vi. fig. 4.
3 do, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, 7425 feet alt., March 2nd and
3rd, 1896.
85. NYCHITONA ALCESTA.
Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccclxxix. A (1782).
Mpimbi plain, Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.
The females contained ‘‘ emerald-green ova, oblong and pointed”
(R. C.).
86. Cor1as EDUSA.
Papilio edusa, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 23 (1787).
‘ Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, Sept. 2nd, 1893; Cheni-Cheni Moun-
54*
834 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Nov. 17,
tain, 6500 feet June 27th, 7400 feet June 80th; Kondowi, Lower
Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895; Kasunen Mountain, 5945 feet Feb. 29th,
7425 feet March 2nd, 7200 feet March 5th, 1896.
Most of the specimens are of the ordinary European type.
87. TERTAS LEONIS,
Terias leonis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.
p- 222, pl. v. fig. 6 (1886).
3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
This is the first example I have seen from Central Africa.
88. Trertas REGULARIS.
Lerius regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 486 (1876).
3. Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896
89. TERACOLUS MUTANS.
2. Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 459 (1877); ¢. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 126.
3 9, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.
Dry-season form.
Differs in the great enlargement of the discal series of spots on
the secondaries, these being salmon-buff tinted in the male, and
sulphur-yellow in the female; the primaries in the latter sex are
also coloured more nearly as in the male, but the salmon-buff area
is washed with yellow; on the under surface the whole colouring
of the male and the bands upon the yellow area of the female are
deeper and redder.
3, Mwankanka, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 7th, 1895;
2 , Loangwa Valley forest, Senga, August 30th, 1895.
The female contained * pale orange ova” (J. C.).
When deseribing the male of 7’. awtans 1 compared it with 7".
vesta (meaning the southern species usually so-called); but 7’, vesta
is an Abyssinian species, identical with 7’. velleda of M. Lucas, and
differs from the South-African butterfly in the much brighter
colouring, with somewhat differently formed and much redder bands
on the under surface of the secondaries: the southern species is
only the wet-season form of 7’. argillaceus, and is T. vesta of ‘Trimen
(nec Lucas); the latter, on the under surface, is much nearer to
LT. aurigineus, whereas 7’. argillaceus is certainly the southern
representative of 7’. mutans.
90. 'TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS, var. VENUSTUS,
Teracolus venustus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 94.
3S, QQ, Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Unyika, August 25th :
do, Mwewe’s town, Nyika, August 26th; 9, Kaun Guzi,
4620 feet, Unyika, August 27th; ¢, Chuona River (Mwewe’s
town), Sept. 15th, 1895.
At the last-mentioned locality Mr. Crawshay speaks of this
butterfly as being plentiful; yet he seems only to have captured
1896. | FROM NYASA-LAND. 835
one male: it is the dry-season form of 7’. aurigineus, and until
this collection came to hand was only represented by the typical
male example from Kilima-njaro in the Museam series ; nor have
I seen it in any other collection.
91, TERACOLUS OPALESCENS.
Q. Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 30
(1886); ¢. P.Z.N. 1896, p. 125.
3. Dry-season form.
On the upper surface this only differs from the male of the
wet-season form in the absence of the black marginal spots to the
secondaries; on the under surface, however, it differs in having
the apical area and costal margin of the primaries and whole
surface of secondaries flesh-pink, tinted on the costal borders and
internervular folds with ochreous; the disc of the secondaries
crossed by a series of brown dots. Expanse of wings 51 millim.
Bangara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 18th, 1895. “If
once missed, is exceedingly difficult to take ” (Zt. C.).
The arrival of this example is particularly interesting to me,
for it shows that my belief in the local constancy of some of the
named forms of the 7’. eris group is, so far, borne out, the seasonal
forms of this Eastern and Central African type being both easily
separable from the more southern examples.
The type of 7’. exis was obtained at Ambukohl, in Lower Nubia,
and is probably the true male of my 7’. abyssinicus, of which we
only possess females: the figure agrees most closely with a male
(wet-season form) received from Kilima-njaro, the orange apical
spots on the primaries being short, the outer edge of the upper
portion of the white area, beyond the cell, less oblique than in the
southern forms, or than in 7’. opalescens, and the black costal belt
of the secondaries extending on the disc to below the second sub-
costal branch ; it, however, differs in having a small white spot
near centre of outer margin of primaries, a character which may
be variable. ‘The southern forms are certainly not typical 7’. eris ;
nor can 7’. johnstont be correctly called the dry-season form of the
Natal examples presented to us by Mr. BH. C. Buxton, inasmuch as
the latter have the under surface of the wings pink, and must there-
fore themselves be the dry-season form of Mr. Trimen’s 7’. eris
(of which he says: ‘‘ Underside— Whitish or yellowish-white”) and
identical with his variety A.
If, then, certain Lepidopterists prefer to regard the representative
forms of 7. eris as mere local phases of one species, the fact that
each of them has its dry- and wet-season forms distinct from the
others gives them at least a claim to be regarded as subspecies
and to retain distinctive names.
92. TBRACOLUS SUBFASCIATUS.
3. Teracolus subfasciatus, Swainson, Ill. 2nd ser. iii. pl. 115
(1833).
3, Mweniwandas, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 15th,
1895, (Dry-season form.)
836 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
- 93. TERACOLUS REGINA.
3 9. Anthocharis regina, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
3rd ser. i. p. 520 (1863).
Teracolus regina, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. pl. xi. fig. 3, 9
(1889).
3, Loangwa Valley Pass, 4090 feet alt., Senga, August 28th ;
Q, Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th, 1895.
The female contained “ pale yellow ova”; she was somewhat
worn, having probably been long on the wing.
The receipt of these specimens, the male taken in the dry season
and the female before the rains had fairly set in, is very interesting,
as supporting the assertion that 7’. anawx is the wet-season form of
T. regina. The entire absence of the latter from any of the
collections previously received by us from British Central Africa
_ had led me to regard this statement with considerable doubt; but
now I see no reason for rejecting it.
94, TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.
Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 431, pl. xxv.
figs. 3, 3.a (1865).
Wet season, 5 3, Deep Bay, March 9th, 1896.
Dry season, 2 9, Loangwa Valley forest, August 30th, and
Ntonga, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 13th, 1895.
After carefully studying the purple-tipped species, in relation to
the question of seasonal dimorphism, I am forced to the conclusion
that there is no reason for distinguishing the Eastern and Central
African examples of 7. phlegyas from those of the White Nile:
they are slightly larger, but otherwise typical in both sexes.
1. phleyyas can hardly be a dry-season form of 1. imperator,
because the specimen of the male recorded above (and which is
fairly typical) was obtained in the middle of the rains, whilst the
females were obtained near the end of. the dry season: on the
other hand, we have a typical male of: 2. imperator taken in the
middle of the dry season.
Furthermore, 7’. imperator cannot possibly be the 7. cone of
Godart, as assumed by my friend Trimen in his ‘South African
Butterflies” Not only does the distribution of 7. imperator
render this highly improbable, but the description by M. Godart
does not at all answer to it :—
T.. tone. T. imperator.
1. Black apical border divided 1. Apical area violet, narrowly
obliquely by a violet band bordered with black.
rounded externally.
2. A conspicuous black disco- 2. A very faintly indicated dis-
cellular spot on the primaries. cocellular dot, or none at all.
3. No transverse ray on under 3. A conspicuous oblique trans-
surface of secondaries. verse ray on under surface of
secondaries.
I do not doubt that M. Godart’s description was made from a
1896.] _ FROM NYASA-LAND. 837
somewhat worn example of the South-African 7’. speciosus, to
which it approaches much more closely than to any other violet-
tipped Zeracolus: it is the only known species which can be
accurately described as having the apical black border “ divided
transversely and obliquely by a violet band, very brilliant, rounded
externally ” : it is moreover, in my opinion, worthy of consideration
that Dr. Boisduval, who (in the Piertne especially) was apt to cut
species very fine indeed, regarded the southern insect as typical
7’. ione, as there can be little doubt that the Doctor had examined
the original type.
One fact, however, must not be lost sight of:—Mr. Trimen
includes 7’. jalone in the synonymy of his 7’. ione and says that he
does not consider it to be even a marked variety. Now ’. jalone
has a conspicuous discocellular spot on the primaries, and its wet-
season form has no more ray on the under surface than exists in
7’. speciosus ; only the apical border is conspicuously dusted with _
white scales, and the violet band is too close to the inner edge of
the coloured apical area to be correctly spoken of as an oblique
band crossing the border at apex. Mr. Trimen gives ‘“ White
Nile” as the locality of my type of 7. jalone, and that certainly
was the locality on the specimen. Should not this have suggested
to him the possibility of 2’. jalone being the dry-season male of
T. phlegyas, rather than a hardly separable variation of 7’. imperator ?
We certainly baye one or two specimens which tend to link
T. phlegyas and T. julone; and the two male examples taken on
March 9th represent the spotted and unspotted types, although
neither of them has the pink under surface with transverse ray of
the typical dry-season form 7’. jalone.
95. TERACOLUS HILDEBRANDTI.
Callomne hildebrandtii, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 44, pl. 23
(1884-88).
3, Mrali, west coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 22nd, 1895.
A dry-season form of this species, which cannot easily be
confounded with any form of 7. anne, but must stand between
the latter and 7’. eupompe.
The dry-season form differs from the (typical) wet-season form
in its superior size, the scarlet instead of orange colouring and
greater width of the apical patch on the primaries, the greyer basal
area and the pinky yellowish apical area of primaries and ground-
colour of secondaries on the under surface; the black terminations
to the nervures are also almost obliterated : it comes nearest to
T. anne, var. wallengrent, but the marginal spots are too small, the
colouring below too yellow, and the scarlet above too pronounced.
96. THRACOLUS ACHIND, var. GAVISA.
Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13.
@, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896. <“ Pale
yellow oblong ova” (2. C.).
838 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [Nov. 17,
97. THRACOLUS SIPYLUS.
Teracolus sipylus, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 444, pl. xl. fig. 11.
3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
This is supposed to be an extreme wet-season form of 7’. evenin+:
Mr. Trimen’s note in his ‘South African Butterflies,’ vol. ili.
p. 128, seems somewhat contradictory. . Of 7’. sipylus he says :—
‘The male is inseparable from the larger darker specimens of male
evenina ...., though it is somewhat more heavily marked.” I
consider 7’, stpylus to be a distinct representative form.
98. TERACOLUS PROONE.
Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, Kong). Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caftr. p. 12.
Mpata, west of Lake Nyasa, August 2nd, 1895.
Probably only a varietal form of 1. theogene ; but both are dry-
season forms, of which it is extremely likely that 7'7’. ocale,
microcale, angolensis, and arethusa are more or less localized wet-
season forms.
99. THRACOLUS CINCLUS.
Teracolus cinctus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p- 105 (1883).
Dry-season form ¢ 9, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 5th and
13th, 1895.
Differs from the typical wet-season form in the reduction of the
internal black streak on the primaries, which is represented by a
greyish smear ending in a darker spot, and in the rosy colouring
of the secondaries on the under surface.
100. THracoLus SUBFUMOSUS.
Teracolus subfumosus, Butler, P. 4.8. 1876, p. 139, pl. vi. fig. 3.
3, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 12th, 1895.
This is doubtless a wet-season form of some other named
Teracolus and allied to 7. eione: it is not at all likely to be a form
of the West-African 7’. antigone, unless the latter can be linked by
a perfect series of intergrades to 7’. eione, which at present I am
not prepared to admit to be a fact. If 7. antiyone and 1’, eione are
distinct species (as claimed in the ‘South African Butterflies’), the
forms from Western Africa must be kept separate from those of
the South. Z. phlegetonia is allied to 7’. eione, but does not closely
agree with it in pattern, though both represent the extreme wet-
season types of the country which they inhabit. In like manner,
T. xanthus will probably prove to be a wet-season form of
T’. odysseus, inasmuch as both forms inhabit the White Nile, and
are so much alike that their proper females were originally trans-
posed ; the differences between them are similar to those which
exist between 7’. evone and 1’. subfumosus, or between 1’. phlegetonia
and 7’, antigone. As might be expected of West Coast forms, no
1896. ] . FROM NYASA-LAND. 839
extreme dry-season types seem to occur: the pattern of 7. antigone
represents the latter, but the rosy colouring on the under surface,
characteristic of Southern, Eastern, and Northern types, is wanting.
101. TrRacoLUs INCRETUS.
@. Teracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146
(1881).
Sb. Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 23.
2, Kawembi, N.W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 23rd, 1895.
102, BeLENOoIs THYSA, var. SABRATA.
6. Belenots sabrata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870,
p. 526.
3, Mtambwi Hill, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 20th; 9, Mpimbi
Plain, Upper Shiri River, March 2ath, 1896.
“‘ Oblong yellow ova” (It. C.).
The largest specimens of the species which I have seen, and,
apparently, the only form taken in Nyasa-land. It differs from
typical B. thysu in the narrower black border at apex of primaries
and the more dentate-sinuate (rather than zigzag) character of the
inner edge of the outer border ; the subapical spots well separated
from the border, though touching the black veins in the female.
The type of B. sabrate was an unusually small example. A very
curious female of B. thysa, with glaucous greyish apex of primaries
and ground-colour to secondaries below, was obtained on the
Chuona River (Mwewe’s), Unyika, August 26th, 1895.
103. ERonia LDA.
Dryas leda, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg., App. p. 588 (187).
3, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896.
104. PAPILIO PSEUDONIREUS.
Papilio pseudonireus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. i. p. 94
(1865).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist to 4th,
1896.
105. PAPILIO PHOROAS.
3. Papilio phorcas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. ii. B, C (1775).
3 6, 2, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st,
1896.
“ Fairly plentiful, but very difficult to take, as it flies high,
skimming the trees, and rarely comes down within reach.” The
female contained “large spherical boiled-sago-coloured ova ”
(2. C.).
All the specimens were more or less shattered, the female with
the same green bands and spots as the male; all the specimens
with the subapical patch on the primaries rather smaller than in
Western examples.
840 DR. A. G@, BULLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [Noy. 17,
106, Papinio HORRIBILIS.
Papilio horribilis, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 88, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2 (1872).
3, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist, 1896.
‘A pair only seen, floating round in the air, in an opening on
the outskirts of a vast forest ; spent something like half an hour
in waiting to capture one; the other disappeared ” (2%. C.).
107. SARANGESA ASTRIGERA,
Sarangesa astrigera, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 669; Holland,
]. ce. 1896, pl. ii. fig. 8.
Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and March 6th, 1896.
108. SARANGESA MOTOZI.
Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-
Akad. Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53.
Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd, 1895.
109. SARANGESA PERTUSA.
Sape pertusa, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.
Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, June 26th, and Loangwa River,
Senga, Sept. 5th, 1895.
“Local, frequents shady nooks, holes, and hollows” (Zt. C.).
One example nearly approaches S. motozi on the upper surface,
but differs in the absence of yellow-ochre blotches and spots on
the under surface ; other specimens barely differ (if at all) from
S. synestalmenus, Karsch.
110. Saranansa HOLLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)
3. General form of S. pertusa, excepting that the costa of
primaries is proportionately longer, and the outer margin conse-
quently less arched and more oblique. Above golden-bronze-brown ;
all the vitreous white spots small and edged with blackish:
primaries with two superposed vitreous spots at basal third of
interno-median areole, two near the end of discoidal cell forming
a broken >, two near base of median areoles, the lower one large
and irregularly diamond-shaped, two black dots below the latter,
the upper one with a white central point, three subapical spots
(the first very small), and below them two blackish spots ; fringe
buff, excepting near external angle, where it is white, varied with
blackish spots at the ends of the nervures and with a slender
blackish subbasal line : secondaries with a small spot at the end of
the cell, almost encircled by a series of ten spots, mostly with
small vitreous centres ; fringe brown at apex, sordid at anal angle,
otherwise white, spotted with blackish at the end of each nervure:
body darker than the wings, with two white dots at each side of
- the head against the eyes; antennez smoky brown. Primaries below
irrorated with pale lilac; the vitreous spots white-edged and
therefore apparently larger, those in the cell united so as to form
a perfect >; internal border whity brown: secondaries whitish
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 841
lilac, irrorated with bronze-brown on costal area and external border
almost to anal angle; vitreous spots with golden-brown margins ;
fringe as above: body below white, faintly lilacine at the sides of
the pectus and brown at the sides of the venter. Expanse of
wings 41 millim.
Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 25th, 1895.
This species has such a familiar aspect, that I had. hoped, with
the assistance of Dr. Holland’s most valuable monograph, to be
able to find a published name for it; but, not having done so, I
have taken the liberty of dedicating it to that most energetic and
painstaking Lepidopterist.
111. Tactapns FrLEsus.
Papilio flesus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135 (1781).
Leya stream, Deep Bay, June 4th, 1895.
112. EaGris JAMESONT.
Antigonus jamesoni, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. vi. p. 348 (1890).
Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept. 14th ; Tampi
River, Lower Nyika, Oct. 21st, 1895.
113. ABanris (SAPHA) TRIMENT.
Sapea triment, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 264, pl. xv. fig. 5.
Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 10th, 1895.
I wish I could agree with Dr. Holland in thinking this identical
with Westwood’s species; but, as the species most nearly allied to
the latter and this (A. pzradisea) invariably has the sides of the
abdomen ochreous, and the number of segments said by Westwood
to be luteous does not correspond with the number of segments
which are white in A. trimenz, I consider that, until specimens
of the latter are received from the same locality as that of
Westwood’s type, I still have the stronger case.
114. GorGyRra JOHNSTONI.
Aeromachus ? johnstont, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 673.
Gorgyra johnstont, Holland, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 32, pl. ii. fig. 6.
3, Deep Bay, Feb. 6th; ¢,@ taken im cottt, Feb. 15th, 1896.
@. “ Pale yellow ova ” (#. C.).
The sexes are absolutely alike.
115. OxyeaLPus RUSO.
Pamphila ruso, Mabille, C.R.Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. elxxxiii
(1891).
Oxypalpus ruso, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 669; Tolland, 1. ec.
1896, p. 39, pl. ili. fig. 13.
Mtambwi Hill, Feb. 20th; IKondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika,
Feb. 21st; Kasungu Mountain, 7426 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,
1896.
842 DR, A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
This pretty species varies a good deal on both surfaces; the
black longitudinal streak on the primaries above is frequently
divided longitudinally by an ochreous median vein, and trans-
versely by an orange-ochreous bar just before the end of the cell;
the ochreous longitudinal stripe of the secondaries is sometimes
expanded so as to leave only a narrow black costal border; on
the under surface there is occasionally a subapical decreasing series
of five cream-coloured spots divided only by the nervures (which
are dull orange), and the secondaries are cream-coloured, with
orange-tawny veins and internal streak: intergrades between the
extremes occur.
116. Cycroriprs PErExceLLuys. (Plate XLILI. fig. 2.)
Cyclopides perexcellens, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol, xviil. p. 161 (1896).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,
1896,
117. CycLoPrimEs QUADRISIGNATUS.
Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pl. Ix.
fig. 9.
Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet alt., March 1st; 7425 feet,
March 2nd, 3rd, and 6th, Nyika.
Every fresh collection brings additional evidence of the varia-
bility of this species. The example obtained on March 6th has the
two obliquely-placed orange spots just beyond the middle of the
primaries unusually large and confluent, two small costal spots
being only separated from them by the subcostal nervure. At
first sight this variety might be taken for a modification of
C. midas, but it is not only too dark, both in ground-colour and
spots, but the inner of the two costal spots (which doubtless
represents the basal orange dash in C. midas) is much too far trom
the base to be characteristic of that species, whilst the absence of
the spot in the discoidal cell of the secondaries is characteristic of
C. quadrisignatus.
118. Cyctorrprs mipas.
__ Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. S, 1893, p. 671; 1895, p. 265,
pl. xv. tig. 6.
Chuona River (Mwewe’s), Unyika, August 26th, 1895,
The damaged aberrant examples recorded under this species in
my paper on Mr. Scott Elliot’s collection prove to be extreme
forms of the preceding species: I had thought it impossible that
C. quadrisignatus could vary so much. C. midas is tolerably
constant.
119. G@EGENES LETTERSTEHDTI.
Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. © 843
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.
The only objection which I can see to G. obumbrata (=hottentota)
being a form of the above species, is the presence of a well-defined
brand on the primaries of the male: no trace of this brand is
visible on any of our examples of either the yellowish or the
smoky-brown variety of G. letterstedtt.
120. ANDRONYMUS PHILANDER.
Pamphila philander, Hopffer, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl.
1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. vy. p. 416,
pl. xxvii. figs. 1. 2 (1862).
® 2, Mtambwi Hill, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 22nd, 1896.
“ Large dark yellow ova” (Z?. C.).
T am very glad that Dr. Holland has made this the type of a
new genus; it was quite out of place in Acleros.
HErbrocnRa.
121. Curinonopes 1YLAs.
Sphina hylas, Linneus, Mantissa, i. p. 539 (1771).
3 2, Deep Bay, Feb. 16th and March 10th, 1896.
“Frequents the beds of Azineas in the fort, but is not
plentiful ” (22. C.).
The female contained “ bright emerald-green ova.”
122. MAcROGLOSSA TROCHILOIDES.
Macroglessa trochiloides, Butler, P. ZS. 1875, p. 5.
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.
A beautiful and perfectly typical example of this race.
123. BastorHEa IDRICtS.
Sphina idricus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. pl. 2. fig. 2 (1773).
2, Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1896.
‘* Day-flyer: emerald-green ova” (Jt. C.).
The most perfect specimen that I have seen of this tiny green-
winged Hawk-moth.
124. CUAROCAMPA ESON, var. GRACILIS.
Cherocampa gracilis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 8, pl. ii. fig. 2.
Q, Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1896.
“ Light sea-green ova” (it. C.).
Chiefly differs from the Southern form (typical C. eson) in its
narrower wings, with more oblique outer margin.
125, XANTIIOSPILOPTHRYX PENDIX.
Eusemia perdix, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 668.
Eusemia eoa, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 123;
Novit. Lepid. pl. xi. fig. 1 (1892).
9, Deep Bay, Feb. 11th, 1896.
844 DN. A. G. BUTLDR ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
“ About as common, perhaps, as the ‘Cream-spot tiger’ in
Great Britain. Emerald-green ova” (2. C.).
The first example that I have seen of this pretty species.
126, A°aocuRa INCLUSA.
Q. Pristocerwa? inclusa, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 357,
Taf. ii. fig. 5.
3, Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th,
1895.
“Fairly plentiful” (2. C.).
Quite new to the Museum series: Mr. Kirby is of opinion that
it is the same as Metagarista rendalli, Rothsch., and it is quite
possible that he may be correct.
127. AS@ocERA MENETA.
Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixx. D (1775).
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
128, CHaRILINA AMABILIS.
Noctua amabilis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 13. fig. 3 (1773).
Deep Bay, Feb. 10th and 18th, 1896.
129. ZANA SPURCATA.
Antheua spurcata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 298 (1864).
© , Mweniwanda’s, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 15th, 1895.
130. PHALERA LATIPENNIS, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.)
3. Broader in the wings than any other species of the genus;
the antenne broadly pectinated as in P. argentifera; the upper
radial of the primaries springing from the anterior angle of the
cell, instead of from the subcostal; general scheme of colouring
recalling P. flavescens. Primaries above creamy white ; base of
costa sprinkled with black and: brick-red scales; a band of red
scales crossing the wing at about basal third and followed imme-
diately by a band of black scales, both divided by the pale nervures ;
two or three ill-defined greyish and testaceous stripes across the
middle of the wing; at external two-sevenths is a broad belt almost
parallel to outer margin, consisting first of a subangulated oblique
series of black lunules, immediately followed by a more or less
lunulate brick-red stripe, somewhat blackish in the centre, and
lastly by a grey band irrorated with black and separating into vague:
lunules towards apex; a few ill-defined submarginal spots of black
scales: secondaries sericeous ochreous, veins dusty, becoming black
at apex and on outer margin: head, collar, and centre of thorax
brownish ochreous; antenne black; pterygodes and metathorax
white, somewhat ochreous at the sides; an oblique black bar on
the front of the pterygodes; abdomen reddish ochreous, with grey
dorsal patches on each segment. Wings below ochreous, the veins
chiefly black beyond the middle; the primaries from beyond the
1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 845
cell dusted with grey ; a submarginal series of ochreous lunules ;
a partly zigzag dusky marginal border, interrupted on the fringe
by ochreous spots : secondaries with a slender black marginal line:
body below deep ochreous; tibie, tarsi, and venter more or less
blackish. Expanse of wings 55 millim.
Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.
It is possible that this species may eventually be separated from
Phalera as the type of a new genus, but at present there does not
seem sufficient evidence of the importance of the characters which
differentiate it to warrant its being thus distinguished; the width
of the wings and the antennal characters are not uniform in the
genus, whilst the position of the upper radial is the same as in
P. sigmata.
131. PANTOOTHNIA GREMMANS.
Pantoctenia gemmans, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. pl. Ixxxii.
fig. 16 (1874).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.
132. Tapa prasina. (Plate XLILI. fig. 4.)
Teda prasina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.
p- 161 (1896).
Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.
SCOTINOCHROA, gen. hoy.
Allied to Cosuma, neuration the same; antenna longer and more
uniformly pectinated ; palpi totally dissimilar—much longer, falci-
form, the second joint long, subcylindrical, somewhat flattened
internally, directed obliquely upwards, third joint half the length
of the second, somewhat acuminate ; tarsi of front pair of legs not
fringed as in Cosuma, and those of the second and third pairs
rather penicillated than fringed, each joint having a fairly well-
defined separate flattened tuft at the back.
133. ScorinocHROA INCONSEQUENS, Sp. Nn.
Primaries above vinaceous chocolate-brown, sprinkled with
shining, mostly leaden-grey scales ; 2 D-shaped spot at the end of the
cell, connate with an oblique irregular band from costa near apex
to inner margin, this band is narrowest and inarched at its upper
extremity, widest towards the inner margin; both spot and band
-are mostly whity brown externally and shining leaden grey in the
middle, and are bounded internally by irregular black dashes and
externally by a black line; from the cell downwards the inner
margin of the band is zigzag and the outer margin undalated, and
followed by an abbreviated similar band, which, however, has no
leaden central scales (and therefore stands out as a pale patch with
undulated outer margin): secondaries pale sericeous vinaceous,
showing slight greenish reflections in certain lights; the abdominal
border and base of fringe sienna or golden brownish; centre of
846 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON LUPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
fringe blackish, tips shining dark vinaceous: body deep chocolate-
brown, sprinkled with shining leaden scales; the posterior edges
of the collar and bases of the metathoracic and abdominal tufts
somewhat ochreous ; antenne pale sericeous brown. Under surface
of wings sericeous pale brown, darker towards costal area, some-
what vinaceons, fringes distinctly so; primaries blackish in the cell
and with a glistening internal area: body below glossy vinaceous
chocolate-brown, the extremities of leg-joints and the last joint of
the palpi somewhat ochraceous. Expanse of wings 82 millim.
Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 1896.
134. THYRETES PHASMA, sp. n.
Q. Very close to Z. caffra, but easily distinguished from the
fact that the hyaline triangular spot in the cell of primaries fills
the upper instead of the lower angle; also the inner edge of the
hyaline belt from median vein to apex is not irregular but forms a
direct oblique line, the second division from the apex being much
elongated backwards ; the brown border of the secondaries is also
narrower. Expanse of wings 37 millim.
Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1896.
‘‘ Pale green ova” (Zt. C.).
135. ARGINA OCELLINA,
Deiopeia ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571 (1854).
3 9, Deep Bay, Veb. 27th, 1896.
“Fairly common, a day-flyer, sits on grass-stalks” (2. C.).
Dicrrnvs, gen. nov.
Allied to Setinochroa, of exactly the same form; but differing
utterly in the character of the antenne, which are solidly bipec-
tinated, the pectinations widely separated and emitting short
bristles: the primaries with only four branches to the subcostal
vein, the fork of the united third and fourth branches being longer
than in Setinochvoa and more divergent ; secondaries with the sub-
costal furca considerably shorter and the footstalk consequently
very much longer than in that genus.
136. Dicrenus Inconsrans, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)
Wings bright ochreous, the primaries with a conspicuous black
spot at the end of the cell; basal half of costal border black; the
remaining half sometimes black, as well as a broader outer border
and narrow internal border: body black, collar, pterygodes, and
metathorax clothed with ochreous hair; anal tuft ochreous: wirgs
below nearly as above, but the secondaries with a small blackish
spot at the end of the cell: body below black; tibiew and tarsi of
middle and bind legs ochreous tipped with black. Expanse of
wings 20 millim.
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,
1896.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 847
137. LEPTOSOMA APICALE.
Nyctemera apicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 395 (1854),
2 2, Deep Bay, May 16th, 1895.
“ Light yellow ova” (Zt. C.).
138. SPILOSOMA AURICINCTUM, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)
Nearest to S. purum (Alpenus purus), but easily distinguishable
from the fact that the head and the collar are bordered at the back
with bright ochreous; the primaries are more produced, the costal
margin being longer and the black dots are few, small, and confined
to the base and costal area; the secondaries only show three
conspicuous black spots in the form of a triangle, the apex of which
is represented by a spot at the end of the cell and the base by two
submarginal spots; primaries below immaculate, but secondaries
as above. Jixpanse of wings 44 millim.
Q, Fuleriva hills, 2000 feet alt., Deep Bay, March 5th, 1896.
This species and S. purum are strikingly unlike the other Ermine
Moths from the fact that both extremities of the bright golden-
ochreous black-dotted abdomen are snow-white. Our examples of
S. purum from British East Africa show no trace of the dorsal
black dots, but otherwise are typical.
139. AROA TERMINALIS.
Aroa terminalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 794 (1854).
3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
Walker’s description, having been based upon a badly rubbed
and barely recognizable specimen, is utterly useless for the iden-
tification of the species; I therefore redescribe the insect from
Mr. Crawshay’s beautiful male example :—Primaries above deep
yellowish testaceous or bright mustard-yellow; a paler central
band with widely bisinuated outer edge, expanding within the
cell to enclose a conspicuous rounded blocd-red spot; a pale
band crossing the dise near the outer margin, its inner edge bi-
sinuated, its outer edge correspondingly biundulated ; fringe very
slightly paler than the ground-colour; secondaries deep orange-
ochreous with bright golden-yellow fringe; antenne yellow, with
vinaceous brown pectinations; body ochreous, deepest on the
abdomen: under surface bright saffron-yellow, the primaries
irrorated with smoky brown scales towards apex forming two short
divergent streaks; levs hairy, lemon-yellow. Expanse of wings
33 millim.
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
T believe the specimen noted (P. Z. S. 1896, p. 135) as Lopera
crocata var.? is probably a very badly discoloured and faded example
of this species.
140. AROA BISTIGMIGERA, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)
3. Nearest to A. clara: upper surface dead golden, or dull
ochraceous, suffused with vinaceous greyish; fringe deep grey ;
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LY. 55
848 DR, A, G. BULLER ON LUPIDOPLERA [Nov. 17,
primaries with two conspicuous black spots at the end of the cell;
secondaries with a fairly broad smoky black border; body smoky
black; shaft of antennw, head, collar, shoulders, and anal tuft
ochreous: wings below paler than above, primaries with a large
almost semicircular subapical blackish patch from end of cell; body
below ochreous, blackish at the sides. Uxpanse of wings 27
millim.
3 3d, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
“ Day flier” (2. C.).
The sexes in this genus differ so much that it would not greatly
surprise me to discover that the following form was the female of
A, bistiymigera: at the same time, as Sir George Hampson points
out, the pattern is so dissimilar that it would be absurd to put the
two together without trustworthy proof of their identity: then
again it is just as likely that A. ochraceata (which we have received
trom Zomba) may be the female of this species, inasmuch as it often
has two spots at the end of the cell of primaries, though in other
respects it is utterly dissimilar.
141. Anoa cuanax, Druce. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)
9. Upper surface tawny orange with broad smoky brown outer
borders, that of the primaries occupying the apical third of the
wing and crossed by blackish veins (which colouring commences on
the orange area); border of secondaries abruptly narrowed towards
anal angle; fringes sericeous, dark grey ; 2 conspicuous black spot
at the end of each discoidal cell; primaries with narrow dusky
costal margin, three small black spots across the base; antennw
and third joint of palpi black ; abdomen paler than thorax, golden
ochreous with a dorsal series of black spots: wings below nearly
as above, no subbasal spots on the primaries: body below bright
ochreous; tarsi of all the legs and tibiae of front and middle pairs
black. Expanse of wings 43 millim.
Deep Bay, April 30th, 1895.
142, LyMANTRIA BANANA, sp. n. (Plate XLIT. fig. 9.)
3. Primaries semitransparent cream-coloured, the basal third
smoky brown, bsinuated in front; costa to end of cell the same
colour confluent with a constricted Y-shaped bar which crosses
the end of the cell; an oblique zigzag smoky-brown line, incurved
towards costa, across the disc; a marginal irregular patch of the
same colour near apex, and a second at external angle, also an
intermediate small triangular intermediate spot; veins, excepting
from the end of the cell to the apex, partly brown and partly
blackish; and all the veins as they cross the zigzag line blackish:
secondaries semitransparent pale golden ochreous, more opaque and
more distinctly ochreous on abdominal two-fifths : body above
tawny ochraceous, palest at the extremities, somewhat vinaceous on
the thorax; antenn and tips of palpal joints black: under surface
of wings immaculate ; body cream-coloured, a few orange hairs on
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 849
front of pectus; sides of venter ochreous. Expanse of wings
50 millim. ;
Mpata, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 21st, 1895.
“Taken in a banana plantation” (2. C.).
We have a nearly allied species in the Museum collection from
Old Calabar.
143. MARDARA CURVIVIRGATA.
Lelia curvivirgata, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 373, Taf. iv.
fig. 3. t
3, Lower Nyika, 4200 feet alt., June 30th, 1895.
This species is closely related to my M. peculiams from Mada-
gascar, but differs in the fact that the golden-brown band across
the primaries runs to the apex instead of to the costal margin.
144. HiBRILDES NORAX.
Hibrildes noraw, Druce, P. 4. 8. 1887, p. 675.
Anengya spiritalis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 374, pl. iv.
fig. 7.
6, Mweniwanda’s, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Dec. 22nd,
1895.
145. HiBriLDES CRAWSHAYI.
Hibrildes crawshayi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. =
vol. xviil. p. 162 (1896).
2, Mwini-uruma’s town, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, be
17th, 1895.
It is of course possible that the sexes of J. noraa may be
utterly dissimilar in colour and pattern, and that this may prove to
be its female: if so, Mr. Kirby’s two new species will also be sexes.
146. PsEUDAPHELIA APOLLINARIS.
Saturnia apollinaris, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 601 (1847).
Namitembo, Zomba Mountains, March 25th, 1896.
“ Huge quautity of pale yellow ova” (2. C.).
147. ANTHEREA DOLABELLA.
Antherea dolabella, Druce, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 499, pl. xxxviii.
fig. 2.
Q, Kasungu Mountain, 7020 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist, 1896.
“Large spherical whitish-yellow ova” (2. C.).
It is unfortunate that the single example of this rare species
obtained by Mr. Crawshay was a good deal worn.
148. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA.
Phalena-Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 99, pl. ccl.
fig. EB (1782).
@, Deep Bay, March, and Oct. 18th, 1896.
“ Bright green ova” (&. C.).
55*
850 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. [Nov. 17,
149. PatuLa WALKERI.
Patula walkeri, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
p: 406.
Zambezi River, Kast Africa, April 16th, 1896.
Perhaps this ought to be included in the present paper, but it
was not sent with the Nyasa collection.
150. ARGADESA MATERNA.
' Phalena-Noctua materna, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840.
Deep Bay, Oct. 9th, 1895.
151. HamarorItHRA RUBRIFASOCIATA.
Hematorithra rubrifasciata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. xviii. p. 162 (1896).
Deep Bay, Feb. 26th, 1896’.
152. Hyria ANGUSTA, sp. n.
Primaries above dull vinaceous purple; a broad oblique central
golden ochreous band from inner margin to above the median vein,
impinged upon at its anterior extremity by a blackish spot at the
end of the cell; fringe golden ochraceous, somewhat stained with
dull purplish at the base: secondaries bright golden ochreous,
with a black dot at the end of the cell; outer border and basal
half of fringe dull vinaceous purple: body sericeous dark vinaceous
greyish; shaft of antenna silvery, slightly buffish at base: under
surface of wings nearly as above, but the basi-internal area of
primaries sericeous and somewhat silvery ; legs and centre of venter
pale buff. Expanse of wings 14 millim.
Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896.
“ Day flier” (2. C.).
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pirate XLT. Pruate XLII.
Fig. 1. Amauris crawshay?, p. 821. Fig. 1. Sarangesa hollandii, p. 840.
2. Panopea heliogenes, p. 823. 2. Cyclopides perexcellens, p. 842.
3. Planema scalivittata, p, 826. ..8, Phalera latipennis, p. 844.
4. Alena reticulata, go, p. 827. 4. Teda prasina, p. 845,
5. Cyclyrius juno, p. 830. 5, Dictenus inconstans, p. 846.
6. Capys connexiva, 3, p. 831. 6. Spilosoma auricinetum, p. 847.
7. Lolaus auricostalis, 9 , p.832. 7. Aroa bistigmigera, p. 847.
8. ,, charaz, p. 848.
9. Lymantria banane, p. 848.
’ Oaught by Mr. G. A. Taylor.
hth ah nee
ee
PZS.1896. Plate XLII.
West, Nevanam chrome
MWC Warght del ethth
New |.evidoptera fromm Nyasa-land.
Collected by Mt Yule
1896.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. ‘851
\
6. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land presented
to the Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and
collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. By Artuur G. Butter,
Ph.D., F.L.8., F.Z.S., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoolo-
gical Department, British Museum.
[Received September 7, 1896.]
(Plate XLIIL.)
From the few notes as to exact localities which occurred on the
envelopes it would seem that the present collection was obtained
partly, if not altogether, on the Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, in
1895; but so very few of the specimens are accompanied by
notes as to locality and date of capture, that I have not thought
it advisable to burden the ‘ Proceedings’ by repeating references
to descriptions and figures, most of which have already been given
in other papers on Nyasa Lepidoptera published in the Society’s
‘ Proceedings.’
The collection contains examples of five new species and of a new
form of a known species; but, in addition to these, there are several
species of interest, such as the wet-season form of Ypthima gra--
nulosa ; examples of the broad-bordered variety of Charazes saturnus,
to which I gave the name of laticinctus; a somewhat worn female
example of the rare Charaaes violetta ; the white variety of Huralia ’
mima; additional examples of Aetacrenis crawshayi; a curious
variety of the female of Alana nyusse haying the base of the pos-
terior wings white; both wet- and dry-season forms of Teracolus
opalescens; the rare Teracolus hildebrandtii; a dry-season female
of Teracolus subfasctatus, differing in its superior size, the larger
apical orange patch on the primaries being without inner blackish
limitation, and the under surface more strongly reticulated ; both
seasonal forms of Z'eracolus emini; the male of Belenois diminuta,
showing that the latter is the dry-season form of B. crawshayi; a
good series of Papilio nivinow, consisting entirely of males (as the
only example which we possess of P. taboranus is a female, it
seems probable that the differences in pattern and colouring
between these two forms of Papilio are due to sex, in which case
the name of P. taboranus will have to stand for the species);
an example in good condition of a rare Hesperiid (Cyclopides
willemi), of which the Museum previously only possessed a broken
example.
Among the Moths, the most interesting additions, apart Beem
the new species, are two male examples of LWibrildes nora.
Respecting Hibrildes we know very little at present: if the female
resembles the male, no examples have hitherto been received ; but
it is possible that the sexes may be entirely dissimilar, and that
my Hibrildes crawshayt may eventually prove to be the female
852
DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA
[ Noy. 17,
though at present we have not the least evidence in proof of such
sexual incongruity. The genus is a Pterothysanid, and the few
species of that group in which the sexes are known exhibit no
marked sexual differences of pattern and coloration.
The following is a list of the species in this collection :—
_
RHOPALOCERA.
. Limnas chrysippus, Linn., and
var. klugit, Butl.
2. Tirumala petiverana, Doudd.
3. Melanitis solandra, Fabr.
4. Samanta perspicua, Trimen.
5. Mycalesis eusirus, Hopf.
6. ena, Hewits,
7. Physcenura pione, Godm., * var.
lucida, Butl.
8. Ypthima granulosa, Butler.
9. Charaxes castor, Cramer, var.
Aavifasciatus, But.
10. saturnus, Butler, and var.
laticinctus, Butl.
ll achzmenes, Felder.
12. guderiana ¢, Dewitz.
13, —— pheus 6, Hewits.
14. violetta 9, Grose Smith,
15. —— tiridates 9, Fubr.
16. —— bohemani, Felder.
17. candiope, Godart.
18. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn., 9
=z¢naria, Cram,
19, Euralia wahlbergi, Wadlgr.
20. mima var., Zrimen.
21. Junonia sesamus, T'rimen.
22. —— simia, Wailgr.
. —— galami, Boisd.
elgiva, Hewits.
artaxia, Hewits., and var.
nachtigalii, Dewitz.
. —— boopis, Zrimen.
clelia, Cramer.
. ——— cebrene, Trimen.
natalica, Felder.
. Protogoniomorpha anacardii,
Linn.
. Eupbxdra neophron, Hopf.
. Euryphene cocalia, Fabr.
. Pseudargynnis hegemone, Godt.
. Metacrenis rosa, Hewits.
crawshayi, Bud.
. Hamanumida deedalus, Fabr.
. Catuna crithea, Drury.
. Neptis agatha, Cramer.
Atella columbina, Cramer.
. Byblia vulgaris, Saud.
. Acrsea cabira, Hopff..
serena, Fubr., var. perrupta,
Butler.
natalica, Boisd.
. Alena nyassx, var., Hewits.
. Polyommatus beeticus, Linn.
3. Catochrysops osiris, Hopff.
. Azanus occidentalis, Butler.
. Tarucus plinius, abr.
. Nacaduba sichela, Wallgr.
. Castalius calice, Hopf.
. Lycwnesthes liodes, Hewits.
. Zizera knysna, T'rimen.
lucida, Trimen.
. Lachnocnema bibulus, Fadr.
. Spindasis nyassex, Butler.
. Virachola anta, Zrimen.
. Iolaus buxtoni, Hewits.
. —— cxculus, Hopf.
. Myrina ficedula
. Mylothris agathina, Cramer.
, Lrimen.
yulei, Butler.
. Terins zoe, Hopf.
. ——- regularis, Bul.
leonis, Butl.
orientis, Buti.
. Teracolus opalescens, Butl., and
dry-season males.
67. —— hildebrandtii ¢, Staad.
68. ——subfasciatus, Swainson, dry-
season female.
69, —- anax, Grose Smith.
70. ——sipylus 3, Swinkoe,
71. —— omphale, Godurt.
72. emini, Butler, dry- and
wet-season forms, gd.
73. Catopsilia florella, Fabr. Three’
named varieties.
74, Belenois thysa, Hopf.
75 calypso, Drury.
76. ——crawshayi ¢, Butl., and
dry-season form diminuta .
77. —— imesentina, Cram.
78. —— severina ¢, Cram.
x79. Phrissura nyasana, Butler.
80. Herpenia eriphia, God¢.
81. Papilio policenes, Cram.
82 lurlinus, Butler.
83. —— porthaon, Hewits.
84, —— pylades, Madr.
85. —— nivinox, Butler.
86. —— similis, Cramer.
87 demoleus, Linz.
88. Osmodes ranoha, Westw.
, Cyclopides willemi, Wallgr.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 853
Hrrrroosra,
90. Chexrocampn osiris, Dalm. 99. Acontia graellsii, Fezsth.
91. Daphnis nerii, Linn. 100. Cyligramma latona, Cramer.
92. Nephele accentifera, Beauv. 101. rudilinea, Walk,
*93. Antiphella atrinotata, Butler. *102. Fodina johustoni, Butler.
94. Deiopeia pulchella, Linn. 103. Glyphodes sinuata, Fabr.
95. Argina leonina, Walk. 104. Gonodela zombina, Butler.
96. Wgybolia vaillantina, Stol/. 105. Comibsena? sp. (much rubbed ;
97. Hibrildes norax, Druce. possibly Zhalassodes scissaria,
*98. Pheegorista zebra, Butler. Feld.).
In this list the new forms are indicated by an asterisk; these
I now proceed to describe :—
PHYSOCENURA PIOND, var. LUCIDA. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)
Differs from typical P. pione, of which we have a good series, in
the larger white area on the upper surface of the primaries, the
black internal streak being abbreviated or even sometimes almost
obliterated, so that the lobe extending from the white area towards
inner margin is of at least double the width: on the under surface
the black strie are wider apart, far less numerous, and the yellow
ocelli are paler; the three black lines on outer border are not
equidistant as in typical P. prone, the two inner ones being nearer
together. Expanse of wings, ¢ 39 millim., 9 45.
Two males and one female.
It is possible that this form may prove eénstant to locality: it
is probably from near Fort Songwe, N.W. Nyasa. We have
received typical P. pione only from Zomba and Deep Bay.
Myroruris yunut, sp.n. (Plate XLIIT. fig. 2.)
g. Above milky white, slightly tinted with primrose-yellow
at the base; apical border, a very slender marginal line, and a
dot at extremity of second median branch black; costal border
towards base irrorated with blackish; secondaries with black
marginal dots at extremities of median branches and submedian
yein: primaries below golden orange (or cadmium-yellow) to
middle of cell ; apical area washed diffusedly with saffron-yellowish ;
seven marginal black dots, the last, at extremity of first median
branch, very small: secondaries creamy buff, yellower at base, the
costal areolet cadmium-yellow ; six black marginal spots, the
smallest being the fifth from anal angle or that at extremity of
radial nervure: body normal. Expanse of wings 51 willim.
The female, which I formerly supposed to be a pale variety of
M. rueppellii, differs chiefly on the upper surface in the pale saffron
flush at the base of the primaries and the still paler tint at base of
secondaries: on the under surface it agrees very nearly with the
jmale. Ixpanse of wings 59 millim.
; ‘Lhe female example in the Museum is from Kolima-njaro.
i
PHRISSURA NYASANA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 3.)
' An exact copy of Mylothris rueppellii: differing chiefly in its
854 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. [Noyv. 17,
broader wings, the presence of the apical subcostal bifurcation,
and in the form and greater intensity of the apical marginal black
spots: wings above milk-white; primaries with the basal third
bright cadmium-yellow bordered with gamboge; costal border
irrorated with black; apical border narrowly pearl-grey, the apical
furca and a series of triangular spots terminating tho nervures
intense black; secondaries faintly tinted with yellow at the base;
a marginal series of eight intensely black spots: body normal.
Primaries below white, with extreme costal margin and dots
at extremities of nervures black; base almost to end of cell
brilliant orange edged with yellow; apical border creamy buff:
secondaries creamy buff, palest over end of cell, base suffused with
orange, the costal areole brilliant orange, external border washed
with deep buff; black spots as above: body whitish. Expanse of
Wings 64 millim.
Two males.
The following Heterocera are new :-—
Lipanrip&.
ANTIPHELLA ATRINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)
Pearl-white, wings semitransparent ; primaries with three sub-
apical spots in a slightly curved series parallel to outer margin and
two spots placed obliquely near external angle, all blackish and
very small; costal margin also black, very distinctly so at basal
third: antenne pale testaceous; body of similar colouring, but
densely irrorated, rather than clothed, with white scales: under
surface as above. Expanse of wings 34 millim.
One male.
NYcrpMErip®.
Pitaconisra zpBra, sp. n. (Plate XLIIT. fig. 4.)
3d. Like P. similis, Walk. (= helcitotdes, Dewitz), but the sub-
apical patch on the black area of primaries broad and almost
wholly ochreous as in P. formosa, the spot towards external angle
algo ochreous ; secondaries orange-vermilion, with the usual black
border and white-chequered fringe: body as in P. similis. Expanse
of wings 71 millim.
One male,
Noorvipa.
Fopina JoHNsront, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)
Close to F. albicincta, but with the primaries more closely
resembling those of F. postmaculata in pattern, the wing being
crossed as in that species by an oblique buff band ending at external
angle in a greyish lobe; outer margin also buff; fringe greyish.
Expanse of wings 17 millim.
One rather poor exainple.
This is doubtless the African representative of the Ceylonese
F. postmaculata, from which the more buff-tinted markings of the
1896. ] ON A THRDE-HORNED FALLOW DHER. 855
primaries and smoky-brown secondaries with oblique ochreous
subanal line to outer margin readily distinguish it.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
Fig. 1. Physcenwra pione, var. lucida, 3, p. 853.
Fig. 2. Mylothris yulei, 3, p. 853.
Fig. 3. Phrissura nyasand, $, p. 853.
Fig. 4. Phegorista zebra, 3, p. 854.
Fig. 5. Antiphella atrinotata, 3, p. 854.
Fig. 6. Podina johnstoni, 3, p. 804.
December 1, 1896.
Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited (on behalf of Sir Robert Harvey,
Bart.) the head of a three-horned Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris),
and pointed out in his remarks that it was a good illustration of
the complete bifureation of the entire beam of the right horn—the
anterior portion carrying a small froutal tine, the second tine, and
portion of the palm; while the posterior beam, starting from an
independent burr at the base of the horn, carried the characteristic
Herd of three-horned Fallow Deer.
856 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
back tine and a larger portion of the serrated palm: the left horn
being of normal growth.
Mr. Holding also exhibited a singular case of complete sym-
metrical deformity in a pair of Roebuck’s horns.
Mr. H. E. Dresser, at the request of Mr. Thos. Southwell of
Norwich, exhibited a specimen of Pallas’s Willow-Warbler (Phyl-
loscopus proregulus), which he believed to be the first example
of this species recorded as having been obtained in Great Britain.
It had been shot at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk, by the son-in-law
of Mr. H. N. Pashley, on the 31st October last, who at once
informed Mr. Southwell that he had a new Warbler and promised
to send it to him so soon as it was dry enough. Directly he
received it Mr. Southwell forwarded it on to Mr. Dresser. The
scrub at Cley, the spot where it was shot, was the place which had
yielded so many rare migrants, the last of which was the Aquatic
‘Warbler, and there also Mr. Pashley had obtained this specimen.
Pallas’s Willow-Warbler, though it occurred annually on the
western slopes of the Ural, had only hitherto with certainty been
known to occur further west on the island of Heligoland,
where one was obtained in October 1845, and another was said to
have been seen, but not obtained, in October 1875.
Mr. Giitke had proposed to separate the form breeding in Siberia
from that breeding in the Himalayas, but Mr. Dresser, for reasons
stated in his Supplement to the ‘Birds of Kurope,’ p. 75, could
not confirm this view. ‘The present specimen, he remarked, agreed
closely with an adult bird in his collection obtained at Kultuk, in
Siberia, in the month of September.
The following papers were read :—
1. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made
in the Malay Peninsula in 1895-96 ; with a List of the
Species recorded from that Region. By Sranuuy Smyru
Frower, 5th Fusiliers.
[Received October 15, 1896.]
(Plates XLIV.-XLVI.)
Since Dr. Cantor published his ‘ Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting
the Malayan Peninsula and Islands’ in 1847, no general list has
appeared: in his Catalogue mention is made of 106 species of
Reptiles and Batrachians ; in this paper 210 species are listed. Our
knowledge of the herpetological fauna of Malaya since Cantor’s
time has been added to principally in two valuable papers by
Stoliczka in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1870,
vol. xxxix. part ii. pp. 134-228, and 187, vol. xl. part ii. pp. 111—
126), and by collections received in the British Museum from
™ Communicated by the Presipanr.
P:Z.S 1896. Pl. XLIV.
SS.F.&J.Greendeleutith.
MALAY REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.
1. Gonatodes penangensis . 2. haeophorus lexcomystece.
3.Buto melanostietus .
Mint ern Bros. Chromo.
PZ. S896 Pl. XLV.
ee eee és
3
=)
S.S.F.del. Mintern Bros. Chromo.
MALAY BATRACHIANS.
1 Rana macrodon, 2.Ranw erythrew, 3.Ronw labials.
PZ USING, Pll DADVAl,
$.S.F. del. Mintern Bros. Chromo.
MALAY BATRACHIANS.
Rana luctwsw.
4 :
he i nv
\
Wen} ales amie ph eg a
Me
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 857
Dr. N. B. Dennys, Mr. D. F. A. Hervey, Mr. H. N. Ridley,
Mr. L. Wray, etc. The specimens hitherto received have nearly
all been collected in the more settled localities of the Peninsula, .
i. e. Penang, Province Wellesley, Perak, Malacca, and Singapore :
the States of Kedah, Kelantan, Tringanu, Pahang, Johore, etc., are
practically unexplored, so that it is probable that many additions
are stil] to be made to the number of species of Reptiles and
Batrachians from Malaya. There are Museums at Taiping, Kuala
Lumpur, and Singapore: the collection in the latter place I have
had some opportunity for examining, but want of time did not
enable me to do so as thoroughly as I could have wished; the
Taiping Museum I have only paid a short visit to; the Kuala
Lampur one I have not seen: there is alsoa large private collection
of Snakes at the Prye Estate, Province Wellesley, and probably
collections at other places. When all these have been thoroughly
examined, we shall have a better knowledge of the relative
abundance, localities, and varieties of the different species.
I have to acknowledge my sense of obligation to Mr. G. A.
Boulenger for his most kind and useful advice to me both before
starting to the Hast and in working out my collection on refurning
home; also to Mr. J. C. Somerville, 5th Fusiliers, and Mr. H. N.
Ridley, Superintendent of the Botanica) Gardens, Singapore, for
assistance in collecting ; I am also indebted to Mr. A. H. B. Dennys,
of Penang, for a collection of Snakes made a few years ago in the
Province Wellesley, and to Commissioner of Police Mitchell, of
Kedah, for specimens from Kulim and neighbourhood.
In this paper the following species are recorded from the Malay
Peninsula and adjacent islands for, I believe, the first time :—
Gonatodes penangensis, sp. n., Mimetozoon floweri, Blgr., Lepidodac-
tylus ceylonensis, Blgr., Mabuia novemcarinata, Anders., Calamaria
pavimentata, Dum. & Bibr., Rana luctuosa, Peters, Ixalus pictus,
Peters, and Calophrynus pleurostigma, Tschudi; the variations of
Rana macrodon are discussed ; and the tadpoles of four species are
described.
The classification and nomenclature are according to the British
Museum Catalogues of the Reptilia and Batrachia, to which
valuable works I must refer for the complete synonymy of the
various species mentioned ; I have only quoted the names under
which they appear in the standard works referred to.
) Order CHELONIA.
Suborder ATHECA.
Family SpHareip2.
1, Drnmocuetys cortacna, L.
Dermochelys coriacea, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 10 (skull fig. p. 9).
There is a large specimen, unlabelled, in the Raflles Museum,
Singapore, supposed to have been caught in the neighbourhood.
Hab. Tropical seas ; sometimes occurs in the temperate seas.
858 _ MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THA REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,
Suborder THECOPHORA.
Superfamily CRYPTODIRA.
Family Trsrupinips.
2, Cannaaur prora, Gray.
Emys trivittata, Cantor, p. 4.
Tetraonyx affinis, part., Cantor, p. 6.
Batagur affinis, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 40, pl. iii. fig. C.
Callagur picta, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 60.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang through
Cantor ; from his account this species appears not to be numerous,
inhabiting the coasts, rivers, and ponds of Malaya.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
3. Batacur Baska, Gray.
Vetraonyx affinis, part., Cantor, p. 6.
Batagur baska, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 37, pl. iii. fig. B ;
Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 61 (skull fig. p. 62).
There is a specimen in the British Museum from the coast of
Penang through Cantor.
Hab. Bengal, Burma, and Malay Peninsula.
4, HarpELta THURGI, Gray.
Emys thurgi, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 2
Hardella thurgi, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 63 Gaal fig. p. 64, and
shell fig. p. 65).
Giinther (R. B. I. p. 25) says that according to Cantor this species
is found in Penang; but I do not find it mentioned in Cantor’s
Catalogue.
Hab, India (Indus, Ganges and tributaries), and perhaps Malay
Peninsula.
5. Bunnta orassiconnis, Gray.
Emys crassicollis, Cantor, p.3; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 28,
pl. iv. tig. E.
Bellia crassicollis, Boul. Cat. Chet etc. p. 98 (skull fig. p. 98, and
shell fig. p. 99).
Cantor says this species is numerous in the rivulets and ponds
in the valleys of Penang and the Malay Peninsula. Stoliczka
(J. A.S. B. 1870, vol. xxxix. part ii. p. 227) found it common in
the small freshwater streams of Penang.
Hab, Tenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
6, CycLEMyYs PLatTyNora, Gray.
Notochelys platynota, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 17.
Cyclemys platynota, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 130.
There are five specimens in the British Museum from Singapore
collected by Mr. A. R. Wallace. Cantor (p. 3) says that Hmys
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PHNINSULA. 859 |;
platynota inhabits the valleys of the Malay Peninsula and Penang,
but is apparently not numerous ; however, Giinther (R. B. I. p. 18)
remarks, “this was certainly an incorrect determination, as is
evident from his description”: I have not made out to what
species Cantor’s Penang Tortoise belongs.
Hab. Mergui, Malay Peuinsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
7. CycLumys pHoR, Gray.
Cyclemys oldhamiz, Giintber, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 15, pl. v. fig. B.
Cyclemys dhor, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 131.
It is stated in several works that this tortoise occurs in the
Malay Peninsula; Dr. Gray (Cat. Shield Rept. 1855, p. 43) says
that three young tortoises from Penang, described by Cantor
(p. 6) as Tetraonys affinis, were probably the young of this species ;
these specimens are now considered to belong to Callagur picta
and Batagur baska.
Hab. Northern India, Burma, Siam, Camboja, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago.
8. CYcLHMYS AMBOINENSIS, Daud.
Cistudo amboinensis, Cantor, p. 5.
Cuora amboinensis, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 12, pl. iv.
figs. A, B.
Cyclemys amboinensis, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 133 (skull fig.
p- 128, and shell fig. p. 129).
* There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca and
Singapore. Cantor says, “ This species appears to be numerous in
the valleys, in ponds, rivulets and paddy tields, Malayan Peninsula
and Singapore.” Mr. Ridley informed me he had found it plentiful
at Malacca. I found two specimens near the Ayer Htam road in
Penang: the length of carapace of the larger was 198 mm.
Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, extending
eastward to the Moluccas.
9. GEOEMYDA SPINOSA, Gray.
Geoemyda spinosa, part., Cantor, p. 2.
Geoemyda spinosa, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 18; Boul. Cat.
Chel. ete. p. 137.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang
(Cantor) and from Singapore (A. R. Wallace). Mr. Ridley has
found this species on Bukit Timah, Singapore. In January 1896
I found two specimens in the water, in streams on the south side
of Bukit Timah, Singapore; the length of carapace of the larger
was 186 mm. In captivity these tortoises spent nearly all their
time in the water; they fed daily, eating for their size large
quantities of fruit, preferrig pineapple, but also taking orange,
banana, raisins, lettuce, etc. On the 14th of May one laid an
oblong, equal-ended, white egg. These specimens are now alive
in the Society’s Gardens (August 1896).
Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
860 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dec. 1,
10. Txsrupo nays, Schl. & Mill.
Geoemyda spinosa, part., Cantor, p. 2.
Manouria enys, Ginther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 10.
Testudlo emys, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 158 (skull fig. p. 150).
Cantor records this species from the Great Ifill of Penang;
there are two Penang specimens from him in the British Museum.
In March 1896 Mr. Ridley caught a fine female specimen in the
Dindings, and brought it alive to the Botanical Gardens, Singapore ;
the length of carapace was about 520 mm.
Hab. Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and
Borneo.
Family CHELONIDs.
11. Cuntone mypas, I.
Chelonia virgata, Cantor, p. 11; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 53.
Chelone mydas, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 180.
Cantor says, “This species is at all seasons plentifully taken in
fishing-stakes in the Straits of Malacca.”
Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.
12. CuELone mupricata, L.
Chelonia imbricata, Cantor, p. 13.
Caretta squamata, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 54.
Chelone imbricata, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 183 (skull fig. p. 181);
Boul. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 49 (young fig.).
Cantor mentions this species as inhabiting Malayan seas. Dr.
Hanitsch showed me a live specimen caught near Singapore early
in 1896.
Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.
13. Tuanassoouniys carrrra, L.
Chelonia olivacea, Cantor, p. 13.
Caouana olivacea, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 52.
Thalassochelys caretta, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 184.
Cantor says, “ This species is at Penang of rare occurrence.” A
specimen (now preserved in the Raffles Museum) was caught near
Singapore in Jan. 1896; length of carapace 700 mm.
Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.
Superfamily TRIONYCHOIDEA,
Family Trronycnip 2.
14, Trionyx suBPLANUS, Geoffr.
Trionyx subplanus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49.
Lrionyx giintheri, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49, pl. iv. fig. 4.
Lrionyx subplanus, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 246 (skull fig. p. 247).
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 861
Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. A.
R. Wallace.
Hab. Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
15. TRionyx HURUM, Gray.
Gymnopus gangeticus, Cantor, p. 8.
Trionyx gangeticus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 47.
Trionyx hurum, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 249; Boul. Fauna Ind.
Rept. p. 13 (young figured).
Cantor says this species inhabits the rivers and sea-coasts of
Penang and the Malay Peninsula, but that it is not numerous.
Hab. Ganges and Malay Peninsula.
16. TRIonyx PHAYRII, Theob.
Trionye phayrii, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 251 (skull fig. p. 252).
Anderson (J. A.S.B. 1871, p. 30) mentions a specimen of
TLrionyx phayret, Theobald, in the Calcutta Museum from Penang.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula; Java, Borneo.
17. Trionyx carrinacineus, Bodd.
Gymnopus cartilaginca, Cantor, p. 9.
Trionyx ornatus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 48, pl. iv. fig. B.
Trionyx cartilagineus, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 253 (skull figured).
There is in the British Museum a Penang specimen from Cantor ;
he says, “‘ This species is numerous in rivers and ponds, Malayan
Peninsula and Pinang.”
Hab. Burma, Siam, Camboja, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
and Java.
18. PHLOcHELYs CANTORIS, Gray.
Gymnopus indicus, Cantor, p. 10.
Chitra indica, Giinther, Rept.. Brit. Ind. p. 50, pl. vi. fig. C.
Pelochelys cantoris, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 263 (skull fig. p. 262).
The type specimen is in the British Museum from Penang
from Cantor; he says it inhabits the estuaries and sea-coasts of
Penang and the Malay Peninsula.
Hab. Ganges, Burma, China, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and
Philippines.
Order EMYDOSAURIA.
Family CrocopiLipz.
1. Jomisroma scuneentr, 8. Mill.
Tomistoma schlegelii, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 276; id. P.Z.S.
1896, p. 628.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Pulo Tiga,
Perak river, given by Mr. Wray in 1896; and there is a skull
862 MR, 8.8. FLOWDR ON THE REPLILES AND [Dec.1,
from the Perak river in the Taiping Museum. I have heard of a
third specimen from Perak and also of its being found in Pahang.
Hab, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
2. Crocopiius Ponosus, Schn. :
Crocodilus porosus, Cantor, p. 16; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 62.
Crocodilus pondicerianus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 62, pl. vii.
Crocodilus porosus, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 284.
Cantor says this species is exceedingly numerous in the Malay
Peninsula, Penang, and Singapore. Stoliczka (J. A.S. B. 1873,
. 118) found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
‘Wellesley. There are several stuffed specimens and a large skull
of this species in the Raffles Museum ; one shot by Mr. Owen at
Serangoon, Singapore, measures 4°7 metres in total length. In
April 1895 I saw many Crocodiles of this species on the Kedah
river, between Kuala Kedah and Kota Star, when lying up on the
mud-banks under the trees; their markings and vivid yellow and
black colouring render them hard to see in the chequered light
coming through the foliage. I have also seen this species on the
Pandan river, Singapore. It is probably found in every suitable
locality in Malaya.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Southern China, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, North Australia, Solomon
and Fiji Islands.
3. CROCODILUS PALUSTRIS, Less.
Crocodilus vulgarus, Cantor, p. 15.
Crocodilus palustris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 61, pl. vii.
fig. A; Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 285; id. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 5
(skull fig. p. 2). :
Cantor says that this species is numerous at Penang and on the
coast of the Peninsula, but appears to be less so than Crocodilus
porosus. ‘here isa young specimen from Singapore in the British
Museum.
Hab, India, Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Order SQUAMATA.
Suborder LACERTILIA.
Family GEcKonip2.
1. GyMNODACTYLUS AFFINIS, Stol.
Cyrtodactylus affinis, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p, 167.
Gymnodactylus affinis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 42.
Stoliczka says, “‘ The only specimen I caught between the bark
of a large tree near the top of the Government bungalow on
Penang hill; ” he subsequently found it in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley (J. A. 8. B. 1873, p. 118).
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 863
2. GYMNODACTYLUS PULCHELLUS, Gray.
Gymnodactylus pulchellus, Cantor, p. 25; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 46.
Cantor says, “‘ The species appears to be rather numerous on the
hills at Penang, where the individuals obtained were captured in
houses, at an elevation of 2200'.” Stoliczka found it in the
collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley. There
are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore. I obtained
three specimens on Penang Hill at an elevation of 2200 ft. ; one was
caught in an outbuilding, the other two in caves at night.
Although so strikingly marked, they are very difficult to see in
their natural surroundings, the colouring assimilates so to the
irregular rocky walls of the caves. The largest specimen, ¢ , was
220 mm. in total length (H.B. 113, tail 107).
Cantor's description of the life coloration is very good, but, as
pointed out by Stoliczka}, there are properly five dark bands across
the neck and back (and not six). Cantor mentions these dark
bands having sulphur or chrome-yellow margins, Stoliczka speaks
of them as white-edged, and my specimens aiso had white margins.
The upper surfaces of the limbs are unitorm light yellowish brown,
like the back; and the under surfaces of my specimens were bluish
buff.
As Cantor says, they bite fiercely when handled.
Hab. Bengal to Malay Peninsula.
8. GONATODES KENDALLI, Gray.
Gonatodes kendallii, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 63,
This species, for some years only known from Borneo, was
found in Perak by Mr. Wray, who sent a specimen from Larut
(4200') to the British Museum, and in Singapore by Mr. Ridley,
who sent ¢ and 92 specimens to the British Museum. With his
assistance I obtained this species at Singapore. It is to be found
during the daytime in crevices under big rocks in the jungle on
Bukit Timah, and it was only by burning paper in the crevices
that we could get these active little Geckos to leave their retreats.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
4. GONATODES PENANGENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. tig. 1.)
This species is very similar to G'onatodes kendalli in general
appearance, but may be distinguished by the scaling of the lower
side of the digits and by the presence of preanal pores in the
male; in this character connecting G. kendall with the species,
such as G. ornatus, which have preanal pores.
Description.—Habit very slender. Head oval; snout broad and
rounded, depressed, with the canthal ridges developed, longer than
the distance between the eye and the ear- opening, nearly twice the
diameter of the orbit. Eye large. Ear-opening vertically oval.
Limbs long; digits long and slender, compressed. The character
y J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 118.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LVI. 56
864 _MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND (Dee. 1,
of the scales on the lower surfaces of the digits of both hands and
feet at once separates this species from G. kendall, in which
they are entirely covered with small transverse lamelle, while in
this species, though the basal and terminal phalanges have trans-
verse lamellw, the intermediate one is covered with small irregular
scales. ‘There is a large oval plate at the articulation of the basal
and proximal phalanges, as in G. kendalli. Upper surfaces
covered with minute granules, intermixed on the body with
irregularly arranged small tubercles, with slight keels. Rostral
large, quadrangular, not twice as broad as high, with median cleft.
Nostril between the rostral and several small scales. Nine to
thirteen upper and nine to eleven lower Jabials. .Symphysial very
large, subtriangular. ‘Two large chin-shields ; two or three mental
scales following the symphysial are slightly enlarged. Abdominal
scales very small, juxtaposed, convex, keeled. Male with five to
seven preanal pores, arranged in an obtusely angular or crescent-
shaped line. ‘Tail cylindrical, slender, with small keeled scales and
some small pointed tubercles ; but in none of the four specimens
examined are there the series of large spines which are tu be seen
in some specimens of G. kendalli.
Colow (from life). Iris orange or yellow. Above yellowish
brown, mottled with dark brown, deepest (rich red-dark-brown)
on the shoulders. Five transverse yellow bands, two anterior
very bright, three posterior more or less indistinct in some
specimens; the tubercles on the two anterior yellow bands are of
a most brilliant golden colour. Below, head and throat bright
orange, remainder purplish-grey, shading to buff on chest and
extremities of limbs. Tail with alternate bands of light and dark
brown ; in one specimen there are sixteen of these bands, and the
tubercles on the lighter bands are white. The sexes seem to be
coloured alike.
Size. The following dimensions are those of a male :—
nm,
Total length............ 93
Meade ccceicncien: 123
Width of head.......... 74
Bodner rrratrrattec.: 354
Fore Jimb.............. 20
iHindilimbmeeeeee eee 26
TBAT NO DRS ALBEE ge 45
Females seem to be of about the same size.
Locality. I found these Geckos in March 1896, numerous in two
small caves in the rocks at the ‘ Crag,” Penang, at an elevation of
2200 feet: in which they were to be found running over the walls
both by day and night; at dusk they could also be found on rocks
in the open. They are very active.
Four specimens, three males and one female, are now in the
British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
1896.] BATRAOHIANS OF THD MALAY PHNINSULA. 865
5. ASLUROSOALABOTHS FHLINUS, Gthr.
Pentadactylus felinus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 117.
Alurosaurus felinus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 73.
Atluroscalabotes felinus, Boul. op. cit. iii. p. 482.
The type specimen in the British Museum is from Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
6. HEMIDACTYLUS FRENATUS, D. & B.
Hemidactylus frenatus, Cantor, p. 23; Stol. J. A.S.B. 1870,
p- 104; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 120.
Cantor says this species is ‘‘ very numerous in valleys and hills ;.
Malayan Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.” Stoliczka says it
“occurs in Penang; I only obtained it on two occasions, both
times on the pillars of the verandah; it seems to have been
expelled from the interior apartments by the much stronger Peripia
peronit” (=Gehyra mutilata). I had not seen Stoliczka’s. paper
when I was at Penang, but arrived at the same conclusion about
the habits of this species; during a fortnight that I spent on
Penang Hill last March, I noticed that while Gehyra mutilata
swarmed in my room, the smaller Hemidactylus frenatus was only
to be found in the outer verandah. I also found this species in
Georgetown, Penang. The largest specimen I got was 106 mm.
in total length (H.B. 53 mm., tail 53 mm.).
Hab. Southern India, China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula,
islands of Western Pacific and Indian Oceans and St. Helena.
7. Hemipacryius aLnapovil, Murr.
Hemidactylus maculatus, part., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 107.
Hemidactylus gleadovii, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 129; id. Fauna Brit.
Ind., Rept. p. 86 (figured).
Giinther mentions having seen specimens from Singapore.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, and Malay Peninsula.
8. HeMIDACTYLuS DuPRrEssus, Gray.
Hemidactylus depressus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 134.
There is a specimen from Singapore in the British Museym.
Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.
9. HEMIDAOTYLUS LESOHENAULTI, D. & B.
_ Hemidactylus leschenaultiz, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 136.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Tab. India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.
10. Hemipaoryivs coorzt, D. & B.
Hemidactylus coctei, Cantor, p. 23; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 137.
Cantor observed two males in houses in the valley of Penaug.
Hab. India, Malay Peninsula.
56*
866 Mf. 8,8. FLOWDR ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,
11. Hemimaocrytus praryunvs, Schn.
Nycteridium platyurus, Stol. J. A.S B. 1873, p. 113.
Nycteridium schneideri, Giinther, Rep. Brit. Ind. p. 111.
Hemidactylus platyurus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 148.
Cantor observed this species in houses in the valley of Penang;
Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
Hab. India, Ceylon, South China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago.
12. MimeErozoon FLOWERI, Bler.
Mimetozoon flowert, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 767, pl. xxxvi.
The specimen described by Mr. Boulenger I caught at dusk,
Tunning on the ground, in the garden of the “Crag” Hotel,
Penang Hill, at an elevation of 2200’, in March 1896.
Hab, Malay Peninsula.
13. Guuyra MuTILaTA, Wiegm.
Hemidactylus peronii, Cantor, p. 22.
Peripia peronit, Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 163.
Gehyra mutilata, Boul. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 148.
Cantor observed this species in houses in the valley of Penang ;
and Stoliczka says it is the most common House-Gecko all over
the island of Penang, along the sea-coast as well as on the top
of the hill, elevation 2500’. I found this Gecko swarming in
houses qihanarae I stayed in Penang and Singapore (also in Deli,
Sumatra), and, as Stoliczka says, Som the sea-level to the top of
the hill: it is to be found both inside and outside buildings, and
I have also found it in gardens. It is very voracious, and will
attempt to seize any insect ; I have more than once seen a Gehyra
attack a full-sized Hierodula vitrea and repulsed. It shows great
ingenuity both in escaping capture and in obtaining its food.
It frequents lamps especially at night, to catch the insects attracted
by the light. Whenever these Geckos are about you hear their
cheerful noise, and also at intervals during the day when they are
out of sight in holes or under the roof. Cantor (p. 20), in describing
Gecko monarchus, says its cry resembles the monosyllable ‘tok,’
repeated 6 or 8 times with increased celerity ; I have not heard
the cry of G. monarchus, but the above description well suits that
of Gehyra mutilata.
These Geckos throw off their tails on the slightest provocation.
There was one living in the Officers’ Mess at Penang, in which the
reproduced tail had grown bifid laterally.
The young are very different in appearance to the adults, on
account of the slenderer body and tail and the coloration.
Stolicaka (J. A. 8S. B. 1870, p. 163) says “the young lizard is
brown, with numerous rather large round pale spots all over the
body ;” but I have found them pale olive-brown with distinct dark
brown spots above, and immaculate bulf beneath. They seem to
vary greatly. ‘The spots disappear as they grow larger. The adults
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 867
have the power of changing their colour to some extent (as Cantor
remarks of Gecko monarchus); they are generally buff or ash-
coloured by day and almost white by night. From measuring a
large series of specimens, I should say the total Jength of a full-
grown average G, mutilata is 120 mm., of which the head and body
and the tail are each about half.
Hab. Mascarene Islands, Seychelles, Ceylon, Burma, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea; Western Mexico.
14. LEPIDODACTYLUS CEYLONENSIS, Blgr.
Lepidodactylus ceylonensis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 164, pl. xiii. fig. 3.
This species appears not to have been previously recorded from
the Straits Settlements. I caught one female in Headquarter
House, Singapore. ‘Total length 65 mm. (H.B. 36, tail 29).
Colour. Above dark brown, spotted with brick-red and black.
Black lateral line from snout to shoulder passing through eve.
Light yellow spots on lips and behind eyes. Upper surface of
tail red with brown marks. The underpart of the body was
purplish-brown, of the tail rusty-brown and yellow, with minute
black spots.
Hab. Ceylon, Burma, Malay {SUING Borneo, Jaya, and
Engano.
15. LEprpopAcTYLuUS aeRTENS, D. & B.
Platydactylus lugubris, Cantor, p. 16. ’
Peripia cantoris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 110.
Lepidodactylus lugubris, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 165.
Cantor says a single male was captured in his house in the
valley of Penang.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, and
Polynesia.
16. GECKO VERTICILLATUS, Lawr.
Platydactylus gecko, Cantor, p. 17.
Gecko guttatus, Giinther and Stol.
Gecko verticillatus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 183.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from the Malay
Peninsula through Dr. Cantor. Stoliczka found it in the collection
he got from Penang and Province Wellesley. Miiller mentions
Gecko guttatus in the Bale Museum from Singapore; and
Dr. Blanford (P. Z.S. 1881, p. 215) mentions it in the collection he
got from Dr. Dennys from Singapore and neighbouring localities.
Hab. N.E. India, Burma, Southern China, Anam, Siam, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago.
17. GrcKxo stentor, Cant.
Platydactylus stentor, Cantor, p. 18.
Gecko stentor, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 102, pl. xi. fig. A;
Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 184.
Cantor obtained the type specimen “from the villa on the
868 MR. 8. 8. FLOWDR ON THY REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
Pentland Hills, Penang.” Stoliczka (J. A.S.B. 1873, p. 113)
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley, and also (J. A.S. B. 1870, pp. 161, 162) mentions a
specimen of Gecko smithii in the Fort Pit Museum said to be from
Penang.
Hab. Burma, Andamans, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
18. Grcxo monanouvs, D. & B.
Platydactylus monarchus, Cantor, p. 19.
Gecko monarchus, Boul. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 187.
Cantor says, “In the valleys and on the hills of Penang it is
very numerous, swarming at night in rooms, on the walls, and
under the ceiling;” he also mentions the Malay Peninsula and
Singapore as localities. Miiller records this species from Singapore
in the Bale Museum. There are specimens in the British Museum
from Penang and Singapore. I did not see this Gecko in Penang,
but I found it common about the aviary in the Botanical Gardens,
Singapore.
Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
19. PrycHozoon HOMALOOEPHALUM, Crev.
Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Cantor, p. 20; Stol. J. A. S. B.
1870, p. 159.
Ptychozoon homalocephalum (part.), Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 190.
Cantor mentions two specimens captured in a villa on Penang
Hill. Stoliczka says it is not uncommon in Penang, but from
what I heard from inhabitants it must at any rate be rarely seen.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
20. PryoHozoon HORSFIELDI, Gray.
Ptychozoon homalocephalum (part.), Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 190.
Piychozoon horsfieldi, I. Miller, Ver. nat. Ges. Basel, 1892,
p- 209, pl. iv.
The type specimen, a female, is from Singapore from General
Hardwicke’s collection. I caught a male on a wooden post in the
Experimental Gardens, Penang Hill, 1900 ft. Total length 155 mm.
(J.B. 80, tail 75). It tried to bite fiercely when handled. Both
specimens are now in the British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Family Acamipz.
21. Draco vonans, L.
Draco volans, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 256.
Cantor gives Malayan Peninsula and Penang as localities for
this species. Stoliczka says it “‘ appears to be more common in
the jungles of the Wellesley Province and near Malacca, than it is
on Penang itself.” Mr, Mitchell gave me two specimens caught
at Kulim, Kedah. In February, March, and April of this year
I found this species very numerous about Tanglin, Singapore ;
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PBNINSULA. 869
males were more plentiful than females. Of over twenty specimens
examined, the largest male was 200 mm. in total length (H.B. 77,
tail 123), and 86 mm. in extent across its extended ‘“‘ wings”; and
the largest female was 193 mm. in total length (H.B. 75,
tail118). Some of the females contained four rich-yellow-coloured
leathery-skinned eggs about 5 by 4 mm.
Mr. Ridley found this species at the Dindings.
Life-coloration.—In Cantor’s description he does not mention
the differences between the male and female; in my specimens I
found these both noticeable and constant.
Male. Front part of upper surface of head sea-green, with a
black spot between the eyes. General colour of upper surfaces
light bronze-brown, mottled all over with spots and patches of
rich red-brown, dark brown, and black; in some lights fugitive
metallic green shades are seen. Some of the markings are more
definite than others: these are a median black spot on the nape
of the neck, a cluster of black spots in front of the shoulders, two
broken transverse black bands across the body, and a pair of black
spots in front of hips.
Under surfaces of head, body, and limbs are brownish-buff
minutely spotted with dark brown, and metallic green shades are
frequent and vivid. The gular pouch is brilliant yellow.
Tail bronze-brown with rings of dark brown.
Wing-membrane—of the upper surface the portion nearest the
body is of the same light bronze-brown as the back, mottled with
dark brown, beyond this the ground-colour is orange-red, and the
markings get larger and darker, till towards the margin they
coalesce and the light ground-colour cannot be seen. ound the
margin of the parachute is a narrow border of light brown speckled
with black. The under surface varies from pale cobalt to bright
blue, with pink patches and large bars and dots of black.
Female. Differing from the male as follows :—
(i.) Front part of upper surface of head very dark brown or
grey (black spot as in male).
(ii.) The gular pouch is blue or green, minutely speckled with
black.
(iii.) Where the.ground-colour of tle upper surface of the wing-
membrane is orange-red in the male, it is rich yellow in the
female.
(iv.) The uvder surface of the wing-membrane is greenish-
yellow, there are no pink patches, and the black bars and
spots are larger.
These Lizards when at rest on the trunk of a tree, usually in a
vertical position, are almost invisible, owing to their dark mottled-
brown colour, but when darting through the air overhead they
resemble a flashing blue gem, owing to the bright colours of the
underneath of the “‘ wings.” ‘They are very active and nimble,
spreading their parachute as they leap from any point, and alight-
ing gently on all fours closing it as they touch the ground. They
870 MR. 8.8. FLOWDR ON THB RBPLTLES AND [Dee. 1,
can apparently direct their flight exactly. I have seen one slide
through the air (with its wings quite steady) for a distance of
about 20 yards, and then settle on the trunk of a tree.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
22. Draco MacuLatus, Gray.
Draco maculatus, Cantor, p. 39; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 262.
Cantor obtained four specimens from the hills of Penang.
Hab. Assam, Burma, Camboja, Malay Peninsula.
23. Draco rimpriatus, Kuhl.
Draco fimbriatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 119; Boul. Cat.
Liz. i. p. 265.
There is a specimen from Singapore in the British Museum, and
Stoliczka found a specimen in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
24, Draco QUINQUEFASCIATUS, Gray.
Draco quinquefasciatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 118; Boul.
Cat. Liz. i. p. 269, pl. xx. fig. 8.
The type specimen in the British Museum is from Penang, from
Gen. Hardwicke’s collection, and Stoliczka obtained one specimen
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
25. Draco MELANOPOGON, Blgr.
Draco melanopogon, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 492.
The types are in the British Museum; they are from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natunas.
26. APHANIOTIS FuUSOA, Ptrs.
Aphaniotis fusca, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 274.
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natunas.
27. GonyocrrHALvS HERVEYI, Bier.
Gonyocephalus herveyi, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 493.
The type specimen is in the British Musuem from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Natunas.
28. GONYOCEPHALUS BORNEENSIS, Schl.
Gonyocephalus borneensis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 288.
There are four specimens in the British Museum from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 871
29. GonYooEPHALUS GRANDIS, Gray.
Diplophyrus grandis, Cantor, p. 34, pl. xx.
Gonyocephalus grandis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 298.
Cantor obtained one specimen from the hills of Penang, at an
elevation of 2000 feet.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
30. ACANTHOSAURA ARMATA, Gray.
Lophyrus armatus, Cantor, p. 32.
Acanthosaura armata, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 801, pl. xxii. fig. 1.
Cantor says that “two individuals were obtained from spice
plantations in the valley” at Penang, and there are specimens in
the British Museum from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke’s
collection.
Hab, Tenasserim, Siam, Cochinchina, and Malay Peninsula.
81. Canorrs oristatatius, Kuhl.
Bronchocela cristatella, Cantor, p. 30.
Calotes cristutellus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 316.
Cantor says, “ This species is very numerous in the Malayan
countries both in the valleys and on the hills, Malayan Peninsula,
Pinang, Singapore.” Stoliczka obtained specimens from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and from Singapore (Bronchocela moluc-
cana). Dr. Blanford mentions it in the collection be got from
Dr. Dennys from Singapore. I only obtained one specimen in
Penang, but at Tanglin, Singapore, found this species very nume-
rous; the largest male was 481 mm. in total length (H.B. 113,
tail 368), the females seem to grow to nearly the same size. In
one specimen caught at Tanglin, the tail at 113 mw. from the
anus bifurcated, one branch being 109 mm. long from fork to tip,
the other 197 mm.
As Cantor remarks about this Lizard, ‘‘ the most striking feature
is the great power of suddenly changing its colours.” Both this
species and Calotes versicolor are commonly called Chameleons by
the English in the Straits Settlements. Among the Klings in
Singapore there is a belief that these Lizards have twelve different
colours, which they change during the day, a colour for every
hour.
The colours I have noticed of this species are :—
(i.) Very light yellowish-green.
(ii.) Bright grass-green.
(iii.) Bright green as above with large dark-brown patches.
(iv.) Dark green, almost black.
(v.) Dark brown, almost black.
(vi.) Dull grey-brown.
The brighter green colours are generally uniform ; but the other
872 MR. 8.8. FLOWBR ON THD REPLILES AND [Dec. 1,
colours are on the neck, back, and sides irregularly spotted or
reticulated with darker; or else there are dark bands longitudinal
on the neck and transverse on the body.; while the limbs and tail
are usually marked with transverse dark brown irregular bands.
In April the lips, cheeks, and throat of the males were very
beautiful with golden, red, and crimson shades on the scales.
Both this species and C. versicolor seem of similar habits, liking
bright: sunshine and frequenting gardens and cultivated open land
with small bushes, darting. about the grass and climbing the
branches with the utmost agility. When caught they try to
defend themselves by biting fiercely.
Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
32. CaLorEs VERSICOLOR, Daud.
Calotes versicolor, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 321, & Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Rept. p. 135, fig. p. 136.
Neither Cantor nor Stoliczka seem to have observed this species
in the Malay countries. IF. Miiller records it from Penang in the
Bale Museum, and Blanford mentions it in the collection he got
from Dr. Dennys from Singapore and neighbouring localities.
I found this species fairly common about the Sepoy Lines,
Penang ; a female caught in March contained seven white leathery-
skinned eggs, and one caught in April contained eight. In the
newly-cleared country around Kulim, Kedah, there were large
numbers of Calotes; when the jungle has been cut down, stumps
of the larger forest trees are left standing here and there, several
yards high out of the ground; on a bright sunshiny day, a Calotes
was to be seen on the summit of nearly every one of these stumps,
apparently enjoying the warmth and waiting for passing insects.
The only specimen I obtained here was of this species.
Hab. Afghanistan, Beloochistan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern
China, Sium, and the Malay Peninsula.
33. LioLEris BELLI, Gray.
Liolepis bellii, Cantor, p. 41; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 403.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang, from
Cantor and Capt. Stafford. Cantor says, “ This species appears to
be numerous, but local. ‘Twelve were at one time obtained from a
spice plantation in Province Wellesley.”
Hab. Southern India, Burma, Southern China, Siam, and Malay
Peninsula.
Family Varanipz.
34. VARANUS FLAVESOENS, Gray.
Varanus flavescens, Cantor, p. 28; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind.
p. 65, pl. ix. fig. A; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 309.
Cantor obtained a single specimen at Penang.
Hab. Northern India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PRNINSULA. 873
35. VARANUS NEBULOSUS, Gray.
Varanus nebulosus, Cantor, p. 27; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind.
p- 66, pl. ix. fig. D; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 311.
Cantor obtained one specimen in the hills of Penang ; there are
in the British Museum three specimens from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey. :
Hab. Bengal, Burma, Siam, and Malay Peninsula.
36. VARANUS RUDICOLLIS, Gray.
Varanus rudicollis, Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 313.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Philippines.
37. VARANUS SALVATOR, Laur.
Hydrosaurus salvator, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 67, pl. ix.
fig. .
Params salvator, Cantor, p. 29; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 314;
Boul. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 166 (head fig. p. 162).
Cantor says, ‘ This species is very numerous both in hilly and
marshy localities; Malayan Peninsula and Pinang.” Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. Dr. Blanford found it in the collection he got from
Dr. Dennys from Singapore. I saw many of these Lizards on the
Kedah river in April 1895, and obtained one from Blakan Mati,
Singapore, in January 1896. The English in India and the Straits
Settlements call them “Iguana,” and the Malays ‘“ Beyawh.”
The Chinese prize them highly for the supposed medicinal pro-
perties of the heart, liver,ete. These Lizards are generally infested
with ticks, much resembling one of their scales in size and colour.
A preat part of their food seems to consist of the small crabs
which abound on the mud of the mangrove swamps. In life they
are very handsomely marked—black and bright yellow. The
largest specimen obtained I shot in the Gunong Gajah tributary
of the Kedah river. It was a male—Total length 2362 mm. ; head
and body 1041; tail 1321; girth behind forearms 470; girth
round stomach 584. It is now mounted in the Reptile Gallery of
the British Museum.
Hab. Nepaul, Ceylon, China, Siam, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago, Cape York.
Family Sorvorp2z.
38. Manvuia Novemcaninata, And.
Mabuia novemcarinata, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 179.
This species was discovered by Dr. Anderson in Burma. It
can now be added to the list of Malayan reptiles, as I caught a
specimen near “the Crag,” Penang Hill, elevation 2200 ft.,in March
874 MN. 8.8, FLOWDR ON THD REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,
1896. The colour of the upper parts was bronze, a black band
along each side, and the belly pale green. Total length 205 mm.
(H.B. 92, tail 113).
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula.
39. Maxura MULTIFASorATA, Kuhl,
Euprepes rufescens, Cantor, p. 46.
Tiliqua carinata, part., Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 169.
Mabouia multifasciata, Boul. Cat, Liz. iii. p. 186.
Cantor says it is “‘ exceedingly numerous in the hills and valleys
of the Malayan countries. Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.”
Stoliczka found it common at Penang and on the coast of Pro-
vince Wellesley. This species is very common about George-
town, Penang, especially when the sun comes out after heavy rain,
large numbers are to be seen in the grass and on the stone edges
of the surface drains, enjoying the warmth and showing off their
brilliant metallic colours. I obtained several specimens at Singa-
pore, but did not see it in the same abundance as at Penang.
They vary a good deal in colour, but the most usual variety has
the upper parts uniform olive-brown or bronze, and the lower
parts pale greenish-yellow, with on either side a broad red stripe
starting from above and behind the tympanum, and continuing
either halfway down the body or to the hip; this stripe is highly
iridescent, and changes to gold, orange, crimson, and green as the
light plays on the living animal. The largest specimen obtained
(from Singapore) was 314 mm. in total length (H.B. 111,
tail 203).
Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula eu
Archipelago.
40. Lycosoma anomaopus, Bler.
Lygosoma anomalopus, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 84, pl. xi. fig. 4.
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Dr. J. G.
Fischer from Penang.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
41. Lyaosoma onivacrum, Gray.
Euprepis ernestii, Cantor, p. 47.
Lygosoma olivaceum, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 251.
Cantor mentions this species from the Peninsula and Penang.
Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley.
The young of this species is very brightly coloured, as men-
tioned by Cantor (p. 48) and by Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1873,
p- 118). Although the general scheme of marking is the same,
individnals apparently vary, so, to compare with the above accounts,
I give the colours of a specimen caught by Mr. Ridley in a coco-
nut tree at Galang, Singapore, last April. The length of head and
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 875
body was 32 mm., and the tail (of which the tip was broken)
36 mm. The upper surface of head was light brown, the scales
being edged with black lines. A black line through eye. Lips
and chin immaculate black. The back, sides, and upper surfaces
of the limbs were black, with wavy, irregular but well-defined
transverse lines, pale greenish-white anteriorly, gradually getting
yellowish further back till those across the base of the tail were
yellowish-red. The lower surfaces of the body and limbs were
greenish-white. The lower surfaces of the tues and palms of feet
were brown. The tail was bright red, paler beneath.
Ifab, Tenasserim, Nicobars, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
42. LLyGOsOMA SINGAPORENSS, Stdr.
Eumeces (Mabouya) sinyaporensis, Steindachn. Sitzb. Ak. Wien,
Ixii. 1. 1870, p. 341, pl. iv. fig. 2.
Lygosoma singaporense, Boul. Cat. Liz. ili. p. 297.
Steindachner described this species from a specimen from Singa-
pore. :
IIab, Malay Peninsula.
43. LYGOSOMA JBRDONIANUM, Stol.
Muabouya jerdoniana, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 172.
Lygosoma jerdoniunum, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 300.
Stoliczka caught the type specimen and saw others on the little
island of Pulo Tikus, Penang, and mentions having observed a
very similar, or the same species on one of the small islands near
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
44, Lygosoma Bowrinet, Gthr.
Eumeces bowringii, Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, p. 91.
Euprepes (Riopa) punctatostriatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1871,
p. 31. ; La
Lygosoma bowringit, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 308, pl. xxiii. fig. 3.
Peters records a specimen from Singapore.
Hab. Burma, Hongkong, and Malay Peninsula.
45. LyGosoMA ALBOPUNCTATUM, Gray.
Eumeces punctatus, Cantor, p. 45.
Riopa albopunctata, Stoliczka.
Iygosoma albopunctatum, Boul. Cat, Liz. iii. p. 309.
Cantor says, it “is numerous in the Malayan countries, both on
hills and in valleys. Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.” Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
Hab. India, Assam, Burma, and Malay Peninsula.
876 MR. 8.8. FLOWDR ON THY RDPTILES AND [Dec. 1,
46. Lyegosoma cHatcrpns, L.
Lygosome chaleides, Cantor, p. 49; Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 340.
Cantor obtained two specimens on Penang Hill, and mentions
a third from Singapore in the Museum of the Asiatic Society.
Hab. Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, and Java.
Noru.—In the collection sent by Dr. Dennys from Singapore,
and described by Dr. Blanford (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215), occurs
Eumeces chinensis; but as these specimens were from the Rafiles
Museum, and their locality not known, it probably was not caught
in the Malayan countries, but brought from China.
Suborder OPHIDIA.
Family Tyruioripa.
1. TypHors Linnatus, Boie.
Pilidion lineatum, Cantor, p. 50.
Typhlina lineata, Giinth. Rep. Brit. Ind. p. 171, pl. xvi. fig. B.
Typhlops lineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 15.
I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, 2200 feet. Cantor
mentions it from the hills of Penang, and there are specimens in
the British Museum from Singapore and Malacca.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
2. TYPHLors BramiInus, Daud.
Typhlops braminus, Cantor, p. 52; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind.
p- 175, pl. xvi. fig. 1; Stol. J.A.S.B. 1873, p.114; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, 1. p. 16.
I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, 2200 ft. Cantor says
it is “ numerous in hills and valleys, Pinang, Singapore, Malayan
Peninsula.” Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and the Province Wellesley. Mr. Ridley has found it at
Singapore.
Hab. South Asia; islands of the Indian Ocean; Africa south
of the Equator.
3. TYPHLOPS BOTHRIORHYNOHUS, Gthr.
Typhlops bothriorhynchus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 174, pl. xvi.
fig. G; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 23.
The type specimen is in the British Museum from Penang, from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Northern India (North-West Provinces and Assam) and
Malay Peninsula.
4. TypHLors niGRoALBUS, D. & B.
Typhlops nigroalbus, Cantor, p. 51; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind.
p- 172, pl. xvi. fig. F; Stol. J.A.S. B. 1873, p.114; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, 1. p. 24.
I obtained one specimen on Penang’ Hill, 2200 ft. Length
1896.) BATRACHIANS OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. 877
136 mm. Colour, upper parts black, highly iridescent, lower parts
pinky-grey.
Cantor found two specimens on Penang Hill; Stoliczka found
it in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley ;
and there are specimens in the British Museum from Perak and
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
Family Bows.
5, PyrHon rBvioULATUS, Schn.
Python reticulatus, Cantor, p. 55; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1878, p. 115;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 85.
Cantor says this species is “‘ very numerous in the Malayan hills
and valleys”; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the
British Museum from Penang and Singapore. I have seen
specimens recently caught in Penang, on the Krean river (Prov.
Wellesley), and near Taiping, Perak.
Hab. Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
6. Pyrnon moturus, L.
Python molurus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 205; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, i. p. 87.
Stoliczka mentions having “seen several specimens obtained in
the Wellesley province.”
Hab. India, Ceylon, Southern China, Malay Peninsula, and Java.
7. Pyruon ourtos, Schl.
Python curtus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 89, and P. Z. 8S. 1889,
pl. xlv.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca and
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
Family Inysrp2.
8. CYLINDROPHIS RUFUS, Lawr.
Cylindrophis rufus, Cantor, p. 53; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1873, p.114;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 135.
I obtained one specimen at Tanglin, Singapore. Length
483 mm. Scales in 21 rows. Colour, uniform black above, belly
black with transverse white bands, orange collar-mark on neck,
bright vermilion mark on tail. A second specimen obtained in
Singapore was 546 mm. in length. Cantor mentions one specimen
from Singapore. Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in tho
British Museum from Penang and Singapore.
Hab. Burma and Cochinchina to the Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
878 MR. 8, 8. FLOWER ON THY RUPLILES AND [Dec. 1,
9. CYLINDROPHIS LINEATUS, Blanf.
Cylindrophis lineatus, Blanford, P. Z.S8. 1881, p. 217, pl. xx.;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 137.
The type specimen, from Singapore, belonging to the Raffles
Museum, was described by Mr. Blanford in 1881.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
Family XE£NOPELTIDz,
10. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR, Reinw.
Xenopeltis unicolor, Cantor, p. 54; Peters, Monatsb. Ak. der
Wiss. zu Berlin, 1859, p. 269; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 168 (skull
figured).
Cantor mentions this species from Penang Hill, Province
Wellesley, and Singapore; there is a specimen in the British
Museum from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Peters mentions a
specimen from Princess Hill, Singapore. Of two specimens
observed by me in Singapore, the first, from Tanjong Katong, had
ventrals 188, subeaudals 34, and was 444 mm. in length ; the second,
from Tanglin, had ventrals 175, subcaudals 34, and was 875 mm.
in length.
Hab. Southern India, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
Family CoLusrips.
Series Aglypha.
Subfamily AcrocHoRDINz.
11. Acroonorpus savanicus, Hornst.
Acrochordus javanicus, Cantor, p. 58; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i.
p. 173.
Cantor mentions this species from Penang Mill and Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, and New Guinea.
12. CHERSYDRUS GRANULATUS, Schn.
Acrochordus granulatus, Cantor, p. 59.
Chersydrus granulatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 174.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor, and one from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke.
Hab. From Southern India and Cochinchina to New Guinea.
13. XENODERMUS JAVANICUS, Reinh.
Xenodermus javanicus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 175.
“Our collection contains also a specimen from Penang.’ —
F. Miller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, 1887, p. 268.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PHNINSUDA. 879
Subfamily Conusrin z.
14. PoLyoponroPHis GEMINATUS, Boie.
Herpetodryas prionotus, Cantor, P. Z.S. 1839, p. 52.
Ablabes melunocephalus, Giinther, R. B. I. p. 229.
Polyodontophis geminatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 185.
Cantor mentions a specimen from Malacca. Stolicezka! found
one example in the Botanical Gardens at Singapore, and there
are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore from
General Hardwicke and Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo.
15. PotyovonropHis saairrarius, Cant.
Calamaria sagittaria, Cantor, p. 64.
Polyodontophis sagittarius, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 187.
Cantor mentions one specimen from the Malay Peninsula.
JTab. West imalayas, Bengal, Assam, Malay Peninsula.
16. X®NOCHROPHIS OERASOGASTER, Cant.
Tropidonotus cerasogaster, Cantor, p. 92.
Xenochroplus cerasogaster, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 191.
Cantor mentions one specimen from the Province Wellesley.
Hab. Bengal, Assam, Khasi Hills, and Malay Peninsula.
17. TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGHRTIS, Boie.
Tropidonotus umbratus, part., Cantor, p. 89.
Tropidonotus trianguligerus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 224.
Stoliczka found this Snake in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Penang and Singapore.
Hab. Southern Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
Java, and Ternate.
18. TRopiponorus Piscaton, Schn.
Tropidonotus umbratus, part., Cantor, p. 89.
Tropidonotus piscutor, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 230.
Stoliczka found this Snake (7. quencunctiatus) in the collection
he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Var. A. There is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore.
Var. B. There is a specimen in the British Museum from
Penang from Dr. Cantor. I obtained one specimen from the
Racecourse, Penang. Ventrals 125; subcaudals 77.
Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago. :
1 J.A.S. B. xxxix. part ii. 1870, p. 183.
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. LVII.
SY
ot
880 MR. 8, 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND (Dee. 1,
19. Troprponotus stotatus, L.
Tropidonotus stolatus, Cantor, p. 90; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i.
p- 253.
Cantor mentions this species from the Malay Peninsula; and
there is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from
Dr. Dennys.
Hab, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Malay Peninsula, and
Philippine Islands.
20. Tropiponorus vitta'rus, I.
Tropidunotus vittatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 255.
Stoliezka mentions 1’. vittatus (Giinther’s ‘ Colubrine Snakes’) as
, occnrring in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, Celebes.
_ 21. Tropiponotus suBMINIA‘TUS, Schl.
Tropidonotus subminiatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 256.
This Snake is said to be found in the Malay Peninsula, and as
it is recorded from Tenasserim and Java it seems probable.
Hab. From the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and Southern
China to the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
22, TRoPIDONOTUS CIRYSARGUS, Schl.
Tropidonotus junceus, Cantor, p. 93.
Tropidonotus chrysargus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 258.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang Hill
from Dr. Cantor, and from Perak (hills over 3000 feet) from
Mr. Wray.
Hab. From the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and Southern
China to the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
23. TRoPIDONOTUS MAOcULATUS, Edel.
Tropidonotus maculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 260.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
24. MaonropisrHopon FLAVicEeSs, D. & B.
Macropisthodon flaviceps, Boul, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Perak
from Mr. Wray.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
25, MACROPISTHODON RHODOMELAS, Boie.
Macropisthodon rhodomelas, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.
There are several specimens in the British Museum from
Singapore, where this Snake is very common. Between January
and April 1896 I came across about fifteen specimens around
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 881
Tanglin, Singapore, mostly found in short grass and among low
bushes ; the largest was 609 mm. in length.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
26. Hexicors scnisrosus, Daud.
Tropidonotus schistosus, Cantor, p. 91.
Helicops schistosus, Boul. Cat. Suakes, i. p. 274.
Cantor mentions this species from the Malay Peninsula.
Hab. Southern India, Ceylon, Bengal, Burma, Yunnan, and
Malay Peninsula.
27. Lycopon avnious, L.
Lycodon aulicus, part., Cantor, p. 68; Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881,
p- 215; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 352.
Cantor mentions this species from Penang and the Malay
Peninsula ; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley ; and Blantord mentions it from Singapore.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Himalayas, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina,
Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
28. Lycopon EFFRENIS, Cant.
Lycodon effrenis, Cantor, p. 70, pl. xl. fig. 2; Boul. Cat. Snakes,
i. p. 356.
Cantor obtained one specimen from Penang Hill.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
29. Lycopon suscrncrus, Boie.
Lycodon platurinus, Cantor, p. 96.
Lycodon subcinctus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 359.
Cantor mentions one specimen -from Penang Hill, and there
are two specimens in the British Museum from Singapore; I
obtained one specimen at Singapore. Ventrals 202; sub-
caudals 85 ; length 635 mm.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Philippines.
30. DRYOcALAMUS SUBANNULATUS, D. & B.
Nymphophidiune subannulatum, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 219.
Dryocalamus subannulatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 371.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore
from Mr. Ridley ; and Blanford mentions a specimen from Singa-
pore belonging to the Raffles Museum; I obtained one from
Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
31. Zaoors OARINATUS, Gthr.
Zaocys carinatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 377, pl. xxvii. fig. 1.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Perak and
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
Ya
882 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND {Dee. 1,
32. ZAMENIS KoRROS, Schl.
Coluber korros, Cantor, p. 74.
Zamenis korros, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 384.
1 obtained one specimen near Taiping, Perak. Cantor records
it from Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula ; Stoliczka found it
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and
there are specimens in the British Museum from Penang and
Singapore.
Hab. Sikhim Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Western Yunnan,
Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java.
33. ZAMENIS Mucosus, L.
Zamenis mucosus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 385.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from
Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Transcaspia, Afghanistan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern
China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, and Java.
34. ZAMENIS FASCIOLATUS, Shaw.
Coluber fasciolatus, Cantor, p. 72.
Zamenis fasciolatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i, p. 404.
Cantor obtained this species in Province Wellesley.
Hab. Northern India, Madras, Malay Peninsula.
35. XENELAPHIS HEXAGONOTUS, Cant.
Coluber hexagonotus, Cantor, p. 74.
Ptyas hexagonotus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 186.
Xenelaphis hexagonotus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, 11. p. 8.
I obtained two specimens at Singapore. There are two in the
Raffles Museum labelled Pahang, the largest being 1575 mm. in
length. Cantor obtained one on Penang Lill, Stoliczka found
this species “in a pool of a fresh-water stream on the northern
side of Penang Island,” and also in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the
British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
- Note-—Peters (Monatsb. Berl. Ac. 1859, p. 269) mentions a
specimen of Coluber hewagonotus, Cantor, from Singapore.
36, CoLUBER PORPHYRACEUS, Cant. —
Psummophis nigrofasciatus, Cantor, P. Z. 8S. 1839, p. 53.
Coluber porphyraceus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 24.
Cantor obtained a specimen from Singapore.
Hab. Eastern Himalayas, hills of Assam, Burma, Yunnan,
Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
37. CoLUBER OxXYCEPHALUS, Boie.
Herpetodryas owycephalus, Cantor, p. 80.
Coluber oarycephalus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 56.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 883
Cantor obtained two specimens in the hills of Penang; Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley ; and there is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore.
Hab, Kastern Himalayas, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Note.—Peters (Monatsb.. Berl. Ac. 1859, p- 269) mentions a
specimen from Malacca.
38. CoLUBER MBLANURUS, Schl.
Coluber melanurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 60.
I obtained specimens from Province Wellesley and Singapore ;
there are several specimens in the Raffles Museum, one being
1830 mm. in length. Stoliczka found it in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and there are specimens in
the British Museum from Penang and Singapore.
Hab. Southern China, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java.
39. CoLUBER RADIATUS, Schl.
Coluber radiatus, Cantor, p. 73; Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 61.
Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the
Peninsula; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley ; and there is a specimen in the British
Museum from Penang from Gen. Hardwicke’s collection.
Hab. Southern China, Hastern Himalayas, Bengal, Assam,
Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java.
40. Gonyoruis MARGARITATUS, Ptrs.
Gonyophis margarttatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 71.
Mr. Boulenger mentions a specimen from Singapore, now in the
Indian Museum, Calcutta (Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) vii. 1891, p. 290).
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.
41. Drenpropuis Pietus, Boie.
Leptophis pictus, Cantor, p. 82.
Dendrophis pictus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 78.
I obtained this species at Kulim, Kedah, at Taiping, Perak, at
Tangiin, Singapore, and from Linga Island. Cantor found it at
Penang, and Stoliczka in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley.
Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Bengal, hills of Southern India,
Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
42, DENDROPHIS FoRMOsUS, Boie.
Dendrophis formosus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 84.
I obtained one specimen of this handsome Snake from Crangi,
Singapore, and another from Province Wellesley; the latter
1372 mm. in length. The colours of the former when. freshly.
killed were: top of head dark red-brown ; upper surface of neck:
884 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON tHE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
red; body and tail bronze-brown, each scale with a distinct black
border; a black stripe on each side of the head passing through
eye; upper lip, chin, and throat bright citron-yellow ; lower parts
olive-ereen, black lines on the lateral keels and each subcaudal
distinctly bordered with black. In the latter specimen there were
no black Jines on the lateral keels, or black borders to subcaudal
scales. There is one specimen in the British Museum from
Malacca.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
43, DENDRELAPHIS CAUDOLINEATUS, Gray.
Leptophis caudalineatus, Cantor, p. 85.
Dendreluphis caudolineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 89.
I obtained one specimen at Singapore; there is a specimen in
the Raffles Museum labelled Pahang. Cantor mentions it from
Penang Hill and Singapore ; Stoliczka caught it at Penang, and
also found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley ; and there are two specimens in the British Museum
from Singapore from Dr. Dennys, and one from Perak from
Mr. Leech.
Hab. Southern India, Mergui, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
44, SimoTEs PURPURASODNS, Schl.
Xenodon purpurascens, Cantor, p. 67.
Simotes catenifer, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 121, pl. xi. fig. 3.
Simotes dennysi, Blanford, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 218, pl. xxi. fig. 1.
Simotes purpurascens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 218.
Cantor met with this species on Penang Hill; Stoliczka found it
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley, and
also records a specimen from Johore; there is a specimen in the
British Museum from Singapore; and I obtained one specimen
from Province Wellesley. }
Hab, South China, Cochinchina, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java.
45. Srmores cyoLurus, Cant.
Simotes bicatenatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1878, p. 114.
Simotes cyclurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p: 219.
Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Bengal, Assam, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Southern China,
Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
46. SIMOTES OCTOLINBATUS, Schn.
Simotes octolineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 224.
I obtained a specimen near Taiping, Perak. Ventrals 158;
subcaudals 47. The colour was—above very dark brown, beneath
white, vertebral line scarlet and three white lines along each side.
A specimen canght at Tanglin, Singapore (ventrals 183; sub-
caudals 61), was coloured yellow, with eight black longitudinal
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 885
lines, and the space on centre of back between the two broadest
black lines was red; the belly was also bright red.
A third specimen was caught in the Botanical Gardens, Singa-
pore. Ventrals 168; subcaudals 59. Colours (from spirit) :—
Pale brown above, shading to buff underneath, with eight very
dark-brown longitudinal lines, those nearest the centre of the
back are the broadest, blackest, and most distinctly defired ; the
outer lines are narrow, light, and indistinct; the intermediate rows
are transitional in width, colour, and sharpness of outline. '
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from
Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Southern India, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
47, Simorns sienatus, Gthr.
Sumotes signatus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 215, pl. xx. fig. F;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 226.
There are two specimeus in the British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.
48. Srmotns orvENTATUS, Gthr.
Simotes cruentatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 121; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, ii. p. 231, pl. x. fig. 1.
Stoliczka mentions this species as being in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Burma and Malay Peninsula.
49. ABLABES TRICOLOR, Schl.
Ablabes tricolor, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 281.
Mr. Ridley has found this species in the Botanical Gardens at
Singapore; two specimens collected by him there are.in the
British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.
50. ABLABES BALIODIRUS, Boie.
Coronella baliodeira, Cantor, p. 66.
Ablabes baliodirus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 283.
Cantor obtained two specimens from the hills of Penang; I
obtained one from Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.
51. ABLABES LONGICAUDA, Ptrs.
Ablabes longicauda, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 284.
Miiller mentions a specimen from Penang in the Bile Museum
(Verh. natur. Ges. Basel, 1882, p. 143).
Hab. Malay Peniesula, Sumatra, Borneo.
52. MAoROOALAMUS LATHRALIS, Gthr.
Macrocalamus lateralis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 327.
“The only specimen known is from General Hardwicke’s Hast
886 MR, 8.8. FLOWER ON HH REPLILES AND [Dee. 1,
India collection, and is probably from the Continent” (Giinther,
Rept. Brit. Ind. p..199, pl. xviii. fig. D).
Hab. Malay Peninsula ?
53. PsruDORHABDIUM Lona@tcEes, Cant.
Calamaria longiceps, Cantor, p. 63, pl. xl. fig. 1.
Oxycalamus longiceps, Giinter, R. B. I. p. 199.
Pseudorhabdium longiceps, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 329.
The type specimen was caught on Penang Hill and is preserved
in Dr. Cantor’s collection. Stoliczka found one specimen in the
collection he got from Penang and. Province Wellesley. There are
specimens in the British Museum from Perak and from Singapore.
I obtained two specimens from Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
54. CALAMARIA ALBIVENTER, Gray.
Calamaria linnei, var., Cantor, p. 62.
Calamaria albiventer, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 336.
Cantor records this species from the hills of Penang; there are
alsv specimens from Penang in Gen. Hardwicke’s collection in the
British Museum; and I obtained one specimen from Province
Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
55. CALAMARIA SUMATRANA, Edel.
Calamaria sumatrana, W. I. Sclater, J. A. S. B. lx. 1891,
p- 233 ; Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii, p. 339.
There is a specimen from Singapore in the India Museum,
Calcutta.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.
56. CALAMARIA LEUCOCEPHALA, D. & B.
Calamaria lumbricoidea, var., Cantor, p. 61.
Caulamaria leucocephala, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 344.
Cantor records this species from the bills of Penang and
Singapore, and there is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore from Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.
57. CaLaAManra PaviMEntTava, D. & B.
Calamaria pavimentata, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 348.
This Snake appears not to have been recorded before from the
Malay Peninsula. I found one under a stone on Penang Hill,
2100 feet. Ventrals 154; subcaudals 9; length 190 mm.
Colour—upper parts reddish-brown in front, turning to dark
olive-brown on the back, with nine longitudinal black lines ; sides of
head yellow, orange collar-mark; bright yellow marks at base and
tip of tail; lower parts greenish-yellow.
1896.) . BATRAOHIANS OF THB MALAY PENINSULA. 887
)
I obtained a second specimen from the Province Wellesley ; in
coloration and marking identical with the Penang specimen.
Hab, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Canton, Malay Peninsula, and
Java.
Series Opisthoglypha.
Subfamily Homatorsivz.
58. HypsiRHINA INDICA, Gray.
Aypsirhina indica, Boul. Cat. Suakes, iii. p. 4, pl. i. fig. 1.
There are two specimens from General Hardwicke’s collection in
the British Museum, supposed to be from the Malay Peninsula.
Hab. Malay Peninsula?
59. HypsIRHINA PLUMBHA, Boie.
Homalopsis plumbea, Cantor, p. 101.
Hypsirhina plumbea, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 5.
Cantor mentions “two specimens taken in rivulets in the valley
of Penang.” There is a specimen in the British Museum from
Penang from Gen. Hardwicke. Stoliczka found it in the collection
he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
JTab, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
60. HypsirHInA BNHYDRIS, Schn.
Homalopsis enhydris, Cuntor, p. 99.
Hypsirhina enhydris, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 7.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Mr. Swinhoe. Stoliczka found
it in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China, Cochinchina,
Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
61. HypsirnHina sreBoLpit, Scbl.
Homalopsis sieboldii, Cantor, p. 98.
Hypsirhina sieboldii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 11.
Cantor obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley.
Hab. India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.
62. Homatopsis BuccaTa, L.
Homalopsis buccata, Cantor, p. 96; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 14
(skull fig.).
Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.
Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Malacca and Singapore.
I obtained two specimens at Singapore; the larger was 1130 mm.
in length,
Hab. Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
and Java.
888 MR. 8.8. FLOWER ON THE REPYILES AND [Dee. 1,
)
63. CERBERUS RHYNOHOPS, Schn.
Homalopsis rhynchops, Cantor, p. 94.
Cerberus rhynchops, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 16.
Cantor mentions this spécies from the “ Malay Peninsula and
Islands,” and there are specimens in the British Museum from
Penang from him, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
This appears to be a common species. I obtained one specimen
from Tanglin, Singapore, six from Changi, Singapore (sea-water),
and three from Linga Island (sea-water). Seven of these had 23
rows of scales, and three 25 rows; the ventrals varied from 139 to
150 and the subcaudals from 54 to 64; they varied in length from
470 to 670 mm.
Both Homalopsis and Cerberus seem sluggish on land, and gentle
when handled.
Hab, India, Ceylon, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago, and the Pelew Islands.
64. ForDONIA LEUCOBALIA, Schl.
Homalopsis leucobalia, Cantor, p. 102.
Fordonia leucobalia, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 21.
Cantor says this species is found in freshwater, in estuaries,
and at sea at Penang and in the Peninsula.
Hab. Rivers and coasts of Bengal, Burma, Cochinchina, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, and North Australia.
65. CanToRIA VioLacna, Gir.
Cantoria elongata, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 277.
Cantoria violacea, Boul. Cat. Snakes, vol. iii. p. 23; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 380 (head figured).
A specimen was procured at Singapore by the U.S. Exploring
Expedition, under the command of Capt. Charles Wilkes, U.S.N.
(Girard, Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1857, p. 182.)
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Borneo.
66. Hiristus HyDRiINvs, Cant.
Homalopsis hydrina, Cantor, p. 104, pl. xl. fig. 4.
Hipistes hydrinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 24.
Cantor obtained one specimen from the coast of Penang, and
two from the const of Kedah. There is a specimen in the British
Museum from Penang from Mr. Day, and Stoliczka found it in
the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Blanford mentions it from Singapore (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215).
Hab. Mouths of rivers and coasts of Pegu, Siam, and Malay
Peninsula.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF tHE MALAY PENINSULA. 889
Subfamily DrpsapoMoRPHIN£.
67. DIpsADOMORPHUS MULTIMAOULATUS, Boie.
Dipsas multimaculata, Cantor, p. 76.
Dipsadomorphus multimaculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 63.
Cantor mentions this species from the hills of Penang and the
Peninsula.
Hab. Southern China, Indo-China, Burma, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago. :
68. DirsapomorrHus GoKoon, Gray.
Dipsas cynodon, part., Cantor, p. 77.
Dipsadomorphus gokool, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 64.
Cantor obtained one specimen on Penang Hill.
Hab. Bengal, Assam, and Malay Peninsula.
69. DipsADOMORPHUS DENDROPHILUS, Boie.
Dipsas dendrophila, Cantor, p. 76.
Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 70.
Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the
Peninsula; Stoliczka found it inthe collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Singapore.
I obtained two large specimens at Kota Star, Kedah; length
1750 and 2310 mm. The yellow markings were very bright and
distinct.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
70. Divsapomorruus saspipnus, D. & B.
Dipsadomorphus jaspideus, Boul.Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 73 ; F. Miiller,
Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1882, p. 151.
There is a specimen from Penang in the Bale Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
71. D1rpsaDOMORPHUS DRAPIBZI, Boie.
Dipsadomorphus drapiezti, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 74.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey, also one from Singapore.
I saw one specimen in the jungle on Bukit Tinah, Singapore :,
ventrals 276, subcaudals 156; length 1524 mm.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
72. DirsADoMorePHUS OYNoDON, Boie.
Dipsas cynodon, part., Cantor, p. 77.
Dipsadomorphus cynodon, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 78.
Cantor obtained this species in Province Wellesley. Stoliczka
mentions Dipsas cynodon as being in the collection which he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley. There are specimens in the
890 MR, 8. S. FLOWER ON THH REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
British Museum from Malacca from Mr. Hervey, and from
Singapore from Mr. Ridley and Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
73, PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Boie.
Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 172.
Stoliczka mentions this species as occurring in the collection he
got from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and there is a specimen
in the British Museum from Kinta, Perak, from Mr. Wray.
Hab. Fastern Himalayas, Khasi and Assam hills, Burma, Indo-
China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
74, DRYOPHIS XANTHOZONA, Boie.
Dryinus prasinus, var. A, Cantor, p. 82.
Dryophis xanthozona, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 180.
There is a specimen from Penang from Dr. Cantor in the
British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Java.
75. DRYOPHIS PRASINUS, Boie.
Dryinus prasinus, part., Cantor, p. 81.
Dryophis prasinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 180.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. I obtained one specimen in Penang; butin Singapore,
about Tanglin, found this Snake in abundance, coloured either
bright green or light brown; judging from the specimens I
observed, the green variety seems to predominate and to grow to
a larger size than the brown. The longest green one I measured
was 1778 mm. iu length, but I have seen one about 2000 mm.
These Snakes are very gentle when handled.
Hab. Yastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Indo-China, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago.
76. DryYopHIors RUBESCENS, Gray.
Chrysopelea rubescens, Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 195.
Dryophiops rubescens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 194.
Stoliczka found one specimen on Penang Mill, and also in the
collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
77. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA, Shaw.
Leptophis ornatus, part., Cantor, p. 87.
Chrysopelea ornata, Bou). Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 196.
Var. A. There are specimens in the British Museum from
Penang from Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys.
Stoliczka describes this species as common on Penang Hill in 1869,
and found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA, 891
Wellesley. I obtained one specimen from Kulim, Kedah, and two
from Singapore, the largest being 1235 mm. in length.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China,
Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
78. CHRYSOPBLEA CHRYSOCHLORA, Reinw.
Leptophis ornatus, part., Cantor, p. 87.
Chrysopelea chrysochlora, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 198.
Cantor gives Penang and the Peninsula as the localities from
which he obtained this species, and there is a specimen in the
British Museum from Singapore from Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Series Proteroglypha.
Subfamily Hypropnuna.,
79. Ilyprus PLatruRus, L.
Iydrus bicolor, Cantor, p. 135,
Ilydrus platurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 267.
Cantor obtained a single specimen from the coast of Province
Wellesley. Blanford mentions this species (Pelamis bicolor) from
Singapore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215.
Jiab. Indian Ocean, Tropical and Subtropical Pacific.
80. HypropHis C#RULESCENS, Shaw.
Hydrophis cerulescens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 275.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Bombay coast, Bay of Bengal, and Straits of Malacca.
81. Hyproruis nicrocincrus, Daud.
Hydrophis nigrocinctus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 277.
Mr. Boulenger informs me that a specimen iu the British
Museum from Dr. Bleeker is probably from off the coast of
Sumatra.
Ilab, Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.
82. Hypropuis oANtonis, Gthr.
Hydrus gracilis, part., Cantor, p. 130.
Hydrophis cantoris, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 281, pl. xiv.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.
83. HypropHis Fascratus, Schn.
Hydrophis fasciatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 281.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Cantor.
Hab. From the coasts of India to China and New Guinea.
892 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THR REPTILES AND (Dee. 1,
84. Hyprorais rorguarus, Gthr.
Hydrus nigrocinctus, Cantor, p. 128.
Hydrophis torquatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 283.
Cantor gives as locality of this species “sea of Malayan Penin-
sula, Penang, and Singapore.”
Hub, Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.
85. Distina sroxnsit, Gray.
‘Distira stokesii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 288 (skull fig. p. 286).
There are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore.
Blanford mentions two specimens (one 1626 mm. long) from
Singapore (P. Z. 8S. 1881, p. 215).
Hab. Indian Ocean, Straits of Malacca, and north coast of
Australia.
86. Disrira BRUGMANSII, Boie.
Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.
Distira brugmansii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 292.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Persian Gulf, coasts of India and Burma, Straits of
Malacca, and the Malay Archipelago.
87. Distima oyanoctncta, Daud.
Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.
Distira cyanocincta, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 294.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. From the Persian Gulf and the coasts of India to China,
Japan, and Papuasia.
88. Distira JERDONII, Gray.
Hydrus nigrocinctus, var., Cantor, p. 129, pl. xl. fig. 8.
Distira jerdonii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 299.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab, Bay of Bengal, Straits of Malacca, and Borneo.
89, ENHYDRIS HARDWIOKII, Gray.
Iydrus pelamidoides, Cantor, p. 133.
Enhydris hardwickii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 301.
Cantor mentions “ sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands ” among
the localities of this species. Giinther (Rept, Brit. India, p. 380)
says of the typical specimen of Hydrophis hardwickit, “ several
circumstances lead me to suppose it was procured at Penang.”
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Singapore
from Mr. Swinhoe.
Hab. From the Bay of Bengal to the Chinese Sea and New
Guinea.
1896.]} BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 893
90. EINHYDRINA VALAKADIEN, Boie.
Hydrus schistosus, Cantor, p. 132.
Enhydrina valakadien, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 302.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. From the Persian Gulf, along the coasts of India and Burma
to the Malay Archipelago and Papuasia.
91. AipysuRuUS HYDOUXI, Gray.
Aipysurus eydouxii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 304.
Boettger mentions three specimens said to have been caught at
Singapore (Zool. Anz., 1892, p. 420).
I obtained one specimen, a male, from Sourabaya, Java, and
kept it alive in a tin of sea water for about a month, when it died
through an accident. It was gentle when handled, never attempt-
ing to bite. It could move fast, but awkwardly, on dry land, and
sometimes would crawl out of the water of its own accord. The
colours in life are very handsome—above dark olive-brown, with
bright yellow transverse stripes, the stripes and edges of the brown
~ scales outlined in black; beneath bright yellow. Ventrals 134.
Length 559 mm.
Hab. Seas of Malay Archipelago.
92. PLaruRUS CoLUBRINUS, Schn.
Laticauda scutata, Cantor, p. 125.
Platurus colubrinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 308 (skull fig.
p- 307).
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor. Blanford mentions this species (Platurus scutatus)
from Singapore (P. Z. S. 1881, p. 215).
Hab. From the Bay of Bengal to the China Sea and the West
South Pacific.
Subfamily Evapinz.
93. BunGgarus Fascratus, Schn.
Bungarus fasciatus, Cantor, p. 113; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii.
p- 366.
Cantor mentions this species from Penang and Prov. Wellesley,
and Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley. Blanford mentions it from Singapore.
Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Penin-
sula, Sumatra, and Java.
94. BuNGaRUS CANDIDUS, L.
Bungarus candidus, Cantor, p. 113; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iti.
p- 368 (skull fig. p. 365).
Cantor mentions this species from Kedah, and there are five
894 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON TID REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
specimens from him in the British Museum from Penang and the
Peninsula.
Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Penin-
sula, Java, and Celebes.
95. Bunaanus Fiaviorrs, Reinh.
Bungarus flaviceps, Cantor, p. 112; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii.
p. 371.
I obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley. Veuntrals
237 ; subcaudals 53, of which the first 16 were single and the
remainder double, except the 19th, 29th, 30th, 31st, and 32nd.
There were three postoculars on the right side. It was 1473 mm.
in length.
Cantor mentions obtaining one specimen on Penang Hill.
Hab. Tenasserim, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java.
96. Nata rripuprans, Merr.
Naja lutescens, Cantor, p. 117.
Naia tripudians, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 380.
Cantor says this species is found in Penang, Singapore, and the
Peninsula, and that the brown variety prevails at Penang and the
black at Singapore. Several residents in the Settlements have told
me the same thing. The largest Cobra I met with was a black
one in Singapore, 1372 mm. long. Mr. Ridley caught in the
Botanical Gardens, Singapore, a Cobra in the act of swallowing a
Macropisthodon rhodomelas. A Cobra that I obtained from Kulim,
Kedah, belonged to a third colour variety, C. 6. in Boulenger’s
‘Catalogue of Snakes,’
Hab. Southern Asia, from Transcaspia to China and the
Malay Archipelago.
97. Nara Bunaanus, Schl.
Hamadryas ophiophagus, Cantor, p. 116.
Nia bungarus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 386.
Cantor records this species from Penang Hill and Province
Wellesley, and there is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore from Dr. Dennys. From all accounts the Hamadryad
is still common in the hills of Penang, and I have seen several
skins of large individuals killed near Taiping, Perak.
Hab, India, Burma, Indo-China, Southern China, Malay Penin-
sula aud Archipelago.
98. CALLOPHIS GRACILIS, Gray.
Elaps nigromaculatus, Cantor, p. 108, pl. xl. fig. 7.
Callophis gracilis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 396.
Cantor records this species from the hills of Penang and from
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
1896.] BATRAOHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 8995
99. CaLLopmis MACcULIOnPS, Gthr.
laps melanurus, Cantor, p. 106, pl. xl. fig. 6.
Callophis maculiceps, Boul. Cat. Suakes, ili. p. 397.
Cantor obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley.
Hab. Cochinchina and Malay Peninsula.
100. DotiopHis BIVIRGATUS, Boie.
Flaps bivirgatus, Cantor, p. 109.
Elaps flaviceps, Cantor, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 33.
Doliophis bivirgatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 400.
Cantor obtained this species from the hills of Penang and from
Malacea ; Stoliezka found it in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Penang and Singapore.
I obtained specimens from Kulim, Kedab, from Singapore, aud
from Province Wellesley, the latter 1372 mw. in length.
Hab. Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
and Java.
Note.—Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 182, records a speci-
men of Doliophis flaviceps from Singapore.
101. DottopHis 1nrustinatis, Laur.
Elaps intestinalis, Cantor, p. 107.
Elaps furcatus, Cantor, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 34.
Doliophis intestinalis, Boul. Cat. Suakes, ii. p, 401.
Of this Snake Cantor says “it is of no uncommon occurrence
in the hills of Penang, at Malacca, and at Singapore.” Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. I obtained two specimens from Tanglin, Singapore, and
two from Province Wellesley, one of the latter belonging to the
variety ¢trilincatus. There are in the British Museum specimens of
the variety lineata from Penang and Singapore, and of annectens
from Singapore.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Family AMBLYCEPHALIDS.
102. HaPLOPHLTURA BOA, Boie.
Dipsas boa, Cantor, p. 78, pl. xl. fig. 3.
Haplopeltura boa, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 439.
Cantor obtained this species from the hills of Penang.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
103. AMBLYCEPIALUS L&VIS, Boie.
Amblycephalus levis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 441.
This Snake is said to have been found at Malacca, but 1 have
not been able to discover where it is recorded.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Natuna Islands, Borneo, and Java.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. LVIII. 58
896 MR. S. 8. FLOWER ON TIE RUPTILES AND Dee. 1
,
104, AMBLYCEPHALUS MALACOANUS, Ptrs.
Asthenodipsas malaccana, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1864, p. 273,
pl. —. fig. 3.
Amblycephalus malaccanus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 442.
One specimen was obtained in the neighbourhood of Malacca
(sce Peters, Ll. s. ¢.).
fab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.
Family VirEripm,
Subfamily Croraninam.
105. Lacnrsis monricona, Gthr.
Trimeresurus convictus, Stoliczka, J. A.S. B. 1879, p. 224, pl. xii.
fig. 1.
Lachesis monticola, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 548.
Stoliczka caught one specimen on Western Hill, Penang, and
there is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. Tibet, Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula, and
Sumatra.
106. Lacnzsis puRPURTOMACULATUA, Gray.
Trigonocephalus puniceus, Cantor, p. 122.
Lachesis purpureomaculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 553.
Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.
Var. A.—There are specimens in the British Museum from
Penang and Singapore. 1 obtained one from Tanjong Katong,
Singapore. Ventrals 172; subcaudals 57 (double, except the
2nd and 3rd, which were single). Scales in 25 rows.
Var, B.—There is one specimen in the British Museum from
Penang from Dr, Cantor.
Hab, Wimalayas, Bengal, Assam, Burma, Andamans, Nicobars,
Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
107. LacHEsis GramMIneEvs, Shaw.
Trigonccephalus gramineus, part., Cantor, p. 119.
Trimeresurus erythrurus, Stoliczka, J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 217.
Lachesis gramineus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ili, p. 554.
Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula as localities
of this species; Stoliczka obtained specimens from Penang and
Province Wellesley ; and I obtained four specimens from Province
Wellesley. Blanford mentions this species froin Singapore.
Hab. South-eastern Asia.
108. LaowEsis suMaTRANUS, Raffles.
Lachesis sumatranus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 557.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore
from Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. 897
109. LacHEsis WAGLERI, Boie.
Trigonocephalus sumatranus, Cantor, p. 121, pl. xl. fig. 9.
Lachesis waglert, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 562.
Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula as localities
of this species ; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley. There are specimens in the
British Museum from Penang, Taiping (Perak), Malacca, and
Singapore. I obtained a specimen on Bukit Timah, Singapore.
Blanford mentions this species from Singapore and Selangor.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Clas BATRACHTIA.
Order ECAUDATA.
Suborder PILANEROGLOSSA.
Series FIRMISTDRNIA.
Family Raniz.
1. Oxyatossus tia, Tschudi.
Oxyglossus lima, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 5.
This species is said to occur in the Malay Peninsula, but I have
not been able to find it recorded south of Tenasserim, though it
occurs again in Java.
Hab. Lower Bengal, Burma, Southern China, Camboja, Siam,
Malay Peninsula, Java.
2. OxyeLossus LavIS, Gthr.
Oxyglossus levis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 6.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Perak from
Mr. Wray, one from Larut, the other from Changkatjerin. I
found two specimens in the Raffles Museum, unlabelled.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, Philippine
Islands.
3. RANA CYANOPALYcTIS, Schn.
Rana leschenaultiz, Cantor, p. 138.
Rana cyanophlyctis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 17.
Cantor mentions two specimens from the Malay Peninsula, and
says “‘ the species is apparently not numerous.”
Hab. South Arabia, Baluchistan, Cashmere, Himalayas (up to
6000 ft.), India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.
4, RANA LaviIoErs, Blgr.
Rana laticeps, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 20, pl. i. fig. 1.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
58*
898 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND [Dee.1,
Mr. Hervey. A Frog in the Raffles Museum, Singapore, labelled
“« Malacca,” is apparently of this species, but it is in a bad state of
preservation, and the back is quite smooth, without the tubercles
which are present in Mr. Hervey’s specimen; both are females.
Hab, India, Malay Peninsula.
5. Rana Macropon, Kuhl. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.)
Rana fusca, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 115.
Rana macrodon, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 225, pl. xxi. fig. 4
(upper view of head); Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 4
(inside of mouth).
As first pointed out by Mr. Blanford, there seem to be two varie-
ties of this species, very different in appearance. The specimens I
collected at Penang are so different from those I got at Singapore,
as to appear to be of distinct species: but on comparing them
with the large series in thé British Museum from many different
localities in the East Indies, I cannot find any constant characters
by which to separate the two varieties.
Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, but from his description one cannot tell
to which variety his specimens belonged. I. Miiller mentions a
specimen of Rana macrodon (Giinth. Cat. Batr. p. 8) from Malacca
in the Bale Museum (Verh. naturforsch. Ges. Basel, vii. 1882-85).
The following description will, I trust, be of use in identifying
this Frog: provisionally I have called the broad-headed form the
Singapore variety, and the narrower-headed the Penang variety.
Vomerine teeth on two straight ridges running obliquely back
from the anterior angle of the choan, and converging behind so as
to meet, if prolonged, nearly in a right angle, but rather widely
separated ; a strong osseous transverse ridge behind the choane ;
lower jaw with two fang-like bony prominences in tront, fitting
into hollows inside the upper jaw; when the mouth is closed, the
size to which these prominences are developed is variable.
Head large, this is especially so in the adults of the Singapore
variety. In the typical Penang variety the snout is usually
pointed, but very variable in shape; in the Singapore variety it is
broad and rounded at the end. Blanford says of the snout of the
Singapore variety, ‘‘no trace of canthus rostralis,’ but in my speci-
mens, though but slightly developed, it is at once apparent; no
constant distinction can be made between the two varieties in
regard to the amount of depression of the snout. Occiput more
or less swollen at the sides. The nostrils are nearer the end of
snout than the eye; their distance apart in the Penang variety is
equal to or greater than the interorbital space, while in the Singa-
pore variety it is considerably less: this character will be found
useful in distinguishing between the two varieties, but it does not
hold good for young specimens. In all seven Penang specimens
the breadth across the gape is about equal to the distance from
angle of mouth to end of snout, and considerably less than the
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 899
length of the hind foot; while in all the adult Singapore specimens
examined the breadth across the gape is greater than the distance
from angle of mouth to end of snout, and equal to or greater than
the length of the hind foot, but in the young of the Singapore
variety the gape is less than the hind foot. The interorbital
space in the Jargest Penang specimen is equal to, in the six others
less than, the upper eyelid, in some considerably less; in the
Singapore variety, in young specimens the interorbital space is
slightly less than the upper eyelid, in fair-sized specimens equal
to it, and in large specimens one half broader than the upper
eyelid. Blanford mentions the Singapore frog as having a smaller
eye; but if specimens of similar size of the two varieties are com-
pared, it will be seen not to be noticeable. Tympanum distinct,
slightly larger in the Singapore variety, but variable in size; it is
also variable in shape, when not circular, in the Singapore variety
it has its greater diameter in a vertical position, in the Penang
variety in a horizontal direction. In the Singapore variety a
streng, prominent fold (well-developed in even quite small
speciinens) runs from behind the eye horizontally to over the
tympanum, and then turns down at an obtuse angle and runs
straight to the shoulder; in the Penang variety this fold is much
less prominent, and instead of forming an obtuse angle forms a
curve above the tympanum; however, this character cannot divide
the two forms, as in the British Museum specimens will be found
with every gradation from the angular to the curved fold.
Fingers moderate, first much longer than the second; toes
broadly webbed, in the Singapore variety the web is more deeply
emarginate than in the Penang variety, the terminal two phalanges
of the fourth toe have only a narrow fringe of web along their
sides. ‘he tarsal fold is very variable in size, and often wanting.
The fingers and toes have slightly though distinctly swollen tips,
and the subarticular tubercles of fingers and toes are well developed;
the inner metatarsal tubercle is elongate and blunt, there is no
outer tubercle: in these characters there is no difference between -
the two varieties. The hind limb being carried forward along the
body the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches beyond the eye, usually
to the end of the snout: the Penang specimens have on the whole
longer hind legs than those from Singapore when measured in this
way.
Skin smooth above. Hinder portion of upper eyelid tubercular.
In young specimens there is a narrow glandular fold on each side
of the back, and other, both round and longitudinal, glands
scattered over the skin of the upper surfaces; these glands gradu-
ally disappear with age, but seem more persistent in the Penang
variety. Male without vocal sacs.
Blanford distinguished the Singapore variety from Jtana fusca
(Blyth) by, 1st, a much broader head; 2nd, a smaller eye; 3rd, a
larger tympanum; 4th, flatter muzzle; 5th, nostrils nearer together ;
6th, web of the hind toes less developed. Although, as mentioned
900 MR. 8, 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND { Dec. 1,
before, I can find no constant characters to separate the two
varieties, the following points should be noticed :—
(i.) Breadth of interorbital space compared to the distance
between the nostrils.
Gi.) General form of the snout.
(iii.) Shape and prominence of the tympanic fold.
(iv.) Shape of the tympanum.
(v.) Amount of emargination in the webbing of the hind
toes.
Localities. Of the Penang variety 1 collected seven specimens
in small ponds on Penang Hill, at elevations of from 2000’ to 2200',
in March 1896. They are active frogs and good swimmers, and
locally called ‘“ Koldok-ayer” (Malay). There is in the British
Museum a specimen fron Mr. Wray, from the hills of Larut,
Perak, at an elevation of between 3000’ and 4000’, which agrees
with the Penang variety in the more pointed snout, in the distance
between the nostrils being greater than the interorbital space, in
the skin having longitudinal glandular folds, and in the webbing
of the hind feet, but the tympanic fold is angular.
Of the Singapore variety I collected eight specimens from the
following places in the island—Passir Panjang, Botanical Gardens,
and Bukit Timah, at elevations of less than 400 ft., in January and
April 1896. Four large specimens from Dr. Dennys, one from the
Raffles Museum, and three young specimens from Mr. Ridley, all
from Singapore, and now in the British Museum, agree with my
specimens of corresponding sizes, and are distinctly of this variety,
the full-grown ones showing well the characteristic broad head
and angular prominent tympanic fold. There are several large
specimens of this variety in the Raffles Museum, Singapore; one
(in spirit) has a Dryophis prasinus in its mouth. This Frog seems
common but local in Singapore island, and is known as the “red
frog” or “ Koldok-merah” (Malay): it isa very handsome animal
from its athletic build, bright eye, and brilliant colour, which last,
however, helps to conceal the frog when (as I have more than once
found it) among large fallen leaves of the same bright red as itself.
When frightened, both the Penang and Singapore varieties take to
the water, diving straight in and seeking concealment immediately
at the bottom. i
Although, as far as we know, only the one variety inhabits
Penang and the other Singapore, there are specimens of both in
the British Museum from Java, and also from Borneo, where are
also intermediate forms with the angular tympanic fold, but the
distance between the nostrils greater than the interorbital space,
and with fully-webbed hind feet. There is a specimen in the
British Museum from Great Natuna Island, from Mr. Hose, which
geems identical with the Singapore variety.
Colour, from life. Specimens from Penang Hill—Upper parts
rich dark olive-brown or green, with or without a broad orange
vertebral line. Chin white. Belly and lower side of limbs pale
oruige.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF TILD MALAY PENINSULA. 901
Specimens from Singapore.—Upper parts bright bronze or
chocolate-red, varies very much in intensity, in captivity becomes
a pale yellowish- or brownish-red. In one half-grown specimen
the upper parts were a dark olive-brown. A very narrow pale
yellow vertebral stripe seems usually present, but often very irre-
gular, not following the centre of the back. Lower surfaces
yellow, paler or bluish-white on the throat, more or less spotted
or mottled with black. Lips very pale yellow, extensively marked
with black. A black line under the fold from eye to tympanum,
continued but narrower to angle of mouth. Iris golden. Limbs
indistinctly barred with dark brown; a narrow, pale yellow,
distinct stripe down the hind leg, the skin behind this is white or
yellow, marbled with black; the web between the toes is dark
brown. Quite small specimens, of about 4 mm. in length, are
very differently coloured from the adults, and somewhat resemble
Rana limnocharis.
Size. The largest Penang specimen is 92 mm. from snout to
vent. The largest Singapore specimen I have measured is 165 mm.
from snout to vent, and the width of the head at the angle of
the mouth is 76 mm. ‘This species seems to attain a larger size in
Singapore than in any other locality.
Hab. Upper Burma, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
6. RANA PLICATELLA, Stol.
Rana plicatella, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1878, p. 116, pl. xi. fig. 1;
Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26.
This Frog was discovered by Stoliczka in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
7. RANA TIGRINA, Daud.
Rana tigrina, Cantor, p. 1389; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26; id.
Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 449 (figured).
Cantor says this species ‘‘is excessively numerous in valleys and
hills, after heavy falls of rain, Malayan Peninsula and Islands.”
Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 112) mentions Rana tigrina, var.
pantherina, in the collection be got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. There are in the British Museum specimens from
Penang, from Dr. Cantor, Major Sykes, and Sir A. Smith.
In April 1895 I found this Frog common in the evening about
Kota Star, Kedah.
Hab. Nepal, Sikhim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Formosa,
Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
8. RANA LimvocitArts, Boie.
Rana gracilis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 28; Stol. J. A.5. B. 1870,
p- 142.
Rana lymnocharis, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 116.
Rana limnocharis, Boul. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 450.
a
902 MR. 8.8. FLOWER ON IE REPTILES AND [ Dee. ],
Stoliczka says this species is very common in Penang and
Province Wellesley, and from Penang Hill (2000 ‘ft.) he obtained a
variety which he called pulla. There are specimens in the British
Museum from Perak from Mr. Wray, from the Dindings from
Mr. Ridley, and from Malacca from Mr. Hervey. This Frog was
common about Tanglin, Singapore ; usually, in April, found sitting
on the banks of ponds in the evening; it does not attempt to
escape by jumping into the water like Itana tiyrina, R. macrodon,
and £. flammea, but even if touched squats down close on the
clay, which its colour does not resemble, so is easily caught.
Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 153) mentions Bufo penangensis as
having a similar habit. The largest Tanglin specimen was 62 mm.
from snout to vent. Their usual coloration seems, pale olive-green
above, with dark green blotches and a distinct, narrow, pale yellow
dorsal stripe; the underneath being immaculate buff, except the
lips which have distinct black spots, and the throat (male) has two
large black blotches.
Hab. Sikhim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Formosa, Japan,
Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
9. Rana HAScHEANA, Stol.
Polypedates hascheanus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 147, pl. ix
fig. 3
Rana hascheana, Sclater f., P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 844.
Stoliezka says: “‘I found this species tolerably common all
through the higher forests (about 1000 feet above sea-level) in the
island of Penang;...... I have seen hundreds of specimens in
different places of the island,...... It is generally seen on the
leaves of small bushes or on the ground between old leaves.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Natuna Islands.
10. Rawa pryvurma, Schl. (Plate XLV. fig. 2.)
Limnodytes erythreus, Cantor, p. 141.
Hylarana erythrea, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 425.
Rana erythrea, Boul, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 65.
Cantor mentions having observed three individuals from the
Malay Peninsula. Stoliezka (J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 112) found it
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Perak from
Mr. Wray. I found one individual in the Lines, Penang, in May
1895, but in Singapore in April 1896. I found it excessively
numerous about the ponds at Tanglin and in the Botanical
Gardens, in ditches near Thompson Road and in the low-lying
fields up the Singapore river, where it may be heard croaking at
night. This is a most active, agile Frog, both on land and in the
water; it can hop over the surface of a pond, much as Rana
cyanophlyctis does in India, and also jump right out of the water.
Owing to the vivid green colour of its back exactly matching the
colour of the weeds in a pond, it is often difficult to see but for its
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PRNINSULA. 903
bright golden eyes. The largest specimens were 72 mm. in length
from snout to vent.
Colour (from life).—Above the most vivid green, exactly
matching some of the water-weeds in ponds, but in other sur-
roundings the back may change to a dull green or a yellowish
brown: no specimens that I met with had “ back and sides brown
or reddish olive ” as described by Cantor, from life? A very dark
brown stripe (generally darker at the edges) runs along each side
of the head and body from the nose to the inset of the hind leg
(in one specimen these side stripes were bright green, like the
back, with black edges) ; this broad dark stripe is separated from
the green back by a distinct white or yellowish-white stripe. The
upper lip is yellow. The limbs are reddish-buff or yellowish-
brown, paler beneath. The underneath of the head and body is
immaculate, pure white. The iris is golden or golden-orange.
Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
11. Rawa nanraris, Blgr. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.)
Rana labialis, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. IL. 1887, (5) xix. p. 345,
pl. x. fig. 1.
This Frog was described from several specimens from Malacca
given to the British Museum by Mr. Hervey; specimens have
since been received there from Singapore from Mr. Ridley. I
caught two specimens at Tanglin, Singapore, in a small pond on
the 2nd of April, 1896; it appeared fairly numerous, and was
associated with Jtana erythrwa, which it resembles in colour,
having the upper parts bright green and the lower immaculate
white: this bright green in spirit becomes dull and dark.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Mentavi Islands.
Tadpole.—I found tadpoles of this species in a small pond in
the Botanical Gardens, Singapore, in the middle of April 1896.
Length of body about once and a half its width, about two-thirds
the length of the tail, Nostrils, as seen from above, nearer the
end of the snout than the eyes. Eyes on the upper surface of the
body, rather nearer the end of the snout than the spiraculum ; the
distance between the eyes twice as great as that between the
nostrils, and greater than the width of the mouth. Spiraculum
on the left side, directed upwards and backwards, situated nearer the
anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and from below.
Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower edge of the
subcaudal crest. Tail three to four times as long as deep, ends in
a rounded point, intermediate in shape between those of Mana
esculenta and Rana temporaria (Boul. P. Z.S. 1891, pl. xlv. figs. 1,
3); upper crest convex, slightly deeper than the lower, not
extending on to the back; the depth of the muscular portion, at
its base, about half or rather more of its greatest total depth.
Beak edged with black. Sides and lower edge of the lip fringed
with papille, those on the lower edge being long and prominent ;
upper lip with four series of fine teeth, the outermost is uninter-
904 MQ. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND [ Dee. 1,
rupted, the three inner broadly interrupted and very short,
decreasing in size towards the mouth, the innermost row is
sometimes very small and inconspicuous; lower lip with three
series of teeth, the two outer uninterrupted, the third narrowly
interrupted, the three rows are about the same length, but the
median is the longest and the outermost the shortest.
The colour of these tadpoles in life is brick-red above, and pale
yellow beneath, but the whole skin is very transparent, the eyes
and the intestines being clearly seen. On the back on each side
behind the eyes is a patch of granulated skin; in some specimens
there is a similar strip on the hinder part of the back on each side
parallel with the tail, and a large patch on each side of the belly,
oblong in shape, and each converging together towards the tail.
A good specimen measures 37 mm. in total length; body 15;
width of body 10; tail 22; depth of tail 6.
Depth of muscular portion of tail at its base between 3 and 4 mm.
The above measurements are taken from a spirit-specimen.
12. Rana Luctuosa, Ptrs. (Plate XLVI.)
Rana luctuosa, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 68.
This handsome little Frog appears to have hitherto only been
recorded from Borneo; in March 1896 I found it common about
certain small ponds on Penang Hill at an elevation of 2000 feet.
They were generally in long grass near the water's edge; when
alarmed they would jump into the water, but before long craw! out’
again.
Colour (from life).—Top of head and back rich dark chocolate-
brown (in very small frogs of this species the back is a very bright
red, more vermilion than chocolate), bordered on each side from
the nose to the insertion of the hind leg by a very distinct white
line. Sides of head, neck, and body are very dark brown or black.
The tympanum is dark reddish-brown. Along the lower part of
the sides of the body are a few white spots in an irregular line
from angle of mouth to thigh. Lower surfaces—chin and throat
dark brown, remainder dirty buff, darker on limbs. Limbs yery
dark brown or bluish-black, with bluish-white or very pale grey
marblings ; the black turns to brown on the toes, and the marbling
is also less conspicuous on the feet.
These colours seem permanent and not variable according to
surroundings, as is the case with many batrachians.
Adult specimens are 45 to 50 mm. from snout to vent.
Hab. Malay Peninsula; Borneo.
Tadpole, “ Koldok-ikan” (Malay). In March 1896, in a pond
of clear water (2200 ft. elevation) in the jungle on Penang Hill,
there were a large number of tadpoles of this species and little
frogs just leaving the water.
Description of the Tadpole.
Length of body once and a half its width, considerably more
than half the length of the tail. Nostrils nearer the end of the
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. 905
snout than the eye. Eyes on the upper surface of the body,
nearer the end of the snout than the spiraculum ; a well-marked
lachrymal gland from the eye to the nostril; the distance between
the eyes twice as great, or rather more, than the distance between
the nostrils and much greater than the width of the mouth.
Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards and upwards,
nearer the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and
from below. Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower
edge of the subcaudal crest. Tail between three and four times as
long as deep, acutely pointed, the tip being inclined upwards in
life ; upper crest convex, about equal in depth to the lower; the
upper crest does not extend on to the back. Depth of the
muscular portion of the tail at its base rather more than half
greatest total depth of tail.
Beak broadly edged with black. Sides and lower edge of the lip
bordered with papille. Upper lip with six series of fine teeth,
the upper uninterrupted, the remainder broadly interrupted,
decreasing in length towards the beak, the sixth or inner series in
some specimens being very small or absent. Lower lip with four
long series of teeth, the inner very narrowly interrupted, the
remainder uninterrupted.
Colour. he larva till it reaches a total length of from 35 to
40 mm. is blackish-brown above, white beneath, with a grey
mottled tail; after this the upper parts are a warm-brown,
mottled with darker brown, and the sides and lower parts yellow
also mottled with brown, but the skin of the underneath of the
abdomen is transparent and of a purple colour ; the tail is mottled
brown and yellow; the hind legs of the tadpole are grey marbled
with black, when the fore legs appear the back assumes the bright
chocolate colour of the adult frog. The iris ie golden, and the eye
bright and noticeable.
Size. Length of body 24 mm. Length of tail 44 mm. Depth
of tail 12 mm. The largest tadpole, without hind legs, I observed
was 70 mm. in total length; the largest, with hind legs but
without fore legs, was 77 mm. The recently transformed young
measure about 25 mm. from snout to vent.
13. Rana GLANDULOSA, Bier.
Rana glandulosa, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 73, pl. vii.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey and from Sivugapore from Mr. Ridley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Palawan.
14. Riracormonvs Levcomystax, Gravh. (Plate XLIV. fig. 2.)
Polypedates leucomystaa, Cantor, p. 142.
Polypedates maculatus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 148, & 1873,
p- 112.
Rhacophorus maculatus, part., Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 83.
Rhacophorus leucomystax, Boul. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. & Batr.
p- 474. i
906 MR. §. 8. FLOWER ON THE RBPTILES AND (Dee. 1,
Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Malay Peninsula as
localities, and says ‘although it inhabits Singapore ..... it
appears not to occur in the valleys of Penang, but to affect the
hills, at an elevation of more than 2000 ft.” Stoliczka mentions
it as being “not uncommon in Penang.” I found this species
very common both in Penang and Singapore, but, contrary to
Cantor’s experience, I found it at Penang at almost the sea-level
(20 ft.), though it was certainly more numerous on the hills. It
is a cheerful little frog of most graceful build. It comes out from
its hiding-places shortly before sunset, and remains abroad all
night; the males are easily found as they sit on shrubs or trees or
on the edges of the rainwater-butts under the verandahs of the
houses, and from time to time utter a single rather musical short
croak. In March and April they can be found both by day and
night in copwld in ponds. Cantor mentions the power of changing
its colours this species possesses. It changes both its colour and
markings very rapidly and frequently, but dark bands across the
legs can always be more or less distinguished ; the lower parts are
some shade or other of buff, but the principal variations of the
upper parts are as follows :—
(i.) pale bronze, uniform ;
(ii.) pale bronze, with four longitudinal dark brown or
black lines ;
(iii.) a bright yellowish-bronze, almost orange, uniform ;
(iv.) reddish-brown, almost chocolate, mottled with darker ;
(v.) pale brownish-green or olive, with irregular dark
spots ;
(vi.) yellowish teeth mottled with darker or brown.
The Rhacophorus mentioned by Stoliczka (J. A. 8. B. 1873,
p- 112) as a separate species, Polypedates quadrilineatus, from
Penang, is not even a true variety, as the dark lines appear
conspicuously and disappear entirely in the same individual. If
killed with or without the lines visible they remain so in spirit.
In Singapore at different times I noticed many young frogs which
had just left the water all of which had the dark lines visible;
these disappear as the animal grows, only to reappear temporarily
in the adult.
The females are considerably larger than the males; the largest
male I caught was 48 mm. from snout to vent, and the largest
female 68 mm. from snout to vent.
Hab. Sikhim, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago, Philippines.
Yadpole. In January, February, March, and April, 1896, I
found the tadpoles of this species in several small ponds and in
rainwater-butts about Singapore; and was able to collect a large
series for the British Museum.
Description of the Tadpole.
Length of body once and a half its width, half the length of the
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 907
tail or rather less. Nostrils nearer the end of the snout than the
eyes. A strongly-marked lachrymal gland from eye to nostril.
Eyes on the side of the head, nearer the spiraculum than the end
of the snout; the distance between the eyes more than twice as
great as that between the nostrils, and much greater than the
width of the mouth.
Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards and upwards,
nearer the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and
from below. Anus opening on the right side, halfway between
the lower edge of the subcaudal crest and the muscular: portion of
the tail. ‘Tail rather more than three times as long as deep, very
acutely pointed, upper crest convex, about the same depth as the
lower, or in some specimens very markedly shallower; the upper
crest does not extend on to the back; the depth of the muscular
portion at its base rather more than half the greatest total length.
Beak black. Sides and lower edge of the lip bordered with
papille, except in the centre of the lower lip, where there is a
small setnicircular notch, devoid of papille. Upper lip with four
series of fine teeth, the uppermost uninterrupted, the second
narrowly interrupted, and the third and fourth broadly so; lower
lip with three long uninterrupted series of teeth.
Colour, Above dark brown, irregularly mottled with darker ;
beneath buff; the sides and tail buff, mottled with brown. These
tadpoles, from different localities, vary a good deal in colour, some
being dark brown above, others a light dirty buff colour.
Size. These tadpoles vary even more in size than in colour;
some exceptionally fine ones were 46 mm. in total length. Length.
of body 15:5 mm., length of tail 31, depth of tail 10.
The recently transformed young measure from 14 to 18 mm.
from snout to vent.
15. RHAcOPHORUS LEPROSUS, Schl.
Polypedates leprosus, Ginther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,
p- 315, pl. xvi. figs. A, a, a’.
Rhacophorus leprosus, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 284.
Mr. Wray obtained this species at an elevation of 4000 ft. on
the hills of Larut, Perak. He says of it:—‘‘This species......
lives in holes in trees, and the note produced by it is not so loud
as that of Phrynella, and has a more metallic ring in it.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula ; Sumatra.
Norr.—Jhacophorus dennyst was described by Mr. Blanford
(P. Z.S. 1881, p. 224, pl. xxi. fig. 3); the specimen was in a
collection sent from Singapore by Dr. Dennys, and was said to
have come from China. Since then another specimen of this species
has been received at the British Museum from Foochow; so that
there can be little doubt that the type specimen was really from
China, and that this species should not be included in the fauna
of Malaya.
908 MR. 8. 8. FLOWOR ON NIE REPLIES AND [ Dee. 1,
16. Ixanus Prcrus, Ptrs.
Ivalus pictus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1871, p. 580; Peters,
Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, iii. 1872, p. 44, pl. vi. fig. 3; Boul. Cat.
Batr. Sal. p. 99. i
A specimen of this elegant little spotted Frog, only previously
recorded from Borneo, was caught in the jungle on Bukit ‘Timah,
Singapore, in Feb. 1896, by Dr. Hanitsch, of the Rafiles Museum.
Hab, Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
17. Ixauts aspmr, Bler.
Lzalus asper, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 415, pl. xxxix. fig. 1.
This species was described from specimens sent to the British
Museum by Mr. Wray ; a pair were ‘“‘ caught breeding in the water
on Hill Garden, Larut, Perak, at an elevation of 3300 feet.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Burma.
Family EneysromatTip®.
18. CALOPHRYNUS PLEUROSTIGMA, Tschudi.
Calophrynus pleurostigma, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 158; Boul.
Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 490 (palate fig.).
I obtained one young specimen in the jungle on Bukit Timah,
Singapore; this species does not seem to have been previously
recorded from the Straits Settlements.
Hab. Burma, South China, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Natunas.
19. Micronyza acHatina, Boie.
Microhyla achatina, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 166.
There are ¢ and @ specimens in the British Museum from
Malacca from Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Tenasserin, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and
Moluccas,
20. Mioroiyna Brrpmonit, Blyth.
Microhyla berdmori, Boul. Catr. Batr. Sal. p. 166.
Boulenger (Fauna Brit. India, Reptiles p. 492) says, “ Mr. W. L.
Sclater recently communicated to me a specimen obtained by
Mr. Davison at Malacca.”
Hab. Burma, Camboja, Malay Peninsula.
21. CaLLULA PULCHRA, Gray.
Hyledactylus bivittatus, Cantor, p. 143.
Callula pulchra, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 170 (hand ete. fig.).
Cantor obtained a male from a field near Malacca; I have not
heard of its occurring in Penang.
I have been told by both English and natives that this Frog
was unknown in Singapore until some nine or ten years ago, when
it was introduced by a half-caste, why it is not known, and that it
rapidly spread about the island. It is now well-known as the
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF TID MALAY PENINSULA. 909
“ Bull-frog” by the English in Singapore, and detested for the
noise it makes at night. These rotund animals were common
about Tanglin, and could be heard croaking in March and April
(probably in other months also) every night after a rainy day.
Their voice is very loud and can be heard from some distance ;
the croak is a deep guttural “ wau-auhhbhk,” very strident and
prolonged. The males croak while floating on the surface of the
water, the mouth, head, and inflated sides of the body just above
the surface, the single vocal sac under the mouth inflated like a
globe and the arms and legs extended. They can hop well on
land, and are good swimmers. The males are easily caught, their
voice betraying their position in the dark, but I only obtained one
female. heir skin is excessively slimy: when handled the slime
comes off profusely, and dries into a sort of white gum, with a
faint aromatic smell, not unpleasant. This gum dissolves in hot-
water, and coagulates in cold.
The general appearance of these Frogs is very stout, their girth
being about twice the length from snout to vent. As observed by
Cantor (p. 144), the profile from the snout to the vent forms a
considerable arch, the highest part being the centre of the back.
As Cantor also observes, ‘‘The toes are more slender than the
fingers, and their last joint, although flattened, is not so broad as
that of the fingers, which is of a somewhat triangular form,
truncated in front.” The tongue, which is oblong in a spirit-
specimen, in life is very elastic, assuming when extended a vermi-
form shape and reaching about 40 mm. in length; this is probably
for feeding on ants, as Stoliczka (J. A.S. B. 1870, p. 155) says of
this species near Moulmein, “‘ It appeared after sunset... .crawling
on old wood and feeding on white ants.”
The pupil is round.
Coloration (from lite, April 1896).—Top and sides of head yellow-
ochre, shading to brown on the nose, and a brown band runs from
the nose to below theeye, beneath the eye it turns dark brown, and
in the vertical of the posterior margin of the eye or slightly further
back ends abruptly. The upper lipis yellow-ochre. ‘The back is a
rich dark brown, divided distinctly from the yellow of the face by a
narrow black line, from eye to eye; the upper part of the promi-
nence over the eye being parti-coloured. In the female specimen
there were ten or twelve irregular yellowish spots on the back, aud
a very faint narrow black vertical line. A broad very distinct band
of yellow-ochre runs from the eyelid to the inset of the hind leg,
with a more or less scolloped outline and bordered above with black,
also in some specimens bordered below anteriorly with black. The
sides of the belly are more or less mottled with yellow and brown.
The lower surfaces are dirty buff. The chin and throat in the
male are black, and the vocal sac, when collapsed, shows as loose
longitudinal folds of black skin under the chin. The limbs are
grey, mottled with dark brown, and with more or less distinct
patches of yellow-ochre, sometimes on the hind legs outlined with
black. The intensity of the colouring varies with individuals and
910 M.S. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,
from time to time: sometimes it is very brilliant, the contrast
between the rich dark-brown back and bright yellow face and side
stripes being very conspicuous.
Cantor’s description (p. 143) is apparently taken from a pre-
served specimen, contrary to his usual custom. Giinther (Rept.
Brit. Ind. p. 437) mentions the light band on each side of the
back being rose-coloured during life, but this was not so in the
Singapore specimens.
The male specimens varied from 64 to 76 mm. in length from
snout to vent, the female was 76 mm.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, Siam, Camboja, Malay
Peninsula.
22. PHRYNELLA PULCHRA, Bler.
Phrynella pulchra, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xix. 1887,
p- 346, pl. x. fig. 2.
The type specimens, gd ?, are in the British Museum; they
are from Malacca from Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Mentawi Islands.
23. PHRYNELLA POLLIOARIS, Bler.
Phrynella pulchra, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,
p- 313, pl. xvi. fig. B.
Phrynella pollicaris, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 37.
The type specimen, a male, is in the British Museum; it was
obtained at Perak by Mr. Wray, who says ‘they inhabit the hills
of Perak from 3000 feet upwards, and live in holes in. trees which
are so situated as to contain more or less rain-water. They have
a loud, flute-like, musical note, which they utter at irregular
intervals, principally during the night. The form and size of the
hole in which they are seem to have a great deal to do with the
loudness of the note, as specimens when extracted from their holes
have far more feeble vocal powers than they had when in them.
The pitch of the note is also much altered hy the resonant properties
of the cavity. These frogs blow themselves out with air, and
look more like bladders than anything else. When inflated they
float on the surface of the water, and will remain motionless for
a long time with legs and arms stretched out.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
Series A RCIFERA.
Family Buronipz.
24, NEcTOPHRYNE GUENTHERI, Bler.
, Netriras guentheri, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280, pl. xviii.
"There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore
presented by Mr. Ridley ; and in January 1896 I obtained two
specimens in the jungle on Bukit Timah, Singapore.
Hab, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natuna Islands.
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 911
25. BuFo PENANGENSIS, Stol.
Ansonia penangensis, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 152, pl. ix. fig. 4.
Bufo penangensis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 287.
This small Toad was discovered by Stoliczka at Penang: he
obtained two specimens near the great waterfall, and two in
a narrow gorge about halfway up the Penang Hill.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
26. Buro mELANostictus, Schn. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)
Bufo melanostictus, Cantor, p. 142; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 306 ;
Boul. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 505 (fig. p. 506).
Cantor (p. 143) says ‘“‘in the Malayan countries this species
swarms iu valleys and hills.” Stoliczka (J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 156)
mentions this species from Penang, Province Wellesley, Malacca,
and Singapore. In the British Museum there are specimens from
Penang, Perak, and Singapore. I found this species in abundance
at Kulim, Kedah, at Taiping, Perak, in Penang, from within a
few yards of the sea to the top of the Hill (2500 ft.), and also
in Singapore.
This Toad is very common in the Straits Settlements, hiding
by day under stones or logs, in crevices, holes, etc., coming out
shortly before sunset, and remaining abroad till dawn ; it may be
met with on the roads and in the grass hopping or crawling about
in search of food—ants, bees, etc. It often utters a rather feeble,
plaintive cry when handled for the first time. It can change its
colour from a light yellowish-brown to dark brown. Malayan
specimens have not so distinct black marks on the ridges of the
head and black stars on the tubercles of the back as [ have noticed
in specimens from the North-West Provinces of India. The males
in the breeding-season sometimes have the chin coloured bright
yellow. The spawn, which resembles that of Bufo vulgaris in
England, may be seen in March and April in ponds, in long strings
twined about the water-weeds. In April the ponds at Tanglin
were swarming with tadpoles, and their margins with minute
toads. |The tadpoles are very like those of Bufo vulgaris both in
form, size, colour, and structure of mouth. The largest individual
of Bufo melanostictus I found was in Penang, and measured
115 mm. from snout to vent.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Sikhim, Himalayas (up to 10,000 ft.),
Southern China, Camboja, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Description of the Tadpole. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)
Length of body about once and a half its width and about three
quarters the length of the tail. Nostril much nearer the eyes
than the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface of the
body; the distance between them about twice as great as the
distance between the nostrils, and about equal to the width of the
mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards, nearer
the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and from
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LIX. 59
912 MR, 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND (Dec. 1,
below. Anus median. Tail from three to four times as long as
deep, broadly rounded at the end, both crests nearly equal in
depth, upper crest slightly convex and not extending on to back ;
the depth of the muscular portion of the tail about half the greatest
total depth.
Beak white, edged with black. Lips with papilla only at the
sides. In upper lip two series of fine teeth, the upper uninter-
rupted, the second series nearly as long as the upper one but
narrowly interrupted in the middle. In lower lip three uninter-
rupted rows of teeth, of about equal length, the innermost being
rather the longest, and the outermost the shortest.
Colour. Blackish-brown above, grey beneath ; muscular portion
of tail blackish-brown, crests pale grey.
Size. Length of body 10 mm.; length of tail 12:5; depth of
tail 3-5.
The recently transformed young measure from 9 to 11 mm.
from snout to vent.
27. Buro parvus, Bler.
Bufo parvus, Boul, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xix. p. 346, pl. x.
There were numerous specimens in Mr. Hervey’s collection from
Malacca, and the types are preserved in the British Museum.
Hab. Pegu, Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
28. Buro quapriporoatus, Blgr.
Bufo quadriporcatus, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xix.
p. 347, pl. x. fig. 4; Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. Ti. 1887, (5) xx.
p. 314, pl. xvi. fig. C.
The type specimen was obtained in Malacca aud presented to
the British Museum by Mr. Hervey. Another specimen has since
been given to the Museum by Mr. Wray, who obtained two
individuals in Perak, and who says itis rare and inhabits the hills
from 800 ft. downwards.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.
29. Buro aspEr, Grayh.
Bufo asper, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 423; Stol. J. A. 8. B.
1873, p. 118; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 313; Boul. Faun. Brit.
Ind., Rept. p. 507 (mouth fig. p. 500, vertebral column and pectoral
arch fig. p. 499).
Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley ; he says the largest specimen was 140 mm.
in length. There are specimens in the Raffles Museum, Singapore,
labelled “ Jelebu” and “ Bukit Kedondong, Malacca: 1892.”
I only saw this species at one locality, the waterfall in the
Botanical Gardens, Penang. In March and April these big Toads
may be seen sitting about on the rocks, in the shade, on the edge
of the pools of water, seeming to prefer those spots where the
air is perpetually damp with the spray from the waterfall. 1f
disturbed they jump boldly into the foaming current. They are
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF TIME MALAY PENINSULA, 913
very noticeable animals, the prominent yellow eyes and patch of
yellow skin by them showing up distinctly against the black head
and back. They are powertul and active, but if caught in the
hand will pretend to be dead, lying on their back with the forearms
folded on the chest. When alive they smell strongly of musk.
The length from snout to vent of the largest Penang specimens
was, male 108 mm. and female 165 mm.
Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Family Peroparip2.
30. LEpropracHIUM HASSELTII, Tschudi.
Leptobrachium husselitt, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 441; Bouleng.
P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 37.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore,
from Mr. Ridley, and also larve from Larut, Perak, presented in
1886 by Dr. J. Anderson.
“Tadpoles of rather large size. These are remarkable in being
marked all over with numerous deep black dots. Spiraculumn
sinistral, equally distant from the end of the snout and from the
tail ; latter once and a half as long as the body. Length of body
25 mm.”
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
31. Muaatopurys nasura, Schl.
Megalophrys montana, var., Cantor, p. 140.
Megalophrys montana, part., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 413.
Megalophrys nasuta, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 443.
Cantor (p.141) says :—‘Two males were at different times
captured on the Pentland Hills (Penang), at an elevation of about
1800 ft. One was found in a dark room, where it was observed
remaining motionless during several successive days. Its forms
and colours caused it at first to be mistaken for a withered leaf.
The second was taken on a tree.”
Miller (Verh. naturforsch. Gesel. Basel, vii. 1882-85) records
a male from Penang in the Bile Museum. Blanford mentions
this species as being in the collection sent by Dr. Dennys from
Singapore and neighbouring localities.
There are specimens in the Raffles Museum, Singapore, labelled
“ Malacca: September 1891,” and ‘“Johore.” There is a female
in the British Museum from Kinta, Perak, from Mr. Wray.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.
32. MEGALOPHRYS LONGIPES, Bler.
Megalophrys longipes, Bouleng. P. ZS. 1885, p. 850, pl. lv.;
Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xx. p. 316.
Mr. Wray obtained three specimens from the mountains of
Perak, at from 3300 to 4400 feet above the sea. It is apparently
rare and local. ‘The type is in the British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
59*
914 ON THE REPTILES BLO, OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. [Dec. 1,
Order APODA.
Family Corp 2.
33. IcHTHYoPHIs GLurrinosus, L.
Epicrium glutinosum, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 441; Stol.
J. A.S. B. 1873, p. 113.
Ichthyophis glutinosus, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Grad. etc. p. 89,
pl. iv. fig. 2; Bouleng. Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept. & Batr. p. 515
(figured, p. 516).
Stoliczka mentions this species in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Mountains of Ceylon, Malabar, Eastern Himalayas, Khasi
Hills, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
34. IcHtaHyoPpHis MonooHROUS, Blkr.
Ichthyophis glutinosus, var. ?, Cantor, p. 137.
Epicrium monochroum, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 443.
Ichthyophis monochrous, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Grad. ete. p. 91,
pl. iv. fig. 1.
Cantor (p. 138) says: “A single individual was observed by
Dr. Montgomerie at Singapore in 1868, in whose garden it was
turned up with the earth, from about two feet below the surface,
and from whom I received the specimen.” This is now in the
British Museum.
Hab. India (Sikhim, Western Ghauts, Surat, Malabar), Malay
Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Piarze XLIV.
Fig. 1. Gonatodes penangensis, 8. Flower, p. 863.
Upper and lower view.
la. Anal region, x2.
16. Lower surface of hand, x3.
le. a foot, x3.
Fig. 2. Rhacophor us leucomystax, Gravenh. , p- 905.
Tad oer x12.
2a, Mouth, x
Fig. 3. Bufo eine Schn., p. 911.
Tadpole, x2
8a. Mouth, x 10.
Puate XLY.
Fig. 1. Rana macrodon, D. & B., p. 898.
Fig. 2. Rana erythrea, Schl., p. 902.
Fig. 3, Rana labialis, Bigr., p. 903.
Tadpole, x13.
3a. Mouth, x10.
Puare XLVI.
Rana luctuosa, Ptrs., p. 904, with tadpoles at different stages of develop-
ment. Mouth of tadpole, x ‘De
RAI 5) i ati reacts omy amen xiv ake = 4
P.Z.5.1896.P1.XLV1.
-imp-
ern 2ros
fees
Mart
a
BARILIUS GUENTHERI.
et hth.
J.Green de!
1896. ] OW NEW FISHES FROM THE UPPER SHIRE RIVER. 915
2. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Shiré River,
British Central Africa, collected by Dr. Percy Rendall,
and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry
H. Johnston, K.C.B. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S.
[Received October 9, 1896.]
(Plate XLVII.)
The collection made by Dr. Rendall during his recent residence
at Fort Johnston comprises examples of 14 species, viz. :—Chromis
mossambicus, Ptrs., C. kirka, Gthr., C. syuamipinnis, Gthr., Hemi-
chromis robustus, Gthr., I. modestus, Gthr., H. ivingstoni, Gthr.,
H. dimidiatus, Gthr., H. lonyiceps, Gthr., Labeo coubie, Riipp., and
five that are new to science and described in this paper.
The specimens are, unfortunately, all in very bad condition.
CuROMIS RENDALLI, sp. n. (Hig. 1.)
Chromis rendalli.
916 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW FISHES [Dee. 1,
Most nearly allied to C. callipterus, Gthr.’, with which it agrees
in the dentition. 22-30 teeth on each side of the outer series of the
upper jaw. Depth of body 2} to 22 in total length, length of head
3 to 34 times. Eye nearly equally distant from the upper lip and
the gill-opening, its diameter 4 times in length of head, 13 times
in interorbital width, and equal to preorbital; maxillary not
extending quite to below anterior border of eye; four series of
scales on the cheek below the eye; large scales on the opercle and
on the interorbital region; preopercular limbs forming a right
angle. Gill-rakers very short, 8 on lower part of anterior arch.
Dorsal XVI 12-18; spines increasing in length to the last, which
is 4 length of head. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the
head ; ventrals shorter, not reaching the vent. Anal III 9-10;
third spine longest, as long as middle dorsals. Caudal rounded (?).
Caudal peduncle not longer than deep. Scales rough but not
denticulate, 30-32 ag; lat. 1 eae Body without distinct
markings; snout and a spot on the opercle blackish ; dorsal fin
with blackish spots and oblique bars.
Total length 220 millim.
Three specimens.
OREOCHROMIS SHIRANUS, sp.n. (Fig. 2, p. 917.)
Teeth very small, in 5 to 7 series in the upper jaw, the outer
with notched, bicuspid, brown crowns, the others tricuspid ; 35 to
47 teeth on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Depth
of body 23 to 23 in total length, length of head 3 times. Eye
equally distant trom the end of the snout and the gill-opening, its
diameter 4 to 43 times in length of head, 1% to 2 times in inter-
orbital width, and nearly equal to prworbital; maxillary not
extending to below anterior border of eye; two series of scales
on the cheek below the eye, lower largest; opercle scaleless ;
preopercular limbs forming a right angle. Gill-rakers short,
15-18 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-X VII 10-12;
spines increasing in length to the last, which is 3 length of head
or a little less. Pectoral ? (broken); ventral reaching vent.
Anal 1V 9-10; fourth spine longest, as long as and stronger
than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle not longer than deep.
Scales rough but not denticulate, 31-32 a3 lat. 1. a Nothing
can be said of the coloration, the condition of the specimens being
too bad.
Total length 210 millim.
Five specimens.
1 A comparison with the original description (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 623) is
misleading in so far es the number of dorsal spines is given as 14, which is
exceptional, the normal number being 15 or 16. Out of the 5 type specimens,
only the one figured (from Zomba) has 14 spines; two, including tho largest
specimen received from the Rey. J. A. Williams, have 15 spines; the other
two have 16.
1896.] FROM THE UPPER SHIR RIVER. 917
Fig. 2.
Oreochromis shiranus.
Docimevvs, g. n.
Allied to Chromis, but both jaws with a very broad band of
teeth with compressed sharp-edged crowns; the outer tecth large,
with nail-shaped entire crowns or with a very small lateral cusp,
the others small and tricuspid. -
Doctmopus Jounsront, sp.n. (Fig. 3, p. 918.)
4 or 5 rows of teeth in each jaw; 10 or 11 teeth on each side
of the outer series of the upper jaw; crowns brown-edged. Depth
of body 23 to 3 times in total length, length of head 3 times.
Eye a little nearer the gill-opening than the tip of the snout, its
diameter 43 times in length of head, 13 times in interorbital
width, and equal to preorbital ; maxillary not extending to below
918 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON NEW FISHES [ Dec. 1,
anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek
below the eye; opercle scaleless; praopercular limbs forming
nearly aright angle. Gill-rakers short, 11 or 12 on lower part of
anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII 8-9; spines increasing in
length to the fifth, which is # length of head. Anal TIL 9-10;
third spine longest, as long as last or penultimate dorsal, but
Vig. 3.
Docimodus johnstoni.
much thicker. Caudal peduncle once and a half as long as deep-
Scales slightly rugose, not denticulate, 33-34 a3 lat. 1. eA
black stripe along the posterior half of the body, between the
lateral lines; soft dorsal with round dark spots.
Total length 200 millim.
Two specimens.
CorEMATODUS, g. n.
Allied to Chromis, but both jaws with extremely broad bands of
innumerable minute club-shaped teeth with compressed oblique
entire crowns.
1896. ] FROM THE UPPER SHIRE RIVER. 919
COREMATODUS SHIRANUS, sp. n. (Fig. 4.)
Vig. 4.
Cy
SN
Sa
A
ath )
Corematodus shiranus.
Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 total length. Snout
very broad, with steep, convex profile; eye a little nearer gill-
opening than end of snout, its diameter 43 times in length of
head, twice in interorbital width, and greater than depth of pre-
orbital ; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ; cheek
with 4 rows of scales below the eye; opercle and interorbital region
scaleless; limbs of preopercle forming a right angle. Glill-rakers
moderately long, 12 on lower part of anterior arch, last bifid.
Dorsal XVI 10; spines increasing in length to the last, which is
2 length of head. Anal III 8; third spine longest, as long as but
thicker than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep.
920 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON SOME [Dee. 1,
Scales slightly rugose, not denticulate, B45; lat. 1. >. Body with
traces of six black cross-bars. F
Total length 200 millim.
A single specimen.
BaRiL1us GUENTHERI, sp.n. (Plate XLVII.)
Depth of body 44 to 43 in total length, length of head + to 44.
Snout 1# to 2 times as long as’ the diameter of the eye, which is
5 to 6 times in length of head, and 2 to 23 in interorbital width ;
preorbital not much smaller than the eye; premaxillary extending
to below centre of eye. Gill-rakers very short, rudimentary, 8 or 9
on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal I 10, not quite twice as
distant from the end of the snout as from the base of the caudal
fin, Anal IL 18, originating below middle of dorsal, much deeper
than the latter, the longest rays only a little shorter than the
head. Caudal deeply forked. Scales 48-50 Y. Silvery, with
about 15 dark vertical bars; the membrane between the extremity
of the last dorsal rays black.
Total length 260 millim.
Three specimens.
This fish, which equals in size the largest Indian species,
Barilius goha, is closely allied to the West-African Barilius
recently referred by Giinther to the Leuciscus bibie of De Joannis.
3. On the Lizards of the Genus Hremias, Section Boulengeria.
By G. A. Bouenerr, F.R.S.
[Received October 9, 1896.]
Since the publication of I". Lataste’s paper in the ‘ Annali’ of
the Genoa Museum, in 1885—in which he did me the honour of
connecting my name with a division of the large genus Hremias,
characterized by a divided lower nasal shield, ventral shields in
straight series, and strongly compressed toes—our acquaintance
with these Lizards has made very great progress.
The numerous collections made within the last few years by
Révoil, Ragazzi, Robecchi, Ruspoli, Bottego, Donaldson Sinith,
and Lort Phillips in Abyssinia, Somaliland, and Gallaland, the head-
quarters of the group, have added greatly to our knowledge of them,,
not only in showing the doubtful species and variety previously
described, and which I had placed in the synonymy of Hremias
brenneri, Peters, to be entitled to specific rank, but in bringing to
light two more species, thus raising their number to five. Having
lately received, through the kindness of the Marquis Doria and
Dr. Gestro, large numbers of these Lizards, I have availed myself
of the opportunity to recast detailed descriptions of all the species,
The whole of the material I have worked from is either in the British
Museum (specimens marked *) or in the Museo Ciyico of Genoa.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THD GHNUS DRYMIAS. 921
In addition to the characters mentioned above, all the species
of this little group agree in having the head much depressed ; the
snout pointed; the nasals but slightly swollen; two prefrontal
shields; the frontal strongly grooved ; three large supraoculars ;
the lower eyelid scaly; the collar free; the scales on the upper
surface of the leg or crus much larger than the dorsals; and one
series of very large subcrural plates.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Upper head-shields smooth or nearly so; femoral
pores 15-22.
65-78 scales across the middle of the body;
ventrals in 6 or 8 longitudinal series, the
outer row, if present, formed of very narrow
shields; upper caudal scales strongly keeled ;
subocular shield usually bordering the lip ... 1. EZ. mucronata, Blanf.
58-60 scales across the middle of the body ;
ventrals in 8 longitudinal series, the outer
narrowest but very well developed; upper
caudal scales feebly keeled; subocular no
Yeaching the lip ........ccsseeceseeeeene 920000000 .. 2. E. erythrosticta, Blgr.
IL. Fes head-shields rugose or striated.
pper head-shields rugose or sculptured ; 72-82
smooth granular scales across the middle of
the body; ventrala in 8 longitudinal series,
the outer narrowest but very well developed ;
upper caudal scales strongly keeled; sub-
ocular not reaching the lip; femoral pores
Nf PA cocq60060ee990600000000009000000000009000009000009 3. E. smithi, Blgr.
Upper head-shields coarsely striated; 53-67
keeled scales across the middle of the body ;
ventrals in 8 longitudinal series, the outer
narrowest, but very well developed; upper
caudal scales strongly keeled; subocular
bordering the lip; femoral pores 13-18 ...... 4. E. striata, Ptrs.
Upper head-shields finely striated; 65-68 keeled
scales across the middle of the body ; ventrals
in 6 longitudinal series, an additional outer
row, if present, formed of very narrow
shields; upper caudal scales striated and
strongly keeled ; subocular not reaching the
lip; femoral pores 20-24 ............c.esesceeeee 5. E. brenneri, Ptrs.
1. Eremras mucronata. (Fig. 1, p. 922.)
Acanthodactylus mucronatus, Blanford, Zool. Abyss. p. 453, fig.
(1870).
Eremias mucronata, Giinther, Zool. Rec. 1870, p. 71; Bouleng.
Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii. 1891, p. 9.
Eremias lugubris (non Smith), Vaillant in Revoil, Faun. Pays
Comalis, Rept. p. 23 (1882).
Pseuderemias lineolata, Boettger, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiii. 1883,
p- 118.
Boulengeria mucronata, Lataste, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) ii.
1885, p. 117.
Eremias brenneri (part.), Boulenger, Cat. Liz. iii. p. 86 (1887).
922 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOME [Dee. 1,
Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper
head-shields smooth, or frontoparietals and parietals slightly
sculptured ; frontonasal as long as broad or longer than broad ;
anterior supraocular not bordered with granules; interparietal
small, separated from the very small occipital by one or two small
shields ; an elongate shield on the outer border of the parietal ;
temporal scales granular, smooth ; subocular usually bordering the
lip, between the fifth and sixth or sixth and seventh, rarely
seventh and eighth or eighth and ninth, upper labial shields; the
subocular, however, sometimes excluded from the labial border, its
Fig. 1.
Kremias mucronata,
point wedged in between two labial shields; the two or three
anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 6 to 12
shields. Dorsal scales granular, flat, smooth, 65 to 78 across the
middle of the body. Six or eight longitudinal series of ventral
plates, the outer series, if developed, formed of very narrow
shields; 25 to 29 transverse series. A large median preanal,
sometimes replaced by three smaller shields forming a triangle.
The hind limb reaches the eye or between the eye and the nostril ;
foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril or
the tip of the snout, or slightly longer ; scales on limbs unicarinate. -
15 to 22 femoral pores on each side. Tail twice to twice and a
half as long as head and body; upper caudal scales strongly
keeled. Whitish, pale greyish, yellowish or pale buff above, dotted,
marbled, or vermiculate with blackish or rust-red, with a more or
less distinct dark, light-edged vertebral stripe; limbs with large
dark marblings. Young with five dark dorsal stripes separated by
1896.] LIZARDS OF THN GENUS EREMIAS. 923,
whitish ones, the vertebral uniform black, the others brown or
blackish speckled with white; these markings sometimes persisting
in adult females. Lower parts white.
Cir Qo
millim. millim.
AoE TEN, Go g0000000 000000000000 162 145
1 EIGHNa lensed etaacs Ohh o CMC eR RRC EERE ECoG ior 14 12
Width of head .................... 75 7
From end of snout to fore limb ...... 22 19
* of a VOMbiateech stan sites 50 47
Horetlimibype nc ctaicnc cet os 8 hrs Sy a als
indlimbys ees aye eee a marace ae 42 40
ORE hes tactesiaeuectn mace hellane pout ee RRRRR eS cl 112 98
First discovered by Blanford in the Anseba Valley, Abyssinia,
this species has since been found in many localities along the
Red Sea, as far north as Suakin and the Sinaitic Peninsula, and
in Northern Somaliland.
The following table shows the dimensions and variations in
lepidosis and number of femoral pores in the 17 specimens
examined. An asterisk indicates that the specimen recorded is
preserved in the British Museum :—
A.| B.| OC. |D| &E. F. | G. | H. i
d. Anseba Valley (type) *.) 50) 14 |75)1] 6,7 | 67 | 9 | 25 | 18-18
» Alali 8 1} 8,6 | 71 | 12 | 28 | 16-15
» Beilul * 8 }1] 7,7!) 70] 8) 27 | 19-18
Oy ip? 8 |2] 7,7'} 78] 10 | 29 | 19-20
» Walker's Torrent * 7 |1] 6,6 | 65 | 10 | 25 | 15-16
i Gallae ee ease ssseet ae 7 1] 6,6 | 72} 11 | 29 | 22-21
», Berbera * 8 |2] 6,6 | 66] 9 | 25 | 19-20
” ou), 8 {1} 5,5 | 70] 10 | 26 | 18-18
» Laffarugh * 7 {1} 6,5 | 68] 7 | 25 | 22-99
», Sinai*....... 7511] 5,67] 68] 8 | 25 | 18-18
Mlalit -cconiecsestnoccsssnee 7 |1) 7,7'| 78 | 7 | 29 | 16-16
an SineabdpeSricconenscaconon 65 |1) 6,6 | 73) 6 | 28 | 15-16
eMBeilul Apes. eee 7 1) 7,7?) 76) 8 | 27 117-17
PCAELLE NED aneceoneonaocead 65 |1] 6,6'| 68 | 7 | 29 | 19-19
yy (Beilul™ os cceccseseecsene 55 ]1) 6,61) 75} 8 | 27 | 17-17
», Berbera * 55 11] 6,6 | 68] 7 | 27 | 29-29
We ene 55 |1] 6,6 | 65] 7 | 26 | 16-18
1 Subocular excluded from the lip on both sides.
? Subocular excluded from the lip on one side.
A. Length from snout to vent (in millim.). B. Length of head. ©. Width
of head. D. Shields between interparietal and occipital. E. Upper labials
anterior to the lower border or angle of the subocular (right and left).
¥F. Number of scales across middle of body. G. Number of shields in collar.
H. Number of transverse rows of ventral shields. I, Number of femoral pores
(right and left). ‘
924 MN. @, A. BOULUNGER ON SOMB (Dee. 1,
2. ERDMIAS ERYTHROSTICTA. (Tig. 2.)
Eremias erythrosticta, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii.
1891, p. 10, pl. i. fig. 2. .
Fig. 2.
Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper
head-shields smooth; frontonasal longer than broad ; three large
supraoculars, anterior smallest and in contact with the pretrontal,
loreal, and anterior supraciliary, but usually separated from the
second supraocular by a series of granules, same as surround
the disk formed by the second and third of these shields; inter-
parietal and occipital small, separated from each other by one,
two, or three small shields ; an elongate shield on the outer border
of the parietal; temporal scales granular, obtusely keeled ; sub-
ocular not reaching the lip, above the sixth and seventh or
seventh and eighth labials; the two or three anterior pairs of
chin-shields in contact. Collar with 6 to 9 shields. Dorsal scales
granular, round or hexagonal, juxtaposed, keeled, 53 to 60 across
the middle of the body. Wight longitudinal series of ventral
plates, the six principal broader than long, the outer narrower,
but nevertheless very well developed ; 24 to 27 transverse series.
Preanal region usually covered with several irregular shields
disposed in pairs ; an enlarged median shield very seldom present.
The hind limb reaches the eye, or halfway between the latter and
the nostril ; foot as long as the distance between the arm and the
end of the snout; crural scales feebly keeled. 15 to 20 femoral
pores on each side, usually 17 to 19. Tail more than twice as
long as head and body; upper caudal scales very feebly keeled.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS EREMIAS, 925
Adult sandy grey or buff above, with brick-red or black and red
dots; tail uniform or spotted with bluish grey and black; lower
parts white. Young with five grey longitudinal streaks, which
may be broken up by round whitish spots.
3. °.
millim. millim.
Amol ese 50660000 D0000000000000 182 145
Plead i toy tiaverertetereys fateveteiciatehavsiecens. 4 oes 15 13
Wadthvofsheadwennrieernniicinaer 9 7
From end of snout to fore limb ...... 21 18
i 55 a WEN ooh oageoo 4 47
Horevlimbieer teria cote tetehelel (eels 20 18
Bindlimib Rec aero Sik ae Al 38
Maalvcrs', Ree teee tener aseharate ctohaieis isle trestle 130 98
This species has only been obtained once, in numerous specimens,
in Somaliland, on the route from Obbia to Berbera, by the Italian
traveller Robecchi.
3 Eremias smitut. (Fig. 3.)
Eremias smithi, Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 534,
pl. xxix. fig. 4.
Fig. 3.
Eremias smithi.
Head once and a half or once and three-fifths as long as broad.
Upper head-shields rugose, sculptured and pitted, but not striated ;
frontonasal as long as broad; three large supraoculars, first in
contact with second or separate, the second and third forming
together an oval disk surrounded with granules which here and
there may be in two rows; interparietal usually separated from
the occipital by one or two small shields ; an elongate shield on
926 MR. @. A. BOULENGER ON SOMD (Dee. 1,
the outer border of the parietal ; temporal scales granular, smooth ;
subocular not reaching the lip, resting on the sixth and seventh,
rarely seventh and eighth, upper labials; the two anterior pairs
of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 7 to 11 shields. Dorsal
scales granular, juxtaposed, smooth, 72 to 82 across the middle of
the body. Hight longitudinal series of ventral plates, sometimes
with an outer series of smaller, imperfectly developed plates; 26
to 30 transverse series. Preanal region with small shields, or with
an enlarged median shield. The hind limb reaches the ear or the
eye; foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril
or the tip of the snout. 17 to 22 femoral pores on each side.
Tail twice and one-third to twice and three-fourths as long as head
and body; upper caudal scales strongly keeled. Pale reddish
brown or brick-red above, with four longitudinal rows of small
round white or bluish dark-edged spots; limbs brown, with round
pale spots.
dé. Q.
millim. millim.
Rotalilengthmec aero. 170 146
Tea dhe cies ts sche ieyee see eng crenata 11 10
Widthyotihead eerie coterie tices 7 6-5
From end of snout to fore limb.......... 18 17
Ap a 3 WETIL ir frke stsy etoleesimencets 44 44
Bore limb) cose ceeicas austivte eee 16 15
Hind limb (iaccote smote «evaelersteaie enone: 33 32
oy 0 GRP nh A Sit Aen IR Are RCN al 126 102
The type specimen, from Milmil, North-western Somaliland,
formed part of Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collection. Another speci-
men was obtained at the same place by the late Prince Eugene
Ruspoli, whilst four more were purcured at Lugh, Southern Somali-
land, by Capt. Bottego.
C.|D.| E F. |G. | H I
7 |...| 6,7 | 75 | 7 | 30 | 19-19
7 {1} 6,7 | 72) 9 | 26 | 20-20
7 |1| 6,7 | 75} 9 | 28 | 17-17
7 |1] 7,8 | 82} 11 | 26 | 20-20
75/1) 6,7 | 75 | 10 | 27 | 22-21
6:5) 2) 6,7 | 74] 9 | 30 | 18-18
A. Length from snout to vent (in millimetres), B. Length of head. C.
Width of head. D. Shields between interparietal and occipital. EE. Upper
labials below the subocular, EF, Number of scales across middle of body.
G. Number of shields in collar. H. Number of transverse rows of yentral
shields. I. Number of femoral pores (right and left).
4, Eremias srriara, (Fig. 4, p. 927.)
Fremias brenneri, var. striatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874,
p- 370.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THD GENUS BREMIAS. 927
Eremias hochneli, Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894,
p- 719.
Eremias striata, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), xvii. 1896,
p. 18.
Lremias striata.
Head once and a half to once and three-fourths as long as broade
Upper head-shields striated, but more coarsely than in 1’. brennert,
in this respect intermediate between the latter and FE. smithi;
frontonasal a little broader than Jong; anterior supraocular not
bordered with granules, the two others bordered with granules
except on their horizontal sutures; interparietal small but much
larger than the occipital, from which it is often separated by an
additional small shield ; an elongate shield on the outer border of
the parietal, variable in length and sometimes so short or broken
up as to be indistinguishable; temporal scales granular, obtusely
keeled ; subocular bordering the lip, between the fifth and sixth or
sixth and seventh upper labials!; the three anterior pairs of chin-
shields in contact”. Collar with 9 to 12 shields, usually 10 or 11.
‘Dorsal scales rhomboidal, juxtaposed, keeled, 53 to 67 across the
middle of the body. Hight longitudinal series of ventral plates, outer
narrow ; 25 to 28 transverse series. A large median preanal, some-
times followed by another or a pair, the three forming a triangle.
1 Between the fourth and fifth on one side in one of the specimens described
by Peters. :
2 Eremias hochneli is founded on a specimen which, in my opinion, repre-
sents an individual anomaly in the mental pholidosis, as Mr. Stejneger himself
has suggested. The first lower labial meets its fellow behind the symphysial,
having fused with the first chin-shield, whilst the third chin-shield has also
fused with the corresponding lower labial.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LX. 60
928 MI. G. A. BOULENGER ON TIE [Dec. 1,
The hind limb reaches the eye, or between the eye and the nostril ;
foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril or the
tip of the snout. 13 to 18 femoral pores on each side. Tail
twice and a half to three times as long as head and body; upper
caudal scales strongly keeled, basal subcaudals smooth, Cream-
colour or pale buff above, with seven brown or black stripes as
wide as or wider than the interspaces between them ; lower parts
white. Young striped black and white above; belly black or
blackish, at least on the sides.
d- oF
millim. wmillim.
Notalilencthpeee ee ere eclectic 155 154
HElead: sete rats he aeiheses Meee eer ere 11 10
IWadthiofjhead.ainaten chaste eiereneusicel: Ul 65
Trom end of snout to fore limb.......... 17 16
bp mentees NGI AN oaatatoalacko cig 43 40
Horevimby tore akicreesueuccumnickensmsie eds 15 14
Eindglimbypenaeeeeee cee kc re rel 34 31
Pate eee eet teehee aie meant St oat tial Vane 113 114
The type specimens were obtained at Brava, Somaliland, by the
late German traveller Hildebrandt. I have examined 18 speci-
mens from Lugh, Somaliland, collected by Dr. Bottego. The
dimensions and variations in scaling and number of femoral pores
in these 13 specimens are here tabulated :—
A. |B. | 0. |D| E. | F.| G.| H I
7 \1) 6 63 | 12 | 26 | 18-17
7 \|1) 6 58 | 11 | 25 | 15-15
lbodl . & 55 | 10 | 25 | 15-15
7 \1) 6,5 | 57 | 11 | 26 | 14-14
7 \1). 5 56 | 11 | 26 | 15-14
6 |...) 6 67 | 10 | 25 | 15-14
6 {1} 5 63 | 11 | 25 | 17-16
65/1) 5 65 | 10 | 26 | 15-14
6°5}...1 6 56 |} 11 | 26 | 17-17
65}...) 5,6 | 66] 9 | 27 | 15-15
65/1) 5 53 | 10 | 28 | 16-15
45/1) 5 61] 9 | 26 | 13-14
4 {1} 6 | 58 | 10 | 27 }17-18
A. Length from snout to vent (in millimetres), B. Length of head.
O. Width of head. D. Shield between interparietal and occipital. KE. Upper
labial shields antorior to subocular. F, Number of scales across middle of body.
G. Number of shields in collar. H. Number of transverse rows of ventral
shields. I. Number of femoral pores (right and left).
5. EREMIAS BRENNERI, (Tig. 5, p. 929.)
Eremias brenneri, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 432; Bouleng.
Cat. Liz. iii. p. 86 (1887) [part.]; and Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), xi.
1891, p. 8; Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 719;
Bouleng. Ann. Mus, Genova, (2), xvii. 1896, p. 18.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THD GENUS EREMIAS. 929
Boulengerina brenneri, Lataste, Aun. Mus. Genova, (2), ii. 1885,
p. 117.
Eremias edwards, Mocquard, Mém. Cent. Soc. Philom. p. 115,
pl. xi. fig. 1 (1888).
Fig. 5.
Eremias brenneri.
Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper
head-shields closely and finely striated; frontonasal as long as
broad or longer than broad ; anterior supraocular not bordered with
granules ; interparietal small, in one specimen divided into three,
separated from the very small occipital by another small shield ;
an elongate shield on the outer border of the parietals; temporal
scales granular, keeled ; subocular not reaching the lip, wedged in
between the sixth and seventh upper labials; the two or three
anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 7 to 9
shields. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, juxtaposed or subimbricate,
keeled, some even tricarinate, 65 to 68 across the middle of the
body. Six longitudinal series of ventral plates, with a rudimentary
outer series ; 25 to 27 transverse series. A more or less enlarged
median preanal. The hind limb reaches the eye or the nostril ;
foot as long as the distance between the arm and the end of the
snout; scales on the limbs strongly pluricarinate. 20 to 22
femoral pores on each side (23 or 24 in the types of LZ. edwardsit).
Tail twice to twice and a half as long as head and body; upper
caudal scales strongly keeled and striated.
In the immature specimen (Obbia-Berbera), examined by me in
1891, the coloration resembles strikingly that of the young
Acunthodactylus boskianus. Six reddish-white lines along the
body, separated by broader black interspaces or stripes, along each
60*
930 MR, R, LYDEKKER ON A NEW Dec. 1,
of which runs a series of small round whitish spots; limbs with a
black network enclosing large round reddish-white spots; tail
striped with black at the base, uniform coralline-red in its posterior
half; lower parts uniform white. In the adult female (Brava)
now before me the upper parts are of a nearly uniform isabelline
colour, with mere traces of the dark stripes and spots of the young,
all of which, however, can still be distinguished, and the tail is
coloured like the body.
The following are the dimensions of the two specimens de-
scribed by me; both belong to the Genoa Museum :—
: Her.
millim, millim.
Motalileno thier ieee cr taser 153 155
1G Wore Re pears (ais or ants eh ot cia eatin aa ete reo 12 10
Widthyiothead een cre. ossicles cies 75 5
From end of snout to fore limb.......... 18 14
i Bt PH TEL: Sinae ORIN eEsIo IO 48 45
Hore smb asides, oeeeeae eae seeibtoneral teen susie 18 15
Mind imb ieee eet ee eee 36 30
Maal eek once: truce ote PREC oe ereretoteleaeas 105 110
The type specimen came from Brava (I?. Brenner, one of the
companions of C. von der Decken). The types of HF. edwardsi
are noticed simply as from Somaliland (Révoil). A single specimen
from the Tana River (Chanler) has been recorded by Stejneger.
T have lately been able to examine two specimens, one from Brava,
the original locality (Bottego), and one from between Obbia and
Berbera (Zobecchi).
4, On an apparently New Deer from North China, in the
Menagerie of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey.
By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.R.S., &e.
[Received September 10, 1896.]
’ (Plates XLVITI. & XLIX.)
During a visit to Woburn Abbey in August last, His Grace the
Duke of Bedford directed my attention to a large male Deer
recently purchased from a dealer, and said to have been obtained
from the neighbourhood of Pekin. The animal, although not fully
adult, is larger than any example of the Red Deer that I have seen,
but appears undoubtedly to belong to the same (Hlaphine) group
of the genus Cervus, although its antlers are only in the stage of
development permanently characteristic of the Psewdaxine group—
that is to say, they have but four tines each. At this time the
general colour of the fur—which is short, smooth, and glossy—
was bright reddish bay, and there was no trace of a light disk on
P.Z.S.1896.P1.xLVII.
J.Smut del-et hth. Mintern Bros imp.
DEER FROM NORTH CHINA.
(IN SUMMER PELAGE)
P.Z.5.1896.P1.XLIX.
J.Suut del. et lith. Mintern Byos.imp.
DEER FROM NORTHCHINA.
(LN WINTER PELAGE)
ae iG
1896.] DEDR FROM NORTHDRN CHINA. 931
the buttocks surrounding the tail. The tail is remarkable for its
extreme shortness. There was no fringe of long hair on the throat,
but this may have been due to immaturity or to season. In their
present state of development, no conclusions can be drawn from
the antlers. Something over two years may be given as the
probable age of the animal.
Such was the coloration of the specimen when I first saw it at
the beginning of August (see Plate XLVIII.). When I again
visited Woburn in the middle of September, the summer coat was
being replaced by the winterone. ‘The most extraordinary change
was the development of a large yellowish disk on the buttocks,
including all the tail. his disk was clearly produced by a change
in the colour of the hairs of the summer coat; but it appeared
to be also developing in the winter coat, The general colour of
the latter seemed to be bluish grey, or brown, with a tendency to
fawn on the neck. A distinct fringe had also developed on the
throat. This was very thin, with bands of black, and white tips
to the hairs: thus being quite different to the thick, uniformly-
coloured fringe of the Wapiti and of the type of C. luehdorfi.
Still later, the general colour of the coat became more Wapiti-like,
and the caudal disk more distinct and brighter (see Plate XLIX.).
From C. «anthopygus the Woburn deer appears sufliciently dis-
tinguished by the shortness of the tail’; while there is no evidence
that the former is ever without a caudal disk, or that the summer
and winter coats are so widely different. Still, so far as I am
aware, that form is only definitely known by the type specimen.
Apparently, the species to which the deer under consideration
approximates most closely is C. luchdorfi, although it is very
dillicult to believe that it is identical. The type specimens of
Cervus luehdorfi, which comprised two pairs, were obtained from
Transbaikalia, and were probably brought from the Bureatish
Steppe of Northern Manchuria by nomads. The original descrip-
tion’ runs as follows :—‘‘ The Isubra Deer,” as it is called, ‘is
intermediate in height between the European Red Deer (C. elaphus)
and the North-American Wapiti (C. canadensis). In size it is
closer to the former, in the shape of the antlers to the latter. Its
hair is in winter brownish grey, in summer light brown ; the throat
has a small whitish median streak ; the under-lip is whitish, with
three black spots, one small one in the middle, and two larger
ones on each side. The strong mane is like that of the Wapiti—
in colour dark chestnut-brown, in places almost black; in summer
it disappears almost completely. The eye is smaller than in the
Red Deer. The tail is much shorter than either the Red Deer or
the Wapiti; in the male it is only two-thirds of the absolute length
of that of the Red Deer; relatively it is much shorter, as the
1 T assume that Milne-Edwards's plate is correct in this particular. If it
be incorrect, and the present specimen turn out to belong to C. xanthopygus,
that species will be much more distinct from the Red Deer than has hitherto
been supposed.
2 H. Bolau, Abh. Ver. Hamburg, vol. vii. p. 38, pl. iv. (1880).
932 MR. R. LYDHKKER ON A NEW (Dee. 1,
Isubra Deer is larger. In the female it leaves the pudenda un-
covered. The caudal disk is very strongly marked, extending, as
in the Wapiti, largely over the base of the tail. In the male it is
foxy, but in the other specimens bright straw-yellow. A dark
band, extending inferiorly on to the thigh, borders the disk. In
both sexes the head is elongated, and the nose somewhat convex.
A pair of antlers sent from East Siberia’ have two forwardly-
projecting brow-tines and a middle tine. While the beam goes in
a regular curve to end in a terminal tine, there is given off a strong
hind-tine, which is likewise single. Wherever tines are given off,
the antlers are flattened, and resemble those of C. eustephanus,
as figured by Blanford *.”
It is added that the young are spotted, and it is suggested that
the species may prove identical with C. eustephanus of the Thian-
Shan.
From this description it appears that C. lwehdorft has a well-
marked caudal disk at all seasons, and this is certainly the case with
the nearly allied Wapiti, whereas in the Woburn deer the summer
coat in the second year is uniform. The colour of the summer
coat is also much redder than in the Wapiti, and, apparently, than
in C. luehdorfi. Then, again, the neck-fringe, i the present
condition of the animal, is quite different to both the others.
Moreover, the appearance of the deer is not quite that of a Wapiti,
although it seems to belong to the same group. Further com-
parisons cunnot be made till the antlers of the third year are
developed; and it is, therefore, with some hesitation that I give
the animal a name at this time, especially as it inhabits an area
not very far removed from that of C. luehdorfi. Still, I have the
support of Mr. A. D. Bartlett, who saw the specimen in August,
and regarded the Woburn deer as undoubtedly representing a new
species. In the event of its proving decidedly distinct, the name
of Cervus bedfordianus would be appropriate, and this name I
accordingly assign to it provisionally.
Whether of individual or of specific value, the late develop-
ment of the caudal disk in the summer coat of the second year is
certainly a very remarkable feature ; and this feature, together
with the bright chestnut-red colour of the coat at the same season,
must be regarded as one of the most distinctive peculiarities of
this deer. In the winter coat the narrowness and banded coloration
of the throat-fringe must likewise be noted as a well-marked feature.
Beyond this it is almost impossible to go at present in attempting
to define the presumed species.
It is quite clear that the specimen has nothing to do either with
C. davidianus or with the Psewdavine group.
The following list of the known species of Elaphine Deer, with
a few of their leading distinctive characteristics, may be found
useful in connexion with the foregoing notes :—
1 \igured in the original memoir of Dr. Bolau.
2 Proc. Zvol. Soe. 1878, p. 633.
1896.] DEER FROM NORTIURN CHINA, 933
A. Antlers cupped, normally with a bez-tine.
1. C. elaphus. Europe to Asia Minor and N. Africa, In
the Barbary form the bez-tine generally wanting. Tail
long.
2. C, maral. Caucasus, Carpathians, and Eastern Persia.
Face longer than in Red Deer, and antlers generally
simpler ; but probably only a larger form of that
species.
3. C. xanthopygus. Typically from Northern China. Not
fully defined from No. 1; and part of its area perhaps
belonging to other species.
B. Antlers normally not cupped.
a. Antlers with a bez-tine ; muzzle and chin dark, or not pure
white.
4, C. cashmirianus. Kashmir. Antlers usually with five,
but sometimes more tines, of which the bez generally
exceeds the brow in length; in form regularly curved.
Caudal disk generally small, and white, but occasion-
ally wanting. ‘Tail short. Colour brown or brownish-
ash.
C. yarcandensis. Yarkand. Closely allied to last.
6. C. afinis. Fast of Sikhim and Darjiling. Differs from
C. cashmirianus in the beam of the antlers being
much bent forward above the origin of the trez-tine ;
bez-tine sometimes larger than the brow, but less
constantly than in C. cashmirianus. Only five tines
to antlers, which are very large. Caudal disk well
developed.
7. CO. eustephanus. Thian-Shan and Altai. Closely allied
to the Wapiti, from which the antlers appear insepar-
able, although the legs are shorter.
8. C. luehdorfi. N. Manchuria. Doubtfully distinct from
the last. Grey in winter, brown in summer.
9. C. canadensis. Antlers curving backwards, but slightly
converging, and much flattened where the tines divide ;
the fourth tine very large, and the posterior terminal
tine also large and directed backwards, nearly in
the plane of the fourth. More than five tines.
Caudal disk very large, and throat-fringe greatly
developed; neck dark-coloured. Tail very short; face
short.
10. C. bedfordianus. N. China. Allied to last, but smaller
and more slenderly built. Summer coat uniformly foxy ;
winter coat dark brown, with large yellow caudal disk ;
throat-fringe thin and particoloured in autumn.
b. Antlers without a bez-tine; muzzle and chin pure white.
11. C. thoroldi. Tibet.
934 MR, A. J, NORTH ON THN HABITS OF A [Dec. 1,
In conclusion, I may take this opportunity of mentioning that
in the Park at Woburn there is a small herd of Wapiti-like deer
from the Altai, which I believe to be referable to C. eustephanus
of the Thian-Shan. Unfortunately, their antlers have been so
damaged by the voyage, that they are valueless for purposes
of comparison ; but the general appearance of these animals leads
one to think that they belong to the species in question. The big
Deer of the Altai have been generally referred to the so-called
Cervus maral, probably owing to the use of the term “ Maral”
by the natives of Central Asia. Mr. W. L. Sclater! has, however,
already pointed out that the Altai deer is in all probability identical
with the Thian-Shan stag. Accepting this identity, and also that
C. luehdorfi is specifically inseparable from OC. eustephanus, the
range of the latter species will extend from the Altai to Aimur-
land, and will thus lead on towards the habitat of the Wapiti.
These Altai deer appear to be distinctly different from C. bed-
fordianus.
Next year I hope to be able to give some further observations on
the Altai deer at Woburn.
5. On the Habits of a Cuckoo in the Gilbert Islands.
By Aurrep J. Norru, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist to the
Australian Museum, Sydney.
[Received August 19, 1896.]
At a meeting of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, in
September 1894, I exhibited a male and female of the Long-
tailed Cuckoo, Hudynamis taitensis, which had been recently
presented to the Trustees of the Australian Museum by the
Hon. C. R. Swayne, T1.B.M.’s Resident at the Gilbert and Ellice
Groups. These birds had been obtained by Mr. Swayne on Big
Makin Island or “ Butari-tari” of the natives. A short note was
also contributed relative to the distribution of this species, and to
the tradition current among the natives of the Gilbert Group,
that the female deposited her egg on a piece of palm-leaf placed
on a cloud, and left it to be incubated by the sun?.
During June of this year Mr. Swayne, who was in Sydney for a
short time while on his way to London, informed me that he had
seen this Cuckoo oust a Noddy Tern (Anous stolidus) from its nest
and take possession of it. As the habits and food of these birds
are so entirely different, and as I had never previously heard of so
remarkable an instance of appropriation on the part of a Cuckoo,
Mr. Swayne, prior to his departure, kindly sent me the following
notes :—
? Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. pt. ii. p. 184 (1891).
* See Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ser. 2, ix. p. 584.
1896.] CUCKOO IN THH GILBERT ISLANDS. 935
‘I promised to write you as to the ‘Tekabare’ (Hudynamis
taitensis), of which I sent you specimens in 1894.
“This bird is found in both the Gilbert and Ellice Islands, and
is, I believe, the only land-bird in the Gilberts, whereas in the
Ellice Islands a large light slate-coloured Pigeon’, known in Fiji
as the ‘ Thireke,’ is also found.
“During the latter part of my stay in the Gilberts, I was
always on the look-out for information as to the nesting of the
‘Tekabare, but was unable to get any from the natives.
“In August last year I was at the island of Niu, in the Ellice
Group, and while walking through the island along with the local
trader we passed a clump of ‘buka’ trees, in which, as is common
throughout the Ellice Islands, there were numbers of the Noddies
(Anous stolidus) nesting. I noticed that in one tree the birds were
wuch disturbed and apparently frightened. The trader explained
that the birds were disturbed by a ‘ Hawk.’ We remained some
time watching, and I saw our friend the Cuckoo drive a Noddy
out of the nest and take possession of it, while the old birds and
apparent proprietors tried in vain to dislodge the intruder. The
trees were high with long bare boles, impossible to climb, and if
climbed it would be difficult to get at the nests, as the wood is soft
and the branch on which the nest was built was insufficient to bear
one’s weight.
* T do not doubt that the Cuckoo was about to lay. As there are
no ‘buka’ trees in the Gilberts, the Cuckoo doubtless lays in
the Noddy’s nest on the pandanus.
“T have often watched the Noddy in the Gilberts picking up
srass and bits of coconut leaves and making its nest, which
when finished very much resembles that belonging to a land-bird.
It would be interesting to know whether the young Cuckoo is
raised on a fish-diet.
“ Although I offered rewards to the natives on many islands,
I never was able to get an egg of the Cuckoo. In the Gilberts
the people say they have never seen eggs or young, and, as I told
you, they hold the tradition that the female takes a portion
of the covering of the young palm-leaf and flying up with it
deposits it on a cloud, lays her egg on it, where it is hatched by
the sun.
“ At the island of Funafuti, where the scientific expedition now
is, the Cuckoo may be seen at the back of the town, and there are
probably half a dozen birds in the atoll. Both the Noddy and the
Man-of- War bird are kept as pets in the Ellice and Gilbert Islands,
but I could never find that the Man-of-War bird was (as has been
stated) used to carry messages between different islands. The old
men always laughed at the idea.”
Probably Globicera pacifica.
936 DR. H. J HANSEN ON CRUSTACHANS {Dec. 1,
6. On the Development and the Species of the Crustaceans
of the Genus Sergestes. By Dr. H. J. Hansen (Copen-
hagen)’. :
[Received October 15, 1896.]
Contents.
i. Introductory Remarks.................0006
ii. The History of the Genus
iii, The adult Sergestes and Mastigopus .......
iv. Synonymical and other Remarks ...............secseeeceeecseueee
v. Oonspectus of the Species ............ceseeseseceeeeceentecaseeeeeee
vi. Notes on the Species of Group IT. ...........scecseeseceeeceeecens
vii. Notes on the Species of Group IT...................00
viii. Remarks on Sctacaris and Petalidium of Bate
ix, Geographical and Bathymetrical Distribution
i. Introductory Remarks.
Three years ago the Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing, in his most useful
book “A History of Crustacea. Recent Malacostraca” (The
Intern. Scient. Ser. vol. lxxiv.), writes on the genus Sergestes :—
“The species known as adults are very numerous, of very various
SIZeS..... The account of the genus occupies eighty-eight quarto
pages and seventeen plates of Spence Bate’s ‘ Report on the
Challenger Macrura.’ It was the subject of a monograph by
Kréyer in 1856, and the interest of the subject seems still very
far from being exhausted.” That the supposition in the last line
of this quotation is correct will be proved by this little treatise.
Besides the large section of Bate’s ‘Challenger Macrnra’ and
Kroyer’s monograph, almost a score of papers contain contributions
to the knowledge of this interesting genus; but for all that no
other group or extensive genus of Decapoda has been up to this
time so incompletely studied. This will be plainly recognized when
the chief results of this paper are stated—these are that of the 59
(or 60) hitherto described species only about 20, or one-third of the total
number, have been established on adult animals, such as have almost or
entirely arrived at secual maturity ; and that almost all the other species
are true larve, and even of these a considerable portion are larval stayes
of species already established on adult specimens, while of the 20 species
founded on adult specimens 2 with good reason will be eacluded
and at least 4 must be cancelled as synonyms! The authors, who
have established new species and have avoided describing or at
least acknowledging larve as real adult species, only make mention
of large or very large specimens and, in all probability, have not
studied smaller forms.
To throw some light upon the older larval stages of the species,
distinguishing between the larve and the adults, referring a series
of the larve to the adult forms, examining the value and variation
of different characters, &c., will be the aim of this short treatise.
1 Communicated by the Rey. T. R. R, Srensina,
1896.] OF THD GENUS BERGESTES. 937
Several years ago, when trying to determine the very rich
material of pelagic forms (among them also the type specimens
of the 15 species described by Kroyer) preserved in the Zoological
Museum of the University in Copenhagen, I discovered the value
of numerous species, but I had no mind to write any preliminary
note on the question. Since then I have not had the time necessary
for working out a monograph (requiring some hundred figures) ;
but seeing now that at least during some years I shall be very
much engaged with other work, while authors continue to describe
larve as well-established new species, I have thought it convenient
to write this communication. A monograph will, nevertheless, be
extremely desirable, for of most species and larval stages new full,
and accurate descriptions and new figures, much better than the
existing ones, must be worked out. Many of the described forms
it is impossible to recognize with certainty without a re-examina-
tion of the type specimens. A monograph must also be based
upon the investigation of the collections in the few museums
which possess rich material of pelagic Crustacea; it will be rather
toilsome, but very remunerative, as at the present tine it is
scarcely possible within any other group of Decapoda to elucidate
a large portion of the development of almost two-thirds of the
species.
The genus Sergestes is now generally referred to a separate family,
the Sergestide. To this also the following genera have been
transferred’: Sciacarzs, Bate ; Petalidium, Bate; Acetes, H. M.-Edw.;
and Leucifer, Vaugh. Thomps. On Seiacaris and Petalidium some
remarks will be communicated in the following pages; the two
other genera I must omit on this occasion, though much addition
to our knowledge could be given. Jeucifer has been treated at
great length by Bate, who admits only 2 species, but 4 species are
preserved in our museums. Of Acefes 2 species are known (one
of which has not been examined since 1837), but we possess
6 species, the distinctive characters of which are very curious; it
is, however, impossible to give a good idea of the species of these
two genera without a considerable number of figures.
Before concluding these few remarks I desire to offer my sincere
thanks to Prof. Dr. IC. Brandt (Kiel) and Geheimrath Prof. Dr. R.
Leuckart (Leipzig), who lent me two type specimens, and espe-
cially to Geheimrath Prof. Dr. V. Hensen (el), who lent me
examples of 4 Plankton species, and Prof. Dr. C. Chun (Breslau),
who, on my request for the loan of type specimens of two species,
favoured me with his whole finely preserved material collected by
himself, chiefly with a closure-net, ‘“‘Schliessnetz,” at the Canary
Tslands and at Ragusa and Lesina in the Adriatic.
li. Dhe History of the Genus.
As C. Spence Bate and A. Ortmann, the last two authors who
have given an apparently but not really complete enumeration of
the known species, have overlooked several publications, and as
938 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON ORUSTAOBANS [Dee. 1,
other contributions have been published during the last few years,
it will be convenient to give a short account of all the papers
containing descriptions of new species, and, moreover, to make
some few remarks on the most important contributions treating of
the development. Papers which contain no descriptions of new
species, and generally are but of little interest for our knowledge
of the genus, are omitted.
The genus Sergestes was established by H. Milne-Edwards in
1830 (‘ Deser. d. genres Glancothoé, Sicyonie, Sergeste et Accte,”
Ann, d. Sc. Natur. t. xix.) with one new species, and in his Hist.
Natur. d. Crust. t. ii. 1837, he does not know more species.—In
1850 G. de Natale (Descriz. zool. d’una nuova specie di Plojaria et
di aleune Crostacei del porto di Messina) described and figured one
new species.—In 1855 H. Kroyer published preliminary de-
scriptions (“ Bidrag til Kundskab om Krabsdyrslegten Sergestes,
Wdw.,” Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. lorhandl. i 1855) of 15 new
species, and in 1859 his well-known monograph (“ Forség til en
monographisk Fremstilling af Krabsdyrslegten Sergestes, Med.
Bemerkninger om Decapodernes Héreorganer,” K. D. Vidensk.
Selsk. Skrifter, 5 Raekke, Nat. Math. Afd. iv. 2) containing full
descriptions and numerous figures of the same 15 species. The
descriptions are worked out with his usual care, and both these
and the plates surpass almost all subsequent contributions ; but
his scanty material of most species and complete ignorance of the
development have given rise to the error, at that time very
excusable, of treating larve as adult species. Of corrections I
shall only here mention that 3 of his species do not belong to the
genus (see later on) ; and that when he states that the examples
of S. serrulatus, S. caudatus, and S. laciniatus were captured in the
Kattegat off Denmark, this is absolutely a mistake, all 3 species
originating in the subtropical or tropical seas.—In 1861
W. Stimpson published (“‘ Prodrom. descr. animal. evertebr., quae in
Exped. ad Ocean. Pacific. Septentrion. . . .,” Proceed. Acad. Nat.
Se. Philadelphia, 1860) shorter descriptions of 5 new species, one
of which he transferred to a new genus, Sergia, which must be
cancelled as being of no value at all—In 1875 A. Metzger
(“Crustaceen aus d. Ordnungen Edriophthalmata und Podoph-
thalmata,” Jahresber. der Commission zur wiss. Unters. der
deutschen Meere in Kiel fiir die Jahre 1872, 1873: Berlin, 1875)
established one new species.—In 1881 C. Spence Bate published
(“On the Penzidea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii.)
preliminary descriptions of 4 new species (and of the new genus
Petalidium), all from the ‘Challenger’; the paper is of some
importance for the priority of at least one of the names. In
1888 Bate’s above-mentioned large contribution in the ‘Challenger’
Report, vol. xxiv., was issued. ‘Together with the species in the
preliminary paper he describes in all 24 new species of Sergestes,
but figures only 18 of them; next he gives an extract of the
Kréyerian descriptions and a new representation of 7 of Kroyer’s
species examined by himself. He indicates “Greenland” as the
1896.] OF THE GENUS SHRGESTHS. 939
locality for all the animals described by Kroyer, though only one of
Kroyer’s species was taken in that neighbourhood—a curious
mistake which has already been corrected by Ortmann. He
cancels 2 of Kréyer’s species, but one of the two, S. arcticus, is a
valid species. Bate also employs numerous pages and several
plates in the representation of larval stages (see later on). This
large contribution is of course of great importance, but unfortu-
nately neither the descriptions nor the figures are so good as could
be wished, and in numerous instances (see later on) a re-exami-
nation of the type specimens is absolutely necessary—the greater
part of the new species are but larve. Besides the genus
Petalidium he also establishes the genus Sciacaris, each of these
containing one species. The latter genus is of no value, itis but a
Sergestes-larva.—For some small but classical contributions we
are indebted to 8. I. Smith. In 1882 he gives (“‘ Report on the
Results of Dredging, und. the supervis. of Al. Agassiz . . .,” Bull. of
the Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. x.) the correct branchial formula of
S. areticus, Kr., and an excellent description with good figures of a
new species ; in 1884 (“ Rep. on the Decap. Crust. of the Albatross
Dredgings . . . in 1883,” U.S. Comm. of Fish and Visheries, pt. x.;
Rep. f. 1882) he describes a new species and gives figures of
S. arcticus, Kr., and S. robustus, Smith; in 1886 (“‘ Rep. on the
Decap. Crust... .in 1884,” U. 8. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries,
pt. xiii.; Rep. f. 1885) he communicates a plate with figures of
earlier described species.—In 1888 C. Chun (“Die pelag. Thierwelt
in gross. Meerestiefen . . .,” Bibliotheca Zoologica, B. 1) describes
and figures one new species, captured with a “ Schliessnetz,” and
in 1889 (‘“ Bericht tb. eine nach d, Canarischen Inseln im Winter
1887-88 ausgef. Reise,” Sitzungber. d.k. Preuss. Akad.d. Wissensch.
zu Berlin, Jahrg. 1889) another and very curious new species.
—In 1891 J. Wood-Mason (‘‘ Nat. Hist. Not. from H.M. Indian
Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
6th ser. vol. vii. 1891 and vol. viii. 1891) establishes two new
species; and, as a continuation of the same publication, A. Alcock
and A. R. Anderson in 1894 (Journ. Asiat. Soc. of Bengal,
vol. lxiii. 1894) describe a third new species, of which a figure
was published later on, in 1895 (Illustrations of the Zool. of the
R. Ind. Mar. Surv. Steamer ‘ Investigator’: Calcutta 1895).—In
1893 A. Ortmann (“ Decapoden und Schizopoden,” Ergebnisse d.
Plankton-Exped. d. Humboldt-Stiftung, B. ii. G. b.) gives a more
important contribution, containing descriptions and figures of 2
new species, additional notes and corrections on several earlier
known species, and the cancelling cf 3 names as synonyms; he also
tries to make up an analytical key of most of the known species,
distributing them into the genera Sergestes and Sergia, but as the
greater part are larval forms with several of the characters
changing from stage to stage, the keys are of no value.—Finally
W. Faxon in 1893 (“ Prel. Descr. of new Spec. of Crust.—Rep. on
the Dredg. Operat. off the West Coast of Centr. America. . .,”
Bull. of the Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. xxiv.) describes 3 new
940 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON ORUSTACEANS (Dec. 1,
species, In the full treatment (‘ The Stalk-eyed Crustacea.—Rep.
on an Explor. off the West Coast of Mexico...,” Mem. of the
Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. xviii. 1895) he communicates extensive
descriptions and a series of figures of the same 3 species, but he
withdraws 2 of them as synonyms to earlier known forms; one of
these, S. halia, must, however, be re-established.
The result is that of Sergestes and Sergia, taken together,
59 species have been established, of Scivacaris 1—in all 60 species,
of which 7 have been withdrawn by various authors, but only 5
with good reason; so that we have the preliminary result: 55
species.
The development of Sergestes was first and most fully eluci-
dated by C. Claus. In 1863 (“‘ Ueber einige Schizop. und niedere
Malacostraken Messina’s,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. B. xiii. 1863)
Claus describes a larva which he names imerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
Ludwig Mond, Esq., F.R.S. :
1 Raven (Corvus coraz). Presented by A. H. Cullingford, Esq.,
2 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonica). Bred in the
Gardens.
2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.
1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanopus), 3. Presented
by G. T. Wills, Esq.
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocoraz carbo). Presented by
Miss G. Howell.
2 Passerine Parrots (Psitéacula passerina). Presented by Miss L.
Scott Moncrieff.
68*
1058
Aug. 6
10.
11.
13,
14,
16.
26.
27.
APPENDIX,
1 Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella leptoceros), 9. Presented by A. R.
Birdwood, Esq. From Egypt. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 780.
1 Dorcas Gazelle (Gazella dorcas, jy.). Presented by Dixon
Bey.
2 Hairy-footed Jerboas (Dipus hirtipes), Presented by Dixon
Bey.
1 Spot-bellied Snake (Zamenis ventrimaculatus), Presented by
een Bey.
1 Ocellated Xind-Skink (Seps ocellatus), Presented by Dixon
Bey.
1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithi). Deposited.
1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Bred in the Gardens.
1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Purchased.
2 Sclater’s Curassows (Craa sclatert). Presented by i, Sumead,
Iisq.
1 Osman Sandpiper (Tirngotdes hypoleucus). Presented by
K. C. Sprawson, Hsq.
1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by F. Leathly
Holt, Esq.
8 Common Blue-birds (Sialia wilsonit). Presented by A. T.
Binny, Esq.
2 Stone-Curlews (Cidicnemus scolopax). Presented by W. J.
Kidman, Esq.
4 Malabar Squirrels (Sciurus mavimus). Presented by W. J. —
Stillman, Esq.
2 Common Blue-birds (Stahka wilsonii). Presented by Percy
Cockshut, Tisq.
3 Common Adders (Vipera berus). Presented by A. Old, Esq.
3 Peruvian Snakes (Zachymenis peruvianus). Presented by
Mr. A. Ei. Jamrach.
. 1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 3. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Virginian Fox (Canis virgyinianus). Presented by F. A.
Pellas, Esq. From Nicaragua.
2 Brush-Turkeys (Zalegalla lathami). Purchased.
4 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocedlatus). Bred in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara). Presented by I’. W.
‘Yemperley, Isq.
1 Black-necked Grackle (Gracupica nigricollis). Presented by
Dr. Nowell.
1 Salt-water Terrapin (young) (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Pre-
sented by Miss Hole.
1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus), var. Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Pautel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciwrea), Presented by A. C,
youda, Tisq.
3 Ivory Gulls (Pagophila eburnea). From Spitzbergen. Pre-
sented by J. I’. Studley, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 781.
1 Richardson’s Skua (Stercorarius crepidatus), From Spitz-
bergen. Presented by J.T. Studley, sq.
1 Brown Mynah (Acridotheres fuscus), Received in Uxchange.
1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 9. Deposited.
2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata), 2. Presented
by Sir Walter L. Buller, K.O.M.G., C.M.Z.S.
2 Common Otters (Lutia vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Cassowary (Casuarius sp. inc.). Deposited.
Aug. 27,
28.
29.
30.
31,
Sept. 1.
ADDITIONS TO THN MENAGERIE. 1059
2 Streaky-headed Grosbeaks (Loliosnza gularis). Presented by
Miss Jessie Porter.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by W.
Stevens, Esq.
1 Oyster-catcher (Himantopus ostralegus). Presented by R.
Gurney, Esq., F.Z.8.
4 Cayenne Lapwings ( Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Deposited.
1 African Wild Ass (Zguus tentopus), 9. Born in the Mena-
gerie,
1 Bordeaux Snake (Coronella girondica). Presented by HE. A.
Minchin, Tisq.
1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natriv, var.). Presented by
E. A. Minchin, Isq.
1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), Q. Presented by
F. Wyville Thomson, Esq.
2 Garnett’s Galagos (Galago garnetti). Presented by Rear-
Admiral H. H. Rawson, C.B.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Deposited.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Presented by Miss
Cissie Wade.
. 1 Tairy-footed Fruit-Bat (Pteropus pselaphon). Presented by
Capt. Kemp. From the Bonin Islands. See P. Z.S. 1896,
p. 782.
1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla), 9. Presented by the Rev.
Wilfred Fisher.
. 8 Painted Terrapins (Chrysemmys picta). Presented by Dr. A.
H. Hallen.
3 Ainerican Green Frogs \ Rana halecina), Presented by Dr. A.
Il. Ifallen.
1 Carunculated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus niveus). Purchased.
1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus), ¢. Presented by
Bryan Godfrey Faussett, Esq., Lieut. R.N. From Van-
couver Island.
1 Llama (Lama peruana), S. Presented by the Executors of
the late Col. J. T. North. :
1 Alligator (young) (Alhgator mississippiensis). Presented by
Hugh Mytton, Esq.
. 1 Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lamprotornis eneus). Pur-
chased.
2 Yellow-backed Whydah-birds (Coliopasser macrurus), § 2.
Purchased.
1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo zbera). Presented by Mrs. Fraser.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Mrs. Fraser.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mr.
John Hart.
1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 9. Received in Exchange.
1 Heyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Deposited.
2 Lanner Falcons (Zalco lanarius), Presented by W. Glynes
Bruty, Esq.
1 Glaucous Gull (Lars glaucus). Presented by the Jackson-
Harmsworth Polar Expedition.
. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Purchased.
I
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Mr.
Frederick Tomlin.
1060
APPENDIX,
Sept. 10. 3 Capoeira Partridges (Odontophorus dentatus), 1 3, 2 Q.
11.
12,
14.
Purchased.
1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by O. L. Pegler, Msq.
1 Bonnot-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by E. E.
Tfodglins, Isq.
2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 White-backed Pigeon (Columba leuconota). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Half-collared Doves (wrt semitorquatus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-
sented by A. C. Jackson, Tsq.
1 Rat-tailed Serpent or Fer-de-Lance (Lachesis lanceolatus).
Presented by ‘Thomas J. Mann, Esq. From St. Lucia, W.I.
1 Rhesus Monkey, ¢ (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Mr. W.
J. Drake.
2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Walter J.
Hammond, Esq.
1 Lioness (Felis leo). Presented by C. A. Osborne, Esq.
2 Pumas (Felis concolor). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Salt-water Terrapins (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Presented
by Master and Miss Wilcox.
1 Spotted Cavy (Caloyenys paca). Purchased.
. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
16.
17
18.
19,
Herbert Blair, lsq.
1 Pye waied Cassowary (Casuarius bicarunculatus). De-
posited.
1 W hite-crowned Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops), 3. Pre-
sented by Capt. B. Parmeter.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by Capt.
B. Parmeter.
1 Common Tare (albino) (Lepus ewropeus). Deposited.
1Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulyaris). Vresented by
Mr. I’. W. Roberts.
1 Need trond Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis), Pur-
chased.
1 Nightingale (Daulias luscinia), 6. Purchased.
1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by C. A. Lowes, Esq.
2 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Mrs.
Robinson,
1 Leyaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata). Deposited.
4 Common Quails (Coturniv communis). Presented by J.
Rooney, Esq.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 3. Presented by
T. Cubitt, Ksq.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Mrs, Matcham.
8 Western Chipping Squirrels (Zamias asiaticus). Presented
by Alfred If, Speer, lsq., I°.Z.8.
1 Viverrine Cat (Felis viverrina). Purchased.
1 White-crested Touracou (Z'uracus corythaiv). Presented by
Gambier Bolton, Hsq., F.Z.S.
1 Little Grebe (Zachybaptes fluviatilis). Presented by Mr.
Howard Bunn,
1 Ariel Toucan (Rhamphastos ariel). Purchased.
3 Maguari Storks (Dissura maguart). Deposited.
Sept. 21
22
23,
24,
26.
28,
29.
30.
ADDITIONS TO THE MBNAGERIN, 1061
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Mis Madeline
Ks. Clarke.
1 Orange-cheeked Amazon (Chrysoéis autumnalis), Presented
by Mr. Baratti.
. 2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), 2 2. Presented by
Mrs. Strutt.
1 Short-tailed Wallaby (Macropus brachyurus). Deposited.
1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by Ii. J. Poyser,
Esq., F.Z.8. ews
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
J. Laverack, Hsq.
1 Red-footed Squirrel (Sciwrus pyrrhopus). From Monrovia.
Presented by Ellis Edwards, sq. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 782.
6 Rough Terrapins (Nicoria punctularia). Presented by Dr. Ks.
A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S.
1 African Lepidosiren (Lepidostren annectens). Received in
Exchange.
4 Montagu’s Harriers (Circus cineraceus, juv.). Presented by
W. J. Laidlay, Esq.
8 Black-hbellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius). Presented
by G. P. Torrens, Esq. From Spain.
2 Ruffs (Machetes pugnar), 6 9. Purchased.
1 Masked Paradoxure (Paradoxurus larvatus). Yrom China.
Presented by J. D. De La Touche, Esq.
1 Levaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillant:). Purchased.
7 Pratincoles (Glareolg pratincola). Deposited.
1 Pin-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 9. Presented by
Mr. Edward Good.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mr.
Edward Good.
1 Ethiopian Hedgehog (Lrinaceus giaopiats Presented by
J. U. Coxen, Ksq. From the Wrkomit Hills, 1. Soudan.
1 Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lamprotornis eneus). Pur-
chased.
3 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Mr. E. Palmer.
1 King Parrot (Aprosmictus scapulatus), §. Presented by
Mrs. Lyons.
1 Australian Wild Duck (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the
Menagerie.
4 Mandarin Ducks (4x galericulata), Bred in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Rosy-billed Duck (Metopiana peposaca). Bred in the Mena-
erie.
2 Algerian Tortoises (Testudo tera). Presented by A. J.
Aitchison, Esq., F.Z.S.
Oct. 1. 1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), 9. Presented by W.S
Gilbert, Esq.
1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus),$. Born inthe Mena.
erie.
1 Yarrell’s Ourassow (Crax carunculata), §. Purchased.
1 Black Francolin (L’rancolinus vulgaris), $. Vyesented by
Admiral Sir M. Culme-Seymour, Bt., K.C.B.
2 Brazilian Tortoises (Zestudo tabulata). Presented by Thomas
Otway, Esq. From Grenada, W. 1.
1 Kite (Milvus ictinus). Presented by H. A. Wilson, Esq.
1062
Oct. 1.
11,
APPINDIX,
1 Asiatic Wild Ass (Hquus onager), 2. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Red-fronted Lemur (Zemur ari ‘ons), 3. Presented by Sir
H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.,
1 Serval (Lelis serval). om eat Presented by Sir
H. WH. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8.
2 Side-striped Jackals ( Canis later alis), Tvom Nyasaland.
Presented by Sir II. I. Johnston, 1.C.B., F.Z.8.
1 Pale Genet (Genetta senegalensis). From ” Nyasaland. Pre-
sented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8.
1 Vociferous Sea-Kagle (Haliaétus vocifer). Fyom Nyasaland.
Presented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z
1 Black-and-White Sparrow-Hawk (A ceipiter melanoleucus).
From Nyasaland. Presented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.,
FZS.
1 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra). Presented by John Young,
Esq., F.Z.5.
1 Redstart es phenicurus), Presented by John Young,
Kisq., F
1 Blackeap (8 (Sylvia atricapilla). Presented by John Young,
Esq.
1 Swallow: (ie undo rustica). Presented by John Young, Esq.,
EZ
1 Ca ihe. Vi EES. (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by F. V. Kirby,
ug
1 Ruteoene Snake (Leptodiva hotambeia). Presented by F. V.
Kirby, Esq., T°
. 2 Globose Cees (Crax globicera), 9. Presented by
Mrs. Sedgwick.
2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
. 2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus), Deposited.
1 Peba Armadillo (Tatusta peba). Deposited.
2 Maguari Storls (Dissura mayuart). Purchased.
38 Franklin’s Gulls (Larus franklina). Purchased. See P. Z. 8.
1896, p. 782.
2 Lions (Jelis leo), § 9. Presented by C. A. Osborne, lisq.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca). Presented by A. I.
T. Jourdain, I’sq.
. 5 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandia maculosa). Presented by
Miss Mink.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Dr.
Allen M. Cleghorn.
1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur vanthomystax). Deposited.
1 Wild Cat (Felis catus). Presented by Lord Lilford.
1 Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris). Presented by Lord Lilford.
3 Prairie Marmots (Cynomys dudovicianus). Presented by Lord
Lilford.
1 Grey Coly Shrike (Hypocolius ampelinus). Presented by
Lord Lilford.
1 Cat-bird ( Galeoscoptes carolinensis). Presented by Lord Lilford.
1 Sulphuy Tyrant (Pitangus sulphuratus). Presented by Lord
ilfor
2 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Larus marinus). Presented by
Lord Lilford.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Lord Lilford.
1 Bln headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Lord
ilfor
Oct. 18.
14,
15.
16,
20.
21.
ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGURIN. 1063
2 Wybrid Gulls. Presented by Lord Lilford.
2 Avocets (Recurvirostra avocetta), Presented by Lord Lilford.
2 Wyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Lord Lilford.
7 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by Lord Lilford.
2 Tigers (young) (Zvlis tigris),2 Q. Presented by H.H. The
Gaekwar of Baroda,
2Nylehaies (Boselaphus tragocamelus), 69. Received in
Exchange.
2 Grey Francolins (Francolinus ponticerianus). Presented by ~
Lieut.-Col. D. IK. Robertson.
1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo ibera). Deposited.
1 Loggerhead Turtle (Zhalassochelys caretta). Presented by
Miss A. Steer.
3 Purple-faced Monkeys (Semnopithecus leweoprymnus). Pre-
sented by W. G. Bligh, Esq.
1 Hise Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by W. G.
igh, Esq.
1 Bay Danoo-Bat (Rhizomys badius), Presented by W. G.
igh, Esq.
1 Mouse (Mus, sp. inc.). Presented by W. G. Bligh, me
38 ones Doves (Turtur douraca), Presented by W G. Bligh,
isq. :
11 Burmese Tortoises (Zestudo elongata).
7 Flat-backed Tortoises (Zestudo platynota).
3 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys triuga,
var. edeniana).
4 Shielded River-Turtles (Zmyda scutata).
5 Cocteau’s Geckos (Hemzdactylus cocteaui). |
12 Verticillated Geckos (Gecko verticillatus).
6 Yellowish Monitors (Monitor flavescens). |
6 Doria’s Lizards (Mabwia dorie), LS in by W.
3 Bell’s Lizards (Lrolepis belliana). G. Bligh, sq.
6 Emme’s Lizards (Calotes emma). See P.Z.8.1896,
1 Hamadryad (Nata bungarus). p. 782
1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians).
1 Banded Bungarus (Bungarus fasciatus).
11 Green Pit-Vipers (Lachests gramineus).
4 Grass-green Tree-Snakes (Dryophis pra-
sina).
2 Sharp-snouted Snakes (Dryophis mycter?-
zans).
2 Ornamented ‘Tree-Snakes (Chrysopelea
ornata).
5 Robed Snakes (Zropidonotus stolatus).
2 Fishing-Snakes (Zoptdonotus piscator).
1 Rayed Snake (Coluber radiatus).
1 Condanar Sand-Snake (Psammophis con- | Presented by W
danarus). G. Bligh, Esq.
2 Well-spotted Snakes (Dipsodomorphus See P.Z.8.1896,
multimaculatus), p. 782.
2 Olivaceous Water-Snakes (Hypsirhina
enhydris).
1 Aulic Snake (Zycodon aulicus).
1 Blainville’s Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma blainvillii), Pre-
sented by Miss Noyes Lewis.
2 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi). Purchased.
2 Virginian Eagle-Owls (Bubo virginianus). Purchased.
1064
Oct. 21.
27.
30.
31.
Nov. 2.
10.
APPENDIX.
1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo ibera). Presented by Mr. R. M.
C. Souper.
. 1 Black Wallaby (Macropus ualabatus), g. Presented by
Malcolm Watson, Faq.
1 Black Lemur (Lemw macaco), g. Presented by Capt. II.
Talboys.
1 Great Fagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Received in Exchange.
. 1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystaz), Presented
by Il. O. Townshend, Iisq.
1 Smith’s Dwarf Lemur (Mcrocebus smitht). Presented by
Dr. Hubert E. J. Biss.
1 Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus), 9. Presented by G. A.
einenler, Esq.
1 Cassowary (Casuarius sp. inc.). Deposited.
2 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna cornuta). Received in Ex-
Cc hange,
8 Mandarin Ducks (4vx galericulata). Received in Ix-
change.
1 White-faced Tree-Duck (Dendiocygna viduata). Received in
Exchange.
. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-
sented by Dr. John Archibald.
1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans), §. Presented by
the Rey. Lawson Forfeitt, F.R.G.S.
1 Garden Dormouse (Myzxosus quercinus). Presented by W.
II. St. Quintin, Isq., F'.Z.8.
1 Night-Iferon (Nycticoraa griseus). Deposited.
2 Purple Herons (Ardea purpurea). Deposited.
4 Wuropean Tree-I'rogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mrs. Knee-
shaw.
2 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Presented by Miss Agnes
Woodroffe.
1 Black-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina tibicen). Presented
by Charles G. Murrell, Tsq. :
2 Black-spotted Teguexins (Z’upinambis nigro-punctatus). De-
posited.
2 Chacma Baboons (Cynocephalus porcarius), § 9. Presented
by Capt. Baker.
2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus). Purchased.
. 1 One-streaked Hawk (Melierux monogrammicus), Presented
by Mrs. Palmer.
. 1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Presented by Miss
Beatrix Martin.
. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Deposited.
2 Ortolan Buntings (Emberiza hortulana), Presented by John
Young, Esq., F.Z.8.
2 Coscoroba Swans (Coscoroba candida). Purchased.
. 2 Choughs (Pyrrhocorax graculus). Deposited.
o al Gramtl
Galago (Galago crassicaudata). Presented by Mrs. Le
Poer Richardson.
. 1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), g. Presented by Alfred
W. Alcock, Esq., M.B., C.M.Z.S.
3 European Pond-Yortoises (Emys orbicularis). Presented by
Arthur Baring, Esq.
1 Virginian Opossum (Didelphys virginiana). Presented by
Edward Johnson, Ksq.
Nov. 10.
IL.
28.
30.
Dec. 1.
»
. 1 Great Ing’
. 1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciwrus variegatus). Presented by
ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGHRID. 1065
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by Mrs. 'T.
Skottowe.
1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), Presented by
Mrs. T. Skottowe. ’
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgug), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Mouillot.
. 1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigena). Purchased.
1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda), §. Purchased.
1 Cocteau’s Skink (Macroscincus cocteaui). Received in Ex-
change.
1 Gay’s Frog (Calyptocephalus gayi). Received in Exchange.
e-Owl (Bubo marimus). Deposited.
James Meldrum, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. Presented by
Mrs. Gooding. ;
1 White-fronted Lemur (Zemur albifrons), Presented by
Richard A. Todd, Esq.
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Deposited.
. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Presented by James
V. Wells, Esq.
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula), 9. Presented by
George Turner, Esq.
1 Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). Presented by J. Culling, sq.
. 2 Brown Mynahs (Acridotheres fuscus). Presented by Geo. I.
Nowell, Iésq., M.B. ‘
. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus), 2. Presented by Surg.-Major N.
Manders.
. 2 Tigers (Helis tigris), 25. Presented by Capt. Alex. W.
Thorneycroft, Royal Scots Fusiliers.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Purchased.
1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.
1 Scolopaceous Courlan (Az amus scolopaceus). Purchased.
3 Violaceous Night-Herons (Nycticorax violaceus). Purchased.
1 Malabar Syuirrel (Scvews marimus). Presented by G. W.
Vidal, Esq.
1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus), 9. Purchased.
1 Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), §. From Aden. Pre-
sented by R. G. Buchanan, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 981.
2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by F.
Beaumont, sq.
1 Hybrid Common Pintail and Wigeon (bred between Dajila
acuta Q and Mareca penelope $). Presented by Sir
Edward Grey, Bart., M.P.
1 Thick-necked Tree-Boa (Epicrates cenchris). Deposited.
1 Green Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea, var. meridionalis). Deposited.
1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by Lord Arthur
Cecil.
1 Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented hy Lord Arthur Cecil.
2 Raccoons (Procyon lotur). Presented by Lord Arthur Cecil.
. 6 Wyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by P. Goupille,
gq. ;
2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.
2 White-thighed olobus (Colobus vellerosus), 6 2. Presented
by Capt. H. D. Larymore, C.M.G.
12.
14
16,
APPENDIX.
- 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), §. Presented
by Capt. C. H. Armitage.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented by
pane C. H. Armitage.
. 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), g. Presented by
Miss Baird,
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.
Presented by Miss Baird.
. 2 Maned Geese (Chenonetta jubata), 6 9. Purchased.
. 2 White’s Tree-Frogs ue cerwea). Presented by F. FE.
Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Changeable Tree-Froe (Zyla versicolor), Presented by F. E.
Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Grey Tefmeumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Col.
mythe.
8 Te Field-Rats (Zsomys variegatus). |
8 Parser Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus pyrami-
um
9 Lesser ‘Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus egyptius).
3 Long-eared Hedgehogs (Erinaceus auritus). Hom Lay ne
46 Egyptian Geckos (Turentola annularis). ethane
5 Fan-footed Geckos (Ptyodactylus lobatus).
1 Grey Monitor (Varanus griseus).
5 Cerastes Vipers (Cerastes cornutus),
6 Square-marked Toads (Bufo reguluaris).
1 Rufescent Rat-Kangaroo (Apyprymnusrufescens). Presented
by Capt. N. Allan.
1 Jelerang Squirrel (Sciuus bicolor). Presented by Capt. G. C.
Candy, R.N.R.
2 Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius). Presented
by Gerard P. Torrens, I’sq., F.Z.S. From Spain.
. 2 Nicobar Pigeons (Calenas nicobarica), § 2. Deposited.
1 Canarian Pigeon (Columba laurivora). Deposited.
. 3 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. W.
Wilkes, Isq.
. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Deposited.
. 1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis levaillanti), Presented by
Joseph Francis, Isq.
11 Ilarvest-Mice (Mus minutus). Presented by Capt. Salvin.
. 1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysuétus). Presented by the Lord
William Beresford, V.C.
2 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Master
Kneeshaw. -
1 Raven (Corvus corav). Presented by J. Callingham, Usq.
. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus ertthacus). Deposited.
. 1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), 2. Presented
by Miss I. N. Tuely.
. 2 Grooved Tortoises ( Testudo aay Deposited.
6 Grooved Tortoises (Testudo calcarata). Deposited.
1 Bearded Lizard (Amphiboluraus barbatus). Deposited.
7 Muricated Lizards (Amphibolurus muricatus). Deposited.
2 Blue-tongued Lizards (Tiliqua scincordes). Deposited.
8 Labillardiere’s Lizards (Lygosoma labillardieri). Deposited.
6 Lesueur’s Water-Lizards (Physignathus lesuewt). Deposited.
4 Limbless Lizards (Pygopus lepidopus). Deposited.
1 Death-Adder (Acanthopis antarcticus). Deposited,
1 Purplish Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Deposited,
1 Shielded Death-Adder (Wotechis scutatus). Deposited.
8 Australian Banded Snakes (Diementa nuchalis). Deposited.
Abantis
bicolor, 21.
bismarki, 21.
efulensis, 21, 104.
elegantula, 21.
lencoyaster, 22.
levubu, 22,
paradisea, 20, 841.
tettensis, 20, .
venosa, 21.
zambesiaca, 20.
(Sapa) ¢rimeni, 841.
Abdimia
sphenorhyncha,
233.
Ablabes
baliodirus, 885.
longicauda, 885.
melanocephalus, 879.
tricolor, 885.
Ablepharus
wahlbergii, 215.
Abrostola
interrumpens, 639.
Acacia
edgworthii, 251.
Acallopistes, gen. nov.,
95.
dimidia, 97, 104.
holocausta, 96, 97, 104.
Acanthodactylus
boskianus, 929.
mucronatus, 921.
Acanthodon
petite, 732, 766.
santaremia, 722, 732,
734, 766.
Acanthodrilus
aquarum-duleium, 209.
bovei, 209.
falclandicus, 209.
231,
georgianus, 209.
kerguelarum, 196, ¢
macquariensis, 208, 209.
INDEX.
Acanthodrilus
nove-cedalandia, 197.
rose, 211.
Acantholepis
capensis, 410.
lunaris, 410.
Acanthomyrmox
luciole, 419.
Acanthosaura
armata, 871.
Acanthoseurria
brocklehursti, 722, 737,
739,766.
ferina, 740.
geniculata, 722, 737,
738, 739, 740, 766.
insubtilis, 740,
maga, 740.
minor, 740.
musculosa, 740.
Accipiter
korshun, 315.
Acerina
zillii, 218.
Acesina
sp., 651.
Achxa
catella, 264.
Acharana
pheopteralis, 649.
Acherontia
stya, 268.
Achlora
catenularia, 645.
ventliata, 645.
Achreea
grisella, 269.
Acidalia
calidata, 646.
illiturata, 647,
indecretaria, 645.
indignaria, 646,
tsographata, 647.
Justata, 645.
Acidalia
obliviaria, G45.
responsaria, 645,
suffusaria, 645,
tepidata, G46.
testacea, 267.
Acidaliastis, gen. noy.,267,
micra, 267, 283.
Aciptilia
oxydactyla, 277.
Acleros
biguttulus, 29, 30.
instabilis, 30.
leucopyga, 28.
mackenit, 29,
olaus, 30.
philander, 81.
placidus, 29, 103.
ploetzi, 29, 31, 103.
substrigata, 29, 30.
Acolastus
amyntas, 519,
Acomys
selousi, 807.
spinosissimus, 794.
wilson, 808.
Acontia
decisa, 638.
grellsit, 261, 853.
insignis, 261.
quadrata, 649,
Acreea
abbotiz, 114.
acerata, 114.
albomaculata, 117.
anacreon, 108, 116, 827.
anemosa, 118.
arctictncta, 118,
asema, 117, 827.
axina, 116, 117.
balina, 115.
bomba, 108, 116, 827.
bresia, 524, 531.
braune?t, 115,
1068 ’
Acrsea
buctoni, 115.
cabira, 114, 852.
cecilia, 117, 118.
caldarena, 117.
—, var. nelusca, 827.
ealyce, 250.
chilo, 524.
confusa, 114.
daira, 115, 116.
dircea, 116, 117.
doubledayi,116,117,531.
—, var. dircea, €27.
empusa, 117.
eponina, 115.
eacelsior, 115,
fallax, 114.
flavescens, 113, 114.
Sulvescens, 114.
guillemez, 108, 116.
—,var. periphanes, 827.
induna, 116.
insignis, 827.
janisea, 115.
Johnstont, 108, 113,114.
kilimandjara, 113, 114.
ligus, 117, 118.
lyoia, 115, 580.
—, var. sgunzini, 115,
mahela, 250,
manjaca, 115.
matuapa, 250.
menippe, 30.
mhondana, 250.
natalica, 117, 852.
nelusca, 827.
neobule, 530.
nero, 117.
ochracea, 118.
octobalia, 114.
omrora, 117.
oncea, 116.
_periphanes, 108, 116.
“perrupta, 115.
proteina, 114.
pseudegina, 117.
rougetit, 115.
seis, 244, 250,
semialbescens, 118, 114.
serena, 852.
—, var. buxtoni, 115.
—, var. perrupta, 852.
. sganzini, 115, 624.
stenobea, 117, 118.
telekiana, 114.
tenella, 114.
usagare, 115.
ventura, 115,
vinidia, 114.
—, var, tenella, 108.
viole, 250.
INDEX.
Aorochordus
granulatus, 878.
javanicus, 878.
Acronycta
declarata, 637.
Aoropyga
acutiventris, 410,
Acroria,
villipes, 639.
Actias
luna, 241.
selene, 240.
Actinopus
caraiba, 730, 731.
crassipes, 730, 731.
hartii, 730, 731, 732.
insignis, 730.
liodon, 730, 732.
longipalpis, 730, 732.
lutetpes, 730, 732.
nattereri, 730, 732.
piceus, 730, 732.
rojast, 730, 731.
rufipes, 730, 732.
scalops, 730, 731.
tarsalis, 720, 730, 732.
valencianus, 730, 731,
732.
wallacei, 722,728, 730,
731, 732, 766.
Addax
naso-maculatus, 810,
984.
Addua
inclusa, 647.
Adclonycteris
fuscus, 791.
Adenota
kob, 192, 193, 194.
leché, 193, 194.
leucotis, 194.
marie, 194,
thomasi, 193, 194,
vardoni, 193, 194.
Adopxa
acteon, 57.
hamza, 57.
lineola, 57.
thaumas, 57.
Adrana
pscudopsis, 639,
Atich mophorus
major, 538.
Aigeria
blaciformis, 637.
buprestiformis, 637.
panisciformis, 637.
Algialites
occidentalis, 324,
Aigocera
inclusa, 844.
Aigocera
meneta, 134, 844.
rectilinea, 529.
tricolor, 529,
/Elurosaurus
Selinus, 865.
/#luroscalabotes
JSelinus, 865,
Minictus
bengalensis, 416.
ceylonicus, 416.
porozonoides, 416.
ABipyceros
melampus, 194, 797.
Aeromachus
Johnstoni, 32, 841.
Aschropteryx
onustaria, 644.
tetragonata, 643.
Aathopyga
seherig, 284, 292,
295.
Aetius, gen. nov., 1006.
decollatus, 1007, 1012.
Agama
annectens, 215.
cyanogaster, 215.
dorie, 214.
lionotus, 214, 217.
planiceps, 214,
rueppellit, 214,
smithii, 213, 217.
spinosa, 214,
vaillanti, 213.
Aganaster
sp., 1038.
Aganisthos
orion, 515d.
Agenia
egina, 434.
alaris, 434.
bipennis, 434.
blanda, 433.
concolor, 434.
insularis, 434.
micromegas, 434,
. nana, 434.
obsoleta, 434.
plebeja, 434.
Agora
longicornis, 636.
Agraga
jimbripes, 639.
Agraulis
quno, 515.
vanille, 15,
Agriornis
insolens, 854.
solitaria, 354,
Agrotis
e-nigrum, 249,
Agrotis
emittens, 688.
exempta, 260.
hirtipalpis, 638.
énterferens, 639.
Agyrta
nana, 636.
secta, 636.
Aipysurus
eydouxit, 893.
Alena
Johanne, 526.
nyasse, 108, 118, 851,
852.
reticulata, 827, 850.
Alana
transitaria, 644.
Alea
torda, 544, 546.
Alcedo
collarvis, G04.
ispida, 604
Alces
machlis, 988.
Alestos
affinis, 228.
rucppellit, 218, 223.
Alicarda
atialis, 649.
vexatilis, 649.
Allactostigma
inguinalis, 641.
Alligator
mississippiensis,
632. mB
Allodape
marginata, 454.
Allolobophora
caliginosa, 195, 196.
fotida, 195, 196.
putris, 195, 196.
Allotinus
aphocha, 652.
subviolaceus, 653.
137,
Aloa
lanceolata, 636.
Alpenus
purus, 847.
Alpesa
villicosta, 639.
Alydda
lignosata, 646,
Amastus |
mesorhoda, 636,
Amauris
albimaculata, 821.
ansorget, 821.
crawshayi, 821, 850.
whytei, 821.
Amblotherium
mustelula, 586.
INDEX.
Amblycephalus
levis, 895.
malaccanus, 896.
Amblycercus
solitarius, 354.
Amblyopone
testacea, 416.
Ambryllis
neurophylla, 637.
Amecera
maderakal, 524,
Amisaspoides
gigantea, 726.
Ammodromus
peruanus, 353.
Ammophila
atripes, 437.
levigata, 437.
longiventris, 437.
humbertiana, 437.
Ampeleo
ne arent 370.
mpelophaga
Re OM,
Amphicodon
amphipleurus, 467.
Sritillaria, 466, 473.
globosus, 467.
Amphigonia
postponens, 640.
Amphinema ,
dinema, 459, 475.
titanea, 475.
Ampittia
bernicri, 52.
cariate, 64.
coroller, 54,
dispar, 52.
mirza, 51.
pardalina, 51.
rhadama, 51.
Ampulex
annulipes, 441.
compressa, 441.
Amyna
octo, 260.
selenampha, 260.
stiqgmatula, 260.
Anabates
montanus, 375.
Anabazenops
striaticollis, 375.
Anace
rubra, 185.
Anwretes
parulus, 361.
— equatorialis, 361.
Anarmodia
inscriptalis, 641.
Anarsia
acacia, 278.
1069
Anartia
amalthea, 515.
iatrophe, 515.
Anas
obscura, 982.
zanthorhyncha, 982.
Ancistocerus
intendens, 449.
tinctipennis, 449,
Ancistrocampta
chrysoglossa, 14.
Anewelonin
chrysographella, 270.
Reet
fuscosparsella, 271.
nigritarsea, 271.
Ancyloxypha .
mackentt, 29.
philander, 81.
producta, 82.
Andrena
cingulata, 455.
exagens, 452.
zonata, 405,
Andriasa
marginalis, 637.
Andronymus, gen. nov.,
60.
* Teander, 81.
neander, 82, 103.
philander, 81, 843.
Anengya |
spiritalis, 849,
Anerastia
ablutella, 270.
Aneuretus
stmont, 410.
Angerona
expulsaria, 644.
Angitia
directa, 639.
Anhima
cornuta, 312.
Anhinga
anhinga, 312,
Anisaspis
tuberculata, 728, 766.
Anisaspoides
gigantea, 722, 766.
Anisodes
congruaria, 646.
directata, 646.
Simbripedata, 646,
ordinata, 646.
urcearia, 646.
Anoa
depressicornis, 982, 983.
Anochetus
yerburyt, 412.
Anomalurus
cinereus, 793.
1070
Anomis
exaggerata, 639.
Anormurus
macrolepidotus, 500,
503.
Anous
stolidus, 934, 985.
Anser
Sabalis, 315, 319.
segetwm, 315, 319.
Ansonia
penangensis, 911.
Antherwa
belina, 241.
dolabella, 849,
menippe, 241.
mylitta, 240.
wahlbergi, 241,
Antheua
spurcata, 844,
Anthocharis
antevippe, 254.
leo, 253.
nound, 253.
phlegyas, 836, 837.
regina, 836.
Anthophora
cingulata, 455,
fallax, 456,
insularis, 456,
lanata, 452.
vigilans, 456,
violacea, 455,
zonata, 455,
Anthopsyche
gavisa, 127, 837.
heuglini, 253.
omphale, 127.
procne, 838.
Anthreptes
malaccensis, 291, 292,
295.
Anthrobaphes
violacea, 291,
Anthropopithecus
gorilla, 505, 597.
Anthus
bogotensis, 330.
calcaratus, 330.
correndera, 830,
Surcatus, 380.
— brevirostris, 380.
Antigastra
catalaunalis, 275.
Antigonus
andrachne, 17.
brigida, 16.
denuba, 18.
jamesoni, 18, 841.
philotomus, 11.
plistonious, 11.
INDEX,
Antigonus
synestalmenus, Te
thecla, 8.
Antilope
bubalis, 983.
corrigum, 983.
equina, 9838.
quadricornis, 988.
seripta, 984.
triangularis, 506.
Antiphella
atrinotata,
855.
Aparallactus
concolor, 216.
Apaustus
abure, 32,
anomeéus, 50.
argyrosticta, 80.
batea, 38.
collatus, 60.
debilis, 54,
dolus, 35.
leander, 81.
leucopgus, 29, 30, 31.
neander, 82.
olaus, 30.
placidus, 29, 30.
zephora, 71.
Aphaniotis
fusca, 870.
Aphneus
caffer, 122, 832.
homeyeri, 832.
natalensis, 122.
nyasse, 123.
Aphysoneuria
pigmentaria, 108, 109,
821.
Apicia
epaliusaria, 644.
alphiusaria, 644.
anseraria, 644.
asopia, 644.
atillaria, 644.
extimaria, 644,
gaumaria, 644,
incrassata, 644,
inficitaria, 644,
lintearia, 644,
molusaria, 644.
nazadaria, 644,
rhumata, 644.
significaria, 644,
spinetaria, 644,
uciaria, 644.
Apis
andreniformis, 458,
bicolor, 457.
bryorum, 457.
delessertii, 458,
853, 854,
Apis
dorsata, 457.
Senestrata, 456,
floralis, 458.
gigas, 856,
indica, 457.
lanata, 452.
latipes, 456.
lobata, 458.
nigripennis, 457.
peronii, 458.
perottetiz, 458.
socialis, 458.
testacea, 457.
zonata, 455, 457.
Aplectropus, gen. nov.,
275
leucopis, 275, 283.
Aporodes
albilinealis, 274, 283.
Jloralis, 274.
Aptencdytes
forsteri, 1.
pennanti, 143, 212.
Ara
ararauna, 155,
Aranea
avicularia, 741.
vestiaria, 741,
Aranha
caranjuejira, 717.
Arbelorhina
cerulea microrhyncha,
3837.
Archinola, gen. nov., 258.
pyralidia, 259, 283.
Arcobara
microniata, 646.
Ardea
agamt, 235.
candidissima, 235.
cinerea, 235, 778.
cocoi, 235.
goliath, 982.
leucogastra, 784.
ludoviciana, 235.
Argadesa
materna, 850.
Argina
amanda, vay, ocellina,
135.
leonina, 858.
ocellina, 846.
Argiolaus
silas, 526.
Argiope
argentata, 717.
Argus
giganteus, 138.
Argynnis
euphrosyne, 826,
Argynnis
hegemone, 112, 826.
lathonia, 826.
selene, 826.
smaragdifera, 826.
Arhopala
acestes, 664, 665.
adatha, 661.
agnis, 659.
aida, 666.
allata, 664.
ananuta, 660.
antimuta, 670.
apidanus, 672.
ariel, 672.
aroa, 663.
arsenius, 668.
aurea, 667.
bella, 651, 664, 665,
683.
borneensis, 651, 666,
688.
contaurus, 671.
dojagaka, 651, 660,
682.
deva, 651, 669, 683.
diardi, 651, 666.
drucei, 651, 661, 683.
elopura, 670, 682.
JSarquhari, 672.
havilandi, 601,
683.
hypomuta, 669, 670.
kounga, 651, 662, 663,
683.
665,
labuana, 667, 683.
meander, 651. 658.
metamuta, 668, 669.
mooret, 651, 669, 683.
morphina, 651, 666.
pseudomuta, 651, 662.
sandakani, 651, 670,
683.
semperi, 651, 659, 682.
tameanga, 651, 658,
660, G82.
trogon, 667.
vihara, 651, 662, 671.
waterstradti, 651, 668,
669, 683.
Arina
obtusa, 6386.
Aripana
levinia, 648.
Armadillo
cinctus, 392.
depressus, 390.
dumorum, 391.
grenadensis, 389, 392.
perlatus, 395.
silvarum, 393.
INDEX.
Armadillo
tenuipunctatus, 389.
viticola, 396.
zigzag, 394.
Aves 4
bistigmigera, 847, 850.
charax, 848, 830.
clara, 847.
ochraceata, 848.
terminalis, 847.
Artitropa, gen. noy.,
92.
bosea, 93.
comus, 03.
erinnys, 92, 93.
margaritata, 93, 108.
shelleyi, 938.
Arvicanthis
barbarus, 803.
dorsalis, 794, 803.
pulchellus, 803.
pumilio, 794.
— dilectus, 803.
— dininutus, 804.
— typicus, 804,
Arvicola
neglectus, 599.
Asio
otus, 627.
Asopia
depressalis, 650.
Aspidosoma
sperum, 777.
maculatum, 777.
Aspilates
perlineata, 646.
Asthana
directa, 650.
erecta, 650.
Asthenodipsas
malaccana, 896.
Astictopterus
Johnstonit, 74.
vibius, 78.
Atella
columbina, 118, 531,
852.
Atherura
africana, 684.
Athrula
saturnioides, 647.
Atractylis
repens, 462.
Atta
clypeata, 419.
aun 418.
didita, 421.
geminata, 419.
Attacus
atlas, 240.
cynthia, 240.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1896, No. LXIX.
1071
Attacus
lebeaui, 241.
mythimna, 241, 242.
pernyt, 240
ricint, 240.
Atticora.
andecola, 333, 384.
cinerea, 338.
cyanoleuca, 333.
‘asciata, 333.
murind, 333, 334.
tibialis, 334,
Auchenia
glama, 986.
pacos, 986
vicugna, 987.
Aucula
josioides, 647. .
Aulacodes
peribocalis, 278.
psyllalis, 643.
swinderentanus, 795.
Aulacorhamphus
prasinus, 557.
Aurelia
crucigera, 483.
lineolata, 483.
rufescens, 483.
Ausava
triplaga, 638.
Automolis
angulosa, 636.
basalis, 636.
chrysomelas, 636.
flavicinctus, 636.
geometrica, 636.
leucomela, 636.
pretexta, 636.
reducia, 636.
saturata, 636.
Avela
diversa, 6386.
Avicularia
avicularia, 723, 741,
746, 766, 778.
— variegata, 723, 748,
766
glauca, 744.
holmbergii, 744.
metallica, 744. ~
rutilans, 744, 745, 746.
velutina, 744.
vestiaria, 741.
vulpina, 744.
walckenaeria, 746.
Axiocerses
amanga, 123, 831.
perion, 123, 832.
Azamorg a
basiplaga, 648.
eae 648.
69.
1072
Azanus
gamra, 119, 244, 250,
256
natalensis, 119, 250.
occidentalis, 852.
sigillatus, 119, 244, 250,
829,
zena, 244, 256.
Azelina
amyclaria, 644.
asilasaria, 644.
denticulata, 614.
. fusaria, 644. 6:
hedularia, 689.
immundaria, 649.
stolidata, 644.
stuposasaria, 649,
gripusalis, 641.
Becula :
chromatophila, 639.
Baniana
inequalis, 650.
pohli, 640.
Baoris
sp., 131.
alberti, 67, 103.
amadhu, 73.
arela, 68, 103.
argyrodes, 68.
aeuee 72.
bauri, 71.
Jatuellus, 66, 131.
holtzii, 71.
ilias, 67, 104.
inconspicua, 131.
leucophea, 68.
lugens, 66.
mabea, 68.
malthina, 69.
marchalii, 66.
melphis, 69.
monasi, 70.
murga, 71.
neoba, 71,
netopha, 70.
—, var. 2Yasse,
108.
niveicornis, ‘T1,-
statira, 69.
statirides, 69, 104.
subnotata, 70.
tarace, 70.
awmbrata, 131.
unistriga, 68.
zylos, 67, 108.
zephora, 71.
70,
INDEX.
Baracus
Senestratus, 56.
inornatus, 50.
lepeletierii, 50.
tsita, 50.
Barbus
sp., 218, 224.
bynni, 223.
Barilius
goha, 920.
guentheri, 920.
Basileuterus
bivitiatus, 331.
— chrysogaster, 331.
coronatus, 331.
luteoviridis, 331.
— striaticeps, 331.
uropygialis, 331.
— poliothriz, 331.
Basilinna
leucotis, 286, 289,
295.
Basiothea
idricus, 843.
medea, 268.
Bassania
amethystata, 644.
Bassaris
astuta, 784.
Batagur
affinis, 858.
baska, 858, 859.
Batatara
Susifascia, 647.
Batbyergus
maritimus, 160.
Belenois
auriginea, 128,
calypso, 852.
crawshayi, 851, 852.
diminuta, 851, 852.
leucogyne, 247, 256.
mesentina, 852.
, var, agrippina,
128.
1 —, var. lordaca, 247,
25d, 256, 257.
severina, 128, 852.
thysa, 852.
—, var. sabrata, 839.
Bellia
crassicollis, 858.
Bembex
borret, 445.
glauca, 445.
indica, 445.
sulphurescens, 445,
trepanda, 445.
Benhamia
indica, 209, 210.
inermis, 211.
Berainbe
gallaria, 644.
Bernicla
magellanica, 147.
Bertula
excelsalis, 619.
Biduanda
cineas, 679.
hewitsonii, 679, 683
imitata, 680.
Bitis
arietans, 217.
Blephoramastix
colubralis, 649.
Bleptina
abarusalis, 642.
e@atusalis, 642.
bizialis, 642.
bogesalis, 642.
cepioalis, 642.
ceusalis, 642.
confusalis, 642.
- diruptalis, 649.
Sfadusalis, 642.
metopealis, 612,
ophelasalis, 642.
opitcralts, 642.
oppialis, 642.
payasusalis, 642.
penicillalis, 648.
pollesalis, 642.
proliferalis, 640, 648.
responsalis, 648.
stalemusalis, 642.
styrusalis, 642.
Blera
cerruroides, 647.
Boana
semialba, 648.
Boarimia
consimilaria, 645.
contraria, 645.
defimaria, 645.
delinquaria, 645.
denticularia, 645.
detracturia, 645.
guttularia, 645.
larentiata, 645.
locupletaria, 615.
mollearia, 645, 646.
perspectata, 646.
stigmaria, 645.
subapicata, 646.
syrniaria, 646.
tenerata, 646.
vacillaria, 645, 646.
Bocanis
marginalis, 650.
ortonalis, 640, 650.
, Bocchoris
inspersalis, 274.
Beechoris
onychinalis, 278.
Bolica
armata, 649.
Bombus
hryorum, 457
Bouonia
niveilinea, 649.
Boodon
lineatus, 216.
Bos
depressicornis,
785.
qrunniens, 988.
Bothriomyrmex
wroughtonti, 411.
Bothroponera
rufipes, 412.
tesserinoda, 413.
Botys
acilialis, 648.
additalis, 649.
agenoralis, G41,
asiusalis, O41.
autoclesalis, 643.
azionalis, 643.
cellatalis, 619.
chlorisalis, 641.
claudiusalis, 641.
cyprealis, 641.
damonalis, 641.
dimichealis, 643.
elathealis, G41.
ewhulealis, 641.
evippealis, 641.
Suliginalis, 649.
gelliasalis, 643.
graviusalis, 643.
imbrexalis, 643.
ineffectalis, 649.
melitealis, 641.
mnemusalis, 640.
nerissalis, 641.
niavialis, 641.
nocmonalis, 643.
odiusalis, 641.
pandaralis, 641.
peranthusalis, 641.
persiusalis, 641.
pieralis, 641.
pyrrhusalis, 641.
quirinalis, 641.
remusalis, 641,
romalis, 641.
sabalis, 641.
sylvialis, 641.
thalloalis, 641.
turnusalis, 641.
tytiusalis, 643.
Bouchis
*: scoparioides, 649.
INDEX.
Boulengerina
brennert, 929.
mucronata, 921.
Brachyuromys
ramirohitra, 979.
Britha
hirtipalpis, 641.
Britomartis
buto, 673.
cleohoides, 673.
Bronchocela
cristatella, 871.
moluccana, 871.
Brujas
basicincta, 638.
laticincta, 638.
Bryophila
expetita, 639.
Bryoptera
leprosata, 645.
Buarremon
assimilis, 347.
brunneinuchus, 347.
poliophrys, 323, 347.
torquatus, 347.
Bubalis
buselaphus, 809, 983.
lichtensteini, 796.
major, 983.
pumilus, 783.
Bubo
bubo, 311.
ignavus, 311.
maximus, 156.
Bucco
capensis, 313.
Bucconides
roseicollis, 556.
Buceros
nasutus, 982.
Budara
conversata, 647.
Bufo
asper, 912.
melanostictus, 911,914.
parvus, 912.
penangensis, 912.
quadriporcatus, 912.
regularis, 217.
viridis, 548.
vulgaris, 648, 911.
Bundenbachia
beneckei, 1034.
Bunea
caffraria, 241.
Bungarus
candidus, 893.
fasciatus, 782, 893.
flaviceps, 894.
Butalis
subeburnea, 279.
1073
Buteo
buteo, 311.
vulgaris, 311.
Buthraupis
cucullata, 342.
— cyanonota, 342.
— intermedia, 343.
Butorides
cyanurus, 173.
Byblia
acheloia, 113, 256.
—, var. castanea, 256.
castanea, 625.
qoctzius, 113,
tlithyia, 250, 525, 632.
vidgaris, 113, 852.
Oabalus
carbo, 65, 66.
Caberodes
asanderaria, 644.
carcearia, 644.
Sundaria, 644.
Oudyanda
lugens, 647.
Ceenides, gen. nov., 85.
balenga, 91, 103.
benga, 86, 89, 103.
binoevatus, 88, 103.
calpis, 91.
corduba, 90. .
cylinda, 89, 90, 91, 103.
dacela, 85, 86, 103, 104.
dacena, 89.
ierda, 91.
kangvensis, 87. 103.
lacida, 91, 103.
leonora, 85, 88, 103.
maracanda, 85, 88, 103.
orma, 90.
proxima, 92,
sextilis, 91.
soritia, 87, 103.
stochri, 88.
waga, 90.
zoremba, 91, 104.
Crenipeta
abscondens, 638.
iliustrans, 638.
suttea, 638.
Crenotriccus
ruficeps, 360.
— hapiopteryx, 361.
Crervanin
clandestina, 640.
Caiman
latirostris, 632.
palpebrosus, 62.
sclerops, 632.
Culadenia
maculata, 13.
69*
1074
Calamaria
albiventer, 886. .
leucocephala, 886.
linnei, 886.
longiceps, 886.
lumbricotdea, 886.
pavimentata, 857, 886.
sagittaria, 879.
sumatrana, 886.
Caligula
simla, 240, 241.
Callagur
picta, 858, 859.
Callidryas
eubule, 518.
hyblea, 254.
Gailinenls
californica, 982.
Callipsyche
lava, 526.
Callirhoé
' basteriana, 482.
Calliste
argentea, 340.
berlepschi, 341.
bolimana, 340.
chilensis, 339.
cyanicollis, 341,
Sulvicervir, 340.
gyroloides, 340.
melanotis, 341.
nigricincta, 341.
nigriviridis, 341.
— berlepschi, 341.
parzudakii, 341.
pulchra, 340.
punctulata, 340.
schranki, 332.
aanthocephala, 841.
aanthogastra rostrata,
339, 340.
yeni, 339.
Callithea
sapphira, 776.
Callan
hildebranati, 837.
Oallophis
gracilis, 894,
maculiceps, 895.
Callopistria
latreillei, 260.
vittata, 648.
yerburit, 260.
Callosune
anax, 126. -
vulnerata, 839.
Callula
pulchra, 908.
Calonota
interrupta, 636.
perspicua, 6386.
INDEX.
Calophrynus
pleurostigma, 857,
908.
Calospila
posthumaria, 647.
Calotes
cristatellus, 871.
emma, 782.
versicolor, 871, 872. .
Calothorax
lucifer, 288.
Calpodes
coscinia, 520.
ethlius, 520.
Canibogia
albopunctata, 646.
insignata, 645.
marcearia, 646.
porphyrinata, 647.
turbata, 647.
Oamena
cippus, 6738.
cretheus, 672.
Campanella
dinema, 475.
Campanulina
acuminata, 488, 490.
repens, 488
turrita, 488.
Camponotus
agnatus, 405,
albipes, 404.
angusticollis, 403.
bucchus, 405.
barbatus, 403.
compressus, 404.
dorycus, 403.
dulcis, 405.
flavo-marginatus, 403.
Suscithoraz, 405,
infuscus, 404.
latitans, 402.
maculatus, 404.
mitis, 404, 405.
opaciventris, 402.
prismaticus, 403.
quadrilaterus, 404,
redtenbacheri, 403.
reticulatus, 402.
rufoglaucus, 403.
sericeus, 402.
sesquipedalis, 403.
simoni, 4038,
taylori, 404.
thraso, 405.
varians, 402.
yerburyi, 402.
Oanipophilus
pollens, 324.
Cam psomeris
aureicollis, 430.
Campsomeris
ceylonica, 430.
lindenii, 430.
Candyba
punctata, 637.
Canis
adustus, 785.
chama, 506.
corsac, 784.
Jubatus, 785.
lateralis, 784, 785, 793.
Cantoria .
elongata, 888.
violacea, 888.
Caouana
olivacea, 860.
Capito
(Micropogon) cayen-
nensis, 557.
Capnodes
basalis, 648.
concinnula, 648.
extima, 640.
mundicola, 648.
Oapra
megaceros, 506.
Capricornis |
sumatrensis, 784.
Caprona
adelica, 19.
canopus, 19.
Jamesoni, 18.
pillaana, 19,
Capys
alpheus, 831.
connexiva, 831, 850.
disjunctus, 831.
COaradrina
distans, 639.
exigua, 260.
laphygmoides, 639.
Caralisa
editha, 636.
Carcharodus
alcee, 26.
elma, 26.
lavatere, 26.
midea, 27.
Cardinalis
virginianus, 228.
Carduelis
carduelis, 811.
eleyans, 311.
COarenochrous
taczanowskii, 347,
tricolor, 347.
Caretta
squamata, 860.
Cariacus
sp. inc., 986, 988.
leucurus, 985, 986, 988.
Oariacus
paludosus, 784.
rufus, 986.
virginianus, 985, 988.
Cariama
cristata, 150.
Cariprsea
mendaciaria, 646.
Carmala
flexata, 646.
Carthara
albicosta, 648.
Carystus
cerymica, 94.
evander, 81.
laufella, 83.
philander, 81.
thersander, '78.
canthias, 78.
Casandria
emittens, 638.
Cassicus
albirostris, 353.
chrysopterus, 353.
lcucorhamphus, 354.
persicus, 354.
solitarius, 354.
Cassina
obscura, 217.
Castalius
calice, 120, 829,
852.
hintza, 108, 120.
hypoleucus, 828.
lactinatus, 525.
resplendens, 108, 120.
Casuarius
westermannt, 783.
Casyapa
maracanda, 88.
Cataclysta
ealis, 643.
eglesalis, 643.
cesoalis, 643.
insulalis, 60.
pantheralis, 640.
pegasalis, 640.
phedraiis, 640.
principalis, 640.
Catamblyrhynchus
diadema, 350.
— citrinifrons, 350.
Catamenia
homochroa, 350.
inornata minor, 849.
rufirostris, 349.
Oataulacus
simoni, 417.
taprobane, 416,
Caterva
catenaria, 649,
INDEX.
Cathartes
atratus, 778.
urubitinga, 784.
Catochrysops
asopus, 244, 256.
asteris, 533, 828.
cngjus, 244, 256.
contracta,244, 250, 256.
glauca, 108, 119, 828.
hippocrates, 119.
osiris, 118, 852.
parsimon, 119.
perpulchra, 828.
Catopsilia
aleurona, 255.
florella, 128, 247, 254,
_ 255, 256, 528, 536,
852.
—, var. aleurona, 256.
—, var. hyblea, 256.
—, var. pyrene, 256.
hyblea, 205.
pyrene, 256.
Oatuna
crithea, 852.
Cavia
rupestris, 987.
Cel:ena
canifimbria, 649.
expuncta, 637.
inquieta, 639.
plagiata, 637.
subobligua, 639.
tetera, 639, 650.
Celznorrhinus
atratus, 13, 14.
biseriatus, 13, 103.
boadicea, 14, 103.
chrysoglossa, 14, 103.
collucens, 13.
galenus, 12.
homeyeri, 15.
humbloti, 14.
illustris, 12.
interniplaga, 13.
luehderi, 15.
macrostictus, 14.
maculatus, 13, 103.
medetrina, 12, 103.
mokeezi, 15.
proximus, 14.
rutilans, 12.
thraz, 60.
Coleus
ochraceus, 773.
Centetes
ecaudatus, 975.
Centrites
oreas, 309.
Centromyrmex
fee, 415.
1075
Oephalophus
sp. inc., 984.
coronatus, 506, 984.
grimmii, 796.
Fufilatus, 984, 988.
sylvicultrix, 785.
Cephalopterus
ornatus, 370.
Cephonodes
ae 269, 843.
Cerapachys
ceylonica, 424.
femoralis, 424.
Ceratina
picta, 454,
simillima, 454.
viridis, 454.
Ceratodus
Sforsteri, 786.
Ceratomia
amyntor, 241.
Ceratorhina
monocerata, 645,
546.
Ceratrichia
aretina, 35.
argyrosticta, 80.
flava, 79, 104.
nothus, 79.
phocion, 79.
punctata, 79.
punctulata, 53.
quaterna, 16.
semilutea, 79.
stellata, 48, 52.
tetrastigma, 15.
Cerberus
rhynchops, 888.
Cerceris
emortualis, 446.
fervens, 445.
humbertiana, 446.
instabilis, 446.
novare, 445.
rufinodis, 446.
velox, 446.
viscosus, 446,
Cercocebus
albigena, 784.
Cercomacra
approximans, 383.
hypomelena, 383.
tyrannina, 383.
Cercopithecus
albigularis, 789.
brazze, 780, 783.
diana, 783,
leucampyx, 789.
moloneyi, 789.
pluto, 789.
stairsi, 609.
1076
Cerocala
sp., 529,
Ceronaba
cinctaria, 649.
Certhiola 5
peruviana, 337.
Certiina
muscistrigata, 644, 645.
Cervicapra
Bien te 797.
Cervus’
sp. inc., 985.
affinis, 938.
barbarus, 809, 985.
bedfordianus, 932, 933,
934.
canadensis, 931, 933,
982, 985.
cashmirianus, 933.
davidianus, 784, 932.
duvauceli, 985, 988.
elaphus, 831, 938.
equinus, 985, 988.
eustephanus, 932, 933,
934.
hippelaphus, 988.
humilis, 507.
luchdorfi, 931, 932, 933,
934.
maral, 618, 933, 934,
984.
rusa, 985.
thoroldi, 933.
virgintanus, 985.
aanthopygus, 931, 933.
yarcandensis, 933.
Ceryle
ulcyon, 605.
americana, 604, 605.
stellata, 605.
Chabuata
ampla, 638.
Chixrocampa
alecto, 268.
celerio, 268.
eson, var. gracilis, 843.
gracilis, 843.
osiris, 853.
Chalcidesa
ocellatus, 215,
Chalybion
bengalensis, 488.
vlan 438.
Chameleon
biteniatus, 215.
gracilis, 215.
Ohameza
columbiana, 384.
olivacea, 384.
Chapra
Jodra, 61.
INDEX,
Chapra
mathias, 60, 61, 248,
256.
sinnis, 62.
wambo, 62.
Charadrius
pluvialis, 643.
Charana
mandarinus, 651, 676.
Charaxes
achemenes, 822, 852.
bohemanni, 822, 852.
candiope, 533, 852.
castor, 525, 852.
—, var. flavifasciatus,
852.
druceanus, 110, 822.
ethalion, 823.
guderianu, 822, 852.
hollundii, 538.
leaninus, 828.
manica, 822.
neanthes, 533.
pheus, 852.
saturnus, 851, 852.
—, var. laticinctus,
822, 852.
tiridutes, 852.
violetta, 851, 852.
zoolina, 533, 823.
Charilina
amabilis, 844.
Chartergus
churtarius, 775.
Chauna
chavaria, 137, 146,
Cheiroptaster
gigunteus, 1032.
Chelone
imbricata, 860.
mydas, 860.
olivacea, 860.
virgata, 860.
Chersydrus
granulatus, 878.
Chilades ,
trochilus, 244, 256.
Chinchilla
lanigera, 982.
Chirogale
melanotis, 974.
Chironectes
minimus, 507, 513.
Chitra
indica, 861.
Chiiaria
amabilis, 675, 676.
minima, 676.
phemis, 675, 676.
skapane, 675.
tora, 676.
Chlorion
azureum, 438.
compressum, 441.
lobatwm, 438.
Chlorochrysa
bourcieri, 841.
calliparea, 341.
Chlorophanes
atricapilla, 337.
pulcherrima stiyma-
tura, 338.
spizu cerulescens, 337.
Chlorophonia
torrejont, 338.
Chloropipo
unicolor, 368.
uniformis, 368.
Ohloroselas
esmeralda, 261.
pseudozeritis, 251.
Chlorospingus
auricularis, 345.
chrysogaster, 346,
cinereocephalus, 346.
leucogaster, 346.
verticalis, 346,
Cheerodes
assyllusaria, 644.
contemnaria, 644.
invariaria, 643.
Choristoneura
apicalis, 83, 104,
Chronis
callipterus, 916.
kirkii, 915.
mossambicus, 915.
niloticus, 218.
rendalli, 915.
spilurus, 219.
squamipinnis, 915,
tristrumi, 218.
Chromodes
armeniacalis, 640.
Chrysantheda
nitida, 775, 776.
Chrysis
cyanura, 458.
Suscipennis, 458,
nobilis, 158.
oculata, 459,
principalis, 459.
pulchellus, 459,
spinole, 458.
splendida, 458.
Chrysomitris
atrata, 353.
capitalis, 352.
Cheysonelce
chrysochlora, 891.
ornata, 782, 890.
rubescens, S90.
Chrysophanus
abbotti, 832.
Ohrysotis
guilding?, 230.
Churia
arcuata, 263.
Ciconia
alba, 145, 233.
episcopus, 232.
nigra, 145.
Cidaria
eductata, 646,
effrenata, 647.
emberizata, 646.
intercalata, 646.
patuluta, 646.
perspicuata, f46.
Cigaritis
abbotti, 832.
Cinclodes
bifasciatus, 371.
Juscus, 371,
rivularis, 324, 371.
taczanowskii, 323,
Cinclus
cinclus, 311.
leucocephalus, 327.
melanogaster, 311.
Cingilia
humeralis, 649.
Cinnicerthia
olivascens, 327.
peruana, 327.
unibrunnea, 327.
Cinnyris
amethystina, 286, 292,
295.
auriceps, 292.
Jjugularis, 290.
Cirredia
satellifera, 639.
Cirsodes
acuminata, 644.
Cissopis
leveriana minor, 348.
minor, 348.
Cistissa
expansa, 647.
Cistothorus
graminicola, 329.
polyglottus, 329.
Citharinus
geoffroii, 218, 223.
Cittura
cyanotis, 604, 605.
sanghirensis, 604, 605.
Clarias
gariepinus, 220.
zera, 219.
mossambicus, 220.
smithii, 219, 220.
INDEX.
Clettharra
minorella, 262.
Clysia
absconditaria, 643.
tasima, 643.
vitiligata, 644.
Olytia
vanitanih 488, 489.
Coassus
sp. inc., 986.
rufus, 986.
superciliaris, 986.
Cobalus
atrio, 66, 80.
corvinus, 80.
duplex, 54.
subfasciatus, 33.
Cobus
ellipsiprymnus, 785.
kob, 983.
unctuosus, 785.
Coccothraustes
coccothraustes, 311.
vulgaris, 311.
Codonium
gemmiferum, 473.
Ceelioxys
capitata, 454.
confusus, 454.
Ccereba
cerulea, 337.
chloropyga, 337.
magnirostris, 237.
Colabata
lineosa, 637.
Colenis
cillene, 514.
julia, 514.
Colias
edusa, 833.
—, var.
125.
electra, 528, 536.
helice, 125.
pyrene, 254.
Colius
capensis, 157.
Colobus
angolensis, 788.
palliatus, 788.
pelycomus, 987.
Colpa
iris, 430.
Coluber
fasciolatus, 882.
hexagonotus, 882.
korros, 882.
melanurus, 883.
oxycephalus, 882.
porphyraceus, 882.
radiatus, 783, 883.
electra,
Columba
livia, 153.
Colymbus
septentrionalis, 142.
Comibmena
sp., 853.
Comps
saturata, 647.
Compsocoma
sumptuosa, 343.
Oompsothly pis
pitiayumi, 330.
Conirostrum
atrocyaneum, 335.
cineroym, 335, 336.
— littorale, 336.
cyaneum, 330.
errugineiventre, 335.
sitticolor, 339.
Connochetes
orgon, 506.
eae 796.
— albo-jubatus, 617.
~— johnstont, 616, 796.
— typicus, 617.
Conopophaga
castaneiccps, 385, 386.
— brunneinucha, 385.
Ovnsoprium
divisum, 636.
Constantia
vulgaris, 273.
(Zonora) rufimargi-
nalis, 273.
Contopus
ardesiacus, 367.
virens richardsont, 367.
Conurus
holochlorus, 784.
rubritorques, 784.
Copurus
colonus, 357.
= areas 357,
funnies 358.
Corematodus, gen. noy.,
918.
shiranus, 919.
Corematura
chrysogastra, 635.
Coremia
Sringillata, 646.
lateraria, 646.
Coronella
baliodeira, 885.
Coronta
surrepens, 638.
Coruncala
latipennis, 648.
Corvus
capellanus,226,227 ,228,
1078
Oorydalla
cryptoleuca, 636.
Corymorpha
galanthus, 464.
nana, 475.
nutans, 459, 463, 464,
465, 467, 499.
prolifer, 466.
Coryne
briarcus, 461.
Sritillaria, 467.
implexa, 461.
pelagica, 461.
(Amphicodon) _frizil-
laria, 467. ,
(Corymorpha) fritil-
laria, 466
Corythaix
chlorochlamys, 154.
Corythopis
anthordes humivagans,
386.
Oosinetira
punetata, 484.
Cosmophila
erosa, 263.
mesogona, 263.
punctifera, 639.
sabulifera, 263.
Cosmosoma
marginatum, 63d.
Cotenu
mediana, 647.
Cottobara
concinna, 650.
Coturnix
communis, 311.
coturniz, 311.
Crabro
Suscipennis, 447.
palitans, 446, 459.
Crambus
leucozonellus, 269, 283.
Craspedia
actuaria, 267.
, gacta, 267.
Orax
alberti, 989.
Oremastogaster
anthracina, 422, 423.
apicalis, 423.
brunnea, 4238.
brunnescens, 423,
contenta, 422.
deponens, 423.
dohrni, 422.
forticulus, 423.
pellens, 423.
ransonneti, 422,
rogenhofert, 422,
subnuda, 422.
INDEX,
Crenis
crawshayi, 825.
rosa, 826.
Crex
erex, S11.
pratensis, 149, 311.
Cricetomys
gambianus, 160, 793.
Cricetus
Jfrumentarius, 160.
Cricula
trifenestrata, 240.
Crinipus, gen. noyv.,
9
a
leucozonipus, 277, 283.
Orocidolomia
binotalis, 274.
Crocidura
sp. ino, 792.
Crocisa
emarginata, 454.
histrionica, 453.
ramosa, 453.
scutellaris, 453.
Crocodilus
americanus, 632,
niloticus, 632.
palustris, 629, 862.
pondicerianus, 862.
porosus, 629, 682,
862.
vulgaris, 862.
Orossarchus
fasciatus, 793.
Orossopus
fodiens, 568.
Orotophaga
major, 7738.
Crymona
hastatalis, 640.
receptalis, 640, 649.
Cryptocerus
bicolor, 417.
Oryptopone
testacea, 416.
Oryptoprocta
feroz, 974.
Ctenodactylus
gundi, 988.
massonii, 988.
Ctypansa
obtusa, 648.
Cupido
icarus, 829,
talmora, 655.
Curetis
@sopus, O72.
insularis, 651, 672.
tagalica, 672.
Oyaniriodes
libna, 658, 682.
Oyaniris
camene, 651, 655.
cossea, 655,
plauta, 655.
selma, 65d.
sonchus, 651, 65d,
682.
Cyanocorax
yneas, 354.
Oyanolesbia
gorgo, 288, 293.
Oyanops
franklini, 555,
Cyanotis
azare, 361.
rubrigastra, 362.
— alticola, 861.
Cyclemys
amboinensis, 859.
dhor, 859.
oldhamii, 859.
platynota, 858.
Oyclopides
abjecta, 49.
egipan, 48.
amena, 51.
anomeus, 50, 103.
argenteogutta, 50.
argenteostriatus, 49.
barbere, 56,
bernieri, 52.
brunneostriga, 51.
capenas, 55, 130.
cariate, 54.
carmides, 27.
catocalinus, 28.
cheles, 48.
chersias, 54.
derbice, 55.
dispar, 52.
empyreus, 27.
Sormosus, 49.
howa, 28.
tnornatus, 50.
lepeletierii, 50.
leucopyga, 28.
lynx, 52.
macomo, 55,
malchus, 28.
malgacha, 48,
meninx, 49.
metis, 48, 130.
midas, 49, 130, 842.
mineni, 52,
mirza, 5).
paola, 50.
pordalina, 51.
perexcellens, 842, 850.
phidyle, 52.
phoceus, 79.
punctulata, 53.
Cyclopides
quadrisignatus, 49,
108, 130, 842.
rhadama, 61,
romi, Bl.
saclavus, 52.
sator, 75.
stellata, 52.
syrinx, 49, 51.
tsita, 50.
uniformis, 49.
willemi, 48, 49, 851,
852.
Cyclorhis
guianensis, 332.
Cyclyrius, gen. noyv.,
830.
equatorialis, 830.
Juno, 830, 850.
Cygnus
americanus, 784.
atratus, 147.
Oyligramma
latona, 853.
rudilinea, 83.
Cylindrophis
lineatus, 878.
rufus, 877.
Cymatophora
temperans, 639.
Cymoriza
ubrotalis, 643.
etalis, 643.
hadiusalis, 6438.
bocusalis, 643.
bolusalis, 643.
damescaiis, 643.
narcissusalis, 643,
Cynzlurus
Jubatus, 987.
Cyprinus
gonorrynchus, 500.
nasus, 500.
sguamosseus, 500, 502.
Cyrtozone
herilla, 241.
Cystineura
cana, 614, 615.
Cytzis
octopunctata, 477.
Dacelo
cervina, 606.
Dacnis
angelica, 337.
cayana, 336, 337.
— glaucogularis, 336,
337.
pulcherrima, 338.
Dalara
falcata, 634,
INDEX.
Dana
vulgaris, 855.
Damalis
alhifrons, 982.
pygarga, 982.
Damaliscus
korrigum, 983.
pygargus, 983.
Danais
eresimus, 514.
plexippus, 514.
Dantona
busalis, 643.
' discerpta,
6438.
Daphnis
nerit, 268, 853.
Darapsa
myron, 241.
Daremma
undulosa, 241.
Dargida
niphanda, 639.
Daritis
marginalis, 636.
Dasmeuda
alcimusata, 644.
Dasymys
incomtus, 794.
Dasypeltis
scabra, 715.
Dasy proctus
ceylonicus, 447.
Davara
azonazsalis, 643,
Deidamia
inscriptus, 241.
Deilephila
cuphorbie, 241.
Deiopeia
ocellina, 135, 846.
pulchella, 135, 258, 529,
853.
Delothraupis
castaneiventris, 342,
Dendraspis
angusticeps, 217.
Dendrelnphis
caudolineatus, 884.
Dendrobates
valdizani, 323.
Dendrocolaptes
validus, 378.
Dendroica
estiva, 331.
blackburnia, 331.
cerulea, 380.
Dendrolagus
bennett22, 713.
Dendromys
mesomelas, 794.
639,
1079
Dendrophis
Sormosus, 883.
pictus, 883.
Dendrornis
chuncotambo, 376, 377.
ocellata, 376, 377.
rostripallens, 376.
triangularis, 376.
bogotensis, 376. |
erythropygia, 376.
Dermochelys
coriacea, 857.
Desmia
ajlictalis, 274.
bulisalis, 642.
nerinalis, 642.
pisusalis, 642.
ufeus, 642.
Deudorix
anta, 526,
diara, 651, 681, 683.
epijarbas, 681.
livia, 526, 533.
similis, 682,
strephanus, 651, 681,
383.
suffusa, 682.
Diacamma
geometrica, 413.
vagans, 413.
Diana
diadema, 475.
Slavidula, 488.
phosphorica, 488.
Diantheecia
eros, 639.
Dictenua, gen. nov., 846.,
inconstans, 846, 850.
Didelphys
derbiana, 987.
lanigera, 987.
marsupialis, 789.
philander, 987.
Diglossa
brunneiventris, 334.,.
pectoralis, 334.
personata, 334.
Diglossopis
cerulescens, 334, 335.
— pallida, 334.
Dilephila
livornica, 268.
Diplonema
islandica, 466.
Diplophyrus
grandis, 871,
Diplura
@quatorialis, 755, 761.
bicolor, 761.
cousini, 755, 761.
gymnognatha, 761.
1080
Diplura
longicauda, 755, 761.
macrura, 754, 755.
rogenhoferi, 755, 761.
sanguinea, 754,
soricina, 761.
Dipsadomorphus
cynodon, 889.
dendrophilus, 889.
drapiezii, 889.
gokool, 889.
Jaspideus, 889.
multimaculatus, 788,
889.
INDEX,
Doratoceros
triangularis, 506.
Dorcopsis
luctuosa, 713.
Doritis
apollinus, 241.
Dorylus
curtsii, 416.
orientalis, 416.
Dosura
palialis, 276.
Draco
Jimbriatus, 870.
maculatus, 870.
Dysdemonia
glaucescens, 635.
Dysithamnus
dubius, 323, 381.
semicinercus, 381.
Dysinorphosa
carnea, 163.
minima, 463, 475.
Facles
imperialis, 241.
Eagris
decastigma, 18.
Dipsas
boa, 895.
cynodon, 889.
dendrophila, 889.
multimaculata, 889.
Dipurena
ap., 459, 473, 499.
halterata, 459, 473.
melanopogon, 870.
quinguefasciatus, 870.
volans, 868.
Drasteria
Judicans, 136. I
Drepanodes
agronaria, G44.
apertaria, 644.
decolor, 18.
denuba, 18, 104.
Ffuscosa, 18, 104.
jamesoni, 18, 841.
lucetia, 19.
melancholica, 18.
nottoana, 18.
phyllophita, 18.
Dirphia arnataria, 644. sabudius, 17.
multicolor, 635. diffundaria, 644. Farias
Dispholidus excavaria, 644. insulana, 258.
typicus, 216. grata, 644. Hbulia
Dissura hamulata, 644. talis, 643,
episcupus, 231, 232, 627. pholata, 644. Lchis
Distichodus Drepanognathus carinatus, 217.
rostratus, 218. erwentatus, 414. Keiton
rudolphi, 218, 223. Drina nigrum, 423.
Distira donina, 680. rufonigra, 423.
brugmansii, 892. ninoda, 680, 683. Eclectus
eyanocincta, 892. Dromeus roratus, 627.
gerdonii, 892. nove-hollandie, 140. Ecpantheria
stokest?, 892. Dryas hebona, 637.
Diuca eda, 839. Ectatoma
speculifera, 351. Dryinus rugosa, 414.
Diva prasinus, 890. Edema
atrocerulea, 341. Drymonia nana, 639,
Dives histrionica, 637. Hdyma
kalinowskii, 323. Dryocalamus significans, 638.
Docimodus, gen.nov., 917. subannulatus, 881. Egabra
Johnston, 917, V18. Dryophiops certissima, 639.
Dolichoderus rubescens, 890. Egybolia
gracilis, 411, Dryophis vaillantina, 853.
taprolane, 410, 411. mycterizans, 782. Elainea
Dolichonyx prasinus, 782, 890, albiceps, 364.
- oryzivorus, 354. 900. — parvirostris, 364.
Dolichosticha xanthozona, 890. brevirostris, 305.
cochrusalis, 643. Dubusia gigas, 364.
Dolichotis stictocephala, 328, modesta, 364,
patagonica, 987. 343. obscura, 364.
Doliophis Duponchelia pagana, 364.
annectens, 895. fovealis, 278. pallatunge, 364.
bivirgatus, 895. Durbania Elaps
intestinalis, 895. hildegarda, 108, 120. bivirgatus, 895.
lineata, 895. Dycladia Sflaviceps, 895.
trilineatus, 895, lucetius, 635, Surcatus, 895.
Donacesa Dyops intestinalis, 895.
miricornis, 640. ocellata, 639. melanurus, 895,
Elaps
nigromaculatus, 894.
Elephas
indicus, 547.
Eliomys
kellent, 800.
parvus, 800.
Elis
aureicollis, 430.
ceylonica, 430.
Jinbriata, 430.
tris, 430.
lindenti, 430.
orientalis, 429.
phalerata, 430.
thoracica, 429, 430.
Elixoia
subocellata, 648.
Ellema
harrisit, 637.
Eloria
canescens, 647.
lucida, 637.
mesta, 637.
Elysius
signatus, 647.
Emuuiltis
meyiaria, 268.
nigrescens, 287, 283.
obscuraria, 268.
Empidagra
brevirostris, 365.
Empidochanes
pecilurus, 366.
-— peruanus, 366.
Bmyda
scutata, 782.
Emys
crassicollis, 858.
platynota, 859.
thurgi, 858.
Endropia
subupicata, 646.
Enhydrina
valakadien, 893.
Enhydris
hardwickii, 892.
Enodia
canescens, 440.
Servens, 440.
Entomogramma
nigriceps, 265.
Enys
prominens, 637.
Eoluidia
decheni, 1039.
Hodxylides
etias, 680, 683.
tharis, 678, 680.
Eospondylus, gen. noy.,
1039.
INDEX.
Eospondylus
primigenia, 1039.
Epamera
sidus, 108, 123.
Epenthesis
cymbaloidea, 460, 487,
491.
Ephestia
cautella, 270.
elutella, 270.
Ephialtias
abruptu, 636.
simplex, 636.
Ephyra
rufistrigata, 267, 283.
Epbyriades
lelius, 11.
nerva, 10.
Epicrium
glutinosum, 914.
monochroum, 914.
Epicrocis
(Oundiope) erubescens,
272, 283.
(—) joannisella, 272.
Epidromia
pannosa, 638.
Epione
allutiusaria, 644.
ardysaria, 644.
mitranaria, bA4,
relictaria, 644.
Epiplema
Petal 646.
Epipona
marginata, 450.
Epomophorus
erypturus, 790.
Eptesicus
melanops, 791.
Equus
burchelli typicus, 783.
montanus, 987.
onager, 987.
zebra, 783.
Eragisa
lanifera, 639.
Eremias
brenneri, 920, 921, 928.
—, var. striatus, 926.
edwardsit, 929, 930.
erythrosticta, 921, 924.
hochneli, 927.
lugubris, 921.
mucronata, 215, 921,
22,
seateniata, 215.
smithi, 921, 925.
striata, 921, 926, 927.
Eremocossus
proleuca, 276, 283.
1081
Lretis
delele, 256.
melania, 5.
motozi, 7.
Eretmocera
fasciata, 280.
Erilusa
dioptalis, 636.
pscudauxo, 636.
Erinaceus
ewropeus, 559.
micropus, 562.
pictus, 562.
Erinota
holocausta, 96.
Eristalis
agrorum, 776.
lateralis, 776.
vinetorum, 776.
Hromene
ocellea, 269. ;
pavonialis, 269, 283.
Eronia -
cleodora, 536.
leda, 536, 839.
Erosia
acutangularia, 645.
bipartaria, 646.
distincta, 645.
integrata, 646.
lacerataria, 645.
leucospilaria, 645.
niveinotata, O47.
quadruncata, 646.
semilaria, 645,
subpatulauta, 646.
subsignaria, 645.
subtruncata, 646.
Eryanis
midia, 27.
Erysthia
obliguata, 650.
Erythroplatys
corallifer, 776.
Eryx
thebaicus, 216.
Tsua
extollens, 640.
Ethnistis
munitalis, 649.
Etiella
zinkenella, 273. y
Euagra
discalis, 636.
Eublemma
abrupta, 262.
bifasciata, 262.
bulla, 262.
divisa, 262,
ecthemata, 262, 283.
parva, 262.
1082
Eublemma
seminivea, 262, 283.
Eubolia
vicaria, 647,
Euceren
albiceps, 636.
archias, 636.
discolor, 686.
lutifascia, 636.
mitigata, 636,
reticulata, 636.
rhodophila, 636.
Euchilota
pilosella, 460, 481, 483,
484, 486, 487, 499.
Euchloe
Jalone, 127.
Eucladia
Johnsont, 1040.
Eucope
gemmigera, 487.
variabilis, 488.
Eucrostis
disparata, 268.
Eudzmonia
argus, 241, 242.
Eudamus
proteus, 519.
santiago, 519.
Eudynamis
taitensis, 934.
Eudyptes
chrysocome, 142, 143.
Eugaster
logani, 1036.
Eulampis
Jugularis, 288.
Eulepte :
concordalis, 641,
Humeces
bowringii, 875.
chinensis, 876.
punctatus, 875.
(Mabouya) szgapor-
ensis, 875.
Eumenes
arcuata, 448.
Jlavopicta, 448.
humbertianus, 448.
petiolata, 448.
Eunectes
murinus, 773.
Eunomia
abdominalis, 635,
separata, 635.
vacillans, 635.
Euphedra
neophron, 825, 852.
Euphonia
chlorotica serrirostris,
339,
INDEX.
Euphonia
chrysopasta, 338.
crassirostris, 339.
laniirostris, 339.
nigricollis, 338.
rufiventris, 839.
xanthogastra, 338.
Buphysa
aurata, 459, 466, 474,
475.
mediterranea, 474.
Euplexia
conducta, 260.
opposita, 259.
Euprepes
ernestii, 874.
rufescens, 874,
(Riopa) punctatostri-
atus, 875,
Euproctis
Jasciata, 266.
Euralia
mima, 851, 852.
wahlbergi, 852.
Burata
transiens, 635.
Turema
scheneia, 112, 825.
Eurycreon
albifascialis, 276, 283.
nudalis, 276,
Eury phene
cocalia, 852.
Eurypyga
major, 324.
Eurytela
dryope, 532.
hiarbas, 532.
Eusearthmus
latirostris, 360.
margaritaceiventer,
360.
— rufipes, 360.
pelzelni, 360.
pyrrhops, 360.
wuchereri, 860.
Husemia
eoa, 843.
perdix, 843.
superba, 134.
thruppi, 259.
Eusenea
eniasaria, 644.
Eustephanus
fernandensis, 284, 289,
293, 295.
galeritus, 289.
Eutelia
discistriga, 268.
Tuthermesia
inexucta, 648,
Eutima
insignis, 460, 492.
Eutropius
depressirostris, 220,
Euxanthe
wakefieldii, 825.
Tveres
Jobates, 119, 828.
mahallokoena, 828.
Bxaeretus
cwucasicus, 553.
Felis
caffra, 792.
pardus, 792.
serval, 792.
servalina, 987.
Ferreola
dimidiatipennis, 433.
greenti, 433.
miranda, 433.
Flavinia
Jusifera, 636.
Focilla
abrupta, 650.
Fodina
Johnstoni, 853, 854,
855.
Fordonia
leucobulia, 888.
Formica
anceps, 411.
angusticollis, 403.
ardens, 403.
aurulenta, 402.
barbata, 403.
callida, 404.
cincrascens, 402.
cognata, 404.
compressa, 404.
consultans, 405.
detorquens, 405,
diffidens, 405.
dorycus, 403.
exercita, 408.
erundans, 413.
Samiliaris, 412.
Juscicauda, 405.
gigas, 403.
gracilescens, 409,
hematodes, 412.
impetuosa, 403,
indefessa, 404.
indeflexa, 405.
latebrosa, 405.
lonyicornis, 409.
longinoda, 408.
longipes, 410.
macra, 408.
maculata, 404.
manrillosa, 412.
Formica
megacephala, 421.
melanocephala, +11.
meritans, 413.
mitis, 404,
nana, 412.
obtusa, 402.
pangens, 405.
pubescens, 403.
pyrrhocephala, 405.
rastellata, 407.
reticulata, 402.
rufoglauca, 403.
sericea, 402.
smaraydina, 408.
subpicea, 405.
taprobane, 410.
timida, 405.
trifasciata, 410.
vagans, 409.
varieqata, 405.
ventralis, 405.
virescens, 408,
viridis, 409.
zonata, 409.
(Camponotus) mtcans,
403.
Formicivora
caudata, 324, 382.
Fratercula
arctica, 546.
Fringilla
teydea, 228.
Fruila, gen. nov., 1008.
wallacit, 1008, 1012.
Fufius :
atramentarius, 749,
750, 753.
auricomus, 723, 750,
766.
Fuligula
- baeri, 780.
cristata, 311.
Suligula, 311.
Fulmarus
glacialis, 143.
Furcaster
paleozoicus, 1038.
Furnarius
sp., 228.
Gaala
dispunctalis, 648.
Gabaleca
bilineatella, 649.
Qulago
mvholi, 790.
Galanda
hebrusalis, 640.
Galapha
sublineata, 638.
INDEX.
Gallophasis
vieillott, 982.
Gamia, gen. nov., 84.
buchholzt, 8b.
ditisstmus, 85.
galua, 84, 103.
Gammace
magniplaga, 650.
Gangara
basistriga, 85.
Gangra
atripustula, 650.
Gaphara
sobria, 650.
Gartha
dalsa, 635.
Gastrocheta, gen. nov.,
alhiventris, 35.
cybeutes, 39.
—, var. pallida, 39.
diversata, 32.
mabillei, 38.
mezd, 87, 38, 103.
varia, 38.
Gavialis
gangeticus, 629, 632.
Gazella
albifrons, 983.
arabica, 981, 984.
cuviert; 812, 813, 814,
815.
dorcas, 812, 815, 817.
loderi, 780, 812, 813,
814, 816, 817.
rufina, 812.
vera, 984.
Gazena
divulsa, 645, 646.
Gecko
guttatus, 867.
monarckus, 866, 867,
868.
smithit, 868.
stentor, 867.
verticillatus, 782, 867.
Gegenes
albigutta, 59.
gambica, 59.
hottentota, 58, 59, 843.
karsana, 248, 255,
256.
letierstedti, 181, 842.
nostrodamus, 58.
obumbrata, 58, 59,
843.
occulta, 59.
Gehyra
miultilata, 865, 866.
Gelechia
molitor, 278.
1083
Gemmaria
gemmosa, 461.
unplexa, 459, 461.
Genetta
tigrina, 792.
Geoemyda
spinosa, 859, 860.
Geometra
basiplaga, 645.
Georychus
capensis, 160.
darlingi, 805, 808.
hottentotius, 808,
nimrodi, 808.
Geositta
cunicularia juninensis,
370.
probeni, 370.
saxicolina, 870.
tenutrostris, 371.
Gerbillus
afer, 608, 793, 800.
leucogaster, 806.
namaquensis, 802.
shawi, 160.
Geroda
cxeneusalis, 641.
Gerra :
hyelosioides, 647.
Gerydus
boisduvalii, 652.
improins, 651, 682.
innocens, 651.
leos, 652.
maximus, 652.
Geryonia
appendiculata, 495.
planata, 488.
Gisira
endeisalis, 642.
Gizama
anticalis, 649.
Globicera
pacifica, 935.
Glottula
orientalis, 259.
Glyphodes
indicu, 274.
rutilalis, 649.
sinuata, 853.
suavis, 649.
unionalis, 274.
Glyphorhynchus
cuneatus castelnaui,
376.
Gnamptonyx
vilis, 264, 529.
Gnophodes
diversa, 821.
Godartia
wakefieldii, 825.
1084
Golunda
fallax, 794, 804.
Gomalia
allofasciata, 26, 255.
elma, 26, 255, 256, 528.
Gonatodes
kendaltii, 868, 864.
ornatus, 863.
penangensis, 857, 863,
914.
Goniloba
cretacea, 47.
Gonitis ~
editrix, 639.
exaggerata, 648,
. propingua, 263.
reversa, 648.
Goniurus
coscinia, 520.
talus, 519.
Gonodela
zambina, 853.
Gonodonta
ditissima, 639.
Gonora
heliconiata, 647.
Gonorhynchus
greyt, 504.
Gonyocephalus
borneensis, 870.
grandis, 871.
hervey?, 870.
Gonyophis
margaritatus, 883.
Goodsirea
mirabilis, 493.
Gopha
mixtipennis, 647,
Gora
equalis, 650.
Gorgyra, gen. nov., 31.
abure, 31, 82, 83.
aretina, 35.
diversata, 32.
heterochrus, 32, 34.
indusiata, 35.
Johnstoni, 82, 103, 841.
minima, 32, 33, 104.
mocquerysti, 33, 104.
rubescens, 35, 104.
swhfasciatus, 33, 103.
subflavidus, 34, 104.
Gorytes
greentt, 444, 459.
Gracula
intermedia, 228.
Grallaria
andicola, 385,
vegulus, 285.
rufula, 385.
— obscura, 385.
INDEX.
Grammodes
stolida, 265, 529.
Grapbigona
antica, 638.
Graphipbora
maja, 637.
Grapholitha
pharaonana, 277, 278.
Grus
carunculata, 506.
communis, 311.
grus, 311.
Gustiana
subflecata, 646, 648.
Gymnelia
bijuncta, 635.
consociata, 635.
simplex, 635.
xanthocera, 635.
Gyimnodactylus
affinis, 862.
pulchellus, 863.
G@ymnopus
cartilaginea, 861.
gangeticus, 861.
indicus, 861.
Gynopteryx
rhombaria, 644.
seriaria, 644.
telysaria, 644,
Gyps ;
bengalensis, 784.
rueppeili, 609.
Gyrtodactylus
affinis, 862.
Hadena
opima, 650.
pennitarsis, 639.
subapicalis, 648.
suljecta, 638.
tessellata, 639.
vacillans, 639.
Hematia
panopealis, 642.
ear casi
rubrifasciata, 850.
Halcyon
rufa, 605.
Tfalesa
enctusaria, 644,
glauca, 644.
Halesidota
antica, 637.
apicalis, 637.
basipennis, 637.
binotata, 6387.
breviuscula, 637.
catenata, 637,
cingulata, O37.
corticca,.637.
Halesidota
discalis, 687.
disciplaga, 637.
flavescens, 637.
niveigutta, 637.
semirufa, 637.
semivaria, 637.
Haliaétus
albicilla, 148.
branickii, 784.
Halictus
agrestis, 451.
amitinus, 452.
amenus, 451.
timidus, 452.
vernalis, 452.
Halpe
amadhu, 182.
. lugens, 66.
nigerrima, 72, 73, 182.
Hamadryas
ophiophagus, 894.
Hamanumida
dedalus, 112, 256, 582,
825, 852.
Hammaptera
perturbata, 647.
Hapalia
illibalis, 650.
Hapaloderma
narina, 999.
rufiventre, 999.
Haplarmadillo
aivonocellatus, 400.
Haplocercus
acutipennis, 361.
Haplopeltura
boa, 895.
Hardella
thurgi, 858.
Harmonicon
rufescens, 723, 754,756,
761, 766.
Harpalothele
albovittata, 753.
auricomus, 753, 754.
garleppi, 758.
lunicia, 753.
reuteri, TA9,
Harpegnathus
cruentatus, 414,
Hedylepta
antenoralis, 649,
vulgaris, 641.
Helicops
schistosus, 881.
Heliochera
rubrocristata, 370,
rufacilla, 370,
Heliothis
armigera, 259,
Heliothis
nubigera, 259.
peltigera, 269.
pictifascia, 259, 283.
Heliothrix
auriculatus, 324.
Hellula
undalis, 274.
Hewwianax
\_ ephippiger, 523.
Hemiceras
barina, 648.
tllucens, 648.
Hemichromis
dimidiatus, 915.
livingstonit, 916.
longiceps, 915.
modestus, 915.
robustus, 915.
Hemidactylus
coctei, 782, 863.
depressus, 865.
Jfrenatus, 865.
gleadovii, 865.
asolepis, 213.
leschenaultii, 865.
maculatus. 865.
peronit, 866.
platyurus, 767, 866.
Hemignathus
lucidus, 990, 991.
Hemioptica
scissa, 405.
Hemipepsis
flava, 435.
Sulvipennis, 435.
Henicorhina
leucophrys, 328.
Heptacondylus
subcarinata, 417.
Herminia
apisalis, 642.
asteralis, 642.
baresalis, 642.
Jfiguralis, 648.
inostentalis, 648.
meonalis, 642.
Herpeenia
eriphia, 129, 852.
iterata, 248, 255.
melanarge, 526, 584.
Herpestes
albicauda, 792.
galera, 792.
gracilis, 792.
Herpetodryas
oxycephalus, 882.
prionotus, 879.
Herpsilochinus
atricapillus, 381. 382.
motacilloides, 381, 382.
INDEX.
Hesperia
abscondita, 25.
acteon, 57.
agylla, 24.
alt, 25.
alveus, yar. onopordi,
26.
amaponda, 15.
amygdalis, 94.
amyntas, 519.
anchises, 98.
andrachne, 17.
asteroidea, 24.
asychis, 520.
bauri, 71.
bibulus, 121, 882.
borbonica, 62.
bosea, 93.
buchholzi, 85.
cenira, 82.
caffraria, 66.
calpis, 82.
camerona, 47.
capronniert, 95, 102.
cerymica, 94, 102.
colotes, 25, 103.
corduba, 90.
corollei, 54.
cretacea, 102.
cylinda, 89.
dacela, 86.
dacena, 89.
diomus, 23.
dromus, 23, 129.
ellipsis, 62.
ennius, 93.
ernesti, 98.
fatuellus, 62.
Serox, 23.
fervida, 99.
flesus, 129.
Jlorestan, 98.
gatatia, 45.
galenus, 12.
hamza, 57.
havei, 60.
hippocrates, 119.
holézit, 71.
hottentota, 58.
ilerda, 91.
tlias, 67.
inconspicua, 60, 151.
jucunda, 98.
jupiter, 101.
karsana, 255.
keithloa, 100.
lacida, 91.
laufella, 83.
lefeburii, 58.
leonora, 88.
lepeletier, 50.
1085
Hesperia
lepenula, 54.
lctterstedti, 58,131,842.
leuzee, 25.
libeon, 97.
ligora, 78.
- limpopana, 48.
lineola, 57.
mafa, 24.
mahopaani, 60.
malthina, 69.
mango, 102.
maracanda, 88.
marchalii, 66.
mathias, 60.
metis, 48,
meza, 38.
micacea, 6.
mohozutza, 55.
moritili, 72.
mucorea, 94,
nanus, 24.
naso, 102.
neba, 72.
nerva, 10.
netopha, 70.
niveicornis, 71.
nora, 25.
nostrodamus, 58.
nyasse, 70.
nydia, 8G.
oileus, 26.
ophiusa, 47.
pisistratus, 99.
plinius, 119, 828.
ploetzt, 22, 23.
poutiert, 63.
prodicus, 102.
proto, 25.
proxima, 92.
pulvina, 65.
pyrosa, 39.
ratek, 100.
roncilgonis, 70.
sabadius, 17.
sandaster, 23, 24.
sataspes, 23.
schulzt, 102.
Secessus, 25.
sextilis, 91.
soritia, 87.
spto, 22, 24.
syrichtus, 520.
thaumas, 57.
thrac, 60.
transvaalia, 24.
unicolor, 97.
vindex, 22, 587.
violascens, 90.
wambo, 62.
weiglei, 95.
1086
Hesperia
weymert, 62.
ypsilon, 28.
zaira, 25.
zambesiaca, 20.
cintgraffi, 84.
(Ismene) chalybe, 101.
(Oxynetra)namaquana,
20
(Syrichthus) diomus,
23
Heterabraxas
roseovittata, 136.
Heterocampa
thyatiroides, 650.
Heterochroma
eriopioides, 648.
Heterogramma
bogusalis, 642.
endorealis, 642.
Heterographis
carnibasalis, 271.
proniphea, 271.
unipunctella, 270.
yerburit, 270.
Heteromys
dleni, 1022.
longicaudatus, 160, 183.
Heteropelma
amazonum, 368, 369.
turdinum, 869.
wallacei, 369.
Heteropterus
decipiens, 1380, 136.
dispar, 52.
Sormosus, 49, 1380.
metis, 48.
pardalinus, 51.
rhadama, 51.
willemi, 48.
Heterorhynchus
olivaceus, 990.
Hibrildes
crawshayi, 849, 851.
norax, 849, 851, 852.
Hidari
cenira, 82, 89, 103.
tricolor, 82, 103.
laterculus, 82, 103.
Hierodula
vitrea, 866.
Himantopus
nigricollis, 543,
Hipistes
hearin 888.
Hipyarchia
asterope, 249.
Hippopotamus
amphibius, 976, 977,
978.
iravadicus, 976.
INDEX.
Hippopclemus
emerlei, 997.
liberiensis, 976, 977.
madagascariensis, 976.
major, 976, 977, 978.
merlet, 976.
paleindicus, 976, 977.
stvalensis, 976, 977,978.
Tlipposiderus
caffer, T91.
Hippotragus
equinus, 983.
niger, 506, 797.
Hirundinea
sclateri, 366,
Hirundo
albiventris, 333.
andecola, 333.
erythrogastra, 382.
Holcomyrmex
criniceps, 417.
Homea
clathrum, 265.
Homeosoma
zanthotricha, 270.
Homalopsis
buccata, 887.
enhydris, 887.
hydrina, 888.
leucobalia, 88.
plumbea, 887.
rhynchops, 888.
sieboldii, 887.
Homeop cis
austent, 722, 735, 736,
766.
pentodon, 735, 736.
Homonctus
lucidulus, 432,
Homoptera
configurata, 638.
discalis, 648.
exhausta, 648.
gratiosa, 648.
hadenoides, 689,
indecidens, 689.
parvula, 648,
phoeleuca, 648,
privata, 648.
punctilinea, 648,
separabilis, 639.
stipatura, 639.
Homopyralis
indecidens, 647.
Hormisa
abeluxalis, 642.
Hyena
crocuta, 792.
Hyalorista
myopicalis, 641.
téniolalis, 649.
Hyblea
puera, 262.
Hybucodon
nutans, 464.
prolifer, 459, 464,
466.
Hyda
majorella, 7.
micacea, 6.
tricerata, 6.
Hydara
biconalis, 642.
Hydrias
albidifascia, 685.
confusa, 635.
plana, 635.
tenebrosa, 63.
Hydromys
chrysogaster, 163,
Hydrophis
cerulescens, 891.
cantoris, 891.
fasciatus, 891.
hardwickii, 892.
nigrocinctus, 891.
torquatus, 892.
Hydrophysa
adiantialis, 643.
cepiosalis, 643.
Hydrosaurus
salvator, 873.
Hydrus
bicolor, 891.
gracilis, 891.
nigrocinctus, 892.
pelamidoides, 892.
platurus, 891.
schistosus, 893.
striatus, 892.
Hyla
arborea, 548.
Hyledactylus
bivittatus, 908,
Hylarana
erythrea, 92.
Hylephila
dictynna, 520.
phyleus, 620.
vibex, 520.
Hylesia
approximans, 647.
Hymenia
perspectalis, 643.
phrasiusalis, 643.
Hyomoschus
aquaticus, 986.
Hypztra
leucoptera, 264, 285.
Hypanartia
hippomene, 112, 825
scheneia, 112, 825.
Hypanis
castanea, 243, 249.
ilithyia, 248.
—, var. vulgaris, 113.
Hypena
abyssinialis, 266.
acclinalis, 640.
ancara, 648.
anicina, 640.
bisignalis, 648.
degesalis, 642.
deldonalis, 641.
disseptalis, 648.
dissutalis, 648.
exoletalis, 641, 650.
hastatalis, 640.
Jussalis, 266.
lividalis, 266.
lyrcusalis, 641.
lysoalis, 642.
masurialis, 266.
mestalis, 640.
marina, 650.
ohacerralis, 266.
obsitalis, 266.
pyralalis, 648.
scabra, 638, 648.
scissilinea, 650.
subbasalis, 642.
xenaresalis, 641.
Hyperchiria
cinerea, 635.
dioxippus, 635.
to, 241.
Jjaneira, 635.
ganus, 241.
leucane, 635.
memuse, 630.
pyrrhomelas, 635.
submacula, 635.
vagans, 635,
Hyperetis
quadrilineata, 646.
tessellata, 646.
Hypernaria
augusta, 638. °
Blorcepitas 648.
discessura, 640, 648.
integrans, 638.
interponens, 638.
leucospila, 648.
punctulosa, 648.
rudis, 648.
Hyphantornis
texta, 228.
Hypochrysops
celisparsus,
653.
Hypoclinea
gracilipes, 411.
gracilis, 411.
651,
INDEX.
Hypocnemis
lepidonota, 384.
leucophrys, 384,
schistacea, 384.
subflava, 884.
Hypogzon
havaicus, 195, 196.
Hypolais
hypolais, 311.
icterina, 311.
Hypoleucis
arela, 68.
cretacea, 47.
enantia, 47, 103.
indusiata, 3b.
ophiusa, 47.
titanota, 47.
tripunctata, 47.
Hypolimnas
inaria, 852.
misippus, 243, 249, 256,
520, 532, 823, 852.
—, var. aleippoides,
249, 256.
—, var. inaria, 249, 256.
Hypolyexna
buxtoni, 123.
seamani, 128.
zela, 832.
Hypopyra
configurans, 638.
Hypsirhina
enhydris, 188, 887.
indica, 887.
plumbea, 887.
sieboldzi, 887.
Hypsopygia
dodalis, G49.
Hyreus
equatorialis, 830.
lingeus, 251, 256.
palemon, 121, 831.
virgo, 121, 136, 831.
Hyria
angusta, 850.
gavisata, 646.
subtectata, 645.
Hystrix
sp. inc., 795.
Icaria
Serruginea, 450.
marginata, 450,
Ichthyomys
soderstromi, 512.
stolzmanni, 513.
Ichthyophis
glutinosus, 914.
monochrous, 914.
Icterodes
roseovitiata, 108,
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. LXX.
1087
Icterus
cayanensis, 364.
Idiops
argus, 734.
bonapartet, 734.
Sulvipes, '734.
Suscus, 734.
germant, 734.
rohdei, 734.
TIdiais
castalis, 252, 526,
vestalis, 252.
Tlipa
scita, 685.
tenthredoides, 635.
Tllice
batialis, 649.
Tngura
Juscescens, 639.
Inia
eoffroyensis, 771, 772.
Tolaus
auricostalis, 832, 850.
bowkeri, 833.
buxtoni, 852.
ceculus, 123, 833, 852.
glaucus, 245, 252.
nurset, 245, 251, 256,
283.
pollene, 833.
philippus, 882, 833.
sidus, 123.
umbrosa, 251.
Ipnea
erebusalis, 640,
Iridomyrmex
anceps, 411.
Iridornis
analis, 342.
Jelskii, 342,
reinhardtt, 342,
Tsanthrene
odyneroides, 635.
Ischnogaster
eximius, 449,
Ischnothele
caudata, 761, 762, 764.
digitata, '764, 765.
guyanensis, 762, 764,
765.
pusilla, 764, 765.
siemenst, 723, 762, 765
766.
zebrina, 764, 765.
Isia
intricata, 636.
Ismene
eschylus, 98.
anchises, 98, 248, 256.
andonginis, 98.
arbogastes, 99.
70
1088
Ismene
bixe, 101.
brussauci, 97.
chalybe, 101.
Jervida, 99,
florestan, 98, 99, 537.
hanno, 100.
iphis, 102.
juno, 101.
keithloa, 100.
libeon, 97.
margarita, 99.
necho, 100.
orma, 90.
pansa, 98,
pisistratus, 99.
ramanetek, 97.
ratek, 100.
sejuncta, 101.
stella, 99.
tancred, 101.
taranis, 98.
unicolor, 97.
Tsopteryx
staiusalis, 643.
Txalus
asper, 908.
pictus, 857, 908.
varius, 749.
Jacoona
anasuja, 678.
metasuja, 679.
Jaera
duodecimpunctata, 112.
Josia
mitis, 636.
Junonia
archesia, 828,
artazia, 852.
aurorina, 111, 824.
bodpis, 111, 531, 824,
52.
cenia, 515.
calescens, 110, 823.
cebrene, 111, 243, 256,
824, 852.
ceryne, 111.
chapunga, 110,
clelia, 248, 256, 524,
631, 824, 852.
cloantha, 111.
crebrene, 524, 531.
cuama, 823, 824.
elgiva, 111, 852.
alami, 852.
he 248, 249, 256.
kowara, 111.
milonia, 111.
nachtigalii, 852.
natalica, 824, 852,
INDEX,
Junonia
pelasgis, 823.
pyriformis, 111.
sesamus, 110, 852.
simia, 110, 823, 824,
852.
sinwata, 111.
trimenii, 110, 824.
tugela, 111, 824.
Katreus
Johnstonzi, 74, 103.
Kedestes
barber, 56.
callicles, 55.
capenas, 55, 108, 130.
chaca, 55.
fenestratus, 56, 103.
lentiginosa, 56, 104.
lepenula, 54.
macomo, 55.
mohozutza, 55.
niveostriga, 56.
tucusa, 55.
wallengrenit, 56.
Kobus
ellipsiprymnus, 797.
senganus, 797.
vardoni, 797.
Labdacus
monastoides, 1009,1012.
Labeo
coubie, 915.
gregorit, 223,
Labidogenys
lyroessa, 420.
Labus
. humbertianus, 448.
Lachesis
gramineus, 782, 896.
monticolor, 896.
purpureomaculatus,
896.
sumatranus, 896.
wagleri, 897.
Lachnocnema
Libulus, 121, 882, 852.
durbani, 121.
Lelia
curvivirgata, 849.
Leemocharis
contractor, 635.
Lagaria
acuminata, 635.
Lagopus
lagopus, 311.
mutus, 311.
Lagyra
dentilineata, 646.
Lampides
celeno, 657.
cleodus, 657.
contracta, 250
daones, 651, 656, 6. 7,
682.
elpis, 656.
lividus, 657.
marakata, 656, 657.
osias, 657.
sigillata, 119, 829.
suidas, 657.
Lampornis
mango, 293.
Lampyris
noctiluca, 777.
Lancia"
phrontisalis, 641.
Langasa
perillalis, 642.
Laodice
calcaruta, 484.
cruciata, 460, 482, 483,
484, 486.
crucigera, 483.
mediterranea, 484.
pilosella, 484.
stauroglypha,
484.
wlothrix, 484.
Laomedea
tenuis, 479.
Lapara
bombycoides, 637.
Laphygma
congressa, 639.
trientiplaga, 639.
Lapworthura, gen, nov.,
: 1037
483,
miltoni, 1037.
Lar
sabellarum, 459, 468,
470, 498, 499.
Larentia
inquinata, 647.
Larinopoda
peucetia, 108, 121.
Larra
extensa, 441, 442.
jaculator, 442.
laboriosa, 442,
prismatica, 444,
quadripustulata, 429.
subtesselata, 442.
tisiphone, 443.
vigilans, 442,
Larrada
aurulenta, 443.
ducalis, 443.
extensa, 441,
hemorrhoidalis, 443.
Larrada
Jjaculator, 442.
laboriosa, 442.
subtessellata, 442.
tisiphone, 442.
vigilans, 442.
Taruma
heterogenea, 634.
Larus
argentatus, 301, 543.
Sranklini, 782.
marinus, 152.
Lasooria
phormisalis, 641.
Lasiocampa
monteir?, 241,
Lasius
sericeus, 402.
virescens, 408.
Latastia
longicaudata, 215.
Latax
lutris, 235.
Latebraria
quadriplaga, 688.
Lathamus
discolor, 239.
Laticauda
scutata, 893.
Laudosia
buddloraria, 644.
Laverna
gambiella, 279.
Legatus
albicollis, 365.
Lehera
anna, 651, 680, 683.
Lephana
tetraphorella, 649.
Lepidodactylus
ceylonensis, 857, 867.
lugubris, 867.
Lepidolemur
microdon, 974.
Leptobrachium
asseltii, 913.
Leptogenys
Jalctgera, 413.
Leptophis
cqudalineatus, 884.
ornatus, 890, 891.
pictus, 883.
Leptopogon ;
amaurocephalus perus
vianus, 863.
erythrops, 363.
peruvianus, 863.
rafipectus, 363.
superciliaris, 363.
Leptoptilus
argtla, 145,
INDEX.
- Leptoptilus:
crumeniferus, 145,
Leptoscyphus
tenuis, 479.
Leptosittaca
branickii, 323.
Leptosoma
apicale, 847.
Lepus
cuniculus, 160.
europeus, 314,
ochropus, 795.
timidus, 160, 314, 322.
variabilis, 314,
whytei, 795.
Lesbia
guia, 323.
Letis
albicans, 638.
cortex, 638.
discopalina, 640.
implens, 688.
integra, 638.
magna, 638.
Leucania
cicatrix, 641.
cinereicollis, 639.
sicula, 260.
unipuncta, 260.
Leuciscus
bibie, 920.
Leucochitonea
bicolor, 21.
levubu, 20, 22.
lucetia, 19.
paradisea, 20.
umoulensis, 21.
Leucodioptron
canorum, 228.
Leucopsumis
guttipalpis, 636.
Licha ‘
undilinealis, 641, 649.
Limacodes
concolor, 647.
Limenitis
dissippus, 241, 242.
ursula, 241, 242.
Limnas
alcippotdes, 249.
chrysippus, 115, 243,
249, 256, 523, 821,
852.
—, var. alcippus, 256.
—, var. dorippus, 249,
256.
—, var. Alugit, 249,256.
dorippus, 523.
klugit, 624, 580.
Limnodytes
erythreus, 902.
1089
Limnogale
mergulus, 975.
Lineodes
peridialis, 643.
Liolepis
belli, 782, 872.
Liparis
crocata, 135.
Lipbyra
brassolis, 680.
Liriantha
appendiculata, 460,490.
mucronata, 496.
Liriope
appendiculata, 495.
Liris
auratus, 443.
ducalis, 443.
hemorrhoidalis, 448.
orichalcea, 443.
savignyi, 443,
Lithacodes
Sasciola, 650.
Lithomia
buddhe, 689.
Lithurgus
atratus, 453.
Lizzia
blondina, 459, 463, 478,
475, 476, 477.
claparedet, 475, 476.
grata, 477, 478.
octopunctata, 477.’
Lobopelta
chinensis, 415,
diminuta, 414. =
distinguenda, 415,
ocellifera, 415.
periqueti, 415,
yerburyt, 415.
Lobophora
bipiliferata, 647.
Logania
malayica, 651, 658.
obscura. 653,
regina, 653.
sriwa, 653.
staudingeri, 653..
Lomvia
troile, 546.
Lonomia
albigutta, 635.
submacula, 684.
Lopera
crocata, 136, 847.
Lophomyrmex
quadrispinosus, 419,
Lophophorus ~
ampeyanus, 621, 982.
Lophostethus
demolinii, 529.
70*
1090
Lophotriccus
squamicristatus, 361.
Lophura
nana, 269.
Lophuromys
ansorgei, GOT.
aquilus, 795.
sikapusi, 607.
Lophyrus
armatus, 871.
Luca
herbida, 647.
Lunda
cirrhata, 545.
Lutra
maculicollis, 793.
Lycrna
adherbal, 120, 829.
anta, 128, 832.
betica, 525, 533.
calice, 120, 829.
exclusa, 828.
guika, 120, 250, 525,
534, 830.
gamra, 250.
glauca, 119, 828.
hanno, 517.
hermus, 656.
hintza, 120.
jobates, 119, 533, 828.
knysna, 525.
lingeus, 525, 533.
livia, 251.
lucida, 830.
mahallokoena, 828.
moriqua, 525, 533.
noreia, 656.
osiris, 118.
perpulchra, 828.
pulchra, 119, 533.
sichela, 829.
stellata, 830.
theophrastus,
533.
trochilus, 120, 525,
830.
525,
Lycsenesthes
sp., 525.
adherbal, 120, 829.
amarah, 244, 250, 256,
525.
larydas, 534.
liodes, 829, 852.
lunulata, 120, 829.
Lyces
albiventris, 636,
plagifera, 636.
Lycodon
aulicus, '783, 881.
effrenis, 881.
platurinus, 881.
INDEX.
Lycodon
subcinctus, 881.
Lycophidium
capense, 216.
Lycosa
picta, 717.
Lygosoma
albopunotatum, 875.
anomalopus, 874.
bowringit, 875.
chaleides, 876.
Jerdonianum, 875.
olivaceum, 874.
singaporense, 875.
sundevallit, 215.
Lymantria
banane, 848, 850.
Lymphorta
unilinea, 688.
Lyrops
auratus, 443,
savignyt, 443.
Lysechinus, gen. nov.,
001
incongruens, 1000, 1001,
1003, 1005.
Mabouya
jerdoniana, 875.
Mabuia
dorie, 782.
megalura, 215.
multifasciata, 874.
novemcarinata, 857,
873.
planifrons, 215.
quinqueteniata, 215.
striata, 215.
varia, 215.
Macaria
concisaria, 645.
continuaria, 645.
externaria, 645.
Fractaria, 645.
mandata, 645.
percisaria, 645.
subitaria, 645.
vitriferaria, 647.
Macrocalamus
lateralis, 885.
Macroglossa
trochiloides, 848.
trochilus, 268, 529.
—, var.trochiloides, 134.
Macropisthodon
Slaviceps, 880.
rhodomelas, 880.
Macropsalis
kalinowskii, 823.
Macropus
giganteus, 688.
Macropus
parryi, 714.
ruficollis, 695.
Magulaba
mestalis, 265.
Maguza
albiguttalis, 649.
Mamestra
adjuncta, 637.
crista, 637.
dentistrigata, 639.
infernalis, 637.
obscurus, 637.
Manatus
inunguis, 212.
Manis
temmincki, 780, 798.
Manouria
emys, 860.
Mantoides
licinius, 651, 677,
678.
Marasmia
trapezalis, 274.
Mardara
curvivirgata, 849.
peculiaris, 849.
Margarodes
transvisalis, 274.
Margaronia
aquarialis, 640.
argealis, 640, 649.
auricostalis, 649.
hypheusalis, 640.
ianthealis, 640.
Margarornis
perlata, 876.
Margellium
gratum, 477, 478, 479.
octopunctatum, 459,
473, 476, 477, 478,
479
Marimatha
subflavalis, 261.
Marmessus
boisduvali, 651, 680.
—, var. atra, 651, 679.
Marthama
conspersa, G50.
squamivaria, 650.
Mastigopus
acetiformis, 940,
tenuis, 960.
Mastygophorus
epitusalis, 642.
Mecocerculus
stictopterus, 362.
— teniopterus, 362.
Mecyna
deprivalis, 274.
polygonalis, 274,
Medusa
@quorea, 482,
cacuminata, 483.
campanella, 487.
cruciata, 483.
crucigera, 483.
cymbaloidea, 487,
491.
hemispherica, 480.
lucida, 480, 481.
pellucens, 480, 481.
scintillans, 480, 481.
Megachile
ardens, 453.
ceylonica, 453, 459.
conjuncta, 452,
lanata, 452.
laticeps, 453.
Megachyta
borgesalis,
649.
Megaleema
armillaris, 556.
asiatica, 555, 556.
hodgsoni, 55D.
Javensis, B55.
virens, 556.
Megalodes
sp., 260.
Megalophrys
longipes, 913.
montana, 918.
nasuta, 913.
Megalopyge
Suscescens, 647.
orsilochus, 637.
Megatomis
euphrionalis, 642.
Megilla
cingulata, 455.
zonata, 455. .
Melanchroia
subvittata, 636.
Melanitis
bankia, 530.
ismene, 248, 256.
solandra, 821, 852.
Melecta
scutellaris, 453.
Melipotis
melanodonta, 263.
strigifera, 638.
yerbury?, 268.
Melitea
cinxia, 241.
Melittia
enescens, 134, 136.
natalensis, 134.
Melodius
niger, 728, 754, 759,
761, 765, 766.
648,
INDEX,
Melodius
rufescens, 759,760, 761.
sanguineus, 723, 754,
758, 760, 761, 765,
766.
Meranoplus
bicolor, 417.
dimicans, 417.
villosus, 417.
Merula
chiguanco, 326.
Mesarmadillo
americanus, 397.
modestus, 397.
reflexus, 398.
Mesocondyla
stigmatalis, 640.
Metachypstris
atribasalis, 261, 283.
quinaria, 261.
Metacrenis
crawshayi, 825, 851,
852.
rosa, 826, 852.
Metagarista
rendalli, 844.
Metarctia
rubra, 135.
Metasia
profanalis, 276.
Methoca
gracilis, 428.
nigra, 427, 459.
orientalis, 428.
Meticulodes
aylinaria, 645,
aylochromaria, 645.
Micrathena
schretbersi, 717.
Microgale
crassipes, 975.
dobsoni, 975.
Microhyla
achatina, 908.
berdmorii, 908.
Microthyris
prolongalis, 641.
Microtus
agrestis, 598, 599, 600,
601, 602.
— neglectus, 601, 602,
603.
amphibius, 160.
arvalis, 599, 602.
britannicus, 602.
neglectus, 699, 602.
Miletus
c@lisparsus, 653.
zymna, 652.
Milvazo
megalopterus, 982.
1091
Mimallo
plana, 635.
Mimetozoon
floweri, 767, 857, 866.
Minara
pardalina, 637.
Mionectes
striaticollis, 362.
— poliocephalus, 363.
Micepondy ius, gen. noy.,
039.
rhenanus, 1039.
Miresa,
divergens, 650.
Mitrephanes
ochraceiventris, 367.
olivaceus, 323, 367.
Mitrephorus
ochraceiventris, 367.
Mitrocomella
polydiadema, 487.
Molge
eristata, 548, 554..
—, var. karelinit, 548.
palmata, 65D.
vittata, 548, 554, 555.
vulgaris, 548, 555.
—, var. meridionalis,
548.
Molothrus
occidentalis, 323.
Molybdophora
concinnaria, 649.
Molynda
humeralis, 639.
Monda
delicatissima, 529.
Monomorium
destructor, 418.
glyctphilum, 418.
latinode, 419.
speculare, 418.
vastator, 418.
Monopis
imella, 281.
Montoides
licinius, 683.
Mormyrus
zambanenje, 224.
Motya
abseusalis, 643.
Mucronodes
oricusaria, 644.
Mulelocha
calligramma, 648.
exsiccata, 648.
Mures
sp., 803.
mariquensis, 803.
Mursa
calisalis, 642.
1092
Mus
sp., 807.
aquilus, 607, 608.
. auricomis, 802, 807.
barbarus, 160, 164,
168, 170, 171, 175,
178, 179, 180, 181,
182.
chrysophilus, 801, 802,
807.
decumanus, 160, 164,
175.
dolichurus, 794.
kaiseri, 801.
modestus, 794.
namaquensis, 802.
natalensis, 794, 807.
vattus, 160, 164, 166,
168, 170, 178, 179,
180, 181, 182, 794,
803, 807, 975.
sylvaticus, 808.
(Isomys) abyssinicus,
608.
(Le gada) minutoides,
608, 794.
Musca
domestica, 776.
Muscicapa
colonus, 358.
fulvicauda, 331.
Muscisaxicola
albifrons, 358.
cinerea, 358.
flavinucha, 358.
fluviatilis, 359.
Juninensis, 358.
maculirostris, 358.
— rufescens, 359.
rubricapilla, 358.
rufipennis, 359.
rufiverter, 358.
Mutilla
estuans, 424,
analis, 425.
aureorubra, 425.
bicincta, 425.
ceylanensis, 425.
chrysophthalma, 425.
coronata, 425.
denticollis, 425.
dimidiata, 425,
egregia, 425.
ocean 425,
hexaops, 425.
humbertiana, 426.
insularis, 426.
intermedia, 426.
kanare, 426.
kanthelle, 426.
maculo-fasciata, 426.
INDEX.
Mutilla
metallica, 426.
ocellata, 426.
opulenta, 426.
rufogastra, 425,
sibylla, 427.
soror, 427.
subintrans, 427. -
taprobane, 427.
yerburyi, 427.
Mycalesis
ena, 852.
eusirus, 852.
perspicua, 109, 530.
rhacotis, 109.
simonsit, 822.
Mygale
avicularia, 741.
cesia, 744.
detrita, 744.
diversipes, 744.
guyanensis, 762.
hirsutissima, 744.
leta, 744.
leporina, 744.
macrura, 754.
plumipes, 745.
sancti-vincenti, 745.
scoparia, 741.
testacea, 741.
walekenaerii, 744.
Mygnimia:
ceylonica, 435.
intermedia, 435.
rubida, 435.
Myiadestes
leucotis, 327.
ralloides, 327.
Myiarchus
cephalotes, 367.
nigriceps, 307.
tricolor, 367.
Myiobius
cinnamomeus, 366.
erythrurus, 366,
Sfulvigularis, 366.
nevius, 366,
Myiodioctes
canadensis, 332.
Myiodynastes
chrysocephalus, 866.
solitarius, 3865.
Myiopatis
wage, 363.
Myiotheretes
erythropygius, 355,
striaticollis, 355.
Myiothlypis
striaticeps, 331.
Myiozetetes
similis, 365.
Myiozetetes
texensis colombianus,
865.
Mylothris
agathina, 124, 526,
534, 833, 852.
crawshayi, 124, 136,
833.
gacksoni, 124.
narcissus, var, dentatus,
124, 136.
rueppellii, 853.
trimeni, 124.
yulei, 852, 853, 855.
Myodes
lemmus, 160, 304,
305.
schisticolor, 305.
torquatus, 305.
Myopias
TB 413.
Myopopone
Tata: 415.
Myoscolops
argenteo-cinereus, 799. .
Myoxus
dryas, 160, 183.
murinus, 800.
smithii, 800.
(Eliomys) nanus, 799.
Myrina :
jicedula, 852.
hypoleuca, 677.
mandarinus, 676.
martina, 677.
pallene, 833.
Myrmeciza
spodiogastra, 323,
383.
Myrmecopsis
opaca, 635.
Myrinica
basalis, 424.
consternans, 424.
contigua, 424.
fodiens, 417.
glyciphila, 418.
hematodes, 412.
levigata, 422.
obscurata, 424,
pallinodis, 424.
pellucida, 412.
trinodis, 422.
unispinosa, 412.
vastator, 418.
| Myrmicaria
brunnea, 417.
Sodiens, 417.
subcarinata, 417.
Myrmotherula
gutturalis, 331.
Myrmotherula
longicauda, 323, 381.
multostriata, 381.
sororia, 323, 381.
surinamensis, 381.
Nacaduba
aluta, 656.
ardates, 656.
atrata, 656.
hermus, 651, 656.
nanda, 656.
noreia, 651, 656.
perusia, 656.
sichela, 829, 852.
violu, 656.
Nachaba
congrualis, 641.
oppositalis, 641.
Nacoleia
vulgaris, 273.
Noonia
signiplena, 650.
Nasia
mesta, 639.
Nagidusa
xylocampoides, 647.
Naia
bungarus, 782, 894.
lutescens, 894.
nigricollis, 216.
tripudians, 782, 894.
Nandinia
gerrardi, (92.
Nanodes
discolor, 236,
Nanotragus
scoparius, 796.
Naprepa
camelinerdes, 634.
Nectarinia
famosa, 284, 291.
Nectophryne
guentheri, 910.
Nematocampa
nyparia, 644.
varicata, 644.
Nemoria
directa, 268.
pulvereisparsa, 268,
283.
solidaria, 268.
Neocrnyra
rufilineata, 530.
ypthimoides, 109.
Neocheritra
amrita, var. theodora,
an
678.
gama, 618.
nisibis, 678.
INDEX.
Neodiplura,
Jelskit, 723, 755, 766.
' Neopithecops
zalmora, 655.
Nephele
accentifera, 853.
Nepheronia
arabica, 248, 256, 528.
capensis, 528.
Nephopteryx
divisella, 271.
(Salebria) — meta-
melana, 271, 283.
(—) nigristriata, 272,
283,
(Thylocoptila) pauro-
sema, 271
Neptis
agatha, 112, 532, 826,
852.
incongrua, 112, 136,
826.
marpessa, 112, 118,
632.
shepherdi, 118.
Nesara
apicalis, 634.
Nestor ;
meridionalts, 236, 237.
Nicoria
trijuga ederiana, 782.
Nisoniades
djelele, 4, 537.
Slesus, 16.
kobela, 11.
mokeezt, 15.
pato, 7.
phyllophila, 18.
sabadius, 18.
aumbra, 4.
westermanni, 537.
Noctiluca
miliaris, 480.
scintillans, 481.
Noctua
amabilis, 844.
discerpta, 648.
major, 637.
meneta, 134, 844.
Nomada
lusca, 455.
scutellaris, 453.
Nomia
capitata, 451.
carinata, 451.
chalybeata, 451.
quadridentata, 451.
rustica, 451.
vincta, 451.
Nomophila
noctuella, 275.
1093°
Nonagria
confusa, 260.
Noorda
blitealis, 275.
fessalis, 275.
Norape
puella, 634.
Notarcha
sp., 529.
Notochelys
platynota, 858.
Notodonta
plagiata, 637.
scitipennis, 647.
stragula, 647.
Notogoneus
cuviert, 503.
osculus, 501, 502, 503,
594,
squamosseus, 502, 504.
Notogonia
deplanata, 442,
jaculator, 442.
laboriosa, 442.
subtesselata, 442,
tisiphone, 442.
vigilans, 442.
Numenius
arquata, 151.
Nychitona
alcesta, 833.
Nyctemera
apicalis, 847.
Nycteridium
platyurus, 866,
schneideri, 866.
Nycteris
hispida, 791.
Nycticorax
gardeni, 627.
griseus, 235.
violaceus, 235.
Nyctipao
latona, 263.
Nyctiprogne
leucopygia, 773.
Nymphalis
guderiana, 822.
zoolina, 823.
Nymphophidium
subannulatum, 881.
Nymphula
lotialis, 643.
Nystalea
equipars, 639.
seminivea, 639.
Obelia
lucifera, 481.
Obucola
expandens, 640.
1094
Oceania
cacuminata, 483.
cruciata, 483.
danica, 480.
dinema, 475. -
flavidula, 488.
lineolata, 4838.
phosphorica, 488.
Ochthodixta
fumigatus, 855.
Ochthoéca
citrinifrons, 356.
Sumicolor, 355, 356.
Jelskii, 356, 357.
— spodionota, 356.
lessoni, 356.
lewcometopa, 356.
enanthoides, 355, 356.
— brunneifrons, 355.
polionota, 356.
pulchella, 356.
rufimarginata, 357.
thoracica, 357.
Octorchis
campanulatus, 494,
gegenbauri, 460, 494.
Odontomachus
hematodes, 412.
simillimus, 412.
Odontorhynchus
branichii, 324, 329.
Odynerus
ecylonicus, 449,
Jistulosus, 449.
humbertianus, 449.
intendens, 449.
ovalis, 449.
sichelii, 449,
tinetipennis, 449,
Aicodoma
diversa, 420.
quadrispinosa, 419.
Gcophylla
smaragdina,
409.
virescens, 409.
idicnemus
edicnemus, 311.
scolopax, 311.
Oligia
expuncta, 639.
subobliqua, 648.
Oligostigma
amenalis, 649.
exhibitalis, 649.
zasusalis, 648.
scuthesalis, 6438,
Onoba
trogonoides, 640.
Onychaster
jlexilis, 1040,
408,
INDEX.
Onychogalea
Srenata, 784.
Oocersea
Fragosa, 415,
Opharus
basalis, 637.
Ophideres
materna, 265.
Ophiurina
lymani, 1037.
Ophiusa
algira, 264.
anfractuosa, 265.
Judicans, 136.
melicerte, 264.
Opisthocomus
cristatus, 618, 619, 622,
625, 626, 773.
Orchesticus
ater, 348,
Orchilus
albiventris, 323, 361.
Orcothphora
ceylonica, 422.
pusilla, 421.
Oreas
canna, 506, 797,981,983.
Oreochromis
shiranus, 916, 917.
Oreotragus
saltator, 303, 796.
Oriolus
persicus, 354.
Oroatis
signata, 689.
Orocala
distentalis, 649.
Orsonoba
clelia, 267.
Orthetrum
brevistylum, 521.
cerwlescens, 522,
lorti, 522.
phillipsi, 522.
subfasciolatum, 522.
Orthodes
infirma, 639.
Orthogramina
perscverans, 638.
Oryba
achemenides, 637.
robusta, 637.
Orycteropus
ethiopicus, 296.
capensis, 296, 298.
gaudryi, 296, 297.
Oryzoryctes
tetradactylus, 975.
Osmodes
adon, 41, 104.
adosus, 41, 104.
Osmodes
bang-haasii, 42, 104.
chrysauge, 41, 43, 104.
distincta, 43, 104.
fan, 79.
laronia, 40, 104.
lux, 42, 104.
ranoha, 45, 129, 852.
stawdingeri, 42, 104.
thops, 41, 43, 104.
thora, 40, 104.
Osphantes, gen. nov., 46,
ogowena, 46.
Osteoleemus
tetraspis, 632.
Ostinops
alfredi, 353.
atrovirens, 353.
decumanus, 353.
Otaria
californiana, 783, 784.
Otocyon
megalotis, 987.
Otogale
kirki, 790.
Otomys
trroratus, 793, 801.
Ourebia
hastata, 796.
nigricaudata, 984.
Ovis
ammon, 786, 787.
hodgsoni, 787.
karelini, '787.
musimon, 784.
poli, 787.
tragelaphus, 784, 814,
816.
Oxybelus
insularis, 447.
lewist, 447.
Oxydia
alpiscaria, 644.
apidania, 644.
cariaria, 644.
nerisaria, 644,
noctuitaria, 644,
trychiata, 644.
Oxyglossus
evis, 897.
lima, 897,
Oxypalpus
annulifer, 39, 104.
ignita, 39, 104.
ruso, 39, 104, 129, 841.
Pachychondila
rufipes, 412.
Pachylia
inconspicua, 637.
resumcens, 637.
Pachyrhamphus
niger, 369.
polychropterus, 369.
* versicolor, 369.
Pachyzancla
mutualis, 275.
Padraona
colattus, 60.
corolla, 54.
watsoni, 60, 108, 131.
zeno, 46, 59, 103, 108,
131.
Pagara
venosa, 630.
Pagophila
cburnea, 781.
Pagyda
traducalis, 274.
Palssaster
ruthvent, 1035.
Palsophiura
simplex, 1034.
Palameden
cornuta, 312, 623.
Palarus
orientalis, 444,
Palastropecten
ztttelt, 1088.
Palindia
alabastraria, 638.
ceruleilinca, 639.
perlata, 639.
punctangulata, 638.
spectabilis, 639.
Paloda
dentifera, 645.
Palthis
agroteralis, 642.
aspisalis, 642, 648.
Palyna
metagona, 638.
Pamea
excavata, 634.
notata, 634.
vittata, 684.
Pammene
pharaonana, 277.
Pampa
acuminata, 636.
Susiformis, 636.
Pamphila
adon, 41.
adosus, 41.
albigutta, 59.
albirostris, 62.
amadhu, 73, 132.
argenteipuneta, 41.
ariel, 77.
aures, 102.
ayresti, 72.
borbonica, 62, 66.
INDEX.
Pamphila
bubovi, 38.
cenira, 82.
callicles, 65.
calpis, 89.
cameronn, 47.
chameleon, 73.
chirala, 28.
chrysauge, 41.
cinerea, 66.
cqjo, 70.
comus, 93.
coroller, 54,
detecta, 63.
dysmephila, 94.
crinnys, 93.
ethlius, 520.
euryspila, 69.
Sallatus, 63.
JSatuellus, 66, 131.
fiara, 94.
galesa, 72.
gambica, 59.
gemella, 62,
gillias, 28.
gisgon, 39.
gonessa, 102.
grandiplaga, 72, 73.
harona, 46.
herilus, 76.
heterochrus, 32.
heterophyla, 73.
hottentota, 58.
dbara, 61.
tcteria, 45.
ignita, 39.
ilerda, 91.
incerta, 75.
inconspicua, 61, 537.
leonora, 88.
lepenula, 54.
letterstedti, 58.
leucosoma, 47.
lodra, 61.
lugens, 66.
mackenii, 29, 30.
macomo, 55.
marchalii, 66.
mathias, var. elegans,
1
macipsa, 60.
mohopaani, 60, 61.
monasi, 70, 71.
morantit, 45, 46.
moritili, 72.
murga, 71.
natalensis, 71.
neoba, 71.
niveostriga, 56.
nostrodamus, 58.
nox, 66.
1095
Pamphila
ohumbrata, 59.
occulta, 59.
octo-fenestrata, 61.
panoquin, 520.
parilis, 520.
philander, 81, 843.
phyleus, 520.
poutieri, 63.
quaternata, 9.
ranoha, 45, 129.
rega, 18.
rhabdophorus, 45.
ronotlgonis, 70.
rufipuncta, 70.
riuso, 39, 129, 841.
sator, 75.
sinnis, 62.
sosia, 45.
splendens, 60.
statira, 69.
stochri, 88.
subflavidus, 34.
tarace, 70.
violascens, 90.
weiglet, 95.
xylos, 67.
zeno, 59, 131.
ztmbaso, 45,
Pamphilus
leucopyga, 74.
Pandemis
securiferana, 649,
Panopea
coromana, 532.
heliogensis, 823, 850.
walensensis, 582.
Pantala
flavescens, 521.
Pantoctenia
gemmans, 845.
Papilio
actzon, 57. ,
agatha, 112, 826.
agathina, 124, 833.
qa, 241.
alcee, 26.
alcesta, 833.
anacardti, 825.
antinorii, 528, 587.
archesia, 823.
astertas, 241.
beticus, 118, 828.
bixe, 101.
brontes, 537.
carduz, 112.
chrysippus, 821.
tela, 624.
cloantha, 111.
columbina, 113.
comus, 98.
1096
Papilio
corinneus, 129.
cresphontes, 241.
dedalus, 112, 825.
demoleus, 248, 255, 256,
528, 536, 852.
donaldsoni, 537.
edipus, 15.
edusa, 883.
electra, 125.
ennius, 93.
eurydamas, 514, 518.
flavus, 57.
flesus, 16, 841.
florella, 128, 254.
forestan, 98, 133.
helops, 93.
horribilis, 840.
iphis, 101.
jupiter, 101.
linea, 57.
lineola, 57.
lingeus, 251.
lurlinus, 852.
machaon, 241.
metis, 48.
misippus, 249, 823.
neodamas, 519.
niso, 58.
niveus, 537.
nivinoz, 851, 852.
nothus, 79.
oileus, 26.
ophion, 16.
palemon, 121, 831.
perion, 1238, 832.
phidias, 101.
phocion, 79.
phorcas, 839.
poudalirius, 241,
policenes, 852.
porthaon, 852.
proto, 25.
pseudoniveus, 528, 839.
pumilio, 58.
pygmaeus, 58.
pylades, 852.
severina, 128.
similis, 852.
solandra, 821.
taboranus, 851.
thaumas, 57.
venula, 57.
vindex, 22.
virgula, 57.
Papio
maimon, 784.
pruinosus, 789.
thoth, 789.
Paradisea
minor, 228.
INDEX.
Paragerydus
aphocha, 652.
horsfieldi, 652.
melos, 651, 652.
pyxus, 652,
waterstradti, 652.
Paraphia
epioneata, G45.
macariata, 645.
Parapison
agile, 441.
Parasa
Sulvi-corpus, 276, 283.
Parasphex
Fervens, 440.
Parathyris
ennomoides, 647,
Paratrechina
vagabunda, 409.
Paratropis
papilligera, 722, 723,
727, 766.
seruposa, 723, 726.
Pardaleodes
ariel, 77.
astrape, 77, 104.
atratus, 13.
bule, 104.
coanza, 76.
edipus, 75, 76.
fan, 79.
Sfulgens, 12.
herilus, 76.
illustris, 12.
incerta, 7d.
interntplaga, 13.
ligora, 78.
lucens, 14.
parcus, 77.
pusiella, 17.
reichenowi, 76, ‘77,
rutilans, 12.
sator, 75.
sierre, 78, 104.
vibius, 78.
wvanthias, 78, 103.
wanthioides, 78, 104.
awanthopeplus, 76, 103,
104.
Pardopsis
punctatissima, 524,531.
Parmula
batesti, 779.
Parnara
argyrodes, 68.
batange, 73.
borbonica, 62.
detecta, 63.
gemella, 62.
leucophea, 68.
! Parnara
| mabea, 68.
melphis, 69.
micans, 63, 104.
picanini, 72.
poutieri, 63.
subnotata, 70.
subochracea, 68, 104.
unistriga, 68.
ursula, 6+, 108.
‘ Parosmodes
harona, 46.
icteria, 45.
morantiz, 45.
Parus
ater, 315.
— britannicus, 315.
— typicus, 315.
britannicus, 815.
dresseri, 315.
major, 158.
palustris, 315.
— dresseri, 315.
— typicus, 315.
Pastona
rudis, 639, 649.
Pastor
roseus, 228.
Patulo
wabkeri, 850.
Pelecanus
Fuscus, 145.
Pelochelys
cantoris, 861.
Pelodytes
caucasicus, 548,
552, 555.
punctatus,
- 653.
Pelodytopsis
caucasica, 553.
Pelomedusa
galeata, 213.
Pelopidas
midea, 27.
Pelopoeus
bengalensis, 438,
jlebilis, 438. ,
javanus, 437.
spinole, 438,
violaceus, 438.
Penelope
superciliaris, 989.
Penicillaria
abscondens, 639."
areusa, 648.
Pentadactylus
Selinus, 865.
Pentila
amenaida, 121.
peucetia, 121.
551, 552,
Pepsis
albifrons, 439.
Servens, 440.
pubescens, 440.
sericea, 439.
violaceus, 438,
Peralestes
longirostris, 586.
Perdix
cinerea, 311.
perdix, 311.
Perichaxta
annulata, 203.
bermudensis, 203, 207,
208.
caducicheta, 199.
capensis, 207.
corticts, 195.
dyeri, 207.
elongata, 207.
hawayana, 195, 201,
208.
hesperidum, 208,
hilgendorsi, 206.
houlleti, 199, 207.
indica, 195, 197, 207.
instle, 204, 205.
japonica, 203.
molokaiensis, 195, 201.
musica, 206.
pallida, 207.
peregrina, 201.
perkinsi, 195, 198,
200.
posthuma, 207.
ringcana, 207.
sancti jacobi, 207.
sandvicensis, 195, 203.
sieboldi, 206.
sinensis, 208.
sumatrana, 207.
trinitatis, 206.
trityphla, 205.
violacea, 208.
Perichares
albicornis, 132, 186.
telisignata, 133, 136.
Pericopis
disjuncta, 636.
larvata, 636.
lycaste, 636.
parnassioides, 647.
Perigea
adornata, 647.
concisa, 639,
Jidelia, 639.
inexacta, 260.
trilinea, 640.
Perigonimus
minutus, 462.
repens; 459, 462.
INDEX.
" Peripia
peronii, 865, 866.
Periplysia
Johnstont, 109.
Perognathus
paradoxus, 1022,
Pessida
interlineata, 638.
Petalidium
foliaceum, 967, 968.
Petasia
spumans, 242.
Petrodromus
tetradactylus, 792.
Petrogale :
penicillata, 713.
xanthopus, 683, 713.
Phacocherus
eliani, 784.
ethiopicus, 796.
Phedra
insularis, 672.
Phregoptera
cinnamomea, 637.
flavopunctata, 637.
subtilis, 637.
Pheporista
zebra, 853, 854, 855. .
Pheochlena
quadricolor, 636.
Pheolema
cervinigularis, 324.
Phaethornis
eurynome, 289, 295.
pygmeus, 324.
Phakellura
dardusalis, 640.
eumeusalis, 640.
Phalena-Noctua
hyppasia, 849.
materna, 850.
Phalaropus
wilsoni, 324.
Phalera
argentifera, 844.
Slavescens, 844.
latipennis, 844, 850.
sigmata, 845.
Phaneus
mimas, 777.
Pharissura
nyasanda, 852, 853, 855.
Phasianus
colchicus, 292, 982.
versicolor, 982.
Phastia
basalis, 647.
Phecada
confinis, 635.
Pheidole
ceylonica, 422.
1097
Pheidole
didita, 421.
diversa, 420.
indica, 421.
Janus, 421.
latinoda, 421.
megacephala,
422.
nanus, 420.
pronotalis, 422.
quadrispinosa, 419.
rugosa, 421.
silenus, 420,
suleaticeps, 421.
wood-masoni, 421. ~
Pheidologeton
diversus, 420.
laboriosus, 420.
nanus, 420.
silenus, 420.
taprobane, 420.
Pees
chrysogaster, 349,
Phialidium
buskianum, 460, 487,
488, 490, 499.
cymbaloideum, 460,
487, 488, 489, 490,
491, 500.
Serrugineum, 488.
flavidulum, 488.
phosphoricum, 488.
temporarium, 460, 488,
489, 490, 491, 492,
500:
variabile, ie 482, 487,
488, 4:
fee 488. ;
Gescope) variabile, 488,
421,
Phitelatters
erosiata, 647.
intrusata, 646.0
mediata, 646.
Philanthus
basalis, 446.
Philothamnus
semivariegatus, 216.
Philydor
euophrys, 375.
ruficaudatus, 875.
subflavescens, 374, 375
subfulvus, 375. ane
Phleocryptes
melanops, 871.
Phlogeenas
cruenta, 163.
Phlyctenia
cuneifera, 641.
nerissalis, 643.
scitalis, 643. a
1098
Phebis
argante, 518.
Phostria
confluentalis, 641.
Phrissura
lasti, 108, 124.
Phrygilus
alaudinus, 851.
chloronotus, 323,
850.
Sruticeti, 351.
gayi, 350, 351.
plebeius, 351.
punensis, 350, 351.
rusticus, 351.
saturatus, 351.
unicolor, 351.
Phrynella
pollicaris, 910.
pulchra, 910.
Phthoropza, gen. nov.,
282,
carpella, 282.
Phuphena
Susipennis, 640.
Phurys
asseverans, 640.
basilans, 642.
mensurata, 650.
partita, 648.
Phycita
phenicocraspis, 272.
potertella, 272.
Phyllodonta
caninata, 646.
Phyllomyias
semifusca, 363.
* — supereiliaris, 363.
wage, 363.
Bayo
proregulus, 856.
superciliosus, 856.
Physcsenura
pione, 109, 821,
—, var. lucida, 852,
853, 855.
Piagetia
fasciatiipennis, 443.
Pica
pica, 311.
rustica, 311.
Picolaptes
Suscicapillus, 324,
378.
lacrymiger warszewiczt,
378.
warszewiczi, 378.
Pieris
abyssinica, 534.
agrippina, 128,
ertphia, 129.
INDEX.
Pieris
gidica, 526, 534.
infida, 526.
lordaca, 255, 534.
monuste, 518.
severina, 534.
thyso, 534.
virginia, 514, 518.
Pigia
tergeminaria, 646.
Pilidion
lineatum, 876.
Pionea
ademonalis, 6438.
cemaroalis, 643.
Pipa
americana, 595,
Pipilopsis
mystacalis, 347.
tricolor, 347.
Pipra
ceruleocapilla, 368.
chloromeros, 368. .
comata, 328, 868.
Pipreola
elegans, 370.
Srontalis, 324, 370.
viridis intermedia,
370.
Pipridea
castaneoventris, 342.
Piprites
tschudii, 367.
Pison
(Parapison) agile,
441.
Pitangus
sulphuratus, 228.
Pithea
ferruginea, 636.
Pitylus
albociliaris, 348.
Plagiolepis
flava, 410.
longtpes, 410.
pissina, 410.
Planema
scalivittata, 826,
850.
Plastingia
bicuta, 40.
charita, 80.
edipus, 75.
flavescens, 46.
laronia, 40.
luehderi, 15.
ogowena, 46.
podora, 86,
reichenowt, 76.
sator, 75.
thora, 40, 41, 43.
Platalea
leucorodia, 144.
Platurus
colubrinus, 893.
Platydactylus
gecko, 867.
lugubris, 867.
monarchus, 868.
stentor, 867.
Platydia
mollealis, 648.
IETS SLESULC, gen. nov.,
amadhu, 73, 104.
batange, 73.
chameleon, 78.
galesa, 72, 103.
moritili, 72.
nigerrima, 73, 103.
myricans, 73, 103.
picanint, 72, 73.
Platyrhynchus
Sflavigularis, 359.
Platytes
ictericalis, 269.
pusillalis, 643.
Plaxia
Salcigera, 638.
Plebeius
orbitulus, 829.
poggei, 831.
trochilus, 120, 880.
Plecoptera
reflexa, 264,
Plemyria
flaviata, 646.
Plesioneura
andrachne, 18.
biseriata, 13.
galenus, 12.
hoehnelt, 18.
humbloti, 14.
hyalinata, 18.
proxima, 14.
Ploetzia
amygdalis, 94.
capronnicri, 95.
cerymica, 94, 95,
dysmephila, 94.
Jiara, 94.
nobilior, 95, 104.
quaternata, 94.
weiglei, 95.
Plotheia
celtis, 262.
Plotus
anhinga, 312.
Plusia
admonens, 638.
basigera, 688, 639.
eriosoma, 265.
Plusia
intracta, 639.
limbirena, 265.
nt, 26d.
Plutella
cruciferarum, 280.
Poaphila
Jigurata, 650.
plagiata, 650.
revoluta, 638.
Podalia
vesta, 637.
Podiceps
taczanowshkii, 323.
Podicipes
cornutus, 541.
coronatus, 542.
cristatus, 541,
542.
minor, 541. ;
nove hollandie, 541.
Podocoryne
albida, 463.
carnea, 459, 463,
Peecilocampa
plurilinea, 650.
Peecilogale
albinucha, 793.
Pecilosoma
gaudens, 635.
amsperata, 635.
sperans, 635.
Peecilothraupis
ignicrissa, 342.
igniventris ignicrissa,
342,
lacrymosa, 342.
Poephagus
grunniens, 988.
Poesula
transversaria, 650.
Pogonotriccus
ophthalmicus, 362.
plumbeiceps, 363.
Polistes
canadensis, 775.
Ferruginea, 450.
stigma, 450.
tamula, 450.
Polybia
phthisica, 777.
Polydesma
guenavada, 263,
wmbricola, 529.
vetusta, 263.
Polyocha
depressella, 270.
strigicostella, 270.
Polyodontophis
geminatus, 879.
sagittarius, 879.
INDEX.
Polyommatus
amarah, 250.
asteris, 828.
beticus, 118, 244, 256,
828, 852.
webbianus, 830.
Polypedates
hascheanus, 902.
leprosus, 907.
leucomystax, 905.
maculatus, 905.
quadrilineatus, 906.
Polypterus
bichir, 218.
Polyrachis
aculeata, 406.
argentea, 406.
busivis, 407.
ceylonensis, 407.
clypeata, 406.
convexa, 406.
dives, 408.
euryalus, 407,
everotia, 408.
JSrauenfeldi, 406.
hippomanes, 407.
illaudatus, 408.
Jerdonii, 406.
mayri, 407.
niger, 408.
adipus, 407.
punctillata, 406.
rastellata, 407.
relucens, 407.
ruficapra, 407.
scissa, 405.
simplex, 408.
spiniger, 408.
thrinax, 406.
yerburyt, 407.
ypsilon, 407.
Pompilus
analis, 431.
arrogans, 432.
atropos, 432.
auratus, 443.
blandus, 433.
canifrons,
432.
cyaneus, 433.
imidiatipennis, 433.
fulvipennis, 435.
greenti, 433,
hemorrhoidalis, 443.
ignicolor, 432, 459.
ignobilis, 432,
lucidulus, 482.
madraspatanus, 436.
mirandus, 433.
perplexus, 431.
rothneyt, 433.
431,
1099
ea
a s, 413..
arenes tion 414,
coxalis, 414.
diminuta, 414.
exundans, 413.
Sfaleigera, 413.
geometrica, 413.
gleadowt, 414,
luteipes, 414.
melanaria, 414,
meritans, 413.
punctatissima, 414,
rufipes, 412,
rugosa, 414,
simillima, 414.
tesserinoda, 413.
typhla, 413,
vagans, 413.
(Leprogenys) faleigera,
13.
(Gyscin) typhia, 413.
(Myiopias) amblyops,
413.
Ponifera
ocellifera, 415.
Pontia
acaste, 253.
arne, 252.
chrysonome, 252.
daira, 254.
eupompe, 253.
evagore, 253.
halimede, 253.
Pontoscolex
corethrurus, 197.
hawaiensis, 195,:196.
Poritia
phaluke, 654.
philota, 654.
philura, 654.
sumatre, 654,
Portax
tragocamelus, 982.
Porzana
maruetta, 311.
melanophea, 324.
porzana, 811.
Potamocherus
africanus, 976.
larvatus, 795.
penicillatus, 976.
Prenesta
scyllalis, 641.
Pratapa
calculis, 672.
cippus, 673, 674.
lucidus, 673, 674.
Precis
amestris, 524.
calescens, 524,
1100
Precis
cloantha, 531.
micromera, 531.
natalica, 824.
octavia, 531.
orthosia, 632.
sesamus, 110, 624, 531.
simia, 110, 824.
taveta, 625, 581.
tugela, 824.
Prenes
eugeon, 520,
Prenolepis
gracilescens, 409.
gracilipes, 410,
indica, 409.
longicornis, 409.
yerburyi, 409.
Priocnemis
canifrons, 481, 432.
consanguineus, 437.
converus, 435.
crinitus, 436.
humbertianus, 487.
pedestris, 432.
perplexus, 431.
Pristocerea
inclusa, 844,
Pristurus
crucifer, 218.
Procampta
rara, 19.
Procavia
brucei, 795.
capensis, 795.
Johnston, 795,
Procnias
occidentalis, 338,
tersa occidentalis, 838.
Procnopis
atrocerulea, 341.
Prodenia
latifascia, 637.
littoralis, 260.
minima, 260,
variolosa, 637.
Prosopalpus, gen. nov.,53,
debilis, 54.
duplex, 58, 54, 104.
Prosopis
monilicornis, 450.
Prosthemadera
nove-zealandie, 230.
Prostherapis
FSemoralis, 7'73.
Protaster
biforis, 1032, 1033.
brisingotdes, 1043.
daoulasensis, 1038.
decheni, 1037.
forbesi, 1038.
INDEX,
Protaster ;
gregarius, 1039.
sedgewicki, 1031, 1082,
033.
Proteides
angasi, 519,
balenge, 91.
benga, 89.
binoevatus, 88.
bosee, 93.
capronnieri, 95.
ditissimus, 84, 85.
euryspila, 69.
fiara, 94.
galua, 84.
helops, 93.
tricolor, 82.
laterculus, 82.
leucopogon, 90.
margaritata, 93.
massiva, YO.
ruralis, 89. .
shelleyi, 93.
azanthargyra, 88.
zxantho, 87.
aychus, 87.
Protogoniomorpha
anacardii, 825, 852.
Protoparce
conrolvuli, 268,
orientalis, 268,
Protoptychus
hatcheri, 979.
Psaliodes
paleata, 642.
Psammodynastes
pulverulentus, 890.
Psammophis
biseriatus, 216.
condanarus, 783,
nigrofasciatus, 882.
punctulatus, 216.
Pseudagenia
e@gina, 433, 434.
alaris, 434.
bipennis, 434.
blanda, 4338.
concolor, 434.
insularis, 434,
micromegas, 434.
nana, 484,
obsoleta, 434.
plebeja, 434.
Pseudaglossa
Sumosa, 266, 288.
Pseudaphelia
apollinaris, 849,
Pseudargynnis
hegemone, 112,826,852. |
Pseuderemias
lineolata, 921.
Pseudocalpe
vagabunda, 265.
Pseudochloris
lutea, 351.
sharpei, 323, 351.
Pseudocolaptes
boissonneaut, 874.
— flavescens, 374.
Pseadomya
consolata, 635,
desperata, 635.
tipulina, 635.
Pseudomyrma
allaborans, 424.
atruta, 424.
nigra, 424,
POET a 423.
Pseudophia
benenotata, 264.
devia, 264.
* indecisa, 264.
ochribasalis, 264, 283.
Pseudorhabdium
longiceps, 886.
Pseudosphex
cognata, 635.
consobrina, 635.
fasciolata, 63),
vespa, 635.
Pseudospingus
verticalis, 346.
xanthophthalmus, 346.
Pseudotantalus
ibis, 144.
Psittacus
erithacus, 236.
Psittospiza
eleguns, 348.
Psychagrapha
floccosa, 634.
Pterhemia
ancinalis, 641.
otusalis, 641.
Pterocles
bicinctus, 153.
Pterocypha
celerata, 646,
divulsata, 646.
Jloccosaria, 646.
umbrinata, 645.
Pteroglossus
inscriptus, 780.
Pterophorus
orydactylus, 277.
Pteropus
Sunereus, 608.
pselaphon, 782.
Pteroteinon
laufella, 88.
Pterygopterus
superba, 636.
Pterygospidea
boadicea, 14.
bouviert, 7, 8.
ielele, 4 .
we 17.
galenus, 12,
Jamesoni, 18,
kobela, 11.
lelius, 11.
meditrina, 12.
mokeezi, 16.
morosa, 6.
motozi, 7, 840, -
nottoana, 18.
phyllophila, 18.
tergemira, 12.
(Tagiades) dugens, 5
Ptilonaster
princeps, 1036.
Ptilonorhynchus
violaceus, 228.
‘Ptyas
exagonotus, 882.
Ptychozoon
homalocephalum, 767,
868.
horsfieldiz, 767, 868.
Pudua
humilis, 608, 509,
510.
mephistophiles, 508,
610.
Purlisa
giganteus, 674.
Pyralis
antenoralis, 642.
atialis, 642.
byzesalis, 642.
crassipes, 649.
externalis, 649.
intermedialis, 649.
ninniusalis, 642.
obsoletalis, 273.
thiastoralts, 642.
varipes, 649.
Pyrameis
cardui, 112, 248, 256,
524, 531.
Pyranga
renee) 345.
azare, 845.
testacea tschudii, 345.
Pyrausta
arabica, 276.
incoloralis, 275.
inglorialis, 275.
phenicealis, 275.
pease 276.
Pyrgus
mensis, 248, 255,
256.
INDEX.
' Pyrgus
agylla, 24,
aera: 24.
chaca, 6b.
colotes, 26."
diomus, 23, 24.
dromus, 23, 24, 129,
elma, 26, 255.
evanidus, 256.
—, var. adenensis, 255.
mafa, 24.
mohozutza, 5b.
nanus, 24.
nora, 2h.
ploetzi, 23.
sandaster, 24,
sataspes, 23, 24.
secessus, 25.
spio, 23.
syrichtus, 520,
transvaalia, 24,
tucusa, 55.
vindex, 22, 23, 528.
zatra, 25.
Pyria
oculata, 459.
Pyriglena
maura picea, 383.
picea, 383.
Pyrinia
alcandraria, 644.
concisata, 646.
erythrocephalata, 644.
madiaria, 644.
mephasaria, (44,
radiolata, 646.
reflectaria, 646.
saturata, 646.
subaurata, 646.
cxantharia, 649,
Pyrocephalus
rubineus, 366.
Pyrrhocorax
graculus, 311.
Pye) hocorax, 311.
Pytho
curtus, 877.
molurus, 877.
reticulatus, 877.
Racheospila
marginiplaga, 645.
actin 645.
satisfacta, 645.
Ramphia
evinga, HSS
Rane
agilis, 548, 649.
arvalis, BBD.
camerant,
5.
648, 550,
1101
Be opidjocde SOT
anophlyctis,
Y902. 5
ery ythrea, 902, 914.
esculenta, 903.
—, var. ridibunda, 548.
flammea, 902.
Jusca, 898, 899.
glandulosa, 905.
gracile, 901.
ascheana, 902.
labialis, 903, 914.
laticeps, 897.
leschenaultiz, 897.
limnocharis, 901.
luctuosa, 857, 904,
914.
macrocnemis, 548, 550.
macrodon, 857, 898,
914. ?
mascareniensis, 217,
ornata, 217.
plicatella, 901.
temporaria, 548, 549,
903
tigrina, 901, 902. :
—, var. pantherina,
901.
Rapala :
abnormis, 651, 682.
barthema, 681, 682.
hypargyria, 681.
suffusa, 651, 681, 682.
zela, 832.
Raparna
igramma, 265,
imparata, 265,
lactea, 265.
Raphiceros
campestris, 796.
melanotis, 796.
sharpei, 796.
Rathkea
octopunctata, 477.
Ratiaria ,
argentilinea, 645.
metaxantha, 645.
Regulus
cristatus, 311.
regulus, 311.
Rejectaria
cocytalis, 640.
Remigia
consistens, 650,
conventens, 265.
Srugalis, 265.
repanda, 265
Renia
borgesalis, 642.
decelusalis, 642, 649.
lytocalis, 642.
1102
Renodes
_ brevipalpis, 644, 650.
Rhabdomantis, gen. nov.,
galatia, 44, 45, 108,
104,
rhabdophora, 44.
sosia, 44, 45.
Rhacophorus
dennysii, 907.
leprosus, 907.
leucomystax, 905, 914.
maculatus, 905,
Rhagonis
bicolor, 650.
Rhamphastos
erythrorhynchus, 557.
Rhamphiophis
oxyrhynchus, 216.
Rhamphocelus
atrosericeus, 844, 345.
jacapa, 344,
— connectens, 344,
Rhaphbiceropsis
pringlei, 109.
Rhea
americana, 141.
Rhescynthis
meander, 635.
Rhinoceros
bicornis, 795.
blanfordi, 299.
sumatrensis, 784.
Rhinolophus
capensis, 791.
hildebrandti, 790.
landeri, 791.
Rhizomys
badius, 160.
splendens, 608.
Rhodaria
directalis, 649.
probalis, 642.
Rhodia
fugar, 240, 241,
242.
Rhopalocampta
eschylus, 98.
anchises, 98.
andonginis, 98.
arbogastes, 99.
bize, 101.
bocagii, 100.
brussauxi, 97.
chalybe, 98, 101.
fervida, 99.
Sorestan, 98, 99, 138.
hanno, 100, 101.
iphis, 101, 102.,
qucunda, 98.
quno, 101.
INDEX.
Rhopalocampta
keithloa, 99, 100.
libeon, 97, 98.
necho, 100, 101.
pansa, 98.
pisistratus, 99.
ramanetek, 97.
ratek, 100,
sejunota, 100, 101.
tancred, 101.
wnicolor, 97, 98.
valmaran, 99.
Rhoosus
posticus, 636.
Rhynchium
carnaticum, 4 48.
metallicum, 4 18.
Rhynchocyclus
viridiceps, 305.
Rhynchocyon
cirnei, 792.
Rhynchogale
» mnellert, 793.
Rhytidoceros
plicatus, 157, 627.
Rifargia
xylinoides, 647.
Riopa
albopunctata, 875.
Risea
tridactyla, 300.
Rolepa
delineata, 647.
Romaleosoma
neophron, 825.
Rosema
deolis, 634.
walkeri, 634,
Rumia
defixata, 646.
Rupicolor
perwviana, 369,
Rygchium
carnaticum, 448.
metallicum, 448,
Ryzena
capensis, 989.
Saccostomus
campestris, 794, 805.
mashone, 804.
Sagitta
aptinctaces 992, 993.
hexaptera, 992, 993.
lyra, 992.
whartont, 992, 996.
Salamandra
atra, 554,
caucasica,
555.
maculosa, 554.
548, 553,
Salamis
anacardii, 583.
ceryne, 111
Salbia
varialis, 650.
Salius
canifrons, 431.
ceylonicus, 435.
consanguineus, 437.
convexrus, 435,
crinitus, 436.
Sulvipennis, 435.
humbertianus, 437.
intermedius, 485.
madraspatanus, 436.
perplecus, 431.
properus, 436, 459,
rothneyt, 436.
rubidus, 435, 459.
Salpa
asymmetrica, 994, 996.
dolichosoma-virgula,
magalhanica, 995.
musciulosa-punctata,
995.
Saltator
albociliaris, 348.
zare, 348.
cerulescens, 348.
immaculatus, 323.
laticlavius, 348.
magnus, 348.
superciliaris, 348.
Samanta
perspicua, 109, 822,
852.
simonsi, 822,
Sumea
calonalis, 642.
ecclesialis, 643.
luccusalis, 648.
obliteralis, 649.
paolinalis, 643.
Sameodes
niceusalis, 649.
Samia
cecropia, 241,
Sangala
beata, 636.
Santaremia
longipes, 728, '746, 749.
pococki, 723, 729, 739,
746, 747, 766.
Sapa
triment, 129, 841.
Sapena
icolor, 21.
triment, 20.
Sape
Tsiaetia 7.
Sape
maculata, 10.
ophthalmaca, 11.
pertusa, 8, 840.
semialba, 8.
Saphenia
dinema, 475.
mirabilis, 460, 493, 497,
499, 500.
titania, 475.
Sappho
sparganura, 294,
Sarangesa
astrigera, 6, 103, 840.
aurimargo, 10, 104.
bouvieri, 8.
djelele, 4, 5.
eliminata, 5, 9, 104.
exprompta, 6.
rised, 6.
hollandi, 840, 850.
kobela, 11.
lelius, 11.
lueidella, 7, 103.
lugens, 5, 103.
maculata, 10.
majorella, 7.
melania, 5.
motozi, 5, 7, 840.
motozivides, 7, 8.
nerua, 5.
ophthalmica, 11.
perpaupera, 5, 6.
pertusa, 8, 528, 840.
philotomus, 11.
plistonicus, 11.
subalbida, 16.
synestalmenus, 7.
thecla, 8, 104.
theclides, 8, 104.
tricerata, 6.
Sarcidiornis
africana, 982.
melanonota, 506.
Sarsia
prolifera, 473.
Sarsina
purpurascens, 634.
Saturnia
apollinaris, 849.
belina, 242.
carpini, 241.
ouhei, 266.
pyr, 241.
Sauropatis
albicilla, 605.
chloris, 604.
sordidus, 604, 605.
vagans, 604.
Sayornis
cineracea, 857.
INDEX.
Sayornis
angustirostris, 357.
latirostris, 367.
Sceedisn,
designans, 638.
Scea
infans, 636.
puella, 636.
Scepsis
trifasciata, 636.
Schistochlamys
atra, 348,
Schizceaca
palpebralis, 371.
Sciacaris
telsonis, 947, 967.
Sciurus
dorsalis, 989.
griseo-caudatus, 988,
hypopyrrhus, 988,
989.
lemniscatus, 988.
mutabilis, 793.
palliatus, 793.
petaurista, 1015,
pyrrhopus, 782.
Scolia
aureicollis, 430.
aureipennis, 428.
binotata, 429.
bipunctata, 429.
cyanipennis, 428,
eliformis, 429,
fasciato-punctata, 429,
JServida, 429.
histrionica, 429.
ignita, 429.
indica, 429.
instabilis, 428,
iris, 430.
Jurinei, 428.
picteti, 429.
pwehra, 429.
4-fasciata, 430.
quadripustulata, 428.
radula, 430.
rubiginosa, 428,
ruficornis, 428.
Scolitantides
stellata, 830.
Scolopax
rusticola, 151.
Scomber
scomber, 310, 311.
scombrus, 310.
Scoparia
fascialis, 650.
stupidalis, 649.
Scops
giu, 311.
scops, 3ll.
Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. LX XI.
1103
Scopula
aiieas 650.
permixtalis, 649.
Scotinochroa, gen. nov.,
845.
inconsequens, 845.
Scotophilus
nigrita, 791.
Scotosia
nitidulata, 646.
spilotata, 647.
Scytalopus
acutirostris, 388.
analis, 387.
Semoralis, 387.
griseicollis, 388.
macropus, 387.
mugellanicus, 388.
micropterus, 387.
obscurus, 388.
senilis, 387.
sylvestris, 387.
Scythris
ochrea, 279.
Secusio
strigata, 208.
Selambina,
trajiciens, 639.
Selenidera
maculirostris, 557.
Selenis
amans, 688.
humeralis, 648.
stipata, 648.
Semaleu, gen. nov., 64.
nox, 65, 66, 104.
pulvina, 64, 65, 80, 103.
Semiothisa
contorta, 646.
gambaria, 645.
nervata, 645.
pernicata, 645.
triplicaria, 645.
Semniomima
albiapicalis, 636.
Sergestes j
ancylops, 942, 949, 952.
aracknipodus, 946, 951.
arcticus, 939, 942,
946, 947, 949, 954,
955, 956, 957, 968,
969.
armatus, 950, 960, 966,
969.
atlanticus, 941, 942,
946, 947, 949, 951,
952, 968, 969, 970.
bisulcatus, 949, 954,
969.
brachyorrhos, 951, 963,
964, 966.
71.
‘1104
Sergestes
caudatus, 938, 946, 951.
corniculum, 946, 950,
957, 958, 970.
cornutus, 946, 949, 952,
953, 954, 970.
diapontius, 951, 966,
970. .
dissimilis, 949,
dorsospinalis, 949, 957.
edwardsi, 944, 946, 947,
948, 950, 9538, 954,
960, 961, 962, 963,
969, 970.
Sermerinkii, 951.
Sristi, 946, 951.
halia, 9410, 947, 948,
950, 960, 962.
hamifer, 951, 963, 966,
. 969. . :
henseni, 950, 959, 968.
incertus, 950, 962, 963,
965, 966, 970.
inous, 949, 954, 969,
970.
intermedius, 951.
Japonicus, 947, 949,
951, 969.
Junceus, 949, 941.
kroyeri, 947, 949, 955,
969.
laciniatus, 938, 946,
950.
leviventralis, 949, 957.
laterodentatus, 949,
956.
. longicaudatus, 946,
950.
longicollis, 947, 949,
957.
longirostris, 950, 958.
longispinus, 940, 949,
952, 954.
macrophthalmus,
964, 966.
magnificus, 947, 949.
. mediterraneus, 949,
954, 955, 956, 969,
970.
meyeri, 946,
mollis, 947, 951, 969.
nasidentatus, 949.
obesus, 946, 951, 967,
968.
oculatus, 950, 963, 964.
ovatoculus, oe 952.
acificus, 946, 949.
amnees, 950, 964.
enerinki, 948, 950,
961, 962, 965, 966,
970.
951,
INDEX.
Sergestes
precollus, 950, 958.
prehensilis, 947, 949,
955, 969.
profundus, 947, 961,
970.
remipes, 946, 950.
rinkii, 949, 955, 957.
robustus, 939, 949, Yd4,
969.
rubroguttatus, 947,949,
955, 969.
sanguineus, 946, 947,
941, 967.
sargassi, 950, 959, 963.
semiarmis, 950.
serrulatus, 938, 946,
951.
spiniventralis, 951.
tenuiremis, 947, 949,
951, 957, 970.
utriuguedens, 950, 958.
ventridentatus, 951.
vigilax, 950, 951, 962,
964, 965, 970.
(Sciacaris) telsonis, 950.
Sergia
remipes, 946.
Sericossypha
albocristata, 345.
Serinus
hortulanus, 811,
serinus, 811.
Serphophaga
cinerea, 361.
ruficeps, 360.
Seryda
cincta, 635.
Sesia
equatus, 637.
Setophaga
melanocephala, 332.
verticalis, 3382. .
Sialia
wilsoni, 228.
Siculodes
annuligera, 647.
Sima
allaborans, 424.
atrata, 424.
compressa, 424.
nigra, 423, 424.
rufonigra, 423.
Simena
luctifera, 637.
Simiskina
phalena, 654.
pharyge, 654.
solyma, 651, 654.
Simotes He
bicatenatus, 884.
Simotes
catenifer, 884.
cruentatus, 885.
cyc'wrus, 884.
dennysi, 884.
octolineatus, 884.
purpurascens, 884,
signatus, 885.
Simplicia
tibialis, 640.
Siphonorhynchus
insignis, 492,
Siptornis
albicapilla, 374.
graminicola, 374.
humilis, 373.
marayniocensis,
373.
taczanowskii, 328, 373.
wyatti, 374.
Sitotroga
cercalella, 278.
Sittasomus
amazonus, 315.
Slabberia
halterata, 473.
Smerinthus
excecatus, 241.
populi, 241.
Solenopsis
cephalotes, 419.
geminata, 419.
laboriosa, 420.
mandibularis, 419.
Sol maris
sp., 460, 496.
coronantha, 496.
Sorex
vulgaris, 568.
Sorygaza
didymata, 649.
Sosxetra
grata, 647.
Sotalia
fluviatilis, 771.
tucuxi,.771.
Sozoa
costalis, 640.
Spadella :
(Krohnia) hamata, 993,
996.
Spalucomyrmex
fee, 415.
Spathura
anne, 323.
Spermophila
castaneiventris, 349.
luctuosa, 849.
Sphenolepus
cuviert, 601, 503.
* squamosseus, 501.
328,
Sphex
albicollis, 429.
albifrons, 489.
analis, 431.
argentata, 439, 440.
urgentifrons, 439.
aurata, 443.
aurifer, 439.
aurulenta, 439, 450.
cerulea, 438.
carbonaria, 439.
chrysis, 438.
compressa, 441.
diabolica, 440.
ephippium, 439.
ery thropoda, 440.
fabricit, 439,
ferox, 439.
ferruginea, 439, 450.
JServens, 440. °
flavifrons, var. fulvo-
villosa, 480...
Sulvipennis, 435.
Sulvo-hirta, 489.
Jumicata, 439.
godeffroyt, 439.
lepeleterit, 439.
lineola, 439.
. lobata, 438.
lutecpennis, 440.
nigripes, 440, 459.
opulenta, 439.
pubescens, 440.
rufipennis, 441.
sertcea, 439.
siamensis, 440,
smaragdinus, 438,
tropica, 450.
tuberculata, 440.
tyrannica, 440, 459.
umbrosus, 439, 440.
viduatus, 440.
violaceus, 438.
Sphingomorpha
chlorea, 264, 529.
monteironis, 264.
Sphinx
celeus, 241.
hylas, 843.
idricus, 268, 843.
ligustri, 241.
pinastri, 241.
Spilodes f
nitetisalis, 275.
Spilosoma
arabicum, 258, 283.
auricinctum, 847,
850.
purum, 847.
Spindasis
caffer, 122, 832,
INDEX.
Spindasis
homeyeri, 832.
nyass@é, 123, 852.
somalina, 626.
Spinus -
atratus, 353.
capitalis, 392
tetericus, 362.
peruanus, 352, 353.
olivaceus, 328, 353.
sclateri, 324, 353.
Spiris
nigrilinea, 636.
Spodiornis
Jardinei, 350.
Jjelskit, 350.
Spodoptera
mauritia, 260.
Sporophila
castaneiventris, 349.
luctuosa, 349.
Steatomys
krebsii, 805.
pratensis, 794, 805.
Steenstrupia
flaveole, 464, 465.
galanthus, 464.
globosa, 466.
owenii, 466.
rubra, 464, 465.
(Amphicodon) globosa,
467.
Stegania
quadrinotata, 647.
Stelgidopteryx
ruficollis, 334.
Stelis
carbonaria, 454.
Steniodes
lutealis, 643.
Stenodactylus
guttatus, 213.
muuritanicus, 213.
Stenomeles
agavedlis, 49.
Stephanopoides
brasiliana, 1010, 1012.
Steropes
bernieri, 52.
Survus, 49.
malgacha, 48.
monochromus, 50.
rhidama, 51.
Sterrhanthia
sacraria, 529.
Stethotrix
heterogyna, 19.
Stib:era
hostilis, 639.
Stictoptera
subaurata, 638.
©1105
Stigmus eGR et
congruens, 447.
niger, 447.
Stilbura
caleno, 458.
cyanurum, 458.
splendidum, 458.
Stizus
prismaticus, 444,
Stomotosa,
dinema, 475.
Strepsiceros
kudu, 798.
Stringops
habroptilus, 236.
Strumigenys
godeffroyi, 420.
lyroessa, 420.
Struthidea
cinerea, 228,
Struthio
camelus, 141. .
Sturnella
ludoviciana, 228,
Sturtzura, gen.
1034.
brisingotdes,
1035.
leptosoma, 1035.
Stylodan.
pusillus, 586.
Suasa
liris, 675.
suessa, G15.
Sublegatus
brevirostris, 365.
griseocularts, 365.
platyrhynchus, 306.
Suricata
tetradgetyla, 989.
Sus.
cheroides, 976.
hysudricus, 976.
paleocherus, 976.
Sutonacrea
incertus, 636.
Sycalis
chloris, 351,
lutea, 351.
uropygialis, 351.
Sychesia
finibria, 637.
hartmanni, 636.°
Sylepta.
puctolalis, 641. 4
Sylvania .
canadensis, 332.
Sylvia
cinerea, 311.
rubrigastra, 361,
sylvia, 311.
nov.,
1034,
1106
Synallaxis
brunneicauda, 372.
cabanisi, 372.
elegantior, 372.
flammulata, 373.
Jrontalis, 372.
gularis, 372.
humilis, 373.
palpebralis, 371.
rufiventris, 372.
Synchloe.
glauccnome, 248, 256,
528, 536.
Synodontis
geledensis, 220.
punctulatus, 223.
schal, 218, 221.
serratus, 220.
smithii, 222.
Synthliborhamphus
antiquus, 544,
Syntomis
ceres, 135.
Syrichthus
, abscondita, 25.
ali, 25.
.. asterodia, 24.
Serox, 23.
luzee, 25.
onopordi, 26.
spto, 23.
vindex, 22.
Syscia
typhla, 413.
Systole
amygdalis, 94,
Tabraca
‘ aurimargo, 10.
Tachybaptes
Jluviutilis, 542.
Tachycineta
albiventris, 333,
Tachyphonus
rufiventris, 345.
Tachytes.
_ illudens, 443.
opulenta, 443,
Tadorna
cana, 982.
Twda
prasina, 845, 850.
Treniaster
spinosus, 1035.
Teniocampa
subsocia, 637.
Teniura, gen. nov., 1035.
cylindricus, 1035,
Tagindes .
dannatti, 17.
elmina, 14,
INDEX
Tagiades
jlesus, 16, 17, 129, 841.
hereus, 16.
homeyeri, 16.
insuluris, 17.
lacteus, 17.
samborana, 17.
smithii, 17.
woermanni, 12.
Tajuria
berenis, 651, 674, 683.
blanka, 651, 673, 674.
dacia, 651, 674, 683.
dieus, 674, 675.
dominus, 673.
donatana, 674.
indra, 673.
iséus, 673.
galindra, O72.
mantra, 673.
relata, 673.
thyia, 674.
valentia, 673.
Talegalla
lathami, 982.
Tanagra
albirostris, 353.
calestis, 343.
— major, 343.
eyanoccphala, 344,
durwini, 344,
palmarum mela-
noptera, 343.
striata, 228.
Tanaura
sublutalis, 641.
Tanyptera
laufella, 83.
Tapinauchenius
latipes, 745.
plumipes, 744.
reduncus, 745,
sancti-vincentt,
746, 766.
Tapinoma
albipes, 411.
albitarse, 411.
gracilescens, 409,
melanocephalum,
412.
nigrum, 411.
(Formica)
412,
Tarache
Jlavonigra, 261.
notabilis, 261.
varia, 261.
Taragama
acacia, 276,
Tarantula
santarensis, 779.
745,
411,
obscurans,
Tarchon
trilunula, 647.
Tarentola
ephippiata, 213,
Tarucus
plinius, 119, 244, 256,
828, 852.
pulcher, 244, 256.
theophrastus, 244, 256,
525.
Tathorhynchus
vinctale, 260.
Tatura
buctoni, 128.
ceculus, 128.
philippus, 526.
umbrosa, 526,
Technomyrmex
albipes, 411.
bicolor, 411.
Tegostoma
bipartalis, 274.
comparalis, 274.
Teinorhinus
watsoni, 40, 103.
Telchinia
nero, 116.
Teloa
polyphemus, 241.
promethea, 241.
Telegonus
anuphus, 519.
anausis, 519.
Telesto
wagi, 90.
zaremba, 91.
Tephrina
albipunctata, 647.
catalaunaria, 266,
disputaria, 266.
responsaria, G47,
signataria, 647.
sublimbata, 266,
Tephrosia
dimidiaria, 645.
hyberniaria, 645.
incongruaria, 645.
ineffectarja, G45.
responsaria, 645.
Tepilia
iluna, 635.
Teracolus
abyssinicus, 835.
acaste, 246, 258, 256.
achine, 127,
—, var. gavisa, 837,
agoye, 535.
amelia, 126.
anax, 126, 127, 8386,
352.
angolensis, 838,
Teracolus
anne, 827.
—, var.
837.
antevippe, 127, 247,
254, 535.
antigone, 838.
arethusa, 128, 838.
arne, 327.
aurigineus, 535, 834,
835.
834.
calais, 256, 257, 527,
535.
—, var, dynamene, 245,
252, 2d6.
catochrysops, 535.
chrysonome, 252, 527,
535,
cinctus, 838.
citreus, 5386.
oelestis, 253.
comptus, 246, 254,
duira, 247, 254.
dedecora, 253.
dynamene, 252, 256,
257. :
eione, 838.
eliza, 126.
emini, 851, 852.
cris, 83d.
cupompe, 246,
256, 837.
evagore, 246, 248, 258,
254, 256.
evenina, 527, 535, 838.
gavisa, 127, 128.
hetera, 527.
halimede, 246, 258, 256,
283.
—, var. celestis, 253,
256.
hanningtonii, 126.
heliocaustus, 252, 536.
helle, 127.
hero, 127.
hildebrandtii, 837, 851,
852.
hyperides, 127.
ignifer, 528.
imperator, 836.
ineretus, 839.
infumatus, 128, 136.
. tone, 836, 837.
jacksoni, 5385.
gaone, 127, 887.
gamesit, 246, 254.
gobina, 527.
Teo, 246, 258, 528, 536.
lorti, 527.
wallengrent,
var. venustus,
258,
_ INDEX.
Teracolus
microcale, 838.
miles, 527, 585.
minans, 536.
miriam, 245, 256.
mutans, 108, 126, 834.
nound, 246, 247, 248,
528.
ocale, 833.
ocellatus, 252, 535.
ochreipennis, 252.
odysseus, 838.
omphale, 535, 852.
opalescens, 108, 125,
835, 851, 852.
phillipsi, 246, 258, 528,
536.
phisadia, 245, 252, 256,
OD}
—, var. arne, 252.
phlegetonia, 838.
phleqyas, 127, 535,
836.
phenius, 535.
pleione, 245, 248, 256,
283.
procne, 838.
protomedia, 248, 256,
283, 527, 535.
puniceus, 527.
regina, 126, 127, 836.
rhodesina, 126.
saceus, 246, 254, 256.
sipylus, 127, 536, 838,
852.
speciosus, 837.
subfasciatus, 835, 851,
852.
subfumosus, 838.
subvenosus, 127, 536.
swinhoei, 254.
theogone, 527, 838.
velleda, 834.
venustus, 834.
vesta, 126, 884.
vestalis, 252.
vi, 245, 252, 256, 257.
xanthus, 838,
yerburit, 246, 247, 248,
254, 256, 283.
Terias .
abyssinicus, 125.
albula, 518.
bisinwata, 534.
brigitta, 526.
ceres, 526,
chalcomieta, 126, 245,
256.
deyardinsit, 125.
deva, 018.
eris, 125, 126,
‘1107
Terias
leonis, 834, 852.
limbia, 518.
lydia, 517, 518.
orientis, 852.
palmyra, 518.
regularis, 125,584, 834,
852.
senegalensis, 125.
zoe, 526, 534, 852.
Teriomima
hildegarda, 120.
Testudo
_ chilensis, 314.
daudini, 608.
elongata, 782.
emys, 860.
platynota, 782.
Tetraceros
quadricornis, 988.
Tetracio
inequaria, 646.
Tetramorium
obesum, 419.
pacificum, 418.
tortuosum, 418.
transversarium, 418.
(Xiphomyrmex) pilo-
sum, 418.
(—) tortuosum, 418.
Tetrao
tetrao, 311.
tetrix, 311.
Tetraonyx
affinis, 858, 859.
Tetraponera
atrata, 424,
Thais
cerisyt, 241.
Thalassochelys
caretta, 860.
Thalassodes
glauculata, 646.
scissaria, 858.
Thalera
distracta, 645.
Thalerothele
fasciata, 754, 761.
Thamnistes
@quatorialis, 381.
rufescens, 381,
Thamnopbilus
debilis, 379.
doliatus, 380.
melanochrous, 879.
melunurus, 379.
nigricristatus, 380.
palliatus, 380.
puncticeps, 380.
radiatus, 379.
subandinus, 379.
1108
Thamnophilus
subandinus major, 379,
subradiatus, 380.
tenuifasciatus, 380.
variegaticeps, 823, 379,
380.
Thaumantias
buskiana, 488, 489.
corollata, 483.
cymbaloides, 488, 491.
dubia, 488.
forbesii, 487.
hemispherica, 460, 480,
481, 482, 487, 489.
lucida, 481.
lucifera, 481.
mediterranea, 483, 484.
melanops, 481.
pilosella, 481, 482, 488,
A484,
thompsoni, 487, 489.
Thecla
angelia, 516.
angerona, 516.
oy le, 516.
nema, 682.
eurytulus, 517
marsyas, 516.
natalti, 122.
pion, 516.
piplea, 516.
rufo-fusca, 517.
simethis, 516.
telea, 516.
Thelechoris
rutenbergi, 762, 764.
striatipes, 762, 764.
Thera
perarcuata, 646.
Theristicus
branickii, 323.
Thermesia
absumens, 648.
bigutta, 640.
brevistriga, 648.
caliginosa, 648,
conficita, 648.
divulgata, 648.
gemmutalis, 648.
imitatura, 640,
inficita, 648.
lenis, 638.
rubricans, 265,
signans, 638.
subfixa, 648.
tripunctifera, 638.
Thiacidas
vilis, 266.
Thlypopsis
amazonum, 345,
orrata, 345.
ENDEX,
Thlypopsis
ornata macroptery2,345.
Thrix -
gama, 651, 678, 683.
Thryothorus
cantator, 328,
Thy mele
Jlorestan, 99.
ophion, 17.
ramanetek, 97.
sabadius, 17.
Thymelicus
act@éon, 57.
brevicornis, 58.
capenas, 55.
lepenula, 54. Q
lineola, 57.
macomo, 55.
mening, 49,
niveostriga, 56.
thaumas, 57.
_ wallengrenii, 56.
Thyretes
caffra, 846.
phasma, 846.
Thyria
aurifundens, 639.
Thyridophora
Suria, 273.
Thyridospila
amena, 648.
ceca, 649.
compta, 648.
quadriocellata, 648.
Thysonotis
schaeffera, 657.
Tiarechinus
princeps, 1003, 1005.
Tiaropsis
multicirrata, 481.
Tibracana
wvanthialis, 649,
Tigrisoma
rasiliense, 235.
Tiliqua
carinata, 874.
Timandra
viridiplaga, 645.
Tinea
abruptella, 281,
bipartitella, 281.
pulchella, 135,
swinhoei, 280,
tapetzella, 281.
Tineola
teniacornis, 281.
Tingra
amenaida, 121.
Tinnunculus
alaudarius, 811.
tinnunowlus, 311.
Tiphia
consueta, 481.
decrescens, 431.
nigra, 430.
rufo-femorata, 431.
thoracica, 429,
Tirumala
petiverana, 530, 852.
Tityra ;
semifasciata, 369.
— fortis, 369.
Todirostrum
cinereum, 359.
Tolype
opalinea, 650.
Tomistoma
schlegelii, 628, 630,
632, 861.
Topaza
pella, 293, 294.
Torda
metamelana, 649.
Tortricodes
phormisalis, 642.
Tosale
pyralidoides, 649.
Tragelaphus
angast, 798.
gratus, 304,
scriptus, 84.
— roualeyni, 798.
spekii, 304.
Tragulus
juvanicus, 986.
stanleyanus, 986.
Trapezites
curmides, 27.
catocalinus, 28.
chirala, 28.
empyreus, 27.
Sfastuosus, 27.
gillias, 28.
hova, 22.
kingdoni, 28.
malchus, 28.
paroechus, 28.
Trechona
zebrata, 754.
Tremataster
difficilis, 1037.
Trichoglossus
Jorsteni, 1,
Trichophaga
abruptella, 280, 281,
bipartitella, 280, 281.
coprobiella, 280,
swinhoei, 280.
tapetzella, 280, 281.
Trichoptilus
centetes, 277.
oxydactylus, 277.
Trichosemeia
brigida, 16.
hereus, 16, 104,
pulvina, 65.
quaterna, 16.
suhalbida, 16.
subolivescens, 15, 104.
tetrastigma, 15.
Trigly phothrix
obesum, 419.
walshi, 419.
Trigona
iridipennis, 458.
preterita, 458.
Trigonocephalus
gramineus, 896.
puniceus, 896.
sumatranus, 897.
Trigouodes
acutata, 265.
hyppasia, 265, 849.
Trimeresurus
convictus, 896.
erythrurus, 896.
Tringa
canutus, 546.
cartilagineus, 861.
gangetzcus, 861.
giintheri, 860.
hurum, 861.
ornatus, 861.
phayrtt, 861.
subplanus, 860.
Trithemis
arteriosa, 521.
Troglodytes
audaz, 328, 329.
frater, 328.
musculus, 328, 329.
— audaz, 328.
— puna, 329.
parvulus, 311.
solstitialis, 328.
— frater, 328.
troglodytes, 311.
Tropxa
dictynna, 635.
luna, 635.
Tropidonotus
cerasogaster, 879.
chrysargus, 880.
Junceus, 880.
maculatus, 880.
natriz, 547.
olivaceus, 216.
piscator, 783, 879.
quincunctiatus, 879.
schistosus, 881.
stolatus, 783, 880.
subminiatus, 880.
trianguligerus, 879.
INDEX.
Tropidonotus f
umbratus, 879.
vittatus, 880.
Trypoxylon
intrudens, 441,
pileatum, 441.
Tubella
reticulata, 779.
Tubularia
impleca, 461,
Turdus
chiguanco, 323.
gigas gigantodes, 327.
ignobilis, 326,
merula, 228.
musicus, 315.
nigriceps, 325.
pheopygtoides, 326.
pheopygus, 326.
— saturatus, 326.
— spodiolemus, 326.
serranus, 327.
swainsont, 327.
viscivorus, 813, 315.
Turtur
communis, 311,
turtur, 311.
Tylognathus
smerinthoides, 637,
Typhlatta
bengalensis, 416,
ceylonica, 416,
Typhlopone
ae 416.
Typhlops
Man fordit, 216.
bothriorhynchus, 876.
braminus, 876.
lineatus, 876.
nigroalbus, 876.
somalicus, 216.
Tyranniscus
Srontalis, 323, 363.
plumbeiceps, 363.
Tyrannus
_ melancholicus, 367.
Upucerthia
andecola, 371,
bridgesi, 371.
jelskit, 371.
serrana, 371.
Urania
leilus, 776.
Uranothauma
crawshayi, 108, 122,
831.
pogge, 831.
Urapteryx
palindiaria, 644.
platinata, 645.
1109
Uria
columbia, 547,
Urocissa
magnirostris, 228.
Urota
sinope, 241, 242.
Vadata
macropterana, 647,
Valeria.
anguliplaga, 639.
Vanellus
vanellus, 311.
vulgaris, 311.
Vanessa,
antiopa, 241.
pelasgis, 8238.
polychlorus, 241.
Varanus
Jlavescens, 782, 872.
nebulosus, 872. E
ocellatus, 215.
rudicollis, 873.
salvator, 873.
Vespa
carnatica, 448,
cincta, 449.
Serruginea, 450,
obliterata, 450.
petiolata, 448,
stigma, 450.
tamula, 450.
tenebrionis, 450.
unifasciata, 450.
Vespertilio
phaiops, 791.
Vesperugo
nanus, 791.
(EEptesicus) alurus
Tike ae
(—) rendalli, 791.
Vidua
paradisea, 228,
Virachola
anta, 123, 882,
852.
perse, 682.
similis, 651, 682.
Vireosylvia
Josephe, 332.
Virgarina
scopula, 678.
Viverra
civetta, 792.
Volatinia
Jacarini, 349.
— splendens, 349.
Volucella
ohesa, 776.
Vultur
ocetpitaits, 780,
1110
Willsia
stellata, 468, 469, 472,
499.
Xantharpyia
straminea, 490.
Xanthea
appendiculata, 495.
Xantholema
rosea, 555, 557.
Xanthoptera
alboflava, 648.
aurifera, 638.
furcata, 688.
mesozona, 261, 283.
Xanthospilopteryx
perdizx, 843.
superba, 134,
Xanthoura
jolyea, 354.
yneas, 354,
Xenelaphis
hexagonotus, 882.
Xenochrophis
cerasogaster, 879.
Xenodacnis
parina, 336.
Xenodermus
Javanicus, 878.
Xenodon
purpurascens, 884,
Xenopeltis
unicolor, 878.
Xenops
genibarbis, 375.
— approximans, 375.
— mexicanus, 375.
rutilus, 375.
— heterurus, 375.
INDEX.
Xenorhynchus
senegalensis, 231.
Xiphocolaptes
lineatocephalus, 378.
pheopygus, 323, 3877,
378.
promeropirhynchus,
377, 378.
Xylina
bipunctata, 638.
patefacta, 639.
Xylocopa
albo-fasciata, 457.
bryorum, 457.
collaris, 456.
dejeanit, 456.
dimidiata, 457.
dissimilis, 457,
Senestrata, 456, |
ignita, 457.
indica, 456.
latipes, 456.
latreilliz, 456.
lunulata, 457.
nigrocerulea, 457.
tenuiscapa, 456.
viridipennis, 456.
Ypthima
asterope, 243, 249, 256.
doleta, 109, 524, 580.
granulosa, 851, 852.
Zainenis
korros, 882.
mucosus, 882.
smithii, 216,
Zana
spurcata, 844.
THE END,
Zanclea
implexa, 461.
Zanthodes
innocens, 261.
Zaocys
carinatus, 881.
Zarania
cossalis, 649.
Zarona
jasoda, 651, 654.
Zebronia’
abronalis, 643.
bialis, 643.
bunusalis, 643.
céliusalis, 643.
deicoonalis, 643.
lacrinesalis, 648.
Zenithoptera
americana, 778.
Zeritis
amanga, 123, 831.
perion, 533.
Zesius
livia, 244, 251, 256,
257.
Zethus
ceylonicus, 448.
Zinckenia
fascialis, 273.
Zizera
gaika, 120, 244, 250,
256, 830.
knysna, 244, 256, 829,
852.
lucida, 830, 852.
Zolca
congruella, 649,
Zygophyllum
simplex, 260.
Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Humpury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramvorp Rarries, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
Patroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Wice-Datron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINOE OF WALES, K.G.
COUNCIL.
SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President.
Dr. Joun Anperson, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Wixt1am Bateson, Ese., F.R.S.
His Grace tHE Dune or Beprorp.
Cot. Joun Brippurra.
.Grorce A. Bovutenerr, Iise.,
F.R.S.
Herserr Druce, Esa., F.LS.
Cnartes Drummonn, Kse.,
Treasurer.
Gen. Tae Hon. Str Percy
Fritpine, K.C.B.
F. DuCane Gopman,
'F.R.S., Vice-President.
Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten,
E.R.S., Vice-President.
Esea.,
Dr. Avsert Gwinruer, F.R.S.
Vice-President.
Dr. Epwarp Hamitron, Vice-
President.
ProreEssor Grorcre B. Howes,
Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H. Irby,
Sir Hues Low, G.C.M.G.
Dr. Sr. George Mivarr, F.R.S.,
Vice-President. °
Srr THomas Paine. .
Ospert Satvin, Ese., F.R.S: -
Puitie Lurney Scrarer, Ese.,
M.A., Pa.D., F.RS., Secre-
tary. d
JosEerH Travers Situ, Ese.
ul
2)
“
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset.
_ The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications
should be addressed, aré open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-
days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.
The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of
Mr. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ;
on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.
The Meetings of the Socicty for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four r.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frrtows pay an Admission Fee of £0, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Fetnows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Fettows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders
every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year, But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frttow shall have used
his privilege of personally introducing two companions on the same
day.
3
Fettows also receive every year T'wenty Free Tickets (Green),
each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,
including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of
Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one
Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are
available for following years. :
Fetiows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book
of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of
Twenty Tickets.
The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each I'ettow on the
1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing
Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what
address they should be sont. J'orms for this purpose are supplied
on application.
The Wire of a Fectow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Fetxows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications
on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every
year. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of January and must
be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which
the privilege lapses. Frtiows are likewise entitled to purchase the
Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.
less than the price charged to the public. - A further reduction of
25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued
prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
Ist July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the Ist of December following.
Frtows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TransFeRaBLe Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
4
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty: Pounds.
Any Fetiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
‘during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list;” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Frtxow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Px.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
5 Hanover Square, London, W.,
June, 1897.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LON DON
YOR
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
% Session 1896-1897.
‘ 1896.
Turspay, Novemser 17 | Tuorspay, Decemprr 1 and 15
: 1897.
Tusspay, January 19 Tourspay, APRIL .. 6
a Frsrvary 2 and 16 5 May .... 4and18
» Manrcn.. 2 ,, 16 » Jdunn.... land15
The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.
| LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF .THH
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tur scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” -
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tifie mectings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the ‘ Proceedings ” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,”’ to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume for
the preceding year.
The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals. _
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.
Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1
(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),
payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege
is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the Ist of
December following.
The following is a complete list of the publications of
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at
the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),
or through any bookseller.
(June, 1897.]
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 13 vols. and Index. ae Fics toithe
Vol. I, ‘containing 59 Plates.... (1838-85) .... £3 13 6 .... £418 OF
o II, 5 Gl gy ... (1835-41) .... 4.0 0. 5 6 Gt
oi LUT teat 63, .... (1842-49) .... 3 8 3. 411 Of
ay BALES %) TL py oooc, (IERIE) oco5 @ BY Osoc0 8 2. ©
i V., . G7 ,, .... (1862-66) .... 5 4 3.... 619 O
SERIO pens 92, .... (1866-69) .... Il 5 0....15 0 0
5 NAG, i 73 ,, .... (1800-74) .... 10 4 0.... 1812 0
py Wl G2, sobe CEELD) coon OD S Bose. 12 ll O
ltt Dea ishiee OMe ing 8h OE agen) ih Giggs) D (©
iv Xa ts Dos ls LSU 79) ere) LO) NO! SS eee 37a
Index, Vols. 1-X. .............. (1838-79) .... 0 7 6. 010 0
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 12 16 0
ELL »n 65 ,, .. (1886-90) .... 5 8 O. 7 4 °0
SEXai Ayia ey (ISILON) Gane Bea: 811 0
eo Neglthl ge Dif ss (AWRIENB ods Odd Gs 0 6 0
Ce in Bp kn (CORIO cos 09, O-. 012 0
jolt neha 5 Dp. co (DRIER) coo Oley OQ 11 0
PROCEEDINGS OF
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Free te Briceltojehe
I. 1830-31.
Part
”
I.
1832.
THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
5 Fellows. Public.
IMO teh ohoane boos soe Sloda 4s. 6d. 2... Os.
iio dala neler eyeenca nes ds. 6d. 2. Gs.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)
Price to Price to the
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public, Tellows, Public.
Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. Gsp | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. bd. 2. bs.F
» JI. 1834, 9 4s. Gd. .. 6s. 5 X. 1842. . ds. Gd, .. 6s.
5 III. 1836. » 4s. Gd. .. 6s. . XT. 1843. 90 ds. Gd... O3.f
» IV. 1836. % 4s, 6d. 5. Gs. » AIT. 1844, 5 4s, Od. 2, 68,
» _V. 1887. . 4s, 6d. .. Gs. » AIT, 1845. os ds. 6d... 6s.
» YL. 1888. 3 4s. Gd. .. Gs. » XIV, 1846. as ds. Gd. .. 6s. F
» VII. 1889. $5 4s, 6d. .. 68.f A XGA SATE 4s. Gd. .. 63.
» VIII. 1840. » 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Index 18380-1847. * ds, 6d... 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows, Public, Fellows. Public,
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 43. Gd. 1. Gis. owe £1 8 £1 6+
1 XVII. 1849. % Cette Node MMOS B'gorolls6 0 1 0 8 1 7 6f
» XVIII. 1850. 99 Ast Gelb GS as rcv canst 1 8 6 118 OF
$9 XIX. 1851, ASHEN INOS Shan 015 9 1 1 Of
a XX. 1852. % TEN GY einai esheets cg ob 015 9 1 1 OF
5 XXI. 18538. ty AGNG dhe GS rari 018 0 1 4 OF
y» °— XXII, 1854, y ASSGA sailed OSs. susie 019 6 1 6 OF
» XXII 1855. on A SGU eo CaGS heme ni Rees 1 8 G 118 Of
» XXIV. 1856. - AgE Ca EO UGS A Fe) 1 0 8 1 7 Of
" XXV. 1857. 0 Ch Wb oo WIG) soacdeon 1 0 8 1 7 Of
» XVI. 1858. 5%) CISNGY Bice UREN Sone boron 111 6 2 2 Of
» XAXVIT. 1859. - AgHIG Csr 2 HMOSS Wy ravetaeieranene 111 6 ye Or
», AXVIIT. 1860. Bs ASN GA: yun GSsee ice 111 6 4 2 Of
Index 1848-1560, m3 ds. Gd... Gs.
t+ Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,
USGI AsGdeGsee eens: apc OaH ou beat 38s. Od. .... 45s.+
1862 .. 4s. Gd. .... Gs. ...... 9s. Seysiaa HDs eaten 33s. 9d. 2... 45s.
1863 AS GAS 6S k eee 9s. shee Qs dos. Od. .... 45s.
1864 ds. 6d. 2... sk, 9s. RIP eee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.+
1865 ASIC. eri, OSs ence 9s. rye» LE oes cia ak 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
1866 4s. Gd... Goo one 9s, pe OAS eet 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
SCE PR AAR ese Aa waved OE 9s. . 12s.# . 383, Od. .... 46s.
MEGS MEE Mas aks RO te. Qs. AD gi Sen hs 33s. Od. .... 45s.
NSCOR ae peas tease chan aie scvestovayers 9s. SLD eee 38s. 9d 45s.
IUCVAU ey be Ooo chain 8 Mean See 9s Here saat: 33s. 9d. .... 458.
Index, 1861-1870 ............ 4s. Gd. .... 6s. :
LUCE SE See Oo Oe ae 9s. Retin Lasts pasivar 33s. 9d. .... 46s.
OVD irs crO COI CRA ETE Sa 9s Bete) OX rita 33s. 9d. 45s.+
SOC ee ein siee eters ae 9s. I Seve tare 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
AUS Salar tact ee a cae OM ee = 9s. 12 sstere 368 48s.
WS GOW Bratt ns roe 9s 12s: .. 36s 48s
SUG Siete eisteapoaten sNecvecens 9s TOS: cases 36s 48s,
LS. G ob Ch CAG ORAS eG Oae 9s Ie ogeenn 36s 488
IRS Yie) Unidos cat OOS Calamani 9s. 12s. 368 48s,
INSVDESS aeieon ee ORT ne erate 9s. Sood WD Sanodnn GOT we 488
SSO Barocvaccre acts ceacieen ss ocr 9s. Heel Deeper 36s. wee. 488,
Index, 1871-1880 ............ 4s. Gd. .... 6s.
TSS UR eee Ay ptt hae A 9s. ooo dA codon GOH .... 48s,
WES2h eee wee ASAI Eo lara 9s. Satu Ds spenteicts 36s ooo 0 2s
NESS erate shrek sys dnragicec hac peters 9s eels: 36s. 48s
VSS S ea poet ste ence eas 9s. fer x 36s 48s
TESHs. Aee aes ices eraeiee s aekin tae 9s ae Smarty 3Gs 48s
ALO ois oeato colo CO Rene OREOe 9s . 12s, 36s 48s
eo ne oe ee 9s 128 Nee: 86s. 48s
USES Renner Ea Mt se 2 yeep 9s. . 12s. 368 188
STS 0 ca his Cacao MER eet 9s. alae 36s 48s
NSO Oe es usb lsiats mea St ctisve screener 9s 12s. 36s. 48s
Index, 1881-1890 ............ 4s. 6d. .... 6s.
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or tux GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tuz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 6 vols.
i Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
NSO Mare rare eee ciate macys eve sas syelersrenon athe tan aaeteesss Chern ice vara Sl Goonon 48s.
LOD everary ese cratietcaislaite sieuntenere deat gee ote OORT Maye 48s
Ich Bid epithe eran CARRE TOR EeePC aot igre pik wm ape) ae XO co ooode 48s
TCI Es este oie cao ME CRIP ann ROE cechIMoREMS OT DOTA oIG AAS arte Oe oooand 488
WSO RAIS tafe jek otra a aha: tore eee NS, SER cpt Nee une aR Os oodoud 48s,
SOG re scustaievauenlateteeamiate Send cuaodontha dbo ob onto rolsc 368, 2.2... 48s,
TSO GURU) enc, See x Serratia ees mol eee oh 9s 12s
4
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.*
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 18683. Price ls. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Kdition.) 8vo. 1865, Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Kdition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.*
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price Is.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880.. Price ls. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London, (Kighth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. Price 4s. 6d.
* Out of print.
THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1893. Thirty volumes.
8yvo. Price £9 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894. dited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suare, Isq.,
M.A,, F.RS., F.Z.S. London, 1895. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Smarr, Ksq.,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1896. 8vo. Price 30s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrick
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), ov through any bookseller.
LIST OF INSTITUTIONS
TO WHICH
COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.
AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
The Museum, Durban, Natal.
AMERICA, SOUTH.
The National Museum, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres.
AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society ot Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.
AUSTRIA.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.
BELGIUM.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.
BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CANADA (DOMINION OF).
The McGill College, Montreal.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.
b
2
CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.
EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch Kast Indies, Batavia.
FRANCE.
The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.
The Agricultural Society, Lyons.
The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.
The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.
The Zoological Society of France, Paris.
GERMANY.
The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.
The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.
The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.
The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.
The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.
The Imperial Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,
Halle.
The Natural-History Society, Halle.
The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.
The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.
The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.
The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.
The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin,
* The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
The Geological Society, Dublin.
The Royal Physical Society, Kdinburgh.
The Royal Society, Edinburgh.
The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Atheneum Club, London.
The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Socicty, London.
The Geological Society, London.
The King’s College Library, London.
The Linnean Society, London.
The London Institution.
3
The Royal College of Physicians, London,
The Royal College of Surgeons, London.
The Royal Geographical Society, London.
The Royal Institution, London.
The Royal Society, London.
The University College, London.
The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
The Owens College, Manchester.
The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-Ilistory
Society, Plymouth.
The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.
HOLLAND.
The Royal Aciudemy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.
The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.
The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.
ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
Tho Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.
JAPAN.
The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.
RUSSIA.
The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).
The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.
The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petorsburg.
SCANDINAVIA. —
The Bergen Museum, Bergen.
The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.
SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.
SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne,
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.
DIDO IIe
The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent
may be ac-
with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.
Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their
through booksellers and in other ways.
By order of the Council,
they may be
transmission
P, L. SCLATER,
3 Hanover Sauark, Lonpon, W.,
June, 1897.
Secretary.
THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
—059,00——_.
ee object of the Zoonoercat Recorv is to give, by means of an
annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain
its value for the Student in future years.
The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.
Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all
Members of tho Zoological Society of London have the privilege
of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United
Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-
scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, but the privilege
of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the
Ast of December following.
The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the
first thirty volumes at the price of £9 10s. Volumes of any
single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can
likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.
Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. ‘This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then he sent to the Agents named therein.
Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as aro accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.
P. L, SCLATER,
Secretary.
June, 1897.
Zoovoaicau Sociery oF Lonpon,
3 Hanover Squarn, W.
LIST OF VOLUMES or vn ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.
Edited by Atnerr-C. LL. G. Ginrmer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z. sp &e.
London, 1865. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.
Edited by Atnurr C. L. G. Ginrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &e.
London, 1866. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.
Edited by’ Arzert C.'L. G. Giwrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.
Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Ginrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1868. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoclogical Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.
Edited by Arsrrr C. L. G. Ginsner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.
Kdited by Arserr C. L. G. Ginrurx, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. Tondon, 1870. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Arrrep Newvon, M.A.,
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, I.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London, 1871. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Wighth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by ALrxrp Nuwvon, M.A.,
F.R.8., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, F..S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London, 1873. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Arrrep Nuwron, M.A.,
F.R.8., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, I’.L.S8., V.P.Z.S., &c. London, 1874. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwrrt
Ryg, F.Z.8., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London,
1875. Price 10s. poeta ea
The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Evwarp Catpwerct
Ryg, F.Z.8., M.1S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Mpwarp Catnweni Rye,
F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo-
graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Wdited by Enwarp Catpwert
Ryn, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwEL
Ry, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Enwarp Carpwrnt
typ, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by E»warp Catpwetn
Rys, F.Z.8., M.E.8., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of
the Record of Zoologicnl Literature. dited by Epwarp Catpwett
Rye, V.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Canpwetr,
Ryn, FZ.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELt
Ryr, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwrtt
Rve, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-
first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrry
Betr, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1885. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the 'l'wenty-
second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by F. Jrrrrey
Bert, M.A., See. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-
third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx
Hy. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London, London, 1887. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-
fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Franx
KK. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1888.. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-
fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by rank
ii. Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-
sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. dited by Frank
K. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-
seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx
I. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1892. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-eighth. Being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1891.
Edited by Davin Smarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1892.
Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-ninth. Being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1892.
Edited by Davip Saarr, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1893.
Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirtieth. Being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1893. Mdited
by Davin Starr, Msq., M.A., VRS, F.Z.S. London, 1894.
Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894.
Kdited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suare, Iisq.,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1895. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1895; being Volume the Thirty-
second of the Records of Zoological Literature. Edited (for the
Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Hsq., M.A., F.RS.,
F.Z.S. London, 1896. Price 30s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orricr
(8 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurney anv Jackson (Pater-
noster Row, H.C.), or through any bookseller.
PROCEEDINGS
Or THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR R SCIRNTIEIC BUSINESS |
or THE
ZO0LOGIOAL SOCIETY.
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR —
1896.
PART I.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN.
JANUARY anp FEBRUARY.
JUNE 1st, 1896.
_ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, ©
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
/ LONDON: |
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. USS
PATERNOSTER- ROW. ces
Ox eee or Price Twelve Shillin, ;
rye "g el
(ya Boe CANT NS ee _(Prie SSS = asi 7a Ne aed — fe
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART 1—1896.
Janae 14, 1896.
Page
The Seatetary, On the Additions to’ the Society’s Menagerie in December 1895 .......-.. 1
Mr. W. B. Hegenneieh, Exhibition of some drawi ings of two Fon King-Penguins (Apteno-
dytes forsteri) . 9.000969609D0000 0090rlon ong oD Oden OD. cOoODNDOOOapEdDOONAO SAGO 1
‘1. A Preliminary Rovision and ‘Synonymie Ohlibere of the Hone riide of Africa and the
adjacent Islands, with Descriptious of some apparently new Species. By W. J. Won.ann,
Ph.D., F.Z8., F, H.S., &e., Chancellor of the Western University of Pennsylvania.
(Plates T. aia) Booudanenv0dog000000 Adudod sO Ud OU aC Od baGOD0 GhOdHO GOKU HD OoO0dR 12
2. Ona Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between
‘the Months of sganuary, and Apel 1895, ah Arrncr G. Bur at Ph.D., FLS, &e.
- (Plate VI.) gGon ts 09% 0 108
3. On the TatesGal net of Birds. By P. Neaien naa M ra ey z. SE ooudosadgs a 136
4. Myology of Rodents.—Part II. An Account of thé Myology of the Myomorpha, together
- with a Comparison of the Muscles of the various Suborders of Rodents. . By ao) G.
Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.ZS., F.L.S., Lecturer on Dae eRS: Anatomy at St. 'Thomas’s :
lelogoltiml -gagopednouconbadoos doo 009 159
5, Description of a new Species of Antolees fain Bast ‘Arica, By Gece Norwiene boqs00 192
6. On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands eollected by Mr. R. L. Perkins; with
an Appendix on some new Species of Per TUNG, &e. By Frank Ef. Bepparp, F.RS., &e: 194
‘Febroary 4, 1896.
a he Becrelary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1896 péiooodonogo. MIX
. Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected’ by Dr. A, Donaldson, Smith
» during his ‘Expedition to Lake Rudolf. By G. A, Bournnavn, VRS. (Plates VII, &
VUE) cid Sasionogesndnovapocateooamnsos sone do dodo op OoDadONAdO NDAs anboooSs ON 212
2. Report on a Colleenion of Fishes made by Dr. A: Donaldson Smith during his mepediten
‘to Lake Rudolf; By Dr. ALperv Ginter, F.RS. (Plate IX.)............. Bbpoono 217
3. Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation in the Beetles of the Genus
« Calligrapha. By Marvin Jacosy, BLES. 2... .... 5.0. be cape cece tne ee ce genes «.. 224
4. On the Oblique Septa (“ Diaphragm” of Owen) in the Passerines and in some other
Birds. By Frank E. Bupparv, M-A., F.R,S., Prosector to the Society, Examiner in
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy i in tho University OHEMNUON socoa0 60090900000 225
5, A Noto upon Dissura episcopus, with-Remarks upon the Classification of the Herodiones.
By Frank FE. Beppany, M.A., I',R.S8., Prosector to the Boctely apedcoadep0ocopanoon 231
6. Additional Note on the Sea- “Otter, By R: Lypexxerr, F-.R.S. . 6 HolsBlopioadooo “sts
. On the Hyoid: Bones of Nestor mer ridionalis and Nanodes discolor. By Sr. Groran
Mivarr, M.A., \E.R.S.. JoagAODoOd ODosOUSOHONO Ag daG Hod go00Fas000p pod00n00 ». 236
Hes eae 18, 1886
Mr. A.'Thomson. Report on the Insect-hotse for 1895 ....,....5 2.00 eee Py ouneBstans 240
1. On the Butterflies obtained in, Arabia and Somaliland by Capt: Chee, G. Nurse and
Jol. J. W. Yerbury in 1894 and 1895. By Arrnoux G@. Burner, Ph.D., Senior Acsistant-
: Keeper of Zovlogy, Natural History Museum. (Plate X.) ...... ees cece ce eee eee 242
2. On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland. By Lord Watsincnam, M.A., LI.D.,
* ¥F-R.S., and G. F. Hampson, B.A., &e, (Plate X.) . 0.2.2.0... 0.00 9900 0000000006 257
3. Observations on the Metallic Colours of the Prete and the Nectariniide. By Miss
Manion I. Nuwaoiaiy, B.Sc. (Plates XT. & XIV.) oe cee ce cee ce ee eee eee boob vast)
4. On a Skull of Or yeteropus gaudryt, Vorsyth Major, from Samos. By C. W. Anprews,
F.G.8., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural Iistory) ....... DAG aDa DM GIO no 296
5. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of Ivhkynchops. By Franx DB,
Bevpann, M.A., I°..8., Prosector to the Society .....6.... 20 eee eee ees cos doODOoOd 299
‘March 3, 1896.
The ascaune: On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1896 .......... 303
Mr. G. EB. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, remains of the
Norway Lemining (Myodes demmus) from Portugal ........0. 0.00 pe ee cee ce eee es 304
Res
PROCEEDINGS
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THK
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1896.
PART Tiss:
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH anv APRIL.
AUGUST Ist, 1896.
PRINTED FOR TILE SOCIETY,
SOLD AL TITEIR TLOUSE IN ILANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON: ©
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,
; PATERNOSTER-ROW. :
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY |
Oper Tae Twelve Shillin ‘
yh 3 fings.] ae
a Ee ae SSS SSS ol
by
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART II.—1896.
March 3, 1896.
Page
Dr. H. Gadow. Remarks on Bone-Caves in Estremadura, explored in 1886 ......... .. 806
Remarks on the: Divergencies between the “ Rules for naming Animals” of the German Zoo-
logical Society and the Stricklandian Code of Nomenclature. By P. L. Scrarrr,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R§., Secretary to the Society . so Qqdacv0 ad oo ndoeGoncdngooBoUS BUD
Discussion on the Rules of Zoological Nomenelature. Remarks by Graf Tans von Berterseu,
Sir Witiiam Firowsr, Mr. Warrier, Prof. Lansesrer, PRS. Mr, Nuwes, Dr. D. Siar,
F.R.S., Mr. W.'T. Buanvorn, F'.R.S., Dr. IT. O. Korses, and Mr. W. F. Kinny ...... 319
1. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski in Central Peru, say Graf
Hans v. Bertrescu and Jean Srovzmann. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) . Doondcgsbonn wey
¥..On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans. By M. Aprien Doutrus ............ 388
March 17, 1896.
Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon the prospectus of ‘ Das Misnraich? vis ca eae ord eee 400
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the appointment of an International Committee on Zoological
Nomenclature
1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous Fauna of Ceylon, By Lt.-Col.
C, T. Binguan, F.Z8., FES. (Plate XV.)
2. On British Hydroids and Medusw. By Epwarp T. Brownx, B.A., F.Z.S. peoclceiM
Research Laboratory, University College, London, (erocas XVI. & XVII. oe . 459
3. On somo Extinct Wishes of the Velcostean Family Gonorkynchide. By A. Sarvu
Woopwanrp, 1.Z.8. (Plate XVIII.)
Contents continued on paye 3 of Wrapper.
L220 ar DB
PROCERDINGS
OF: THE. BS
iy i
GENERAL MEBTINGS FOR SCIENIIFIC BUSINESS | eb
ib. OF ES
AOOLOGIOAL SOCIETY |
Or LONDON |
FOR THR, YEAR ete
7 1896. oo
PART Tt
CONTAINING PAPERS. READ IN
(MAY. an JUNE. 0)
oe OCTOBER 1st, 1896, ee.
~ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, Gon
S SOLD. AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. = es ‘
2 - ~ LONDON SG alee
; MESSRS. LON ee. GREBN, AND: 00, eee a oes
- PATERNOSTER- BOW. Bes ase
Ba [Price Twolve Shillings] eee ceca el 2
LIST OF CONT ENTS.
PART "1 —1896.
April 21, 1896 (continued), .
Page
3. On some Dragonflies obtained by an ye Mrs. oe Eline in Somali-land. By W. F.
Kinsy, F.1S., F.B.8., &e.... Boa adanoodo og ga Ura
. List of Lepidoptera collected in Sonali land by Mrs. E. Lort istics By Entry Mary
Ta dol aig cee hn grant cic pila mae errs enue cela ean en ah le Nadie oak aah ee ~ 923
>
oi)
. List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his recent San: to
Lake Rudolf. By Eurty Mary Suarrg ...-... 5 2 .... 580
6. On the Anatomy of a Grebe (Zchmophorus major), with Remarks upon tho Classi-
fication of some of the Schizognathous Birds, By Frank BE. Beppanp, M.A., F.R.S.,
LSOONT HO WO SUG oo 3.0009 000800000000 44 a0 sde0 Cb ou dvonRo bod ou Ge ouOOdo OS 538
May 5, 1896.
The Secretary. igs on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1896 ........ 647
Mr, W. &.. Hoyle, M.A. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of a Snake in
the act of swallowing @ Mouse ..,6c..... cope cette te cee eee e ee cette ten eees BAT
1, On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasns, By G. A, Bourgenerr, F.RS.,
(CENNIGS 2-000 5 .O-UUL))! Cos obiannooonooobnocaedoouGdHads ey steenlonaierava stay acta hersieyenees 548
bo
Woontnibacone to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—Part II. A Note upon the Ptery-
losis of the Barbets and Toucans. By Franx EB. Beppanrp, M.A., F.R.S,, Prosector to
the: Societys io eee salve apne Pune eeliare ua Macauley Vales hop aliaua aera on i Ie 555
3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition,—Part IT. On the Teeth of certain
Insectivora. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of pana) Royal College of Science,
Ironton, «Cares NOME SOR) cooosasaonod cohuenavancobond boon naoanubenser 5d7
4. Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad (Pipa americana) in the Society’s
Gardens. By A. D. Bartuvrr, Superintendent..... 0.0.2.0... 0. cece eee ce eee ee ee 595
May 19, 1896.
Mr: Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Daguerreotype Portrait of, what was
~ ‘believed to be the first Gorilla that was ever brought ‘alive to Kurope
. On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a specimen of the Common Field Vole.
By G. HB. EH. Barrert-Hasiton, F.Z.8. ............ jOanog doco sdocdu pbodnposoe ac Hels
2. On the Existence m Europe of Two Geographical Races, or Subspecies, of the Common
Field Vole. By G. B. WI. Barrerr-Hamipron, 1.2.8. 2.0... eee ee cee eee 529
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1896.
PART IV.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER. —
APRIL 1st, 1897.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,
¢ PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings.]
_
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IV.—1896.
June 16, 1896 (continued).
» Page
8. On a new Gecko fron: Penang. By G. A. Boutznanr, F.R.S. (Plate XXXVI.) ... -. 767
9. Notes on a Recent Zoological Expedition on the Lower Amazon. By EH. E. Ausrsn,
Zovlogical Department, British Museum .... 1.0.60. ce cece cece ee eee ee cee totes 768
Navember 17, 1896.
Tw Secretary. Report on the Additions to tho Society’s Menageric in June, July, August,
September, and Octobor, 1896 .. 2.2.2... cece cece ee cece eect cent scree ete rese
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on some of the principal Animals noticed during a recent oe
to the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne, Diisseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, ‘The
Hague, and Rotterdam. (Plate XXXVII.)
ob 0009004cg00000000000e00 odagoconacen {hse}
Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.Z.S. Remarks on a supposed case of Telegony, shown by a
Fox-terrier puppy ...--..e.-55-- a loperot rans lolol eaasogersrsist severe oH COGS SoAAadconDOUSEDO 785
Mr. Leonard IIill, M.B. Remarks on some experiments on supposed cases of the
inheritance of acquired characters ......-+.. seen sees opoeago0cb sD Da ROEDDeUdOCON 785
The Ton. H. S. Littleton. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a life-sized model of the
Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forstert) 10.062. 0000s Sodc00000Dn DD aDDDDOOOOd CODON 786
Dr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four heads of Ovis ammon,
from the North-west Altai, Central Asia, obtained by Major Cumberland
. On the Mammals of Nyasaland: fourth Notice. By Oupriery Tuomas, F.Z.S. (Plates
2, O.O.QVINUE C3 0,0:0.00.6)) Goan con pu900bou 000Gb 0G0n0000e00 qosdouode! 0do0d BeO0eGuO
On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling in Mashunaland and Mr. F. C.
Selous in Matabeleland, with short Vield-Notes by the Collectors, By W. E. ne
Winton, B.Z.8. (Plate XL.) ee ieteietets poeqadC Dod ee0b00 G60 0nb6000000d0000000 798
On the Antelopes of the Aures and Hastern Algerian Sahara, By Atrrep I. Pease... . 809
Seeaquoedoapoddcobonod le
. On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R. Crawshay in Nyasa-land. By
Arruur G. Burenr, Ph.D., F.LS., F.ZS., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological
Department, British ‘Museum, (Plates XL & XLIL.) sree oy stayetelciskehene inte slned ote clot eens 817
6. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nynsa-land presented to the Museum by Sir
Harry Johnston, K.C.B,, and collected by Mr. J.B. Yule. By Antiur G. Burier,
Pbh.D., F.LS., .Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant-IKeeper, Zoological ,Pepartinent, British
Museum, (Plate SUTIN) too ceo ee ele ps cee’ SamoasoooLouDoUOdhN
788
fe
On the Gazelles of Tunisia. By Josue S. Warraxur, F.Z.8.
oat
851
' ae ay 4)
December 1, 1896. oy rs ) :
Nl
Mr. R. EB. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a three-horned Fallow
Deer and a paix of Roebuck’s horns .... 2... 6... esse eee eee ence ete e ee eee -... 855
Mr. H. EB. Dresser. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Pallas’s Willow-
Warbler shot, at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk...... ara ehalacatie sates PaeTe oeaodboonuno » Bd6 °
1. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made in the Malay Peninsula in
1895-96; with a List of the Species recorded from that Region. By ‘Sranney Suyrir
Frower, 5th Fusiliers, (Plates XLIV.-XLVI.) ........ 6. cece ee eee cee eee . 856
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
This preservation photocopy
was made and hand bound at BookLab, Inc.
in compliance with copyright law. The paper,
Weyerhaeuser Cougar Opaque Natural,
meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO
Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
Austin 1994
Hs il unas
1G eine
Ts
Seu ee
a ily :
iit
Se
_ LS
ey
iy
EOE Bao bse
Cane pod
patie
Ae ES
Psat
Bae Soin ia airle
ssi AMP ah i Me
conn
yi
Cera
al Pe
f Paull taney
24 Peat d.
oN
EAN yey
NE es
“hiM eRe
NLR
barca;
ASSES
3
Ra
wing re
User
Acovh SRSNS
rat wy),